DENTAL MEDICINE. 
GORGAS. SEVENTH EDITION. 
NOW READY. 
RICHARDSON’S 
MECHANICAL DENTISTRY. 
A PRACTICAL TREATISE. 
REVISED, ENLARGED AND EDDITIEDD 
By GEORGE W. WARREN, D. D. S., 
Chief of Clinical Staff Pennsylvania College of Dental 
Surgery, Philadelphia. 
Octavo, 677 Pages. 691 Illustrations. 
Handsome Cloth, $5.00. Sheep, $6.00. Half Russia, $7.00. 
THESE PRICES ARE NET. 
In preparing the Seventh Edition of this work no effort has 
been spared by the editor or publishers to make it as complete 
and compact as possible. Much of the text has been rewritten 
or rearranged; many new illustrations have been added, and 
three additional chapters have been incorporated, i. e., appli- 
ances for the correction of dental irregularities, appliances for 
the correction of fractured maxillae, and electricity and its appli- 
cation in dental mechanics. 
This treatise has long been recognized by both teachers and 
students as authoritative, and the fact that the sixth edition was 
exhausted some months before the present one could be issued 
is evidence conclusive that it retains its well-merited position. 
This edition has been printed in a much handsomer form than ever 
before and contains many new and original wood engravings. 
The Dental Cosmos said of the Sixth Edition : 
“ The present edition of Richardson is practically a new book. 
In all departments it has been carefully brought into accord with 
present needs, and is fully up to the latest thought in its field. 
The chapters upon fuels, the application and generation of heat, 
metals and alloys used in the work, impressions of the mouth, 
dies and counter-dies, etc., are full and satisfactory. The section 
upon crown and bridge work, embracing over two hundred pages, 
is a volume in itself.” 
*** Dental and Medical Books free upon application. 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Philadelphia. DENTAL MEDICINE 
A MANUAL 
OF 
DENTAL MATERIA MEDICA 
AND THERAPEUTICS. 
BY 
FERDINAND J. S. GORGAS, A. M., M. D., D. D. S., 
Editor of “Harris’ Principles and Practice of Dentistry,’’ and “Harris’ Diction- 
ary of Medical Terminology and Dental Surgery,’’ Professor of the 
Principles of Dental Science, Oral Surgery, etc., in the 
University of Maryland, Baltimore. 
SIXTH EDITION. DEVISED AND ENLARGED. 
PHILADELPHIA: 
P. BLAK1STON, SON & C'O.] 
No. 1012 Walnut Street, 
1898. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1897, by 
P. BI AKISTON, SON & CO., 
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C. 
PRESS OF 
THE JAS. B. RODGERS PRINTING CO. 
PHILADELPHIA PREFACE TO SIXTH EDITION. 
In preparing the Sixth Edition of the “ Dental Medi- 
cine,” the author has conscientiously endeavored to further 
improve a treatise which has become a text-book for the 
dental student, and a work of reference for the dental prac- 
titioner. 
It has been his aim not only to make additions to the 
present volume, but also to so improve it as to render it 
worthy of a continuance of the favor heretofore so gener- 
ously bestowed upon those which have preceded it. 
The general arrangement of this new edition is the same 
as in the previous one, and all parts have been carefully 
revised and corrected. 
A work of this character should, as far as is possible, be a 
complete, as well as a practical exposition of the source or 
derivation, properties and methods of application or admin- 
istration, and also the uses of the various drugs now em- 
ployed in dental practice. 
And, as cases often occur in the treatment of which old 
and familiar remedies are employed in vain, it is well that 
we should possess a knowledge of other and more recent 
ones to the use of which we may successfully resort. A 
number of drugs and combinations have been recently intro- 
duced, some of which appear to be very valuable additions 
9 10 
PREFACE TO SIXTH EDITION. 
to the dental materia medica; and it has been the aim of 
the author to bring the description and application of such 
drugs as are useful up to the date of publication of this 
new edition. As a general rule, such information has 
only appeared in domestic and foreign journals, which are 
often practically inaccessible; hence, the necessity for a 
work on dental medicine, and its frequent revision in order 
to meet the advance of this branch of dental science. 
Important additions have been made to the text, a new 
chapter on Cataphoresis has been inserted, and among the 
new remedies which have been added are: Eucaine, Boro- 
lyptol, Ammonol, Euthymol, Formaline, Glyco-Thymoline, 
Pasteurine, Sanitol, etc., etc. 
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas. 
Hamilton Terrace, Baltimore, Md. PREFACE TO FIFTH EDITION. 
The many commendatory notices which have been be- 
stowed upon the preceding editions of the “ Dental Medicine,” 
and the favor with which they have been received by the 
dental profession, and the value attached to them by dental 
students as text-books, have been very gratifying to the 
author. He, therefore, presents the Fifth Edition with the 
hope that it may prove to be a more complete treatise than 
its predecessor upon the important subject of dental materia 
medica and therapeutics. 
The object of the author in the preparation of this new 
edition has been to endeavor to bring the work up to the 
present status of dental medicine, for the purpose of increas- 
ing its usefulness as a text-book and work of reference. 
Important additions have been made, many new reme- 
dies described, the number of useful and valuable recipes 
increased, and the formulae carefully corrected. 
Among the remedies added to the present edition are the 
following: Sodium-Peroxide, Pental, Europhen, Aseptol, 
Glycozone, Coryl, Chloride of Ethyl, Tropacocaine, Kalium- 
Natrium, Trikresol, Loretin, Phenosalyl, Formalin, Diaph- 
therin, Boricin, Dermatol, Strophanthus, Vaselone, Cam- 
phoid, Gaultheria, Catechu, Carbolate of Camphor, Carbolate 
11 12 
PREFACE TO FIFTH EDITION. 
of Cocoaine, Benzol-pseudo-tropein, Oxyquinaseptol, Sulpho- 
phenol, Mono-chlor-ethene, Tri-methyl-ethylene, Di-iodo- 
form, Carbolized Cosmoline, Eugenol-acetamid, Electrozone, 
etc., etc. 
Many new and valuable recipes have been added together 
with valuable tables for preparing percentage solutions, 
measuring liquids by drops, etc., etc. 
Considerable additions have also been made to the text 
of the older remedial agents, and also to the Diagnosis of 
the Affections of the Mouth, Characteristics of the Tongue, 
etc., etc. 
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas. 
Hamilton Terrace, Baltimore, Md. PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 
This work has been prepared by the author in deference 
to many requests from former pupils, and has been compiled 
from lectures delivered by him in dental institutions during 
the past twenty-five years, and notes obtained from the 
standard works on Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and 
also from personal experience as a dental practitioner and 
teacher. 
While the author claims the credit of the compilation, he 
does not claim originality in the sources, derivations, medical 
properties and action of the various articles of dental materia 
medica which are given in this work. 
His intention has been to present not alone his own ideas 
as to the particular application of remedies, but also those 
of well-known and acknowledged authorities, and in such a 
manner as may be of service to the dental student in acquiring 
a knowledge of this important branch of his profession; hence 
nothing has been presented in this work that, in the author’s 
opinion, is not applicable to dental practice, and that will not 
be of benefit to the dental student. 
The dental formulary comprises many valuable combina- 
tions, and credit has been given, in every case where it was 
possible, to the authors of the different preparations. 
The necessity for an American work of this kind has long 
been apparent, and after years of delay and promises the 
author gratefully dedicates this work to his former pupils in 
the dental institutions with which he has been and is now 
connected, in the capacity of a teacher. 
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas. 
Hamilton Terrace, Baltimore. 
13 CONTENTS. 
Prefaces ........ 9-13 
Definition of Subjects . . . . . . 17 
Action of Medicinal Substances . . . . .17 
Inflammation, with Special Reference to Oral Mucous Membrane . 18 
Important Points in Diagnosing Affections of the Mouth, with a Synopsis 
of Treatment 46 
Characteristic Indications of the Tongue .... 78 
Tables for preparing Percentage Solutions .... 80 
Abbreviations, with Latin and English Terms .... 82 
Approximate Measurements ...... 83 
Fineness of Powder ....... 84 
Weights and Measures. ...... 85 
Metric or French Decimal System of Weights and Measures . . 86 
Table of Equivalents ....... 88 
Rules for Regulating Doses ...... 89 
Topical Remedies . . . . . . . 91 
The Endermic Method . . . . . . .91 
The Hypodermic Method . . . . . . 91 
Setons and Issues ....... 92 
General Bloodletting ....... 93 
Local Bloodletting by Leeching, Cupping and Scarifications . . 93 
Electricity as a Therapeutic Means in the Treatment of Disease . 94 
Incompatibility ........ 100 
Table of Doses of all Officinal Medicines, Expressed in Terms of both 
the Apothecaries’ and the Decimal Metric System of Weights and 
Measures ....... 102 
Poisons—Symptoms and Antidotes . . . . .113 
The Pulse . . . . . . . . 120 
Pulsation per Minute atjVarious Ages ..... 121 
Respiration at Various Ages . . . . . . 123 
Thermometers . . ..... 123 
PAGE 
15 16 
CONTENTS. 
Table of Elementary Substances . . . . .125 
Table of the Solubility of Chemicals in Water and Alcohol . 126 
Classification of Medical Substances . . . . .129 
Definitions of the Various Classes of Medicinal Agents . . 130 
Forms in which Medicinal Substances are employed . . .160 
Source, Derivation, Medical Properties and Action, and Therapeutic Uses 
of Medicinal Substances Employed in Dental Practice; Together 
with their Dental Uses and Application . . . 164 
Administration of General Anaesthetic Agents .... 224 
The Dangers of Anaesthesia ...... 235 
Preventive Measures Against the Dangers of Anaesthesia . . 236 
Treatment of Dangerous Symptoms of Anaesthesia . . . 235 
Methods of Resuscitation—Sylvester’s Method—Hall’s Ready Method . 237 
“ “ Howard’s Method, etc. . . . 239 
Local Anaesthesia . . • . . . . .241 
Rapid Breathing as a Pain Obtunder ..... 244 
Cataphoresis . . . . . . . . 566 
Periods for the Eruption of the Teeth. . . . . 571 
Authorities Consulted . . . . . . -573 
Index to Dental Formulary and Dental Diseases . . . 574 
General Index ........ 5^° 
PAGE DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DEFINITION OF SUBJECTS. 
Materia Medica is that branch of medical science which re- 
fers to and describes the methods and substances known as 
“ medicinal agents,” which are employed in the prevention 
and treatment of disease. 
Therapeutics is that branch of medical science which com- 
prises the doctrine of the management of disease. Generally, 
however, the term is restricted to a description of the modus 
operandi of medicines, or, in other words, their use, application 
and effects when applied in the treatment of various morbid 
conditions. An accurate knowledge of the principles and 
rules which govern the administration and action of medicinal 
substances enables the practitioner to restore disordered 
functions, and to so impress the organism as to maintain har- 
monious conditions, by means of which the various functions, 
in a state of health, are intimately connected by relation and 
sympathy. 
Some medicinal agents exert their influence on primary 
nourishment, converting food, by digestion, into the substance 
of organic beings, while other remedies, without interfering 
with digestion, by a modification of the process of assimilation 
exert a destructive influence upon the tissues. Some medi- 
cinal agents affect the nervous system, and others are so irri- 
tant in their effects as to cause their speedy expulsion; while 
others, again, have a particular affinity for certain organs, and 
are eliminated by them, the effect ceasing as soon as the 
evacuation is completed. Other medicinal agents prevent 
septic decomposition, and the growth of micro-organisms. 
What are known as topical or external remedies act directly 
upon the parts to which they are applied, and their general 
effects are produced through the nervous system. 18 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
INFLAMMATION : 
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO ORAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE. 
Definition of Conditions Associated with Disturbances of 
Nutrition.—Hyperemia signifies superabundance of blood in 
the blood vessels, but this term is restricted to such a condi- 
tion existing in a definite organ or portion of an organ; hence 
hyperemia and dilatation of blood vessels are so intimately 
connected that the one cannot exist without the other. 
It is also necessary that the capillaries as well as the arteries 
and veins should be injected, in order that the color of the 
region so affected should be increased, as the former consti- 
tute a dense network, which traverses the entire organ, while 
the latter only form single branches which occupy limited 
spaces. 
The term Plethora, as distinguished from hyperemia, signi- 
fies a superabundance of blood in the entire circulatory system. 
Active hyperemia in the skin and mucous membranes is char- 
acterized by a diffuse bright-red coloration, the parts so 
affected having a higher temperature than those around them. 
The diffuse coloration is caused by the bright-red arterial 
blood which fills the capillaries; and the elevation of the tem- 
perature is due to the presence of the blood, which heats the 
skin or mucous membranes, and the more quickly the blood 
circulates the warmer the tissues become, until at length the 
highest degree of blood heat is accomplished. 
Passive hyperemia]denotes a condition of the tissues char- 
acterized by a diffuse venous, not arterial, coloration and a 
relatively low temperature. In passive hyperemia the capil- 
laries are also dilated, but the blood-current through them is 
retarded; hence the tissues so affected are of a venous color 
instead of the bright-red or arterial color of active hyperemia. 
The term Anemia signifies a condition in which there is an 
abnormal diminution in the amount of blood, and is the oppo- 
site to that of Plethora, being characterized by a pale face, 
lips, gums and mucous membranes. But the normal amount 
of blood may be present, and yet the characteristic paleness INFLAMMATION. 
19 
denote an anemic condition, for the reason that the number 
of red blood corpuscles are decreased and replaced by white 
blood corpuscles, or by blood plasma. 
Again, the paleness of an anemic condition may be due to 
a deficiency of the red coloring matter of the red blood cor- 
puscles. A permanent contraction of the blood vessels may 
also cause a paleness of the face, lips, gums and mucous 
membranes. 
The term Ischemia is also employed to denote local pov- 
erty of the blood, a deficiency of the coloring matter (hemo- 
globin). 
The direct cause of hyperemia, and also of ischemia, is a 
change of calibre of the blood vessels, namely, dilatation and 
contraction. This dilatation and contraction of the blood 
vessels is due to the elastic and contractile elements of the 
sheaths and walls of the arteries and veins, and both the dila- 
tation and contraction are regulated by the spinal cord, 
through the medium of the vaso-motor nerves. It is a com- 
mon opinion that hyperemia cannot exist without the influ- 
ence of the vaso-motor nerves. 
Irritation indicates the condition of a tissue in which there 
exists an excess of vital action, on account of the disordered 
state of the nerves of the affected part or organ. It is com- 
monly manifested by such symptoms as increased circulation, 
warmth and sensibility, and functional disturbance of a greater 
or less degree. 
What inflammation is to the vascular system, irritation is to 
the nervous system, and the difference between these two con- 
ditions is defined by the explanation that the latter terminates 
when the former begins. Irritation is generally excited by 
the action of certain stimuli upon organic tissues, by which 
the sensibility of such tissues is perverted and the circulation 
deranged ; such pathological conditions when they are not the 
precursor of inflammation, soon passing off, and the affected 
tissue regaining its normal state when the exciting cause 
ceases to operate. Irritation may be direct and indirect— 
direct when the irritation manifests itself at the point where 20 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the impression to which it owes its origin is received; indirect 
when the irritation, through sympathy and reflex action, is 
transmitted to more or less remote parts or organs. An 
example of direct irritation may be adduced by friction upon 
the skin or mucous membrane of the mouth sufficient to 
cause redness in the first tissue, and increased coloration in 
the second ; or indirect irritation, in the convulsions attending 
difficult dentition, the irritation being communicated to the 
brain by the fifth pair of nerves, and from thence to the nerves 
of the voluntary muscles, the seat of the spasmodic action. 
Dental caries also affords another example of indirect irrita- 
tion, in the form of neuralgic pains of the temple, face, ear, 
eye, and of even more remote parts, such as the uterus. 
The effect of irritation upon the vascular system is mani- 
fested by dilatation of the blood vessels; but the immediate 
effect, however, of a slight chemical or mechanical irritant is 
not at once apparent in the capillaries, but first causes contrac- 
tion of the smaller arteries, and sometimes of the veins, such 
contraction being followed by a dilatation, the immediate cause 
of which is yet obscure. It is, however, supposed to be the 
result of relaxation or a temporary paralysis of the walls of 
the vessels, a condition following contraction, and which, as a 
consequence, causes a decrease of their resistance to the pres- 
sure of the blood within them. The irritation either perverts 
the functiojn of the nerves of the vessels, or of the lining cell 
substance of the capillary walls; or the disturbance is due to 
reflex action. 
Inflammation denotes an abnormal process or condition 
characterized by certain changes of texture, which, although 
uniform in type differ widely in appearance, and terminate in 
different results, according to the nature and permanency of 
the causes upon which such a condition depends, or which 
have given rise to it. 
The symptoms of inflammation consist of the phenomena 
which accompany the textural changes characteristic of this 
condition, and its pathology the textural changes which occur 
during the continuance of this condition. The essential INFLAMMATION. 
21 
features of inflammation are an increased afflux of blood to the 
affected part, with a greatly increased tendency to cell prolif- 
eration and tissue formation. 
The causes of inflammation determine in a great degree its 
treatment on account of the influence they exert upon its 
destructive tendency, and they may be classified as those 
arising—1st, from mechanical violence; 2d, from irritating and 
destructive chemical action ; 3d, from poisonous infection, and 
the effect of injurious micro-organisms—the latter being 
regarded as “ immediate determining causes of the more de- 
structive phases of the inflammatory process.” When inflam- 
mation owes its origin to an evident injury, or the reverse, it 
is termed traumatic, or idiopathic, and when no apparent cause 
can be discovered it is termed spontaneous. 
The causes of inflammation are divided into predisposing 
and exciting, 
Among the more important predisposing causes are im- 
poverished blood—defective in quality—such as may result from 
a want of proper food and of fresh air, the effects of such de- 
privations being manifested in the case of a neglected child 
where a hard swelling occurs in the cheek, which, after a few 
days, presents a gangrenous condition, constituting the disease 
known as cancrum oris or gangrcenopsis. On the other hand 
an habitual excess of food and drink is also a predisposing 
cause of inflammation, the blood, as a consequence, being im- 
paired, and also the tissue which it supplies. Bloodpoiso7iing 
is also another predisposing cause, resulting, it may be, from 
the presence of certain diseases, such as syphilis, diabetes, 
mellitus, eczema, etc. A local hyperaemia, constituting the 
first stage in the development of inflammation, may result 
from certain poisons in the blood, which cause it to stagnate 
in limited areas, through an inability to stimulate the heart 
and blood vessels. Syphilitic ulceration of the mucous mem- 
brane of the mouth is an example of such a predisposing 
cause. Weakened vitality of parts is also a predisposing cause 
of inflammation and may result from habitual ill feeding, pro- 
tracted Jllness, over-work, long exposure to extreme cold. 22 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Parts such as the mucous membrane of the mouth, which 
have already been the seat of inflammation, are prone to such 
a condition subsequently, from slight provocation. 
Defective or perverted nervous supply may also be regarded 
as a predisposing cause of inflammation. Certain forms of 
skin disease, and inflammatory conditions of the mucous 
membrane of the mouth, furnish examples; also, of the peri- 
dental membrane of the teeth, resulting in severe periodon- 
titis and alveolar abscess. 
The influence of climate is also regarded as a predisposing 
cause, for, in tropical regions, inflammation of certain organs, 
often terminating in abcesses, are very prevalent. The mid- 
summer and fall months are considered to be more favorable 
for surgical operations, on account of the comparative absence 
of inflammatory complications at such times. 
Age has also some influence as a predisposing cause of 
inflammation. In childhood acute hyperaemia is induced by 
comparatively slight exciting causes, as then the process of 
nutrition is at its greatest period of activity, and any interrup- 
tion of its process is followed by derangement of health. 
The effects of the irritation of the first dentition may be ad- 
duced as an example. Old age induces weakness in the tissues 
and decrease of power of resistance to the exciting causes of 
inflammation. 
Exciting Causes of Inflammation.—These causes may all be 
included in the condition known as irritation of the tissues, 
resulting from irritants of various kinds, the action of which 
is immediate in producing the inflammatory condition. Ex- 
citing causes may be divided into external, which are easily 
recognized, and internal, which are more obscure, and are 
assisted by some predisposition of the organism. 
Cold is a frequent cause of inflammation, and its effects are 
due to sudden changes in the constitution of the blood from 
an arrest of the function of the tissues, temporary in its nature, 
which interferes with the emunctory action, whereby effete and 
irritant materials which should be eliminated are retained, 
and poison the blood. Heat is also a cause of inflammation, INFLAMMATION. 
23 
its effects varying from a slight redness, denoting transient 
hyperaemia, to vesication, either superficial or deep. When 
death of tissue results from such a cause, suppuration ensues 
on the separation of the eschar; and when there is a loss of 
cicatricial power, repair by granulation and suppuration (sec- 
ond intention) is prevented. The inflammation resulting from 
simple burns and scalds, provided no eschar is formed, and 
air is excluded, soon subsides. 
Mechanical violence excites inflammation ; yet, under favor- 
able circumstances, this condition resulting from an incised 
wound is soon arrested, owing to its benign form, by the par- 
ticles of lacerated tissue being carried away by the blood and 
the subsequent liquid exudation, while those that remain un- 
dergo liquefaction and absorption by the lymphatics; hence, 
when the cut surfaces are brought and retained in proper 
apposition, speedy union, by the “first intention,” results. 
Union by “ first intention” is induced by such changes as cell- 
proliferation, the formation of new capillaries, and the genera- 
tion of cicatricial tissue. It is only when the vitality of the 
tissue is destroyed and foreign matters left in the wound, 
especially a punctured one, caused by a rough or rusty instru- 
ment, that there are complications. The tissues themselves, 
when they lose their vitality, become irritants, even when the 
dead matter is very minute. A boil furnishes an example, 
the core of which is composed mainly of yellow, elastic fibres 
with some leucocytes or pus cells in the meshes. This mass 
becomes dead, and while the white fibrous element liquefies 
and mingles with the pus, the yellow fibres remain unchanged 
and constitute the irritant body, to the presence of which is 
due the suppurative inflammation. The presence of a clot of 
blood in a wound may prevent union, and cause pus formation. 
Chemical irritants excite inflammation by first causing in- 
creased redness, which steadily extends and becomes more 
intense until a considerable diameter is attained. There is 
also increased heat and fullness of the part affected, and an 
eschar forms as the result of the action of the chemical agent 
upon the epidermis in the case of the skin, or the corium in 24 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the case of mucous membrane, the depth of the action depend- 
ing upon the nature of the chemical irritant. After one or 
two days the narrow circle of redness disappears, and, after 
one or two weeks, the eschar separates, disclosing an area of 
smooth cicatricial tissue. When the action of such irritants is 
slight, repair soon follows, without the formation of an eschar; 
but when their action is severe enough to devitalize the tissue, 
the sloughs are thrown off without suppuration, if the parts 
have been protected from the air, or antiseptic applications 
have been made. 
Mineral irritants, such as mercury and arsenic, for example, 
cause inflammation by a process different from that of chemi- 
cal irritants. The inflammatory action of mercury and arse- 
nious acid is developed only after the poison has entered the 
circulation, and a certain amount has been received by the 
stomach, when active inflammation of the mouth with saliva- 
tion (mercurial stomatitis) supervenes, if the agent is mercury, 
or active gastric hypersemia with vomiting, if the agent is 
arsenic. There is a specific poisonous action brought about 
by such irritants, on account of the tissues of the mouth and 
stomach being more sensitive to the influence of these mineral 
poisons. The cause of this peculiar susceptibility is as yet 
obscure. 
Micro-organisms are capable of exciting inflammation by 
direct contact with tissues, when the latter are exposed by 
injury. 
Many of these low forms of life are indestructible by the 
most extreme heat and cold, and also by the strongest chemi- 
cal agents. And whenever the oxygen is prevented from 
entering a wound these micro-organisms generate with great 
rapidity, and are nourished by the fluids and granulating sur- 
faces which surround them. The chemical and vital changes 
which these animal materials undergo bring about putrefac- 
tion through the agency of fermentation, and certain poison- 
ous combinations are thus formed. These micro-organisms, 
therefore, acting as a poison, decompose the materials gener- 
ated for repair, and thus prevent the constructive process; INFLAMMATION. 
25 
they also act as a putrefactive ferment, producing septic poisons 
destructive in their action. It has been definitely determined 
that these organisms, although present in every destructive 
inflammation, “do not occur in the blood nor in the tissues of 
the healthy living body of man or of the lower animals.” 
Diminished vitality, whatever may be the cause, favors the 
invasion and development of micro-organisms in the form of 
parasites. 
Symptoms of Inflammation.—The coexistence of the phe- 
nomena, redness and heat, with swelling and pain, the ordinary 
symptoms of inflammation, may, therefore, be considered as 
sufficient evidence of the presence of the inflammatory condi- 
tion. The absence, however, of one or more of these phe- 
nomena is not incompatible with the existence of inflammation, 
for the increased redness and heat may disappear before the 
inflammatory process ceases, and pain be sometimes absent. 
The redness of an inflamed part is usually the first observ- 
able phenomenon, and one of the most characteristic symptoms 
of inflammation, and one also that is rarely absent. It varies 
in intensity, according to the degree of the inflammatory 
process, the nature of the part affected, the condition of the 
system, and the cause of the inflammation. Of a light tint in 
the early stage, it becomes deeper as the inflammatory process 
increases in degree, until every grade, almost, of redness is 
observable, ending in a deep crimson or even purple. It may 
appear in points, streaks, in minute ramifications, or be quite 
uniform over the entire surface affected. Usually it is more 
intense in one spot, gradually fading as it recedes, until lost in 
the surrounding healthy tissue; in other cases the redness has 
an abrupt boundary, and is of equal intensity over its entire 
area. The brighter hue usually attends ordinary active in- 
flammation ; the darker hue that form of inflammation pro- 
ceeding from some specific cause, or associated with a gangre- 
nous tendency. The redness of inflammation is caused by the 
increased amount of blood entering the vessels of the part, 
and remaining there for a longer time than is natural under 
other conditions. 26 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The Heat of an inflamed part is also caused by the unusual 
quantity of red blood present, and also by an increase of that 
vital action upon which the evolution of heat depends, namely, 
superoxidation of the affected tissues, resulting in their de- 
composition. The increase of temperature is generally more 
sensible to the sufferer than to the observer, though it may 
often be detected by the hand, and is very evident by the 
clinical use of the thermometer; it is also verified by compari- 
son with other unaffected parts. 
The Swelling of an inflamed tissue is caused in part by the 
unusual quantity of blood present in the dilated vessels, and 
also by the matters, both liquid and solid, which exude into 
the affected tissue through the walls of the dilated vessels, and 
also to extravasation resulting from rupture of these walls; for 
as the vessels are distended their walls become thinner, and 
permit the blood plasma to escape through them in greater 
quantity than is required for mere nourishment; hence the 
inflamed tissue becomes infiltrated with this plasma, the con- 
sequence of which is an increase of thickness or swelling. 
The swelling of a part, however, without other symptoms is 
not an evidence of inflammation, as this phenomenon may 
occur from other causes. Swelling may also be absent when 
the other symptoms of inflammation are present, an example 
of which is afforded in inflammation of mucous membranes, 
before exudation has occurred in the connective tissue be- 
neath. 
The Pain of inflammation is due to the local irritation of 
nerves of the part, caused by the irritant which has excited 
the condition; also by the tension which results, together 
with the injury inflicted upon the nervous filaments. Every 
tissue is supplied with sensory nerves, and the pain resulting 
from irritation and injury varies considerably, in accordance 
with the nature of the part and its supply of nervous filaments. 
Parts having little sensibility in a normal condition, often 
become extremely painful when inflamed; the gums afford a 
well marked example. When the parts are unyielding, as in 
periodontitis, the pain becomes very severe; and a pulsa- INFLAMMATION. 
27 
ting or throbbing pain is caused by the increased force of the 
smaller vessels conveying the blood to the focus of inflamma- 
tion, and also the obstruction of the circulation produced by 
the swelling and increased by the stasis at the focus of 
the affected area. When the veins of an inflamed part be- 
come obstructed by the swelling, bringing about pressure to 
such a degree as to prevent the blood from passing through 
them, the quantity being constantly increased by the supply 
from the arteries, a condition of strangulation results, in which 
the pain is very severe. 
We find an example of this condition of strangulation in 
pulpitis, or inflammation of the pulps of the teeth. Pain is 
also generally present, even in the case of soft tissues affected 
with inflammation, and where every advantage is afforded for 
their swelling; the oral mucous membrane is an example. 
There is also pain of an itching character, in certain forms of 
inflammation of mucous membranes; also boring pain in the 
neighborhood of joints. The pain of alveolar abscesses, when 
they slowly form, is often of a tensive character, and generally 
becomes lancinating when they are about to point; and in all 
such cases is useful in determining the seat of the suppurative 
process. 
Fever of Inflammation, also known as “ traumatic,” is very 
generally present when the inflammation is severe, or the 
injury occasioning it is extensive and complicated. This 
inflammatory fever generally makes its appearance in from 
twelve to twenty-four hours after the injury is received, or 
when the inflammatory process is at its height; and when the 
parts have previously been healthy, and the inflammation 
limited, it is moderate in its character and soon terminates 
spontaneously. The symptoms of inflammatory fever are a 
feeling of fatigue, restlessness, thirst, hot and dry mouth, 
coated tongue, urine scanty, but deeper in color, frequent pulse, 
temperature about ioo° F.; and the fever usually reaches 
its climax in about thirty-six hours, when it begins to decline, 
and by the sixth or seventh day has disappeared. In the case 
of an abscess, it frequently happens that when suppuration 28 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
occurs the fever begins to decline. Should the fever continue 
longer than the time referred to, the cause may generally be 
due to deeper suppuration and other complications of the 
local affection. During the inflammatory process, when pu- 
trescent matter has been absorbed by the blood in greater 
quantity than can be resisted or gotten rid of by the organism, 
and there is no escape from it by drainage, the symptoms of 
inflammatory fever become more intense, and a condition of 
septic poisoning takes place, known as septicemia. When 
some time has elapsed after the inception of the inflammatory 
process, and the characteristic fever has almost disappeared, a 
chill suddenly occurs, followed by profuse perspiration, the con- 
dition known as pyemia is present—pus globules in the blood. 
Exudation.—The exudation of materials, such as a phosphatic 
saline fluid, and white blood corpuscles and fibrin, through 
the capillary vessels, is due to inflammation, and such exuda- 
tions are derived from the blood. The symptom of swelling 
is in great part due to exudation. The exudation in what 
is termed “ healthy inflammation,” and known as plastic or 
coagulable lymph, seen on the surface of a recent wound or in 
the form of swelling around a centre of inflammation, is a mild 
and unirritating product, the function of which is to form 
new tissues for repair, called at first granulations. Inflam- 
matory exudations from free surfaces of mucous membranes 
contain mucus, and a substance known as mucin, in the form 
of filaments, insoluble in acetic acid. The inflammatory effu- 
sion known as plastic or coagulable lymph, the true indicator of 
a healthy constructive process, is soon converted from a jelly- 
like substance, by the germinal power, into a mass of living 
cells, through which other minute cells, which are to form the 
capillaries, make their way like a small stream, the primitive 
living cells flattening out, and making walls, apparently, for 
the forming vessels. These new capillaries penetrate the mass 
of germinal cells in large numbers, like delicate connecting 
threads, and furnish the blood supply to the organizing mass, 
which becomes converted into nezv or young connective tissue. 
This tissue drawing and binding together the opposite sides of INFLAMMATION. 
29 
the wound then becomes the cicatricial tissue, which originates 
from the cement-like material furnished by the inflammatory 
exudation. The cicatricial tissue becomes invested, in the 
case of oral mucous membrane, with epithelium, by a similar 
process of cell growth and development; and this is the pro- 
cess of union by the first intention. The cicatrix or scar is 
redder than natural, owing to the large number of vessels : 
but when the supply of blood is no longer needed in such 
quantity as is at first necessary, the capillaries diminish and 
disappear, so that the cicatrix grows paler and of smaller bulk. 
In the case of an abrasion of the skin, the exuding plastic 
lymph dries upon the denuded surface when not disturbed, 
and forms a protecting crust, which at length falls off, exposing 
a reddish surface covered with epidermis. In the case of the 
oral mucous membrane, a like result is produced under the 
protection of the mucous secretions peculiar to such a tissue. 
Suppuration.—The formation of pus is a result of destructive 
inflammation, as the presence of such a fluid denotes a loss of 
substance, which does not occur when a wound heals by the 
first intention. Under favorable circumstances an inflamed 
surface heals by the process of the second intention, as follows : 
A soft, red surface of coagulable lymph becomes organized 
into embryonic tissue, which is known as granulation tissue, 
and the yellowish fluid, bland in nature, which is present, is 
pus ; these materials, or “ products of inflammation,” being 
generated for reparative processes. The granulation tissue is 
composed of embryonic cells and a network of capillary loops, 
by which the tissue receives its supply of nutritive matter 
from the blood, so that it may become what is recognized 
later as the cicatricial tissue, or one of a higher organism than 
the granulation tissue. The granulation tissue is of a variable 
pinkish color, the tint depending upon the quality of the blood 
which its vessels contain, and is of a jelly-like consistence, and 
somewhat smooth and firm. Its surface, when in a normal 
condition, is studded over with small conical prominences 
called granulations, in which are very miuute vessels situated 
so superficially as to bleed on the slightest touch. 30 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Pus of a yellow color is found between the granulations, 
which vary in size, form and color, a moderate bright-red 
color being indicative of a healthy healing process. 
When there is a want of power in the process of forming 
the cicatricial or repair tissue, the granulations become large 
and translucent, and the pus which surrounds them is pale and 
thin. If the affected surface is exposed to friction, or irritation 
from other causes, the granulations become extremely small 
and of a deeper red color than is normal, and at length may 
disappear at points, leaving grayish spots or smooth patches. 
If the process of cicatrization is prevented in its first stage, the 
granulations become large and coalesce, protruding and over- 
hanging the edges of the wound, and forming what is com- 
monly known as “proud flesh.” During the entire healing 
process a flow of pus is going on from the affected surface as 
a normal act, and the first appearance of it is indicative of 
repair. Its appearance is also coincident with the organization 
of plastic lymph. When the suppuration is well established, 
the heat, tension and swelling of the inflamed part becomes 
less in degree, and the frequency of the pulse and the tem- 
perature of the body diminish. Whenever the granulating 
surface is formed, union by the second intention, or second 
adhesion, as it is termed, will take place, if separated surfaces 
are brought into apposition. 
Origin and Characteristics of Pus.—Pus is a secretion fur- 
nished by the blood at the expense of the tissues, an exuberant 
quantity of plastic material, for which excess there is no 
demand in the reparative process. The leucocytes which are 
brought to the surface of a granulating wound are discharged 
from it in the form of pus, while those that remain behind 
develop into tissue. This effect, by which the excess of leu- 
cocytes is gotten rid of, is accomplished by liquid exudation, 
the supply of which comes from the newly-formed and the 
old capillaries, and is the same force that carries the nutritive 
material to the tissues. Healthy pus is of a yellowish-white 
color, sometimes assuming a pale greenish tint, of cream-like 
consistence; a slightly saltish taste, but somewhat sweet; a INFLAMMATION. 
31 
faint animal odor, with an alkaline reaction. The presence of 
bile may give to pus a deep orange color, while all of the 
other shades are due to the coloring matter of the blood, 
known as hsematoidin. As long as the air has access to it, 
there is little tendency to putrefaction; and even when it is 
removed from the body and exposed to ordinary temperature, 
change in it occurs very slowly. Pus consists of two portions 
—a solid portion, known as pus corpuscles, and which consists 
almost entirely of young pus cells or leucocytes, and a liquid 
portion known as liqiior puris, which is a serous fluid, and 
constitutes about three-fourths of its bulk. 
When pus is subjected to pressure, as sometimes occurs in 
abscess of the antrum, and about bones, it may become a yel- 
lowish, cheesy mass, owing to the compression of the pus 
cells. The solid portion of pus consists of more than nine- 
tenths of leucocytes or young pus cells, which, in freshly 
formed pus, presents under the microscope a granular appear- 
ance, and also the peculiar movements of active, young and 
healthy leucocytes; but pus which has collected in an abscess 
for several days shows no such movements, thereby indicating 
that the leucocytes have died. Living and dead pus cells may 
be found in ordinary pus, mingled together. Pus also con- 
tains such micro-organisms as vibrios and bacteria. 
Varieties of Pus.—The constitution of pus, which is subject 
to constant change, depends upon the form of the disease, the 
locality and the condition of the patient. When it is of a 
yellowish-white color, of the consistence of cream, and com- 
posed of a great number of pus globules, it is called “ healthy,” 
“ pure,” or “ laudable.” “ Sanious,” “ serous,” and “ ichorous” 
pus is almost transparent, of a yellowish, oily, or reddish 
color, and very acrid, being the product of unhealthy inflam- 
mation, and is common to caries of the bones, irritable ulcers, 
etc., and frequently mixed with blood, particles of fibrin, and 
dead tissue. In chronic and cold abcesses the pus corpuscles 
become pale and watery, showing that they are undergoing 
solution; the pus from epithelial tumors, indolent ulcers, and 
phagedenic ulcers, is thin and sanious, and contains more or 
less dead tissue, which prevents the repair. DENTAL MEDICINE. 
32 
The term abscess denotes a collection of pus in the substance 
of the tissues, and the formation of the acute form is as follows : 
The exciting cause, acting as an irritant, causes an afflux of 
blood to the centre of the affection, and the distended capilla- 
ries pour out liquid exudation, which coagulates at this cen- 
tre into plastic lymph, expanding the meshes of the neighbor- 
ing surrounding tissues with a more serous fluid. 
Leucocytes are formed from cell proliferation in the plastic 
lymph; but, on account of their not being in a proper place 
for their growth and development into tissue, they become 
changed into pus, which collects in a cavity formed by it, and 
the result is an abscess. As these phenomena occur in rather 
quick succession, pain, heat, redness and swelling are present, 
and also constitutional disturbance in the form of hectic fever. 
The increase of an abscess in size is attended with a certain 
amount of redness on the surface over it and to which it is 
approaching, this increasing redness being preceded by more 
or less oedema of the tissue beneath, which is owing to the 
protruding of the serous exudation surrounding the central 
collection of pus. The center of the surface redness then 
presents a more prominent and elevated point, where the outer 
tissue becomes thinner, purplish, or livid, and soon the yellow 
pus within is visible through it—a condition to which the 
term pointing is applied. Soon after the “ pointing,” the in- 
tegument gives way, and the pus exudes through the opening 
thus made. 
This thinning and weakening of the surface is caused by 
the stretching and obstruction of the blood vessels, which 
convey the nutritive supply from beneath, by the pressure of 
the enlarging abscess to such a degree that the surface integu- 
ment is deprived of its blood and slowly dies by minute par- 
ticles, the dead material being added to the contents of the 
abscess. 
An abscess unattended with such symptoms as pain, heat, 
and redness, is termed a cold abscess, and its presence depends 
upon a low degree of vitality. 
A cold abscess presents the same phenomena of pus forma- INFLAMMATION. 
33 
tion as the acute form, but resembles more the growth of a 
tumor, as all the symptoms may be absent except the swelling. 
The formation of pus on the surface of a tissue, such as mu- 
cous membrane, is not so serious as that in an abscess, as the 
conversion of the leucocytes into pus requires but little more 
increased activity than in cell germination. The exudation 
takes place from the network of capillaries which exist beneath 
every mucous membrane, and which furnishes nourishment 
for the constant renewal of the epithelium, and any injury 
received causes a fluxion of blood to the capillaries, which 
increases the cell proliferation. The effect is, then, to promote 
an increased discharge from the surface of the membrane, in 
the form of pus. Suppuration from mucous membrane usu- 
ally causes pain, heat, increased redness, and swelling of the 
inflamed surface, owing to the exudation into the meshes of 
the connective tissue beneath, and recovery is characterized 
by diminished fluxion of blood to the affected part, and con- 
sequent lessening of cell production; the cells resume their 
function of producing epithelial tissue, the pus becomes thin 
and more fluid, and finally ceases when the normal conditions 
again appear. 
Hectic fever is a symptom of destructive inflammation, and 
is a persistent, low form of continued fever, characterized by 
remission and exacerbation morning and night. This form of 
fever is caused by absorption into the blood of some of the 
products of inflammation, in such quantities and so gradually 
as not to produce an immediate fatal result, and inducing a 
regular succession of chill, fever, and perspiration during the 
space of every twenty-four hours. Its effect is progressive 
emaciation and a tendency to fatal termination, if the cause is 
not removed, through combustion of tissue material to supply 
the fever heat. The regularity of the night sweats, and the 
pulse retaining its frequency during the apyrexia, even in the 
morning, when the temperature is normal, are the diagnostic 
signs of hectic from typhoid and malarial fevers. 
The most unfavorable symptoms of hectic fever are the 
higher fever in the evening, the increase in the frequency of 34 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the pulse, the more exhausting night sweats, with the occur- 
rence of aphthae in the mouth, and diarrhoea. 
Chronic Inflammation.—Chronic or asthenic inflammation 
is a process in which all the cardinal symptoms of inflamma- 
tion may be present, but in less degree than in the acute 
form. In chronic inflammation there is present a permanent 
local hyperaemia, attended with an exudation into the inter- 
stices of the inflamed part, or from its surface. The pain in 
this form is usually light, or may be intermittent, or even 
absent, or be no more than an itching sensation; heat is 
present, but is not a prominent symptom ; the redness is of a 
light hue, sometimes livid, from passive hyperaemia and the 
stretching of the vessels by the over-distention to which they 
had before been subjected, and the diminished force of the 
circulation; the swelling is in the form of induration, owing 
to the exudation having become organized into tissue. This 
latter accounts for the hardness around an indolent ulcer, and 
an old sinus. Inflammatory induration consists of the new 
tissue growth in the state of more imperfect organization than 
the normal cicatricial tissue. In mucous membranes indura- 
tion is indicative of chronic inflammation, and is caused by 
exudative infiltration into the substance of the submucous con- 
nective tissue, and a considerable change of structure in these 
membranes often occurs. Although the symptoms of chronic 
inflammation are present in a limited degree, yet they are more 
persistent, on account of the object for which the increased 
nutritive effort was made proving unsuccessful. 
Ulceration is a passive process, and results from the 
molecular death caused by insufficient blood supply, insuffi- 
cient nervous influence, impure quality of blood, or the 
presence of blood poison. Ulceration is very closely associ- 
ated with inflammation, although the former may be independ- 
ent of the latter, and consists of a progressive softening and 
disintegration of successive layers of the affected tissue. 
Ulceration generally begins in a process of chronic inflamma- 
tion, and in such a manner that the death of the tissues only 
occurs when the tissues themselves have undergone cellular INFLAMMATION. 
35 
infiltration in consequence of the inflammatory changes. The 
loss of the integument leaves a red, raw surface, which bleeds 
easily, and which is covered with a tenacious, slimy matter. 
Very soon irregular cavities are formed in this surface, sepa- 
rated by red elevations with ragged edges. A thin, serous, 
bloody discharge exudes, with severe pain of a gnawing char- 
acter. The ulcer then formed, and which has been defined as 
“ a wound surface having no tendency to heal,” spreads more 
or less rapidly, and the surrounding integument is hot and 
swollen, and the disintegrated tissue is thrown off as extra- 
neous matter. Ulcers also originate from pustules that fail to 
heal after the pus escapes, but spread and maintain an acute 
inflammatory character. An ulcer may be circular, crescentic, 
irregular, in the form of a shallow or deep ring, or it may be 
tubular, forming a fistula. 
The edges of an ulcer are either low or raised, hard (callous), 
soft, jagged, vertical, everted, or undermined, etc. Ulcers 
arising from persistent local irritation, as those of the oral 
mucous membrane, usually heal as soon as the affected parts 
are placed under favorable external circumstances. As long 
as the epithelium is preserved, the superficial inflammatory 
process in mucous membranes may be called catarrh. When 
suppuration of mucous membranes proceeds so far as to expose 
the substantia propria or corium, the diseased surface is known 
as an ulcer. 
Effects of Micro-Organisms.—While some of the common 
parasites cause injurious effects by inciting inflammation in 
tissues and organs, they only act as foreign bodies, while the 
microscopic fungi and their germs, acting as invisible particles 
of organized matter, cause the greatest injury. If they are 
protected from the influence of oxygen, these micro-organisms 
germinate very rapidly, and derive their sustenance from the 
fluids of the inflamed tissue and the granulating surface. The 
form known as vibrio septica generate putrefaction in animal 
matter by bringing about a process of fermentation—dental 
caries affords an example. The chemico-vital changes accom- 
panying the process of putrefactive fermentation give rise DENTAL MEDICINE. 
36 
to septic poisons, which, being absorbed in the circulation, 
result in septicemia and pyemia. Dr. Koch affirms that 
“ bacteria do not occur in the blood nor in the tissues of the 
healthy living body, either of man or of the lower animals,” 
and the same investigator also says: “ When introduced by 
inoculation into animal tissues, they multiply and excrete 
soluble substances, which get into the surrounding tissues by 
diffusion.” 
The tissues, by the contact of the micrococci, lose their 
vitality, and the parasite growth multiplies and spreads rapidly 
in the dead tissues, advancing directly towards the parts in 
which vitality yet remains. 
Terminations of Inflammation.—According to the present 
knowledge of this subject, inflammation terminates—ist, By 
Resolution; 2d, By Suppuration; 3d, By Formation of New 
Tissue; 4th, By Gangrene or Local Death—Necrosis. When 
the inflammatory process terminates by resolution, all of the 
symptoms gradually diminish and disappear, and the affected 
tissues resume their normal condition. Such a result is gen- 
erally due to the mild character of the injury, and the progress 
of the inflammation. 
When the inflammatory process terminates by suppuration, 
there is a loss of substance, and after the discharge of the pus, 
a more extensive process of repair is required to produce a 
healing of the wound and the formation of the cicatrix. 
When the inflammatory process terminates by the formation 
of new tissue, the new growth is produced by inflammation— 
either by the union by first intention, or by the development 
of granulations, which become organized into a cicatrix. 
When the inflammatory process terminates in gangrene or 
local death, the effort of the inflammation toward repair has 
failed, either on account of the functions of the capillaries and 
the connective tissue becoming impeded to such a degree as to 
render inoperative the resources of the organisms, or because 
of certain conditions arising at a later period which have 
obstructed the reparative effort and caused the parts to lose 
their vitality. INFLAMMATION. 
37 
The termination of the inflammatory process by gangrene 
depends upon the degree and nature of the lesion, and the 
inability of the capillaries and arteries to maintain the local 
circulation. The impairment of the vitality of the blood ves- 
sels causes stasis and thrombosis to occur, and as soon as 
actual death takes place, the dead tissue presents a further 
obstacle to the local circulation, and also adds to the difficulty 
of elimination, which favors the spread of the gangrene. The 
earliest symptoms of gangrene are hard swelling, burning and 
tensive pain, and livid color. The pain then subsides, vesica- 
tions appear, the part takes on a marbled, purplish-yellow 
color, afterward becoming brown or grayish, and finally cold 
and insensible, exhaling a putrid odor. 
Treatment of Inflammation.—It has already been stated 
that the causes of inflammation determine in a great measure 
its treatment, and this is especially true of inflammation of the 
oral mucous membrane. The old method of antiphlogistic 
treatment has given place to antiseptic treatment, although 
some of the older measures are still employed, and may occa- 
sionally be used to advantage in relieving certain symptoms of 
inflammation, and, without removing the cause, favoring a 
return to the normal condition. The indications of treatment 
are as follows: 
Prevention and Removal of Cause.—Prevention may include 
the removal of a predisposing cause when local, or the lessen- 
ing of its effects when it is general or constitutional. If mala- 
ria is present, quinine is indicated; if syphilis, iodide of potas- 
sium, or minute doses of bichloride of mercury. 
Irritation, the precursor of inflammation, may often be 
arrested by the removal of a local cause, such as salivary calcu- 
lus, for example. The restoration of the secretion of the 
different organs is also indicated in the treatment of certain 
forms of inflammation, and also the use of such palliative 
remedies as will allay the excitement of the nervous system. 
When the cause is apparent, its removal is, as a general rule, 
easily accomplished; but when the cause is obscure, the con- 
dition of the secretions of the bowels and the diet should 38 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
receive careful attention. To correct the secretions, purgatives 
are indispensable; also such other depletory measures as 
bleeding, abstinence from food, use of emetics or nauseants to 
lessen the general circulation and reduce the vascular tension. 
To allay the nervous excitement and irritability, anodynes, 
narcotics or opiates are indicated, their direct effect being relief 
of pain and spasm, and inducement to rest and tranquillity. 
The advantage of rest and immobility cannot be over-esti- 
mated, for a simple lesion, if subjected to constant mobility, 
may become one of a much greater character, destructive 
inflammation often being provoked by friction and undue 
motion. An example is furnished in the case of periodon- 
titis, where a cap or partial interdental splint made of model- 
ing composition or gutta percha, or vulcanized rubber, will 
protect the affected tooth from irritation, and materially assist 
the remedial measures ; also strips of adhesive plaster, collo- 
dion, etc., will insure immobility in certain cases where such 
appliances are indicated, as undue motion retards and prevents 
the process of healing. 
Position is also to be considered as a means for relieving 
the irritation and pain, so that no provocation may exist for 
subsequent inflammation. The best position should be selected 
for the affected part, which will favor the return of venous 
blood and retard the arterial current; hence, an elevated posi- 
tion will tend to prevent passive hyperaemia. A favorable 
position will also secure muscular relaxation, and prevent the 
involuntary spasmodic action, which may result from muscular 
tension. The administration of an anaesthetic to secure mus- 
cular relaxation, in the case of certain injuries, as in fracture 
or dislocation of the jaw, is often resorted to as a measure 
against spasmodic contraction, and also to reduce the excessive 
vascular reaction. 
Cold, when outwardly applied as a depressor to the inflamed 
part, reduces the excitement and irritability. The application 
of the spray of absolute ether, or of rhigolene, will often 
prove serviceable in the early stage of periodontitis. Cold, 
whenever moderately applied, is tonic and invigorating, and INFLAMMATION. 
39 
besides evaporating applications, ice may be employed; but 
such local measures to maintain a low temperature must be 
renewed at short intervals. Cold, when locally applied, causes 
the capillaries to contract, thus diminishing the afflux of blood 
to the affected tissue. The persistent application of cold, how- 
ever, may cause gangrene ; but the employment of the ether or 
rhigolene spray is attended with less danger in this respect 
than that of ice applications. A granulating surface, on the 
other hand, develops better in a warm temperature. 
Heat and Moisture.—Heat is also under certain circum- 
stances a valuable antiphlogistic. Dry heat will mitigate pain, 
and heat with moisture in the form of a poultice, is very com- 
monly used to relieve the pain and tensive heat of local 
inflammation by its soothing and relaxing effect. While cold 
has an astringent, sedative effect, and constringes the capillaries 
of the inflamed tissue, thus promoting healing by resolution, 
moist heat is relaxing and promotes exudation, if not suppu- 
ration, leading to repair by “ the second intention.” The 
use of cold is dispensed with in inflammatory conditions as 
soon as it is apparent that the termination of the inflammation 
by resolution is impossible, when resort is had to poultices or 
warm fomentations, such as flax-seed and slippery-elm bark, 
to which vaseline, boracic acid, or a weak solution of carbolic 
acid may be added to prevent fermentation in the poultice, 
and putrefaction in the wound. To relieve pain, tincture 
of opium may be applied to the surface of the poultice, a 
water-dressing composed of cloth saturated with warm water, 
or a medicated solution, such as boracic acid or biborate 
of sodium. The local warm bath is also another method of 
applying heat and moisture, as the granulations of a surface 
immersed in tepid water develop favorably ; and an ulcerated 
surface which has been subjected to a prolonged warm bath, 
made antiseptic by carbolic acid, or the application of an eight 
per cent, solution of chloride of zinc, is greatly benefited. 
Warmth and moisture are especially indicated for parts having 
a feeble circulation. Warm, moist applications, such as poul- 
tices, promote the tendency to suppuration ; hence, care should 40 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
be observed in applying such applications to the surface of the 
face, in the case of an alveolar abscess, as pointing and the 
escape of pus may be induced in a position where permanent 
disfigurement would be very apparent. 
Compression is also of service in the treatment of certain 
forms of inflammation, especially during the late stages; but 
it must be uniformly, moderately, and continuously applied. 
Even in the acute form, compression may prevent the over-dis- 
tention of the capillaries and limit the exudation; in the chronic 
form, compression promotes absorption. It is accomplished 
by means of bandages, either alone or in conjunction with 
cotton batting, as the latter prevents irregular constriction and 
maintains a uniform temperature. A fine compressed sponge 
moistened, after it is applied, with tepid water, is a painless 
and effective means for obtaining compression in the treatment 
of indolent ulcers. Compression by means of sheet lead or 
tin, and pads of bibulous paper, will often prevent an alveolar 
abscess from discharging on the surface of the cheek or neck, 
when such an event is imminent. 
Blood-letting.—General blood-letting is now rarely employed 
in the treatment of inflammation ; but the local abstraction of 
blood by means of leeches, cups, scarification, incisions, and 
other means, is of great service in reducing vascular action, 
and lessening inflammatory symptoms. The efficiency of local 
depletion in relieving hyperaemia is very evident by the cessa- 
tion of pain caused by strangulation and tension. Periodon- 
titis and acute gingivitis furnish examples. Leeches should 
never be applied to a part where it would be difficult to 
arrest the hemorrhage which may follow their use; their 
application is also contra-indicated in the case of children, who 
cannot bear the loss of considerable blood with impunity. 
Incisions are made for the purpose of relieving tension and 
pain, evacuating pus, or the escape of dead material, for 
tension aggravates the inflammation and the retention of 
pus in an abscess prolongs the pain, and also adds to the 
destruction of parts by the formation of gangrenous patches. 
Superficial incisions will relieve the tension of the skin and INFLAMMATION 
41 
mucous membrane, and also evacuate the pus of an abscess 
when it is near the surface. 
Deeper incisions are necessary when the pus is at a greater 
distance from the surface, and there is considerable tension. 
Incisions are also often judicious as a prevention of suppura- 
tion and ulceration ; also in cases where the presence of pus 
is suspected, but there is no apparent fluctuation. In making 
deep incisions, care is necessary to avoid wounding arteries 
and nerves; hence the director should precede the use of the 
knife. In acute abscesses the incisions should be made at an 
early stage, and of such a size as will permit of the free evacu- 
ation of the pus, and in the most depending position, to insure 
its easy discharge. Hence, as soon as fluctuation is detected 
in an acute abscess, the incision for the escape of the pus 
should be made; while in the case of a chronic or cold 
abscess, the incision may be delayed, or a puncture with a 
trocar substituted for it, which may at once be closed. 
Drainage is employed for the purpose of giving outlet for 
any matters liable to collect in a wound or abscess which 
may act as obstacles to the process of repair. Teeth affected 
with abscess are often relieved and retained by an opening 
made into the pulp canal or into the abscess sac, sufficiently 
free to relieve the tension and drain off the accumulated pus; 
also in the case of abscess of the antrum, where an opening 
made through the alveolar cavity of one of the roots of a 
posterior tooth is kept open by means of a canula, to relieve 
the tension and permit the pus to escape as it accumulates, 
and also to afford an easy entrance for the injection of anti- 
septic and stimulating agents in the treatment of such cases. 
Drainage can also be made through soft tissues, such as the 
gum, etc., by strands of floss silk, hemp thread, and horse 
hair, dipped in a carbolic acid solution before they are inserted 
into the opening connected with the sac; also by means of 
caoutchouc tubing. 
Counter Irritation, “ counter irritants,” or “ derivatives,” are 
also employed in the treatment of inflammation, for the pur- 
pose of inducing an afflux of blood from the locality of the 42 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
inflammation to another point in close proximity, thus reliev- 
ing the vessels of the affected part. Such counter-excitement 
in the case of the oral mucous membrane, is induced by 
blistering applications, stimulants, escharotics, etc., which 
excite a new action in a part more or less remote from the 
focus of inflammation. 
Cantharidal collodion, tincture of iodine, either alone or in 
combination with aconite, or with creasote, or with carbolic 
acid, nitrate of silver, nitric acid, and the actual cautery, may 
be named as the most common counter-irritants for applica- 
tion to the oral mucous membrane in the case of deep-seated 
inflammation and pulpitis, and are mainly useful in the early 
stage of the acute form, and in the chronic form. 
Mouth Washes and Lotions, such as tincture of myrrh, 
chlorate of potassa, solutions of carbolic acid, listerine, per- 
manganate of potash, nitrate of silver, sulphate of copper, 
sulphate of zinc, oxide of zinc, lead water, tincture of opium, 
a weak solution of pyrozone, etc., are employed with benefit 
in superficial inflammations and ulcerations of the oral 
mucous membrane. 
When putrefaction is present in the inflamed part, chlorinous 
washes are serviceable for deodorizing purposes, and also to 
prevent the entrance of putrid matter into the circulation. 
The object of cauterizing an inflamed part is to break the con- 
tinuity of the morbid process. 
Ancesthetics, such as chloroform, ether, etc., when employed 
in the treatment of inflammation, exercise an influence as 
preventives, and also render lax tissues which become very 
rigid, and enable reductions to be made, as well as temporarily 
mitigating the pain ; fracture and dislocation of the jaw are 
examples. 
When inflammation has devitalized parts, the treatment 
varies in respect to the nature of such parts. Dead, soft tissues 
are to be so treated that the putrid matter is prevented from 
entering the circulation, by the application of antiseptic agents, 
which have in a great measure replaced antiphlogistics ; hence, 
antiseptics which possess the power of destroying micro- INFLAMMATION. 
43 
organisms without the danger of destroying the vitality of 
the tissues, are considered to be the most active agents of 
this class. When the hard tissues are devitalized, such as 
bone, for example, although the living bone becomes separate 
from the dead portion as effectually as a living soft part from 
its slough, yet it is necessary to liberate the bony sequestrum 
from the overlying texture which may confine it; hence the 
removal of dead bone is necessary as soon as the line of de- 
marcation is formed, the time for which may vary from a 
period of less than three weeks in the case of small sequestra, 
to more than two months, where the entire bone is involved. 
Also in cases where the extremity of a part consisting of soft 
and hard tissues, for example, the alveolar process and tissues 
over it, become gangrenous, it is best, in most instances, to 
remove the dead tissues by amputation ; and such an operation 
may also become necessary in cases of long-continued ex- 
haustive suppuration. Many forms of inflammation have 
their special remedies, such as mercurial inflammation of the 
mouth, when chlorate of potash is indicated; periodontitis, 
when tincture of iodine and tincture of aconite, or creasote, or 
carbolic acid, in combination with the iodine, etc., are indicated ; 
gingivitis, where stimulating and antiseptic washes and 
lotions of tincture of myrrh, biborate of soda, carbolic acid 
solutions and combinations, etc., are indicated. 
The diet is of great importance in all forms of inflammation. 
Food of the most nutritious character and of a form easily 
digested is very necessary. Milk, pure, or mixed with lime 
water, peptonized or sterilized, or in the form of gruel, is the 
most valuable of all liquid foods ; alcohol may be given with 
it in the form of wine whey. Meat broths are nutritious and 
digestible, and pure beef juice is very reliable. When food 
cannot be taken by the stomach, enemata of beef broths, and 
some of the various peptonized forms of meat, may be given 
by the rectum. A few drops of laudanum with the enema 
will assist in retaining food thus given. After the fever and 
inflammation subside, the solid forms of food may be given 
more freely. Tonics, such as iron, calisaya bark and the 44 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
phosphites, are then indicated to improve the appetite and 
favor repair. 
General Remarks.—In every case, the first object should be 
to ascertain and, if possible, remove the cause of a disease. 
It should be remembered that medicinal substances are always 
more certain in their action when applied directly to 'the 
affected tissue ; also, that chemical, physical and vital changes 
result from the topical action of such substances ; and that age 
modifies the effects, and also determines the dose; also sex, 
owing to the greater susceptibility of the nervous system in 
females than in males ; also the temperament, as the sanguine, 
for example, is more susceptible to the influence of medicinal 
agents than the phlegmatic ; also habit and mode of life, as the 
habitual use of such agents as stimulants lessens their influ- 
ence, and the occupation affects the susceptibility to external 
influence; also the condition of the body, as different diseases 
exercise considerable influence on the effects of medicinal 
substances; also the mind, as a hopeful mind conduces to the 
beneficial action of medicines; also idiosyncrasy, as some indi- 
viduals are more susceptible to the action or effects of medi- 
cinal substances than others; also the nature of the tissue or 
organ to which application is made, as some are more suscep- 
tible to the effect of medicinal agents than others, owing to 
rapidity of absorption and the degree of decomposition of the 
substance employed; also climate, from the recognized influ- 
ence of climate in modifying the structure and functions of 
the animal economy, and increasing or diminishing morbid 
conditions, and by such means influencing the effects of medi- 
cinal agents. 
In most acute diseases there is a tendency to recovery after 
a certain time has elapsed, in case there is no failure in the 
functions of any of the essential organs ; hence, in all acute 
diseases, the state of the nervous system shoul be carefully 
watched. 
When the affection is not of a serious character, such symp- 
toms as are especially troublesome may be relieved ; but when 
the nervous and vascular systems are affected, both locally INFLAMMATION. 
45 
and generally, then it is necessary that the proper measures 
for their relief be promptly taken. 
Where mucous membrane is the seat of the affection, it is 
often possible to remove the exciting cause. There are also 
many inflammatory affections met with, where, from the begin- 
ning, there is a diminished action of the heart, and a depressed 
state of the nervous centres. In the treatment of such cases, 
the depressed condition of the general system chiefly requires 
attention, as the progress and termination of the local affection 
depend upon the cause from which it has originated. 
There are also morbid states not necessarily dependent on 
organic disease. Various acids are produced by the fermenta- 
tion of substances containing starch or sugar, and there is 
reason for believing that an increased secretion of acid may 
take place from the mucous membrane of the stomach and 
produce symptoms of acidity independently of fermentation, 
although one of the properties of the gastric fluid is to prevent 
fermentation. The symptoms of acidity are a sour taste, and 
the occurrence of acid eructations, often accompanied with 
heartburn, and sometimes with diarrhoea, and a feeling of 
sinking at the epigastrium. 
In these cases the causes must be sought for, and such treat- 
ment instituted as will neutralize the acidity and stimulate the 
peptic glands to an increased secretion of the digestive fluid ; 
also such as will regulate the bowels. Due attention must 
also be given to the diet, which should consist of such sub- 
stances as will not readily ferment, and all food containing 
starch should be avoided. 
Although topical remedies are more generally employed in 
the treatment of dental affections, yet there are many diseases 
of the oral cavity which are due to remote causes and require 
constitutional as well as local treatment. 
The appearances presented by the mucous membrane of the 
mouth are valuable, as indicating the state of other parts more 
remote; and it is frequently the case that, when the constitu- 
tional affection is overcome, the local symptoms disappear as 
a consequence, or become very amenable to local remedies. 46 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
IMPORTANT POINTS IN DIAGNOSING AFFECTIONS OF THE 
MOUTH, WITH A SYNOPSIS OF TREATMENT. 
The Irritation of Teething is indicated by a hot, swollen and 
tender condition of the gums, fretfulness, irritable temper, 
refusal of nourishment, fever and thirst, and, if not relieved, 
diarrhoea with offensive motions, sometimes a troublesome 
cough, convulsions, and other serious results. 
An Abnormal Dentition is indicated by a hot, dry mouth, 
swollen gums, tense, tender and shining, fever, disordered 
bowels, fretfulness, eruption of skin, diarrhoea, convulsions. 
Convulsions of Dentition are indicated by such premonitory 
symptoms as irritable temper, unusual brightness of eyes, 
indisposition to eat or sleep, slight involuntary movements of 
muscles of face, or extremities, grinding of teeth. The par- 
oxysm is indicated by rigidity of body, utterance of a cry, 
face turning red or purple, veins of neck turgid, supension of 
respiration, loss of consciousness, irregular and intermittent 
contractions of muscles, protrusion of tongue, frothing at lips, 
distortion of face, rolling of eyeballs, contracted and rapid 
pulse. 
Treatment.—For the relief of the premonitory symptoms of 
dentition, bromide of potassium in doses of gr. iij to v, accord- 
ing to age, every ten minutes. Demulcent and soothing 
lotions to the gums. An aperient if no diarrhoea is present. 
For more decided symptoms, scarification or lancing of the 
gums. An enema of soap and water to relieve the digestive 
canal of irritating substances, or the use of the following com- 
bination to abate the fever and allay the irritability of stomach 
and bowels:— 
. Potass, bromidi pulv gr. xv 
Potass, nit. pulv gr. xij 
Zinci oxidi gr. ij M. 
Divide in chart. No. VI. 
SlG.—One powder every four hours, until bed-time. 
For the diarrhoea: change the diet, adopt hygienic measures ; 
mild purgatives in small doses. For acid dejections, calcined DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
47 
magnesia; or small doses of sulphate of magnesia and tincture 
of rhubarb; or of pulv. ipecac., pulv. rhubarb and bicarbonate 
of soda; or castor oil in doses of 5ss. For infancy diarrhoeas 
Dr. Thomas claims excellent results from the following mix- 
tures in gastric or gastro-intestinal dyspepsia, characterized 
by nausea, vomiting, flatulence and diarrhoea with non-$limy, 
fetid, yellowish or greenish stools. Lactic acid, 5j ; sim- 
ple syrup, 5v; water, 5iijss. M. Sig.—One drachm every 
quarter to half hour after meals. (See Dr. James W. White’s 
recipes under opium, chloroform, aromatic sulphuric acid and 
bromide of potassium.) 
For convulsions: the administration of an anaesthetic to 
abort or control the spasmodic movements ; hydrate of chloral, 
gr. v to x, according to age, dissolved in two or three drachms 
of water, and injected into the rectum; or the administration 
of bromide of potassium; use of hot foot bath, to which is 
added a small quantity of mustard; the warm bath; and 
when cerebral congestion is threatened, cold applications to 
the head. 
According to Dr. A. Brothers: i. Dentition is rarely, if 
ever, a direct cause of death. 
2. Precocious or retarded dentition may occur in otherwise 
healthy children or in entire families. 
3. The period of eruption of the first teeth occurs, in 
healthy, breast-fed children, at six and a half months in the 
vast majority of cases, and first dentition is usually complete 
at thirty months. 
4. Dentition is distinctly retarded in the first as well as the 
later teeth in children brought up on a mixed or artificial diet. 
5. Congenital diseases—tuberculosis, syphilis, endocarditis 
—seem to have a retarding influence on dentition. 
6. Rachitis has a very pronounced retarding influence on 
the whole course of dentition. 
7. Scrofulosis seems to hasten the eruption of the first teeth, 
but does not affect the later teeth. 
8. In cases of undeveloped brain—idiocy—there is a marked 
retardation during the entire period of dentition. 48 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
g. Chronic diseases have a retarding power over the first 
teeth, but do not seem to influence the later teeth. 
10. Children suffering from marasmus seem to be precocious 
with the first teeth, but delayed with the later teeth. 
11. Cases of epilepsy, developing in early infancy, seem to 
have their first teeth appear early. 
Hemorrhage after Extraction.—Remove loose clot, wash out 
cavity with hot water; then plug cavity with iodoform gauze; 
or, cotton dipped in mastic, and rolled in tannin; or, cotton 
saturated with oil of turpentine, or perchloride of iron; or, 
ferric alum; or, cotton saturated with phenol sodique, and 
then dipped in tannic acid; or, antipyrine on cotton. In- 
ternally: Administer three grains of tannic acid dissolved in 
two-thirds of a tumbler of water, of which two teaspoonsful 
are given every five minutes until three doses have been taken, 
after which give the same quantity every fifteen minutes. 
Gallic acid, ergot, or oil of turpentine, may also be given inter- 
nally, especially when the hemorrhage is indicative of some 
constitutional vice. In addition, upright posture, and a cool 
apartment. 
For after-pains of Tooth Extraction.—A single drop of nitro- 
glycerine, one per cent, solution, in half a glass of cold water. 
The careful inhalation of one or two drops of amyl-nitrate for 
three or four seconds, followed by complete rest for five min- 
utes, is also recommended. Also, locally, Fletcher’s carbolized 
resin, composed of resin, carbolic acid, and chloroform, which 
is a good styptic also; or, chloroform one part, and tincture 
of pyrethrum three parts. 
Pericementitis, or Periodontitis, or Inflammation of the Peri- 
dental Membrane is indicated by a sense of uneasiness and full- 
ness, which is at first relieved by pressure, but, after active 
inflammation is established, pressure on the affected tooth 
causes intense pain, of a dull, heavy, annoying character. The 
tooth is also protruded, to a slight degree, from the alveolus, 
and also somewhat loosened, owing to the thickening of the 
investing membrane; and the inflammation, which is at first 
manifested by a red line near the margin of the gum, becomes DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
49 
general over the entire root, sometimes involving the neigh- 
boring gum, and even the palate and cheek, and symptoms of 
febrile disturbance. If not arrested, a suppurative condition, 
alveolar abscess, ensues. A modification of the symptoms 
just enumerated, the tooth being tender to pressure, more or 
less raised in its cavity, and surrounded by a reddened and 
swollen gum, with a varying amount of pain, and the discharge 
of pus from around the neck, or from a fistulous opening in 
the gum, and such symptoms continuing for a long time, in- 
dicate the chronic form of an advanced state of periodontitis, 
which often results from systemic influences. 
Treatment.—Remove all irritants; apply counter-irritants, 
such as equal parts of tinct. iodine and tinct. aconite; or can- 
tharidal collodion ; or iodine and creosote, or carbolic acid ; or 
capsicum in form of tincture, or in small bags of the powder 
to surface of gum over root of affected tooth. Depletion by 
the lancet, leeches or cups. Hypodermic injection of mor- 
phine, or tinct. of opium. Application of spray of rhigolene 
or absolute ether until gum is blanched. To relieve pain, a 
solution of equal parts of tinct. aconite, tinct. of opium, and 
chloroform; or lead water and tinct. opium. Disinfecting the 
root canals, after the removal of a decomposed or dead pulp, 
by means of disinfectant and antiseptics, viz.: peroxide of 
hydrogen, or pyrozone, in three, five, or twenty-five per cent, 
solutions used alternately. Constitutional treatment: Saline 
cathartics ; bromide of potassium, gr. xxv, combined with gtt. 
v of tinct. veratrum, every four hours; or bromide of potas- 
sium alone, in doses of gr. xxv or xxx; or hot water applica- 
tions to face and neck, and calcium sulphide in gr. pill until 
eight have been taken in two hours, then one every half-hour 
for two hours; or, drachm doses of fluid extract of gelsemium, 
minims x, water Sj, every fifteen minutes until four doses have 
been taken, then every half-hour for two hours. The tooth 
protected from irritation during treatment, by a cap over ad- 
joining teeth. The removal of the extremity of the root of a 
tooth affected with chronic periodontitis by means of a trepan, 
has also been suggested. 50 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Alveolar Abscess is first indicated by pain of a constant char- 
acter, which is afterwards aggravated at each pulsation; then 
swelling about the roots of the affected tooth, which at length 
becomes defined and prominent, and afterward points and dis- 
charges pus, when the active symptoms subside. The devel- 
opment of alveolar abscess is indicated by such constitutional 
symptoms as foul tongue, offensive breath, hot skin, thirst and 
headache, and when the suppuration is considerable, symp- 
tomatic fever and rigors. 
The characteristic pain of an alveolar abscess is deep-seated 
and throbbing, and, with the swelling, denotes the formation 
of pus. A chronic form of alveolar abscess is indicated by a 
subsidence of the active symptoms, and a continuance of the 
discharge of small quantities of pus through a fistulous open- 
ing opposite the root of the affected tooth, or about its neck- 
An elastic fluctuating swelling in any part of the face, or* for 
some distance down the neck, may result from abscessed 
teeth. 
Treatment.—Remove all irritants. Give free vent for the 
escape of the pus. Destroy sac of abscess by therapeutic 
treatment, or by a surgical operation. Therapeutic treatment: 
First cleanse the root-canal by injections of chloride of sodium 
or peroxide of hydrogen, or pyrozone, or peroxide of sodium; 
escharotics to destroy the sac, such as creosote, carbolic acid, 
salicylic acid, nitrate of silver, iodine, dilute aromatic sulphuric 
acid, to which, in chronic cases, add tinct. of capsicum; also 
antiseptics: bichloride of mercury, chloroform and aristol, also 
oil of cassia and oil of gaultheria, in combination with carbolic 
acid, kalium-natrium, etc., etc. The surgical method consists 
in gaining access to the sac, by means of a bistoury or small 
trephine, through the fistulous opening, where such exists, and 
detaching and breaking up the sac by means of suitable nerve 
instruments and the application of escharotic agents. Dr. 
Brophy, speaking of cases of alveolar abscess where the disease 
is in the bone, says: “ In such cases if the treatment is simply 
opening into the tooth for drainage with the expectation that 
nature will effect a cure, we will be disappointed. In such cases DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
51 
an incision should be made down to the diseased bone, pack- 
ing it with iodoform gauze, or boracic acid gauze. The next 
day with a bur cut off the affected portion of the roots of the 
teeth because they are a source of irritation ; then with a bud- 
bur pass over the bone, and remove the dead portions, and 
again pack the wound with antiseptic gauze. In a day or two 
make an examination, and if healthy granulations are begin- 
ning, insert a wax plug, which is not permeable like the gauze, 
to prevent the wound from closing, and the consequent trouble 
from confined pus.” 
Alveolar Abscess about to point Externally is indicated by the 
skin, for some distance around the central point, becoming red 
and distended, with a throbbing sensation, succeeded by a 
change in the appearance of the skin to a thin and scaly sur- 
face, from which the epidermis scales off. The integument 
becomes glued down to the bone around the spot where the 
pus will ultimately appear; the latter following a fistulous 
track between the diseased tooth and the surface of the cheek, 
the fistula remaining open and discharging as long as the in- 
flammatory action continues. 
Treatment- Make a free incision in the gum opposite and 
near the apex of the root of the affected tooth. Apply to the 
surface of the threatened point of exit of the pus, alcohol, or 
spirits of camphor, or paint with collodion, and make gentle 
pressure by means of a compress of sheet lead or sheet tin, or 
pads and bandage, to change the direction of the pus. 
Abscess of the Antrum is indicated by a discharge of pus into 
the nose, sometimes producing scarcely any discomfort; at 
other times the severest local and constitutional suffering ; an 
aching pain in the cheek, which is hot, flushed, and somewhat 
swollen ; and, as the symptoms increase, greater pain, of a 
throbbing character, with the rigors and fever peculiar to 
suppuration ; an expansion of the bone of the upper jaw; an 
elevation of the malar bone, with a very apparent depression 
beneath it; the molar teeth on the affected side depressed so 
as to appear elongated, and to prevent the proper closure of 
the mouth ; an increase of pus ; the palate losing its concavity 52 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and becoming convex; the nostril of the affected side being 
encroached upon, and, in protracted cases, the floor of the 
orbit of the eye so pushed up as to force the eye partly from its 
socket; the sight affected by the stretching of the optic nerve; 
the walls of the antrum becoming so thin as to afford evidence 
of fluid-fluctuation on pressure; at length the pus escaping 
through the cheek, or into the nose, or burrowing along the 
side of a root of a tooth and discharging into the mouth ; the 
floor of the orbit giving way and the pus discharging along 
the lower eyelid. 
Treatment.—Make an opening into the antrum, either 
through the alveolar cavity of one of the roots of a superior 
first or second molar, or through the process between the roots 
of the second and third molars, which is the most dependent 
portion of the antral cavity, with a suitable trephine, and 
thoroughly wash out the cavity with a warm injection of salt 
5j to water Oss, and if there is an offensive odor, syringe with 
a solution of permanganate of potash ; then dress daily with a 
solution composed of carbolic acid one part, and oil of sweet 
almonds fifteen parts, applied on cotton secured in the cavity. 
If no improvement, then syringe the antrum with a solution 
consisting of carbolic acid 5j, tinct. iodine, 5j, water Sviij. 
Where a more powerful stimulant is required, use an injection 
of zinc, gr. x to the ounce of water. For systemic treatment, 
administer sulphide of calcium in the form of one-tenth of a 
grain pill three times a day after meals, doubling the dose if 
necessary. {Dr. Frank Abbott.) Dr. J. S. Marshall recom- 
mends as a wash for the antrum, boracic acid twelve parts, 
salicylic acid four parts, water one-thousand parts ; iodoform, 
iodol, aristol, pyoktanin, sulphonal and boric acid, in form of 
powder, are also recommended. M. Emile Denis recommends 
syringing out the cavity twice a day with a sixteen per cent, 
solution of boricine (see boricine), and then applying about a 
teaspoonfull of the powdered boricine. 
Alveolar Ulceration is distinguished from alveolar abscess 
by the presence of an ulcerated surface of peridental membrane 
instead of pus contained in a fibrous sac, the purulent matter in DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
53 
alveolar ulceration oozing out through the gum or around the 
neck of the affected tooth : no new tissue is formed, as in the 
case of abscess; but the normal tissue is disorganized and 
wasted, and the matter discharged is watery, translucent, and 
may be in some cases odorless, while that from an abscess is 
thick, obaque and offensive. Ulceration causes little or no 
swelling, and the inflammation is phagedenic in character, 
destroying hard and soft tissues by chemical decomposition. 
Like alveolar abscess, it may be due to the death of the pulp, 
and it may begin as abscess, not being a primary disease, but 
always proceeded by some other well-established and usually 
chronic affection. In alveolar ulceration a considerable por- 
tion of the peridental membrane is destroyed, and there is a 
wasting away of the alveolus and cementum in the region of 
the ulcer, whereas in alveolar abscess the peridental membrane 
may remain in an inflamed and morbid condition and the alveo- 
lar walls firm and penetrated at one point to permit of the 
escape of the pus. In long-continued alveolar ulceration, as 
a result of the disease, calcareous deposits, in the form of 
granules, collect on the root from the ulcerated area to the 
margin of the gum. 
The treatment consists in the thorough removal of the calcic 
deposit when present, and the scraping of the root of the tooth 
over the entire ulcerated surface, and the applicatiou of anti- 
septic and astringent remedies, such as listerine, aromatic sul- 
phuric acid, etc. 
Maxillary Abscess may be due to caries or the diseases of 
the teeth, or to pathological changes occurring in the structure 
of the bone itself. 
Treatment.—The treatment of maxillary abscess consists 
either in puncture or incision, and the extraction of one or 
more of the teeth if they are found to be connected with the 
origin of the disease. If free drainage be established by an 
early incision, the arrest of the disease is practically secured : 
it is sometimes necessary to remove a portion of the alveolar 
process. The presence of dead bone should be determined, 
and such removed, with other offending matter. Free drain- 54 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
age should be maintained until complete recovery is brought 
about. The abscess maybe opened under cocaine anaesthesia, 
a soft rubber drainage tube be inserted, and the cavity thor- 
oughly irrigated and disinfected with a I to 2,000 bichloride 
of mercury solution. A safety pin may be placed at the 
external end of the tube, and a strip of iodoform gauze put 
between it and the skin; over this the ordinary bichloride 
gauze dressing may be secured by a roller bandage. 
Necrosis of the Alveolar Process is indicated by a dark purple 
and swollen condition of gum, with offensive purulent dis- 
charge from one or more fistulous openings, or from between 
the gums and the teeth. The gum becomes soft and spongy, 
very sensitive, bleeds readily, and loses its connection with the 
necrosed bone beneath. 
Treatrtient.—(See Necrosis of the Jaws.) 
Phosphor-Necrosis is indicated by pain in jaw, similar to 
odontalgia, at first not constant, but soon becoming severe) 
and extending alongside of the head, and to the shoulder, with 
swelling and great tenderness near the seat of the affection, 
the integument becoming red and tense, the teeth elongated 
and extremely painful when closed together, and also becom- 
ing loose ; the gums and mucous membrane of the cheeks 
swollen and livid; at length, suppuration ensues, with fever, 
rigors, etc.; gums become spongy, with escape of pus around 
necks of necrosed teeth, and the pus fetid, and the swelling 
very great, especially when the lower jaw is affected ; a dense 
plastic exudation encases the under and external surface of 
the bone; intense glistening redness of the skin, as the pus 
approaches the surface ; at length, intense fever, with delirium 
and great suffering; the throwing out of a bony deposit of a 
peculiar appearance, like pumice-stone. 
Treatment.—Removal of patient from exposure to fumes of 
phosphorus, and the excision of diseased portions of bone. 
Fracture of the Alveolar Process is indicated by a swollen, 
red and painful state of gum and tissues covering maxillary 
bone, occurring some days after the receipt of the injury, and, 
if neglected, may result in necrosis of the bone. DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
55 
Treatment.—Antiphlogistic lotions, to reduce the inflamma- 
tion, such as— 
1£. Plumbi acetatis gj 
Tinct. opii :§ss 
Aquae M. 
SlG.—Apply on lint. 
Remove any detached portions of process, and secure loose 
teeth with waxed sterilized ligatures. 
Mercurial Poisoning, or Salivation, when of a mild form, is 
indicated by a red margin of the gum, which eventually 
becomes somewhat spongy and tender, with a slight fetor of 
the breath and a metallic taste. 
An increased degree of salivation, or mercurial stomatitis, is 
indicated by a profuse flow of saliva, intense fetor, strong 
metallic taste, tenderness of the gums, stiffness of the jaws, 
followed by ulceration and sloughing, if the injudicious use 
of the mercury is persisted in. 
TreaU)ient.—Discontinue use of mercury. Chlorate of pot- 
ash, internally, gr. x, in water .^ss: as a gargle, 5j, to water 
Sj ; or iodide of potassium in doses of gr. iij, three times a 
day. To correct fetor of breath, permanganate of potash 
solution, gr. ij to x, to the ounce of water; or washes of 
chlorinated soda; astringent washes during convalescence. 
Loose teeth should not be removed, as they will again become 
firm. 
Lead Poisoning is indicated by a blue line upon the edge of 
the gums, and such constitutional symptoms as paralysis and 
colic attend severe cases. 
Treatment.—Administration of iodide of potassium in gr. iij 
doses four times a day, after meals, to eliminate the lead; 
saline cathartics, electricity, strychnine, etc., for the paralysis, 
and tonics, such as quinine, to promote the strength. 
Scurvy is indicated by a general spongy condition of the 
gums, and, in severe cases, intense fetor, ulceration and slough- 
ing together with constitutional symptoms of an aggravated 
character. The premonitory symptoms in the mouth are, 56 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
gums, paler than usual, with a slight tumid or everted line on 
free margins, and a slight tenderness on pressure ; breath offen- 
sive, and a disagreeable taste ; tongue flabby and larger, though 
clean and pale. Later, the gums become darkened in color, 
inflamed, swollen, spongy, bleed readily, and finally separate 
from the teeth. The gums of edentulous jaws do not present 
these symptoms. At length, the gums present great, fungous, 
lacerable excrescences, which are prone to suppurate and 
become a brown, fetid mass, with a very offensive odor. The 
salivary glands become enlarged and swollen ; tongue indented 
by the teeth, which latter become coated with a salivary deposit, 
and finally drop out. Necrosis and extensive exfoliation of 
the bones of the jaw may occur. Some varieties of salivary 
calculus will produce similar local symptoms, especially when 
the general condition of the system is unfavorable. 
Treatment.—Change of diet, substituting fresh meats, soups, 
nitrogenous food, and recent vegetable acids, as citric, tartaric, 
and acetic, and these combined with potassium. Nitrate of 
potassium, either alone or mixed with vinegar, as an anti- 
scorbutic. 
A Simple Form of Stomatitis is indicated by slightly elevated; 
reddish, glistening patches on the mucous membrane, which 
may coalesce, so that the whole surface is involved. 
Treatment.—Emollient and detergent lotions, such as slip- 
pery-elm bark, pith of sassafras, or borax, 5j, glycerine, 5j, or, 
borax, 5j, honey, 5iij, or a weak solution of alum, or acetate of 
lead, gr. iij to the ounce of water. A few doses of bromide 
of potassium will relieve the nervous excitement. Chlorate 
of potash lotion, gr. v to the ounce of water, is also efficacious 
as a local remedy. 
Suppurative Gingivitis.—Dr. Ottolengui recommends for 
this affection spraying the gingivae with a three per cent, 
solution of pyrozone ; then remove all deposits thoroughly; 
for virulent cases he employs a five per cent, solution, and 
sometimes a twenty-five per cent solution. Pain following 
the application of the pyrozone may be relieved by applying 
glycerole of tannin. This treatment is to be resorted to twice DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
57 
a week, using the three per cent, solution of pyrozone as a 
mouth-wash during this time. Where sensitiveness about 
necks of teeth or elsewhere is caused by the one-twentieth of 
one per cent, of acidity of the pyrozone, it may be neutralized 
by placing a small particle of carbonate of magnesia in the 
tumbler, and then pouring in the three per cent, solution of 
pyrozone to be used. 
Ulcerous Stomatitis, common to childhood, is indicated by 
ulceration commencing on or near the gums, more frequently 
in the lower than in the upper jaw, and usually on one side 
only, and spreading over the entire mouth. The gum first 
becomes thickened and congested, and of a deep purple color, 
and bleeds readily; ulceration speedily occurs, and exposes 
the necks of the teeth, and extends to the mucous membrane 
of the mouth generally, the ulcerated surface being covered 
with a dirty white or yellow exudation, leaving exposed 
numerous bright red points on a yellowish ground. The 
edges of the ulcers are sharp and ragged, and the ulcer, at 
first superficial, becomes gradually deeper. Ulcers of the 
mouth are often due to syphilis and dyspepsia, and are aggra- 
vated by the irritation resulting from the irregular edges of 
fractured and decayed teeth. When neglected, such ulcers 
may assume the appearance of epithelioma, especially when 
induration of the glands beneath the jaw is present. 
Treatment.—Remove all apparent causes of irritation. 
Change diet and residence, if at fault, observe cleanliness, 
administer tonics, as liquor ferri nitratis with tincture of 
calumba. Local applications of nitrate of silver, gr. j to iij to 
the ounce of water, or diluted muriatic acid, alternating with 
a lotion of equal parts of borax and honey, or chloride of 
lime, 5j, honey 5j; also, pyrozone three per cent, europhen 
combined with lanolin, phenosalyl, glycozone, etc. Chlorate 
of potash internally, in doses of 5ij or iij, and also as a lotion, 
is efficacious; also, a strong solution of borax, in obstinate 
cases, gr. xv to the ounce of water; also, a solution of sulphate 
of copper. 
Ulcers of the Month due to Syphilis are indicated when such 58 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ulceration is obstinate under any but specific treatment, and 
when accompanied by symptoms pecular to syphilis. 
Treatment. — Constitutional treatment with mercury or 
iodide of potassium, and such local remedies as are employed 
in ulcerous stomatitis. 
Syphilitic Inflammation of the Mjicous Membrane of the 
Mouth is indicated by a general swelling of the gums, with 
everted and ulcerated margins, exposing the necks of the 
teeth, although not affecting, to any great degree, their sta- 
bility, with a viscid discharge, mixed with blood, from about 
their necks; soreness rendering mastication painful; the 
affection slowly spreading until the bone is exposed and a 
portion exfoliated; greater degree of congestion; formation 
of mucous patches on sides of cheeks; superficial ulcers 
inside of cheeks and beneath the tongue ; erosions of the soft 
palate and tonsils; fissures at corner of the mouth and erup- 
tions on skin and scalp. 
Treatment.—(See Ulcers of the Mouth due to Syphilis.) 
Gangrenous Stomatitis, common to children during the 
shedding of the temporary teeth, is indicated by a thick swell- 
ing of the face; skin tense and shining; swelling becoming 
hard and circumscribed, but devoid of tenderness, with a 
central spot, red and variegated in appearance; the formation 
of an ulcer, corresponding to the red spot outside, on the 
inside of the cheek; profuse salivation, the ulcerated part 
becoming gangrenous, with an opening through the cheek; 
absence of pain and destruction of parts. 
Treatment.—Preventive: Pure air, cleanliness, nourishing 
diet, sulphate of quinine, internally, in doses of gr. ij to iij ; 
and as a lotion, sulphate of zinc, 5j to the ounce of water. 
When the disease is established, the local use of escharotics— 
as acetic, sulphuric, nitric, hydrochloric acids, nitrate of silver, 
acid nitrate of mercury, or chloride of antimony—each applied 
by means of a camel-hair brush to gangrenous part, and at 
once followed by the application of dry chloride of lime. The 
mouth to be washed out with tepid water, by means of a 
syringe. After the separation of the slough, the dry chloride DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
59 
of lime alone may be used. The muriated tincture of iron is 
also employed; and after the gangrene is arrested, astringent 
lotions are efficacious. 
Scrofula.—In early life the characteristics are most apparent. 
Tendency to enlargement of lymphatic glands; proclivity to 
certain forms of skin eruption ; to disease of the joints and 
bones; the efforts necessary for growth and development 
overtax the defective vital powers ; defective quality of the 
blood and tissues, and especially of the vascular tissue; in- 
juries, such as sprains, end in chronic disease of the joint. A 
scrofulous child may grow finely for several years, and then, 
without adequate cause, be overtaken by meningitis or disease 
of vertebrae: inflammations are prone to take on chronic 
form. 
Treatment.'—Pure air of country, cod-liver oil and malt, iron 
and hypophosphites to increase the quantity of nutritious con- 
stituents of the blood. 
A Tumor of the Upper Jaw is indicated by a gradually 
increasing prominence of the cheek, which more or less 
involves the mouth, obstructing the nostril, causing double 
vision by displacing the eyeball. 
Treatment.—Removal by a surgical operation. 
A Malignant Form of Tumor of the Jaws is indicated by a 
solid prominence, rapid in growth, and having a tendency to 
invade surrounding structures, and to fungate like a mush- 
room. 
Treatment. — Removal by a surgical operation, and the ap- 
plication of escharotics, as chromic acid, or chloride of zinc, 
etc., to prevent its reproduction. 
A Dentigerous Cyst.—Cysts of the teeth are of two kinds— 
those connected with the roots of developed or eruptive teeth, 
and those connected with imperfectly developed or unerupted 
teeth, and both varieties are common to either jaw; the latter, 
however, are known as “ dentigerous cysts.” A dentigerous 
cyst is indicated by the expansion of the bone of the jaw at 
some particular spot, with disfigurement of the adjacent parts; 
a sense of weight and tension in the affected part; in some 60 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
cases, constitutional irritation from pressure; pressure pro- 
ducing a parchment-like crackle or crepitation; absence of a 
tooth, which has never been erupted nor extracted. Heath 
remarks that “ the clinical history of cysts connected with the 
teeth is that of painless expansion of the alveolus of either 
jaw, but more frequently of the upper, with crackling of the 
bone on pressure, and ultimate absorption of the bony wall. 
The cyst then presents a bluish appearance through the dis- 
tended mucous membrane, and if large, gives distinct evidence 
of fluctuation.” 
Treatment.—A free incision, and the removal of the un- 
erupted tooth by destroying the front wall of the cyst, and 
the cavity filled with lint, so as to induce granulation and 
gradual obliteration. In the case of a cyst of the lower jaw, 
after the removal of the contents and a portion of the wall, 
the plates of bone should be pressed together as much as is 
possible. 
An Unerupted Impacted Tooth is indicated by a hard, bony 
tumor on the alveolar ridge, sometimes extending along the 
surface of the palate bone, or the body of the maxilla, and in 
form corresponding to a tooth, the absence of which is noted. 
Treatment.—Extraction, by first making an incision through 
the mucous membrane, and then exposing the tooth by the 
removal of its bony capsule. 
Necrosis of the Jaw is indicated by inflammation like that of 
periodontitis in the early stage, but differing as the disease 
progresses; gum over affected part thickened, tumid and of a 
red color; pus oozing from the edge of gum, which soon 
separates from the alveolus, the margins of which become 
exposed; loosening and loss of the teeth ; the detachment of 
the dead alveoli from the living bone, and remaining loose 
in the substance of the thickened gum which becomes dark 
in color, surrounded by pus; the escape of the pus into the 
mouth, or pointing below the chin, or beneath the fascia of 
the neck, as low, at times, as the clavicle. 
Treatment—Remove the dead portions from the living 
bone. Syringe with peroxide of hydrogen to cleanse the DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
61 
part, and use chlorinated washes, such as chloride of soda or 
permanganate of potash, to correct the offensive odor and dis- 
agreeable taste. Make daily applications of dilute aromatic 
sulphuric acid, adding to the acid a few drops of the tincture 
of capsicum for its stimulating effect; diluted carbolic acid, 
tincture of iodine and chloride of zinc, sulphate of copper, 
listerine and ethereal solution of iodoform, aristol, etc., are 
also used as applications. Support the strength by stimulants, 
tonics and nourishing diet. For a dead bone solvent, wash 
out the sinus with peroxide of hydrogen, and inject into it the 
following, twice a day, so that it will come in contact with the 
dead bone: Pure scale pepsin, §ss j nitro-muriatic acid, 5j; 
distilled water, Oj. 
Dislocation of the Lozver Jazv, when double, is indicated by 
inability to close the mouth; the mouth widely open ; the 
chin prominent, with a distinct hollow in front of each ear. 
A single dislocation is indicated by the mouth being only par- 
tially open, the chin displaced to one side, the distinct hollow 
below the ear being on the opposite side. 
Treatment.—Reduction is made by placing the thumbs, 
protected by napkins, as far back upon the molars as possible, 
and then depressing the back part of the jaw, and at the same 
time raising the chin. The jaws should afterwards be secured 
by a bandage extending under the chin and over top of head. 
Fracture of the Lower Jaw is indicated by inability to close 
the mouth, and to speak articulately; laceration of the gums 
and hemorrhage; irregularity of the teeth from displacement 
of the fragments of bone; crepitation. Fracture of the max- 
illa may, however, show no displacement, or the fracture ex- 
tending through the angle or ramus, may be diagnosed by 
grasping the two sides of the jaw and moving them forcibly. 
Crepitus, increased flow of saliva, mobility of fragments, and 
irregularity of the teeth, if the fracture is through the body 
of the bone, are all signs of fracture. A swollen, red and 
painful condition of the tissues covering the lower jaw, occur- 
ring some days after the accident, denote the possibility of 62 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
fracture, neglect causing a high degree of inflammation, and 
in some cases even necrosis of the bone. 
Treatment.—Reduce by bringing the displaced portions into 
apposition, being guided by the arch of the teeth, and then 
securing them by wire, silk, or waxed sterilized ligatures 
around the teeth, and introducing an interdental splint. 
Cleft Palate is indicated by a fissure extending through the 
soft palate alone, or through both soft and hard palates, and 
which may be combined with single or double hare-lip, in 
which case the intermaxillary bones are frequently displaced. 
Treatment.—When the cleft is confined to the soft palate, 
the operation of staphylorraphy may be performed; when, 
however, the cleft is through both soft and hard palates, the 
construction of an artificial obturator and palate combined will 
often prove successful in correcting the voice and preventing 
much inconvenience in partaking of food and drink. 
Hare-lip is indicated by a congenital fissure of the upper 
lip, and maybe single or double, and may also be complicated 
with fissure of the hard and soft palates. 
Treatment.—Pare the surfaces of the edges of the fissure 
in such a manner as will allow a flap on one to cover the edge 
of the other when they are brought in apposition, when they 
are secured by the aid of pins and the figure-of-eight suture, 
which, in the case of infants, may be preserved from injury by 
passing a silver wire through the cheeks, having on each pro- 
truding end a button, to prevent the breaking up of the suture 
during the act of crying. Cocaine is a useful local anaesthetic 
for such operations. 
Facial Paralysis is indicated by distortion of the face, in 
which the mouth is drawn to one side, being due to paralysis 
of the facial nerve, The eye may also remain permanently 
open on the affected side, the saliva escape from the corner of 
the mouth, and the food collect under the cheek, on account 
of the paralysis of the buccinator muscle. 
Treatment. — Electricity, and systematic treatment with 
strychnine, phosphorus, iron, quinine, ergot, etc. 
A Nasal Polypus is indicated by more or less obstruction of DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
63 
one or both nostrils, with occasional watery discharge ; a gray 
or yellowish mass, like jelly in consistence, can be detected 
by the finger, if it is passed behind the soft palate, hanging 
down into the pharynx, and which greatly increases in damp 
weather; the nose bulged out on one side by the growth 
within. 
Treatment.—Remove either by the snare or by torsion, 
or by repeated applications of chromic acid. To prevent 
reproduction apply to the surface chromic acid or chloride of 
zinc. 
Thrush, common to infants and children under eighteen 
months of age, is indicated by small, white spots, the size of a 
pin’s head, upon the dorsal surface of the tongue, palate, velum, 
inside of cheek and lips, which increase in size and coalesce, 
with a tendency to false membrane, the crusts falling off and 
reappearing; the mucous membrane beneath redder than 
natural. 
Treatment.—Change of diet and residence, if these are at 
fault; the administration of saccharate of lime in milk. Local 
treatment, mel-boracis, or borax solution, or— 
R. Sodii borat gj 
Glycerinse g ij 
Aquae g iv. M. 
SlG.—Apply with a camel’s-hair brush four or five times a day. 
Or— 
R. Zinc sulph gr.i-iv 
Aquse rosse gij. M. 
Or a weak solution of nitrate of silver. 
Aphtha or Follicular Ulceration, common to childhood, is 
indicated by the mucous membrane becoming inflamed, and 
the formation of small, round, transparent vesicles on the 
fraenum, in the sulcus between the lips and gums, and on lower 
surface of tongue. On the bursting of the vesicles, small, 
spreading ulcers, with red and swollen margins, appear, which 
become coated with a layer of oidium albicans. 
Treatment.—Demulcent applications, such as mucilage of 64 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
gum acacia, or flaxseed. Mel-boracis applied with a camel’s- 
hair brush. For constitutional symptoms, administer laxa- 
tives and the bromides, with warm foot bath. 
Epulis is indicated by a growth on the gums, either small 
and pedunculated, or large and sessile. 
If it is firm in texture and slow of growth, the epulis is 
generally fibrous; but if rapid in growth and dark in color, it 
is myeloid ; if prone to ulcerate and very painful, it may be an 
epithelioma. 
Treatment.—Removal of the growth, and its reproduction 
prevented by the application of nitrate of silver, or chromic 
acid, or a fire cautery. Generally it is necessary to remove 
the periosteum and a thin scale of the bone beneath, as this 
growth is connected with the periosteum. Extract all roots 
of carious teeth, and when the epulis is connected with the 
alveolar cavity of a tooth and has tendency to the interior of 
the jaw, it is generally myeloid, and several teeth will have to 
be sacrificed, so that the alveolus can be thoroughly excava- 
ted. When very extensive, a considerable portion of the 
alveolus and bone of the jaw must be removed. 
Epithelwna is indicated by a ragged ulcer on the lower lip, 
commencing as a wart, the skin around being hard and infil- 
trated, with enlargement of the submaxillary lymphatic glands, 
which become tender, or even ulcerated. 
Epithelioma of the gum is in the form of a ragged ulcera- 
tion, often the result of irritation from diseased teeth ; the pain 
and inconvenience at first slight; a tending of the ulceration 
to spread toward the tongue and cheek, with induration of the 
base of the ulcer. 
Treatment.—Removal as soon as its nature is manifest. In 
slight or doubtful cases the application of the strongest nitric 
acid, the acid nitrate of mercury, or the actual cautery, to 
bring about a healthy cicatrization. If the disease has involved 
the alveolus, as is evident by the swelling of the gum and 
the looseness of the teeth, a free removal of the bone is 
necessary. 
Hypertrophy of the Gams is indicated by an increase of their DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
65 
substance to such a degree as to cause them to overhang and 
cover the greater portion of the crowns of the teeth ; tendency 
to hemorrhage; gums dark and livid; fetor of breath; in- 
creased flow of saliva. 
Treatment.—Remove all dead teeth and salivary calculus. 
Remove the morbid growth by a horizontal incision through 
the diseased structure to the crowns of the teeth, and freely 
scarify the gums by passing a lancet between the teeth to the 
process, and repeat this operation at intervals of four or five 
days, if necessary. Use detergent and astringent lotions, and 
occasionally a weak solution of nitrate of silver. Phenate of 
soda is efficacious as a lotion, also antiseptic. Diet non-irri- 
tating, and all excess and intemperance avoided. The teeth 
should be kept perfectly clean. 
Alveolar Pyorrhoea, or Riggs' Disease, is indicated at first by 
an uneasy sensation ; then inflammation of margins of gums ; 
looseness of the gums about the teeth, which form pockets; 
and necrosis of edges of alveolar process; a tendency to 
hemorrhage; inflammation extending deeper into gums; 
small sulci filled with pus; looseness of the teeth and change 
of positions; disagreeable taste ; peculiar fetor of breath; 
dark livid color of gums, with thick margins, and often ex- 
treme sensitiveness to touch ; in some cases the gums are 
denuded of their epithelium, with a polished appearance, in 
others, with a pimpled surface; the teeth, at length, held in 
their cavities by a tough, ligamentous attachment, due to the 
change occurring in the peridental membrane. 
A simple form of this disease may manifest itself at the 
margin of the gum, indicating its presence by a congested 
appearance, beneath which may be found a granule of calcified 
material. While in many cases there is general congestion of 
the affected gum, and a proneness to hemorrhage, in other 
cases the gum may present an anaemic appearance—pale and 
bloodless. This disease may also be associated with syphilis, 
mercurial salivation and scurvy. The deposit of salivary cal- 
culus or other calcified substance is supposed to be secondary 66 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
to the disease, as a deep-red and denuded gum tissue about 
the necks of the teeth may be present without any deposit. 
Dr. Charles B. Atkinson describes this affection as follows : 
“ Perhaps the earliest condition presented to us is a tumefac- 
tion of the margin of the gum—from pearly-red and light lilac 
to purplish-blue in tint—sometimes puffing to such an extent 
as to be easily confounded with an alveolar abscess. The 
tumefied gum bleeds readily on brushing. A probe passed 
carefully under the gum will disclose a pocket embracing more 
or less the circumference of the root, in some places nearly or 
quite to its apical end. Sometimes the gum will be found re- 
ceded, perhaps on one side only. A purulent discharge more 
or less marked, may be demonstrated by pressure of the finger 
over the root, from its end towards the crown of the tooth. A 
further demonstration of the pressure of pus may be secured 
by injection, about the necks of the teeth, of peroxide of hy- 
drogen. A genenral hypertrophy of the oral tissues may be 
noticed. Suppuration, perhaps preceding, perhaps following, 
a solution of the dental ligament, which permits the pocket to 
be formed, and is the antecedent usually responsible for the 
loosening of the teeth. This loosening may, however, be pre- 
sent as a result of inflammation before suppuration has suc- 
ceeded. The loosening may be attended with recession of the 
gum or not, and with or without pain. Locally, aside from 
the gingival congestions already noticed, the teeth may be 
found elongated, the breath fetid, tartar freely present (although 
many cases progress to disaster with no appreciable deposit of 
tartar), pus sometimes oozing from the sockets, putrid taste in 
the mouth, tenderness of the teeth, already noted, and many 
times considerable irregularities, the natural result of the 
loosening of the teeth. Observation may disclose such sys- 
temic conditions as stomach dyspepsia, catarrh (as nasal ca- 
tarrh or other mucous surface debility), constipation, phthisis, 
adenoid growths, general congestion due to intemperance, 
kidney disease, rheumatism, cold feet and other extremities, 
indicating poor circulation and mal-assimilation. Dr. Rhein DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
67 
has truly said that incurable systemic disorders make only 
palliation of pyorrhoea disorders. 
Treatment.—The first and most important matter is to 
remove all deposits from the roots of the teeth, and all 
necrosed bone from the margins 4 of the alveolar processes. 
This can be accomplished with what are known as Riggs’ in- 
struments. An acquired and acute sense of touch is necessary 
to determine the thoroughness of the cleansing operation. 
The pockets formed in the gum may then be treated with 
iodoform and eucalyptus, iodoform and oil of cinnamon, or 
with injections of chloride of alumina, gr. iij to the ounce of 
water, also strong tincture of myrrh, aromatic sulphuric acid, 
nitrate of silver. Peroxide of hydrogen, and also a solution 
of iodide of zinc, gr. xii-xiv to the ounce of water, are also re- 
commended by Dr. Harlan, in the form of injections ; and for 
chronic cases the latter in a solution composed of gr. xxiv to 
the ounce of water, after the parts are cleansed by injections 
of the peroxide of hydrogen. Another method: After 
thorough removal of deposits, syringe with aromatic sul- 
phuric acid, diluted with one-half water, and apply night 
and morning a powder composed of creta preparatae, 5j ; 
acidum boricum, 5j. The use of “ Robinson’s Remedy” is 
also recommended, following the use of bichloride of mercury 
I to 500. 
Dr. Chas. B. Atkinson recommends first returning loose 
teeth to place laterally, and securing them with waxed steril- 
ized ligatures. Then, beginning with the upper jaw, such 
scaling as may be indicated should be performed, after which 
the pockets should be carefully investigated with proper instru- 
ments, all foreign matter removed from them and from about 
the teeth, having recourse frequently to a or solution 
of HgCl2 in H202. This preparation of peroxide should be 
first allowed to remain in the pockets and about the teeth for 
perhaps even three minutes. It may be necessary to reduce 
the length of elongated teeth, but if direct pressure will an- 
swer, this should be resorted to and shortening of the bite 
avoided. See the patient daily for two weeks. Sometimes no 68 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
application of medicaments will be indicated—perhaps a little 
scaling or scraping of overlooked deposit, from time to time. 
The appearances of the abnormal conditions seem to be best 
indicated by color, size and texture. A dark blue color of 
soft and spongy gum should be lanced to relieve the venous 
congestion, and then injected with aromatic sulphuric acid, 
full officinal strength. Should suppuration be imminent or 
present, the pus should be evacuated by incision, or by the 
injection of peroxide of hydrogen as a first step, followed by 
a delicate application of “ caustic paste” (potassa fusa car- 
bolic acid, cryst. yf). A cherry-red color of slightly puffed 
gum calls for salicylic acid solution saturated in 95 per cent, 
alcohol. The constant exhibition of antiseptic and stimulant 
mouth-washes is necessary, such as combinations of bichlor- 
ide of mercury, tincture of calendula and distilled water, or 
hydronaphthol, tincture of calendula and distilled water; or 
peroxide of hydrogen and tincture of calendula. Systemic 
remedies are also indicated, such as tonics and cathartics, the 
latter in the beginning of the treatment; also digestive stimu- 
lation. 
Dr. E. C. Kirk recommends a ten per cent, solution of aris- 
tol, rubbed up with oil of cinnamon, or oil of gaultheria and 
introduced into each suppurating pocket, and around the roots 
of the teeth at the base of each pocket, on wisps of absorbent 
cotton, saturated with the solution ; also saturated solutions 
of sulphate of zinc and iodide of potassium, equal parts, in 
turn saturated with crystals of iodine; also, pyrozone five per 
cent, solution, or peroxide of sodium, or loretin, or trichlor- 
acetic acid alone or in combination with pyrozone, or glyco- 
zone. Dr. Bodecker recommends applying nitrate of silver 
by making a small platinum wire loop, warming it, and then 
dipping it into powdered nitrate of silver and carrying into 
the pockets. Rinsing the mouth before and after the appli- 
cation with salt water will prevent injury to surrounding 
tissues. 
Irritation of the Dental Pulp is indicated by an uneasy sen- 
sation which develops into pain of a gnawing or burning char- DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
69 
acter, the affected tooth being sensitive to changes of temper- 
ature, painful in mastication, but exhibiting no symptoms of 
inflammation of the gum or peridental membrane. 
Treatment\—The treatment must vary with the condition 
producing the affection. First remove all irritants. If the 
cause is systemic, constitutional treatment for the condition 
present is indicated. Saline cathartics, as the sulphate or 
carbonate of magnesia; diaphoretics, as spts. mindererus, or 
Dover’s powder ; diuretics, as preparations of nitre, often prove 
efficacious; also bromide of potassium. If the fluids of the 
mouth are irritative, they must be corrected. If a carious 
cavity exists, all foreign substances and the softer parts of 
carious dentine should be removed, and the cavity syringed 
with a tepid solution of bicarbonate of soda, potash or am- 
monia. Dilute carbolic acid, or wood creasote, may then be 
applied, and a non-conducting filling of a solution of gutta 
percha and chloroform be introduced. (See Dental Formulae 
for Odontalgia and Pulpitis.) 
Acute Inflammation of the Dental Pulp is indicated by acute 
pain in the affected tooth, which frequently extends to neigh- 
boring teeth and to the side of the face, but is more intense in 
the tooth itself; pain may subside after a few hours’ duration, 
to return again on the slightest provocation, or on patient 
assuming a horizontal position; the pain may also assume a 
throbbing character. 
Treatment.—The treatment of this condition of pulp is indi- 
cated in that of “ irritation of the pulp.” For soothing appli- 
cations, solution of gutta percha and chloroform, tincture of 
hamamelis applied warm, oil of cloves, dilute creasote, equal 
parts of chloroform, aconite and tincture of opium, may be 
employed. (See Dental Formulae for Pulpitis and Odontalgia.) 
Chronic Inflammation of the Dental Pulp is indicated by pain, 
less severe than in the acute form, and of less duration ; com- 
ing on at irregular intervals, and wandering, like neuralgic 
pains, and incited by changes of temperature, and the applica- 
tion of irritants. (See Irritation of Dental Pulp.) 
Fungous Growth of Ptilp is indicated by the organ, as a re- 70 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
suit of continued irritation, assuming the form of a small vas- 
cular tumor or granular mass, attached by means of a pedicle, 
which, in some cases, completely fills the cavity of decay in 
the crown of the tooth, and is often extremely sensitive and 
prone to hemorrhage. 
Treatment.—When a tendency to fungus growth is dis- 
covered, the free application of carbolic acid or tincture of 
aconite followed by the use of chromic acid, will obtund the 
sensibility, when the entire tumor should be excised, and its 
reproduction prevented by application of nitric acid on a disc 
of card-board. 
Ossification of the Dental Pulp is indicated by pain of a 
neuralgic character, which commences in an uneasy feeling, 
and changes to what has been described as a gnawing sensa- 
tion, similar to that which attends the knitting together of the 
fractured parts of a bone. It may be continuous, but not con- 
stantly severe, and frequently amounts to no more than an 
uneasy sensation; at other times it may be sharp and darting, 
affecting the side of the head, and all the branches of the 
superior maxilliary division of the fifth pair of nerves. The 
affected tooth is free from soreness and discoloration. 
Treatment.—Apply anodynes, such as lead water, and those 
indicated in “ acute inflammation of pulp” to relieve the pain. 
Open the pulp chamber, and completely extirpate the pulp. 
Abnormal Sensibility of Dentine is indicated by pain result- 
ing from irritation of dentinal structure, being of shorter dura- 
tion and less acute in character than that from an inflamed 
dental pulp; the pain of sensitive dentine soon subsides on 
the removal of# the irritating cause. 
Treatment.—Apply obtunding agents, as chloride of zinc, 
chloroform and aconite equal parts, carvacrol, oil of cloves, 
oil of cedar, oil of eucalyptus, tannin combined with glycerine 
or camphor, chloral, camphorized ether, oxide of calcium, car- 
bonate of sodium, menthol, thymol, sesquichloride of chromium, 
sulphate of morphine and gum camphor equal parts, ethylate of 
sodium, carbonate of potash and glycerine, carbolized potash, 
campho-phenique; also chloride of ethyl, phenate of cocaine, DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
71 
tropacocaine, peroxide of sodium, etc. Ottolengui’s method : 
Apply the rubberdam, dry cavity with bibulous paper, then 
insert a pledget of cotton saturated with absolute alcohol, 
then apply intermittingly a series of blasts of hot air to pro- 
duce evaporation, until parts become whitened or thoroughly 
dry, then throw on a continuous spray of ether. A jet of 
nitrous oxide gas directed into the cavity of the tooth by a 
piece of tubing ; also the vapor of alcohol, produced by heat- 
ing the alcohol in a metal apparatus, and conducting the vapor 
into the cavity through a fine metal tube, have also been em- 
ployed for the relief of the pain arising from hyper-sensitive 
dentine. The application of cocaine and alcohol by elec- 
trolysis has also given satisfactory results. (See Therapeutics 
of Electricity.) 
Abrasion of the Teeth is indicated by a loss of structure, due 
to friction, to such an extent at times as to destroy the entire 
crowns. 
Treatment.—GoLd caps or partial crowns, either in the form 
of ferrules or contour fillings, or fillings of other metals, will 
often arrest the process of abrasion, and render much worn 
teeth useful organs. Also the insertion of artificial posterior 
eeth will often prevent natural front teeth from being abraded 
from unnatural use. 
Hypertrophy of the Alveolar Processes is indicated by an 
osseous deposit, either at the apex of the alveolar cavity, in 
which case the affected tooth is protruded from its cavity, or 
by a deposit of osseous matter on the wall of the alveolar 
cavity, in which case the tooth is forced to one side. 
Treatment.—When the osseous deposit is in the bottom of 
the alveolar cavity, the length of the tooth may be reduced 
from time to time until a certain degree is reached, when the 
loss of the tooth is inevitable. When the deposit is upon the 
side of the cavity, the effect is irregularity or malposition, for 
which there is often no remedy but the removal of the devi- 
ating tooth. 
Hypercementosis or Dental Exostosis is indicated by an uneasy 
sensation in the affected tooth, followed by a gnawing pain, 72 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
which in some cases, assumes a severe neuralgic character, 
especially when the deposit of cementum on the root is of 
considerable size, in which case there is a prominence appar- 
ent on the side of the alveolar ridge. 
Treatment.—During the early stages of this affection, the 
administration of large doses of iodide of potassium, and the 
application of counter-irritants, such as a saturated tincture of 
iodine or cantharidal collodion, have been suggested, to arrest 
the deposit and cause absorption. When the deposit is large 
and productive of pain and inconvenience, the removal of the 
affected tooth is inevitable. 
Edentulous Neuralgia.—Caused by hypertrophy of the in- 
ferior dental nerve in aged persons in the absence of all the 
teeth, after the nerve makes its exit through the dental fora- 
men. The remedy is a saddle-shaped plate for the artificial 
denture worn, so that the pressure is distributed to surround- 
ing parts and not exerted upon the nerve as it passes out of 
the foramen. , 
Organic Defects of Structure, indicated by defects in the 
enamel, in the form of opaque spots, grooves or pits, congenital 
in origin, and due to altered functions from impaired nutrition. 
Treatment.—Preventive by mitigating severity of diseases 
producing the condition, by the administration of proper 
remedies. For the pitting variety, properly inserted fillings. 
Odontomes are indicated by irregular masses of dental tis- 
sues, which result from morbid conditions of the formative 
pulp, such as nodules of enamel and dentine, hypertrophy of 
cementum, etc., some being congenital, others induced. 
Treatment.—Extraction, when they are a source of irritation, 
or an injury to the normal teeth, or are unsightly. 
Syphilitic Teeth are indicated by notches, generally cres- 
centic, in the cutting edges of the incisors, and peg-like shaped 
cuspids ; also, a dark color and soft consistence are character- 
istic of such teeth. 
Treatment.—The most skilful treatment by properly intro- 
duced fillings and constant attention, are necessary for their 
preservation. DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
73 
Erosion of the Teeth is indicated by the gradual destruction 
of the enamel of the labial surfaces of the incisors, canines, 
and sometimes of the bicuspids, generally in the form of a 
continuous horizontal groove, smooth and regular; in some 
cases it may extend over nearly the whole of the labial sur- 
face, the color of the enamel being rarely changed. Erosion 
is the removal of the surface of the enamel, without apparent 
cause, its first appearance consisting of a slight cup- or dish- 
shaped cavity in the enamel a short distance from the margin 
of the gum, usually on the anterior surfaces of the front teeth, 
although it is not confined to such teeth, the small excava- 
tions gradually broadening and deepening until the surface of 
the dentine becomes exposed, which remains hard and finely 
polished; and a pit or groove is at length formed which 
gradually widens and deepens until a considerable portion of 
the crown of the tooth is destroyed. True erosion differs 
from the destruction of the enamel in the form of pits and 
irregularities due to an acid condition of the fluids of the 
mouth, lactic acid being a prominent factor in promoting fer- 
mentative action. 
Treatment.—In advanced stages, arrest its progress by fill- 
ings of durable material. 
Absorption of Process and Recession of Gum is indicated by 
a slight increase of redness, some congestion and a shrinkage 
of the margins of the gums, and may be accompanied with a 
slight purulent discharge about the neck of the affected tooth. 
The symptoms resemble those of chronic inflammation of the 
gums. The progress of the affection is generally slow, and it is 
often first observed about the necks of the canine teeth. Teeth 
so affected become more susceptible to impressions of heat, 
colds, acids, etc., and eventually loose. 
Treatment.—To arrest the progress of this affection, first 
remove all irritants, and cleanse thoroughly, polishing the ex- 
posed surfaces. Correct the nature of the fluids of the mouth, 
if at fault, by constitutional treatment, the use of alkaline 
lotions, such as lime water, and detergent dentifrices. Such 
agents as a weak solution of chloride of zinc, to produce 74 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
healthy granulation, carbolic acid, nitrate of silver, and judi- 
cious pressure, may be employed with advantage. A moderately 
stiff brush and floss silk are useful adjuncts to the treatment. 
Necrosed Teeth.—The term “ necrosed ” is applied to a tooth 
when the vitality of its pulp and lining membrane is destroyed, 
the peridental membrane, however, maintaining a degree of 
vitality which prevents the tooth from becoming an irritant, 
so as to insure its loss as an effete organ. 
Treatment.—When a necrosed tooth is not productive of 
injury to the adjacent structures, and there is a probability of 
rendering it a useful organ, the pulp canal should be thor- 
oughly exposed, cleansed, and treated, if necessary, with disin- 
fectants, antiseptics, etc., and then filled, together with the 
crown cavity, with a suitable material. As necrosed teeth are 
frequently considerably discolored, on account of the tubuli of 
the dentine absorbing coloring matter from the dead pulp, 
such bleaching agents as chloride of lime, chloride of alumina, 
oxalic acid, chloride of soda, sulphite of soda, combined with 
boracic acid, cyanide of potassium, tartaric acid in combina- 
tion with chloride of lime, chloride of zinc, also alum in com- 
bination with liq. sodae chlorinatae, may be employed to 
improve their appearance, also use of nitrous oxide in com- 
bination with chloride of sodium, also peroxide of hydrogen. 
Infantile Paralysis during the Period of Teething.—Infantile 
paralysis, or poliomyelitis, is an obscure affection peculiar 
to a certain season, which has given to it at the hands of some 
the name of “ warm weather spinal disease.” It comes on 
suddenly, but seldom after the age of four years. According 
to Gowers, of all cases under ten years, three-fifths occur in 
the first two years of life; and he,claims that a considerable 
number of cases are congenital. There is usually a febrile ini- 
tial stage followed by the sudden onset of paralysis in one leg 
or arm. In more than half the cases the lower limbs are 
affected; of the remainder, the majority represent implications 
of the arms, notably the deltoid muscles, and legs, or, perhaps, 
arm and leg, and very seldom the upper extremity alone. 
The cause of infantile paralysis is generally assigned to teeth- DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
75 
mg, cold or damp, injuries to the spine, measles, scarlatina, 
malarial or other fevers, convulsions or concussion. Dr. Rot, 
at the Fourth Prussian Congress, declared that heredity is the 
only etiological factor that has been proven. “ The primary 
cause of the affection must be sought for in the modifications 
of that part of the fecundated ovum which enters into the 
formation of the nervous system.” During the period of denti- 
tion, children are liable to disorders of the cerebro-spinal sys- 
tem, and as from such causes we find convulsions the cause of 
the death of numberless infants seemingly robust, so we see 
the same cause producing paralysis. There is loss of heat 
and atrophy in the affected limbs, and the latter may be a 
feature of the disease dependent upon the morbid changes in 
the nerve-centres. The atrophy extends to the bony system, 
the nutrition of which is involved; and it is evident that the 
atrophic degeneration, if not inherent, is a real sequence of in- 
flammatory process in the spinal cord. 
Treatment.—The treatment of infantile paralysis consists in 
the application of mild galvanic stimulation by the uninter- 
rupted current conveyed through the affected cord out through 
the nerves of the flabby muscles; the skin may also be stimu- 
lated with salt and sulphur baths. In the early stage Dr. 
Althaus advises the injection of ergotine gr., for a child a 
year old, in order to contract the arterioles of the part to de- 
plete the blood supply. He stimulates the muscles as they 
become affected with injections of strychnine. Conium and 
chloral may be used to calm nervous excitement. Dr. Sequin 
recommends counter-irritation over the spine, bromides and 
arsenic, while others use cupping, leeches, and iodide of po- 
tassium. Brown-Sequard recommended belladonna to control 
the inflammatory process of the spinal cord. If pain or fever 
are present, ether spray to the spine, ice, gelsemium, aconite, 
antipyrine internally. Rubbing, muscle-beating and massage 
have also been employed as adjuncts. 
Chemical Bleaching of Teeth.—Prof. Truman’s method con- 
sists in liberating chlorine from calcium, hydrochlorite, or chlo- 
ride of lime, in the cavity of decay and pulp canal by a dilute 76 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
acid. He recommends a fifty per cent, solution of acetic acid, 
although oxalic, citric or tartaric acid may be used, or indeed 
any dilute acid to liberate the chlorine. The upper third of 
the pulp canal should be filled with gutta-percha, and the 
cavity in all cases should be washed out with ammonia or 
borax, to remove the fatty matter previous to the introduction 
of the bleaching agent. Labarraque’s solution of soda has also 
been used as a medium from which to liberate the chlorine. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan uses aluminum chloride in the cavity, from 
which he liberates the chlorine by means of peroxide of 
hydrogen. Dr. Edw. C. Kirk’s method consists of liberating 
sulphurous acid, So2, from sodium sulphite, Na2S03, by means 
of boracic acid. The two substances, in the proportion of 
IOO grains of sodium sulphite and 70 grains of boracic acid, 
are desiccated separately, and then intimately ground together 
in a warm dry mortar. In using this powder, the tooth is 
carefully dried under the dam, and the powder is packed into 
the pulp-cavity and cavity until both are full; the reaction which 
liberates the sulphurous acid is then brought about by moist- 
ening the powder in the tooth with a drop of water, and the ori- 
fice of the cavity is immediately closed with warm gutta-percha; 
also peroxide of sodium 50 per cent, solution followed by ap- 
plication of a dilute acid, such as sulphuric hydrochlorine, or 
trichloracetic, all applied on asbestos fibre; also pyrozone, 5 
per cent, and 25 per cent, solutions; also decomposing chloride 
of magnesia or chloride of tin with peroxide of hydrogen 
within the tooth. (See Cataphoresis.) 
Herpes Zoster of Mouth and Gums.—An acute circumscribed 
inflammatory affection, characterized by an eruption of vesicles 
of herpes on a red, inflamed basis, the vesicles being disposed 
in groups and follow the group of the adjacent nerve. The 
eruption is preceded and accompanied by a very severe neu- 
ralgia of the fifth nerve. The period of invasion (three days) 
is accompanied by a well-defined fever and other general 
symptoms. The period of eruption begins on the third day, 
and lasts about three weeks to one month, the pain being per- 
sistent. It is probably of an infectious origin, and is due DIAGNOSIS OF MOUTH AFFECTIONS. 
77 
to a neuritis of the affected region which leads to tropic 
changes. 
Treatment.—Dr. Harlan recommends a palliative treatment, 
which consists of placing cotton-wool between the cheek and 
teeth to prevent friction, and on it an ointment consisting of 
cocaine and morphine. 
Merck’s Bulletin gives the following new treatment for 
herpes zoster: 
MIXTURE. 
R. Extract gelsemium 
Sodium sulpho-carbolate 
of each 4 grammes. 
Distilled water 90 grammes. 
M. Sig. One teaspoonful every two hours. 
At the same time five drops tincture of belladonna are ad- 
ministered every two hours until a slight dryness of the 
pharynx is experienced. 
LOTION. 
R. Lead acetate, 
Powdered alum, 
- of each 4 grammes. 
Distilled water 120 grammes. 
M. Sig. Externally. 
compresses moistened with this solution are applied to the 
affected parts, and renewed every two hours. It is claimed 
that the pain disappears within a few hours, and that the dis- 
ease is considerably shortened by this treatment. 
Denial Caries is indicated by a process of gradual softening 
and disintegration of the tooth tissues by deleterious agents, 
the progress being hastened, primarily, by certain structural 
defects in the enamel and dentine, and secondarily, by certain 
diseases of the mucous membrane, and some derangement of 
the general health. Incipient dental caries is indicated by an 
opaque, whitish or gray appearance of the enamel. A pale 
brown varying to a nearly black color indicates the existence 
and progress of dental caries in the tooth tissues; the deeper 
the color the slower the progress of the caries, and the paler 
the color the more rapid the progress. The softening and de- 78 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
calcifying of the bones, and the proneness of the teeth to 
caries during pregnancy, is ascribed to faulty nutrition and the 
lack of the supply of the proper elements to the system, and 
the waste going on during this period. But the principal ex- 
citing cause of caries of the teeth during pregnancy is the 
lactic acid fermentation present, its action being greatly aug- 
mented by the changed condition of the fluids of the mouth, 
such acids existing in the secretions of the mouth as hydro- 
chloric, acetic, oxalic and uric. 
Treatment.—Incipient caries should be removed with great 
care, and the exposed surface of tooth structure prepared to 
resist further attacks by giving to it as high a polish as is pos- 
sible, and the patient warned in regard to its future cleanli- 
ness. Deep-seated caries should be removed, and its further 
progress arrested by thoroughly sterilizing or disinfecting the 
cavity by antiseptics and disinfectants, and the careful insertion 
of fillings of a durable material. During pregnancy all oper- 
ations on the teeth should be painless, and long, wearying sit- 
tings be avoided. Caries of the teeth of pregnant women can 
be arrested by plastic fillings until such time as the patient 
can the better endure more permanent operations. The pre- 
ventive measures consist in the thorough and frequent use of 
the tooth-brush and its adjunct, floss silk, at least three times 
a day, assisted by a proper dentifrice and antacid mouth-wash. 
CHARACTERISTIC INDICATIONS OF THE TONGUE. 
The tongue, when in a normal condition, should be freely 
movable, of a pink color, and the dorsum marked in the centre 
by a slight longitudinal depression: a velvety appearance, 
soft, moist and warm to the finger; the fungiform papillae cir- 
cular in outline, and deeper pink than the surrounding sur- 
face; the circumvallate papillae, arranged in a V-shaped row, 
having the form of an inverted cone, surrounded by an annu- 
lar elevation. Fever causes the tongue to be frosted or 
coated; gastro-intestinal affections are attended by coating of 
the tongue, and the various appearances of this coating are of 
important diagnostic and therapeutic significance, Inflam- INDICATIONS OF THE TONGUE. 
79 
mation reddens the mucous membrane and makes it hot and 
tender, increases its moisture, changes the surface of the 
tongue, and causes the formation of aphthae, ulceration, and 
even gangrene. In aphthous stomatitis the edges of the 
tongue are clean and red, while its dorsum is covered with a 
thick white coating. In ulcerative stomatitis the tongue, 
besides presenting the marginal ulcers, is swollen and heavily- 
coated with a dirty, yellowish white fur. In thrush the 
mucous membrane is covered with white, curd-like flakes, due 
to the development of the parasite oidiiim albicans. Prior to 
the appearance of the flakes the mucous membrane is pur- 
plish-red and sticky, and its secretion acid in reaction. In 
severe neuralgia on one side of the face, the tongue presents 
an unilateral furring, thickening of the mucous membrane, or 
enlargement of the papillae. Acute or chronic alcoholism 
causes a tremulous and foul tongue. Migraine causes a much 
furred surface of the tongue. When paralyzed, the tongue 
presents the appearance of a sodden mass lying in the mouth ; 
in chorea its movements are jerking and irregular; in cerebral 
disease, the tongue shows a tendency to become thickly furred, 
and very foul, especially in apoplexy due to hemorrhage. 
Allowance, however, must always be made for individual 
peculiarities, in shape and size of the tongue, as also appear- 
ance, for effects of certain habits, such as excessive smoking 
or chewing tobacco, etc., taking iron, or other medicines, or 
for any local irritation. In some individuals the surface of 
the tongue presents constantly a thick fur without disturbance 
of organs or appetite, while on the other hand, a perfectly 
clean and healthy-looking tongue may be associated with 
severe dyspeptic symptoms or serious alimentary trouble. 
The common appearances of the tongue are supposed to indi- 
cate the following conditions: 
A White Coated Tongue indicates febrile disturbance. 
A Brown Moist Tongue indicates digestive disorder and an 
overloaded stomach. 
A Brown Dry Tongue indicates depressed vital power. 
A Red Moist Tongue indicates feebleness, especially from 
exhaustive discharges. 80 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
A Red Dry Tongue indicates inflammatory fever or pyrexia. 
A Red Glazed Tongue indicates debility and inability to 
digest food and stimulants. 
A Tremulous, Moist and Flabby Tongue indicates feeble- 
ness and nervousness. 
A Glazed Bluish Tongue, with loss of epithelium in patches, 
and in severe cases, cracks and scars, indicates tertiary syphilis. 
TABLES FOR PREPARING PERCENTAGE SOLUTIONS. 
The following tables of Dr. Sherrard, Ph. C., are simple and 
require but little explanation. The first table gives percentage 
solutions, as, for instance, 4 per cent, cocaine muriate solu- 
tion; the second table gives parts in 1,000 or 5,000, as, for 
instance, corrosive sublimate 1 in 1,000. The use of the first 
table is as follows : Run down column 1 until the correct 
percentage wanted is found, then move to the right along the 
line until the column is found giving the amount of the fluid 
measure to be made up; at the intersection will be found the 
weight of the salt required. For example, suppose it is 
desired to make 4 fl. oz. of 4 per cent, cocaine muriate solu- 
tion, run down the left-hand column to 4, then along to the 
right till the column headed 4 fl. oz. is reached. At the inter- 
section of the two will be found 72912, and this is the number 
of grains needed. It must be remembered that this is the 
amount of water to take, and not q. s. water to make the vol- 
ume, and also that these tables are true only for water, and 
not for alcohol, or any other fluid. The second table is sim- 
ilarly employed. If other amounts of a solution are required 
than those given in the tables, a simple mathematical calcula- 
tion will determine the amount of drug or salt required for a 
specified amount of solution. For example, if 8 fluid ounces 
of a four per cent, solution is required, follow down the 4 
fluid ounce column until opposite 4 per cent.; the number of 
grains required are 72912. Now, to make 8 fluid ounces, 
just twice as much (145,824 grs.) is required. For all dis- 
pensing and administering purposes in any prescribed doses, 
the figures thus given are correct. It is therefore clear that TABLES FOR PERCENTAGE SOLUTIONS. 
81 
if a drachm of a 2 per cent, solution be prescribed, exactly 2 
per cent, of that drachm is the salt in the solution, the other 
98 per cent, being the water. 
FOR MAKING ANY QUANTITY OF PERCENTAGE SOLUTIONS. 
1 per cent. . 
2 per cent. . 
3 per cent. . 
4 per cent. . 
5 per cent. . 
IO per cent. . 
15 per cent. . 
20 per cent. . 
25 per cent. . 
40 per cent. . 
To make 
„ _ 
CO H NO ON-fl. M H H 
JJW " (Xtn JJ OOOJ NO 4* 
K> NO m WUlM to 
00 M cn mC/1 
cn Cn 01 CO « 
I Grains. 
i 
For each I fl. oz. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
OJ M » » 
On N> 0cOj NO OJ to hi 
4*. vt to On w cn CC'p 
Cn CO 10 "G hi On 4c do 10 h 
ONCn CO hi 4c hi cn cn to h 
ON to cc-t^ 
Grains. 
For each 2 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
CnOJ K) K) m 
41 M O U) O'On M h 
Q\ « Go cn ON « 
-P* O **4 Go On O Go On 
Ni O' hUi OC m 4n M 
<-n <-n Ui U) tO 
Grains. 
For each 3 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
VJ 4J. Oo to « 
town OONO hj Cn Cw h* 
IO Cn 41 W _N hi _t0 4* On CO 
HI >G <j\ 4c M M >b O' 4- to 
to O ON to 004» >1 OCCn to 
to 4* On 00 
Grains. 
For each 4 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
NO C/N 4c C/0 to HI 
hi C\Cn 4c to hi no On4n- to 
hi NO Non hi hi Co hi OCCn to 
4- Onhi hj oo'O “WOro 
to O hj Cn u 4- Cn hi go 
On Cn Cn cn O Cn 
Grains. 
For each 5 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
03 H NO On4o to H HI 
to Co H OCCn to OCCo 'O 4-- 
tONO h co cn hi to ON|iCn 
00 to 4c on "G CO 4> -G h cn 
Cn Cn Cn OC « 4* M 
Grains. 
For each 10 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
5 72.912 
; 145-824 
| 218.416 
291.648 
364.56 
729.12 
1093.68 
1458.24 
1822.80 
2916.48 
Grains, 
For each 16 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt 
FOR MAKING ANY QUANTITY OF SOLUTION WHEN STATED IN PARTS PER 
THOUSAND, HUNDRED, ETC. 
H 
n loco . . 
n 500 . . 
n 400 . . 
n 300 . . 
n 200 . . 
n 100 . . 
n 50 . . . 
n 25 . . . 
in 10 . . . 
in 5 . . . 
0 make a so- 
lution of 
vo 4k « 
« Ol OO'O 4* N « M . , 
hUi lo >1 61 Vi On HVO-t* 
A M M — Cn hW — cn 
O 004k ~-I 00VO v£> - Cn 
Cn 4k 
Grains. 
For each 1 fl. oz. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
OOVO Ui H 
KJ m cK ccvp W 
to ’** -£»• V) Cn b K) lo 
QQ4*> Ur\ K) n, tyiOj vj tO +* 
0 On CO-P* GC GO 4^ 
Grains. 
For each 2 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
IO H« 
viUiCn w h 
Oj On Co to 
4* *<l OnCo On OOCn M U) 
to m — Co On 
0 W 
Ln vj (0 w 
Grains. 
For each 3 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
u> — 
Os Oi — 
4k » N ON OS'© O'4k W w 
61 io 'b 4*. m - 0 On O' 00 
OOO-on to h MOi 4k fo 
O M Ok 004k- 0"-4 <£■ >0 
O' OO 
Grains. 
For each 4 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
4k to 
o> totO 4k M H 
Cn — On to — --I Cn -jk to 
bl CO ’— Cn *k4 OJ Cn C'<-n to 
Cn 4k -vj VO tO on M 
Cn CnM CC 
Grains. 
For each 5 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
v£> pi 
cn rfvO M n « 
N Ln . w Cn to Cn H vp 
k»Cj *-> Co *— Cn 
O 00vO vO ~ Cn 
Cn to 
Grains. 
For each 10 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 
4kO 10 h 
w 
OOVO — Cn to Cv-fk OC4k -p 
10 M O' ocvb jk 00 to On to 
4kto4ktO-OiOtO OOVO 
O 00 4k to O'4k 00 to m 
O 
»-t 
2. 
5* 
in 
For each 16 fl. ozs. 
of water take of the 
drug or salt. 82 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
In medical prescriptions, letters, parts of words, or certain 
symbols, are employed as abbreviations, to designate the sub- 
stance, quantity, etc., as follows : — 
ABBREVIATIONS. 
ABBREVIATION. 
LATIN WORD. 
ENGLISH WORD. 
aa, 
Ana (G.), 
Of each. 
Ad Saturand., 
Ad saturandum, 
Until saturated. 
Ad. lib., 
Ad libitum, 
At pleasure. 
Aq., 
Aqua, 
Water. 
Aq. tepid., 
Aqua tepida, 
Warm water. 
Aq. ferv., 
Aqua fervens, 
Hot water. 
Aq. dest., 
Aqua destillata, 
Distilled water. 
C. or Cong., 
Congius, 
A gallon. 
Chart., 
Chartula, 
A small paper. 
Coch., 
Cochlear, 
A spoonful. 
Coch. mag., 
Cochlear magnum, 
A tablespoonful. 
Coch. parv., 
Cochlear parvum, 
A teaspoonful. 
Colent., 
Colentur, 
Let them be strained. 
Collyr., 
Collyrium, 
An eye-water. 
Comp., 
Compositus, 
Compound. 
Contus., 
Contusus, 
Bruised or broken. 
Cort., 
Cortex, 
Bark. 
Ext., 
Extractum, 
An extract. 
F. or Ft., 
Fiat vel fiant, 
Let them be made. 
Fol., 
Folium vel folia, 
A leaf or leaves. 
Garg., 
Gargarysma, 
A gargle. 
Gr., 
Granum vel grana, 
A grain or grains. 
Gtt., 
Gutta vel guttse, 
A drop or drops. 
Haust., 
Haustus, 
A draught. 
Infus., 
Infusum, 
An infusion. 
M., 
Misce, 
Mix. 
Mass., 
Massa, 
A mass. 
Mist., 
Mistura, 
A mixture. 
0., 
Octarius, 
A pint. 
Til., 
Pilula vel pilulse, 
A pill or pills. 
Pulv., 
Pulvis vel pulveres, 
A powder or powders. 
q. s., 
Quantum sufficit, 
A sufficient quantity. 
R., 
Recipe, 
Take. 
Rad., 
Radix, 
A root. 
s., 
Signa, 
Write or give directions. 
Spts., 
Spiritus, 
Spirits. 
ss., 
Semis, 
The half. 
Syr., 
Syrupus, 
Syrup. 
Tinct., 
Tinctura, 
A tincture. 
lb., 
Libra, 
A pound. 
l> 
Uncia, 
An ounce. 
3, 
Drachma, 
A drachm. 
Scrupulus, 
A scruple. 
f?, 
Fluiduncia, 
A fluid ounce. 
fk» 
Fluidrachma, 
A fluid drachm. 
m. 
Minim, 
A drop. ABBREVIATIONS FOR PRESCRIPTIONS. 
83 
Although the symbol (HI) is adopted in the United States 
Pharmacopoeia to designate a drop, it should be remembered 
that the size of a drop varies according to the greater or less 
fluidity and gravity of the liquid, and the shape of the mouth 
of the bottle from which it is dropped. It is best to use a 
glass medicine-dropper, or a small vial with a thin edge of 
mouth, when great precision is necessary, and to dilute the 
active medicine and administer it in the form of a mixture; 
for in some preparations, one hundred and fifty drops would 
measure but a fluidrachm, while in others the same number 
of drops would be somewhat more than three fluidrachms. 
But there is a wide difference between a drop and a minim, 
and although a drop is usually considered as one-sixtieth part 
of a fluidrachm, this is only true of water and some other 
liquids, and drops of the same liquid vary under different cir- 
cumstances. Specific gravity, viscidity or adhesiveness, and 
mobility modify the size of drops. The heavier the liquid the 
smaller will be the drops, and the greater number in a given 
measure. 
The drops from a thick-lipped bottle are larger than those 
from one having thin lips ; and drops from a full bottle are 
generally smaller than those from a bottle partially filled, on 
account of rapidity of movement. The adhesiveness of a 
liquid to the sides of a bottle increases the size of the drops, 
as a greater mass is necessary to overcome the viscidity. 
Drops are also increased in size by the greater mobility of a 
liquid. 
A tablespoonful of any liquid is regarded as equal to half 
an ounce by measure ; and a teaspoonful equal to a fluidrachm ; 
and such measures are sufficiently accurate where no great 
precision is requisite. 
A gallon contains eight pints. 
A pint contains sixteen fluid ounces. 
A fluid ounce contains eight fluidrachms. 
A fluidrachm contains sixty minims (Tit). 
A wine glass (approximate measurement) contains two fluid 
ounces. 84 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
A teacup (approximate measurement) contains four fluid- 
ounces. 
A tablespoon of powder (approximate measurement) con- 
tains two drachms. 
A teaspoon of powder (approximate measurement) contains 
one-half drachm. 
One drop of water (small drop, approximate measurement) 
contains one minim. 
One drop of essential oils (approximate measurement) con- 
tains one-half minim. 
A graduated measure-glass is the most accurate measure, 
as spoons, glasses, etc., vary greatly in size. 
MEASURING LIQUIDS BY DROPS. 
In measuring liquids by drops, a glass medicine-dropper 
should be used, as the uncertainty of dropping from various 
shaped bottles should not be depended upon. 
The following list shows the relative differences between 
drops and minims of a few of the drugs used in dental prac- 
tice. 
Number of Drops in Sixty Minims— 
Carbolic Acid ill 
Sulphuric Acid 128 
Sulphuric Acid (dilute) ..... 60 
Aromatic Sulphuric Acid . . . .146 
Ether 172 
Alcohol 146 
Alcohol (dilute) 137 
Aqua Destillatse 60 
Aqua Ammonia 64 
Chloroform (purified) 250 
Creasote 122 
FI. Extract of Ergot 133 
Glycerine 67 
Liq. Chloride of Zinc 89 
Oil Cajeput 134 
Oil Cloves 130 
Oil Cinnamon 126 
Oil Wintergreen 125 
Oil Peppermint 129 
Oil Sassafras 133 
Oil Turpentine 136 
Aromatic Spts. of Ammonia . . .142 
Spts. Camphor 143 
Syrups 65 
Tinct. Aconite 146 
Tinct. Benzoin (Comp.) . . . .148 
Tinct. Digitalis 128 
Tinct. Chloride of Iron 150 
Tinct. Opii 130 
Vinum Opii 100 
FINENESS OF POWDER. 
The fineness of powder is denoted either by descriptive 
words (as in the case of brittle and easily-pulverizable sub- WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
85 
stances), or in terms expressing the number of meshes to a 
linear inch in the sieve. The following degrees of fineness 
will prove serviceable in the preparation of dentifrices, polish- 
ing powders, etc.:— 
("Should pass through a' 
sieve having 80 or more 
( meshes to linear inch. 
A very fine powder . . . 
-=No. 8o Powder. 
A fine powder ... .' 
Should pass through a 
sieve having 60 meshes 
to the linear inch. 
=No. 60 Powder. 
A moderately fine powder 
Should pass through a' 
sieve having 50 meshes 
to the linear inch. 
>=No. 50 Powder. 
A moderately coarse powder 
"Should pass through a" 
sieve having 40 meshes 
to the linear inch. 
=No. 40 Powder. 
A coarse powder . . . 
["Should pass through a) 
sieve having 20 meshes 
[ to the linear inch. J 
=No. 20 Powder. 
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
APOTHECARIES’ WEIGHT. 
20 grains (gr.) make I scruple sc. or 9 
3 scruples make 1 drachm dr. or 3 
8 drachms make 1 ounce oz. or 5 
12 ounces make 1 pound lb. or lb 
SCALE OF COMPARISON. 
lb oz. dr. sc. gr. 
1 = 12 = 96 = 288 = 5760 
1 = 8 = 24 = 4S0 
1 = 3 = 60 
1 = 20 
TROY WEIGHT. 
24 grains (gr.) make 1 pennyweight . . . dwt. 
20 pennyweights make 1 ounce oz. 
12 ounces make 1 pound R>. 
y/2 grains make I carat (diamond weight) k. 
SCALE OF COMPARISON. 
lb oz. dwt. gr. 
I = 12 = 240 = 5760 
I = 20 = 480 
I = 24 
ik. = y/2 
16 drachms (dr.) make I ounce oz. 
16 ounces make I pound Ib. 
25 pounds make 1 quarter qr- 
4 quarters make I hundredweight cwt. 
20 hundredweight make l ton T. 
100 pounds make I central C. 
AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 86 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
T. cwt. qr. lb. oz. dr. 
x = 20 — 80 = 2000 — 32000 = 512000 
1 = 4= 100 = 4000 — 25600 
1 = 25 = 400 = 6400 
1 = 16 == 256 
1 = 16 
SCALE OF COMPARISON. 
THE METRIC OR FRENCH DECIMAL SYSTEM OF WEIGHTS AND 
MEASURES. 
The metric system is based upon the meter, which is the 
standard unit of length of that system, and equal to 39,370,432 
inches, or about 10 per cent, longer than the yard. 
The metric unit of fluid measure is the liter—the cube of 
TV meter, or 1000 cubic centimeters—equal to about 34 fluid 
ounces. 
The metric unit of weight is the Gram, which represents the 
weight of one cubic-centimeter of water as its maximum 
density. It is equal to 15 (43,234,874) troy grains. 
One cubic-centimeter is equal to 16,231 minims. 
In writing prescriptions it is sufficiently accurate 
AND SAFE TO CONSIDER I GRAM AS EXACTLY EQUAL TO I 5 TROY 
GRAINS, AND TO CONSIDER I CUBIC CENTIMETER AS EQUAL TO I 5 
MINIMS. 
We accordingly have— 
I gram equal Jjfi- troy grains. 
1 tr°y grain equal to TV gram. 
I cubic centimeter equal to \ fluidrachm. 
I fluidrachm equal to f cubic centimeter. 
Hence— 
1. To CONVERT TROY GRAINS INTO GRAMS, OR MINIMS INTO 
CUBIC CENTIMETERS 
a. Divide by io, and from the quotient subtract one-third; 
or, b. Divide by iy ; and 
2. To CONVERT APOTHECARIES* DRACHMS INTO GRAMS, OR 
FLUIDRACHMS INTO CUBIC CENTIMETERS, multiply by 4. 
In writing prescriptions, the “ gram ” (abbreviated “ Gm.”) 
and “cubic centimeter” (abbreviated “ C.C.,” which maybe 
called “ fluigram,” and written “ fGm ”) only should, be used. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
87 
The centigram, which is a very convenient unit to refer to 
in medicine and pharmacy, is used in books and in speaking, 
but not in writing prescriptions. 
All other terms, and units, and prefixes used in the metric 
system, may be wholly ignored by the physician and the 
pharmacist.* 
R. Hydrarg. chloridi. corros o 25 Gm. 
Potassi iodidi 1000 Gm. 
Aquae 100 00 C.C. 
Tinct. cinch, comp 100 00 C.C. 
EXAMPLE OF A METRIC PRESCRIPTION. 
Mix. 
The use of a decimal line prevents possible errors. 
To write a prescription for fifteen doses of any medicine, 
write it first for one dose in grains and minims, and then 
substitute the same number of “grams” and “ cube-cents,” 
thus:— 
R. Opii gr. j 
Camphorae gr. ij 
Make one pill. 
and to get fifteen such doses in metric terms, write— 
R. Opii . . . . • i Gm. 
Camphorae 2 Gm. 
Make fifteen pills. 
The gram and the cubic centimeter (Jluigrani), when refer- 
ring to liquids, may be considered as equal quantities, except 
the liquids be very heavy (as in the case of chloroform), or 
very light (as in the case of ether). 
Measures may be discarded and weights exclusively em- 
* The prefixes are simply numerals, as follows:— 
myria, which means lo,ooo. 
kilo, “ “ l,ooo. 
hedo, “ “ i oo. 
deka, “ “ io. 
deci, which means o. I. 
centi, “ “ o.oi. 
milli, “ “ o.ooi. 
and are quite unnecessary in the writing of prescriptions (if not in all cases), 
English numerals being more convenient, and at least equally explicit. 88 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
ployed, if preferred. All quantities in a prescription would 
then be expressed in grams.* 
The average “ drop ” (water) may be considered equal to 
0.05 C.C., or 0.05 Gm. An average teaspoon holds 5 C.C., 
and an average tablespoon 20 C.C. Decimal numbers 
should be used as far as practicable without sacrifice of ac- 
curacy as to strength and dose of the preparation. It is safe 
to prescribe 30 Gm. for one troy ounce, and 250 C.C. for eight 
fluid ounces. 
The above contains all that is necessary to know or 
learn of the metric system, in order to write metric pre- 
scriptions, without a metric posological table, or with one. 
To become familiar with the system, the rules given above 
for the conversion of apothecaries’ weights and measures into 
the corresponding metric quantities, may be profitably used, 
the results to be verified by comparison with the following— 
APOTHECARIES 
WEIGHTS 
METRIC 
WEIGHTS 
(and measures). 
(and measures). 
Troy grains 
Grams (or cubic 
(or minims). 
centimeters'). 
0.001 
(tAtf) 
•jz 
0.002 
(tA<t) 
tV 
O.OO4 
(tttVs) 
\ 
0.008 
(t^W) 
i 
O.Ol6 
(ct) 
\ 
0.033 
(iV) 
i 
O.066 
(tz) 
2 
0.133 
(ts) 
5 
0.333 
(i) 
IO 
0.666 
(!) 
i5 
1.000 
(0 
20 
*•333 
(*i) 
3° 
2.000 
(2) 
TABLE OF EQUIVALENTS. 
APOTHECARIES 
METRIC 
WEIGHTS 
WEIGHTS 
(and measures). 
(and mbasures). 
Drachms 
Grams 
(or fluidrachms). 
(or cubic centimeters'). 
I 
4 
2 
8 
4 
16 
6 
24 
Troy ounces (or fluid-ounces). 
I 
32 
2 
64 
4 
128 
6 
192 
8 
256 
12 
384 
16 
512 
* As any liquid medicine must necessarily be administered to the patient in 
measured, and not in weighed, doses, it will, of course, be more convenient to the 
physician to continue to make use of fluid measures in writing prescriptions, es- 
pecially as he is already accustomed to this, and would not then have to bear in 
mind the specific gravity of any liquid ingredient in the prescription. To the 
pharmacist it makes but little difference, as he will have both weights and meas- 
ures, and can use one or the other, as may be directed. If the physician discards RULES FOR REGULATING DOSES. 
89 
The adoption of the metric system of weights and measures 
is a matter of time only. Its advantages over other systems 
are well recognized. 
RULES FOR REGULATING DOSES. 
The doses given in this work are applicable to adult age 
unless the contrary is specified; and for the convenience of 
students, the rules of Gaubins and Young for determining the 
proper dose of medicines for children are furnished below. 
Take the dose for an adult as unity, and for other ages as 
follows:— 
The dose for a person of middle age being I, or i drachm,— 
That for a person from 14 to 21 years will be or 2 scruples. 
“ “ 7 to 14 “ “ or Y a drachm. 
“ “ 4 to 7 “ “ or I scruple. 
“ a child of 4 “ “ or 15 grains. 
“ “ 3 “ “ Ye, or 10 grains. 
“ “ 2 “ “ or 8 grains. 
“ “ I year “ or 5 grains. 
The following simple rule by Dr. Young will be found to be 
convenient: “For children under twelve years, the doses of 
most medicines must be diminished in the proportion of the 
age to the age increased by 12 ; thus, at two years to 7-; viz.: 
2 1 . At twenty-one the full dose may be given.” 
1 +12 ” 7 
Hence— 
For one year, 1—- _ JL 
I + 12 13 
For two years, — 1 
2+12 7 
•y t 
For three years, —~ 
3 + 12 5 
For four years, 1— 1 
’4+12-4 
-r, 6 I 
hor six years, 
6 + 12 3 
measures, he must, of necessity, so adjust the proportion in his formula as to pro- 
duce a mixture of which, after all, the dose must be a “ teaspoonful,” or some 
other convenient measure, and this is as unnecessary as it is difficult.— Oscar 
Oldberg, Phar. D., in Blackiston's Phys. Visiting List. 90 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
At twelve years the dose is one half that of the adult. The 
U. S. Dispensatory states that “To the above rules some excep- 
tions are offered, in particular medicines, which require to be 
given to children in much larger proportional dose than those 
above stated. Such as castor oil and calomel, a certain quan- 
tity of which will, in general, not produce a greater effect in 
a child two or three years old than double the quantity in 
an adult.” “ Females usually require smaller doses than 
males, and persons of sanguine temperament than the phleg- 
matic.” The influence of constitutional peculiarities, such as 
are known as idiosyncrasies, often exist and render patients 
more than usually susceptible, or the opposite, to the action 
of medicines, the doses of which must be regulated ac- 
cordingly. It should also be remembered that the suscepti- 
bility to the action of medicines is diminished by frequent 
and continued use. In advancing age, the dose is gradually 
lessened. 
Opiates affect children to a greater degree than adults, but 
children bear larger doses of calomel than adults. Females 
are more rapidly affected by purgatives than males, and the 
condition of the uterine system is very important. 
Medicinal substances act differently on the same person in 
summer and in winter, and in different climates. Narcotics 
act more energetically in hot than in cold climates, and, as a 
consequence, smaller doses are required in hot climates; the 
opposite is the case with regard to calomel. Owing to a pecu- 
liarity of stomach, or rather disposition of body, unconnected 
with temperament, comparatively mild remedies operate very 
violently on some individuals. 
When administering remedies, the intervals between the 
doses should be so regulated that the second dose may be 
taken before the effect produced by the first is entirely effaced. 
Some medicinal substances, such as mercurial salts, arsenic, 
etc., are prone to accumulate in the system ; and dangerous 
symptoms may arise if the doses rapidly succeed one another. 
The action of some remedies, such as digitalis, elaterium, 
etc., may continue long after the discontinuance of the agent, TOPICAL REMEDIES. 
91 
and a too powerful effect occur, even by a repetition in dimin- 
ished doses. Some remedies, such as castor oil, aloes, etc., 
acquire activity by continued use, hence the dose requires to 
be diminished. 
TOPICAL REMEDIES. 
Medicinal substances are applied to the mucous membrane 
of the mouth and to the dental structures almost exclusively 
for local effects. In dental practice antiseptic remedies are 
extensively employed to arrest fermentative and putrefactive 
processes, as every kind of fermentation depends upon the 
growth and increase of a living organism. Various diseases 
of the dental structures have a close relationship with low 
organisms in the morbid processes which result during their 
progress, and which are maintained and developed by the 
presence of living matter. The remedies recognized as be- 
longing to the group of antiseptics, when brought into con- 
tact with the disease germs, which are constituted of these 
organized forms of life, have the power of destroying their 
vitality and of arresting the fermentative or putrefactive pro- 
cess which they either develop or promote. The effect of 
escharotics when applied to a part of which the structure and 
vitality are to be destroyed, is to produce an eschar and incite 
inflammation and suppuration of the adjacent tissues, by which 
the slough is separated from the living parts. 
Medicinal substances are applied to the mucous membrane 
of the mouth in the form of gargles or mouth-washes, lotions 
and injections, and generally for a local effect. 
Medicinal substances are applied to the skin for both a 
local and general effect, either by friction, by the endermic, or 
by the hypodermic methods. In the endermic method, the 
cuticle is usually removed by the action of a blister, and the 
medicinal agent is applied to the denuded surface in the form 
of a powder or ointment, and is a useful method when the 
irritability of the stomach or difficult deglutition prevents 
medicines from being taken through the mouth. 
The hypodermic method consists in injecting medicines by- 
means of a graduated syringe with a sharp-pointed nozzle, and 92 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
constructed for the purpose, into a subcutaneous cellular 
tissue, thus producing both a local and general effect, and an 
impression is made much more rapidly than when the medicine 
is taken into the stomach. It is necessary that the remedy 
should be applied beneath the skin, and that it should not be 
injected into any large vessel; hence for hypodermic injections 
a locality should be selected free from nerves and large ves- 
sels. The medicinal agents used for hypodermic injections 
are now prepared in the form of tablets which are perfectly 
soluble, and of considerable strength in small bulk. They are 
dissolved in pure water at the time the injection is to be 
made, and great accuracy is thus obtained. Anodynes thus 
used are more rapid in their effect, and the general rule as re- 
gards the quantity is, that in first injections the dose should 
be, for males, two-thirds of the ordinary dose by the stomach 
and for females about one-half. It is very necessary that a 
vein or large vessel should not be punctured when introducing 
the point of the syringe. The insertion of the deltoid muscle 
in the arm is generally selected as the place of injection, and 
the needle-point of the syringe should not be inserted too deep 
nor at the same point in subsequent injections. Hypodermic 
injections may also be made in the back, front or thigh—just 
in front of trochanters, and in the calf of the leg. 
Medicinal substances of the classes of rubefacients and 
epispastics are employed as counter-irritants, their effect being 
to establish external or artificial irritation for the relief or cure 
of internal inflammation existing in a part or in the body. The 
extent and character of the counter-irritation thus established 
should be, in a great measure, regulated by the character of 
the disease which it is intended to relieve; a rubefacient being 
indicated in irritation of mucous membrane, a seton or issue 
when the disease is of a suppurative character, and a vesicant 
in inflammation of serous membranes. 
Setons and Issues are employed to produce permanent 
counter-irritant effects. A seton consists of a skein of silk or 
a piece of tape or other substance passed through the integu- 
ment by means of a seton-needle, and allowed to remain, so TOPICAL REMEDIES. 
93 
that a discharge is maintained. A simple seton in the case of 
an incision into the alveolar abscess, is composed of a single or 
double strand of floss silk introduced into a wound made by 
the lancet, or into the orifice of a fistulous opening, after the 
pus of the abscess has been evacuated, to maintain a free exit 
for the pus which may be secreted after the first operation; 
fine silver wire is also employed for the same purpose. An 
issue is generally some irritating substance, such as caustic 
potassa, or a small pea, or piece of orris root introduced in 
order to maintain a discharge. 
Blood-letting is performed for the purpose of lessening vascu- 
lar excitement, reducing inflammatory action, relieving con- 
gestive pain and spasm, promoting absorption, relaxing the 
muscles and arresting hemorrhage. It is divided into general 
and local, general blood-letting consisting of venesection or 
phlebotomy, the median cephalic or basilic veins of the arm, 
and occasionally the external jugular and other veins, being 
the ones selected from which to draw the blood. But it should 
be resorted to with caution, as it is a powerful and exhausting 
agent. 
Local Blood-letting is chiefly employed for the relief of local 
inflammations and congestions, and is accomplished by means 
of leeches, cups, and scarifications. 
The leech—hirudo—is commonly employed as an agent for 
local blood-letting, and is preferable to “ cupping” in many local 
and chronic forms of inflammation; also in infantile affections 
which require such an operation, when the American leech is 
used, and it makes a smaller incision than the European leech, 
and draws less blood. A leech is supposed to draw, on an 
average, about a drachm and a half to two drachms of blood 
before it is removed, and the quantity which subsequently flows 
will generally equal that drawn by the leech. 
Leeches are often applied to the gum over the root of a tooth 
affected with acute periodontitis, to relieve the inflammation 
and congestion. To make the leech bite readily, the surface to 
which it is to be applied may be smeared with cream or sweet 
milk, or a puncture may be made in it, so as to draw blood, 94 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and, to isolate the part of the surface on which it is desired to 
apply the leech, a small hole may be made in a piece of bibu- 
lous paper, which will adhere to a dry surface of the gum, and 
afford an opening for the mouth of the leech to approach the 
surface. 
To remove a leech if it does not drop off of its own accord 
which they will generally do in from fifteen to twenty minutes, 
it may be sprinkled with a little cold water or diluted vinegar, 
or powdered sugar. To promote bleeding from leech bites, 
fomentations or warm dry cloths, or a cupping glass, may be 
used. To check the hemorrhage from leech bites, which is 
sometimes excessive, firm pressure may be made with the 
finger, or exposure to cold air, or the application of such styp- 
tics as alum or matico. 
Cupping is employed when it is desired to draw blood rap- 
idly, or to ascertain the exact quantity of blood drawn, or when 
it is desirable to make an impression on the system. Cupping 
is performed by means of cupping glasses and a scarificator. 
The glasses are applied after being partially exhausted of air, 
when the removal of the atmospheric pressure produces a de- 
termination of blood to the capillaries of the part, and it is 
afterwards easily drawn by scarification. 
Scarifications consist of small incisions made in inflamed 
and congested parts, to relieve the engorged condition of the 
capillary vessels, and are sometimes employed to relieve acute 
inflammation of the gums and mucous membrane of the 
mouth. 
ELECTRICITY AS A THERAPEUTIC MEANS IN THE TREAT- 
MENT OF DISEASE. 
Electricity is a powerful agent in many forms of nervous 
disease, especially in the treatment of paralysis and neuralgia. 
Three forms of electricity are employed, viz. : The induced 
current, the galvanic current, both of which are dynamical, and 
the static current, which is frictional. 
Galvanic electricity—galvanism, and induced electricity— 
faradism, are the two forms generally employed, frictional THERAPEUTICS OF ELECTRICITY. 
95 
electricity being but seldom applied. What is known as electro- 
magnetism is a form of induced current, generated by the rotary 
instrument, and is not reliable. Faradism, so-called from its 
discoverer, is generated by an instrument which is capable of 
applying slow or rapid shocks, and giving what is denomi- 
nated a fine, strong, induced current. It consists of coils of 
wire ; a small hammer of soft iron, attached to a spring; a pole 
containing a platinum-pointed screw, the hammer breaking 
the current in the coil of wire, and by rapid vibration pro- 
ducing shocks. 
“ The galvanic current is generated by a series of cells, suf- 
ficient in number to cause a current of tension, which is the 
resistance offered to the passage of a current. 
“ One cell supplies a current, the poles of other cells being 
alternately joined, and there are finally but two terminal poles.” 
As the current from the first cell passes through the remaining 
cells, its power is increased and the effect is governed by the 
number of cells belonging to the circuit. There is also what 
is dominated a current of “ quantity,” which is generated by 
a large metallic surface in the battery cell, the tension current 
being generated by a number of small metal plates. The “ ten- 
sion current” serves the best purpose for medical use, while 
the “ quantity current ” furnishes heat, and is, therefore, adapted 
to purposes of electro-surgery, The modified Bunsen galvanic 
cell is the best for medical purposes, although what is known 
as the Siemens and Halske cell is extensively used; “ it con- 
sists of an outer cell of glass, with elements of zinc and copper, 
a diaphragm of porous earthenware, and a diaphragm of papier 
mache, between the solutions.” The Holtz electric instrument 
furnishes the best static current. 
The Ruhmkorff coil is also employed, in the use of which 
but one wire is brought in contact with the patient, the other 
conductor being formed by the air, and a spark, similar to the 
ordinary spark from the friction machine, being produced. 
When electricity is applied to the body, sponges of differ- 
ent sizes, or polished metallic surfaces, known as “ electrodes,” 
the metallic being the best, are employed, the effect upon the 96 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
skin being similar to what is caused by puncturing with many 
small needles. The theory of electro-therapeutics is dependent 
upon the following effects :— 
“ If a portion of a motor nerve is included between the 
poles of a galvanic battery, it is said to be polarized, and in a 
state of electrotonus. At the positive pole, the irritability of 
the nerve is diminished, while at the negative it is excited and 
more susceptible to stimulation. The condition at the posi- 
tive pole is called anelectrotonus, and that at the negative cate- 
lectrotonus. The positive pole is known as the anode; the 
negative, the cathode, and these give the name to the states 
described. A nerve is said to be tetanized when the muscle 
supplied is thrown into a state of permanent tetanic contrac- 
tion by a rapidly intermittent current. The passage of a 
number of these shocks for some time will diminish the irri- 
tability of the nerve to such an extent that, finally, there will 
be no further response. As an ascending current causes a 
greater irritability in a nerve than a descending one; a de- 
scending one depresses excitability. The stimulus is felt at 
the negative pole when the current commences, and when it 
is broken it is felt at the positive pole. A shock is felt at the 
opening of the weak currents ; with moderately strong ones 
it is felt both at the opening and the closure. With very 
strong currents, it is impossible to tell the points of sensation, 
as the power of the nerve is impaired.” The action upon 
involuntary muscles is less than upon the voluntary, and, as 
regards the latter, it is the same, or nearly so, as long as the 
integrity of their immediate nerve supply is concerned. 
Degenerations and atrophies of muscles interfere to a con- 
siderable extent with their susceptibility to electric currents ; 
hence, it is better, in diseased conditions, to pass the current 
through the nerve trunk which supplies them. The faradic 
current has but a local effect, the deeper muscles and nerves 
escaping. 
When a metallic or sponge electrode is applied to the 
moistened skin, a pricking sensation follows, attended with 
redness and tingling, and this impression on the cutaneous THERAPEUTICS OF ELECTRICITY. 
97 
nerves and muscles is known as electro-musailar sensibility. 
The galvanic current occasions a sensation of warmth, like 
that produced by a local stimulant, such as a mustard plaster, 
and when the faradic current is applied to the dry skin, or 
when the electrodes are but lightly applied, there is produced 
a sensation of pain, and the pain is the greater when caused 
by rapidly succeeding shocks than by slow ones. 
The galvanic current causes deeper impressions than the 
faradic, and also electrolytic changes different from the faradic, 
producing absorption and changing the structure of the dif- 
ferent tissues, and beneficial results have resulted from its 
application in diseases of the brain, The physical effects of 
the galvanic current upon the sympathetic nerve are dilatation 
followed by contraction of the pupil, diminished frequency of 
the pulse, and a lowering of the tension of the carotid arteries. 
When electricity is used for the purpose of diagnosis, the 
existence of local tenderness, exalted sensibility, anaesthesia, 
paralysis, diseases of the brain, spinal cord, etc., may be as- 
certained. It has also been used to determine the question of 
doubtful death, whether certain affections are recent or of long 
standing, and to detect malingering. As various nervous 
diseases are associated with the loss of such functions of 
muscles as contraction and sensation, or the reverse, electricity 
determines the extent of such changes. 
When employing the electric current, the anatomy of the 
part affected should be well understood; for example, for 
neuralgia of the fifth pair of nerves one pole should be applied 
as near as possible to the point of exit of the nerve from the 
cranium, and the other pole to the remote parts of distribution. 
Galvanism and faradism are employed for the relief of pain 
and spasm to improve the nutritive processes, and to restore 
deficient muscular power, to stimulate sensation in nerves, to 
stimulate secretion, to influence circulation, to cause absorp- 
tion of fluids, to bring about the absorption of morbid growths 
and deposits, to induce sleep, and in surgery, in the form- of 
the galvanic cautery. The galvanic current is considered to 
be the most useful for the mediate, and the faradic current for DENTAL MEDICINE. 
98 
the immediate application, the former proving serviceable in 
all forms of neuralgia, and especially in facial neuralgia, and 
the latter in headaches, especially those of a rheumatic nature. 
Galvanism is also employed with advantage in sciatica, 
spinal irritation and hysteria, also tumors, such as aneurisms 
and goitre, these morbid products being dispersed by connect- 
ing the, two poles of a galvanic battery with needles which 
are thrust into the morbid growth and generate a process 
known as electrolysis. In such operations bubbles of hydro- 
gen gas are disengaged at the negative pole, which separate 
mechanically the adjacent tissues, breaking them up in such a 
manner that the disintegrated particles may be taken up by 
the circulation. Oxygen is disengaged at the positive pole, 
which forms an acid with certain elements of the tissue, and 
the albumen is coagulated, forming a clot if this occurs in a 
cavity filled with blood. 
For obtunding sensitive dentine and controlling peridental 
inflammation by electrolysis, Dr. F. McGraw suggests the fol- 
lowing method: “To a 12 per cent, solution of cocaine add 
an equal amount of absolute alcohol. In connection with 
this use the galvanic current, varying the power as the needs 
of each case may indicate.” The method of application is as 
follows: “ After applying the rubber-dam, wet a pledget of 
cotton in the solution; place it in the cavity of the tooth; 
press the point of the positive pole on to the cotton, and the 
negative pole, with sponge attachment, to the cheek, turning 
on the current. An application of three minutes, with an 
interval of like duration, and then another three-minute ap- 
plication, is sufficient in the majority of cases, although it is 
occasionally necessary to make the third application. Then 
dry the cavity thoroughly and begin excavating.” In case of 
peridental inflammation use a stronger current, which tetanizes 
the vessels and causes a diminished flow of blood to the parts 
and thus lessens congestion. The same current longer con- 
tinued will cause electrolytic decomposition. “The medicinal 
agents he uses for peridental inflammation and for blind 
abscesses are a saturated solution of the chloride of sodium THERAPEUTICS OF ELECTRICITY. 
99 
seven ounces, tincture of ergot, one ounce. The treatment of 
blind abscesses requires a stronger battery power in order to 
obtain the full effect of the electrolysis. Dr. Weeks has used 
this method successfully in the painless removal of pulps. 
Galvano-Cautery.—For surgical operations, as a substitute 
for the knife or ecraseur, a platinum wire is placed between 
the poles of a powerful battery, the wire being adjusted in a 
handle, which in a few minutes becomes red hot, and is espe- 
cially serviceable for operations in deep cavities where it would 
be impossible to use the knife, the application of such a gal- 
vanic cautery being unattended by pain or hemorrhage. The 
Galvano-Cautery consists of a platinum wire loop heated by 
passing a current of electricity through it, the heat being 
maintained as long as the current passes. Such an appliance 
will cut through the tissue to which it is applied without 
causing much hemorrhage. 
Electric portable lamps are also employed for illuminating 
the mouth and examining the teeth, and carious cavities in 
them. 
Strong currents of electricity should not be applied to the 
head, nor its use be persevered in for more than fifteen min- 
utes at a time. 
Electro-magnetism has been employed for relieving pain 
during the extraction of teeth, one pole of an ordinary battery 
being attached to the forceps and the other to a handle which 
is grasped by the patient. The susceptibility to the current is 
first ascertained by the patient holding both the forceps and 
the handle in his hands, and a feeble shock applied, which is 
gradually increased until the sensation is felt at or just beyond 
the elbows, when the current is somewhat reduced in power. 
After the gum has been lanced, the connection is made as 
before described, by the patient holding the handle and the 
operator the forceps in contact with the tooth to be removed, 
the handles of the instrument being isolated, when the opera- 
tion is at once completed. Great diversity of opinion, how- 
ever, exists as to the efficiency of this method, which has its 
advocates and opponents. 100 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
INCOMPATIBILITY* 
“ Incompatibility gives rise to many dangers which may in a 
great measure be avoided by the use of the utmost simplicity 
in prescribing. ‘ The tendency of the present age is toward 
mono- rather than.poly-pharmacy, and prescriptions with the 
orthodox adjuvans and corrigens are less frequently seen than 
formerly.’ (Piffard.) 
“This subject can only be glanced at here. The following 
simple rules may help the burdened memory of the practi- 
tioner :— 
“ Never use more than one remedy at a time, if one will 
serve the purpose. 
“ Never use strong mineral acids in combination with other 
agents, unless you know exactly what reaction will ensue. 
They decompose salts of the weaker acids and form ethers 
with alcohol. 
“ Select the simplest solvent, diluent or excipient, you know 
of, remembering that the solvent power of alcohol and water, 
for their particular substances, decreases in proportion to the 
quantity o£ the other added. 
“ Never combine Free Acids with hydrates or carbonates. 
“ Generally do not combine two or more soluble salts. 
“ The following more or less insoluble salts will be formed 
whenever the materials of which they are composed are brought 
together in solutions: the Hydrates, Carbonates, Phosphates, 
Borates, Arseniates and Tannates of most earthy and heavy 
metals and alkaloids, and the metallic Sulphides ; the Sulphates 
of Calcium, of Lead and of the subsalts of Mercury: the 
Chlorides, Iodides and Bromides of Bismuth, Silver, Lead and 
subsalts of Mercury; the Iodides of Quinine, Morphine and 
most alkaloids. 
“ Alkalies precipitate the alkaloids and the soluble non- 
alkaline metallic salts, and (as also metallic Hydrates and 
Carbonates) neutralize free acids. 
“ Silver Nitrate, Lead Acetate, Corrosive Sublimate, Potassium 
*S. O. L. Potter, M.D. INCOMPATIBILITY. 
101 
Iodide should nearly always be prescribed alone. The first 
with Creasote forms an explosive compound. Aconite should 
never be given in any vehicle except water. 
“ Silver Nitrate, and Lead Acetate and Subacetate, although 
incompatible with almost everything, may be combined with 
Opium: the latter forming with Opium a compound which, 
although insoluble, is therapeutically active as a lotion. 
“Corrosive Sublimate is incompatible with almost everything, 
and should be given in Simple Syrup; even the Compound 
Syrup of Sarsaparilla is said to decompose it. 
“Tannic Acid, and substances containing it, are incompatible 
with albumen and gelatin. Tannic Acid, Iodine and the soluble 
Iodides are incompatible with the alkaloids and substances 
containing them, and with most soluble metallic salts. Vege- 
table Infusions are generally incompatible with metallic salts. 
“Glucosides, such as Santonin and Colocynthin, should not 
be prescribed with free acids or Emulsin. 
“Dangerous Compounds, because poisonous, are: Potassic 
Iodide with Potassic Chlorate ; Hydrocyanic acid or Potassium 
Cyanide with metallic Hydrates, Carbonates, Sub-nitrates or 
Sub-chlorides, as Bismuth, Carbonate or Nitrate or Calomel. 
“Explosions would result from the combination of powerful 
oxidizers with readily oxidizable substances, as Potassium 
Chlorate or Permanganate with Tannin, Sugar, Sulphur, 
Sulphides, Vegetable powders, Glycerine, Alcohol, Tinctures 
or Ether.” 102 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
TABLE OF THE DOSES OF MEDICINES. 
Arranged in Alphabetical Order, and expressed in terms of both the Apothecaries’ and the 
Decimal Metric System of Weights and Measures. 
Rfevised and Corrected according to the New Pharmacopoeial Standard. 
BY OSCAR OLDBERG, Ph.D. 
Remedies. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Abstract, aconiti 
3 to io centigrams . 
Yz to 
Yz grains. 
Abstract, aspidospermae . . . 
0.30 to 1.20 grams . 
5 to 
20 grains. 
Abstract, belladonnae .... 
3 to 10 centigrams . 
Vz to 
Yz grains. 
Abstract, cannab. ind 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grains. 
Abstract, conii 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grains. 
Abstract, coto 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grains. 
Abstract, digitalis 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grams. 
Abstract, gelsemii 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grains. 
Abstract, hyoscyami .... 
12 to 40 centigrams . 
2 to 
6 grains. 
Abstract, ignatise 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grains. 
Abstract, ipecac 
Abstract, jalapee 
0.20 to 2 grams . . 
3 to 
30 grains. 
0.40 to 2 grams . . 
6 to 
30 grains. 
Abstract, nuc. vom 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grains. 
Abstract, phytolaccae .... 
0.30 to 1 gram . . . 
5 to 
15 grains. 
Abstract, pilocarpi 
O.40 to 2 grams . . 
6 to 
30 grains. 
Abstract, podophylli .... 
25 to 60 centigrams . 
4 to 
IO grains. 
Abstract, sanguin. alterat. . . 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
1 to 
3 grams. 
Abstract, sanguin. emet.. . . 
0.60 to 1.20 Gm. . . 
10 to 
15 grains. 
Abstract, senegae 
Abstract, valerianse .... 
25 to 60 centigrams . 
4 to 
10 grains. 
0.60 to 1.20 Gm. . . 
10 to 
15 grains. 
Abstract, veratr. vir 
6 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 
3 grains. 
Acet. lobelise 
I to 4 C. c 
15 to 
60 minims. 
Acet. opii 
5 to 
16 minims. 
Acet. sanguinar 
I to 2 C. c 
15 to 
30 minims. 
Acet. scillae 
IO to 
30 minims. 
Acid. acet. dil 
4 to 6 C. c 
60 to 
90 minims. 
Acid, arsenios 
1 to 5 milligrams . . 
-fo to 
TI grain. 
Acid, benzoic 
5 to 
15 grains. 
Acid, carbolic 
2 to 6 centigrams . . 
X to 
1 grain. 
Acid, citrici 
10 to 
30 grains. 
Acid, gallic 
3 to 
15 grams. 
Acid. gall, in albuminuria . . 
0.60 to 4 Gm. . . . 
10 to 
60 grains. 
Acid, hydrobrom. dil 
1 to 2.50 C. c. . . . 
15 to 
40 minims. 
Acid, hydrochlor. dil 
0.60 to 2 C. c. . . . 
10 to 
30 minims. 
Acid, hydrocyan, dll 
0.10 to 0.30 C. c. . . 
2 to 
6 minims. 
Acid, lactic 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 
60 minims. 
Acid. nitr. dil 
0.60 to 2 C. c. . . . 
IO to 
30 minims. 
Acid, nitro-hydrochlor.dil.. . 
0.30 to 1.30 C. c. . . 
5 to 
20 minims. 
Acid, phosphoric dil 
0.30 to 2 C. c. . . . 
IS to 
30 minims. 
Acid, salicyl 
5 to 
15 grains. POSOLOGICAL TABLES. 
103 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Acid, sulphuric dil 
0.36 to 2 C. C 
5 to 30 minims. 
Acid, sulphuric arom 
O.3O to 2 C. C 
5 to 30 minims. 
Acid, sulphuros 
2 to 4 C. C 
30 to 60 minims. 
Acid, tannic 
10 to 60 centigrams . . 
2 to IO grains. 
Aconitina (white crystals) . . 
0.15 to 0.30 milligr. . . 
?k t0 fas grain. 
Aconitina (Duquesnel’s). . . 
0.30 to 0.50 milligr. . . 
fas t° ik gra'n- 
.Either 
2 to 4 C. c 
l/2 to 1 fl. drachm. 
Aloe . 
10 to 30 centigrams . . 
2 to 5 grains. 
Alonium 
6 to 20 centigrams. . . 
I to 3 grains. 
Alumen 
10 to 15 grains. 
Ammonii benzoas 
10 to 20 grains. 
Ammonii bromid 
5 to 30 grains. 
Ammonii carb 
20 to 60 centigrams . . 
3 to 10 grains. 
Ammonii chlorid 
I to 2 Gm 
15 to 30 grains. 
Ammonii iodid 
3 to 15 grains. 
Ammonii phosph 
5 to 20 grains, 
Ammonii valer 
2 to 8 grains. 
Ammonii valer. elixir.... 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Amyl nitris 
2 to 5 minims. 
Amylum iodatum 
3 to 30 grains. 
Ant. et pot. tartr.; diaph. . . 
4 to 10 milligrams . . . 
A t0 % grain- 
Ant. et pot. tartr.; emetic . . 
6 to 10 centigrams. . . 
1 to 2 grains. 
Apomorph. hydrochlor. . . . 
3 to 6 milligrams . . . 
fa t0 fa grain- 
Aqua ammonise 
6 to 30 minims. 
Aqua amygd. amar 
to to 15 C. c 
2 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Aqua camphorse 
15 to 60 C. c 
to 2 fl. oz. 
Aqua chlori 
4 to 15 C. c 
I to 4 fl. drachms. 
Aqua creasoti 
4 to 15 C. c 
I to 4 fl. drachms. 
Aqua laurocerasi 
6 to 30 minims. 
Argenti nitras 
I to 2 centigrams . . . 
to lA grain. 
Argenti oxid 
3 to 10 centigrams. . . 
y2 to 2 grains. 
Asafetida 
5 to 20 grains. 
Atropinae sulph 
fas to fa grain- 
Auri et sodii chlorid 
2 to 4 milligrams . . . 
fa to fa gram. 
Bebeerinoe sulph 
20 to 60 centigrams . . 
3 to 10 grains. 
Berberina and its salts .... 
0.20 to 1 Gm 
3 to 15 grains. 
Bismuthi et ammon. citr. . . . 
0.10 to I Gm 
1 to 15 grains. 
Bismuthi subcarb 
0.40 to 2 Gm 
6 to 30 grains. 
Bismuthi subnitr 
0.40 to 2 Gm 
6 to 30 grains. 
Caffeinae citras 
6 to 30 centigrams . . 
I to 5 grains. 
Calcii carb 
I to 4 Gm. ...... 
15 to 60 grains. 
Calcii hypophosphis 
0.20 to I Gm 
3 to 15 grains. 
Calcii phosphas 
1 to 2 Gm 
1S to 30 grains. 
Calumba 
10 to 30 grains. 
Camphora 
20 to 60 centigrams . . 
3 to io grains. 
Camph. monobrom 
10 to 30 centigrams . . 
2 to 5 grains. 
Capsicum 
6 to 60 centigrams . . . 
1 to IO grains. 
Cerii oxalas 
6 to 30 centigrams . . . 
I to 5 grains. 
Chinoidinum 
0.20 to 2 Gm 
3 to 30 grains. 
Chloral 
3 to 15 grains. 
Chloroformum 
0.05 to 0.30 C. c. . . . 
1 to 5 minims. 
Cinchona 
I to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 104 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Remedies. 
Dose in metric weights 
or measures. 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
weights or measures. 
Cinchonidina, and its salts . . 
0.06 to 2 Gm. .... 
I to 30 grains. 
Cinchonina, and its salts . . . 
Cinnamomum 
0.06 to 2 Gm 
I to 30 grains. 
6 to 30 grains. 
Codeina 
3 to 10 centigrams . . 
Yz to 2 grains. 
Confectio sennae 
4 to 10 grams 
60 to 120 grains. 
Convallamarin 
1 to 2 milligrams . . . 
fato fa srain- 
Copaiba 
I to 4 C. c 
15 to 16 minims. 
Creasotum 
0.05 to 0.20 C. c. . . . 
1 to 3 minims. 
Creta praepar 
I to 5 Gm 
15 to 75 grains. 
Croton chloral 
5 to 60 centigrams . . 
I to IO grains. 
Cubeba 
I to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 
Cupri sulphas 
3 to 60 centigrams . . 
Yz to 10 grains, 
Decoct, hematoxylon .... 
32 to 64 C. c 
I to 2 fl. ounces. 
Digitalinum 
I to 2 milligrams . . . 
Si t0 fa grain. 
Digitalis 
3 to 10 centigrams. . . 
Y to 2 grains. 
Duboisina, and its salts . . . 
0.50 to 1 milligram . . 
T5H to fa grain. 
Elaterinum; U. S. P., 1880. . 
I to 4 milligrams . . . 
fa to fa grain. 
Elaterium : U. S. P., 1870 . . 
4 to 30 milligrams . . . 
fa to Yz grain. 
Ergotinum 
10 to 50 centigrams . . 
2 to 6 grains. 
Eserina, and its salts .... 
I to 3 milligroms . . . 
fa to fa grain. 
Eserina muriat 
1 to 6 milligrams . . . 
fa to fa grain. 
Eucalyptus 
4 to 16 Gm 
1 to 4 drachms. 
Eupatorium 
1 to 4 Gm 
20 to 60 grains. 
Extr. aconiti rad. U.S.P., 1880 
5 to 15 milligrams . . 
fa to % grain. 
Extr. aromat. fl 
2 to 4 C. c. . . . . 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. bellad. fol. (Eng.) . . . 
1 to 4 centigrams . . . 
XA to % grain. 
Extr. bellad. alcohol . . . 
l to 3 centigrams . . . 
Y to Yz grain. 
Extr. bellad. fol. fl 
0.20 to 0.40 C. c. . . . 
3 to 6 minims. 
Extr. bellad. rad 
8 to 15 milligrams . . . 
lA to Y grain. 
Extr. bellad. rad. fl 
0.10 to 0.20 C. c. . . . 
I to 3 minims. 
Extr. berber. aquifol. fl. . . . 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Extr. buchu fl 
2 to IO C. c 
Yz to 1Y2. A. drachms. 
Extr. calami fl 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. calumbse 
0 to 60 centigrams. . . 
3 to 10 grains. 
Extr. calumbse fl 
I to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. cannab. Amer. fl. . . . 
0.20 to 1 C. c 
3 to 15 minims. 
Extr. cannab. ind 
I to 3 centigrams . . . 
Y6 to Yz grain. 
Exir. cannab. ind. fl 
0.20 to 0.40 C. c. . . . 
3 to 6 minims. 
Extr. cantliaridis fl 
0.06 to 0.20 C. c. . . . 
1 to 3 minims. 
Extr. capsici fl 
1 to 3 minims. 
Extr. cardam. comp. fl. . . . 
1 to 3 C. c 
15 to 45 minims. 
Extr. carnis 
1 to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 
Extr. cascarillse fl 
3 to 10 C. c 
Y to fl. drachms. 
Extr. catechu liquid 
0.50 to 2 C. c 
8 to 30 minims. 
Extr. chimaph. fl 
3 to 5 C. c 
Y to lY A- drachms. 
Extr. chiratae fl 
2 to 5 C. c 
Y to \XY A. drachms. 
Extr. cimicifugae fl 
0.50 to 2 C. c 
8 to 30 minims. 
Extr. cinchonas 
1 to 2 Gm 
15 to 30 grains. 
Extr. cinchonae fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 miuims. 
Extr. cinchonae arom. fl. . . . 
Extr. cinchonae comp. fl. . . . 
2 to 4 C. c 
2 to 5 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Yl to lY A. drachms. 
Y, to lj/z grains. 
Extr. colch. rad 
2 to 10 centigrams . . POSOLOGICAL TABLES. 
105 
DOSE 
TABLE CONTINUED. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Extr. colch. rad. fl 
0. xo to 0.30 C. c. . . . 
2 to 5 minims. 
Extr. colch. sem. fl 
0.10 to 0.60 C. c. . . . 
\Y t° 10 minims. 
Extr. colocynth comp. . . . 
10 to 30 centigrams . . 
I l/t to 5 grains. 
Extr. conii fol. ale.; U. S. P., 70 
5 to 10 centigrams . . 
1 to iY grains. 
Extr. con. [fr.] ale.; U.S.P.,80 . 
2 to 6 centigrams . . . 
Y to 1 grain. 
Extr. conii fol. fl 
3 to 15 minims. 
Extr. con. [fr ] fl.; U.S.P., 80 . 
0.10 to 0.30 C. c.. . . 
lY t° 5 minims. 
Extr. convallarise rad. fl. . . 
i to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Extr. coptidis fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. corn. flor. fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. cubebse fl 
I to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Extr. digitalis 
I to 3 centigrams . . . 
Y>io y2 grain. 
Extr. digitalis fl. .... 
0.10 to 0.40 C. c. . . . 
1 to 6 minims. 
Extr. ergotse 
10 to 50 centigrams . . 
1Y to 8 grains. 
Extr. ergotse fl 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. erythroxyli fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
y2 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. eucalypti 
1 to 20 grains. 
Extr. eucalypti fl 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. eupatorii fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. gelsemii fl 
0.10 to 0.50 C. c. . . . 
1 to 8 minims. 
Extr. gent 
6 to 30 centigrams . . 
I to 5 grains. 
Extr. gent, fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. geranii fl 
1 to 2 C. c. . . . . . 
15 to 30 minims. 
Extr. gossypii fl 
I to 3 C. c 
15 to 45 minims. 
Extr. granati rad. cort. fl. . . 
3 to 8 C. c 
Y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. grind, rob. fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. guaranae fl 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Extr. hemotoxyli 
8 to 30 grains. 
Extr helleb. nigris 
3 to 20 centigrams . . 
y2lo 3 grains. 
Extr. humuli fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. hydrastis fl 
8 to 30 minims. 
Extr. hyoscyami (Engl.). . . 
5 to 25 centigrams . . 
I to 4 grains. 
Extr. hyoscyami ale 
5 to 10 centigrarfis . . 
I to 2 grains. 
Extr. hyoscyami fol. fl. . . . 
0.20 to I C. c 
3 to 15 minims. 
Extr. hyoscyami sem. fl. . . . 
0.10 to 0.50 C. c. . . 
2 to 8 minims. 
Extr. ignatise 
2 to 8 centigrams . . . 
A to IY grains. 
Extr. ignatiae fl. ..... . 
I to 6 minims. 
Extr. ipecac fl 
3 to 60 minims. 
Extr. jaborandi fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
y2 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. jalapae ; U. S. P., 1870 . 
30 to 60 centigrams . . 
5 to 10 grains. 
Extr. jalapae ale 
20 to 40 centigrams . . 
3 to 6 grains. 
Extr. jalapae fl 
I to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. junip. fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. kamali fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. kino, liquid 
I to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Extr. krameriae 
0.30 to 1 Gm 
5 to 15 grains. 
Extr. krameriae fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. lactucarii fl 
0.50 to 2 C. c 
8 to 30 minims. 
Extr. lupulini fl 
5 to 15 minims. 
Extr. maid 
5 to 10 Gm 
I to 2y2 drachms. 
Extr. marrubii fl 
4 to 8 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. matico fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 106 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Extr. nuc. vom. alcohol . . . 
X to 3 centigrams . . . 
to Yz grain. 
Extr. opii 
i to 3 centigrams . . . 
Y> to X flrain- 
Extr. papaveris 
3 to 12 centigrams . . 
Yz to 2 grains. 
Extr. papaveris fl 
i to 3 C. c 
15 to 45 minims. 
Extr. pareirse fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. physostigmae 
4 to io milligrams . . 
ts to grain, 
Extr. piper nigr. fl 
I to 3 C. c 
15 to 45 minims. 
Extr. podophylli 
3 to io centigrams . . 
Yz to iy2 grains. 
Extr. prun. virg. fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. pulsatillae fl 
2 to 5 minims. 
Extr. quassise 
6 to 30 centigrams . . 
I to 5 grains. 
Extr. quassiae fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. quercus fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. rhei 
5 to 15 grains. 
Extr. rhei fl . 
1 to 3 C. c 
15 to 45 minims. 
Extr. ricini fol. fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
Y to 2 fl drachms. 
Extr. rubi fl 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. rutae fl 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Extr. sabbatiae fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. sabinae fl 
5 to 15 minims 
Extr. sarsap. fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
Yz to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. sassafras fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
Yz to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. scoparii fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
Yz to I fl. drachm. 
Extr. Scutellariae fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
Yz to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. senegae fl 
8 to 15 minims. 
Extr. sennae fl 
4 to 15 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Extr. serpent, fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. spigeliae fl 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. spigeliae et sennae fl. . . 
2 to 8 C. c 
Yz to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. stillingiae fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
Yz to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. stillingiae comp. fl. . . . 
2 to 8 C. c 
Y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. stramonii (Engl.) . . . 
3 to 6 centigrams . . . 
Yz to I grain. 
Extr. stramonii fol. ale. . . . 
2 to 4 centigrams . . . 
Yto% grain. 
Extr. stramonii sem 
I to 3 centigrams . . . 
Ye to Yz grain. 
Extr. sumbul fl 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. taraxaci 
5 to 15 grains. 
Extr. taraxaci fl 
2 to 8 C. c 
Yz to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. ustilag. maid, fl 
X to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Extr. uvaeursi fl 
2 to 4 C. c. . . . . . 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. valer 
5 to 15 grains. 
Extr. valer. fl 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Extr. veratr. vir. fl.. . . . . 
0.6 to 0.30 C. c. 
I to 5 minims. 
Extr. viburni opuli fl 
4 to 8 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. viburni [prunifol.] fl. . 
4 to 8 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Extr. zingiberis fl 
8 to 30 minims. 
Fel bovis purif. 
20 to 40 centigrams . . 
3 to 6 grains. 
Ferri arsen 
6 to 12 milligrams . . 
tV to i grain. 
Ferri carb. sacch 
4 to 15 grains. 
Ferri chlorid 
5 to 20 centigrams . . 
I to 3 grains. 
Ferri citr 
30 to 60 centigrams . . 
5 to 10 grains. 
Ferri et ammon. citr 
30 to 60 centigrams . . 
5 to io grains. 
Ferri et ammon. sulph. . . . 
30 to 60 centigrams . . 
5 to 10 grains. POSOLOGICAL TABLES. 
107 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Remedies. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Ferri et ammon. tartr. . . . 
0.30 to i Gm. . . . 
5 to 15 grains. 
Ferri et cinchonid. citr. . . . 
30 to 60 centigrams . 
5 to 10 grains. 
Ferri et pot. tartr 
1 to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 
Ferri et quin, citr 
30 to 60 centigrams . 
5 to 10 grains. 
herri et strychn. citr 
5 to 30 centigrams . 
1 to 5 grains. 
Ferri ferrocyanid 
20 to 30 centigrams . 
3 to 5 grains. 
Ferri hypophosphis 
30 to 60 centigrams . 
5 to io grains. 
I* erri lactas 
5 to 20 centigrams . 
1 to 3 grains. 
Ferri oxalas 
5 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 3 grains. 
Ferri oxid. hydrat 
15 to 60 Gm 
]/2 to 2 ounces. 
Ferri phosphas 
5 to 30 centigrams . 
I to 5 grains. 
Ferri pyrophosphas 
5 to 30 centigrams . 
1 to 5 grains. 
Ferri subcarb 
5 to 30 grains. 
Ierri sulphas 
5 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 3 grains. 
Ferri salphas exsiccat .... 
3 to 10 centigrams . 
X to l'/2 grains. 
Ferri valer 
5 to 20 centigrams . 
1 to 3 grains. 
Ferrum dialys 
to to 60 minims. 
Ferrum reduct 
6 to 30 centigrams . 
I to 5 grains. 
Gentiana 
10 to 30 grains. 
Hydrarg. chlorid. corros. . . 
I to 6 milligrams . . 
A to A grain- 
Hydrarg. chlorid. mite. . . . 
1 to 50 centigrams . 
>4 to 8 grains. 
Hydrarg. cyanid 
3 to 6 milligrams . . 
A t0 A Srain- 
Hydrarg. iodid. rubr 
4 to 30 milligrams . 
A to grain. 
Hydrarg. iodid. vir 
I to 6 centigrams . . 
to I grain. 
Hydrarg. subsulphas flav. . . 
15 to 60 milligrams . 
y to I grain. 
Hydrarg. c. creta . . . . 
15 to 50 centigrams . 
3 to 8 grains. 
Infusum brayerse 
60 to 250 C. c. . . . 
2 to 8 fl. ounces. 
Infusum catechu comp. . . . 
30 to 60 C. c. . . . 
1 to 2 fl. ounces. 
Infusum columbae 
15 to 60 C. c. . . . 
)/2 to 2 fl. ounces. 
Infusum digitalis 
8 to 15 C. c 
2 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Infusum eupatoris 
30 to 60 C. c. . . . 
I to 2 fl. ounces. 
Infusum gentiana comp. . . . 
4 to 30 C. c 
1 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Infusum pruni virginianae. . . 
15 to 60 C. c. . . . 
y to 2 fl. ounces; 
Infusum quassiae 
8 to 60 C. c 
y to 2 fl. ounces. 
Infusum sennae comp 
30 to 60 C. c. . . . 
1 to 2 fl. ounces. 
Ingluvin 
5 to 20 grains. 
Iodoformum ........ 
5 to 20 centigrams . 
I to 3 grains. 
Iodum 
I to 3 centigrams . . 
to y2 grain. 
Ipecacuanha X exP®ct- • • • 
r j emet 
1 to 6 centigrams . . 
1 to 2 Gm 
A to 1 grain. 
15 to 30 grains. 
Jalapa 
I to 2 Gm 
15 to 30 grains. 
Kamala 
4 to 8 Gm 
1 to 2 drachms. 
Kino 
8 to 30 grains. 
Lactucarium 
8 to 15 grains. 
Liq. ammon. acet 
8 to 30 C. c 
2 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Liq. arsen. et hydr. iod. . . . 
0.10 to 0.50 C. c. . 
2 to 7 minims. 
Liq. ferri nitrat 
8 to 15 minims. 
Liq. iodi. comp 
0.30 to 1 C. c. . . . 
5 to 20 minims. 
Liq. magnes. citratis .... 
60 to 250 C. c. . . . 
2 to 8 fl. ounces. 
Liq. pepsina 
8 to 15 C. c 
2 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Liq. potassae 
0.30 to 1 C. c. . . . 
5 to 20 minims. 
Liq. potassii arsenit .... 
0.15 to 0.50 C. c. . 
3 to 7 minims. 108 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Remedies. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Liq. potassii citrat 
8 to 15 C. c 
2 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Liq. sodae 
5 to 15 minims. 
Liq. sodii arseniatis 
0.15 to 0.50 C. c. . . 
3 to 7 minims. 
Lithii benzoas 
10 to 30 centigrams . . 
2 to 5 grains. 
Lithii bromid 
6 to 30 centigrams . . 
I to 3 grains. 
Lithii carb 
10 to 40 centigrams . . 
2 to 6 grains. 
Lithii citr 
10 to 30 centigrams . . 
2 to 5 grains. 
Lithii salicylas 
IO to 50 centigrams . . 
2 to 8 grains. 
Lupulinum 
30 to 60 centigrams . . 
5 to 10 grains. 
Magnesia 
1 to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 
Magnesii carb 
1 to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 
Magnesii citr. gran 
8 to 30 Gm 
2 to 8 drachms. 
Magnesii sulphas 
8 to 30 Gm 
2 to 8 drachms. 
Magnesii sulphis 
0.50 to 2 Gm 
8 to 30 grains. 
Mangani sulphas 
10 to 60 centigrams . . 
2 to 10 grains. 
Manna 
30 to 60 Gm 
1 to 2 ounces. 
Massa copaibae 
5 to 20 grains. 
Massa ferri carb 
3 to 13 grains. 
Massa hydrarg 
I to 15 grains. 
Mist, ammoniaci 
15 to 30 C. c 
4 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Mist, asafetidae 
15 to 30 C. c 
4 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Mist, camphora (Hopis) . . . 
4 to 32 C c 
1 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Mist, chloroformi 
15 to 30 C. c 
4 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Mist, cretae 
30 to 60 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. ounces. 
Mist, ferri comp 
15 to 60 C. c 
y to 2 fl. ounces. 
Mi.t. ferri et ammon. a ret. . . 
15 to 30 C. c 
y to l fl. ounce. 
Mist, glycyrrh. comp. . . . 
4 to 15 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Mist, magnes. et asafoet. . . 
4 to t5 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Mist, potassii citr 
15 to 60 C. c 
]/2 to 2 fl. ounces. 
Mist, rhei et sodae 
15 to 30 C. c 
y to 1 fl. ounce. 
Morphina and its salts . . . 
4 to 30 milligrams . . 
tV to K grain. 
Moschus 
2 to 15 grains. 
Mucil. acaciae 
4 to 32 C. c 
1 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Narceina 
I to 10 centigrams . . 
14 to 2 grains. 
Nitroglycerinum 
1 to 4 milligrams . . . 
nV to jV grain. 
Nux vomica 
5 to 30 centigrams . . 
I to 5 grains. 
Oleoresina aspidii 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Oleoresina capsici 
0.06 to 0.30 C. c.. . . 
I to 3 minims. 
Oleoresina cubebae 
0.30 to 2 C. c 
5 to 30 minims. 
Oleoresina lupulini 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
5 to 20 minims. 
Oleoresina piperis 
0.06 to 0.20 C. c. . . 
1 to 3 minims. 
Oleoresina zingiberis .... 
0.06 to 0.20 C. c. 
1 to 3 minims. 
Oleum copaibae 
0.50 to 1 C. c 
8 to 15 minims. 
Oleum cubebae 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
5 to 15 minims. 
Oleum eucalypti 
0.60 to 2 C. c 
10 to 30 minims. 
Oleum morrhua 
4 to 16 C. c 
I to 4 fl. drachms. 
Oleum phosphoratum .... 
0.05 to 0.20 C. c. . . . 
1 to 3 minims. 
Oleum ricini 
4 to 32 C. c 
1 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Oleum sabinae 
0.06 to 0.20 C. c. . . . 
I to 3 minims. 
Oleum terebinth 
0.30 to 2 C. c 
5 to 30 minims. 
Oleum tiglii 
0.30 to 0.10 C. c. . . . 
y to 2 minims. 
Opium (14 per cent, morphine) 
1 to 10 centigrams . . 
to 1 y grains. POSOLOGICAL TABLES, 
109 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Remedies. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Pancreatine 
0.30 to i Gm. . . „ . 
5 to 20 grains. 
Pepsinum purum 
1 to 15 Gm 
15 grains to ounce. 
Pepsinum saccharatum . . . 
0.60 to to 1 Gm. . . . 
10 to 20 grains. 
Phosphorus • 
tIs fa gra*n- 
Pilocarpina (and salts) . . . 
1 to 30 milligrams . . 
fa to Yi grain. 
Pil. aloes 
1 to 3 pills 
1 to 3 pills. 
Pil. aloes et asafet .... 
2 to 5 pills 
2 to 5 pills. 
Pil. aloes et ferri 
I to 3 pills 
1 to 3 pills. 
Pil. aloes et mast 
1 to 3 pills 
1 to 3 pills. 
Pil. aloes et myrrhce .... 
2 to 5 pills 
2 to 5 pills. 
Pil. antimon comp 
I to 3 pills 
1 to 3 pills. 
Pil. asafetidse 
I to 6 pills 
I to 6 pills. 
Pil. cathart. comp 
1 to 4 pills 
1 to 4 pills. 
Pil. ferri. comp . 
2 to 5 pills 
2 to 5 pills. 
Pil. ferri. iodidi 
l to 4 pills 
1 to 4 pills. 
Pil. galbani comp 
1 to 5 pills . . . • • 
1 to 5 pills. 
Pil. opii 
I to 2 pills 
I to 2 pills. 
Pil. phosphori 
I to 4 pills 
I to 4 pills. 
Pil. rhei 
2 to 5 pills 
2 to 5 pills. 
Pil. rhei comp 
2 to 5 pills 
2 to 5 pills. 
Plumbi acetas 
3 to 20 centigrams . . 
to 3 grams. 
Plumbi iodidum 
3 to 20 centigrams . . 
Xto 3 grains. 
Potassii acetas 
I to 4 Gm 
1S to 60 grains. 
Potassii bicarb 
8 to 60 grains. 
Potassii bitartr 
1 to 8 Gm 
15 to 120 grains. 
Potassii bromid 
8 to 60 grains. 
Potassii carb 
0.50 to 2 Gm 
8 to 30 grains. 
Potassii chloras 
8 to 30 grains. 
Potassii citras 
1 to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 
Potassii cyanid 
4 to 8 milligrams . . . 
A to lA 8rain- 
Potassii et sodii tartr 
15 to 30 Gm 
to 1 ounce. 
Potassii hypophosphis . . . 
0.30 to 1 Gm 
5 to 15 grains. 
Potassii iodid 
2 to 15 grains. 
Potassii nitras 
8 to 15 grains. 
Potassii sulphas 
4 to 15 Gm 
I to 4 drachms. 
Potassii sulphidum 
5 to 60 centigrams . . 
1 to 10 grains. 
Potassii sulphis 
I to 2 Gm. ..... 
15 to 30 grains. 
Potassii tartras 
5 to 30 Gm 
1 to 8 drachms. 
Prunus Virginianum .... 
2 to 4 Gm 
to I drachm. 
Pulv. aromat 
0.50 to 2 Gm 
8 to 30 grains. 
Pulv. cretse comp 
8 to 30 grains. 
Tulv. effervescent aperient 
1 , 
Chart, No. 1. 
(seidlitz powder) . . . 
/ 
Pulv. glycyrrh. comp. . . . 
2 to 4 Gm 
30 to 60 grians. 
Pulv. ipecac, et opii •. . . . 
0.30 to I Gm 
5 to 15 grams, 
Pulv. jalapse comp 
2 to 4 Gm 
30 to 60 grains. 
Pulv. rhei comp 
2 to 4 Gm 
30 to 60 grains. 
Quassia 
0 60 to 4 Gm 
10 to 60 grains. 
Quinidina (and salts) .... 
0.05 to 2 Gm 
I to 30 grains. 
Quinina (and salts) 
I to 30 grains. 
Resina jalapse 
10 to 30 centigrams 
2 to 5 grains. 
Resina podophilli 
g to 30 centigrams . . 
l/i to y2 grain. 110 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
Remarks. 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Resina scammonii 
io to 60 centigrams . . 
2 to 10 grains. 
Rheum 
o.io to 2 Gm 
2 to 30 grains. 
Salicinum 
0.50 to 2 Gm 
8 to 30 grains. 
Santonica 
0.50 to 4 Gm 
8 to 60 grains. 
Santoninum . . ..... 
6 to 30 centigrams . . 
I to 5 grains. 
Sapo ..... 
5 to 30 grains. 
Scammonium 
3 to 15 grains. 
Senna 
8 to 60 grains. 
Sodii acetas 
I to 4 Gm 
15 to 60 grains. 
Sodii arsenias 
1 to 6 milligrams . . . 
<ri to tV grams. 
Sodii benzoas 
5 to 15 grains. 
Sodii bicarb 
8 to 30 grains. 
Sodii bisulphis 
8 to 30 grains. 
Sodis boras 
8 to 30 grains. 
Sodii bromid 
8 to 30 grains. 
Sodii carb 
8 to 30 grains. 
Sodii carb. exsicc 
5 to 15 grams. 
Sodii chloras . 
5 to 30 grains. 
Sodii hypophosphis 
0.50 to 1 Gm 
8 to 15 grains. 
Sodii hyposulphis 
0.50 to 2 Gm 
8 to 30 grains. 
Sodii iodidum 
5 to 15 grains. 
Sodii phosphas 
2 to 15 grains. 
Sodii salicylas 
5 to 30 grains. 
Sodii santoliinas 
15 to 60 centigrams . . 
2 to 10 grains. 
Sodii sulphas 
4 to 30 Gm 
1 to 8 drachms. 
Sodi sulphis 
0.50 to 2 Gm 
8 to 30 grains. 
Spir. tether. comp 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Spir. aether, nitrosi 
2 to 8 C. c 
y2 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Spir. ammonias 
8 to 30 minims. 
Spir. ammohiae arom 
I to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Spir. camphorae 
8 to 30 minims. 
Spir. chloroformi 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Spir. frumentis 
4 to 16 C. c 
I to 4 fl. drachms. 
Spir. vini gallici 
4 to 16 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
4 to 16 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Spir. lavend. comp 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Spir. menth. pip 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Strychnina (and salts) . . . 
1 to 5 milligrams . . . 
to A grain. 
Succus conii 
2 to 16 C. c 
y2 to 4ft. drachms. 
Succus limonis 
4 to 8 C. c 
I to 2 fl. drachms. 
Sulphur 
2 to 15 C. c 
l/2 to 4 drachms. 
Syrupus calcii lactophos . . . 
5 to 10 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Syropus calcis 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Syrupus ferri bromidi .... 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Syrupus ferri iodidi 
1 to 4 C. c 
l5*to 60 minims. 
Syrupus fer. manganese iodidi 
0.60 to 4 C. c 
10 to 60 minims. 
Syrupus ferri oxidi 
5 C. c 
I fl. drachm. 
Syrupus ferri hypophosph . . 
5 C. c 
I fl. drachm. 
Spr. fer. quin, et str. phos. . . 
5 C. c 
I fl. drachm. 
Syrupus hypophosphit. . . . 
5 C. c. . . . .... 
I fl. drachm. 
Syrupus hypophos. c. fer. . . 
5 c- c 
I fl. drachm. 
Syrupus ipecac 
2 to 15 C. c 
y to 4 fl. drachms. DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Syrupus lactucarii 
5 to 10 C. c 
I to 3 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus pruni virginiani . . . 
4 to 16 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus rhei . 
4 to 15 C. c 
I to 4 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus rhei arom 
4 to 15 C. c 
X to 4 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus rosae 
4 to 8 C. c 
I to 2 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus rubi 
4 to 8 C. c 
I to 2 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus sarsap. comp 
4 to 15 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus scillae 
2 to 4 C. c 
y to 1 fl. drachm. 
Syrupus scillae comp 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Syrupus senegae 
4 to 8 C. c 
I to 2 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus sennae 
5 to 15 C. c 
I to 4 fl. drachms. 
Syrupus tolutan 
4 to 32 C. c 
I to 8 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. aconiti fol 
0.50 to 1 C. c 
8 to 16 minims. 
Tinct. aconiti rad 
I to 5 minims. 
Tinct. aeon. rad. Fleming’s . 
0.04 to 0.15 C. c. . . . 
\ to minims. 
Tinct. aloes (1880) 
2 to 8 C. c 
yz to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. aloes et myrrhae .... 
4 to 8 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. arnicae flor 
8 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. arnicae rad 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. asafetidae 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Tinct. belladonnae 
3 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. calumbae 
3 to 15 C. c 
1 to 4 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. cannabis ind 
0.30 to 2 C. c 
5 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. cantharid 
1 to 10 minims. 
Tinct. capsici 
5 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. catechu 
2 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. cimicifugae 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Tinct. cinchonae 
2 to 8 C. c 
y2 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. cinchonae comp. . . . 
2 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. colchici sem 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
5 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. conii 
5 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. cubebae 
4 to 8 C. c 
x to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. digitalis 
6 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. eucalypti 
3 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. ferri chloridi 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. ferri chloridi aether . . 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. gentian comp 
3 to 8 C. c 
y to 3 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. gelsemii 
0.50 to 1 C. c 
8 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. guaiaci ....... 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Tmct. guaiaci ammon 
2 to 4 C. c 
30 to 60 minims. 
Tinct. humuli 
4 to 10 C. c 
1 to 2y fl. drachms. 
Tinct. hydrastis 
2 to 6 C. c 
30 to 90 minims. 
Tinct. hyoscyami fol 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Tinct. hyoscyami sem 
1 to 2 C. c 
15 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. iodi 
5 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. ipecac, et opii .... 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
5 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. jalapae 
2 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. kino 
2 to 8 C. c. . . . . 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. krameriae 
2 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. lavend. comp 
2 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. lobeliae 
1 to 3 C. c 
15 to 45 minims. 
Tinct. lupulini 
2 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
POSOLOGICAL TABLES. DENTAL MEDICINE. 
112 
DOSE TABLE CONTINUED. 
Remedies. 
Dose in metric weights 
Dose in apothecaries’ 
or measures. 
weights or measures. 
Tinct. matico 
2 to 8 C. c 
to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. nux vomicae 
i to 10 minims. 
Tinct. opii deodorat 
0.30 to 2 C. c 
5 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. opii camph 
8 to 75 minims. 
Tinct. physostigmatis ..... 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
5 to 15 minims. 
Tinci. pyrethri 
0.50 to 2 C. c 
8 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. quassise 
2 to 8 C. c 
y to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. rhei 
4 to 30 C. c 
1 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. sanguinariae 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
Tinct. scillae 
8 to 60 minims. 
Tinct. serpentariae 
2 to 8 C. c 
>4 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. stramon. fol 
0.50 to 1 C. c 
8 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. stramon. sem 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
6 to 15 minims. 
Tinct. sumbul 
0.50 to 2 C. c 
8 to 30 minims. 
Tinct. tolutan 
4 to 8 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. valer 
2 to 8 C. c 
y2 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. valer. amon 
2 to 8 C. c 
y2 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Tinct. veratr. ver 
0.20 to 0.60 C. c.. . . 
3 to 10 minims. 
Tinct. zingiberis 
Tritur. elaterini 
1 to 4 C. c 
15 to 60 minims. 
8 to 30 milligrams . . 
*/S to y grain. 
Uva ursi 
2 to 4 Gm 
y to 1 drachm. 
Veratrini 
1 to 6 milligrams . . . 
-$tto tV grain- 
Vin. aloes 
4 to 8 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
,7. .. f expect, et. alt 
Vin. antim. ■{ ' . 
\ emet 
0.06 to 0.50 C. c. . . . 
2 to 5 C. c 
I to 8 minims. 
30 to 75 minims. 
Vin. colch. rad 
0.30 to 2 C. c 
5 to 30 minims. 
Vin. colch. sem 
0.30 to 2 C. c 
5 to 30 minims. 
Vin. ergotae 
4 to 12 C. c 
1 to 3 fl. drachms. 
Vin. ferri amar 
5 C. c 
I fl. drachm. 
Vin. ferri citrat 
4 C. c 
1 fl. drachm. 
Vin. xericum 
4 to 32 C. c 
1 to 8 fl. drachms. 
,T. . f expect 
Vin. ipecac. |en|;t 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
5 to 15 minims. 
10 to 25 C. c 
3 to 6 fl. drachms. 
Vin. opii 
0.30 to 1 C. c 
5 to 15 minims. 
Vin. portense 
4 to 32 C. c 
1 to 8 fl. drachms. 
Vin. rhei 
4 to 8 C. c 
1 to 2 fl. drachms. 
Zinci acet 
5 to 12 centigrams . . 
X to 2 grains. 
Zinci oxid 
6 to 60 centigrams . . 
I to 10 grains. 
Zinci sulphas emet 
I to 2 Gm 
15 to 30 grains. 
Zinci valerianas 
30 to 120 milligrams . 
y to 2 grains. 
The Best Twenty-five Drugs.—It is claimed tliat the 
medical art could be carried on with the following drugs, 
twenty five in number, and which represent the soul of the 
Pharmacopoeia: I, opium; 2, mercury; 3, iodides; 4, quinine; 
5, chloroform: 6, ether; 7, sulphate of magnesia; 8, salicylic 
acid; 9, aloes; 10, alcohol; 11, bromides; 12, iron; 13, POISONS. 
113 
chloral; 14, castor oil; 15, digitalis; 16, arsenic; 17, colchi- 
cum; 18, ipecac; 19, aconite; 20, strychnia; 21, cocaine; 22, 
ergot; 23, bicarbonate of potash; 24, mineral acids; 25, 
nitrites. 
POISONS. 
SYMPTOMS AND ANTIDOTES. 
Cases of poisoning require the prompt administration of 
remedies, and hence a knowledge of the usual antidotes is 
requisite, in order that they may be employed with effect. 
For the majority of such cases the chief reliance must be 
upon emetics, so that free vomiting may be induced by such 
articles of this class which are most speedy in their effect. 
Sulphate of zinc is preferable to many, and, if vomiting is 
present, it may be aided by diluents or a vegetable emetic. 
When the poisonous substance has remained for any length of 
time in the stomach, the use of emetics will not prove suffi- 
cient, but resort must be had to the stomach-tube and syringe. 
Milk, lime water, soap, or solutions of sugar or honey will 
protect the stomach and intestines, while oil and other fatty 
matters may prove injurious. Carbonate of magnesia with 
tincture of opium, suspended in water, freely administered, 
will prove very serviceable after the vomiting has ceased, and 
the patient is suffering from retching and pain. 
When the nature of the poison is unknown, a general anti- 
dote, consisting of equal parts of calcined magnesia, pulverized 
charcoal, and hydrated peroxide of iron, which are to be 
diffused in water, may be freely administered, and will, in the 
majority of cases, prove efficient, as one or another of them is 
an antidote to most of the mineral poisons. 
The albumen of eggs and tannic acid are also considered 
to be valuable antidotes. The albumen neutralizes corrosive 
sublimate and like salts, and the tannic acid precipitates all of 
t e vegetable alkaloids as tannates. 
Symptoms.—Corrosion of parts with which the acid comes 
in contact, with an immediate burning pain in the mouth, 
ACIDS (Mineral). 114 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
throat, esophagus and stomach; vomiting of liquid impreg- 
nated with mucus and blood. Death occurs from inflamma- 
tion or from asphyxia. 
Antidotes.—Chalk; magnesia; solution of carbonate of soda; 
emollient drinks ; fixed oil and fatty matter; plaster off wall, 
in emergency. 
Symptoms.—Numbness and tingling of the mouth and throat, 
followed by vomiting and purging; giddiness; feeble pulse; 
dilated pupil; oppressive breathing; paralysis. Death occurs 
from syncope or apnea. 
Antidotes.—Emetics ; stimulants, external and internal, such 
as sulphate of zinc, tannic acid, animal charcoal, atropine, 
belladonna. 
ALKALIES {See Potash). 
ANTIMONY {Tartar Emetic, Butter of Antimony). 
Symptoms.—A burning pain in stomach and bowels ; vomit- 
ing; purging; cold perspiration ; great thirst; cramps; great 
debility, and death. 
Antidotes.—Vegetable acids, such as tannic acid, catechu, 
nutgalls, white oak bark, kino, cinchona. 
ACONITE. 
ARSENIC. 
Symptoms.—Faintness and nausea, with burning pain in the 
epigastrium; vomiting; purging, or diarrhoea; thirst; con- 
striction in the throat; feeble action of the heart, with a quick 
and weak pulse; painful and hurried respiration; cold and 
clammy skin. Death occurs from collapse, and sometimes 
with convulsions. 
Antidotes. — Freshly precipitated hydrated sesquioxide of 
iron (made by adding magnesia to any iron solution); animal 
charcoal; ammonia ; lime water; stomach pump; artificial 
respiration ; cold effusion emetics; milk ; raw eggs. 
ARGENTI NITR AS {Nitrate of Silver). 
Symptoms. —Corrosion of parts; sometimes nausea and 
vomiting and convulsions ; paralysis. 
Antidotes.—Solution of common salt in demulcent drinks; 
albumen. POISONS. 
115 
ATROPINE. 
Symptoms.—Insatiable thirst, with dryness of mouth and 
throat; nausea; giddiness; palpitation of heart; intensely 
dilated pupil, coma and death. 
Antidotes.—Emetics; sulphate of copper (gr. x); cold to 
head ; ammonia, externally and internally; opium ; animal 
charcoal; calabar bean; stimulants; subcutaneous injection 
of morphia; mustard flour in water; cold to head. 
BELLADONNA. 
Symptoms.—Same as those of atropine. 
Antidotes.—Same as for atropine. 
CANNABIS INDICA {Indian Hemf) 
Symptoms.—Temporary insanity, as shown by a singular gait, 
a constant rubbing of hands, and other strange actions, a 
peculiar and cunning appearance of the eyes, great hunger. 
Antidotes.—Hot brandy and water; vegetable acids, such as 
lemon-juice, vinegar, etc.; blisters to nape of neck ; indulgence 
in sleep. 
CANTHARIDES. 
Symptoms.—A burning pain in the stomach; vomiting and 
purging: blood-stained urine; pain in loins, strangury; pria- 
pism ; convulsions; death. 
Antidotes.—Emetics; emollient or mucillaginous drinks; 
opiates by mouth and rectum ; venesection, if necessary. 
CARBOLIC ACID. 
Symptoms.—When taken internally, it causes pain in the 
stomach; a whitened and shriveled appearance of the mucous 
membrane of the lips, mouth and throat; sometimes vomit- 
ing; contracted pupils; stertorous breathing; coma, and death 
within a period of from five to ten minutes to eight or ten 
hours, according to the quantity of the acid swallowed. 
Antidotes.—Olive oil; castor oil; lime water; saccharate of 
lime: precipitated carbonate of lime; albuminous and mucila- 
ginous substances; any soluble sulphate, such as magnesia. 116 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
CHLORINE WATER. 
Symptoms.—Irritation of air passages; burning pain in the 
throat and stomach ; vomiting of bloody mucus. 
Antidotes.—Albumen; white of egg; milk; flour. 
CHLORAL. 
Symptoms.—Excitement; delirium; flushed face; cramps 
in limbs; eyes closed; profound unconsciousness; stertorous 
breathing; increasing feebleness ; lividity of countenance; loss 
of pulse; pallor; coldness of extremities ; muscular relaxation; 
death from cardiac syncope. 
Antidotes.—Nitrate of amyl, when the poison has been taken 
in large quantity; strychnia, when the action of the poison is 
slow and culminative. According to some authorities, picro- 
tine, gr., sufficient for 30 grs. of chloral; coffee. 
Symptoms.—Drowsiness; insensibility; stertorous, rapid 
breathing; weak pulse; dilatation of pupils; relaxation of 
muscles ; coldness of surface; increasing feebleness of pulse ; 
heart ceasing its action. 
Antidotes.—Fresh air; artificial respiration (inclining head 
down, tongue pulled forward), cold water dashed over face 
and chest; galvanism to pneumogastric and through diaphragm 
(one pole may be applied to nape of neck and the other to the 
p;<- of the stomach); brandy and ammonia enemata; hypo- 
dermic injection of 15 TIT of tincture of digitalis, and gr. of 
atropine, or hypodermic injection of I drachm of ether; in- 
halation of nitrite of amyl; tracheotomy. 
CHLOROFORM. 
CONIUM {Hemlock). 
Symptoms.—Thirst; dryness of throat; delirium; convul- 
sions ; coma and death, resulting from paralysis of the respira- 
tory muscles. 
Antidotes.—Emetics, followed by demulcent drinks, internal 
and external stimulants, as brandy; ammonia; coffee, if coma 
is present; tannic acid; animal charcoal. POISONS. 
117 
CORROSIVE SUBLIMATE. 
Symptoms.—Heat and pain of a burning nature in mouth, 
and throat, and stomach ; nausea ; vomiting of bloody mucus ; 
diarrhea ; dysentery; cramps ; convulsions ; coma and death ; 
Antidotes.—Albumen; milk; white of egg (white of i egg 
to every 4 grs. of corrosive sublimate taken); flour; per- 
chloride of tin; iron and zinc (iron filings 2 parts and zinc 
1 part); emetics, stomach-pump. 
CREASOTE (See Carbolic Acid). 
CROTON OIL. 
Symptoms.—Irritation of mucous membrane; burning pain 
along course of alimentary tract; excessive purging ; inflam- 
mation of stomach and intestines. 
Antidotes.—Emetic of sulphate of copper, io grs., followed 
by mucilaginous fluids containing opium, to allay the pain; 
olive oil; opium. 
Symptoms.—Metallic taste; eructations; violent emesis and 
purging; cramps in limbs; griping pains; headache; giddi- 
ness; convulsions; coma and death, with symptoms of a dis- 
ordered condition of the nervous system. 
Antidotes.—Albumen or white of egg; yellow prussiate of 
potash, or soap. 
SULPHATE OF COPPER, 
Symptoms.—Nausea; vomiting; purging; feeble or slow 
and irregular pulse ; dilated pupils; excessive debility; stupor; 
convulsions ; coma and death. 
Antidotes.—Recumbent posture after the use of such emetics 
as sulphate of zinc; stimulate internally and externally; tannic 
£c id; animal charcoal; tincture of aconite. 
DIGITALIS. 
HYDROCYANIC ACID. 
Symptoms.—Dilated pupils; spasmodic breathing; convul- 
sions; insensibility; fixed eyes; spasmodic closure of jaws ; 
very feeble pulse and speedy death. 118 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Antidotes.—Fresh air and artificial respiration, with cold 
affusion upon head and neck; freshly precipitated oxide of 
iron, with an alkaline carbonate, such as carbonate of am- 
monia; chlorine; ammonia by inhalation and injection in 
vein of leg. 
HYOSCYAMUS. 
Symptoms.—A feeling of giddiness, followed by delirium ; 
dilated pupils; fullness about the head; drowsiness; cold 
perspiration ; paralysis ; exhaustion ; death. 
Antidotes.—Stomach pump; emetics; stimulants, external 
and internal; lemon juice; strong coffee. 
IODINE. 
Symptoms.—In extreme cases, violent vomiting and purg- 
ing ; fever and excessive thirst; palpitation of heart; cramps : 
small and frequent pulse; occasional dry cough; and when 
death ensues, it is probably due to gastro-enteritis. In exces- 
sive doses, it acts as an irritant poison, giving rise to such 
symptoms as restlessness; burning sensation; palpitation; 
violent priapism ; frequent pulse ; excessive thirst; extreme 
diarrhoea; trembling; extreme emaciation,and sometimes syn- 
cope. . 
Antidotes.—Emetics and demulcent drinks; starch or flour 
diffused in water; albumen; milk; opium and external heat. 
LEAD SALTS. 
Symptoms.—A dry and constricted throat; pain in stomach 
and bowels; colic; paralysis of extensor muscles; apoplectic 
symptoms. 
Antidotes.—Any soluble sulphate, either magnesia or soda; 
Epsom salts, followed by emetics, and afterwards opium and 
milk; iodide of potassium. , 
MORPHINE {See Opium). 
MERCURY. 
When in the form of the bichloride (corrosive sublimate), 
or nitrate of mercury, see corrosive sublimate. POISONS. 
119 
NUX VOMICA. 
Symptoms.—Spasmodic twitching of muscles; violent move- 
ment of limbs ; tetanic spasms; dyspnoea ; death. 
Antidotes.—Thirty grains of chloral and 60 grains of bromide 
of potassium. Nitrate of amyl. 
OPIUM. 
Symptoms.—Increasing drowsiness; giddiness; stupor; in- 
sensibility ; stertorous breathing; feeble pulse; contracted 
pupil; coma; convulsions; death. 
Antidotes.—Emetic of io grs. of sulphate of copper ; stomach 
pump; stimulants, external and internal; brandy and coffee; 
artificial respiration; cold affusion ; ammonia to nostrils; en- 
forced exertion ; galvanic shocks; belladonna; tannic acid ; 
animal charcoal; atropine hypodermically. 
OXALIC ACID. 
Symptoms.—Burning pain in throat, oesophagus and stom- 
ach ; vomiting of a dark green or black fluid, composed of 
altered mucus and blood. 
Antidotes.—Chalk; magnesia; plaster from wall in emer- 
gency; lime, not potash or soda ; emetics; stomach pump. 
PHOSPHORUS. 
Symptoms.—Burning pain along alimentary tract; corrosion 
of tissues; vomiting of mucus and blood; diarrhoea. 
Antidotes.—Sulphate of copper; emetics and purgatives. 
POTASH AND SODA SALTS. 
Symptoms.—Sharp, burning pain of the mouth, throat, 
oesophagus and stomach; corrosion ; vomiting of blood and 
mucus. 
Antidotes.—Dilute acetic acid ; citric acid ; lemon juice ; fixed 
oils; demulcents; vinegar. 
Symptoms.—Corrosion of tissues ; nausea; vomiting; con- 
vulsions ; paralysis. 
SILVER (Nitrate of Silver). 120 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Antidotes.—Chloride of sodium (common salt); albumen; 
white of egg. 
STRAMONIUM (See Belladonna). 
STRYCHNINE. 
Symptoms.—Spasmodic action of muscles (twitching); jerk- 
ing of limbs ; tetanic spasms ; dyspnea ; death. 
Antidotes.—Chloroform; belladonna; tincture of aconite; 
morphine; 8 grs. morphine antidote to i gr. strychnia; extract 
of conium; also same as nux vomica. 
Symptoms.—Nausea; vomiting; violent retching. 
Antidotes.—Emetic; stimulants, both external and internal; 
strychnia; external heat. 
TOBACCO. 
ZINC SALTS. 
Sympioms.—A burning sensation in stomach; nausea ; 
vomiting; anxious countenance; difficult breathing; small, 
quick pulse; cold perspiration ; syncope; convulsions ; death. 
Antidotes.—Carbonate of soda ; emetics ; warm demulcent 
drinks. 
THE PULSE. 
The word “pulse” is derived from the Latin wordpulso, “ I 
strike ” and denotes the striking or lifting of the finger by the 
distending vessel, as with each contraction of the heart blood 
is forced into the vessels. 
The word pulse has also been applied to the appearance of 
a lifting up of the coverings over a distending vessel, so that 
this word “pulse” is applied not only to that which is felt, 
but to that which is seen. 
There are two kinds of pulse, the arterial and the venous. 
The arterial is appreciated mainly by palpitation, the venous 
by inspection. It is the “ arterial pulse,” that it is necessary to 
study. 
The “ radial pulse ” is the one usually selected, although the 
“ temporal pulse ” is also noted in the administration of anes- 
thetic agents. The pulse in other vessels must also some- THE PULSE. 
121 
times be observed, as in the brachial, the facial in front of the 
masseter muscle, the posterior tibial, the dorsalis pedis, the 
carotid and femoral arteries. 
The “ radial pulse,” the one usually selected, and which, in 
most cases, answers all the requirements, is of moderate size, 
superficial, and can be readily compressed against the radius. 
When the pulse is to be observed, the patient should be 
either sitting or lying down. The observer should place his 
index, middle, or ring finger lightly upon the pulse, and should 
then appreciate the state of the coats of the artery, and should 
next note the frequency, the rhythm, the tension, volume and 
force of the pulse; and, lastly, any peculiarities, if present. 
Moreover, the pulse of one side of the body should always 
be compared with the other. 
It should also be remembered that forcible extension or 
flexion of the forearm will sometimes arrest the radial 
pulse. 
In noting the pulse of children and infants, it is well to 
count the pulse, if possible, while they are asleep. 
This can be conveniently done in the temporal artery. 
In noting the pulse of the wrist, asleep or awake, there are 
often involuntary movements of the arm and twitching of the 
muscles, which render it difficult to keep the finger of the 
observer on the pulse. This difficulty may be overcome in a 
great degree by grasping the entire hand of the child, and then 
extending the index finger upon the pulse. It is also advis- 
able not to take the pulse of the patient until some little time 
has elapsed after the appearance of the observer. In health, 
changes in the frequency and rhythm of the pulse are often 
met with. 
The following is a table of the variations in the frequency of 
the pulse in health :— 
Infant asleep, at birth 140 
Infancy 120 
Child under 5 years of age 100 
Youth 90 
Male adults 72-80 
Female adults 80-85 
Old age 70 122 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
It is only in rare cases that great frequency of the pulse in 
health is met with. Sex has some influence. Up to the 7th 
year of age the frequency is about the same in both sexes, 
but later the female is from 6 to 14 beats—average 9—greater 
than in the male. 
Posture also affects the pulse. It is most frequent in the 
standing, and least in the recumbent position. 
The pulse of a man is twice as much affected by change of 
position as that of a woman. 
When the pulse is much increased in frequency, change in 
position has but little effect, and for the higher numbers 
entirely disappears. When the head is lower than the body, 
the pulse falls. The general law as to the degree of frequency 
of the pulse, as affected by position, is as follows:— 
The frequency is directly proportionate to the amount of 
muscular effort required to support the body in different posi- 
tions. The pulse falls in sleep, as much as ten beats. Sleep- 
lessness increases its frequency. On awakening from sleep, 
there is usually a decided increase in frequency. Food in- 
creases the rate of the pulse. Mental excitement and activity 
of the emotions increases the frequency ; mental depression is 
often accompanied by a decrease. Cold lowers and heat raises 
the rate of the pulse. Among other causes producing an 
increase in the frequency of the pulse in health, are spirituous 
and warm drinks, tobacco, diminished atmospheric pressure. 
Among other causes producing diminished frequency of the 
pulse, besides those before mentioned, are fatigue, long-con- 
tinued rest, debility without disease, and increased atmos- 
pheric pressure. 
Occasionally the pulse is irregular in health, but when it is 
so, it is usually congenital. Intermittency is not infrequent 
in health, and it is then either congenital or may be due to 
terror, anxiety, grief, mental or physical fatigue, and old age. 
The intermittency may be only temporary, or it may become 
permanent; and if it becomes very frequent, may be patho- 
logical. 
A pulse of 90 or more may be regarded as a pulse of abnor- THERMOMETERS. 
123 
mal frequency in an adult. There are exceptions to this, but 
they are rare. If the pulse is quicker than the temperature 
will explain, it indicates cardiac weakness. 
A pulse that day by day progressively increases, the tem- 
perature remaining the same, shows increased cardiac weak- 
ness. In all febrile diseases, a pulse, in adults, over 120 is 
serious, and indicates cardiac weakness. A pulse of 130 or 
140 indicates great danger; and with a pulse at 160, the 
patient almost always dies. 
Under the age of fifteen, any disease of the lungs is 
almost invariably accompanied by great frequency of the 
pulse, so that a pulse of 120 to 140 would not be con- 
sidered as so serious in significance as if it occurred in an 
older person. 
A pulse of 120 in a strong, robust patient affected with 
pneumonia, indicates some form of heart-disease. When pneu- 
monia occurs in the cachectic or debilitated, the pulse is 
usually very frequent, often 120 to 160, and such cases usually 
die. In pericarditis and myocarditis, there is great frequency 
of the pulse, especially on any movement of the patient—130 
to 160—and the change may be very sudden. In acute 
articular rheumatism, unaccompanied by any heart disease, 
a pulse of 120 or more indicates great danger. In pleuritic 
effusions, the pulse may be very frequent, especially when 
there is displacement of the heart. 
RESPIRATION AT VARIOUS STAGES. 
At one year of age, per minute 35 
“ two years of age, “ “ 25 
“ puberty “ “ .20 
“ adult age, “ “ 18 
THERMOMETERS. 
There are three different thermometers in use—Fahren- 
heit’s, Centigrade and Reaumur’s—each differing from the 
other with reference to the number of degrees between the 
freezing and boiling points of water. In Fahrenheit’s, zero is 
placed at 32 degrees below the freezing point, while in the 
others zero marks the freezing point. 124 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The boiling point in Fahrenheit’s is placed at 202 degrees; 
in Centigrade at 100, and in Reaumur’s at 80. 
The degrees between the freezing and boiling points in the 
instruments are, therefore, respectively 180, IOO and 80. 
The following diagram will explain the variance:— 
Fahrenheit o. 32 77 122 167 212 
Centigrade 17.77 o 25 50 75 100 
Reaumur 14.22 o 20 40 60 80 
When a thermometer, in the process of vulcanizing, gives 
trouble by the column of mercury becoming divided, the di- 
vided portion remaining in the top of the tube, the best method 
is to unscrew the thermometer and turn it upside down, and 
make the mercury in the bulb unite with the mercury in the 
tube, so that it may coalesce perfectly. This is a better 
method than striking the thermometer sharply in the hollow 
of the left hand, and thereby risking the breaking of the thin 
glass tube. 
The Clinical Thermometer is employed as a valuable means 
of diagnosis and prognosis. It is valued because the vital 
processes can only be normally and perfectly performed at 
the temperature of and just in proportion as it varies 
from this, either above or below, they are changed or entirely 
arrested. This standard of temperature, gS}40, of the healthy 
body, is subject to slight variations during the day. Although 
observations show that the normal heat, which is the most 
essential condition of life, may be considerably altered by a 
number of circumstances, yet the variations in health are 
generally temporary and within narrow limits, whereas those 
which arise from disease are persistent during the continuance 
of the abnormal condition. Both increase and decrease of 
temperature have to be considered, for while an increase of 
four to six degrees may be maintained for a month, and not 
endanger life, a decrease of but one degree, if maintained for 
a considerable time, will result in death. The increase in 
temperature of the body is usually proportionate to the fre- 
quency of the pulse, one degree corresponding to an increase 
of ten beats per minute. Thus— THERMOMETERS. 
125 
With a temperature of 98°, we have a pulsation of 60. 
“ “ 99% “ “ 70. 
“ “ ioo°, “ “ 80. 
“ “ IOI°, “ “ 90. 
“ “ 102°, “ “ IOO. 
“ “ 103°, “ “ IIO. 
“ “ 104°, “ “ 120. 
TABLE OF ELEMENTARY SUBSTANCES. 
Elements. 
Symbol. 
Atomic 
Weight. 
Equiva- 
lent. 
Elements. 
Symbol. 
Atomic 
Weight. 
Equiva- 
lent. 
Aluminum. . . 
A1 
27 
13-5 
Molybdenum . 
Mo 
95-5 
42.75 
Antimony . . . 
Sb 
120 
120 
I Mickel .... 
Ni 
58 
29 
Arsenic .... 
As 
75 
75 
Niobium . . . 
Nb 
94 
94 
Barium .... 
Ba 
137 
68.4 
1 Nitrogen*. . . 
N 
H.03 
14 
Berylium . . . 
(Glucinum.) 
Be 
9 
9 
Osmium . . . 
| Oxygen4 . . . 
Os 
0 
198.5 
16 
99.25 
8 
Bismuth.... 
Bi 
28 
28 
Palladium . . 
Pd 
105.7 
52.85 
Boron 
B 
11 
11 
Phosphorus . . 
P 
3i 
3i 
Bromine. . . . 
Br 
79-95 
79-95 
Platinum . . . 
Pt 
194.4 
97.2 
Cadmium . . . 
Cd 
hi.8 
55-9 
Potassium. . . 
K 
39-11 
39-11 
Cesium .... 
Cs 
132.6 
132.6 
! Rhodium . . . 
Rh 
104.1 
52.05 
Calcium.... 
Ca 
40 
20 
Rubidium. . . 
Rb 
85.3 
85.3 
Carbon1. . . . 
C 
12 
6 
Ruthenium . . 
Ru 
104.2 
52.1 
Cerium .... 
Ce 
140.2 
70-5 
I Scandium. . . 
Sc 
44 
22 
Chlorine2 . . . 
Cl 
35-45 
35-45 
Selenium . . . 
Se 
78.8 
39-4 
Chromium. . . 
Cr 
52-1 
26.2 
Silicon .... 
Si 
28.4 
14 
Cobalt .... 
Co 
58.9 
29.45 
Silver .... 
Ag 
107. Q2 
107.92 
Copper .... 
Cu 
63.4 
31.6 
Sodium.... 
Na 
23-05 
23-05 
Didymium . . . 
Di 
144.6 
72.3 
Strontium. . . 
Sr 
87.4 
43-7 
Erbium .... 
E 
165.9 
82.95 
Sulphur* . . . 
S 
32.06 
16 
Fluorine . . . 
FI 
19 
19 
Tantalum . . . 
Ta 
182 
182 
Gallium.... 
G 
68.8 
34-4 
Tellurium. . . 
Te 
128 
164 
Gold 
Au 
>97-3 
197.3 
I Thallium . . 
T1 
203.7 
203.7 
Flydrogen . . . 
H 
1.007 
,1.007 
Thorium . . . 
Th 
233 
116.5 
Indium .... 
In 
II3-4 
56.7 
Tin 
Sn 
117.7 
58.85 
Iodine .... 
I 
126.85 
126.85 
Titanium . . . 
Ti 
48 
24 
Iridium .... 
Ir 
192.7 
96.35I 
Tungsten . . . 
Tr 
183.6 
91.8 
Iron 
Fe 
56 
27.95 
Uranium . . . 
U 
238.5 
119.25 
Lanthanum . . 
La 
138.5 
138.5 
Vanadium. . . 
V 
51-3 
5i-3 
Lead 
Pb 
206.95 
103.25 
Ytterbium. . . 
Yb 
172.7 
172.7 
Lithium.... 
Li 
7.02 
7.02 
Yttrium. . . . 
Y 
89.8 
89.8 
Magnesium . . 
Mg 
24-3 
12 
Zinc 
Zn 
65-3 
32.45 
Manganese . . 
Mercury.... 
Mn 
Hg 
55 
200 
27 
99-85 
Zirconium. . . 
Zr 
90 
45 
1 Carbon; 11.9736. 
31.984. 
2Chlorine: 35.370. 3Nitrogen: 14.021 4Oxygen : 15.9633. 6 
Sulphur 126 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
Table of the Solubility of Chemicals in Water and Alcohol. 
Abbreviations 
s. = soluble ; ins. = insoluble ; sp. = sparingly; 
v- = very ; aim. = almost; dec. = decomposed. 
CHEMICALS. 
WATER. 
ALCOHOL. 
At 15° C. 
(5°°. F.) 
Boiling. 
At 150 C. 
(50° F.) 
Boiling. 
One part is soluble in: 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Acidum arseniosum 
30.80 
15 
sp. 
sp. 
Acidum benzoicum 
500 
15 
3 
I 
Acidum boricum . 
25 
3 
15 
5 
Acidum carbolicum 
20 
v. s. 
V. s. 
Acidum chromicum 
V. S. 
V. s. 
dec. 
dec. 
Acidum citricum 
0-75 
0.5 
1 
0.5 
Acidum gallicum 
100 
3 
4-5 
1 
Acidum salicylicum 
45° 
14 
2.2 
V. s. 
Acidum tannicum 
6 
V. s. 
0.6 
V. s. 
Acidum tartaricum 
0.7 
°-5 
2-5 
0.2 
Alumen 
10.5 
ins. 
o-3 
ins. 
Alumen exsiccatum 
20 
ins. 
°-7 
ins. 
Ammonii carbonas 
4 
dec. 
dec. 
dec. 
Ammon ii nitras 
o-5 
V. s. 
20 
3 
Ammonii valerianas 
v. s. 
V. s. 
v. s. 
v. s. 
Antimonii et potassii tartras . . 
17 
3 
ins. 
ins. 
Argenti cyanidum 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Argenti iodium 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Argenti nitras 
0.8 
0.1 
26 
5 
Argenti nitras fusus 
0.6 
o-S 
25 
5 
Argenti oxidum 
v. sp. 
v. sp. 
ins. 
ins. 
Atropina 
600 
35 
v. s. 
v. s. 
Atropinse sulphas 
0.4 
V. s. 
6.5 
v. s. 
Bismuth subnitras 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Bromum 1 . 
33 
dec. 
dec. 
Calcii bromidum...... 
0.7 
v. s. 
1 
v. s. 
Calcii carbonas prsecipitatus . . 
ins. 
ins* 
ins. 
ins. 
Calcii chloridum 
1.5 
v. s. 
8 
1-5 
Calcii hypophosphis 
6.8 
6 
ins. 
ins. 
Calcii phosphas prsecipitatus . . 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Calx 
750 
1300 
ins. 
ins. 
Camphora monobromata . . . 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
v. s. 
V. s. 
Chloral 
v. s. 
v. s. 
V. s. 
v. s. 
Cinchonidinse sulphas .... 
loo 
4 
71 
12 
Cinchonina 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
no 
28 
Cinchoninae sulphas 
70 
H 
6 
i-5 
Codeina 
80 
17 
v. s. 
V. s. 
Creta praeparata 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Cupri acetas 
IS 
5 
135 
14 
Cupri sulphas 
2.6 
0.5 
ins. 
ins. 
Ferri chloridum 
v. s. 
v. s. 
V. s. 
v. s. 
Ferri citras 
s. 
V. s. 
ins. 
ins. 
Ferri lactas 
40 
12 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
Ferri sulphas 
1.8 
0.3 
ins. 
ins. 
Ferri valerianas 
ins. 
dec. 
v. s. 
v. s. 
Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum 
16 
2 
2 
1.2 
Hydrargyri chloridum mite . . 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Hydrargyri cyanidum 
12.8 
3 
15 
6 CHEMICALS SOLVABLE BY WATER AND ALCOHOL. 
127 
Table of the Solubility of Chrmecals in Water and Alcohol (Continued). 
CHEMICALS. 
WATER. 
Alcohol. 
At i5° C. 
(500 F.) 
Boiling. 
0 
M°o 
Boiling. 
One part is soluble in : 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum. . 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
130 
15 
Hydrargyri iodidum viride . . 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Hydrargyri oxidum flavum . . 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Hydrargyri oxidum rubrum . . 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Hydrargyrum ammoniatum . . 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Hyoscyaminse sulphas .... 
v. s. 
v. s. 
v. s. 
v. s. 
Iodoform 
ins. 
ins. 
80 
15 
lodum 
sp. 
. . 
II 
. . 
Magnesia 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Magnesii carbonas 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Magnesii sulphas 
0.8 
0.15 
ins. 
ins. 
Magnesii sulphis 
20 
19 
ins. 
ins. 
Mangani oxidum nigrum . . . 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Mangani sulphas 
0.7 
0.8 
ins. 
ins. 
Morphina 
v. sp. 
500 
100 
36 
Morphinse acetas 
12 
1-5 
68 
14 
Morphina; hydrochloras . . . 
24 
0.5 
63 
31 
Morphinse sulphas 
24 
0.75 
702 
144 
Phosphorus 
ins. 
ins. 
v. sp. 
v. sp. 
Piperina 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
30 
1 
Plumbi acetas 
1.8 
0-5 
8 
I 
Plumbi carbonas 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Plumbi iodidum 
2000 
200 
v. sp. 
v. sp. 
Plumbi nitras 
2 
0.8 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
Plumbi oxidum 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Potassa 
0-5 
v. s. 
2 
v. s. 
Potassii acetas 
0.4 
v. s. 
2.5 
v. s. 
Potassii bicarbonas 
3-2 
dec. 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
Potassii bichromas . . •• . . 
IO 
1-5 
ins. 
ins. 
Potassii bitartras 
210 
15 
v. sp. 
v. sp. 
Potassii bromidum 
1.6 
I 
200 
16 
Potassii carbonas 
i 
0.7 
ins. 
ins. 
Potassii chloras 
16.5 
2 
v. sp. 
v. sp. 
Potassii citras 
0.6 
v. s. 
v. sp. 
v. sp. 
Potassii cyanidum 
2 
I 
sp. 
sp. 
Potassii ferrocyanidum .... 
4 
2 
ins. 
ins. 
Potassii hypophosphis .... 
0.6 
0.3 
7-3 
3.6 
Potassii iodidum 
0.8 
0.5 
18 
6 
Potassii nitras 
4 
0.4 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
Potassii permanganas .... 
20 
3 
dec. 
dec. 
Potassii sulphas 
9 
4 
ins. 
ins. 
Potassii tartras 
0.7 
0-5 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
Quinidinse sulphas 
100 
7 
8 
v. s. 
Quinina 
1600 
700 
6 
2 
Quininse bisulphas 
10 
V. s. 
32 
V. s. 
Quininae hydrochloras .... 
34 
I 
3 
V. s. 
Quininae sulphas ...... 
740 
30 
65 
3 
Quininae valerianas 
100 
40 
5 
I 
Saccharum 
0-5 
0.2 
175 
28 
Saccharum lactis 
7 
I 
ins. 
ins. 128 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Table of the Solubility of Chemicals in Water and Alcohol (Continued). 
CHEMICALS. 
WATER. 
ALCOHOL. 
At 150 C. 
(50° F.) 
Boiling. 
At 150 C. 
(50° F.) 
Boiling. 
One part is soluble in: 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Parts. 
Salicinum 
28 
0.7 
30 
2 
Soda 
1-7 
0.8 
V. s. 
V. s. 
Sodii acetas 
3 
I 
30 
2 
Sodii bicarbonas 
12 
dec. 
ins. 
ins. 
Sodii boras 
16 
0-5 
ins. 
ins. 
Sodii carbonas 
1.6 
0.25 
ins. 
ins. 
Sodii chloras 
1.1 
0-5 
40 
43 
Sodii chloridum. 
2.8 
2.5 
aim. ins. 
aim. ins. 
Sodii hypophosphis 
r 
0.12 
30 
I 
Sodii hyposulphis 
i-5 
0-5 
ins. 
ins. 
Sodii iodidum 
0.6 
0.3 
1.8 
1.4 
Sodii nitras 
1-3 
0.6 
sp. 
40 
Sodii sulphas 
2.8 
0.4 
ins. 
ins. 
Sodii sulphis 
4 
0.9 
sp. 
sp. 
Strychnina 
6700 
25000 
no 
12 
Strychninae sulphas 
10 
2 
60 
2 
Sulphur lotum 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Sulphur praecipitatum .... 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Sulphur sublimatum 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Thymol 
1200 
900 
I 
v. s. 
Veratrina 
v. sp. 
v. sp. 
3 
v. s. 
Zinci acetas 
3 
i-5 
30 
3 
Zinci carbonas praecipitatus . . 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Zinci chloridum ...... 
v. s. 
v. s. 
v. s. 
V. s. 
Zinci iodidum 
v. s. 
V. s. 
v. s. 
v. s. 
Zinci oxidum 
ins. 
ins. 
. ins. 
ins. 
Zinci phosphidum 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
ins. 
Zinci sulphas 
0.6 
0.3 
ins. 
ins. 
Zinzi valerianas 
100 
40 
. . NATURAL DISTRIBUTION OF REMEDIES. 
129 
NATURAL DISTRIBUTION OF REMEDIES. 
INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 
Ammonium. 
Barium. 
Calcium. 
Cerium. 
Lithium. 
Manganese. 
Potassium. 
Sodium. 
METALS. 
Aluminum. 
Antimony. 
Arsenic. 
Bismuth. 
Copper. 
Gold. 
Iron. 
Lead. 
Manganese. 
Mercury. 
Nickel. 
Phosphorus. 
Silver. 
Zinc. 
Bromine. 
Chlorine. 
Fluorine. 
Iodine. 
Charcoal. 
Oxygen. 
Ozone. 
NON-METALS. 
Peroxide of hydrogen. 
Sulphur. 
Halogens. 
ACIDS. 
Organic. 
Acetic. 
Benzoic. 
Carbolic. 
Citric. 
Gallic (pyrogallic). 
Hydrocyanic. 
Lactic. 
Meconic. 
Oleic. 
Salicylic. 
Tannic. 
Tartaric. 
Boric. 
Chromic. 
Hydrochloric. 
Hydrobromic. 
Nitric (oxalic) 
Nitrohydrochloric. 
Nitrous. 
Inorganic. 
Phosphoric. 
Sulphuric. 
Sulphurous. 
CARBON COMPOUNDS. 
Acetanilid. 
Acetic ether. 
Alcohol. 
Amyl Nitrite. 
Antipyrin. 
Carbolic Acid. 
Chinolin. 
Chloral hydrate. 
Chloroform. 
Croton Chloral. 
Ether. 
Ethyl bromide. 
Ethyl iodide. 
Ethylate of sodium. 
Ethidene bichloride. 
Fuchsin. 
Hydrocyanic acid. 
Iodoform. 
Iodol. 
Kairin. 
Methylene bichloride. 
Naphthol, Naphthalin. 
Nitroglycerin. 
Nitrous ether. 
Nitrous oxide. 
Paraldehyde. 
Petrolatum. 
Phenacetin. 
Pyrodin. 
Resorcin. 
Salol. 
Thallin. 
Trymethylamine. 
Ural (Uralium). 
Urethran. 130 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Composed of the Vegetable Kingdom, which includes plants used for medi- 
cinal purposes, and the Animal Kingdom, as follows : 
ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA 
Cantharides. 
Castor. 
Cochineal. 
Cod Liver Oil. 
Albumen and Yolk of Egg. 
Formic acid. 
Honey and Wax. 
Ichthyol. 
Isinglass. 
Lanolin. 
Lard. 
The Leech. 
Milk. 
Musk. 
Pancreatin. 
Pepsin. 
Soap. 
Spermaceti. 
Suet. 
Sugar of Milk. 
CLASSIFICATION OF MEDICINAL SUBSTANCES. 
In order to impress the memory and facilitate investigation, 
it is necessary that medicinal substances should be classified 
according to their similarity of action on the animal economy, 
as follows: 
Hypnotics and 
Narcotics, 
Anaesthetics, 
Amispasmodics, 
Tonics, 
Astringents, 
Stimulants, 
Sedatives, 
Spinants. 
1. Neurotics, or those which have a special 
action on and modify the functions of the 
nervous system. To this group belong: 
Emetics, 
Cathartics, 
Diaphoretics, 
Diuretics, 
Blennorrhetics, 
Emmenagogues. 
2. Eccritics, or those which have a special 
action on the secretions. To this group 
belong: 
3. Hemetics, or those which modify the blood. 
To this group belong: 
Hematinics, 
Alteratives, 
Antacids. 
Irritants, 
Demulcents, 
Antiseptics, 
Disinfectants, 
Coloring Agents. 
Anthelmintics. 
4. Topical Remedies. To this group belong: 
DEFINITIONS OF THE VARIOUS CLASSES OF REMEDIAL 
AGENTS. 
HYPNOTICS AND NARCOTICS. 
Hypnotics and narcotics are medicinal substances which 
affect the cerebral and spinal functions by impairing or de- 
stroying nervous action, having first a stimulant effect, to 
which their therapeutic efficacy is in a great degree due. REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
131 
They allay cerebral or spinal irritability, relieve muscular 
spasm and also pain, and induce sleep. When administered 
to relieve pain, they are termed anodynes; to induce sleep, 
they are termed hypnotics or soporifics. 
Narcotics fulfill two indications, namely: Exciting and de- 
pressing the nervous energy. For the first it is necessary to 
begin with small doses and repeat them frequently; for the 
second, a full dose must be given and not repeated for a con- 
siderable time. On account of the system becoming very soon 
habituated to the action of narcotics, when it is necessary to 
resort to their use for any length of time the amount must be 
constantly increased, in order to maintain the same impression. 
The difference between the susceptibility to their action when 
the body is in a morbid or healthy condition should not be 
overlooked. Hypnotics diminish the cerebral circulation by 
modifying vascular activity. 
Under narcotics and hypnotics are classed such agents as 
opium and its different preparations, chloral, lactucarium, bella- 
donna, stramonium, hyoscyamus, tobacco, lobelia, conium, 
aconite, cannabis indica, humulus, camphor, hydrocyanic acid, 
aconite, alcohol, chloroform, digitalis, ether, paraldehyde, 
potassium bromide, sulphonal, urethran, zinc bromide, etc., 
etc. 
ANAESTHETICS. 
Anaesthetics are medicinal agents which diminish sensibility 
and relieve pain. They are generally in the form of vapors or 
gases, applied by inhalation, and possess the power of tempo- 
rarily suspending the general sensibility, being commonly em- 
ployed for the prevention of pain during surgical operations. 
They are divided into general and local anaesthetics. 
General anaesthetics are agents capable of producing com- 
plete insensibility throughout the whole system. Included in 
this class are such agents as ether, chloroform, nitrous oxide 
gas, bromide of ethyl, bichloride of methylene, tetrachloride 
of carbon, bichloride of ethidene, bromoform, iodide of ethyl, 
tetrachloride of carbon, trichlorhydrin, etc., etc. 
Local anesthetics are agents whose action is limited to a 132 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
certain part or organ, when topically applied, paralyzing the 
nerves of the part, and temporarily destroying the sensibility. 
Included in this class are such agents as absolute ether, rhigo- 
lene, aconite, pyrethrum, atropine, cocaine, etc., etc. 
ANTISPASMODICS. 
Antispasmodics are medicinal agents which allay irregular 
muscular contraction or spasm, and compose the irregular 
actions of the nervous system, without any special or decided 
effect on the brain. They are employed in many varieties of 
mental disturbance, insanity, wakefulness, hypochondriasis, 
convulsions from teething, spasms from general debility, in 
which latter case an aromatic stimulant of the circulation and 
a permanent tonic prove beneficial. In hysteria, dependent 
upon idiopathic or primary nervous irritation, the use of anti- 
spasmodics is indicated. Included in this class are such agents 
as asafetida, musk, camphor, valerian, galbanum, ammoniac, 
castor, compound spirit of ether (Hoffman’s anodyne), etc. 
TONICS. 
Tonics are medicinal agents which impart strength to the 
system, producing a gradual and permanent increase of ner- 
vous vigor, without preternatural excitement. They stimulate 
also in a secondary manner, by gradually increasing the force 
of the circulation, and restoring the digestive and secretory 
functions to a more healthy state, differing, however, from 
stimulants, in the more permanent character of their effects. 
Certain agents of this class, when administered in large 
doses, act as antiperiodics in intermittent diseases. Benefit 
also results in the use of tonics by alternating them. They 
are divided into vegetable and mineral tonics, the former pos- 
sessing a bitter extractive principle, and the latter uniting 
astringent with tonic properties, and, in the case of prepara- 
tions of iron, increasing the red coloring matter of the blood. 
Such agents as gentian, quassia, calumba, wild cherry, serpen- 
taria, cinchona and its alkaloid quinine, salix, pepsin, are ex- 
amples of vegetable tonics ; and the preparations of iron, 
preparations of copper, preparations of zinc, and such agents REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
133 
as subnitrate of bismuth, sulphuric, nitric, muriatic and oxalic 
acids, are examples of the mineral tonics. 
ASTRINGENTS. 
Astringents are medical agents which produce contraction 
of the tissues, having .a corrugating power, either directly 
exerted on a part, or extended by sympathetic action, and thus 
removing morbid affections arising from a state of relaxation, 
such as inflammation of superficial parts, hemorrhage and 
excessive discharges from mucous membranes. This class of 
remedies is important in dental practice, owing to their great 
efficacy as antiphlogistics. Astringents are divided into vege- 
table and mineral, the former owing their peculiar property of 
astringency to the presence of tannic acid, while the latter 
possess a more decided astringency, and exert a sedative action 
on the vascular system. In the treatment of affections of the 
mucous membrane, such as stomatitis, the object is to arrest 
the inflammatory action, which is accomplished by the power 
of the astringent remedies employed locally to increase the 
tonicity of the tissue, and to diminish the calibre of the ves- 
sels supplying the part with blood, thus diminishing the quan- 
tity required for the production of the morbid action. Besides 
diminishing the current of the blood to the inflamed part, 
astringents also exert an influence on the pores or ducts 
through which the discharge is poured out, by diminishing 
their calibre also. Astringents also exert an influence on 
morbidly relaxed tissues, when such a condition results as the 
sequelae of disease, especially in lymphatic temperaments, 
where flabbiness of the soft tissues is characteristic. 
Care, however, is necessary in the use of astringents, for 
when long or immoderately used they may act as direct irri- 
tants, inducing inflammation followed by ulceration and 
sloughing. They are contraindicated for the arrest of evacu- 
ations that are designated by nature to relieve a plethoric 
state of the system, unless such evacuations exist to an alarm- 
ing extent. This class of remedies can be readily detected by 
the taste, as they convey a sense of roughness to the palate 134 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
which cannot be mistaken, and which is more marked in some 
substances than in others. ' Such agents as tannic acid, gallic 
acid, nutgall, matico, kino, catechu, rhatany, white oak bark, 
creasote, salicylic acid, are examples of the vegetable astrin- 
gents ; while the preparations of iron and lead, alum, sulphuric 
and nitric acids are examples of the mineral astringents. (See 
Styptics.) 
Stimulants, also known as excitayits and hypersthenics, are 
medicinal substances capable of exciting a temporary and 
rapid exaltation of the organic actions, the excitation thus 
produced being extended or not to the rest of the system. 
Although the stomach is the organ generally selected in medi- 
cal practice to be the first impressed by stimulants,on account 
of the extensive sympathy which exists between it and the 
rest of the system, in dental practice these agents are topically 
applid to the mucous membrane of the mouth as counter- 
irritants and vesicants. The influence of stimulants is most 
apparent in conditions of morbid depression, whereas in health 
they soon induce depression. They possess the power of 
arousing the energies of the nervous system, and hence are 
beneficial in many nervous disorders, especially those of a 
spasmodic nature. When applied to the gastro-intestinal canal 
they promote digestion as stomachics, and when administered 
to dispel flatulence they are known as carminatives. When 
internally administered, it is for the most part advisable to be- 
gin with small doses, and increase them as circumstances may 
require. In some cases, however, it is necessary to give them 
freely from the first. It is often requisite to change the stimu- 
lating substance and also the part of the body to which it is 
applied; when the stomach fails, the rectum and skin may be 
acted upon beneficially. Topically applied, stimulants irritate 
and inflame the parts with which they come in contact, and 
are then known as irritants. 
STIMULANTS. 
The most powerful and rapid stimulants are known as 
diffusible, while others of a vegetable nature, containing a vol- 
atile oil, are termed aromatic. Among the class of diffusible REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
135 
stimulants are such agents as alcohol, preparations of am- 
monia, arnica, phosphorus, etc., etc. Among the class of 
aromatic stimulants are capsicum, cinnamon, black pepper, 
mace, cloves, pimento, oil of turpentine, ginger, cardamom, 
calamus, gaultheria, peppermint, origanum, etc., etc. 
SEDATIVES. 
Sedatives are medicinal substances employed to diminish the 
frequency of the action of the circulation, their therapeutic 
influence being due, it is thought, to a stimulant character. 
They reduce vascular excitement, and while relieving irrita- 
bility and irregularity of the heart’s action, their first effect is 
to restore its tone and force when it is in a morbidly depressed 
condition. Substances known as refrigerants, which possess 
the power of diminishing febrile heat, allaying thirst, restoring 
the secretions, and which comprise almost all of the neutral 
alkaline salts, are also included with sedatives. Among the 
class known as sedatives are digitalis, American hellebore 
(veratrum viride), white hellebore (veratrum album), yellow 
jasmine (gelsemium), tartar emetic, nitrate of potassium, etc., 
etc. Among the class known as refrigerants are borate of 
soda, citrate of potassium, acetate of ammonia, spirit nitrous 
ether, and vegetable acids. 
SPINANTS. 
Spinants or spastics are medicinal substances employed to 
excite muscular contraction. Vegetable spinants containing 
the alkaloids strychnia and brucia, and employed therapeuti- 
cally in cases of torpid and paralytic conditions of the mus- 
cular system, are the most important of this class; also ergot, 
which is employed to excite muscular contraction of the 
uterus. Among the class of spinants are such agents as nux 
vomica, and its alkaloid strychnine, ignatia, cotton-root bark, 
ergot. 
EMETICS. 
Emetics are medicinal substances which excite vomiting, 
their action being independent of any effect arising from the 
quantity of the agent introduced into the stomach. 136 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
While the action of an emetic is local as regards the stomach, 
it extends to almost every organ of the body, and in order 
that a substance of this kind shall produce its effect upon the 
stomach, it must first make an impression upon the cerebro- 
spinal axis. Within fifteen or twenty minutes after an emetic 
is administered there is experienced a feeling of distress, re- 
laxation and faintness, with a cool, moist skin and small, 
feeble and irregular pulse, such symptoms increasing until 
emesis occurs ; during which the face becomes flushed, the 
pulse full and frequent, with an increase in the temperature of 
the body. When the action of vomiting is over, the skin 
again becomes moist, the pulse soft and feeble, and a languid 
and drowsy feeling is experienced. Whatever may be the 
apparent necessity for evacuating the stomach, all the circum- 
stances of the case must be considered, and, especially if there 
be much arterial excitement, with determination to the head, 
blood-letting should sometimes be premised. 
When the full dose of an emetic is requisite, as in cases of 
poisoning, the object is to evacuate the contents of the stomach 
as speedily as possible; but in other cases it is better to ad- 
minister the emetic substance in divided doses, frequently 
repeated, until the desired effect is produced. 
In cases of torpor or congestion, it is sometimes necessary 
to arouse the system by retching or vomiting, which may be 
done by administering the emetic with only a small quantity 
of fluid; but when the object is to empty the stomach, and 
duodenum merely, free draughts of tepid water or weak cham- 
omile tea may be given as soon as nausea occurs. When the 
excitability of the stomach is greatly diminished by a narcotic, 
as in cases of poisoning, it is necessary to assist the emetic by 
the addition of some excitant. Vinegar, mustard or ammonia 
answer as excitants, when such an effect is caused by opium ; 
but the stomach-tube is the best resource. 
There are some few cases where emetics cannot be em- 
ployed with safety, as in congestion of the brain, a great deter- 
mination of blood to the head dependent upon constitutional 
causes, pregnancy, hernia, active hemorrhage from the lungs REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
137 
and uterus, acute gastritis, etc., etc.; and if emetics are allow- 
able in such diseases or conditions, it is in nauseating doses 
only. When they are used merely to excite nausea, they are 
termed nauseanls. 
Emetics, by frequent use, are prone to cause an increased 
susceptibility of the stomach to their action; hence, persons 
of delicate habits should use them cautiously. 
Therapeutically, emetics are employed to evacuate the 
stomach in cases of poisoning, undigested food, etc., to expel 
foreign substances from the throat or esophagus; to excite 
nausea, in order to depress the vascular and muscular systems ; 
to relieve spasm ; to promote -secretion and excretion, and 
to make decided impressions in the forming stages of certain 
fevers and delirium tremens. 
To relieve excessive vomiting, resulting from the use of 
emetics, ice broken in small pieces and swallowed ; lime water 
and milk (a teaspoonful of each, mixed cold and given at in- 
tervals of 15 or 20 minutes); a drop of creasote in a wineglass 
of water (a tablespoonful given every 15 or 20 minutes); 
drop of diluted hydrocyanic acid in syrup and water, or in 
syrup of wild cherry bark (given every 15 minutes); or infu- 
sion of camphor (made with boiling water and given cold, 
a teaspoonful frequently repeated); brandy and water; clove 
or green tea; an anodyne injection ; counter-irritant to the 
stomach (as a mustard plaster, a hot fomentation of brandy 
and clove or spice plaster). 
Among the class of vegetable emetics are ipecacuanha, san- 
guinaria, mustard, lobelia, tobacco, squill; and mineral emetics, 
such as sulphate of zinc, sulphate of copper, tartar emetic, 
alum, common salt, turpeth mineral. 
CATHARTICS. 
Cathartics or purgatives are medicinal agents which evacu- 
ate the bowels, and are capable of fulfilling three different in- 
dications : i. Simply to evacuate the bowels. 2. To excite an 
increased discharge from the mucous coat of the intestines, 
and 3. To stimulate the neighboring viscera and cause them 138 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
to secrete a greater quantity of their peculiar fluids. When 
they produce watery discharges by stimulating the mucous 
follicles and exhalants, they are termed hydragogues. When 
given in overdoses they are so powerful as to produce violent 
vomiting and purging, pain in the abdomen, cold extremities 
and a sinking pulse. Several different cathartics are usually 
combined in one formula, when it is desired to produce all of 
the indications above referred to. Some agents of this class 
produce their effect by absorbing the acid generated in the 
alimentary canal, thus becoming converted into a purgative 
salt, as magnesia, for example. Others expend their principal 
force upon the rectum and large intestines, and for this reason 
are advantageously employed in affections of the lower bowels, 
and the uterus and its appendages, such as aloes, for example. 
Cathartics should always be given on an empty stomach. If 
administered immediately after a full meal, they arrest the 
digestive process, are liable to cause nausea, if not vomiting, 
and do not evacuate the bowels with the same certainty or 
effect. 
When simple costiveness is to be removed, the cathartic 
may be administered in the evening, and, if not sufficient, the 
dose can be repeated in the morning and at regular intervals 
through the day, until the effect is produced. 
In administering cathartics, the excitement is to be con- 
tinued till the requisite action is induced, yet not sufficient to 
prove an irritant. But in the treatment of many diseases, it 
is preferable to purge through the day, in order that the sleep 
may not be disturbed at night. The operation of cathartics 
may be very much accelerated by the free use of diluent 
drinks, such as gruel, barley water, etc., etc. By combining 
these remedies, the action of many of them is modified and 
controlled ; and some of the more powerful may be made to 
operate mildly and certainly by uniting small quantities of 
several of them in the same dose. 
The addition of an emetic substance, such as ipecacuanha, 
or tartar emetic, gives activity to the combination, while it 
modifies the harshness of the powerful cathartics. REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
139 
The operation of a cathartic may often be promoted by 
judicious venesection, and if there is spasm of the intestines, 
opium may be advantageously added to the cathartic. 
Cathartics act not only upon the bowels, but upon distant 
parts, as every portion of the organism is capable of being 
impressed by them. Cathartics are divided, according to the 
intensity of their operation, into laxatives, purgatives and 
drastics, to which may also be added enemata. Laxatives 
gently stimulate the mucous coat of the intestines, and hence 
they are well adapted for cases in which the sole indication is 
to unload the bowels of their contents. Purgatives are more 
powerful in their operation ; they excite a copious exhalation 
from the mucous lining of the intestines, and augment the 
peristaltic action to a great degree. Drastics are the more 
powerful and violent cathartics, and produce a greater degree 
of irritation in the lining membranes of the intestines, and 
occasionally act upon the nerves of the stomach, so as to cause 
nausea and sometimes vomiting. Drastics generally belong to 
the resino-extractive substances, and act violently, on account 
of being sparingly soluble and adhering to the mucous coat 
of the intestines. 
Enemata are agents of this class which act on the lower 
part of the intestinal tube by direct application; they irritate 
the lining membrane of the rectum, and by sympathy of con- 
tinuity, their influence is extended to the intestinal canal. 
Hence enemata may be employed with advantage when ca- 
thartics cannot be given by the mouth, as when deglutition is 
impracticable. What are known as saline cathartics are em- 
ployed in the treatment of febrile and inflammatory affections, 
as they do not produce any excitant action on the general 
system. There are also acrid cathartics, which are not violent 
enough to cause inflammation. Others are known as mercurial 
cathartics. The class known as laxatives comprise such sub- 
stances as certain articles of diet, as ripe and dried fruits, such 
as tamarinds, peaches, raisins, figs, prunes, also molasses, 
honey, cracked wheat, Indian meal and oatmeal, etc., etc. 
Other laxatives are castor oil, manna, sulphur, purging cassia, 140 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
etc., etc. Salme cathartics comprise such substances as mag- 
nesia, carbonate and sulphate of magnesia (Epsom salts), 
solution of citrate of magnesia, sulphate of sodium (Glauber’s 
salt), solution of manganese, phosphate of sodium, sulphate 
of potassium, cream of tartar, soluble tartar, Rochelle salts. 
Mild, acrid cathartics comprise such substances as rhubarb, 
aloes, senna, leptandra, elder. Drastic cathartics comprise such 
substances as jalap, may apple, scammony, colocynth, gam- 
boge, elaterium, croton oil. Mercurial cathartics consist of 
calomel, blue mass, mercury with chalk. Enemata consist of 
tepid water, flaxseed tea or other demulcent infusion; a com- 
bination of a teaspoonful each of common salt, molasses 
and lard or olive oil, in two-thirds of a pint of warm water, to 
which castor oil or Epsom salt may be added to augment the 
cathartic effect, is a formula for the common laxative enema. 
(See Purgatives.) 
DIAPHORETICS. 
Diaphoretics, known also as sudorifics, are medicinal sub- 
stances capable of producing perspiration, or an increase of 
the cutaneous discharge, which may be occasioned by the 
mere drinking of a large quantity of fluid, provided the tem- 
perature of the system be kept up. The determination of 
blood to the cutaneous vessels by a warm temperature or 
exercise will produce diaphoresis, and the action of nauseat- 
ing agents, by relaxing the orifices of the cutaneous vessels, 
and also stimulants, by exciting such vessels to increased 
secretion, will have the same effect. 
The external application of heat, friction, etc., stimulates 
the cutaneous capillaries and causes an increased secretion. 
Diaphoresis may also be excited by medicines which enter 
the circulation and stimulate the cutaneous vessels by contact, 
such as the mercurials and sulphur; also by medicines which 
act on the surface sympathetically, through the medium of 
the stomach, as cold drinks, etc. 
Diaphoresis may also be produced by increasing the gen- 
eral action of the vascular system, by such means as violent 
exercise, the warm bath, and by the use of alcohol, ammonia, REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
141 
guaiacum, etc.; it may also be produced by the use of agents, 
capable of relaxing the morbidly constricted mouths of the 
perspiratory vessels, such as the antimonials, saline diaphor- 
etics, and by the operation of venesection. 
Nauseating diaphoretics are employed to produce a power- 
ful relaxing action in inflammatory cases not complicated with 
gastric irritability, and for such effects the emetics ipecacu- 
anha and the preparations of antimony are administered. 
Refrigerant diaphoretics are employed to produce a gentle 
relaxing effect in allaying febrile excitement and reducing the 
temperature of the body. 
Stimulating diaphoretics are employed in rheumatic and 
pulmonary affections, after vascular excitement has been 
reduced, and where the surface is cool, being contraindicated 
in a high degree of inflammation. For such effects, the dif- 
fusible stimulants, aromatic substances, and such narcotics as 
opium and camphor are administered. During the adminis- 
tration of diaphoretics, the patient should be confined to bed, 
and when diaphoresis is excited, it should not be suddenly 
checked. Venesection is generally resorted to when there is 
great arterial excitement with undue heat of skin, before the 
attempt is made to administer diaphoretics. 
Belonging to the class of diaphoretics are such agents as 
Dover’s powder, guaiac, spirits of mindererus, nitrate of 
potassa, sweet spirit of nitre, etc., etc. 
DIURETICS. 
Diuretics are medicinal substances which act upon the 
kidneys, and produce an increased flow of urine. 
Remedies of this class act immediately and specially upon 
the kidneys, some reaching these organs by first passing 
through the blood, without being decomposed, while others, 
on the contrary, undergo changes in the first passages, the 
result of such changes exciting diuresis. The principal use 
of diuretics is to promote the absorption of dropsical effusions. 
They are also employed to correct nephritic disorders, accom- 
panied with obstructed secretion in calculi of the kidneys, 142 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ureters and bladder, and, as evacuants, to reduce inflamma- 
tion. 
Where there is great arterial excitement, a judicious use of 
a lancet is recommended, prior to the administration of diu- 
retics, the patient being kept cool, to avoid perspiration. 
To insure the full effect of diuretics, diluent drinks should 
be freely given, and especially such as contain some diuretic 
substance. Included in the class of diuretics are such agents 
as squill, nitre, cubebs, juniper, colchicum, erigeron, cream of 
tartar, copaiba, podophyllum, etc., etc. 
BLENNORRHETICS. 
Blennorrhetics are medical substances which increase the 
secretion of the mucous membranes, and are employed in 
morbid conditions of such membranes, in order to restore 
them to healthy action, in cases where their secretion is defi- 
cient, excessive or abnormal in quality. They are termed 
expectorants when used to stimulate the secretion of mucus 
from the bronchial or laryngeal membranes, as in bronchitis 
and laryngitis, and during convalescence, in pneumonia. The 
oleo-resinous agents of this class are employed in chronic 
diarrhea, and the diarrhea of typhoid fever, such as oil of 
turpentine, for example ; also in diseases of the urino-genital 
mucous membranes, such as gonorrhea, gleet, 
incontinence of urine, cystitis, etc., etc. Included in the class 
of blennorrhetics are such agents as senna, cimicifuga, garlic, 
turpentine, squill, copaiba, cubebs, matico, buchu, myrrh, ben- 
zoin, storax, balsam of peru, balsam of tolu, etc., etc. 
EMMENAGOGUES. 
Emmenagogues are medicinal substances which promote 
the menstrual discharge, or restore it when entirely sup- 
pressed. The particular emmenagogue required depends 
upon the cause of the amenorrhea; for example, when ane- 
mia is the cause, the preparations of iron prove most effectual; 
when from plethora, blood letting and cathartics or evacuants 
are resorted to. Certain medicinal substances excite the pelvic 
circulation, and stimulate the parts in direct connection with REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
143 
the uterus, aud thereby increase or promote the menstrual 
discharge. 
General debility being the cause of the local affection, an 
active administration of tonics, in connection with the emmen- 
agogue required, is advisable. 
The most prominent of this class of emmenagogues are 
savine, cantharides, ergot, cotton root, Seneca, snake root, 
guaiacam, etc., etc. 
HEMATINICS. 
Hematinics are medicinal substances which increase the 
number of blood corpuscles, or the amount of hematin in the 
blood, and hence are administered in such diseases as are 
dependent on a deficiency of these elements. 
This class of remedies includes the preparations of iron or 
chalybeates, which are capable of causing changes in the con- 
dition of the blood, and also general and local tonic effects. 
Alteratives are medicinal substances which are capable, 
when administered in small doses, of removing morbid struc- 
tures and conditions, without any sensible evacuation; in other 
words, changing, in some inexplicable and insensible manner, 
certain morbid actions of the system. 
Alterative remedies re-establish the healthy functions of the 
animal economy in a slow but decided manner, acting on the 
various secreting organs, sometimes without any sensible 
increase of the secretions themselves. The effect of minute 
doses of mercury, iodine and other substances, upon the 
glandular apparatus, affords examples. Medicinal remedies of 
almost every class become alteratives by being administered 
in very small doses, at intervals of a few hours; and they are 
generally classed with stimulants and tonics, and some of 
them with narcotics. By their action the secretions and 
exhalations are increased; the exudation of plastic or co- 
agulable lymph is diminished; the formation of false mem- 
branes checked ; the textures softened ; inflammatory action 
arrested; and morbid growths and deposits absorbed. Phleg- 
ALTERATIVES. 144 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
monous inflammation is arrested, and visceral and glandular 
enlargements are dispelled. But if administered too freely, 
the blood may become so impoverished as to interfere with 
the functions of nutrition, and a marasmatic or cachetic con- 
dition be produced, the textures being softened, or even 
destroyed. Hence this class of remedies should be carefully 
administered, and their effects be closely observed. The chief 
use of alteratives is antiphlogistic or resolvent; for example, 
the mercurials are generally employed in acute inflammation, 
and the preparations of iodine and bromine in chronic inflam- 
mations. 
Included in this class are the preparations of mercury, 
iodine, iodide of potassium, iodoform, bromine preparations 
of arsenic, phosphate and hypophosphite of lime, chlorate of 
potassium, permanganate of potassium, chlorine water, chlor- 
inated lime, etc., etc. 
Antacids are medicinal substances, capable of neutralizing 
acidity of the blood, the secretions, etc., by combining with 
the acid and counteracting it. 
ANTACIDS. 
The alkalies, alkaline earths, and their carbonates are the 
substances included in this class, and the former are more 
energetic in their action than the alkaline earths, such as 
magnesia. The carbonates of these earths have little or no 
chemical influence upon the tissues. 
This class of remedies, in the form of alkaline preparations, 
are administered internally as antacids in cases where an un- 
usual quantity of acid is generated in the stomach—a com- 
mon symptom of dyspepsia, which is indicated by acid eruc- 
tations, violent heartburn and marked effervescence when a 
carbonated alkali is taken; the acid in the stomach laying 
hold of the alkaline base, and resulting in a large quantity of 
carbonic acid being driven off. 
Alkalies are also employed to relieve irritability of the 
stomach and check vomiting; also as antidotes in cases of 
poisoning from acids; also as antilithics, to neutralize lithic 
acid when it is separated in unusual quantity by the urinary REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
145 
secretion; also as lithontriptics, or solvents of calculi, more 
particularly lithates ; also employed in cases of acute rheuma- 
tism and gout, to neutralize the excess of acid in the blood; 
also in diabetes mellitus, and to relieve irritability of the urin- 
ary organs, cutaneous irritation, itching of the anus, especially 
when such conditions are dependent on an excess of acid in 
the system; and also as antiplastics and resolvents in inflam- 
mation, and as diuretics. As a general rule the administra- 
tion of antacids should be preceded by an emetic or cathartic, 
and in some cases both. 
When a permanent effect is desired, antacids are usually 
combined with tonics and aromatics, and occasionally with 
narcotics; for when given alone the relief afforded is but 
transient. To prevent an irritant and purgative action on the 
bowels, and also to facilitate their absorption, antacid prepara- 
tions are administered in a state of large dilution. 
In dental practice antacids are also employed for correcting 
acidity of the fluids of the mouth, often a result of acid eructa- 
tions from the stomach. The class of antacids comprise the 
preparations of potassium, sodium, lithium, ammonium, mag- 
nesium and calcium. The antacids employed in dental prac- 
tice are principally precipitated chalk, lime water, carbonate 
of soda, etc. 
The medicinal substances recognized as irritants are sub- 
divided into rubefacients, epispastics, suppurants and escharotics. 
IRRITANTS. 
Rubefacients are agents employed to redden the surface 
by exciting the action of the capillaries, and occasioning an 
afflux of vascular and nervous power to the part with which 
they come in contact; hence pain is a usual consequence of 
their employment. 
They are used for the same purposes as blisters, and are 
often a good substitute for them; for example, in low degrees 
of inflammation, as local anodynes, as general stimulants; 
their efficacy as such depending upon their action on the 
capillary circulation, and also on the pain they occasion. They 
are especially serviceable in the coma and asphyxia resulting 146 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
from poisons and drowning, but in cases of cerebral oppres- 
sion are inferior to blisters. Rubefacients are used until red- 
ness and pain occur, and their persistent application will cause 
vesication, and even gangrene. 
In the class of rubefacients are included mustard, capsicum, 
oil of turpentine, ammonia, liniment, Burgundy pitch, Canada 
pitch, ginger, black pepper, garlic and spice plaster. 
Epispastics, also called vesicants and blisters, are medicinal 
agents, capable of producing, when applied to the skin, inflam- 
mation followed by an effusion of serum beneath the cuticle. 
As a general rule, blisters should remain on the surface of 
the skin six or eight hours, in order to insure their full effect. 
When the skin is very delicate a shorter application will 
answer every purpose; and in the case of children it is seldom 
necessary for them to remain longer than three or four hours. 
When applied to the scalp, twelve hours are generally re- 
quired. After removing a blister, the usual dressing is some 
non-irritating ointment, such as simple cerate. In acute dis- 
eases, blistering ought never to precede such means as have a 
tendency to reduce inflammatory action, and the application 
should be as near the affected part as possible. 
Covering blisters with fine gauze renders them much less 
irritating, and does not retard their operation. 
If a blister is applied long enough to redden the skin, a 
simple poultice will complete the vesication ; and in the case 
of children this method should always be pursued. When it 
is necessary to keep the blister open, weak epispastic or savin 
ointment will prove sufficient. When the circulation is lan- 
guid in the extremities, they seldom act efficiently, and may 
cause gangrene by exhausting what vitality remains. When 
strangury is produced, the blister must be removed after three 
or four hours, and the part bathed with olive oil, or a poultice 
applied, and diluent drinks used ; an opium suppository or 
injection will prove serviceable. Epispastics are employed as 
local stimulants in the treatment of inflammation; to create a 
healthy inflammatory action, as in various cutaneous eruptions; 
to relieve pain; to destroy morbid associations by causing a REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
147 
powerful impression; to stimulate the absorbing or secreting 
vessels of parts in the neighborhood of the affected part; to 
stimulate generally; to relieve threatened gangrene and pa- 
ralysis ; to produce local depletion as evacuants, and to pre- 
pare a surface for the endermic application of medicines. 
The class of epispastics include such agents as cantharides, 
cantharidal collodion, water of ammonia, etc. 
Suppurants are medicinal agents, which, when rubbed on 
the skin, cause rubefaction, accompanied by a pustular erup- 
tion ; their beneficial effects being due to the counter-irritation 
set up. The agents of this class are generally employed in 
subacute, chronic laryngeal and bronchial affections, diseases 
of the joints, etc., etc. 
Included as suppurants are croton oil, antimonial oint- 
ments, etc., etc. 
Escharotics, called also Cauterants or Caustics, are medi- 
cinal agents capable of destroying the structure and vitality of 
the parts with which they come in contact, producing an 
eschar or slough, which is followed by inflammation and sup- 
puration of the neighboring tissues to such a degree that the 
slough separates from the living parts. The mode of action 
of an escharotic is as follows: After being applied to the skin, 
so as to chemically disorganize it, or destroy its vitality, a new 
action is set up in the vessels beneath the slough, so as to 
cause it to be thrown off. The excavation resulting is then 
kept open by inserting some irritant, which maintains a copious 
secretion of pus from the ulcerated surface. Escharotics are 
divided into Actual and Potential; the actual being fire itself, 
while the potential are substances which destroy the living 
solids, either by excessive stimulation, or by producing a 
chemical decomposition. 
Iron heated to a white heat and the moxa (cones or cylin- 
ders of inflammable substance) represent the actual cautery; 
and caustic potash, nitrate of silver, burnt alum, chloride of 
zinc, chromic, sulphuric and nitric acids, and the nerve or 
arsenical paste employed in dental practice, represent the 
potential cautery. A sub-class is composed of what are known 148 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
as Issues and Setons ; the blister issue, where the skin is re- 
moved by a blister, and the discharge promoted by means of 
stimulating applications, as the cantharidal ointment, for ex- 
ample ; also, the pea issue, where an incision made by the lancet 
is kept open by means of a pea, beet, or piece of orris root. 
The Seton is prepared as follows : A seton needle, to which is 
attached a skein of silk, is passed completely through the part 
chosen for the operation, after which it is removed, and the 
ends of the silk left hanging from the wound. It is dressed 
once, or several times a day, with some mild ointment; or, if 
this is not sufficient to keep up the discharge, a more stimulat- 
ing ointment is used. Escharotics are employed to destroy 
morbid growths, warts, polypi, condylomata, fungous granu- 
lations, etc; also to relieve violent inflammation by their 
substitutive action; to stimulate indolent ulcers, sinuses, etc.; 
to open abscesses of the liver, and other internal viscera, the 
method of “ aspiration ” being preferred ; to remove cancer, 
lupus and other morbid growths; to decompose the virus of 
rabid and venomous animals, and of chancres and malignant 
pustules, and prevent their absorption. 
Escharotics include such agents as caustic potassa, fused 
nitrate of silver, caustic soda, solution of nitrate of mercury, 
corrosive chloride of mercury, bichromate of potassium, the 
mineral acids, sulphate of copper, and the substances before 
referred to. 
DEMULCENTS. 
Demulcents, also called Lenitives, are medicinal substances 
which soften and relax the tissues. When applied to irritated 
or inflamed surfaces these agents diminish the heat, tension 
and pain. They consist principally of gum or mucilage, often 
combined with saccharine or farinaceous substances, and, 
diluted with water, form viscid solutions. By modifying the 
acridity of the secretions, they are capable, to some degree at 
least, of relieving irritation in remote organs, although their 
constitutional effects are chiefly nutritive. Demulcents are 
employed internally to protect the gastro-enteric surface from 
irritating substances, especially poisons of an acrid nature; REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
149 
also to relieve irritation and inflammation of the alimentary 
canal in such affections as diarrhea, dysentery, enteritis, gas- 
tritis, etc.; also in catarrhal affections, for their soothing and 
lubricating effects from direct contact, and also by reflex 
action ; and they also exert some influence in modifying the 
acridity of expectorated matters ; also in such affctions of 
the urinary passages as cystitis, ardor urinae, as they tend to 
diminish the acridity of the secretion : also as drinks, to pro- 
mote the action of the secreting and exhaling organs, and to 
allay the thirst in fevers : also as light diet, and to suspend 
substances insoluble in water. 
Demulcents are employed externally in the form known as 
Emollients,• to relieve the heat, swelling and pain of inflamma- 
tion, wounds and burns; to hasten suppuration, as deter- 
gents, to cleanse foul ulcers, and to promote suppuration from 
granulating surfaces. Mixed with water in the form of soft 
masses, they are commonly termed cataplasms or poultices, 
and have the effect of softening the parts to which they are 
applied as vehicles of heat and moisture. Included in the 
class of demulcents are such substances as gum arabic, flax 
seed, tragacanth, slippery-elm bark, sassafras pith, marshmal- 
low, benne, quince seed, liquorice root, Iceland moss, Irish 
moss, starch, arrow root, tapioca, sago, barley glycerin, pyr- 
oxylon, collodion, solution of gutta percha, honey, animal 
fats, such as lard, in the form of cerate (lard 2 parts, and white 
wax I part), and suet, both containing stearine. 
ANTHELMINTICS. 
Anthelmintics, or Vermifuges, are medicinal substances em- 
ployed to destroy and expel worms (entozoa) from the alimen- 
tary canal. Their action differs according to the nature of 
the substance used, either to destroy by a direct poisonous 
influence or by mechanical means. The most powerful of the 
cathartics (drastic) also acts as anthelmintics by the copious 
secretion and exhalation which they produce from the alimen- 
tary canal. When anthelmintics are employed, they must be 
persevered in for several days, with the occasional intervention 
of an active cathartic. 150 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Belonging to this class are such agents as wormseed, spi- 
gelia, santonica, cowhage, male fern, oil of turpentine, kameela, 
pumpkin seed, kousso, calomel with gamboge, calomel with 
pink root, iron preparations, etc., etc. 
COLORING AGENTS. 
Coloring agents are substances employed to communicate 
their peculiar color to pharmaceutical preparations. They 
include saffron, cochineal, red saunders, etc., etc.; and in dental 
practice they are used for coloring dentifrices, such as rose pink. 
In addition to the general classes mentioned, there are cer- 
tain sub-classes recognized, which have not been specially 
referred to in the preceding definitions, as follows:— 
Absorbents, 
Anodynes, 
Antemetics, 
Anthridrotics, 
Antiperiodics, 
Antipyretics, 
Antiseptics, 
Aromatic Bitters, 
Carminatives, 
Caustics, 
Cauterants, 
Constringents, 
Counter-irritants, 
Desiccatives, 
Detergents, 
Deodorizers, 
Diluents, 
Discutients, 
Disinfectants, 
Emollients, 
Errhines, 
Escharotics, 
Expectorants, 
Evacuants, 
Excitants, 
Febrifuges, 
Germicides, 
Hemostatics, 
Hypersthenics, 
Hypnotics, 
Laxatives, 
Nervines, 
Nutritives, 
Purgatives, 
Refrigerants, 
Resolvents, 
Restoratives, 
Sialogogues, 
Stimulants, 
Styptics, 
Vesicants. 
ABSORBENTS. 
Absorbents, known also as Desiccatives, are medicinal agents 
capable of checking secretions, and drying up secretions or 
discharges from ulcers and suppurating wounds. Included in 
this class are tannic acid, oxide of zinc, charcoal, subnitrate of 
bismuth, starch, powdered galls, magnesia, powdered myrrh, 
carbonate of lime, etc., etc. 
ANODYNES OR ANALGESICS. 
Anodynes, which, with sedatives, hypnotics, or soporifics, are 
included in the group of narcotics, are medicinal agents capa- 
ble of alleviating pain by lessening the sensibility of the REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
151 
nerve-centres or the peripheral extremities. When applied 
locally they are called analgesics, Included in this class are 
opium, morphia, chloroform, sulphuric ether, aconite, croton, 
chloral, belladonna, camphor, gelsemium, cannabis indica, 
stramonium, hyoscyamus, carbolic acid, atropine, creasote, co- 
caine, eugenol, iodoform, iodol, antipyrin, blood-letting, heat 
and cold, acupuncture, etc., etc. 
ANTEMETICS. 
Antemetics are medicinal agents capable of arresting vomit- 
ing. Included in this class are creasote, dilute hydrocyanic 
acid, lime water, chloral, chloroform, magnesia, dilute nitric 
acid, dilute phosphoric acid, belladonna, oxalate of cerium, etc. 
ANTHRIDROTICS. 
Anthridrotics are medicinal agents capable of checking 
perspiration. Included in this class are oxide of zinc, sul- 
phuric acid, acetic acid, tannic acid, sulphate of iron, hema- 
toxylon, etc. 
Antiperiodics are medicinal agents capable of relieving 
periodical diseases, such as intermittent fevers, neuralgia, etc. 
Included in this class are cinchona, quinia, arsenic (in form of 
Fowler’s solution), chloroform, chloride of soda, salicin, etc. 
ANTIPERIODICS. 
ANTIPYRETICS. 
Antipyretics are medicinal agents having a decided power 
to depress the temperature of the body during fever, and con- 
trol hyperpyrexia. Included in this class are antifebrin, anti- 
pyrin, quinoline or chinoline, thalline, kairine, camphor, 
eucalyptol, hydroquinon, pyrodin, resorcin, quinine, salicine, 
thymol, salol, etc. 
ANTISEPTICS. 
Antiseptics are medicinal agents capable of arresting fer- 
mentative processes, preventing the development of bacteria, 
thereby preventing or arresting the decomposition of organic 
substances, and the process of putrefaction. When these 
agents are brought in contact with disease germs they destroy 
their vitality. Included in this class are carbolic acid, creasote, 152 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
salicylic acid, eucalyptus oil, iodoform, benzoic acid, boracic 
acid, pepsin, bromine, iodol, hydronapthol, peroxide of hydro- 
gen, pyrozone, aristol, bichloride of mercury, essential oils, etc. 
Forms of Antiseptics for Use : Dr Black on this subject says : 
“ In regard to the use of antiseptics in different cases and for 
different purposes, I should divide them into three forms, each 
of which has especial advantages. 
“ These forms are: the solution in water, the oil, and the 
powder. 
“ The solution in water is especially useful for cleaning in- 
fected surfaces of wounds, washing abscesses, and, indeed, in 
any case where there is something that can be removed by 
washing. In the performance of this act the antiseptic is dif- 
fused to all parts of the wound or abscess mechanically to the 
best advantage. It is more likely to reach every part in this 
form than in any other; and this is an advantage that can 
hardly be overestimated; for it is very difficult to reach all 
parts of an abscess by any mode of procedure now known to 
us on account of the very tardy diffusion of liquids. And in 
case the liquid containing the antiseptic in solution does dif- 
fuse, its very diffusion and mixture with the surrounding fluids 
soon dilutes it below its range of antiseptic value. It is there- 
fore necessary that the washing be continuous to obtain the 
continuous effect of the drug. This is generally impracticable, 
and for this reason the watery form of antiseptics is very much 
limited in usefulness. The continuous drip, or the application 
as often as every fifteen or twenty minutes, gives effective re- 
sults in some favored localities ; but it is very difficult to carry 
out and occasions much trouble. The continuous bath is 
still more limited in its range of application. Neither of these 
can be used in dental practice. With us the watery form of 
antiseptics should be limited to the cleaning of infected parts. 
They cannot be trusted to prevent septic action for any length 
of time, for the reason that they so soon become diluted be- 
low their range of antiseptic value by mixing with the secre- 
tions, or the juices of the flesh. Since studying the powers of 
antiseptics and disinfectants more closely, my feeling is that it REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
153 
will not do for us to expect to do much disinfectant work in 
connection with the soft tissues except in cases in which some 
tissue destruction can be borne; and that antiseptics only re- 
tard the growth of microbes during their presence in effective 
proportion; hence the necessity for continuous and oft-re- 
peated application. In using these for the purpose of clean- 
ing, much aid may be had by making use of the solution in 
peroxide of hydrogen instead of water, so as to obtain the 
mechanical effect of the ebullition of the oxygen evolved in mix- 
ing the antiseptic with the secretions. There is possibly some 
antiseptic virtue in oxygen itself as well; but I am apt to think 
that its principal use is the mechanical one. And that is a 
very important use. Thorough cleaning is excellent antiseptic 
work, and the peroxide of hydrogen will do this in many 
positions where nothing else will, and at the same time carry 
the antiseptic proper to the more remote parts of the wound 
or abscess.” 
Sir Joseph Lister is the originator of the antiseptic treat- 
ment in surgery. He first employed carbolic acid as an 
antiseptic for surgical dressings, but abandoned it on account 
of its slow action as a germicide and its volatility. He then 
employed bichloride of mercury, which was stable and acted 
promptly, but caused irritation, and was precipitated by the 
albumen contained in the serum of the blood. He then em- 
ployed the sero-sublimate gauze, consisting of gauze saturated 
with a solution of bichloride of mercury, in the serum of the 
blood; but this being harsh and non-absorbent he substituted 
for it a combination of chloride of ammonia and chloride of 
mercury, known as sal-alembroth, which was not only less 
irritating, but was soluble in blood serum. Later he presented 
the double cyanide of zinc and mercury as the best antiseptic, 
on account of its being non-volatile, unirritating, insoluble in 
water, and only soluble in 3,000 parts of blood serum, with an 
inhibitory power so high that a solution of 1:1200 is sufficient 
to keep animal fluids permanently free from putrefaction. The 
Listerian method consists in applying over the line of the 
wound six or eight layers of the gauze, out of which the bi- 154 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
chloride has been washed by wringing it out once or twice in 
a solution of i to 20 carbolic acid. All zymotic diseases are 
at the present time generally attributed to bacteria or to their 
ptomaines, and for a number of years the theory that all con- 
tagious and epidemic diseases are caused by micro-organisms 
has been received by the medical profession. Many diseases 
are now regarded as contagious which were not so considered 
before the discovery of bacteria. Bacteria are found in great 
numbers and different varieties in the air, earth, water, and in 
every part of the body of man and animals, and multiply very 
rapidly by division and by spores. Some varieties are subject 
to change, others appear to be permanent. New varieties are 
supposed to be produced by the same laws by which the dif- 
ferent kinds of vegetables, plants and animals are generated. 
The discoveries in bacteriology have brought about a revolu- 
tion in the treatment of many diseases, namely, tuberculosis— 
as the Koch treatment—typhoid and other fevers, carbuncle, 
erysipelas, diptheria, pneumonia, influenza, malaria, tetanus, 
etc. etc. (See Use of Antiseptics in Dental Practice.) 
AROMATIC BITTERS 
Aromatic bitters differ from simple bitters in the aromatic 
constituents they contain. They possess tonic properties and 
invigorate digestion and promote constructive metamorphosis. 
They are employed in the same cases as simple bitters, but 
appear to possess some specific properties due to the aromatic 
constituents. Included in this class are serpentaria, prunus 
virginiana, canella, anthemis, etc. 
CARMINATIVES. 
Carminatives are medicinal agents capable of dispelling 
flatulence, and allaying pain in the stomach and bowels. In- 
cluded in this class are such agents as cinnamon, cardamom, 
cloves, coriander, lavender, juniper, ginger, caraway, pepper- 
mint, etc. 
CAUSTICS. 
Caustics are medicinal substances capable of destroying 
vitalized tissue. (See Irritants.) REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
155 
CAUTERANTS (See Irritants.') 
CONSTRINGENTS (See Astringents.) 
COUNTER-IRRITANTS. 
Counter-irritants are medical agents which are employed 
to produce external irritation for the purpose of relieving or 
curing diseased action in another part, as in periodontitis, for 
example, when such agents as iodine, cantharidical collodion, 
creasote and iodine, aconite and iodine, ammonia, etc., etc., 
are applied to the gum over the root of the affected tooth. 
(See Irritants.) 
DESICCATIVES. 
Desiccatives are medicinal agents capable of checking secre- 
tions and arresting mucous discharges from ulcers, wounds, 
etc. (See Absorbents.) 
Detergents are medicinal agents capable of cleansing 
ulcers, suppurating wounds, etc., by acting as either stimu- 
lants or emollients. Included in this class are such agents 
as borax, burnt alum, slippery-elm bark, acacia, flax seed, 
tragacanth, etc. 
DETERGENTS. 
DEODORIZERS. 
Deodorizers are medicinal agents capable of destroying 
infections and fetid odors. Included in this class are carbolic 
acid, salicylic acid, creasote, chloride of lime, charcoal, per- 
manganate of potash, thymol, chloride of zinc, solution of chlo- 
ride of soda, oil of eucalyptus, iodoform, menthol, hydrochloric 
acid, nitric acid, sulphuric acid, etc., etc. (See Antiseptics.) 
DILUENTS. 
Diluents are medicinal agents capable of diluting the blood 
and thus increasing its fluidity; at the same time exercising 
a solvent action and eliminating a portion of the solid con- 
stituents. Included in this class are such agents as water, 
aerated water, mineral waters, rice water, beef tea, whey, 
barley water, gruel, etc., etc. 
DISCUTIENTS. 
Discutients are medicinal agents capable of reducing and 
depressing morbid growths, swellings, etc. Included in this 156 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
class are iodine, mercury, bromide of potassium, iodide of 
potassium, chlorate of potassium, arsenic, colchicum, etc., etc. 
DISINFECTANTS. 
Disinfectants are medicinal agents capable of depriving 
effluvia of their morbific properties by chemically combining 
with them. Included in this class are such agents as chlorine, 
carbolic acid, carbolate of lime, chloride of lime, salicylic acid, 
solution of chlorinated soda, charcoal, creasote, hydrochloric 
acid, sulphuric acid, nitric acid and chloride of zinc. (See 
Antiseptics and Deodorizers.) 
EMOLLIENTS. 
Emollients, or Protectives, are medicinal agents capable of 
relaxing soft tissues, allaying irritation, protecting sensitive 
surfaces, relieving pain in ulceration of mucous membrane. 
Included in this class are glycerine, collodion, solution of gutta 
percha, acacia, tragacanth, Irish moss, sassafras pith, flax seed, 
slippery-elm bark, liquorice root, wax, in the form of cerate 
ointment, poultices of bread and milk, yeast and flax seed, and 
charcoal and yeast with flax seed, lard, etc., etc. 
ERRHINES. 
Errhines are medicinal agents capable of inducing a secre- 
tion from the nose. Included in this class are ammonia, ipe- 
cacuanha, chlorine, acetic acid, orris root, etc., etc. 
ESCHAROTICS. 
Escharotics are medicinal agents capable of producing an 
eschar or slough, and are included among Irritants. (See 
Irritants.) 
EXPECTORANTS 
Expectorants are medicinal agents capable of promoting 
the excretion of mucus and other fluids from the air passages 
and lungs. Included in this class are squill, ipecacuanha, ben- 
zoic acid, preparations of ammonia, tartar emetic, balsam of 
tolu, myrrh, nitrate of potash, seneca, wild cherry bark, lobe- 
lia, etc., etc. (See Blennorrhetics.) REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
157 
Evacuants belong to the class of cathartics which promote 
alvine evacuations. (See Cathartics.) 
EVACUANTS. 
EXCITANTS. 
Excitants belong to the class of stimulants which excite the 
vital powers, causing an increase of the circulation. (See 
Stimulants.) 
FEBRIFUGES OR ANTIPYRETICS. 
Febrifuges are medicinal agents capable of diminishing the 
heat and allaying the thirst of fevers, and are generally recog- 
nized as Refrigera?its. Included in this class are nitrate of 
potassa, chlorate of potassa, the mineral acids, spirits of nitrous 
ether, antipyrin, chinoline, salicin, etc., etc. 
GERMICIDES. 
Germicides include all substances which destroy any form 
of microbe or disease germs, such as bacteria, which are inim- 
ical to life. Included in this class are bichloride of mercury, 
peroxide of hydrogen, iodoform, iodol, iodine, salicylic acid, 
eucalyptus, carbolic acid, chlorine, chloride of zinc, permanga- 
nate of potash, naphthol, etc.; also heat. 
Hemostatics are medicinal agents capable of arresting 
hemorrhage, and belong to the class of Astringents. (See 
Astringents and Styptics.) 
HEMOSTATICS. 
HYPERSTHENICS. 
Hypersthenics belong to the class of stimulants. (See 
Stimulants.) 
HYPNOTICS. 
Hypnotics belong to the class of Narcotics, and are capable 
of causing sleep. (See Narcotics.) 
LAXATIVES. 
Laxatives are mild cathartics. (See Cathartics.) 158 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Nervines belong to the class of Neurotics, and are capable of 
relieving and curing disorders of the nerves. (See Neurotics.) 
nervines. 
NUTRITIVES. 
Nutritives are medicinal agents capable of quickening as- 
similation and building up the organic tissues. Included in 
this Class are cod-liver oil, gum arabic, glycerin, beef extracts, 
milk, manna, etc., etc. 
PURGATIVES. 
Purgatives are active cathartics, and are divided into sev- 
eral classes, according to the nature of their action, such as : 
Laxatives, which incite intestinal movements without much 
increase of the intestinal secretions. Included in this class 
are manna, sulphur, magnesia, castor oil, etc. Saline Purga- 
tives, which produce increased secretion, and at the same 
time hastens the peristaltic action, the stools being loose and 
watery. Included in this class are sulphate of magnesia, 
phosphate of soda, tartrate of potassium and sodium, Seidlitz 
powder, bitartrate of potassium etc. Mercurial Purgatives, 
principally calomel and blue mass, which are supposed to 
produce cholagogue effects, and also an influence peculiar to 
themselves. Tonic-astringent and resin-bearing purgatives, 
which have an influence over the liver and the glandular ap- 
pendages, and promote the tonicity of the muscular layer of 
the intestines. Included in this class are senna* rhubarb, 
aloes, jalap, scammony, colocynth, podophyllum, etc. Hydra- 
gogue purgatives, which are very energetic in their action, in- 
crease the glandular secretions and cause an abundant outward 
diffusion to such a degree as to produce very watery stools; 
and also excite rapid and severe peristaltic movements. In- 
cluded in this class are gambogia, croton-oil, elaterium, etc. 
(See Cathartics.') 
Refrigerants are medicinal agents which are capable of 
diminishing heat and allaying thirst. They are also called 
Febrifuges. Included in this class are nitrate of potassa, 
REFRIGERANTS, REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
159 
chlorate of potassa, solution of acetate of ammonia, acetic 
acid, citric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, tartaric acid, 
spirits nitrous ether, etc., etc. 
RESOLVENTS, 
Resolvents belong to the class of Alteratives and Emol- 
lients, being medicinal agents capable of reducing inflamma- 
tion and dispersing morbid swellings. (See Alteratives and 
Emollients.) 
RESTORATIVES. 
Restoratives belong to the class of Stimulants and Tonics. 
(See Stimulants and Tonics.) 
SIALAGOGUES 
Sialagogues are medicinal substances capable of increasing 
the salivary secretion by a stimulant or irritant effect. By the 
excitant properties of these agents the lining membrane of the 
mouth is irritated, the effect extending along the ducts to the 
salivary glands, so that not only is the quantity of fluid exhaled 
from the mucous membrane increased, but salivation results. 
In this way depletion follows their employment, and more or 
less revulsive effect ensues, which may prove beneficial to 
distant parts affected by disease. Sialagogues may also prove 
useful in cases of paralysis of the tongue, etc., by their directly 
excitant properties; also in local palsy of the tongue. They 
are occasionally employed as masticatories in odontalgia, 
and in such affections of the head as may indicate the use of 
substances which excite irritation in and increased discharge 
from the lining membrane of the nasal cavities. Included in 
this class are pyrethrum, horse radish, calamus, ginger, to- 
bacco, calomel, corrosive sublimate, blue mass, iodide of mer- 
cury, etc. 
STYPTICS. 
Styptics which belong to the class of Astringents are medi- 
cinal agents capable of arresting hemorrhage when employed 
externally. They are divided, according to their action, into 
chemical and mechanical, the chemical styptics coagulating the 
blood exuding from the part, and at the same time stimulating 160 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the tissues to contraction ; whilst the mechanical, as lint, felt, 
spider’s web, plaster of Paris, etc., detain the blood in their 
meshes, or absorb it until it coagulates, and thus arrest the 
hemorrhage. Among the Astringents which may be classed 
as Styptics and local astringents are tannic acid, persulphate 
of iron solution, powdered subsulphate of iron, alum, nitrate, 
of silver, powdered galls, sulphuric acid, matico, gallic acid, 
perchloride of iron, catechu, oak-bark rhatany, etc.,; and as 
mechanical styptics, collodion, matico, spider’s web. 
By contraction of the blood vessels internally: digitalis and 
ergot; also for checking excessive discharges : acetate of lead, 
carbonate of lead, subacetate of lead, lime water, the applica- 
tion of cold as ice, and of heat, as hbt water, etc. 
VESICANTS. 
Vesicants, which belong to the class of Epispastics, are 
medicinal agents capable of producing a 'serous exudation 
beneath the cuticle. Included in this class are cantharides, 
cantharidal collodion, glacial acetic acid, strong solution of 
ammonia, mustard, etc., etc. (See Epispastics.) 
FORMS IN WHICH MEDICINAL SUBSTANCES ARE EMPLOYED. 
Alkaloids are bases capable of combining with acids to 
form salts, and which exist as proximate principles in certain 
vegetables, and possess the properties of an alkali in a greater 
or less degree. Alkaloids are, therefore, the active principles 
of medicines. 
Baths.—Medicinal Baths are composed of tepid water, with 
the addition of saline, emollient, narcotic or stimulant sub- 
stances, such as salt, mustard, etc., etc. 
Cataplasms are poultices or plasters composed of soft, 
macerated preparations, to be applied externally. 
Collyria are preparations applied to the eyes. They are 
sometimes dry, but generally liquid, consisting of infusions, 
decoctions or distilled waters, with the addition of various 
medicinal substances. 
Confections, or Electuaries, are preparations made into a 
pulpy mass, with sugar or honey, mucilage or glycerin. THERAPEUTIC FORMS. 
161 
Decoctions are solutions made by boiling certain vegetable 
ingredients in a fluid, for the purpose of extracting the parts 
soluble at that temperature. 
Emulsions are preparations composed of oils, resins, etc., 
suspended by means of mucilage, yolk of egg, sugar, etc. 
Enemata, or Clysters, are liquid preparations injected into 
the rectum by means of a syringe, as auxiliaries to or substi- 
tutes for cathartics. 
Extracts are preparations obtained by the evaporation of 
a vegetable solution, in the form of juices, infusions or decoc- 
tions, to a more or less fluid consistence. 
Fomentations are fluid preparations applied to the surface 
of the body by means of a sponge, flannel or soft cloth. 
Fumigations are the vapors of medicinal substances em- 
ployed to purify infected air by absorbing or otherwise coun- 
teracting deleterious gases. They are also employed in dis- 
eases of the skin, and may be sometimes substituted for a 
local bath. 
Gargles are washes for the mouth and throat, and are gen- 
erally astringent and stimulating, sedative, refrigerant, etc. To 
be of any service, gargles or mouth washes must be frequently 
applied and persevered in for some time. They are employed 
in cases of inflammation and ulceration of the mucous mem- 
brane of the mouth and fauces. 
Glycerites are solutions of medicinal substances in gly- 
cerine. 
Infusions are preparations obtained by pouring a hot or 
cold fluid upon vegetable substances, for the purpose of ex- 
tracting their medicinal properties. 
Inhalants are remedies in the form of steam, for inhalation 
directly to the lungs. 
Injections are medicated fluids thrown into a natural or 
preternatural cavity of the body by means of a syringe. 
Liniments, or Embrocations, are unctuous medicinal pre- 
parations to be applied externally by means of friction. 
Lotions are liquid preparations or washes, to be applied to 
the body externally. 162 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Mixtures are fluid preparations containing several medici- 
nal ingredients, to be administered by the mouth. 
Ointments, or Cerates, are preparations of the consistence 
of lard, composed of wax, lard, or resin, with solid or liquid 
ingredients, for topical application. Cerates are somewhat 
harder than ointments, especially where wax is substituted for 
the lard. 
Oleates are medicinal ointments. (See Medicinal Oleates.) 
Pills are simple or compound medicinal agents, of a firm 
consistence, spherical or globular in shape, and generally not 
exceeding five or six grains in weight. 
Plasters are preparations of a solid glutinous composition, 
which, at the ordinary temperature of the body, adheres to 
the part on which it is placed. 
Poultices are preparations for applying continuous heat 
and moisture and softening the tissues. Their effects are to 
cause an afflux of blood to the part, dilate the vessels and 
soften the tissues by the influence of both heat and moisture, 
and render the diffusion of the fluids easy. In inflammatory 
conditions, the stasis of the vessels implicated is relieved, the 
tension of the parts lessened and resolution brought about. 
Where the stage of exudation is present, these preparations 
promote the increase and migration of the white corpuscle 
and facilitate the escape of purulent matter. Poultices also 
relieve the pain of inflamed parts by relaxing the tissues, and 
thereby removing pressure from the sensory nerve filaments ; 
they relieve pain in parts distant from the points where their 
applications are made, and have both a local and systemic 
effect. Poultices are generally composed of such substances 
as flaxseed meal, powdered slippery-elm bark and corn meal; 
also bread and milk are sometimes employed. 
The substance dissolved in hot water is spread upon soft 
muslin of such a size as to allow one free end to fold over the 
mass and intervene between it and the surface of the skin; or 
it may be inclosed in a small bag of muslin. Glycerine spread 
over the surface of a poultice will prevent its drying. Lauda- 
num is often added to mitigate the pain, if necessary; also THERAPEUTIC FORMS. 
163 
charcoal in the form of powder. A yeast poultice is made of 
brewer’s yeast with enough of flaxseed to give it a proper con- 
sistence. They should not be allowed to remain too long, as 
their effect will cause the skin to become white, wrinkled and 
pulpy, and lead to the formation of small boils or abscesses ; 
also, in case of wounded or ulcerated surfaces, their too long 
use will cause the granulations to become pale and flabby and 
prevent healing; besides, if the granulations are large, they 
lower the tone and vigor of the system, depress the circulation, 
and exhaust the irritability of the vaso-motor nerves, and 
thus prevent healing. Poultices are employed in boils, car- 
buncles, irritable ulcers, gangrenous sloughs. The charcoal 
and yeast poultices are used in foul wounds. Poultices are 
also applied with benefit in pneumonia, pleuritis, pericarditis, 
hepatitis, peritonitis, faucial inflammation, etc. 
Suppositories are solid preparations, of a round, cylindrical 
or conical form, to be introduced into the anus; and are com- 
posed of sedative, astringent, or purgative medicines, com- 
bined with suet, cocoa-butter, honey or soap. 
Syrups are liquid conserves, made by dissolving sugar with 
some plant, or in water, either with or without medicinal im- 
pregnation. 
Tinctures are preparations in the form of solutions of the 
active portions of medicinal substances, in rectified or proof 
spirits. A tincture is called simple when it holds only one 
substance in solution, and compound,, when two or more ingre- 
dients are submitted to the solvent. DENTAL MATERIA MEDICA 
AND 
THERAPEUTICS. 
ACACIA—GUM ARABIC. 
Source.—A thorny tree or shrub, of Arabia and Africa. 
Description.—The concrete juice which exudes spontaneously 
from the stem of the Acacia vera, in the form of a gum, which 
hardens, on exposure, in small, irregular or roundish or oval 
pieces, of various sizes, more or less transparent, hard, brittle 
and pulverizable. It is generally either white or yellowish- 
white, but sometimes of a deep orange or brownish color ; the 
powder, however, being pure white. It is inodorous, with a 
feeble, slightly sweetish taste, and when pure dissolves wholly 
away in the mouth. 
In water it forms a viscid solution, known as mucilage. 
It is insoluble in alcohol, ether and t*he oils. When kept 
dry it undergoes no change. 
Chemical Constituents.—It consists of a peculiar proximate 
principle known as Gum or Arabia, composed chiefly of a 
soluble acid substance, Gummic Acid (H2C12H18O10H2O), com- 
bined with 3 per cent, of lime, forming a soluble salt, gummate 
of calcium. 
Medicinal Properties and Action.—Demulcent and emollient. 
It forms an excellent adjunct to other medicinal substances of 
the same class, and an ingredient in all the officinal lozenges. 
Dose.—Of the gum, §j ad libitum. Of the mucilage (§iv, 
water 5vj) Sij to 5vj daily, or ad libitum. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Coughs and hoarseness, gastro-intestinal 
irritation, infantile diarrhoea, epistaxis and superficial hemor- 
rhages ; applied in the form of fine powder. 
Dental Uses.—As an emollient in the form of mucilage, to 
cover and protect inflamed surfaces of mucous membrane. ANTIFEBRINE. 
165 
As a mechanical styptic, in a finely-powdered form, in super- 
ficial hemorrhages, such as from leech bites, etc. 
Combined with borax, it is a useful application for inflamed 
mucous membrane. 
Prof. Bonafoux, of the Academy of Medicine, Paris, recom- 
mends a powder composed of equal parts of gum arabic, colo- 
phony and carbon, as possessing great hemostatic powers, and 
capable of arresting the bleeding of large arteries. 
For Inflamed Mucous Surfaces. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
R. Pulveris acacia g ij 
Sodii boratis 5 ij 
Fiat pulvis. 
SlG.—Apply to inflamed part. 
ACETANILIDE -PHENYL-ACE TAMIDE (ANTIFEBRINE) 
Formula. —C8H9N0 or C6H5N (C2H30)H. 
Derivation.—Acetanilide is a derivative of aniline, made by 
adding an excess of glacial acetic acid to pure colorless ana- 
line. It is in the form of a white crystalline powder of neutral 
reaction, without odor or disagreeable taste, slightly pungent, 
producing a burning sensation when applied to the tongue. It 
resembles “ mother of pearl ” when evaporated by heat, in the 
form of large scales. It is but slightly soluble in cold water, 
but freely soluble in ether, chloroform and alcoholic solutions. 
It is not altered by acids or alkalies. The pure drug should 
be white or of a faint rose-tint, and should form a colorless 
liquid and completely volatilize when heated upon a platinum 
surface. Water of a temperature of 1050 F. will dissolve one 
part of it to fifty of the water; alcohol, from 3 to 5 parts, and 
ether and chloroform in larger proportions. 
Therapeutic Action and Properties.—Acetanilide is antipy- 
retic, diuretic, antiperiodic and anodyne, and in ordinary doses 
its action is less marked on healthy persons than when fever 
is present, as its most apparent action is to reduce temperature 
by converting oxyhemoglobin into methemoglobin in the 
red blood-corpuscles interfering with oxidation. When an 166 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
excessive quantity is absorbed, the alkalinity of the blood 
is reduced, the red corpuscles destroyed, the hemoglobin 
liberated and appearing in the urine, which is changed to a dark- 
brown color. It increases the quantity of uric acid and urea 
present in the urine. Large doses may cause diastolic arrest 
of the heart, preceded by motor and sensory paralysis. Small 
doses increase the action of the skin and kidneys. The blood- 
pressure at first increases, but soon falls, and the heart’s 
action becomes slower. It is contraindicated in large doses 
in the low fevers, owing to its action on the blood cells. It is 
eliminated by the kidneys. Belonging to the aromatic series 
of antipyretics, derived from coal tar, it possesses advantages 
over all the others from the same source. In some cases 
toxic effects, ascribed to impurity, or peculiar susceptibility to 
its action, have resulted from its administration ; cyanosis and 
collapse also have occurred, as well as vomiting and profuse 
perspiration. Such ill effects from acetanilide must be coun- 
teracted by the application of external heat, vigorous alcoholic 
stimulation, with hypodermic use of ether, atropine, and 
strychnine, in order to support the respiration and circulation. 
Acetanilide is much used for headache, neuralgia, rheumatism, 
facial neuralgia, locomotor ataxia, sciatica; in acute inflam- 
matory rheumatism it reduces the temperature, relieves the 
pain and swelling. It is also used in croupous pneumonia, 
scarlatina and other febrile affections of children. 
It relieves any tendency to nausea and vomiting, and is 
usually tolerated by a weak stomach. On account of its 
diuretic action acetanilide is especially harmless in kidney 
affections. 
Dose.—The dose varies from grs. ijss, repeated every hour, 
to grs. x every three or four hours; it may be given in the 
form of pill, powder or tablet triturate. Its prolonged use 
causes it to lose its effect; but its action is renewed if the 
drug is withheld for 24 or 48 hours. 
Dental Uses—Acetanilide is employed in dental prac- 
tice for facial neuralgia, pulpitis; internally administered in 
connection with the application of the devitalizing mixture to ACETIC ACID. 
167 
relieve the pain of the latter, in doses of two and one-half 
grains, repeated every hour until ten grains have been taken; 
also for the relief of the pain of periodontitis and alveolar 
abscess, etc., etc. For periodontitis, first paint the gum over 
affected root with tincture of aconite and tincture of iodine, 
equal parts, then apply a capsicum plaster to gum, and admin- 
ister two and one-half grains of acetanilide; repeat the acetan- 
ilide, if necessary, every two hours until ten grains are taken. 
In facial neuralgia, periodontitis, etc., it has proved effectual in 
cases where quinine has failed, or has been contraindicated. 
Formalide.—Antiseptic and Germicide. It is composed of 
acetanilide y2 per cent., formaldehyde y per cent., borogly- 
ceride 1 per cent., sodium benzo-borate 2 per cent., with 
eucalyptol, thymol, menthol, oil gaultheria, alcohol and witch- 
hazel. 
For Facial Neuralgia, Neuralgic Head- 
ache, Acute Periodontitis, etc. 
Dr. Shoemaker. 
R. Acetanilide. . . . gr.loo 
Lupulini gr.loo M. 
Ft.—Capsulae No. xx. 
SiGNA.—One or two capsules every 2 
or 3 hours. 
For Pain of Pericementitis. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R . Acetanilide gr.viij 
Syr. simple . . . . 3 ij 
Spir. Frumenti* . , . ij M. 
SiGNA.—One-half of the above at one 
time, followed in 5 hours by the other 
half. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Simple Fevers of Children. 
Dr. Hollopeter. 
R . Acetanilide gr.xviij 
Hydrarg. chlor. mitis . . gr.j 
Sodii bicarb gr.xij 
Sacch. lact gr.xv 
M. Fr.—Chart. No. xij. 
SiGNA.—One every 2 hours until 3 are 
taken. 
A Convenient Prescription for Ace- 
tanilide (Antifebrine). 
Dr. E. L. Clifford. 
R. Acetanilide . . . sf j 
Sp. vini gallici . . j^iv.ss 
Syr. simple . . . 
Aquae ail 3 vj M. 
SiGNA.—A tablespoonful contains 5 
grains, an adult dose. 
ACIDUM ACETICUM—ACETIC ACID. 
Formula.—C2H4Oa, or conveniently written HC2H302. 
Derivation.—Purified Pyroligneous Acid. Prepared from 
wood by destructive distillation; contains 28 per cent, of anhy- 
drous acetic acid. Specific gravity, 1.047. 
Dilute Acetic Acid—Acidum Aceticum Dilutum, the only 168 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
form in which it is employed internally, is prepared by mixing 
one pint of acetic acid with seven pints of distilled water. 
Specific gravity, 1.006. 
Medical Properties and Action. — Refrigerant, diaphoretic, 
astringent, diuretic, stimulant, tonic. It allays restlessness by 
allaying thirst, and acts upon the skin and kidneys; also acts 
as an antiscorbutic. The strong acid applied to the skin 
causes intense redness and pain, followed by rapid vesication. 
Dose.—Of acetic acid, gtt. iij to x. Of dilute acetic acid, 
5j to ij. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Fevers, night sweats, diarrhoea, scurvy, 
hemorrhage of the lungs, stomach and nose. Externally 
the strong acetic acid is applied in tinea capitas, psoriasis 
cancer, corns and warts; the dilute form is applied externally 
to gangrene, ulcerated throat, in the form of gargle, ulcers, 
sprains and bruises. Owing to its volatility and pungency, its 
vapor, when applied to the nostrils, acts as an excitant in 
syncope, headache, etc. 
Dental Uses.—Acetic acid is externally employed in indo- 
lent ulcers of the mouth, cancrum oris and scurvy, both locally 
and internally. It is also applied to fungous growths of gums 
and dental pulps, the stronger acid being used. In the form 
of glacial acetic acid—Acidum Aceticum Glaciale (concentrated 
acetic acid), it is applied externally as a caustic in fungous 
growths of gum, dental pulp, etc. In cancerous ulcerations 
of mucous membrane, it relieves pain and promotes a healthier 
condition. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Indolent Ulcers of the Mouthy 
Cancrum Oris, Scurvy. 
R. Acidi acetici . . . . f iij 
Aquae f^v 
Fiat solution. 
SlGNA.—Apply with a camel’s-hair 
brush. 
For Inflamed Fauces. 
R. Acidi acetici . . . . fsjij 
Ammonii chloridi , . gj 
Mellis f^iss 
Aquae f^xij 
Fiat gargarysma. 
ACIDUM ARSENIOSUM—ARSENIOUS ACID. 
WHITE OXIDE OF ARSENIC ARSENIOSUM OXIDUM. 
Formula.—As203. 
Arsenic-arsenicum, the metal from which arsenious acid. ARSENIOUS ACID. 
169 
is obtained, is not employed as a medicine in its native state, 
It is combined with sulphur and certain metals, and is hard, 
brittle, crystalline, of a steel-gray color. When heated to a 
dull redness, it volatilizes in the form of a colorless vapor, with 
an odor like that of garlic—alliaceous. It is generally found 
in cobalt ore. It is a powerful poison. 
Derivation.—Arsenious Acid is obtained by roasting arseni- 
cal ores, and purifying by sublimation. It is in the form of a 
fine white powder, which is often adulterated with chalk, lime, 
etc.; hence it is better to procure it in the solid form or lump, 
which is of a milk-white color externally, and often perfectly 
transparent internally. It has no odor, and is therefore liable 
to be mistaken for more innocent substances, and scarcely any 
taste, or merely a faint, sweetish impression. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Arsenious Acid in large 
doses is a virulent irritant poison, but in doses of one-sixtieth 
to one-twelfth of a grain, properly administered, is a tonic 
increasing the appetite and improving the secretions, both in 
quality and quantity. In large doses, in the form of Fowler’s 
Solution—Liquor Potassii Arsenitis (prepared by boiling 64 
grains of arsenious acid and bicarbonate of potassium, each in 
half a fluid ounce of distilled water, then adding 12 fluid 
ounces more of distilled water, half a fluid ounce of compound 
spirit of lavender, and afterward water enough to make the 
solution measure a pint)—it is a powerful antiperiodic. In 
small doses, administered for a considerable time, it modifies 
the blood, and through it nutrition, so as to remove various 
morbid conditions. When continuously used, a sensation of 
heat in the throat, oesophagus and stomach is sometimes ex- 
perienced, nausea, pain in the stomach and occasional vomit- 
ing ; also, great languor or depression of spirits, with redness 
of the eyes, swelling of the eyelids and oedema of the face; 
hence, at the first evidence of such symptoms, the remedy 
should be discontinued until they have passed away. When 
continually increasing doses are administered, the arsenic 
accumulates, and poisonous symptoms quickly appear ; hence, 
it is recommended to begin a course of arsenic with large doses, 
and the quantity given regularly reduced. When arsenious 170 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
acid is administered, the bowels should be well evacuated by 
a purgative, given previously, and the arsenic taken directly 
after a meal, but never upon an empty stomach, on account of 
gastric irritation. Its use should be omitted for a day or two 
every two or three weeks, and a mild aperient employed, 
in order to prevent the accumulation of the arsenic in the 
system. A few drops of laudanum added to the arsenical 
preparation will prevent nausea and vomiting. All arsenical 
preparations should be administered with the greatest regu- 
larity, at stated times. 
During the employment of arsenic, the eyes of the patient 
should be examined daily, and if the eyelids and conjunctiva 
become inflamed, the remedy should be discontinued ; also, 
when the urine, from being pale and copious, becomes scanty, 
acid and high-colored, the arsenic should be suspended. 
Poisonous symptoms have been caused by half a grain of 
arsenious acid, and fatal effects have followed the administra- 
tion of two grains, although much larger quantities have been 
taken with impunity ; very large quantities often cause emesis, 
which removes the substance from the stomach, and thus pre- 
vents fatal effects. When the idiosyncrasies of the patient 
are unknown, it is better to use small doses before beginning 
with large doses. The quantity of arsenic required to pro- 
duce a fatal effect varies according to the susceptibilities of 
the patient and the state of the stomach. Much, however, 
depends on the idiosyncrasies of the individual, which differ 
greatly in different persons. When large quantities are taken, 
the effects are sometimes manifested on the cerebro-spinal 
system, death following, from narcotism, in a short time. 
The amount of arsenious acid which may be safely intro- 
duced into the stomach should never be equaled in an appli- 
cation to the pulp of a tooth. One-twentieth of a grain may 
be a safe dose medicinally, but a much less quantity is suffi- 
cient for devitalizing the pulps of teeth. 
When arenious acid is swallowed or applied to a denuded 
surface.it is rapidly absorbed into the system; hence it is a 
dangerous agent, and in every case should be carefully used, ARSENIOUS ACID. 
171 
and its effects closely watched. It possesses a very powerful 
antiseptic property, arresting the process of putrefaction. The 
stomach and alimentary canal of persons who have died from 
its effects have been found in a perfeet state of preservation 
for a long time after interment. 
Poisonous doses produce great intestinal inflammation, with 
ulceration in some cases, and rarely, gangrene. It has also 
been detected after death, in the blood, in the urine, and also 
in the liver, spleen, kidneys, muscles and stomach. A certain 
degree of tolerance in the use of arsenic may be established, 
where poisonous doses can be taken with impunity. Such a 
state may be produced by the constant legitimate use of the 
agent, or in the case of those who begin the habit of arsenic 
eating at an early age, and who find this practice of service in 
increased breathing power, strength, and improved bodily 
condition. As long as such a habit is continued, no ill effects 
are apparent; but as soon as the arsenic is discontinued, symp- 
toms resembling those of poisonous doses make their appear- 
ance. 
Arsenious acid acts locally as an escharotic, but while a true 
escharotic acts chemically, producing decomposition of the 
part to which it is applied, a state incompatible with life, 
arsenic destroys the vitality of the organized structure, and 
its decomposition is the consequence. This distinction should 
be remembered in the use of arsenious acid in dental practice. 
Arsenic is eliminated by the liver, kidneys, intestinal canal 
and bronchial tubes ; and it is thought that some of the symp- 
toms produced by it have their origin in the local effects of 
the poison on the channels of excretion. 
The symptoms of gastro-intestinal arsenical poisoning—the 
more common form—are described by Bartholow as follows : 
Burning sensation at the epigastrium, and extending over the 
abdomen; violent and uncontrollable vomiting; excessive 
dryness of the mouth and fauces, intense thirst, intestinal irrita- 
tion, bloody and offensive stools, retracted abdomen, strangury, 
suppression of urine, or bloody urine, and in females menor- 
rhagia ; rapid and feeble action of the heart, oppressed breath- 172 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ing, great agitation and restlessness, shrunken features, cold 
breath, involuntary evacuations, collapse ; consciousness being 
retained to the end. 
The symptoms of the cerebral form of arsenical poisoning 
are profound insensibility and coma, similar to extreme opium 
narcosis. The effects of arsenical poisoning, when not fatal, 
are felt for a long time in the form of gastro-enteric irritability, 
an irritable condition of the skin, stiffness of the joints, neu- 
ralgic pains, numbness, formication, paralysis, etc. 
After death from arsenical poisoning, the gastro-intestinal 
mucous membrane exhibits deep redness, erosions, ecchymosis 
and softening. Death generally occurs in the midst of con- 
vulsions, followed by rigid spasm of the whole body. 
When arsenic has been injudiciously administered for too 
long a period, in addition to the irritation of the conjunctiva, 
swelling of the face, desquamation of the skin, etc., salivation 
has been observed in some instances, and at times a peculiar 
silvery whiteness of the tongue. 
Dose.—Of arsenious acid, gr. A- to gr. in pills with bread 
crumb three times a day. Of liquor potassii arsenitis (Fow- 
ler’s Solution), TTfij to TTlx, three times a day; each fluid 
drachm contains half a grain of arsenious acid. 
Arsenic is contraindicated in infancy and childhood ; in all 
sthenic diseases accompanied by strong arterial action ; in all 
irritable conditions of the stomach and alimentary canal; and 
in all inflammatory and pulmonary affections. 
Therapeutic Uses.—In intermittent and periodic diseases, 
such as malaria, neuralgia and spasmodic affections, being of 
great value in neuralgia, especially when of a malarial type, 
hemicrania, chronic rheumatism, asthma, whooping-cough, 
chorea, diseases of the skin, vomiting of pregnancy, hay fever, 
irritative dyspepsia, uterine affections, bites of venomous 
snakes, etc. Externally it is applied to cancerous growths; 
hypodermically, in cases of local chorea. 
Arsenic is also employed medicinally in the forms of arseni- 
ate of iron ('Fern Arsenias) and arseniate of soda (Soda 
Arsenias). ARSENIOUS ACID. 
173 
Dental Uses.—The devitalizing power of arsenious acid 
being far more powerful than its escharotic power, it has been 
employed for many years to destroy the vitality of the pulps 
of teeth, for which purpose it is generally combined with 
either the acetate or sulphate of morphia and sufficient crea- 
sote to form a paste, to prevent, or at least mitigate, the ex- 
tremely painful action of the arsenic when topically applied to 
living tissue. It was formerly supposed that creasote was a 
solvent for the arsenic, but this is now denied. Carbolic acid 
may be substituted for the creasote. 
As the danger of absorption is great, there is considerable 
risk in applying arsenious acid to the teeth of young persons, 
or those very susceptible to the influence of this agent; hence 
other escharotics, such as repeated applications of carbolic 
acid, or pepsina porci, with dilute hydrochloric acid, or nitric 
acid, chromic acid, or chloride of zinc, or the galvanic cautery, 
or the surgical method of introducing into the body of the 
pulp a barbed wire, are employed in such cases. The arsenious 
acid, when employed for the devitalization of dental pulps, 
has been combined with pulverized charcoal, under the im- 
pression that the latter prevents the rapid absorption of the 
arsenic, and thus limits its action mechanically rather than 
therapeutically. 
The creasote (or carbolic acid), employed in combination 
with the arsenious acid as a nerve paste, obtunds sensibility, 
acting as a styptic, antiseptic and escharotic; hence some 
depend upon this agent alone to modify the action of the 
arsenic, and dispense with the morphine. 
Tannic acid and tincture of aconite are sometimes substi- 
tuted for the morphine and creasote, or carbolic acid in the 
preparation of a nerve paste. Arsenious acid is also employed 
alone, in the form of a dry powder, to devitalize pulps of teeth ; 
but it is not only more painful, but less prompt in its action 
than when it is combined with other agents. Previous to the 
application of the arsenical preparation, chloroform, tincture 
of aconite, sulphate of atropine, cocaine, etc., may be applied 
to the exposed portion of the pulp, and the painful effect of 174 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the arsenic be thus modified. The spray of rhigolene, or ab- 
solute ether, has also been employed for this purpose. 
The quantity of arsenious acid to be employed for devitali- 
zation will depend upon the structure and class of the tooth, 
varying from the fa, fa to the fa of a grain ; also the length 
of time the arsenical preparation should remain in the tooth, as 
the condition of the pulp and tooth, the age of the patient, the 
quality of the tooth structure and the susceptibility of the 
patient should all be considered. While in most cases pulps 
are readily devitalized by the application of a moderate quantity 
of the agent, in other cases it appears to be impossible to 
accomplish this object without extra measures are resorted to. 
In teeth of a soft, frail structure, owing to an excess of organic 
matter, the arsenic is rapidly absorbed; but if, on the other 
hand, the tooth is of a dense structure, the retention of the 
arsenical preparation for a much longer time may not be 
attended with any injurious effects, such as peridental inflam- 
mation. From twelve to twenty-four hours are generally 
required to enable the arsenious acid to properly devitalize the 
pulp of a tooth; the difference in time depending upon the 
quantity of the acid employed, as well as upon other circum- 
stances already enumerated. To produce a speedy effect, the 
pulp should be freely exposed by the careful application of the 
excavator, and the devitalizing agent applied directly to the 
exposed surface of the organ. Accuracy as to the quantity of 
the arsenious acid to be employed may be arrived at by hav- 
ing a grain divided into forty to sixty parts, by weight, in the 
form of the dry powder. A pellet of cotton, on the end of an 
excavator, may then be saturated with creasote or carbolic 
acid or, what may be more painless, oil of cloves, and the de- 
sired quantity of the powder, being taken up on the pellet, can 
be placed directly in contact with the exposed surface of the 
pulp, and secured in the carious cavity by means of a second 
pellet of cotton, saturated with either sandarach or shellac var- 
nish, a solution of gutta percha and chloroform, wax, or sof- 
tened gutta percha. To properly secure the arsenical prepa- 
ration in the cavity of a tooth, a concave disk of thin platinum ARSENIOUS ACID. 
175 
may be placed over it, and a temporary filling of soft gutta 
percha introduced into the carious cavity. Many condemn 
the use of sandarach or other varnish to seal the arsenic into 
cavities, preferring a filling, such as softened gutta percha, etc., 
to confine the arsenic more securely. 
Dr. Chas. Truman suggests a mixture of iodoform and 
arsenious acid as a painless devitalizer under all conditions. 
It is applied as follows : After placing the rubber dam in 
position, drying cavity, etc., the amount of the arsenious acid 
it is proposed to employ is placed upon a glass slide and an 
equal quantity of iodoform, or an excess is added and a paste 
made with a five per cent, solution of carbolic acid, and the 
whole carried to the pulp on a piece of cotton, the size of a 
pin’s head. This is then covered with a gutta percha cap, or 
one of platinum, and a temporary filling introduced; the latter 
may consist of softened gutta percha or zinc filling material. 
Pressure upon the pulp must be avoided. 
Some prefer to wound the pulp, so as to draw blood, before 
the application of the arsenical preparation is made, and thus 
insure its speedy action. Care is necessary that the arsenic 
should be completely secured in the carious cavity, and no 
portion of it come in contact with the parts outside of the 
tooth. In the case of proximal cavities, a roll of bibulous 
paper, saturated with sandarach varnish, may be pressed be- 
tween the teeth, beyond the cavity, and thus prevent the 
arsenical preparation from coming in contact with the gum 
and cheek, or gutta percha may be softened and packed 
against the margin of the gum in such a quantity as will fill 
the interspace. Failure to observe such precautions may re- 
sult in violent inflammation involving the alveoli and causing 
necrosis of the bone. After the devitalization of the pulp has 
been accomplished, it is necessary that every particle of the 
arsenic should be removed from the tooth. The effect of per- 
mitting the agent to remain in the tooth for a longer time 
than is necessary for the devitalization of the pulp only, is 
peridental inflammation. Where several applications of the 
arsenical preparation fail to produce the desired devitalization, 176 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the resistance thus offered to the influence of the agent may 
be owing to several causes; a granulated, protective covering, 
which is formed over the surface of the exposed portion of the 
pulp, which defends it from the action of the arsenic; or, 
extraordinary vital power in the pulp, which may be due to 
the peculiar constitution of the patient, who probably would 
not be as susceptible to the action of arsenic as the majority 
of persons are, even if it were administered by the mouth. 
Such resistance to the action of the devitalizing agent may 
be overcome either by the removal of the granulated surface 
where it exists, or, in cases of non-susceptibility, by punctur- 
ing the pulp with a pointed instrument, charged with the 
arsenical preparation; first taking the precaution to obtund 
the sensibility of the organ by the application of a benumbing 
agent. The action of arsenic depends upon both local and 
systemic conditions. When the capillaries of the pulp are 
congested as a result of the inflammation, the absorption of 
the agent is prevented or retarded, and it acts chemically upon 
the superficial tissue of the exposed portion of the pulp and 
causes pain, rendering it necessary to relieve the congestion 
before the nerve tissue can be primarily affected. In case of 
a lymphatic temperament, characterized by low vital power 
and excess of fluids in the tissues, the arsenic is readily ab- 
sorbed and devitalization speedily results; whereas in cases 
where there is great nerve-power or excessive nervous irrita- 
bility, the susceptibility of the tissues to its influence is very 
feeble, and the devitalization of the pulp is difficult and some- 
times impossible, unless repeated applications are made. 
It is not considered advisable to apply arsenious acid to 
a dental pulp in an acute stage of inflammation, and the 
method generally pursued in such cases is to remove the 
loose matter in the cavity, first applying the rubber dam, and 
relieve the congestion by slightly puncturing the pulp so as to 
cause a slight hemorrhage. Then apply an anodyne, such as 
oil of cassia, oil of cloves, eugenol, terpinol, or other agent of 
like properties. This should be carefully sealed in the cavity, 
without pressure being made upon the pulp, for from one to ARSENIOUS ACID. 
177 
three days, according to the degree of inflammation existing 
in the parts. At the expiration of such time, the dressing is 
removed, and if the inflammation has subsided, as is shown 
by the symptoms presented during the period the dressing 
has remained in the tooth, an application of arsenious acid 
may be made. Upon the removal of the arsenic, an applica- 
tion of tannia and glycerin should be made in order to harden 
the devitalized pulp and render its removal easy in the form 
of an entire mass; then apply some efficient antiseptic dress- 
ing to pulp-canal, first washing out with peroxide of hydro- 
gen. The use of dialyzed iron is also recommended, after the 
removal of the arsenic, as it is not always certain that the latter 
agent has been carefully applied. The dialyzed iron is intro- 
duced into the cavity on a piece of wood. The cavity should 
be kept free of moisture from the time of the application of 
the arsenic up to the time of the application of the dialyzed 
iron. 
When arsenious acid is applied to the surface of an exposed 
pulp, its first effect is stimulating, followed by paralysis of the 
sensory nerves, a degree of inflammation being excited which 
depends upon the quantity of arsenious acid employed. After 
the stimulating effect passes off the arsenic is gradually ab- 
sorbed and the pulp slowly dies. Too large a quantity of the 
arsenic will cause violent inflammatory action, increase the 
congestion and prevent the pulp from absorbing the agent; and 
experience has shown that recently exposed pulps are more 
readily devitalized by arsenious acid than those which have 
been exposed for a considerable time. It is therefore advisable 
to employ minute quantities of arsenic as a devitalizing agent, 
and to avoid pressure on the pulp when applying it, so that 
the pain occasioned by its action may be limited to the space 
of one hour on an average. The danger of an excess of arsenic 
passing through the apical foramen of the root to the peri- 
dental membrane must always be guarded against by carefully 
regulating the quantity of the agent; on the other hand all 
extraneous matters that will interfere with the action and 
application of the arsenic to the exposed surface of the pulp 178 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
must be removed, or irritation and pain and not devitalization 
will result. For the application of arsenious acid to the sur- 
face of a fractured tooth, where it is difficult to retain it, the 
filling may be ligatured in place, after being covered with a 
thin layer of gutta percha. Dr. E. C. Kirk uses for such a 
purpose surgeon’s rubber plaster, carrying it around the tooth. 
Arsenious acid is also employed in dental practice to obtund 
the undue sensitiveness of dentine, but less frequently now 
than in past years, as its action is due more to devitalizing 
energy than to a chemical action, such as a true escharotic 
produces. As it is capable of being absorbed through a con- 
siderable thickness of dentine, the result of which would be 
the death of the pulp, arsenious acid, if it is employed for ob- 
tunding the sensibility of the dentine, should be suffered to 
remain in the tooth but a very short time—from one to three 
hours—and every particle of it carefully removed. As there 
are many agents which prove effective for such a purpose, it is 
much better to refrain from the use of arsenious acid as an 
obtunder of hyper-sensitive dentine. 
When arsenious acid comes in contact with the soft tissues 
of the mouth, the result of careless application, its irritating 
effects become apparent in from twelve to twenty-four hours, 
beginning with a slight soreness and some congestion. Small 
ulcers then appear which increase in depth, but are not attended 
with much pain, unless the agent penetrates to the periosteum. 
The parts involved eventually become quite dark in color, and 
sloughing occurs to some extent. Dr. Faught suggests the 
following treatment : “ Wherever practicable, the soft tissues 
should be curetted. Scarify freely, and then touch the wound 
with muriated tincture of iron; then cauterize it with carbolic 
acid or iodine, and, if need be, stimulate further in a few days 
with another application of the same.” ARSENIOUS ACID. 
179 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Devitalizing Pulps of Teeth. 
Flagg. 
R. Acidi arseniosi. . . . gr.j 
Morphinse acetatis . . gr.ij 
Acidi carbolici . . . gtt. iij. M. 
Fiat massa. 
Signa.—The proper quantity to re- 
main 12 to 24 hours. 
Pierce. 
R. Acidi arseniosi. . . .gr.x 
Morphinse sulphatis . gr.xx 
Creasoti q.s. 
To make a thick paste. 
SlGNA.—To remain 24 hours for adults; 
10 hours for children. 
Garrettson. 
R. Acidi arseniosi . . . 
Morphinse acetatis . . aa gr.x 
Creasoti q.s. 
To make a thick paste. 
SlGNA.—To remain 24 hours for adults; 
10 hours for children. 
If a very irritable condition is pres- 
sent, sulphate of atropia may be substi- 
tuted for morphia. 
Hollander. 
R. Acidi arseniosi . . . gr.xij 
Morphinse acetatis . . gr.ij 
Olei caryophylli . . . gtt.iv 
Creasoti q.s. 
Ut fiat pasta. 
R. Acidi arseniosi. . . .gr.v 
Acidi tannici .... gr.x 
Tincturseaconiti . . . q.s. 
To make a thick paste. 
SlGNA.—To remain 24 hours. 
J. D. White. 
R. Acidi arseniosi.... gr.ij 
Morphinse sulphatis . gr.j 
Creasoti q.s. 
Fiat massa. 
Signa.—To remain from 12 to 24 hours. 
R. Acidi arseniosi.... gr.xx 
Morphinse acetatis . . gr.x 
Creasoti q.s. 
To make a thick paste. 
SlGNA.—To remain 12 to 24 hours for 
adults; 8 to 10hours for children. 
R. Acidi arseniosi. . . . gr.x 
Morphinse acetatis . . gr.xl 
Creasoti, vel acidi car- 
bolici q.s. 
To make a thick paste. 
SlGNA.—To remain 12 to 24 hours. 
E. C. Kirk. 
R. Acidi arseniosi.... 
Cocaini hydrochloratis.aa gr.xx 
Menthol cryst. . . . gr.v 
Glycerini enough to 
make a stiff paste. M. 
SlGNA.—Use the desired quantity, and 
secure it with a lead cap covered 
with gutta percha. 
For Malignant Ulcerations of a Can- 
cerous Character. 
R. Liquoris hydrargyri ni- 
tratis fjj 
A powerful caustic. 
SlGNA.—Applied by means of a camel- 
hair brush, and the parts then covered 
with lint. 
R. Acidi arseniosi. . . . I part 
Cocaine hydrochloras . 4 parts 
Lanolin 5 parts. M. 
SlGNA.—To remain 24 hours. 
For Painless Devitalization. 
R. Acidi arseniosi.... gr.^g- 
Olei caryophilli . . . enough to 
make a paste. M. 
Or a pledget of cotton may be satur- 
ated with the oil of cloves and the 
arsenious acid taken up on this and 
applied to the pulp. 180 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Devitalizing Fibre. 
R. Absorbent cotton . . (crosscut 
fine.) 
Acidi arseniosi. . . .gr.v 
Acidi tannici .... gr.ij 
Morphinae acetas. . .gr.x 
Acidi carbolici (ol.) . q.s. for a 
thin paste. 
Reduce the cotton by cutting and cross- 
cutting to a soft fine fuzz, then 
incorporate it with the above mix- 
ture ; dry and separate into small 
pieces for convenient application. 
Or arsenic, morphine and cinnamon ap- 
plied to cotton in same manner as 
above. 
Devitalizing Pulps of Teeth. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
First apply to point of exposure 
vinum opii or any anodyne (not car- 
bolic acid) for a minute or two, then 
use the following: 
R. Acidi arseniosi. . . . 3} 
Hydrochlorate of co- 
caine 5 ij 
Lanolin ad.q.s. 
To make a stiff paste. 
SiGNA.—Apply a small quantity to the 
exposure on a little square of gummed 
paper about of an inch in size; 
this should be covered with a pellet 
of cotton saturated with liquid vase- 
line and the cavity filled with soft 
gutta percha, or paste of oxyphos- 
phate of zinc. This application 
should remain 48 hours in the case 
of an adult; 24 hours in case of a 
patient under 21 and more than 12 
years of age; and 8 to 12 hours in 
case of a patient under 12 years of age. 
For Destroying and Removing Pulps. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R . Acidi arseniosi.... gr.xc 
Cocaini hydrochlor . . gr.x 
Iodoformi gr.v to vij 
Either oil of cloves, or 
oil of cassia . . . . q.s. 
To form a stiff paste. 
Apply -gtj grain to the pulp and allow it 
to remain 48 hours. Seal cavity with 
gutta percha, when the dressing is 
removed keep cavity dry. and wash 
it with dialyzed iron, and apply alco- 
holic solution of tannin. Seal cavity 
for 8 days, when the pulp may be 
removed painlessly. The root may 
be filled at once. 
Tests for Arsenic.—Arsenic, in the solid state, may be de- 
tected by its volatility; heated over a spirit-lamp, it passes off 
in the form of a white vapor, devoid of smell, and is deposited 
on a cool surface as an amorphous powder, or in octahedral 
crystals. When arsenic is thrown on burning charcoal, it is 
deoxidized, and gives out the garlic odor of metallic arsenic. 
When heated in a glass tube with charcoal or black flux, it 
sublimes, and condenses in the form of a brilliant steel-gray 
ring or mirror. 
The following reagents will detect it when it is in aqueous 
solution: Sulphuretted hydrogen, or sulphide of ammonium, BENZOIC ACID. 
181 
produces a lemon or yellow sulphide of arsenic; the addition 
first of ammonia, and then of nitrate of silver, produces a 
light-yellow arsenite of silver; the addition of potassa, and 
then of sulphate of copper, produces a light-green arsenite of 
copper. The most delicate test, however, is that of nascent 
hydrogen, known as Marsh’s Test, which consists of subject- 
ing the arsenic to the action of nascent hydrogen (evolved by 
the action of diluted sulphuric acid on pure zinc); it is de- 
oxidized, and unites with the hydrogen to form arseniuretted 
hydrogen gas, which has the odor of garlic, and burns with a 
bluish-white flame, depositing a black spot of metallic arsenic 
on the surface of a cold plate held directly in the jet. 
Reinsch’s Test consists in boiling the suspected material 
with hydrochloric acid and clean copper foil, when, if any 
arsenic is present, the copper foil becomes coated with gray 
metallic arsenic. 
Cobalt.—Cobaltum (Formula, Co)—is a metal chiefly found 
in combination with arsenic, either in the form of the arsenide 
(tin-white cobalt), or as gray cobalt ore, with sulphur and ar- 
senic. The late Dr. Robert Arthur, at one time, preferred 
cobalt as a devitalizing agent to arsenious acid, being of the 
opinion that less irritation followed its action, and consequently 
greater immunity from peridental inflammation ; afterwards, 
however, he found it less reliable than arsenious acid. At the 
present time cobalt is not considered to be any safer than 
arsenic; it is also less prompt in its action as a devitalizing 
agent. 
Formula.—C7H602=C6H5—CO,OH. 
Derivation.—Benzoic acid is obtained from benzoin (a bal- 
samic resin, which exudes from the incised stem of a tree of 
Sumatra, Java, Borneo and Siam), either by sublimation or by 
the action of alkalies ; it is also made from hippuric acid. It 
is in the form of white, feathery crystals, of a silky lustre, a 
peculiar, agreeable odor, and warm, acidulous taste. While it 
is sparingly soluble in cold water, it is more soluble in warm 
or boiling water, and very soluble in alcohol, solutions of po- 
ACIDUM BENZOICUM—BENZOIC ACID. 182 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tassa, soda, ammonia, lime and concentrated sulphuric and 
nitric acids. The fixed oils also dissolve it. From solu- 
tion it crytallizes in transparent prisms. It is also inflam- 
mable. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Benzoic acid is stimulant, 
particularly of mucous surfaces, and its vapor causes great 
irritation of the air passages. It is also antiseptic and expec- 
torant, and some claim that is a more powerful antiseptic 
than carbolic acid. Like salicylic and boracic acids, it pre- 
vents fermentation and putrefaction and destroys minute or- 
ganisms. In the system it is converted into hippuric acid, by 
the assumption of the elements of glycocol, and in this form 
is excreted in the urine; a large part is excreted by the kid- 
neys, as benzoic acid. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Benzoic acid is employed in chronic 
cystitis, gout, calculous diseases, jaundice, incontinence of 
urine in children, etc. 
Dose.—Gr. x. 
Dental Uses.—Benzoic acid may be employed as an anti- 
septic in suppurating and gangrenous conditions of the pulps 
of teeth and mucous membrane; also as a local hemostatic 
in combination with powdered alum. It forms one of the 
ingredients of Dr. Chapin A. Harris’ Gum Wash. 
The tinctures of benzoin are employed in the treatment of 
unhealthy and sloughing wounds, flabby granulations, foul 
ulcers, as they destroy the fetor and stimulate to a more 
healthy growth. In the antiseptic employment of benzoic 
acid, it may be used as a substitute for boracic and salicylic 
acids. The addition of borax will increase its solubility in 
water. 
Benzoate of Amonnium—Ammonii Be?izoas—will dissolve 
phosphatic calculi, if its use is long continued. 
Benzoated lard, when employed in the preparation of oint- 
ments, prevents chemical change, such as rancidity or acridity. 
It is prepared by digesting, at a moderate heat, 5ij of pow- 
dered benzoin with a pound of lard. BENZOIC ACID. 
183 
Antiseptic Mouth Wash. 
Dr. W. D. Miller. 
R. Acidi benzoici 3. 
Tinct. eucalypti 15. 
Alcoholis 100. 
01. Menth. pip 0.75 
For an Antiseptic and Disinfectant Mouth Wash. 
Dr. L. P. Bethel. 
R. Benzoic acid 
Orris root 
Cinnamon, pv., aa l/ioz 
Soap bark 2-oz 
Tannic acid I dr 
Borax gr. 20 
Ol. wintergreen 3oTTt 
Ol. peppermint idr 
Cochineal ${dr 
Sugar 4-oz 
Alcohol 12-oz 
Water 20-oz M. 
Macerate 6 days and filter. 
SlGNA.—For rinsing purposes 6 or 8 drops in half a glass of water. In 
stronger solution for inflammation and pain after extraction. 
Listerine, the formula of which is thyme, eucalyptus, bap- 
tisia,- gaultheria, and mentha arvensis, in combination, each 
fluid drachm also containing two grains of benzo-boracic acid, 
is largely employed as an antiseptic, deodorizer, and disin- 
fectant, in surgical practice, in the form of a lotion, a gargle, 
a dressing, or an injection. In dental practice, listerine is 
reliable in carious teeth, ulcerations of mucous membrane, and 
wounds of the mouth, in the form of a lotion or dressing; for 
alveolar abscesses, necrosis and caries of maxillary bones, in 
the form of injections and lotions ; after the extraction of teeth, 
as a mouth wash ; and for offensive breath, as a gargle. It 
may be employed in its full strength, or in various degrees of 
dilution with water. 
For such diseases as diphtheria, catarrh, dysentery, scarla- 
tina, erysipelas, smallpox, different forms of fevers, etc., the 
dose is one teaspoonful three or more times a day (as indi- 
cated). 184 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Stomatitis of Dentition. 
R . Listerine 3 j 
Glycerine 
Water . . . . qs. ad. M. 
SlGNA.—A teaspoonful every 2 to 4 
hours after nursing or feeding. 
R. Listerine %) 
Syr. simplicis .... 3 vij. M 
or— 
For Sore Mouth of Nursing Women. 
R. Listerine 
Glycerine aa 2[vj 
Rosewater ss M. 
SlGNA.—Use as a mouth wash. 
Local Anesthetic. 
Dr. L. P. Bethel. 
R. Listerine 
Carbolic acid (crystals) grs.x 
Gum camphor grs.viij 
Iodoform 3 ss 
Pond’s ext. hammamelis ij M. 
SlGNA.—Used hypodermically. 
ACIDUM BORICUM—BORIC ACID—BORACIC ACID. 
Formula.—H3B03. 
Derivation.—Boric acid, formerly called Boracic Acid, is 
obtained artificially by decomposing a hot saturated solution 
of borax with sulphuric acid, which unites with the soda to 
form sulphate of soda, and liberates the acid. It is in the form 
of white, shining crystals, of a scaly nature. It is soluble in 
26 parts of cold water, in three parts of warm water, and feebly 
soluble in alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Boric acid is antiseptic and 
deodorant. It destroys minute organisms, and arrests fer- 
mentation and putrefactive decomposition, and is said to be as 
effective an antiseptic as carbolic acid, and less irritating than 
salicylic acid. 
Therapetitic Uses.—It is locally employed as a dressing for 
wounds, ulcers, burns, scalds, skin-grafting, etc., as it is non- 
irritating, and lessens suppuration, and prevents decomposi- 
tion. Boric acid is employed in all the forms and combina- BORACIC ACID. 
185 
tions in which carbolic and salicylic acids are used by the anti- 
septic method, in the form of a saturated solution. 
Boric Lint is made by steeping lint in a saturated solution 
of boric acid at the boiling point. 
Dose.—Of boric acid, gr. viij to xvj. It does not cause any 
disturbance of the stomach, and is eliminated in the urine. 
Boro-glyceride is composed of boric acid 62 parts, and 
glycerine 92 parts, each gently heated over a water bath and 
the boric acid gradually added to the glycerine, and the heat 
continued until 54 parts, or three molecules of water are driven 
off. It is amber-colored and very friable, and proves to be a 
valuable antiseptic. 
Boro-glycerine has an acid, pungent taste, and an astringent 
effect on mucous membranes, and is free from some of the 
objections to the use of the boric acid powders. (See Glyce- 
rine for Glyceroborates of Sodium and Calcium.) 
Boric Ointment is composed of boric acid, 1 part; paraffin, 
2 parts; almond oil, 2 parts. When used it should be mixed 
with a little glycerine. 
Mel Sodii Boratis—Honey of Borax—is composed of borax, 
60 grains ; honey, 1 troy ounce. 
Borolyptol.—Antiseptic and germicidal. Composed of ace- 
toboro-glyceride, formaldehyde, pinus pumilis, eucalyptus, 
myrrh, storax and benzoin. Employed externally and inter- 
nally. Dose for internal use, 5ij. 
Dental Uses.—Boric acid may be employed as an antiseptic 
in all the forms and combinations in which carbolic and 
salicylic acids are used, and when it is combined with sulphite 
of soda the compound forms a valuable preparation for bleach- 
ing discolored teeth. (See Sulphite of Soda.) 
Boric acid, in a 10 per cent, solution, may be used with 
benefit in the form of an injection into suppurating cavities. 
As a mouth-wash and gargle it is employed in a solution com- 
posed of twenty grains to the ounce of water. Combined 
with glycerine in the form of boro-glyceride, a valuable 
application is secured for antiseptic dressings and injections. 
One part of boric acid in 130 of water is used as a germicide. 186 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Alveolor Pyorrhea. 
R. Creta preparata . . £ j 
Acidi borici . . . gj M. 
SlGNA.—Apply this powder to gums 
about necks of teeth, after all deposits 
have been thoroughly removed, and 
aromatic sulphuric acid injected. 
For Chapped Lips and Abrasions. 
R. Acidi borici . . . 2 parts 
Vaselin 30 parts 
Glycerini .... 3 parts 
Attar of roses, for perfume, a few 
drops, if used as a lip salve. 
Antiseptic Mouth Wash. 
R. Boric acid § ss 
Carbolic acid . . . . gr.xv 
Thymol . . . . . . gr.iv 
Water Oj M. 
Mouth Wash. 
R. Boro-glycerine . . . 
Carbolic acid . . . . gj 
Water g xvj 
For Capping Exposed Pulps. 
R. Acidi borici 
White wax . . aa 1 part 
Oil sweet almonds 
Paraffin . . . . aa 2 parts. M. 
For Aphthous Ulcerations of Mouth, 
Fissured Tongue, Abrasions by 
Artificial Dentures, etc. 
C. N. Peirce. 
R. Acidi borici .... grs.lxiv 
Olei gaultherise . . . f g ss 
Glycerini f^iv 
Alcoholis fijj 
Aquae enough to make 4 ounce.'. M. 
Temporary Capping for Exposed 
Pulps. 
Dr. H. Milling. 
R. Boric acid 
White wax aa I part 
Oil of sweet almonds 
Paraffin aa 2 parts 
Antiseptic Solution. 
Thiersh. 
R. Acidi borici . . . . grs.76 
Acidi salicyli .... grs.xvj 
Aquae ferventis . . . Oj. M. 
Antiseptic Mouth Wash. 
R . Boric acid -5 vij 
Phenic acid .... grs.xv 
Thymol grs.viij 
Essence peppermint . gtt.xx 
Tinct. anise . . . ijss 
Water Oij M. 
For Eczema, etc. 
R. Acidi boraci .... grs.viij 
Aquae destillatae . . . M. 
SlG—Use as a lotion. 
ACIDUM CARBOLICUM—CARBOLIC ACID. 
PHENIC ACID; PHENYLIC ALCOHOL; PHENOL. 
Formula.—C6 HsO H. 
Derivation.—Carbolic Acid is obtained from coal tar by frac- 
tional distillation and subsequent purification, being extracted CARBOLIC ACID. 
187 
from that part of the heavy coal tar oils which distill over 
between i5o°and 200° Centigrade. Specific gravity 1.065. 
When pure, it is in the form of colorless acicular, interlac- 
ing crystals, which at 950 F. become an oily liquid, possessing 
a strong odor and taste, closely resembling creasote, having 
similar characters and properties, although it is a different 
substance. Much of what is called creasote is nothing but 
impure carbolic acid (Acidum Carbolicum Impurum), com- 
bined with two other substances, similar in constitution, and 
known as creasole and phosole. 
Chemically considered, carbolic acid is an alcohol rather 
than an acid, and its crystals readily absorb moisture on ex- 
posure to the air, and are thus liquefied. 
It crystallizes at yo° F., and becomes liquid at from 90° to 
950 F., and fuses at 930 to 1060. It is freely soluble in alcohol, 
ether, chloroform, glycerine and the essential oils. When 
carbolic acid is liquefied and discolored by exposure, it is diffi- 
cult to detect it from creasote, as it possesses the same odor, 
taste, caustic properties, and a like affinity for albumen. Car- 
bolic acid is soluble in from twenty to twenty-three parts of 
water, the purest being the most soluble. A small quantity 
of water will convert it into the liquid state, but will not dis- 
solve it. Water dissolves six per cent, of carbolic, acid and 
five parts dissolve in one part of alcohol; four in one part of 
ether; three in one part of chloroform ; seven in two parts of 
glycerine, and four in seven parts of olive oil. It is also solu- 
ble in carbon disulphide, benzol and fixed and volatile oils. 
The best quality of carbolic acid contains two per cent, of 
water and should be hard and dry, with no odor of creasote 
nor of volatile sulphur compounds. Crystallized carbolic acid 
may be dissolved by a small quantity of cologne water ; and 
to prevent recrystallization and prepare it for use (in the form 
of injections, for example), the bottle containing it should be 
warmed by immersion in hot water, until it becomes fluid, and 
about five per cent, of rectified alcohol, or a few drops of 
glycerine, be added. 
The red color which it assumes on exposure is thought to 188 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
be caused by the ammonia in the air, and also by the presence 
of copper in the acid, which is affected by the ammonia of the 
atmosphere. 
Medicinal Properties and Action.—Carbolic acid resembles 
creasote so closely in many of its characters and medicinal 
properties, that the therapeutic applications are the same in 
the case of both of these substances. Many, however, con- 
sider carbolic acid to be more efficacious in obstinate dis- 
charges than creasote; and also less irritating in its crystalline 
form when applied to very sensitive organs, such as the pulp 
of a tooth. 
In its pure state it is escharotic; when diluted, it is rube- 
facient, anesthetic and antiseptic. Internally administered, it 
is sedative and carminative, possessing the power of allaying 
vomiting and gastric irritability. 
Its powers as an antiseptic and germicide are not now con- 
sidered to be equal to those of some other substances, such as 
bichloride of mercury, iodine, iodoform, etc., although it is yet 
regarded as a useful and important agent. It is irritant to the 
skin and other tissues, and capable of being absorbed to a 
dangerous amount. Eisentein regards carbolic acid as an anti- 
pyretic as inferior to salicylic acid, and others regard boric 
acid as possessing equal antiseptic properties. As a local 
anesthetic, carbolic acid exerts a very soothing influence upon 
painful tissues; hence it is beneficial in odontalgia, and for 
pulp dressing. On account of its solubility, a variety of solu- 
tions of special value can be formed with it, which are 
especially serviceable as antiseptic applications. 
The application of large quantities of carbolic acid to an 
extensive surface is, however, dangerous, as cases of fatal 
poisoning have resulted by the absorption of this acid; hence, 
care is necessary in its use as an external application. 
Its nauseous odor and taste and its caustic action render it 
objectionable, unless greatly diluted, for internal administra- 
tion. To obviate such objections, it is recommended to use it 
in the form of sulpho-carbolates. 
When applied to the skin or to mucous membrane, it pro- CARBOLIC ACID. 
189 
duces a burning sensation, of short duration, and the eschar 
is at first whitish, afterward becoming brown or black, and 
surrounded by a zone of inflammatory redness; and, notwith- 
standing its power to coagulate albumen, is rapidly diffused 
into the blood. Carbolic acid exists in the blood as a carbo- 
late; and the blood itself does not appear to undergo any 
change in its corpuscular elements. It is in part consumed in 
the body, and the products of its combustion are excreted in 
the urine. Solutions of carbolic acid of adequate strength will 
check suppuration, and correct the fetor of ulcers, etc. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Internally, it is employed for nausea and 
vomiting due to an irritable state of the stomach, in scarlatina, 
measles and smallpox, pyrosis, etc.; as a gargle in diphtheria; 
as an inhalation in chronic nasal catarrh, hay asthma, whoop- 
ing-cough, phthisis, etc.; as an injection in chronic cystitis, 
primary syphilis, erysipelas, pleuro-pneumonia and uterine 
diseases; as a lotion in gangrenous and other ill-conditioned 
ulcers, carbuncle, poisoned wounds, burns, skin diseases, 
scrofulous ophthalmia and itching of the skin. 
Dose.—Of crystallized carbolic acid, gr. to gr. j, largely 
diluted. A better form, however, is one drop of the crystallized 
acid, liquefied by heat, in one ounce of mucilage, three times 
a day. The dose of glycerite of carbolic acid (Glyceritum 
Acini Carbolici), made by rubbing together §ij of carbolic acid 
with Oss of glycerine, is Tltiv. 
The dose of carbolic acid water [Aqua Acidi Carbolici), f5x; 
of the glycerite, dissolved in distilled water, enough to make 
the mixture measure a pint, the dose is f5ss to f5j. 
Impure carbolic acid is employed for disinfectant purposes. 
Ointment of carbolic acid (Unguentum Acidi Carbolici')— 
carbolic acid, 5j; lard, 5j. 
Sulphophenol.—Sulpho-carbolic acid, C6H4 (OH)(S02OH)— 
C6H6S04, is produced by the action of sulphuric acid on 
phenol, and is considered to be a very efficient antiseptic and 
disinfectant. The addition of acids, particularly sulphuric, to 
crude carbolic acid of different strengths, increases its anti- 
septic and disinfectant properties, and considerably increases 190 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
its solubility. Twenty-five per cent, of crude carbolic acid, 
mixed with an equal quantity of concentrated crude sulphuric 
acid, gives the best results, and renders it a cheap and effec- 
tive disinfectant and sterilizer. 
Aseptol, crude sulphophenol (sulpho-carbo orthoxyphenyl- 
sulphurous acid), is a syrupy rose-colored volatile liquid with 
a strong odor, and a non-irritant action. It readily dissolves 
in every proportion of water, alcohol and glycerine. Although 
it is more acid than carbolic acid, yet it is less caustic, and 
directly combines with bases. It is non-toxic, anti-fermenting, 
anti-putrid, and its disinfecting properties are more energetic 
than those of carbolic and salicylic acids. It can readily be 
combined with the essential oils. It is recommended as a 
substitute for carbolic acid. 
Sulpho-carbolate of zinc (Zn(C6H5S04)2H20) combines the 
virtues of zinc salts and carbolic acid, and is used internally, 
in diarrhoea, and externally, in aqueous solution of from three 
to six grains to the ounce, as a dressing for wounds and ulcers, 
and an injection in gonorrhoea. 
Sulpho-carbolates of sodium, potassium, magnesium, cal- 
cium and quinia are employed as antiseptics in cholera and 
zymotic diseases generally. 
Dental Uses.—Carbolic acid being antiseptic, styptic, eschar- 
otic, stimulant and sedative, or narcotic, is a valuable agent in 
dental therapeutics. It has been employed as an application 
to carious dentine, to obtund sensibility and arrest putrefactive 
changes in the devitalized structure, and to coagulate the 
albuminous elements at the end of the dentinal tubuli. 
But it is now generally conceded that there are other agents 
which are more permanent in their action as antiseptics, and 
hence carbolic acid, it is claimed, should not be introduced 
into root-canals permanently, as silico-fluoride of sodium, 
boro-glycerine, oil of cloves, cassia, cinnamon, myrtol, etc., 
are far more powerful, with better stimulating, antiseptic and 
disinfectant properties, and do not possess the coagulating pro- 
perty of carbolic acid, nor clog a delicate canal or destroy the tis- 
sues to which they are applied. Carbolic acid relieves odontalgia CARBOLIC ACID. 
191 
when applied to the surface of an exposed and painful pulp. It 
is also invaluable in the treatment of alveolar abcess; and in 
combination with iodine or other agents it is often employed 
with beneficial effects in the treatment of periodontitis. When 
employed in the treatment of alveolar abscess, as an antiseptic, 
although the discharge of pus may be increased for a short 
time after its application, there is soon manifested a decided 
diminution in the quantity secreted. When applied to a sup- 
purating pulp it arrests putrefaction, and induces a healthy 
action without irritation. It is also a valuable antiseptic appli- 
cation in ulcerations of the mucous membrane of the mouth, 
gangrenous conditions and mercurial stomatitis; for such 
purposes it is combined with glycerine and other agents. 
Applied to exposed pulps, it forms, by escharotic action, an 
eschar, which some regard as conducive to the recovery of 
the organ, while others regard the quiescent state it produces 
as an indication of the degeneration of the pulp, and hence 
prefer to use it in a diluted form, for the same object, objecting 
to its employment in its pure state, on account of Its escharotic 
or caustic action. 
It is also useful as a styptic in case of superficial hemorr- 
hage from the gums after the extraction of teeth, especially 
in combination with other agents. A preparation known as 
phenol sodique is often employed for such a purpose. 
Oil of cloves, when added to an equal quantity of carbolic 
acid, will disguise, to some extent, its taste and odor. It can 
also be perfumed by adding to I part of carbolic acid 3 parts 
of oil of lemon and 100 parts of alcohol (36 degrees). Car- 
bolic acid is also employed to check the hemorrhage resulting 
from the application of leeches to the mucous membrane of 
the mouth. When applied to an ulcerated surface, it should 
be repeated, as pus is formed or fungous growths appear; and 
having formed an eschar when applied to an exposed pulp, it 
should not be repeated until the eschar is detached from the 
surface. It has also been employed in the form of hypo- 
dermic injections, for the relief of neuralgia. 
Carbolic acid is also useful as a local anesthetic. Com- 192 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
bined with glycerine (i part to 12 of glycerine), it will stimu- 
late the mucous secretion, and hence has been applied to the 
palate in cases of deficiency of this secretion to promote the 
suction of upper dentures. 
When properly diluted with alcohol, it renders soft and 
spongy gums firmer and less tender. 
It will also correct fetor of the breath arising from carious 
teeth, smoking, etc., acting as a deodorizer. 
In all fetid discharges from the mouth, throat, etc., carbolic 
acid, combined with glycerine or an aqueous solution, may be 
used with advantage. The pure acid is employed for bathing 
cavities in teeth, preparatory to the introduction of the filling 
material, for its effect on sensitive or softened dentine and low 
organisms, although other agents prove more effective as ger- 
micides. 
For use as a disinfectant, the form of carbolic acid which 
contains about ninety-four per cent, of the pure acid and 
known as “ carbolic acid No. 4,” is the best, and it may be 
used as an antiseptic in the following strength: for lotions or 
sponges, 2]/2 per cent, in water; for spray or vapor, 5 per 
cent, in water; for a dressing, 5 per cent, in olive oil. Car- 
bolate of potash (unofficial—Robinson’s remedy) is composed 
of equal parts of carbolic acid and caustic potassa rubbed 
together; it is employed in pyorrhoea alveolaris and hyper- 
sensitive dentine. Carbolic acid one-third and potassa fusa two- 
thirds is escharotic, anesthetic, obtundant and disinfectant; 
such a combination causes a definite slough, and is useful in 
suppurating surfaces, sloughing ulcers and dead tissue. 
Synthetic Carbolic Acid.—Hitherto all carbolic acid used in 
medicine has been prepared from coal-tar. But such an acid 
is never quite pure, always containing impurities derived from 
the coal-tar. Synthetic carbolic acid is produced during the 
process of sulphonizing benzol and subsequent fusion of the 
benzol-sulphonate with caustic alkali. The most characteristic 
difference between it and the acid prepared from coal-tar is the 
odor, the synthetic acid having a faint “ pure ” odor not like 
that of coal-tar, and almost unperceivable in a 5 per cent. CARBOLIC ACID. 
193 
aqueous solution, differing in this respect also from the com- 
mercial article. Synthetic carbolic acid is in two forms—in a 
coherent crystalline mass, and in loose crystals. Experiments 
made by Dr. Ohlmueller, of the German Health Department, 
showed that the synthetic acid diminished the life activity of 
the bacteria experimented on rather less than the older acid, 
but that the difference was so small that the two kinds might 
be considered to be practically of the same value. One of the 
advantages claimed for synthetic carbolic acid is its greater 
solubility in water, thus enabling the operator to use it in 
greater strength without diminishing its causticity. 
Phenol Sodique (unofficial) is a solution of sodium carbo- 
late, and is extensively employed in dental practice. (See Phe- 
nate of Soda). It is composed of pure melted carbolic acid, 
5 parts ; solution of caustic soda (of a specific gravity of 1.332), 
1 part; distilled water, 5 parts. Mix. 
Carbolate of Camphor is composed of carbolic acid, by 
weight, one part, and camphor, by weight, three parts. 
A Lotion for Soft and Spongy Gums. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . gr. xx 
Spiriti rectificati (alco- 
hol.) 3 ij. 
Aquae destillatse . . £ vj. M. 
It renders the gum less tender and 
firmer. 
An Antiseptic Lotion or Lnjection. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . 
Glycerini % xv. M. 
For alveolar abscess and ulcers of 
mouth. The glycerine modifies the 
caustic action of the acid. 
A Stimulant and Antiseptic Lotion. 
Dr. J. Stocken. 
R. Acidi carbolici. . . . j 
Glycerini 3 iv 
Aquae §x. M, 
Useful in ulceration of the gums and 
mucous membrane. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Sensitive Dentine and Alveolar 
Pyorrhoea. 
Dr. J. A. Robinson. 
R . Acidi carbolici . . . (cryst.) 
Potasse caustic. aa partes equal. 
Misce, by triturating in a mortar until 
a crystalline paste is formed. 
Signa.—Apply on a loosely rolled twist 
of cotton about neck of tooth, for 
alveolar pyorrhoea. It is known as 
the “ Robinson Remedy.” 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea {Riggs' Dis- 
ease). 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . 1fR xxv 
Potassi iodidi. . . . gr.v 
Zinci chloridi .... gr.xxv 
Alcohol absolut . . . TRXXV 
Aq. destillatse .... TRX 
Ol. menthse pip. . . . TRv 
Misce et Ultra. 194 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
SlGNA.—As an injection in pockets of 
gum. 
A Disinfectant Mouth Wash. 
Dr. J. B. Patrick. 
R. Acidi carbolici (cryst.), 
Glycerini, 
Aquae rosae aa gij M. 
SlGNA.—Five to eight drops in a wine- 
glass of water. 
A Stimulent and Antiseptic Mouth 
Wash. 
R. Acidi carbolici .... gtt.xx 
Glycerini g iv 
Aquae gx M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Fetid Perspiration. 
R. Acidi carbolici ... 2 parts 
Glycerini 3 parts M. 
For Parasitic Skin Diseases. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . 5jj 
Glycerini £j. M. 
Antiseptic Solution for Washing and 
Spraying Wounds, etc. 
R. Acidi carbolici (cryst.)partem j 
Aquae part. xxiv. 
SlGNA.—Dilute the above solution with 
equal parts of water, which will make 
it equal to 1 part of the acid to 40 
parts of water; also for use in disin- 
fecting instruments and sponges. 
For Dry Mouth. 
H. J. Fish. 
R. Acidi carbolici .... gtt.x 
Glycerini j|j. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply on palate of mouth with 
a soft brush 3 times a day. 
For Inhalation in Syphilitic Ulcera- 
rations. 
R. Acidi carbolici . ... g xxj 
Aquse destillatae . . . g iij M. 
SlGNA.—Inhale the vapor. Antiseptic. 
A Stimulant and Antiseptic Injection. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . i part 
Glycerini 30 parts. M. 
Useful as an injection in chronic forms 
of alveolar abscess. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Acidi carbolici, 
Chloroform, 
Liquid opii, 
Vel morphine hydro- 
chloratis aa, gij 
Tincturae benzoinii . . . Jjj. M. 
S. Apply to exposed surface of pulp, 
on cotton. 
A Stimulant and Antiseptic Lotion or 
Injection. 
Fercy Boulton. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . Tltvj 
Tincturae iodi .... 'I'fyxlv 
Glycerini 
Aquae destillatae . . . v. M. 
For inflamed mucous membrane, and 
an injection for chronic alveolar ab- 
scess ; also useful in acute abscess after 
the use of more powerful escharotic and 
antiseptic agents. 
For Itching of the Skin. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . g ij 
Glycerini 
Aquae rosae .... jjjviij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied by means of a 
sponge. 
The following preparation is recom- 
mended for the relief of odontalgia, by 
Dr. K. W. Millican:— 
“ Melt white wax or spermaceti, two 
parts, and when melted add carbolic 
acid crystals, one part, and chloral 
hydrate crystals, two parts; stir well till 
dissolved. While still liquid, immerse 
thin layers of carbolized absorbent CHROMIC ACID. 
195 
cotton-wool, and allow them to dry. 
When required for use, a small piece 
may be cut off and slightly warmed, 
when it can be inserted into the carious 
cavity of the tooth, where it will 
solidify.” 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea [Riggs' 
Disease). 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . TTfv 
Spts. vini rectif. . . g vj 
Aq. menthae pip. . . g ij 
Ol. anisi TTU 
01. cinnamon . . . TRss. M. 
Signa.—Apply to gum with camel’s- 
hair brush. 
An Antiseptic and Disinfectant 
Dentifrice. 
J. Stocken. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . TRxxx 
Pulvis ossis sepiae . . g ij 
Pulvis radicis iridis . . g ij 
Creta Preparatae . . . .3 iij 
Olei caryophylli . . . gtt.iij M. 
For a Carbolized Styptic. 
R . Acidi carbolici . . x parts 
Collodii c parts 
Acidi tannici . . . v parts 
Acidi benzoici . . . v parts M. 
It coagulates blood and albumen, 
and cicatrizes the tissues. 
For Chilblains. 
R. Acidi carbolici • •• 3) 
Tincture iodi . . . . gi) 
Acidi tannici . . . . 55 ij 
Cerate Simplicis . . . 3 iv M. 
Fiat unguentum. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Collodii (flexile) . . gj 
Acidi carbolici . . . g ij M. 
Signa.—Apply to surface of exposed 
and painful pulp. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . . g ij 
Morphinae acetatis . . gr.xx. M. 
Signa.—Apply to surface of exposed 
pulp, on cotton. 
Dressing for Root-Canals and 
Abscesses. 
Dr. G. V. Black. 
R. Acidi carbolici . . 1 part 
Oleum cassiae ... 2 parts 
Oleum gaultheriae . 3 parts M. 
Dressing for Children's Teeth. 
Dr. L. L. Davis. 
R. Acidi carbolici (cryst.) g j 
Oleum cassiae .... g j 
Glycerini Jj 
Alcoholis g ij M. 
It quickly relieves pain, and does not 
nauseate. 
First wash out cavity with phenol-sodique, then apply on a loosely rolled 
pellet of cotton the following : 
R. Acid, carbolici glacial g ij 
Liq. potassae . . • • 
Water § vj. M. 
For Pain after Extraction, 
ACIDUM CHROMICUM—CHROMIC ACID. 
Formula.—H2Cr04. 
Derivation.—Chromic acid is obtained in the form of bril- 
liant, deep red, acicular crystals, by the reaction of strong sul- 196 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
phuric acid upon a solution of bichromate of potash. It is 
deliquescent, and very soluble in water and alcohol, forming 
an orange-yellow solution. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is a powerful caustic, de- 
composing the tissues by rapid oxidation; and although it is 
very slow and gradual in its action, yet it is deeply penetrat- 
ing and when action ceases, sesquioxide of chromium remains. 
So destructive is its effect, that small animals are dissolved 
entirely, bones and all, by it, in fifteen or twenty minutes. On 
account of its penetrating deeply, without much pain, care is 
necessary in its use; and when used as a caustic, the sur- 
rounding tissues should be well protected. The part on which 
it acts first becomes yellow, then brown, and ultimately black, 
and the eschar is detached in from twenty-four to forty-eight 
hours. It is a powerful oxidizer, and gives up its oxygen 
readily to organic matter, which it thus dissolves. When in 
solution, more or less diluted, its action can be modified, 
according to the effect desired. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Chromic acid is not given internally. In 
the form of paste, or solution with water, it is a valuable 
caustic in cancerous and other ulcerations, malignant growths, 
hemorrhoids, warts, etc. Chromic acid has been employed 
with good effect in syphilitic sores, cases of secondary syphilis, 
deep and jagged ulcers of the tongue, and ulceration of inside 
of the cheek, mucous tubercles and condylomata. It has also 
been employed in the treatment of granular ophthalmia, uterine 
hemorrhage, uterine catarrh, etc. It causes less pain than 
nitric acid and other caustics, and should never be applied to 
a surface to be cauterized in a layer deeper than a line in thick- 
ness. For removal of warts, etc., it is employed in a solution 
of ioo grains to the ounce of distilled water. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice chromic acid has been 
employed for obtunding sensitive dentine; but its most valu- 
able application is for the removal of tumors and morbid 
growths upon the gums, fungous growths of tooth pulp, etc. 
When applied to any part of the mouth, the surrounding parts 
should be carefully protected by folds of lint or strips of GALLIC ACID. 
197 
adhesive plaster. A glass rod, or a gold or platinum wire, 
should be used for its application. It is also useful in ulcera- 
tion and recession of the gums, beginning the treatment with 
a weak solution, and gradually increasing the strength. It is 
sometimes combined with glycerine, in which case the latter 
must be added to the acid drop by drop, in order to avoid 
explosion. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Secondary Syphilitic Ulcers, and Ulceration of Mucous 
Membrane of Mouth and Tongue. 
R. Acidi chroraici gr.x 
Aquse §j. M. 
SlGNA.—Paint the diseased parts 3 or 4 times a day, with acamel’s- 
hair brush dipped in the solution. 
CRESOL—CRESYLIC ACID—ACIDUM CRESYLICUM. 
Formula.—C7HgO = C6H4(CH3).OH. 
Cresylic Acid is an antiseptic and germicide upon the differ- 
ent kinds of pathogenic organisms. It is a colorless liquid 
having the odor of creasote. It boils at 203°, and is slightly 
caustic. It is soluble in water, quite soluble in alcohol, glyce- 
rine, and water of ammonia, and very soluble in both. When 
injected into rabbits it produced toxic symptoms, but to cause 
death a dose four times greater than that of carbolic acid was 
required. It has a marked effect in retarding the fermentation 
of urine and milk. Experiments on cultures of the various 
pathogenic micro-organisms demonstrated that cresylic acid is 
a powerful antiseptic and germicide, and quicker in its action 
than carbolic acid or its congeners. 
ACIDUM GALLICUM—GALLIC ACID. 
Formula.—C7H605. 
Derivation.—Gallic Acid is obtained from galls by exposing 
the powder, in water, to the action of the air, at a temperature 
of between 6o° and yo° F., when the acid is deposited in the 
form of small, silky, almost colorless crystals, possessing a 
slightly acid and astringent taste. Gallic acid is slightly 
soluble in cold water, and freely soluble in hot water, gly- 
cerine or alcohol. 198 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Galls, from which gallic acid is prepared, are the excres- 
cences caused by the punctures and deposited ova of a hy- 
menopterous insect on the twigs of the gall oak (Quercus 
Infectoria). 
Source.—Galls are obtained from Asia Minor and Persia. 
Medical Properties and Action of Galls.—Powerfully astrin- 
gent, this property depending upon the presence of tannic and 
gallic acids, as they contain 35 per cent, of tannic and 5 per 
cent, of gallic acids. The powder, which is obtained from the 
small, round, dark-blue or lead-colored excrescences, is of a 
light yellowish-gray color, inodorous and of a bitter taste. 
Galls are used in various forms, such as powder, tincture, 
infusion, ointment, etc. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Galls are employed in the treatment of 
chronic diarrhea, dysentery, leuchorrhea, chronic gonorrhea 
and gleet, diseases of the uterus and intermittent fevers, and 
externally in hemorrhagic disorders, hemorrhoids, relaxation 
of uvula, hypertrophy of the tonsils, etc. 
Gallic acid is given directly for internal hemorrhage. 
Dose.—Of powdered galls, gr. x to gr. xx. The ointment 
is composed of: powdered galls, gr. lxxx ; benzoated lard,5j. 
It is combined with opium in the proportion of ointment of 
galls, 5j; powered opium, gr. xxxij. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Gallic acid is a powerful 
astringent for arresting hemorrhage in which the bleeding 
vessels must be reached through the circulation. It is also a 
valuable styptic in cases of hemorrhage depending on a hem- 
orrhagic diathesis, and in the form of a gargle it is very ser- 
viceable in acute inflammations of mucous membranes. It is 
also a strongly deodorizing agent; and, like tannic acid, it is 
capable of taking oxygen from the globules. Internally em- 
ployed it produces constipation, which may be prevented by 
an occasional aperient. Although it is weaker than tannic 
acid, yet its properties are very similar. It is supposed to be 
converted into tannic acid in the blood. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Gallic acid is employed in the treatment 
of hemorrhagic diseases, in their chronic stages especially, GALLIC ACID. 
199 
such as hemoptysis, hemorrhage from ulcer of the stomach, 
hematemesis and hematuria, atonic menorrhagia; also, for 
the profuse perspirations and excessive expectoration of phthisis, 
for albuminuria, dyspepsia, chronic diarrhea and gastric irri- 
tation in children, gonorrhea, gleet, etc. 
Dose.—Of gallic acid, gr. ij to gr. v, in pill, every two or 
three hours. 
Glycerite of gallic acid (Glyceritum Acidi Gallici), for ex- 
ternal use, is composed of gallic acid, 5j ; glycerine, §iv. 
Ointment of galls (Unguentum Gallce) is composed of galls 
in fine powder, 5 j: lard, 420 grains. 
Dental Uses.—Powdered gall is useful as a styptic in super- 
ficial hemorrhages from the gums and mucous membrane; 
also in inflamed and ulcerated condition of mucous membrane, 
and in relaxation of the uvula. Gallic acid, in the form of a 
gargle, is employed in acute inflammations of mucous mem- 
brane, as astringent and antiseptic, and in hemorrhages from 
mucous surfaces depending upon a hemorrhagic diathesis. 
For hemorrhage following the extraction of teeth, Dr. Bar- 
tholomew claims that one teaspoonful of gallic acid in a glass 
of water, internally administered, never fails. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Acute Tonsilitis and Inflamma- 
tion of the Mucous Membrane 
of the Mouth. 
R. Acidi gallici gr.xl 
Liq. sodae chlorinatae . ij 
Glycerini f, ij 
Aquae destillatae . . . M. 
Signa.—To be used as an antiseptic 
and astringent gargle. 
An Internal Astringent in Hemor- 
rhagic Affections. 
R. Acidi gallici 5;j 
Glycerini 
Aquae destillatae . . . vj. M. 
Signa—Take as a dose. 
For Relaxation of Uvula and Hyper- 
trophy of Tonsils. 
R. Infusi gallse . . . . % vj 
Aluminis gr.xl. M. 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. 
An Internal Astringent for Dental 
Hemorrhage. 
Otto Arnold. 
R. Acidi gallici . . • . . g j 
Aquae cinnamon . . . ij. M. 
SiGNA.—A teaspoonful every hour until 
bleeding is arrested. 200 
DENTAL MEDICINI 
For an Astringent Gargle or Lotion. 
B. Pulveris gallae % ss 
Aquae Oj. M. 
SlGNA.—As a gargle or lotion in inflamed or ulcerated condition 
of mucous membrane and gums. 
ACIDUM HYDROBROMICUM—HYDROBROMIC ACID. 
Formula.—HBr. 
Derivation.—Diluted Hydrobromic Acid is prepared by 
adding ten per cent, of absolute hydrobromic acid to ninety 
per cent, of water. It is a clear, colorless liquid, having no 
odor, but a decidedly acid taste and an acid reaction. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Hydrobromic 
acid is often substituted for the bromides on account of its 
possessing many of their properties. It is employed in cere- 
bral disorders from over-exertion, epilepsy, spasmodic cough, 
angina pectoris, affections of the heart, as it diminishes its 
action, to relieve the symptoms of quinine, and also of mor- 
phine, migraine or sick headache, neuralgia, spasmodic asthma( 
etc. 
Dose.—til xx to 5ij. 
Dental Uses.—Diluted Hydrobromic Acid may be employed 
in facial neuralgia, infantile convulsions due to teething, and 
to lessen the irritability of the fauces when impressions for 
obturators and artificial palates are being taken. 
ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM—HYDROCHLORIC ACID. 
MURIATIC ACID ACIDUM MURIATICUM. 
Formula.—HC1. Sp. gr., i. 16. 
Derivation.—Hydrochloric or Muriatic Acid is obtained by 
the action of sulphuric acid on a solution of chloride of sodium 
or common salt. When pure, it is a transparant, colorless 
liquid, but when contaminated with chlorine, iron and other 
substances, it has a yellow color. It emits a dense, white 
vapor, with a pungent odor and a corrosive taste, being an ac- 
tive poison. The antidote is magnesia or soap. 
Medical Properties and Action.—The strong acid is a power- 
ful caustic and escharotic ; also disinfectant and fumigant, but 
inferior in its disinfectant properties to those of chlorine. For 
internal use the dilute acid, which is tonic, refrigerant and as- HYDROCHLORIC ACID. 
201 
tringent, is employed, acidum hydrochloricum dilutum,— 
diluted hydrochloric acid, which is prepared by diluting the 
strong acid so that four ounces of the acid are contained in a 
pint of diluted acid. It is of a deep yellow color, and emits 
the odor of chlorine, which is its principal constituent. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The dilute hydrochloric acid is internally 
employed in the treatment of calculous affections, gout, atonic 
dyspepsia, typhus and typhoid fevers, continued fevers of child- 
hood, syphilis, chronic whooping cough, phthisis, etc., and 
externally in diphtheria, ulcerated sore throat, cynanche ma- 
ligna, etc., 
Dose.—Of dilute hydrochloric, acid TRx to Tfl.xxx, freely 
diluted ; otherwise, when swallowed, it is highly irritant and 
corrosive. 
Dental Uses.—The strong acid is employed in the dental 
laboratory for dissolving zinc, in the preparation of flux for 
soldering certain metals. 
The strong acid is also employed as a local application in 
gangrenous stomatitis or cancrum oris, for arresting the ulcer- 
ative process ; but care is necessary in its use, on account of its 
powerful action, in order to limit its application to the parts 
on which it is to act. In mild cases it should be diluted with 
an equal weight of honey. 
In aphthous ulcerations of the mouth, in children, it is often 
a useful application. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
Foa Aphtha. 
R . Acidi hydrochlorici . I part 
Mellis 8 parts. M. 
SiGNA.—Apply with a camel-hair pencil. 
For Chronic Inflammation of Mucous 
Membrane and Gums. 
R. Acidi hydrochlorici di- 
luti TH,x 
Infusi cinchonae . . . f i§iv 
Mellis M. 
Fiat gargarysma. 
For Ulceration of Mucous Membrane. 
R. Acidi hydrochlorici di- 
luti g ij 
Glycerini 3 iv 
Aquae distillate . . . x. M. 
SiGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Scorbutic Gums. 
R. Acidi hydrochlorici di- 
luti g ss. 
Mellis, 
Aquae rosae . . . . aS. f Jj. M. 
SiGNA.—Apply with a camel-hair pencil 
3 or 4 times a day. 202 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ACIDUM NITRICUM—NITRIC ACID. 
AQUA FORTIS. 
Formula.—HN03. Sp. gr., 1.420. 
Derivation.—Nitric acid is obtained by the action of sul- 
phuric acid upon nitrate of potash or soda. When strong and 
pure it is colorless, but on account of the presence of nitric 
peroxide it is generally of a yellow color, and emits acrid, 
corrosive fumes. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Pure nitric acid is a power- 
ful caustic and escharotic, and leaves a permanent stain on the 
cuticle. It is not employed in its concentrated form internally, 
but externally, as an escharotic to destroy warts and stimulate 
sluggish sinuses ; in a diluted form it is employed as an as- 
tringent wash or gargle. The antidotes in cases of poisoning 
are magnesia or soap, and mucilaginous drinks. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The strong acid is employed externally 
in hospital gangrene, and phagedenic ulcerations; hemor- 
rhoids and painful hemorrhoidal tumors, syphilitic condylo- 
mata, syphilitic sore throat, malignant ulcers, obstinate skin 
diseases, etc. 
Diluted Nitric Acid.—Acidum Nitricum Dilutum con- 
tains three ounces of acid in a pint of the diluted acid. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is an antalkaline, alter- 
ative tonic and refrigerant, and has a very direct action on 
the liver, and if its use is continued for a long time it causes 
salivation. Like all mineral acids, it injures the teeth ; hence, 
proper care should be taken to prevent such action, such as 
the use of alkaline gargles before and after taking the acid 
into the mouth, which should be done through a glass tube or 
quill. As a tonic it is advantageously employed during con- 
valescence and inflammation, and in cachexia following acute 
disease or habits of intemperance. It is also employed as an 
alterative after a long use of mercury, as it increases the 
strength and improves the tone of the system. It is also val- 
uable as a disinfectant, but inferior to chlorine. It is not as 
agreeable to the stomach as diluted sulphuric acid. PHOSPHORIC ACID. 
203 
Therapeutic Uses.—Dilute nitric acid is employed in the 
treatment of calculous disease, syphilis, chronic hepatitis, 
chronic diarrhoea, constipation, chronic affections of the spleen, 
chronic rheumatism, cardialgia, whooping cough, intermittent 
fevers, etc. 
Dose.—Of diluted nitric acid, gtt. ij-xv, three times a day, 
diluted with water. 
Dental Uses.—The strong acid, when mixed with two parts 
of hydrochloric acid, is a solvent for gold, and is known as 
aqua regia. It is also employed as one of the most effectual 
caustics in cancrum oris, the constitution being supported and 
quinine given at the same time; also for malignant ulcers of 
the mouth, and for devitalizing pulps ef teeth when nearly ex- 
posed by mechanical abrasion, care being observed that the 
part of the surface immediately over the pulp is touched with 
the acid, and the neighboring parts protected. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Sloughing and Ill-Conditioned Ulcers. 
R. Acidi nitrici TRl-lx 
Aquae Oj. M. 
SiGNA.—Apply with a camel-hair brush. 
ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM—PHOSPHORIC ACID. 
Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum.—Diluted Phosphoric Acid 
is the principal form in which phosphoric acid is employed in 
medicine. 
Formula.—H3P04. Sp. gr., 1.056. 
Derivation.—Phosphorus, a non-metallic element, obtained 
from bones, is a translucent, nearly colorless, wax-like solid, 
without taste, and emitting white vapors when exposed to the 
air. Sp. Gr., 1.8. 
It is insoluble in water, but soluble in ether and in hot oil 
of turpentine, and has a peculiar smell. It is nervine, tonic 
and stimulant, and in over-doses, poisonous. The vapor is 
irritating to the conjunctiva and bronchial mucous membrane. 
Diluted Phosphoric Acid is prepared by boiling phosphorus 
with nitric acid and distilled water until it is dissolved, 204 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
evaporating and rediluting it. It may also be obtained 
by dissolving an ounce of glacial phosphoric acid in three 
ounces of distilled water, afterwards adding forty grains of 
nitric acid, boiling to a syrup, and diluting with water until 
the solution measures twelve and a half ounces. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is tonic and refrigerant, 
and, in large doses, is a powerful stimulant to the nervous and 
vascular systems. It can be detected in the blood, owing to 
its absorption, and, in large doses, is an irritant poison. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Diluted phosphoric acid is employed in 
scrofula, dropsy, hemoptysis, calculous disease, diabetes and 
cardialgia. Externally, it has been employed as a local appli- 
cation in the treatment of caries of the bones and osseous 
tumors. 
Dose.—Of dilute phosphoric acid, gtt. ij-xv, diluted in sugar 
and water. 
Dental Uses.—As a local application in the treatment of 
caries of the maxillary bones and osseous tumors of the jaws. 
Internally, it has been administered with a view of supplying 
a deficiency of phosphoric acid in the teeth. (See Hypophos- 
phites of Lime.) 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Caries of the Maxillary Bones and 
Osseous Tumors of the Jaw. 
R. Acidi phosphor, dilut. . I part 
Aquae destillatae 8 to io parts. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion or injec- 
tion. 
For Ulcers Over Carious Bones. 
R. Acidi phosphorici gla- 
cialis g j 
Aquae destillatae . . 
Fiat Solutio. 
SlGNA.—To be applied on compresses 
to ulcers situated over carious bones. 
Phosphoric Acid in the anhydrous state consists of one 
equivalent of phosphorus to five equivalents of oxygen (P05), 
and it is obtained by the direct union of its constituents, which 
takes place when phosphorus is burned in perfectly dry oxy- 
gen gas. 
Thus procured it is in the form of a white amorphous 
powder, extremely deliquescent, volatilizable at a red heat, and 
assumes, when it cools, after fusion, a vitreous appearance. 
Glacial Phosphoric Acid, or monohydrated phosphoric acid, PHOSPHORIC ACID 
205 
is readily obtained from calcined bones, by first heating them 
with sulphuric acid, which produces an insoluble superphos- 
phate of lime; then dissolving out the latter salt, and saturating 
it with carbonate of ammonia, which generates phosphate of 
ammonia in solution, and finally obtaining the phosphate of 
ammonia by evaporating it to dryness, and then igniting it in a 
platinum crucible. The ammonia and all of the water, except 
one equivalent for each equivalent of the acid, are driven off, 
and the glacial phosphoric acid remains, the formula of which 
is HO,P05, and contains 11.2 per cent, of water. It is a white, 
transparent fusible solid, generally in the form of sticks, inodor- 
ous and sour to the taste. It slowly deliquesces, and is spar- 
ingly soluble in water, but freely soluble in alcohol. 
Dental Uses.—Glacial phosphoric acid and white oxide of 
zinc formed into an anhydrate, give the plastic material for 
filling teeth, known as oxyphosphate of zinc. The powder or 
solid portion of this preparation is prepared by packing pure 
oxide of zinc in a clay crucible and subjecting it to almost a 
white heat for two hours, when it will have been reduced in 
bulk fifty per cent. It is then pulverized in a mortar to an 
almost impalpable powder. The burning of the oxide of zinc 
colors it to a light yellow, and it is now in a condition for use, 
and may be kept in a covered vessel for any length of time. 
The liquid portion of this filling material being glacial phos- 
phoric acid, is prepared by dissolving the acid in pure water 
until a saturated solution is obtained, when it is reduced by 
boiling in a glass vessel until it is of the consistency of gly- 
cerine, in which operation it loses one-third in bulk. It is now 
ready for use, and must be kept in a close glass-stoppered bottle. 
Formula for Fletcher’s and Weston’s preparations of oxy- 
phosphate of zinc filling materials :— 
Fluid. 
Phosphoric acid 
Phosphate of alumina. 
Fletcher’s. 
Solid. 
Balsic oxide of zinc. 
weston’s. 
Fluid. 
Phosphoric acid. 
(See Oxide of Zinc.) 
Solid. 
Basic oxide of zinc—80 per cent. 
Silicate of alumina—20 “ “ 206 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Medicated Oxypliosphate Fillings.—Dr. Chas. B. Atkinson 
claims the following advantages for such filling materials: 
First.—A remedial agent in constant contact with the walls 
of the cavity. 
Second.—Germicidal action of the filling on the tissue with 
which it comes in contact. 
Third.—A neutral influence resisting solution. 
Fourth.—Increased hardness, varying somewhat with the 
agent used. The medicaments for oxyphosphate fillings are : 
I. Creasote and oil of cloves, equal parts ; 2. Eugenol; 3. 
Deliquesced Carbolic acid; 4. Oil of cinnamon; 5. Oil of 
cloves; 6. Creasote, pure ; 7. Creasote, oil of cloves and iodo- 
form; 8. Creolin; 9. Campho-phenique; 10. Potassium chlo- 
rate (powdered); II. Salicylic acid; 12. Camphor (pulverized); 
13. Stick sulphur (pulverized); 14. Iodoform; 15. Oil of win- 
tergreen. The first seven have been fairly tested by Dr. At- 
kinson and were found to be equal in durability, manipulative 
qualities and time of setting. He employs them also in re- 
taining inlays, in setting retaining-fixtures in pyorrhea cases, 
in setting crowns, etc. In capping pulps he always employs 
a mixture of oxide of zinc, creasote and oil of cloves, and adds 
a remedial agent to the oxyphosphate filling. He employs 
mostly the first named on the list. If the medicament is a 
liquid he adds about an equal quantity of the medicament and 
phosphoric acid; if a powder, about equal parts of the medi- 
cament and oxide. The proportions may be varied as re- 
quired. The average time of setting is about ten minutes. 
ACIDUM SALICYLICUM—SALICYLIC ACID. 
Formula. C7H603, or HC7H503 or C6H4 {cooh}» 
Derivation.—Salicylic Acid is obtained by combining car- 
bolic acid with caustic soda, and subjecting this compound to 
dry carbonic acid under the influence of heat, the portion of 
salicylate of sodium remaining behind after the carbolic acid 
distills over being saturated, in the form of a hot, aqueous 
solution, with muriatic acid, which liberates the salicylic acid 
in small crystals. The crystals are washed, dissolved in hot SALICYLIC ACID. 
207 
water, and by re-crystallization, obtained in the form of a 
powder of a light brown color, which is then bleached until 
it is quite white; but most of that sold is of a light cream- 
color with a reddish tinge. The coloring matter, however, 
which is present, does not interfere with its efficacy. It has 
no smell, a slight taste, and is soluble in alcohol and ether 
and in hot water and glycerine. It can also be obtained from 
salicin, the vegetable principle existing in willow, poplar, etc., 
and from oil of gaultheria (wintergreen) and from spiraea 
ulmariae (meadow sweet). 
Medical Properties and Action.—Salicylic acid is a powerful 
antiseptic, and is said to be as effective in small quantities as 
any other antiseptic, in arresting the putrefactive and fermen- 
tative process. When properiy reduced in strength, it causes 
no pain or irritation in the parts to which it is applied. It 
will destroy minute organisms, and a small quantity will arrest 
vinous fermentation and prevent the decomposition of animal 
fluids. Although free from any poisonous action when 
administered in a reasonable quantity, yet in large doses it will 
cause nausea and vomiting. It is thought to combine with 
the soda of the blood, where it is present as a salicylate. It 
has little or no affinity for cold water; but the addition of cer- 
tain alkaline salts, such as sodium phosphate, increases its 
solubility. Combined with sulphite of sodium, which is also 
antiseptic, and water, a solution is formed which is free from 
irritating properties and especially applicable to the treatment 
of zymotic diseases. Glycerine warmed will dissolve A- its 
weight of salicylic acid, and the solution may then be diluted 
with water to any desirable extent. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed in fevers as an antipyretic 
or febrifuge; also for the same purpose in acute rheumatism, 
pneumonia, phthisis, diphtheria, etc. Externally it is employed 
as a disinfectant and deodorizer, many preferring it, on account 
of its freedom from odor, to carbolic acid. It is also employed 
as a local application in eczema of the head and face, syphilitic 
ulcers, and to cancer, gangrenous and sloughing wounds, in 
the form of powder, and as an ointment for burns. 208 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Salipyrine. — Prof. Dr. von Hosengeil (Bonn, Germany) 
claims that the action of antipyrine in such cases of influenza 
which show no rise of temperature is that of a cardiac poison. 
Salicyl and quinine have also such action. By combining 
salicylic acid and antipyrine he claims to have found a prepa- 
ration which he names salipyrine, which has proven itself to 
be a most excellent specific anti-influenzic remedy in just such 
cases. The dose he employs is from 15 to 30 grains. 
Dose.—Of salicylic acid, gr. x to gr. xx or xxx. 
Dental Uses.—Salicylic acid is employed in the treatment 
of suppurating and gangrenous pulps of teeth, in the form of 
the dry powder introduced into the pulp canals and permitted 
to remain for several days. An ethereal solution of salicylic 
acid, introduced on a small piece of punk, has also been em- 
ployed for the same purpose, where it is difficult to introduce 
the dry powder ; the ether volatilizes in a few minutes. Sali- 
cylic acid is also employed with advantage in inflamed condi- 
tions of the mucous membrane of the mouth and gums, and 
in the treatment of aphthae, thrush and other ulcers, in the 
form of a solution. For such purposes its combination with 
powdered cassia or cinnamon, equal parts, is recommended, 
to be applied with a soft brush. Salicylic acid has also been 
found efficacious in all inflammatory conditions resulting 
from decayed and dead teeth and roots. It has also been re- 
commended as a dentifrice, in the form of an alcoholic solution 
of the acid perfumed with oil of gaultheria ; but its use for 
such a purpose is questioned, on account of its softening effect 
upon the tooth structure. As tannic acid interferes with the 
action of salicylic acid, these agents should not be used in 
combination. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
A Disinfectant Mouth Wash. 
R. Acidi salicylici . . I part 
Sodii phosphas . . 3 parts 
Aquae destillatse . . 30 parts. M. 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. 
A Disinfectant and Stimulant Mouth 
Wash. 
R. Acidi salicylici . . . 3 ij 
Spiriti vini rectificati . gx. M. 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. SULPHURIC ACID. 
209 
For Perspiration of Hands and Feet. 
R. Acidi salicylici . . 3 parts 
Magnesii silicat . . 87 parts. M. 
Signa.—Use in the form of a powder. 
An Emollient and Antiseptic Gargle. 
R. Acidi salicylici . . . gij 
Sodii boratis .... giij 
Glycerini i^iiss 
Aquae destillatae . . . M. 
Signa.—Add 1 or 2 drachms to half a 
pint of warm water. 
For IVarts. 
Unna. 
R. Acidi salicylici . . . 3 iij 
Creasoti 3 vj 
Cerae, or Adipis . . . aa q.s. to 
make a firm ointment that will adhere 
to the skin. 
For Burns. 
R. Acidi salicylici . . . gj 
Olei Olivae i|viij. M. 
Signa.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhea. 
R. Acidi salicylici . . . 
Eucalyptol gvi. M. 
Signa.— Apply to pockets by means of 
cotton or a broach. 
A ntiseptic Solution. 
Thiersch. 
R. Acidi Salicylici 4 parts 
Acidi borici 12 parts 
Water 1000 parts. M. 
Useful for a wash during treatment of fractures of maxillae. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM-SULPHURIC ACID. 
OIL OF VITRIOL. 
Formula.—H2S04. Sp. gr., 1.843. 
Derivation.—Sulphuric Acid is obtained by burning sulphur, 
mixed with one-eighth of its weight in nitre, over a stratum 
of water contained in a chamber lined with lead. It is a dense, 
colorless liquid, inodorous, with an acrid taste, oily consistence 
and very corrosive. On the addition of water, with which it 
unites in all proportions, there is an evolution of heat. In the 
concentrated form it is only used externally as a caustic. 
Being an acid, corrosive poison, it causes death from asphyxia. 
The antidote is magnesia or chalk, or solution of soap, and 
mucilaginous drinks freely administered. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is a powerful escharotic, 
and when applied to living tissue, the parts first become white, 
and subsequently a brownish-black color. It is not used in- 
ternally, on account of its corrosive action. It is considered 210 
DENTAL MEDICINE, 
to be one of the most effective caustics in the bites of rabid 
animals. 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid.—Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. 
Derivation.—It is prepared by diluting sulphuric acid fSvij 
with distilled water fSlxxvij, and when the mixture has cooled 
to 6o°, add more water Slxxxiiiss. Sp. gr., 1.094. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is refrigerant, astringent 
and tonic. It is employed as a refrigerant in fevers ; as an 
astringent for arresting hemorrhage and passive mucous dis- 
charges, and as a tonic to improve digestion. As it is very 
injurious to the teeth, the proper precautions should be ob- 
served, as in the case of all acids administered as medicines— 
such as alkaline gargles used before as well as after their intro- 
duction in the mouth, and the use of a glass tube or quill. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Diluted sulphuric acid is employed as an 
internal remedy in hemorrhage from the lungs, bowels and 
uterus, in calculous affections, certain skin diseases, diarrhea, 
profuse perspiration of phthisis, in the advanced stages of 
typhus and typhoid fevers, scarlatina, lead poisoning, etc. 
Externally as a gargle and wash to ulcers. 
Dose.—Of diluted sulphuric acid, TT[v to TTLxx, three times a 
day, in water. 
Aromatic Sulphuric Acid.—Acidum Sulphuricum Aromati- 
cum—Elixir of Vitriol. 
Derivation.—Aromatic sulphuric acid is prepared by mixing 
sulphuric acid fSiij, with rectified spirit Oij, and adding cin- 
namon 5ij, and ginger It is a reddish-brown liquid, 
with an aromatic odor and a pleasant taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is tonic and astringent, 
and is the most agreeable form of sulphuric acid for internal 
use. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Aromatic sulphuric acid is enployed as 
a substitute for the diluted form in debility with night sweats, 
loss of appetite during convalescence from fevers, hemoptysis 
and other hemorrhages, and epidemic dysentery. Externally 
it is applied to carious bone, ulcers, in the treatment of 
pyorrhea alveolaris, especially where there is necrosis of the SULPHURIC ACID. 
211 
alveolar walls, when it is applied on cotton packed in the 
pockets; also in chronic alveolar abscesses. For such pur- 
poses it must be kept in the pockets, sinuses and abscesses for 
several hours in order to insure its full effects. It is also 
employed locally in cancrum oris and gangrene of the mouth, 
and largely diluted, it forms an efficient astringent mouth- 
wash in simple stomatitis, etc. 
Dose.—Of aromatic sulphuric acid, Tftv to TlXxxx, three 
times a day, in water. 
Dental Uses of the Different Forms of Sulphuric Acid.—The 
concentrated sulphuric acid is employed as a caustic in malig- 
nant ulcers, cancrum oris, gangrene, etc., in the form of a 
paste, made by mixing it with powdered sulphate of zinc. The 
concentrated sulphuric acid is also used in the dental labora- 
tory to cleanse metal plates, preparatory to and after solder- 
ing, for which purpose it is generally diluted with one-third of 
water, its action being greater when it is in a warm state. The 
concentrated acid is also used in combination with nitric acid 
to reduce hemp paper to pyroxylin, in the preparation of the 
celluloid base. 
The aromatic sulphuric acid is similar in its action to the 
diluted form, and is more agreeable for use about the mouth. 
It is a valuable application in pyorrhoea alveolaris (Riggs’ 
disease), and in caries and necrosis of the maxillary bones, as 
an injection or lotion, as it stimulates the parts to healthy 
action by favoring granulation. It may be applied to parts 
about the teeth, in cases of recession of the gums and absorp- 
tion of the processes, on a properly-shaped piece of orange 
wood. It is also valuable in alveolar abscesses as an injection, 
especially in sluggish cases, when the addition of a few drops 
of tincture of capsicum will prove serviceable. It has the 
power of dissolving the thin, carious portions of the bones, 
such as the margins of the alveolar cavities, and can be applied 
on cotton saturated with it and permitted to remain for several 
hours, when the parts should be perfectly cleansed with warm 
water. It is also employed as a gargle, properly diluted, in 
mercurial inflammation of the mouth and other forms of sto- 212 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
matitis, which do not yield to the influence of milder astrin- 
gent washes. It is also employed in the treatment of aphthae 
and other ulcers of the mouth. 
Dr. W. H. Atkinson speaks very favorably of the action of 
aromatic sulphuric acid upon morbid growths and ulcerating 
surfaces, especially in pockets where the connective tissue has 
been destroyed and deep chasms exist along the line of teeth, 
between the cementum and alveolar walls. After drying out 
such pockets with bibulous paper, drops of sulphuric acid, in 
full strength, should be dropped into the open mouth of the 
pocket until it stands full, on a level with the surface of the 
gum and teeth. This is repeated when the contents of the 
pocket is absorbed, again and again ; after which the mouth 
is washed with a saturated solution of bicarbonate of soda in 
distilled water. After drying the pocket with bibulous paper, 
a paste of tannin and glycerine, smoothly spread upon several 
folds of the same paper, is laid over the surface, and the 
patient directed to use hydronaphthol solution as a mouth- 
wash, frequently during the day. The following day, the pocket 
is washed out with peroxide of hydrogen, fifteen volume medi- 
cinal, until it ceases to bubble ; then repeat the application 
of the aromatic sulphuric acid in the same manner as 
first described. The hydronaphthol solution should be used 
frequently, and also a bichloride of mercury solution, three 
or four times a day, until there is no longer any evidence 
of pus when the peroxide is injected. Dr. J. R. Callahan 
recommends a 20 to 50 per cent, aqueous solution of sulphuric 
acid for opening the canals of teeth where the roots are curved 
or the canals obstructed by osseous growths. 
For Mercurial and Ulcerative Sto- 
matitis. 
Thomas. 
R. Acidi sulphurici . . . IRx 
Decocti hordei . . . f 25 iv 
Mellis f M. 
SlGNA.—Use as a gargle. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Aphtha and other Ulcers of Mu- 
cous Membrane and Gums. 
R. Acidi sulphurici . . . f bs 
Mellis M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied with a camel- 
hair brush. SULPHUROUS ACID. 
213 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Acidi sulphurici . . 'UJxxx 
Essence cinnamon . . gss 
Aquae M. 
Sigma.—Inject with a syringe 1 or 2 
minims in each pocket if they are 
deep and sinuous, or carious; repeat 
every fourth day. 
For Diarrhoea During Dentition. 
If the stools are serous and alkaline. 
Dr. James W. White. 
R. Acidi sulph. aromat. gtt. viij 
Spt. vini gallici . . fg ij 
Syr. acaciae.... 
Aquae menth. pip. . M. 
SiGNA.—A teaspoonful every 2 hours 
in a little water. 
R. Acidi sulphurici aromat f3; iii 
Tinctura capsici gtt.x 
Aquae f g ii. M. 
Sigma.—To be used as an injection or lotion. 
For Carious Bone, Bigg's Disease, etc. 
ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM—SULPHUROUS ACID. 
Formula.—H2S 03. 
Derivation.—Sulphurous Acid is made by dissolving sul- 
phurous anhydride (S02) in water. The latter is made by 
burning sulphur. It is a colorless liquid, having the suffo- 
cating odor o,f burning sulphur, and a sour, astringent taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is a deodorizer and dis- 
infectant, and destructive to micro-organisms, such as bacteria, 
fungi, etc. 
Owing to its affinity for oxygen it acts upon organic matter 
with great energy. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The diluted acid is locally applied to 
ulcers of the tonsils in diphtheria, syphilitic and tuberculous 
laryngitis, chilblains, parasitic skin diseases, ill-conditioned 
sloughing or gangrenous wounds; also used in pyrosis, indi- 
gestion, etc. 
Also, in the form of inhalations of the sulphurous-acid gas, 
in cases of chronic bronchitis, etc. In the form of spray, it 
is used as a local application in diseases of air passages. 
Dose.—Of sulphurous acid, TTlv to 5j- 
Dental Uses.—Dilute sulphurous acid is efficacious in mer- 
curial stomatitis, aphthae, and mucous patches, gangrene of 
the mouth, cancrum oris, ulcers of mucous membrane, and 214 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
sloughing wounds. It is an efficient and convenient disin- 
fectant. 
For Chilblains. 
Bartholow. 
li . Acidi sulphurosi . . . 3 iij 
Glycerini !jj 
Aquae iss. M. 
Signa.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Destroying Parasites in Skin Diseases. 
Startin. 
R. Acidi sulphurosi, dil. . 
Sodii hyposulphitis . . 
Aquse, q. s. ad. . . . M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Aphthce. 
Dr. Potter. 
R. Acidi sulphurosi af ij 
Aquae, q. s. ad M. 
SlGNA.—Mouth-wash, or may be used as a spray. 
ACIDUM TANNICUM—TANNIC ACID. 
TANNIN. 
Formula.—C14H10O9=(C6H2)2 (OH)sO, CO, CO, OH. 
Derivation.—Tannic Acid is obtained by exposing powdered 
galls to a damp atmosphere for several days, when sufficient 
ether is added to form a soft paste, which is allowed to stand 
for twenty-four hours. It is then subjected to pressure as 
quickly as possible, and the mass again treated with ether, to 
which xV of its bulk of water has been added ; this is allowed 
to stand as before, and is again subjected to pressure. The 
expressed liquids are now combined and allowed to evaporate 
spontaneously ; then, by the aid of a little heat, brought to a 
syrupy consistence, when it is dried on plates in a hot air 
chamber, at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. Pure tannic 
acid is solid, uncrystallizable, either white or slightly yellow- 
ish, inodorous, astringent to the taste, but without bitterness, 
and with an acid reaction. It is obtained in the form of vesic- 
ular masses, or thin, glistening scales, or in the shape of fine 
threads of a pseudo-crystalline appearance. Tannic acid 
exists also in rhatany, catechu, and other vegetable astrin- 
gents, as it is their chief principle. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Tannic Acid is considered, 
to be the most active of all vegetable astringents and styptics, 
and especially powerful on albumen, gelatin and fibrin. It is 
very soluble in water, and less so in alcohol and ether. Taken 
internally it produces no nausea, is perfectly safe, and its use 
may be continued for a long time without any ill effects. It TANNIC ACID. 
215 
may also be administered before and after meals, at all times, and 
be combined with many other remedies, such as iron, cod-liver 
oil, bitters, etc. Like gallic acid, it is capable of taking oxygen 
even from the blood globules, when in contact with alkalies. 
Tannic acid is converted into gallic acid in the blood, by 
absorbing oxygen from the red corpuscles; this absorption 
does not occur in the stomach. 
Tannic acid unites with albumen, fibrin and gelatin, forming 
insoluble tannates, thus preserving the parts beneath from the 
influence of irritating agents until resolution occurs. 
Its solution reddens litmus paper, and it is decomposed and 
entirely dissipated when thrown upon red-hot iron. 
Listerine is one of the best solvents for tannic acid. One 
ounce of listerine will dissolve half an ounce of tannic acid. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Internally it is administered in hemor- 
rhages of the lungs, stomach, kidneys or uterus, chronic 
bronchial catarrh, phthisis, after softening has taken place, 
intermittent fever, whooping-cough, chronic diarrhoea, diseases 
of the genito-urinary organs, dyspepsia, diphtheria, nervous 
diseases, etc. Externally it is applied to hemorrhages and 
profuse secretions, mercurial salivation, diseases of the eye, 
nasal polypus, gonorrhoea and gleet, bed-sores, relaxation of 
uvula, skin diseases, ulcers, etc. 
Dose.—Of tannic acid, gr. j to 3j, in pill. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice tannic acid is a valuable 
agent for local use in the treatment of such diseases as mer- 
curial stomatitis, ulceration of the gums and mucous mem- 
brane of the mouth, hypertrophy of the gums, hemorrhage 
following the extraction of teeth and wounds of mucous mem- 
brane, fungous growth of pulp, sensitive dentine, sponginess 
of the gums, for the temporary relief of odontalgia, disease of 
the antrum. In mercurial salivation tannic acid, in the form 
of powder, moistened with water, will render the spongy gums 
firmer and more comfortable, causing contraction of the ves- 
sels and checking a tendency to absorption and the consequent 
loosening of the teeth. A strong solution of tannin in alcohol 
is beneficial in obtunding the sensitiveness of dentine, or the 216 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tannin may be, in the form of a powder, combined with mor- 
phine and creasote. Tannic acid, in the form of a paste or 
ointment, made by rubbing two scruples of tannin with twenty 
drops of glycerine, and then with an ounce of lard, makes a 
good astringent application. A gargle composed of tannic 
acid and glycerine is a useful application for abrasions caused 
by artificial teeth and other irritants. A preparation known as 
Elixir' of Vitriol and Tannin, saturated solution, is a powerful 
astringent and hemostatic when applied to bleeding surfaces, 
fungous growths, etc. 
An English preparation known as Styptic Colloid, is a satu- 
rated solution of tannin and gun cotton, and is highly recom- 
mended for its styptic and deodorizing properties, as it solidifies 
blood and albumen by mere contact, and can be applied directly 
by means of a camel-hair brush, or, mixed with an equal 
quantity of ether, in the form of spray. No irritation follows 
its use, and for hemorrhage from the extraction of teeth, or, 
in the treatment of necrosed or carious maxillary bones, it is 
very efficient. Cold or warm water will not dissolve it; but 
an ether and alcohol solution may be used to remove the 
dressing. 
Tannic acid, as an internal remedy, has also been success- 
fully administered for checking hemorrhage after tooth-ex- 
traction. Dr. W. L. Roberts says: Tannic acid, administered 
internally, in proper doses, will stop, I believe, any case of 
such hemorrhage in from thirty minutes to one and one-half 
hour’s time. He recommends three grains of tannic acid in 
one-third glass of water, giving as a dose two teaspoonfuls of 
the solution every five minutes until three doses are taken; 
then two teaspoonfuls every fifteen minutes if required. Dr. 
Roberts further says, that such treatment has never failed him. 
A styptic and antiseptic cotton can be prepared by saturat- 
ing purified cotton with tannic acid, 5 parts; carbolic acid, 4 
parts; alcohol, 50 parts. The cotton should be dried and 
preserved air-tight. 
Glycerite of tannic acid—Glyceriturn Acidi Tannici, for ex- 
ternal use, is made of tannin, §ij.; glycerine, §viij. TANNIC ACID. 
217 
Ointment of tannic acid —Unguentiim Acidi Tannici, is 
made of tanin, 5j; lard, 5j. Useful for a local application to 
ulcers. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For an Astringent Dentifrice. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . .gr.xxx 
Cretae preparatae . . . ij 
Pulveris ossis sepiae. . £ij 
Olei caryophylli . . . gtt.iij. M. 
For Inflamed Mucous Membrane, Abra- 
sions, Ulcers and Sensitive Dentine. 
R. Acidi tannici .... %ij 
Tincturae arnicae . . . g ij 
Tincturae myrrhae . . l|j. M. 
SiGNA.—To be used as a lotion. 
For same as above. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . . to 3 ij 
Spiriti rectificati . . . gj 
Aquae destillatae . . . gx. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Inflamed and Ulcerated Mucous 
Membrane. 
R. Acidi tannici .... 
Spiriti vini rectificati . gss 
Aquae camphorae . . . f jj v. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Inflamed and Ulcerated Gums. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . . sjiv 
Glycerini M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle or 
mouth-wash. 
For same as above. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . , gjj 
Tinct. lodinii . . . . 
Potassii iodidi . . . . gr.xx 
Tinct. myrrhae . . . . v 
Aquae rosae fgviij. M. 
Signa. —A dessert-spoonful in a wine- 
glass of water as a mouth-wash or 
gargle. 
For Inflamed Mucous Membrane of 
Mouth. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . . 
Pulveris aluminis . . gr.xxx 
Aquae destillatae . . . g v. M. 
SiGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Sensitiveness following the Re- 
moval of Salivary Calculus. 
Coleman. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . . 
Eau de Cologne . . . M. 
SiGNA.—Add io or 12 gtts. of above 
solution to a teaspoon ful of tepid 
water, and use as a gargle 3 or 4 
times a day. 
For Loose Teeth and Spongy Gums. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . . 
Potassii iodidi . . . . gr. xii 
Tinct. iodi 
Tinct. myrrhae . ... 
Aquae rosae g vj. M. 
Dissolve the tannic acid and iodide 
of potassium in the rose water and add 
the tinctures and strain. 
SiGNA.—A teaspoonful in a wine-glass 
of warm water, used every morning 
as a mouth wash. 
For an Astringent Mouth- IVash in In- 
flamed and Ulcerated Conditions of 
Gum and Mucous Membrane. 
R. Acidi tannici .... gr.x to xv 
Tincturae pyrethri . . z iij 
Aquae rosae gvj. M. 
SiGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Ulcerations and Abrasions. 
R . Acidi tannici .... gr.xv 
Glycerini M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 218 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Inflamed Mucous Membrane of 
Mouth. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . . £ss 
Sodii boratis . . . . 3 iij 
Glycerini 
Aquae destillatae . . . J iv. M. 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. 
For Inflanied Mucous Membrane of 
Mouth and Fauces. 
R. Acidi tannici . . • 
Tinctura myrrhae . . . 3 iij 
Pulv. acaciae . . . . 3 ij 
Glycerini 
Aq. destil. q.s.ad. . . M. 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. 
For Odontalgia. 
Druitt. 
R. Acidi tannici . . . . gr.xx 
Gun mastich . . . gr.x 
Spt. aether sulph . . . fgss. M. 
Signa.—To be applied to carious 
cavity, on a pellet of cotton. 
For Alveolor Hemorrhage. 
R . Acidi tannici .... gr.xl 
Liq. plumb, subacet. 
dilut fg iss 
Vin. opii M. 
Signa.—Apply on cotton or lint, or as 
an injection. 
For Chronic Ulcers and Abscesses. 
Berel. 
R. Acidi tannici .... gr.xxxij 
Aquae destillatoe . . . M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
Astringent and Antiseptic Gargle. 
R. lannin 5 grammes. 
Tincture iodine . . 
Tincture myrrh . aa 2lfl grammes. 
Iodide of potassium 1 gramme. 
RoseWater . . . 180 grammes. 
M. 
Signa.—A teaspoonful in a glass of 
water. 
ACIDUM TARTARICUM—TARTARIC ACID. 
Formula.—H2C4H4Oe. 
Derivation. — Tartaric Acid is obtained from “tartar” (a 
peculiar substance which concentrates on the inside of wine 
casks, being deposited during the process of fermentation), or 
from crude cream of tartar. 
It is in the form of white or colorless crystals, irregular, 
six-sided prisms, and is soluble in water and alcohol, and 
wholly dissipated by heat. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is refrigerant, and dis- 
solved in water and sweetened, is a good substitute for lem- 
onade. 
In large doses it is an irritant poison, and when its internal 
use is followed by a red and dry tongue, it should be discon- 
tinued. It is often administered in the form of effervescing 
powders. 
Thei apeutic Uses. Internally it is employed as a refrigerant ACONITE. 
219 
in inflammatory and febrile diseases, irritability of the stomach, 
nausea and vomiting, dyspepsia, and diseases attended with 
copious secretion of mucus, dysentery, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of tartaric acid, gr. x to gr. xx, dissolved in water 
and sweetened. 
Dental Uses.—In combination with an equal quantity of 
chloride of lime, it is employed for bleaching discolored teeth. 
ACONITUM—ACONITE. 
Source.—Aconite is obtained from the dried, tuberous root 
of Aconitum Napellus, a perennial plant abounding in the 
mountains of Europe and Asia. The leaves and root are both 
used, but the latter is the most powerful. The alkaloid 
Aconitia or Aconitine, a sedative poison, is obtained from the 
root, and is externally employed for neuralgic affections, pro- 
ducing a sensation of heat and pricking, succeeded by a feel- 
ing of numbness and constriction in the part on which it is 
rubbed; and very satisfactory results have been obtained 
from the internal administration of Duquesnel’s Aconitia, in 
neuralgia of the fifth pair of nerves. Another principle of 
aconite, suggested by Duquesnel, is known as Napellme, 
which is less powerful than aconitia, but possesses important 
hypnotic properties, and is substituted for opium and chloral, 
especially in cases of wakefulness and mental excitement dur- 
ing neuralgic attacks. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Aconite is a powerful seda- 
tive to the nervous system, and reduces the force of the circu- 
lation. In large doses it is an active poison, lessening the 
heart’s action, affecting its ganglia and muscle, and paralyzing 
the muscles of respiration. In moderate doses it produces 
warmth in the stomach, general warmth of the body, and 
sometimes nausea, numbness and tingling in the limbs and 
fingers, muscular weakness, diminished force and frequency 
of the pulse and diminished respiration. It proves fatal, in 
poisonous doses, by its powerfully sedative impression on the 
nervous system, by suspension of the respiratory function and 
by syncope. 
WOLFSBANE, MONKSHOOD. 220 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Aconite, in the form of an extract pre- 
pared from the leaves, and a tincture prepared from the root, 
is administered in all inflammatory and febrile affections, acute 
rheumatism, neuralgia, especially in chronic cases of neuralgia, 
where all the signs of active disease are absent, or have been 
relieved by other remedies: tetanus, sciatica, diseases of the 
heart, erysipelas, amenorrhoea, tonsilitis, acute congestion of 
liver, peritonitis, eruptive fevers, etc., etc. It is contraindi- 
cated in inflammatory conditions of the gastro-intestinal mu- 
cous membrane. It is locally applied to painful sprains and 
bruises, and chronic arthritic swellings. 
Dose.—Of the tincture of aconite—tinctura aconiti—gtt. j to 
gtt. v; of the extract of aconite—cxtractum aconiti—gr. j to 
gr. ij. The tincture of the root is composed of twelve troy- 
ounces to alcohol Oij. Dose of aconitia, gr. • 
Dental Uses.—Aconite, in the form of the tincture, is a val- 
uable agent in dental practice. When locally applied, it checks 
inflammation in its early stages, by paralyzing the nerves of 
the part and lessening the excitement to the local afflux of 
blood, favoring resolution and limiting the extent of an abscess 
where pus is already formed. Combined with an equal part 
of the tincture of iodine, it is a valuable application in the 
incipient stages of periodontitis, as it relieves the inflammation 
by retarding the circulation and stimulating lymphatic action. 
For such puposes the gum or root of the affected tooth should 
be painted with this combination until it assumes a dark brown 
color, taking the precaution to first remove all moisture from 
the surface to which it is to be applied, and, after its applica- 
tion, protecting the adjoining parts, such as the lips or cheeks, 
until the remedy is absorbed. A drop or two of the tincture, 
introduced into the cavity of an aching tooth, will relieve 
odontalgia; and the same quantity will subdue the pain 
which follows the extraction of a tooth, especially when the 
cause has been the inflammation of the peridental membrane. 
Tincture of aconite is also serviceable in the conservative 
treatment of irritated or inflamed pulps of teeth. Combined 
with an equal quantity of chloroform, it is applied as a local ACONITE. 
221 
anesthetic for the extraction of teeth. For the same purpose 
it is combined with chloral, pyrethrum, morphia, etc. (See 
Dental Formulae.) It is also a useful dressing for the pulp 
canals of teeth, preventing the formation of inflammatory pro- 
ducts. The alkaloid, aconitia, is a useful remedy in neuralgia 
of the fifth pair of nerves. (See Dental Formulae.) Care is 
necessary in the application of the tincture of aconite to large 
surfaces, or where the skin is abraded, as dangerous constitu- 
tional effects may result. Fifteen drops of the tincture, taken 
internally, have caused death. The symptoms of poisoning by 
aconite are as follows: Overpowering sense of fatigue in the 
lower extremities, great muscular weakness, dimness of vision, 
with dilated pupils; great dyspnea, the respiration being 
short and labored; the pulse at first slow and small, and 
afterward imperceptible ; surface of body, tongue and breath 
cold ; a profuse perspiration ; muscles of respiration paralyzed ; 
ceasing of the heart’s action. The antidotes are emetics and 
stimulants—heat, brandy and ammonia; keep flat on back. 
DENTAL FORMULA 
For Neuralgia. 
R . Pulveris radicis aconiti 3 x 
Camphorae 
Spiriti rectificati . . . q. s. 
Moisten the aconite with some of the 
alcohol and macerate in a close vessel 
for 3 days, then percolate slowly into a 
receiver containing the camphor until 
product measures half a pint. 
SiGNA.-Apply with a camel-hair brush. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Tincturae aconiti, 
Chloroformi . . . . aa, f 3 iij 
Tinct. capsici . . . {$) 
Tinct. pyrethri., 
Ol.caryophylli . . . aaf^ss 
Gum camph M. 
SiGNA.—To be applied on a pellet of 
cotton. 
A Local Ancesthetic for the Extraction 
of Teeth. 
R. Tincturae aconiti . . . 
Pyrethri 3 iij 
Veratrinae gr.x 
Morphinae sulphas . . gr.iv 
Spirit! rectificati . . . iv 
Chloral hydratis . . . gr.iv. M. 
Let it stand 4 days and then filter. 
SiGNA.—Apply to the gum over root of 
tooth to be removed for 60 seconds, 
by means of an applicator. 
For a Local Anesthetic for Extraction 
of Teeth. 
R. Tinctura aconiti . . . f^j 
Menthol gr.x 
Chloroformi M. 
SiGNA.—Apply freely to gum about 
tooth for several minutes. 222 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Neuralgia and Rheumatic Pains, 
Bruises, etc. 
R. Tincturae aconiti, 
Chloroformi venalis, 
Spiriti ammoniae . . aa f 3 ij 
Oleo ricini .... 3: i 
Linimenti saponis . M. 
Signa.—To be rubbed on the affected 
part. 
For Neuralgia of Fifth Pair of Nerves. 
(For Internal Use.) 
R . Aconitum gr-xtr 
Glycerini, 
Alcohol aagj 
Aquae menthae pip. . . M. 
Dose.—A teaspoonful. 
For Neuralgia. 
R. Linimenti aconiti, 
Lin. belladonnae . . 
Chloroformi . . . . gij. M. 
Signa.—Apply on lint, to the part af- 
fected, and cover with a fine piece of 
sponge saturated with warm w-ater. 
For Trigeminal Neuralgia. 
R . Aconitine Crystalisee 
(Duquesnel’s) . . . gr. -£g 
Glycerini, 
Alcohol 
Aquae menthae pip. . M. 
Dose.—A teaspoonful, slowly and cau- 
tiously increased by adding to the so- 
lution of a grain of the aconite 
instead of fg. 
For Periodontitis. 
R. Tincturae iodi, 
Tincturae aconiti . . M. 
Signa.—Apply to gum over root of af- 
fected tooth with a camel-hair brush. 
To Abort an Abscess. 
Dr. Geo. Watt. 
R. Ext. aconiti, fl. 
Ext. belladonnae, fl. 
Ext. opii., fl. aa equal parts. M. 
Signa.—Apply with brush as needed 
to ease pain, also give fluid extract 
of phytolaccae internally. 
For Odontalgia, Internal Treatment. 
Dr. Dunogier. 
R . Aconitum (crystallized) milligr. 
Gelsemine I milligr. 
Valerianate of quinine 5 centigr. 
For one pill. 
M. S.—One to three pills to an adult 
in the 24 hours. 
EITHER—ETHER. 
Formula.—C4H10O, or (C2H5)20. Sp. gr.—Of pure ether, 
0.713 ; of stronger ether, 0.728 ; of ordinary officinal ether, 
0.750- 
Derivation.—Sulphuric Ether is obtained by the distillation 
of alcohol and sulphuric acid, and is rectified by re-distillation 
with solution of potassa. The form of sulphuric ether em- 
ployed for inhalation is still further purified by agitation with 
water, and it is freed from this and from an excess of alcohol 
and deleterious acid substances by the action of chloride of 
lime and freshly calcined lime, when it is known as stronger 
ESTHER SULPHURICUS—SULPHURIC ETHER. ETHER. 
223 
ether—either Fortior. Sp. gr., 0.728. Sulphuric ether is a 
colorless, limpid, volatile and inflammable fluid, with a sweet 
odor and a hot, pungent taste; on account of its great vola- 
tility, it should be kept securely in ground-glass-stoppered 
bottles. It usually reddens litmus paper slightly; when it 
does so strongly, the ether is impure. The impurities, besides 
acids and fixed substances, are heavy oil of wine, an excess of 
alcohol and water. Acids being detected by litmus paper, 
may be removed by agitation with potassa; fixed substances 
may be removed by evaporating the ether. Some alcohol is 
always found in ether, and it is only when it is present in too 
great a quantity that the density of the ether is rendered too 
high. The quantity of alcohol any preparation of ether may 
contain, can be determined by agitating it in a minim measure 
with half its volume of a concentrated solution of chloride of 
calcium. This will remove the alcohol, and the reduction of 
the volume of ether when it rises to the surface will indicate 
the amount of alcohol which has been present. Heavy oil of 
wine can be detected by the ether becoming milky when 
mixed with water. Ether boils at 98° F., and a cold of 1660 
below zero will not freeze it. When kept too long it under- 
goes decomposition, and is converted in part into acetic acid. 
It evaporates so readily and completely in the air as to cause 
a great degree of cold ; hence it has been employed in the form 
of spray, as a local anaesthetic. It combines with alcohol and 
chloroform in all proportions, and dissolves in ten times its 
volume of water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Ether is a diffusible stimu- 
lant, antispasmodic, anodyne and anaesthetic. It is adminis- 
tered internally in the form of ether or of Hoffmann’s Anodyne, 
compound spirit of ether—Spiritns Etheris Compositus (com- 
posed of ether, Oss, ethereal oil f5yj, and alcohol, Oj), also, 
in the form of spirit of nitrous ether, Spiritns Etheris Nitrosi, 
and known as sweet spirit of nitre (a solution of nitrous ether 
in alcohol). 
When ether is taken into the stomach, it causes a cooling 
sensation, after the subsidence of the burning, which is quickly 224 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
diffused over the body; increased action of the heart, flushing 
of face and warmth of surface follow in a few minutes; the 
senses are quickly excited; the mind becomes more active, 
and the phenomena of alcoholic intoxication result, which 
soon pass away, leaving a feeling of calmness and sleep. 
Therapeiitic Uses.—Ether is employed internally as an anti- 
spasmodic and anodyne, for angina pectoris, hysteria, asthma, 
flatulence, cramp of stomach and bowels, syncope, epilepsy, 
hiccough, nervous or hysterical headache. Hoffmann’s Ano- 
dyne possesses the antispasmodic and stimulating effects of 
ether, and the anodyne effects of ethereal oil, or oil of wine, 
and is also carminative. 
The Spirit of Nitro7is Ether is antispasmodic, diaphoretic, 
and diuretic, and is employed in febrile affections, dropsies, 
etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of ether, f5 ss to f5j; of Hoffmann’s Anodyne, f5ss 
to f5ij, in sweetened water; of spirit of nitrous ether, f5ss to 
fSss. 
Dental Uses.—Ether is employed as a general and local 
anaesthetic; as a topical anodyne in neuralgia and odontalgia, 
for which purpose it is generally combined with other agents; 
in aphthae and stomatitis; as a counter-irritant, evaporation 
being prevented. 
Sulphuric Ether as an Anaesthetic Agent.—Sulphuric 
ether is generally considered to be a safer anaesthetic agent 
than chloroform, as but comparatively few deaths have resulted 
from its inhalation. The discovery of its anaesthetic properties 
was first made in 1844, by Dr. Horace Wells, a practicing 
dentist, of Hartford, Conn.; and Dr. Morton, of Boston, also 
a dentist, first demonstrated the application of its anaesthetic 
properties in dentistry and surgery, in 1846. 
As the physiological actions of both ether and chloroform 
are similar, they may be considered as follows : When the 
vapor of ether or chloroform is inhaled, the first effect is faucial 
irritation, to a greater or less degree, according to the strength 
of the agent employed, a feeling of suffocation, with cough, a 
flow of mucus and the reflex act of swallowing. The desire ETHER -ANESTHESIA. 
225 
for air may cause more or less struggling, especially in the 
case of children. The sensibility of the glottis, however, is 
soon relieved, the cough ceases, and the inhalation of the 
agent proceeds without further resistance. 
The primary effect is a general exhilaration ; and, in the 
case of ether especially, it is often one of excitement, which, 
in the majority of cases, may continue for a short time only, 
while in other cases, it may, from its duration and violence, 
give rise to considerable trouble. But, if the inhalation can be 
continued and this stage of excitement passed over, insensi- 
bility soon occurs. The pulse increases in frequency, the re- 
spirations become more rapid, and may assume a convulsive 
character. There is flushing of the face, cerebral intoxication, 
to a greater or less degree, according to the temperament, 
such as talking, laughing, singing, crying, etc. In those of a 
mercurial or hysterical disposition this stage of excitement is 
more pronounced and persistent, and during its continuance 
sensibility to pain is considerably diminished, although the 
sense of touch is still preserved, while those of taste and smell 
are lost, and complete insensibility soon follows. 
When the patient is of a full habit, and in robust health, 
and the inhalation of the anesthetic agent has been rapid, the 
stage of complete insensibility is preceded by a convulsive 
stage, during which there is rigidity of the voluntary muscles, 
stertorous breathing and lividity of the face. If the inhalation 
of the agent be still further continued, the tetanic rigidity ot 
the muscles subsides, the lividity of the face disappears, the 
breathing becomes quiet, complete muscular relaxation ensues, 
power of movement is lost, as shown by the arm, when raised, 
dropping without resistance, and the conjunctiva of the eye, 
under mechanical irritation, being perfectly insensible to pain. 
During complete anesthesia the surface of the face is cool and 
bathed in abundant perspiration ; the countenance is calm, the 
eyes closed and the pupils somewhat contracted, the respiration 
easy and the pulse slower. The functions of respiration and 
circulation continue, all others being suspended. From such 
a condition the patient will soon emerge, provided the further 226 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
inhalation of the agent be stopped ; on the other hand, if the 
inhalation be continued, the functions of respiration and circu- 
lation will be suspended, and life will end with the cessation 
of the action of the heart and the respiratory organs. Sudden 
death from the inhalation of anesthetic agents is due to 
paralysis of the cardiac ganglia. When death occurs during 
the stage of rigidity and stertorous breathing, it is due to 
tetanic fixation of the respiratory muscles and obstruction of 
the pulmonary circulation, accumulation of venous blood in 
the heart and the arrest of the heart’s action. 
Death may also ensue by paralysis of the respiratory mus- 
cles during the stage of complete muscular relaxation ; also 
by paralysis of the heart during complete insensibility, the 
motor ganglia being paralyzed. 
Death may also occur from depression of the functions and 
the shock of the accident, or of the surgical operation. 
Mr. Woodhouse Braine divides anesthetics into two classes : 
(i) Those which produce death through the lungs as well as 
through the heart; this class includes chloroform, bichloride 
of methylene, dichloride of ethidene, and many others of the 
chlorine series ; (2) those which produce death through the 
lungs alone, the heart’s action continuing for some time after 
respiration has quite ceased : this class includes ether and 
nitrous oxide; and he says, that in choosing an anesthetic 
three factors are to be considered: (1) The nature of the 
operation ; (2) the amount of insensibility necessary ; (3) the 
length of time during which insensibility has to be kept up; 
and he sums up as follows : (1) It is well to avoid all anes- 
thetics which tend to depress the heart’s action ; (2) for short 
operations nitrous oxide is the best agent; (3) for long opera- 
tions, except where it is desirable to avoid hemorrhage, or 
where the cautery is used, ether answers perfectly ; (4) the 
best time for operating is the early morning; (5) nitrite of 
amyl is the best cardiac stimulant. 
Dr. W. M. Barton sums up the practical advantages of ether 
as follows: ETHER—ANESTHESIA. 
227 
i. The excitement stage is rarely seen except in alcoholics, 
and is more violent if the anesthetic is hurried. 
“ 2. All the time the patient is kept under ether a sonorous 
sound is heard, contrary to what passes with chloroform, 
where respiration is silent, so much so that the ear may have 
to be placed close to the chest to hear respiration. This snor- 
ing is the tranquillity of the surgeon; his ear perceives it and 
he is not pre-occupied with the condition of the patient. He 
does not have to stop to ask ‘ if all is well; ’ ‘ if the patient 
breathes well,’ etc. 
“ 3. If the anesthetic is given in too large doses and is accum- 
ulating, the snore is transformed into a deep rhoncus, grave, 
and less regular, the face becomes cyanotic, the eye is con- 
gested. It suffices to remove the mask and to pull out the 
tongue and all is well. But there never appears that pallid 
tint, that cadaveric look which we see preceding a chloroform 
syncope. 
“ 4. The pulse, very active at first, soon slows, becomes 
regular, and is always strong and vibratory, contrary to chloro- 
form nacrosis, in which it is rapid and soft. 
“ 5. The heart-beats are strong. Here is the indisputable 
advantage of ether. The etherized never have that terrible, 
sudden syncope, coming like a thunder-bolt out of a clear 
sky, followed by death, notwithstanding all we can do. 
“6. The accidents with ether are purely respiratory, slow 
and progressive, and consequently they leave us time to act. 
“ 7. The operation terminated, the patient may recover per- 
fectly in one-fourth to one-half of an hour his normal ani- 
mation and color; there is none of that adynamia which we 
observe with chloroform. As Poncet has said, * The chloro- 
formed are in a state of apparent death, the etherized in a state 
of profound intoxication.’ 
“ 8. Vomiting is certainly less frequent during and after 
ether. Of course a good deal of mucus comes up, but the 
patient can often eat an ordinary meal on the same evening. 
“ Such is the comparison. Ether stimulates the circulation 
and heart, so it is precious in reduced patients. It 228 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
is certainly less dangerous than chloroform, not only because 
the figures show this to be the case, but because the latter 
attacks the bulb and produces vaso-motor paralysis and dele- 
terious effects far beyond our control to limit. In ether the 
danger is more respiratory; it is slow and we can intervene, 
often successfully.” 
The Administration of Anesthetics.—To administer 
ether or chloroform, take a folded piece of lint, of three or four 
thicknesses, and of a size that can be held conveniently in the 
hollow of the fingers and palm of the hand; and on it pour 
the anaesthetic agent—half an ounce of ether or a drachm of 
chloroform. Some prefer a large napkin or towel, folded in 
the form of a cone, with an opening of an inch or an inch and 
a half at the apex, for the admission of air. The advantage, 
however, of the lint over the folded napkin is, that by holding 
the lint in the hand but little evaporation occurs. To give 
sufficient air to the patient when beginning the administration 
of ether, Dr. D. B. Keefe recommends the use of a large towel, 
folding it first five times lengthwise, and placing a piece of paper 
the full length between the outside folds, then roll it up into a 
cylinder, the size to be governed by the face of the patient: 
it should be large enough to cover the face, but not too large. 
This makes a cylinder open at both ends, full size. Then 
saturate the lower part of the cylinder, that comes against the 
face, with the ether and apply it to the face, and as the other 
end is open the patient receives considerable air as well as the 
ether vapor. Before commencing the inhalation, the condition 
of the pulse should be ascertained by placing the middle finger 
of the left hand on the left temporal artery, and at the same 
time endeavor to reassure the patient and allay fear by cheerful 
words. The clothes should be loose, and artificial teeth, if any 
are worn, as well as pins, if the habit of keeping them in the 
mouth is indulged in, should be removed before the adminis- 
tration of the anaesthetic is commenced. The inhalation should 
be commenced by holding the moistened lint or towel three 
or four inches from the patient’s face, directing him to breathe 
quite naturally, always remembering that a strong atmosphere ETHER—ANAESTHESIA. 
229 
in the early stages of the inhalation is dangerous, and care- 
fully watching for coughing or acts of swallowing, when, if any 
such occur, the lint or towel should be moved further away, 
and approached again more gradually. If the patient shows 
no signs of the anaesthetic vapor being too strong, the lint or 
towel may be gradually brought to within an inch and a half 
of the patient’s mouth and nostrils; and to still more concen- 
trate the atmosphere, if lint is used, the hand holding it may 
be covered with one fold of an ordinary large napkin, which 
may hang loose over the mouth and chin, but should be so 
arranged above that the patient’s eyes and forehead may 
remain uncovered and visible. The inhalation should be 
commenced cautiously, by instructing the patient to breathe 
quite naturally, and to obey any direction to raise the hand or 
open the eyes. 
When the inhalation has fairly commenced, it should be 
continued until there is no winking when the margins of the 
eyelids are touched, or the hand cannot be raised, and the 
limbs are perfectly relaxed, when the patient is ready for the 
operation; what is termed the “ surgical period ” having 
arrived. An inhalation with chloroform generally takes about 
four minutes; often more; seldom less. With ether, the 
time required is longer and the quantity of the agent greater. 
It should also be remembered that, in summer, chloroform 
and ether evaporate more readily than in the colder seasons. 
The operator should devote his undivided attention to the 
patient, during the inhalation of anaesthetics. One finger 
should be kept on the pulse, and the respiration should be 
carefully noted; for the latter is of more importance than the 
former, although the pulse is by no means to be neglected. 
When the patient becomes excited, he should be watched very 
closely, and if the respiration becomes proportionately quick- 
ened, so must the vapor of the anaesthetic be proportionately 
weakened, by withdrawing the lint or towel slightly from the 
face. 
When the muscles become rigid, and the patient holds his 
breath and becomes livid, the anaesthetic should be given very 230 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
weak indeed, as such a state of semi-asphyxiation, due to the 
suspension of respiration, is often followed by extreme rapidity 
and depth of respiration, and a dangerous condition is apt to 
supervene, because anaesthesia is added to asphyxia. The 
cumulative action of these general anaesthetics should also be 
remembered, for a state of narcosis frequently intensifies for 
half a minute or more after the suspension of the administra- 
tion, which is due to the vapor of the anaesthetic which was in 
the lungs entering the blood after the administration ceases. 
Dr. Buxton points out that even admitting greater danger 
from chloroform, its use is indicated in the following circum- 
stances : 
a. In protracted operations about the mouth, jaws, nose, 
or pharynx, which necessitates the mouth and nose being un- 
covered. 
b. All operations needing the employment of the actual 
cautery, or lighted candles, lamps, etc., in the vicinity of the 
mouth; ether being highly inflammable, and when mixed with 
air, detonating, so that the incautious bringing of the apparatus 
near a light may lead to grave consequences. 
c. Persons who are suffering from bronchitis, and those 
liable to that complaint; the emphysematous (if the condition 
be very pronounced) and, as a rule, asthmatics bear ether 
badly, since it creates cough, and may clog the bronchial 
tubes with a quantity of excessive secretion. 
d. In renal disease, when extensive, ether is said to induce 
suppression of urine; so that if given at all in these cases, it 
should be with the utmost caution. 
e. The vascular excitement to which ether gives rise, con- 
traindicates its use for persons whose arteries are presumably 
brittle, etc. 
/. In infants and very young children. 
g. As ether always provokes coughing and rapid breathing, 
it should not be used when these are prejudicial to the patient 
or to the success of the operation. 
h. The presence of brain tumors, intestinal obstruction, and 
cancerous tumors is by some considered contra-indicatory of ETHER—ANAESTHESIA. 
231 
ether. To these the Chronicle adds two other large groups of 
conditions, viz.: 1st, all cases of brain surgery; 2d, where the 
circumstances of the patient or the requirements of the opera- 
tion are such as to demand the securing of perfect rest by the 
free use of opiates, ether must be avoided on account of its 
action on the kidneys. 
Prof. J. J. Chisholm, of the University of Maryland, gives 
the following five simple rules for the administration of chloro- 
form, and which will apply to ether also :— 
“ i. I always, without a single exception, give a strong 
drink of whiskey, from one to two ounces, to every adult to 
whom I intend to administer chloroform. This is done a few 
minutes before the operation. 
“ 2. Always loose the neck and chest clothing, so as to have 
no impediment to respiration. 
“ 3. Only administer chloroform in the recumbent posture, 
with body perfectly horizontal and head on a low pillow, this 
pillow to be removed as the anesthesia progresses. 
“ 4. Give chloroform on a thin towel, folded in conical form, 
with open apex, so that the vapor, before inhalation, will be 
freely diluted with atmospheric air. In holding this cone over 
the face of the patient, at some little distance from the nose, 
place the fingers under the borders of the cone, for the double 
purpose of allowing the air to enter freely, and also to prevent 
the chloroform liquid on the towel from coming in contact 
with the skin of the patient’s face, and thereby avoid its blister- 
ing effects. 
“ 5. Should loud snoring occur, force up the chin. This 
manipulation, by straightening the air passages from the nose 
to the larynx, makes easy breathing. The forcible elevation 
of the chin is far better in every respect than pulling out the 
tongue. It is easier of application, more quickly done, re- 
quires no instrument, and is much more efficient in removing 
the impediment to respiration. 
“ While operating, I have constantly in view both the color 
of the face and the respiration of the patient, which I consider 
even more important for the surgeon to observe than to feel 232 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the pulse.” (See “ Chloroform ” for further directions and pre- 
cautions to be observed during the administration of this agent.) 
Dr. H. A. Hare states that if during anaesthesia, respiration 
stops, he has found that in a large number of instances, both 
in man and in the lower animals, the free use of ether poured 
upon the belly causes so great a shock, by the cold produced 
by its evaporation, as to cause a very deep inspiration, which 
is often followed by the normal respiratory movements. 
Dr. H. I. Neilson gives the following conclusions concern- 
ing the pupil as a guide in the administration of chloro- 
form : 
1. The first effect of chloroform narcosis on the pupils 
consists in a dilatation which varies in intensity and duration 
in different individuals. As the anesthesia becomes more 
profound the pupils begin to contract and finally become very 
small and immovable. If now the chloroform is pushed still 
further, a sudden dilatation occurs, which is the result of 
asphyxia, from which the patient seldom recovers. 
2. As long as the pupil is observed to dilate in reponse 
to sensory stimuli, such as pinching the skin, the anesthesia 
is not yet sufficient to allow the commencement of the opera- 
tion. 
2. As soon as the pupil becomes strongly contracted and 
immovable, the administration of the anaesthetic must be sus- 
pended, until a commencing dilatation is observed, and the 
patient.must be held at just this point as long as the operation 
continues. 
4. Vomiting causes a dilatation similar to that occurring 
as the patient emerges from the narcotic condition, but it is 
usually more sudden in the former case. The contraction of 
the pupils does not appear to begin until the blood-pressure 
is somewhat reduced, and the dilatation proceeds pari passu 
with the increase in the blood-pressure. He therefore regards 
the appearance of the pupil as a very reliable guide for the 
administration of chloroform, as he is enabled to judge accu- 
rately concerning the condition of the patient. 
When ether or chloroform is administered for the extraction ETHER—ANAESTHESIA. 
233 
of teeth, the operation should be performed in a dental chair 
so constructed as to admit of the patient being placed in as 
horizontal a position as is possible to operate successfully, 
and every instrument it is necessary to use should be within 
reach of the hand of the operator. As soon as the operation 
is completed the head of the patient should be gently inclined 
to the side, so as to permit the blood to run from the mouth 
and not pass down the throat. Any considerable change in 
the position of the patient should be avoided until recovery 
has taken place. Fresh air should be admitted by lowering 
the window, and the patient freely supplied with it by means 
of a fan. 
M. Paul Bert instituted experiments with mixtures of ether, 
chloroform and air, or nitrous oxide and air, or nitrous oxide 
and oxygen, under pressure, which he claimed diminished the 
danger without lessening the advantages of the anaesthetic. 
A proportion of eight per cent., after six or seven minutes, 
sufficed to induce and maintain a state of surgical coma for 
fifteen to thirty minutes, and the symptoms of the stage of 
exhilaration were much less marked than usual. He also 
claimed that there is an absence of the feeling of suffocation 
common to the old method; that the face retains its natural 
color; that respiration is regular, but somewhat quickened and 
sometimes snoring; that the pulse shows no marked disturb- 
ance; that the buccal secretion is scanty; that the patient is 
spared violent coughing, which often seems to initiate the 
after vomiting; that the return to consciousness from complete 
anaesthesia takes from eight to ten minutes; that the quantity 
of chloroform used is small—in one case, where the anaesthesia 
lasted half an hour, it was only five grammes; that by means 
of the apparatus used the patient escapes any local irritation 
of the skin, and the operator does not receive the fumes of the 
drug in his face. The appliance used in Bert’s method is the 
invention of Dr. H. Martin for analyzing the gases of respira- 
tion, and consists of a pair of reservoirs connected with a 
caoutchouc mouthpiece, and containing the required mixture 
of air and chloroform. By a special contrivance a constant 234 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
supply of the anaesthetic is maintained, to make up for the loss 
by inhalation, and the pressure within the reservoirs remains, 
under all circumstances, equal to that of the surrounding air; 
and the respiratory movements can be accurately watched by 
means of a water manometer and scale attached to the instru- 
ment. In operations on the mouth, anaesthesia is first pro- 
duced by the aid of the mouthpiece, and afterward kept up 
by an occasional jet of the mixed vapor sent into the back of 
the mouth. 
Some eminent surgeons, however, among the number 
Messrs. Gosselin and Richet, consider Bert’s method a dan- 
gerous one, and the latter states of the cases at the St. Louis 
Hospital, Paris, which he witnessed, one in three was accom- 
panied with vomiting, discomfort, and, on one occasion, with 
great excitement. 
What has been styled “ vitalized air,” is the vapor from a 
mixture composed of equal parts of chloroform and alcohol 
combined with the nitrous oxide gas. The vapor from two or 
three drops of the chloroform and alcohol mixture is used with 
each gallon of gas, the anaesthetic effect of which, it is claimed, 
is more lasting, and at the same time less dangerous, than from 
either of the two agents alone. An apparatus for combining 
these two agents is in use, which is attached to the gas cylin- 
der, in place of the ordinary connection. 
The administration of anaesthetics through the nose has 
been suggested by Dr. B. C. A. Windle, of England, a pecu- 
liar instrument being employed for pumping the vapor of the 
anaesthetic through a tube which passes into one nostril; wings, 
to close the outer surface of the nostril containing the tube 
and the opposite surface of the septum nasi, are attached to 
the tube, so that air may pass through the passage unoccluded 
by the tube. The inventor of this method claims that by its 
use perfect anaesthesia can be maintained throughout an opera- 
tion about the face, of any length, without interfering with the 
operator’s actions; also, that in operations about the mouth 
and palate the patient can be maintained at that point of anaes- 
thesia which may be considered desirable, and that the supply 
can be regulated. ETHER—ANAESTHESIA. 
235 
Dr. Axel Yversen, of Copenhagen, suggested etherization 
by the rectum, the vapor being conducted to the rectum by a 
rubber tube (attached to a bottle containing the ether, in a 
water bath of 120°), terminating in a recurrent catheter, the 
free or recurrent end being closed by pressure of the thumb 
during the inflation of the bowel; the expiratory act being 
performed by removing this pressure and the water bath. The 
principal advantage this method appears to possess is that it 
permits operations on the face without the ordinary obstacles 
of the common method. 
Dr. Thomas Fillebrown suggests a new apparatus for main- 
taining anaesthesia without a face-piece, and with the mouth 
open. The apparatus consists of a bellows, connected by rub- 
ber tubing with the long tube of a 12-ounce wash-bottle, with 
a stop-cock to regulate the flow of air. From the bottle ex- 
tends a half-inch rubber tube to the patient. The bellows is 
inflated, and the stop-cock opened so as to allow the air to 
bubble up freely through the ether, and to become saturated 
with ether vapor. The etherized air is then discharged through 
the second tube a few inches from the patient’s face. It is 
claimed that such an application of ether will maintain com- 
plete anaesthesia for any length of time, and not interfere in the 
least with any operation in or about the mouth ; nor will the 
surplus vapor discharged into the air sensibly affect either the 
operator or the assistants; also, that the anaesthesia can be 
maintained from one-half hour to one hour and a half without 
intermitting the operation at all on account of the anaesthesia; 
that this method is not wasteful. 
The Dangers of Anaesthesia.—The conditions rendering 
general anaesthetics dangerous are fatty degeneration of the 
heart (a prominent contra-indication); previous alcoholic habits; 
brain tumors and degenerations; respiratory obstruction from 
swollen epiglottis, enlarged tonsils, oedema glottidis, laryngeal 
paralysis, thoracic tumors or aneurism ; emphysema and ob- 
structed pulse circulation from engorgement of right heart 
and deficient heart power; valvular lesions; incomplete anaes- 
thesia during painful surgical operations, causing death from 236 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
shock, as the result of peripheral irritation. Muscular debility 
and weakness from exhaustion, if otherwise uncomplicated, 
are considered to be rather aids to anaesthesia than contra- 
indications. 
Preventive Measures Against the Dangers of Anaes- 
thesia.—A thorough examination for sources of danger should 
always be made previous to the administration of the anaes- 
thetic. An anaesthetic should never be administered on a full 
stomach, as an anaesthesia of the glotis prevents the expulsion 
of vomited matter from the larynx, in case it enters by regur- 
gitation. An anaesthetic should never be administered after 
long fasting, as absence of nutrition may tend toward cardiac 
paralysis. One or two ounces of whiskey should be adminis- 
tered immediately before the operation. All excitement should 
be avoided, to the patient, from fear, sight of instruments, too 
many spectators, etc., all of which tend to induce shock. All 
appliances for resuscitation should be at hand, and plenty of 
fresh air be available during the inhalation. In using chloro- 
form mix only three and a-half per cent, of the vapor with air, 
to insure safety. In the administration of ether the respira- 
tions, according to some authorities, alone need be watched: 
in chloroform, however, both the respirations and the pulse 
should be carefully noted. 
Treatment of Dangerous Symptoms of Ans.ethesia.— 
The suspension of the heart’s action necessitates the immediate 
withdrawal of the vapor and the immediate inversion of the 
patient, according to N61aton’s method. The failure of respi- 
ration necessitates the forcing up of the chin, or the forcible 
drawing out of the tongue to lift the epiglottis ; the practice of 
artificial respiration by the Sylvester method, and by faradiza- 
tion of the respiratory muscles ; the inhalation of gtt. iij to gtt. 
iv of nitrite of amyl; ammonia to the nostrils ; galvanism (the 
positive pole being placed to the nostril, and the negative pole 
over the diaphragm, to excite a reflex action between the fifth 
pair and the pneumo-gastric, or the poles may be placed directly 
over both phrenic nerves, on a line with the fourth cervical 
vertebra, in order to stimulate respirations ; or one pole may be ETHER—ANAESTHESIA. 
237 
placed over the upper dorsal spinous process, and the other 
pole over the apex of the heart, to induce cardiac contraction). 
Artificial warmth should be applied, but no cold applications. 
The inversion of the body according to N61aton’s method, 
and artificial respiration, according to Sylvester’s method or 
Marshall Hall’s ready method, or Howard’s method, are safe 
and are the most promising expedients. A simple method of 
producing artificial respiration is as follows :— 
“ With outspread palms, press the front of the chest forcibly 
down, whilst an assistant at the same time presses the abdo- 
men. Make these movements not oftener than fifteen times 
in the minute.” 
dr. h. r. Sylvester’s method of resuscitation. 
“ To Adjust the Patient's Position.—Place the patient on his 
back, on a flat surface ; raise and support the head and should- 
ers on a small, firm cushion, or folded article of dress, placed 
under the shoulder-blades; remove all tight clothing about 
the neck and chest. 
“ To Maintain a Free Entrance of Air into the Windpipe.— 
Cleanse the mouth and nostrils ; open the mouth ; draw forward 
the patient’s tongue*and keep it forward; an elastic band over 
and under the chin will answer the purpose. 
“ To Imitate the Movements of Breathing:— 
“First, Induce Inspiration.—Place yourself at the head of the 
patient; grasp his arms; raise them upward by the sides of 238 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
his head; stretch them steadily but gently, upward and back- 
ward, for two seconds. By this means fresh air is drawn into 
the lungs, by raising the ribs. 
“ Secondly, Induce Expiration, Immediately turn down the 
patient’s arms, and press them firmly, but gently, downward 
against the sides of his chest, for two seconds. By this 
means foul air is expelled from the lungs, by depressing the 
ribs. 
“ Thirdly, Continue these Movements. Repeat these move- 
ments alternately, deliberately and perseveringly, fifteen times 
in a minute, until a spontaneous effort to respire be perceived. 
By these means an exchange of air is produced in the lungs, 
similar to that effected by natural respiration.” 
“ ist. Treat the patient instantly, 071 the spot, in the open air, 
freely exposing the face, neck and chest to the breeze, except 
in severe weather. 
“ 2nd. In order to clear the throat, place the patient gently on 
the face, with one wrist under the forehead, that all fluid, and 
the tongue itself, may fall forward, and leave the entrance into 
the windpipe free. 
“ 3d. To excite respiration, turn the patient slightly on his 
side, and apply some irritating or stimulating agent to the 
nostrils, as Verairine, dilute Ammonia, etc. 
“ 4th. Make the face warm by brisk friction ; then dash 
cold water upon it. 
“ 5th. If not successful, lose no time ; but, to imitate respira- 
MARSHALL HALLS READY METHOD IN ASPHIXIA. ETHER—AN/ESTHESIA. 
239 
tion, place the patient on his face, and turn the body gently, 
but completely, on the side and a little beyond; then again on 
the face, and so on, alternately. Repeat these movements 
deliberately and 'pQvstvexmgly, fifteen times only in a minute. 
(When the patient lies on the thorax, this cavity is compressed 
by the weight of the body, and takes place. When 
he is turned on the side, this pressure is removed, and Aspira- 
tion occurs.) 
“ 6th. When the prone position is resumed, make a uniform 
and efficient pressure along the spine, removing the pressure 
immediately before rotation on the side. (The pressure aug- 
ments the ; the rotation commences Aspiration.) 
Continue these measures. 
“ 7th. Rub the limbs upward, with firm pressure and with 
energy. (The object being to aid the return of venous blood 
to the heart.) 
“ 8th. Substitute for the patient’s wet clothing, if possible, 
such other covering as can be instantly procured,- each 
bystander supplying a coat or cloak, etc. Meantime and 
from time to time, to excite inspiration, let the surface of the 
body be slapped briskly with the hand. 
“ 9th. Rub the body briskly till it is dry and warm, then 
dash cold water upon it and repeat the rubbing. 
“ Avoid the immediate removal of the patient, as it involves 
a dangerous loss of time ; also the use of bellows, or any forc- 
ing instrument; also, the zvarm bath and all rough treatment." 
One of the most efficient, as well as the most recent method, 
is that of Dr. Howard for performing artificial respiration. 
Position of Patient.—Face upward, a hard roll of clothing 
beneath the thorax, with shoulders slightly declining over it. 
(One twist of handkerchief around the crossed wrists will keep 
them there.) Rip or strip clothing from waist and neck. 
Position of Operator.—Kneel astride the patient’s hips; 
place your hands upon his chest, so that the ball of each 
thumb and little finger rests upon the inner margin of the 
dr. Howard’s method of resuscitation. 240 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
free border of the costal cartilages, the tip of each thumb 
near or upon the xiphoid cartilage, the fingers fitting in the 
corresponding intercostal spaces. Fix your elbows firmly, 
making them even with your sides and hips ; then— 
Action of Operator.—Pressing upward and inward toward 
the diaphragm, use your knees as a pivot, and throw your 
weight slowly forward two or three seconds until your face 
almost touches that of the patient, ending with a sharp push, 
which helps to jerk you back to your erect kneeling position. 
Rest three seconds, then repeat this bellows-blowing move- 
ment as before, continuing it at the rate of seven to ten times 
a minute, taking the utmost care on the occurrence of a 
natural gasp, gently to aid and to deepen it into a longer 
breath, until respiration becomes natural. When practicable, 
have the tongue held firmly out of one corner of the mouth 
with thumb and finger armed with a dry cotton rag. 
Very frequently during the early stages of the administra- 
tion of an anesthetic the patient may “ forget to breathe,” 
even before the ability to perceive peripheral irritation is lost. 
Even later in the anesthesia, when the breathing suddenly 
ceases, instead of using cold water externally and slapping 
the patient with wet towels, Dr. H. A. Hare recommends 
pouring a quantity of ether upon the belly, the shock caused 
by the cold produced by its evavoration bringing on a very LOCAL ANAESTHESIA 
241 
deep inspiration, followed often by the normal respiratory 
movements. 
Local Anesthesia.—The fatality attending the use of 
general anesthetics led to the introduction of what are 
termed “ local anesthetics,” some of which depend upon the 
therapeutic property of cold, which is properly an anesthetic 
only when it freezes the part to which it is applied. The use 
of cold for such a purpose must necessarily be limited to 
small parts of the body, and its utility depends upon the ease 
and rapidity with which a desired spot of living fresh can be 
frozen, in other words, temporarily deprived of its vitality, 
without inflicting mechanical injury on the delicate structure 
of the part. 
According to Dr. Richardson, the proposer of the method, 
the principle consists in directing on the part of the body a 
volatile liquid, having a boiling point at or below blood heat, 
in a state of fine subdivision or spray, such subdivision being 
produced by the action of air or other gaseous substance on 
the volatile oil to be dispersed. When it falls on a part of 
the body, it comes with force into the most minute contact 
with the surface upon which it strikes. 
As a result, there is rapid evaporation of the volatile fluid, 
and so great an evolution of heat force from the surface of the 
part to which the spray is applied, that the blood cannot sup- 
ply the equivalent loss. The part consequently dies for the 
moment, and is insensible; but as the power of the body is 
unaffected, the blood, as soon as the external reducing agency 
is withdrawn, quickly makes its way again through the dead 
parts, and restoration rapidly occurs. 
The fluids used are ether, of a specific gravity not exceed- 
ing 0.723, highly rectified, and as free as possible from either 
alcohol or water—what is known as “absolute ether”—and 
rhigolene, a product of petroleum, and the lightest liquid 
known, and bromide of ethyl. 
When a current of the volatile liquid, either atomized ether 
or rhigolene, comes in contact with the skin by the use of the 
spray apparatus, an intense degree of cold is produced, which 242 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
deprives the nerves of the part of their power to transmit 
impressions to the sensorium. For the extraction of teeth, 
destruction of the pulps of teeth, opening abscesses, and other 
minor surgical operations, and neuralgia of superficial nerves, 
success has attended the use of such local anesthetics. The 
greatest objections to such a method of inducing local anes- 
thesia, are the great pain which attends the first application, 
and the unpleasant burning sensation of the part when it is 
recovering from the freezing process. (See Rhigolene.) (See 
Aconite, for obtunding mixture.) 
Liquefied chloride of methyl dissolved in ether and care- 
fully applied by means of a hair pencil, is recommended for the 
painless extraction of teeth, the opening of alveolar abscesses, 
etc., etc. (See Cocaine as a local anesthetic.) 
A plan of local anesthesia, known as Voltaic Narcotism, has 
been suggested by Dr. Richardson, of London. It consists 
in passing a galvanic current through a narcotic solution held 
in contact with the part to be operated upon. This plan ap- 
pears to be successful only where the cavity of the tooth to 
be extracted is exposed. 
Electro-magnetism has also been employed as a local anes- 
thetic, and it is a mooted question whether it relieves pain or 
complicates the sensations. It is well, however, to remember 
that some persons are so peculiarly constituted as to render 
them very susceptible to the influence of electricity. Dr. 
Scott describes his method of applying electricity for the 
extraction of teeth as follows: “ Use a Kidder electro-mag- 
netic machine, or any other giving very rapid vibrations of ar- 
mature. Place the positive electrode on the gum of the tooth 
to be extracted, and the negative in the patient’s hand, or at 
the back of the neck. Start with a light current and gradually 
increase the strength as much as can be borne without pro- 
ducing pain. The electrode applied to the tooth should em- 
brace each side, the better to convey the current. For this 
purpose it should be bifurcated at the end of the handle, the 
arms of sufficient length for convenience in operating. At the 
end of these solder small disks about the size of a dime. The LOCAL ANAESTHESIA. 
243 
handle and arms must be insulated to prevent the current 
passing off at any other point than the disks. Cover the disks 
with thin pads of fine sponge. A cylinder electrode, also cov- 
ered with fine sponge or cloth, is the proper one for the hand. 
Moisten each with saline water. Another method is to attach 
one pole of the battery to the extracting forceps, the handles 
of which are well insulated, the other pole being held in the 
hands of the patient. As soon as the forceps come in contact 
with the tissues about the tooth the circuit is completed, and 
the electrical effect produced, which is often painful. A com- 
mittee of the College of Dentists, England, in a recent report 
upon the anesthetic value of electricity, were unanimous that 
in no case was local anesthesia produced by such currents, 
but that the effects were due to “ diversion of sensation, less 
difficulty of extraction as compared with other extractions, 
syncope more or less marked, and differences in methods of 
operating.” (See Electricity as a Therapeutic Means, etc.) 
Obtunding mixtures, consisting of a combination of cocaine, 
pyrethrum, aconite, chloral, veratria and alcohol, or chloro- 
form, aconite, belladonna, opium and carbolic acid, etc., have 
been employed to produce local anesthesia, and in many cases 
with satisfactory results. (See recipes for obtunding mixtures 
and local anesthetics.) For, although entire insensibility to 
pain cannot in all cases be brought about, yet some diminu- 
tion of it may be effected by the use of such agents. They 
have the merit, at least, of being less dangerous than the 
general anesthetics. Such pain-obtunding mixtures are best 
applied to the parts about the neck and over the root of a 
tooth by means of a simple apparatus, devised by Von Bon- 
horst. It consists of two small metallic cups, attached to the 
free ends of a spring some seven inches long, and which con- 
tain sponges to hold the liquid. When used, the sponges in 
the cups are saturated with the obtunding mixture and applied 
by pressing them on the gum on each side of the tooth to be 
removed, where they are retained from one-half to two minutes. 
Previous to the application the patient should be cautioned 
against swallowing any portion of the mixture. (See Cocaine, 
hypodermic use of.) 244 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Rapid breathing as a pain obtunder.—A method first sug- 
gested by W. G. A. Bonwell, and from which he claims a 
similar effect to that of ether, chloroform and nitrous-oxide 
gas in their primary stages, and to render the patient suffi- 
ciently unconscious to any acute pain from any operation, 
where the time consumed is not over from twenty to thirty 
seconds. “ While the special senses are in partial action, the 
sense of pain is obliterated and, in many cases, completely 
annulled, consciousness and general sensibility being pre- 
served.” “ To accomplish this, each patient must be instructed 
how to act and what to expect. As simple as it may seem, 
there is a proper and consistent plan to enable you to reach 
full success. Before the patient commences to inhale he is 
informed of the fact that while he will be unconscious of pain, 
he will know full or partially well any touch upon his person ; 
that the inhalation must be vigorously kept up during the 
whole operation, without for an instance stopping; that the 
more energetically and steadily he breathes, the more perfect 
the effect. It is obligatory to do so, on account of its evanes- 
cent effects, which demand that the patient be pushed by the 
operator over energetic appeals to ‘ go on.’ It is very difficult 
for any one to respire over one hundred times to the minute, 
as he will become by that time so exhausted as not to be able 
to breathe at all. For the next minute following the comple- 
tion of the operation, the subject will not breathe more than 
once or twice. Very few have force enough left to raise hand 
or foot. The voluntary muscles have nearly all been subju- 
gated and overcome by the undue effort at forced inhalation 
of one hundred and seventeen, the normal standard. 
“ The heart’s action is not increased more than from seventy 
(the average) to eighty and sometimes ninety, but is much 
enfeebled, or throwing a lesser quantity of blood. The face 
becomes suffused, as in blowing a fire or in stooping, which 
continues until the breathing is suspended, when the face 
becomes paler. (Have not noticed any purple, as from as- 
phyxia by a deprivation of oxygen.) The vision becomes 
darkened, and a giddiness soon appears. The voluntary mus- LOCAL ANAESTHESIA. 
245 
cles farthest from the heart seem first to be affected, and the 
feet and hands, particularly the latter, have a numbness at 
their extremities, which increases until, in many cases, there 
is partial paralysis as far as the elbow, while the limbs become 
fixed. The hands are so thoroughly affected, that when open 
the patient is powerless to close them, and vice versa. There 
is a vacant gaze from the eyes, and a looking into space with- 
out blinking of the eyelids for a minute or more. The head 
seems incapable of being held erect, and there is no move- 
ment of the arms or legs, as is usual when in great pain. 
There is no disposition on the part of the patient to take hold 
of the operator’s hand or interfere with the operation.” Dr. 
Bonwell bases his method on the following theory:— 
I. Diversion of the will-force in the act of forced respiration 
at a moment when the heart and lungs have been in normal 
reciprocal action (twenty respirations to eighty pulsations); 
which act could not be made and carried up to one hundred 
respirations per minute without such concentrated effort that 
ordinary pain could make no impression upon the brain while 
this abstraction was kept up. 
2. There is a specific effect resulting from enforced respira- 
tion of one hundred to the minute, due to tho. excess of carbonic 
acid gas set free from the tissues, generated by this enforced 
normal act of throwing into the lungs five tunes the normal 
amount of oxygen demanded in one minute, when the heart 
has not been aroused to exalted action, which comes from 
violent action in running, or where one is suddenly startled ; 
which excess of carbonic acid cannot escape in the same ratio 
from the lungs, since the heart does not respond to the pro- 
portionate over-action of the lungs. 
3. “ Hyperaemia is the last in the chain of effects; which is 
due to the excessive amount of air passing into the lungs, 
preventing but little more than the normal quantity of blood 
from passing from the heart into the arterial circulation, but 
damming it up in the brain, as well as throughout the capillary 
and venous systems as well as upon the heart, the same as if 
it were suspended in that gas outside the body.” 246 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dr. A. Hewson agrees with Dr. Bonwell as to the efficacy 
of rapid breathing as a pain obtunder, yet he differs with them 
as to the theory or nature of the changes in the different 
symptoms brought about during its progress. Says Dr. Hew- 
son: “ Every circumstance would therefore seem to indicate 
that this process of inducing insensibility to pain is one essen- 
tially of diminished oxidization and decarbonization of the 
blood, and recognizing such a state as belonging to the initia- 
tive stage of all anaesthetics, when insensibility to pain is 
positively marked, we have no necessity for begging any 
special theory for this process, as in its action it readily comes 
under the category of such agents, and is thus not either an 
absurdity or an impossibility from a scientific point of view.” 
ALCOHOL. 
Formula.—C2H5OH. Sp. Gr. of officinal alcohol, 0.820; of 
rectified spirit—Spiritus Rectijicatus, 0.838; of stronger alcohol 
—Alcohol Fortius, 0.817 > °f diluted alcohol—Alcohol Dilutum 
(equal parts of alcohol and distilled water), 0.928. 
Derivation.—Alcohol is obtained from vinous or fermented 
liquors by repeated distillations, and, in its officinal form, con- 
tains about fifteen per cent, of water. It is colorless, inflam- 
mable, wholly vaporizable by heat, and unites in all propor- 
tions with water and ether. It frequently contains such im- 
purities as fusel or amylic alcohol (obtained from fermented 
grain or potatoes); the presence of which can be detected by 
agitating the alcohol with sulphuric acid, when the former 
becomes colored. 
Stronger Alcohol.—Alcohol Fortius—Absolute Alcohol—is 
obtained by agitating the officinal alcohol with heated carbo- 
nate of potassium. Sp. Gr., 0.794, when containing no water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—All the different forms of 
alcohol, including brandy—Spiritus Vini Gallici (the spirit ob- 
tained from fermented grapes by distillation, and containing 
45 to 55 per cent., by volume, of absolute alcohol); whiskey— 
Spiritus Frurnenti (the spirit obtained from fermented grain by 
distillation, and containing from 50 to 58 per cent., by volume, ALCOHOL. 
247 
of absolute alcohol); wine—Vinum (the fermented juice of the 
grape, and containing alcohol in varying proportions) are 
powerful diffusible stimulants, increasing the action of the 
heart and arteries, exciting the nervous and vascular systems, 
and causing a general exhilaration of spirits. Excessive quan- 
tities produce the effect of narcotic poisons, ending in coma 
and death. 
The habitual use of alcoholic drinks causes most injurious 
effects upon the system generally and directly upon the mucous 
coats of the stomach, deranging and destroying its functions 
and structure, resulting in dyspepsia, followed by cirrhosis of 
the liver and kidneys, loss of mental and physical strength, 
derangement of the nervous system, and, at last, delirium 
tremens. When properly administered in diseased conditions, 
however, alcoholic preparations are valuable agents. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The different forms of alcohol are em- 
ployed as stimulants in acute inflammations, such as pneumo- 
nia, pleurisy, bronchitis, pulmonary affections of children, etc., 
etc., and in rheumatic pericarditis, in the latter stages of typhus 
and typhoid fevers, diphtheria, acute neuralgia, convulsions of 
dentition, tetanus, asphyxia from cold, pyemia, etc., etc. Ex- 
ternally in superficial inflammation, bruises, sprains, ptyalism, 
gout, cerebral affections, bed sores, etc., etc. According to 
Bartholow, alcohol is an excellent hemostatic for restraining 
oozing from a large surface, and an efficient antiseptic dressing, 
as it destroys germs, removes fetor, and stimulates the tissues 
to more healthy growth. 
Dental Uses.—Alcohol, as a narcotic, is employed to relieve 
pain. In combination with tannic acid or chloride of zinc, it 
obtunds the sensibility of dentine; as a styptic, it arrests hem- 
orrhage from relaxed tissues, coagulating the blood by its 
effect on albumen, and causing contraction of the mouths of 
the vessels by its astringent property. Equal parts of alcohol 
and water make an excellent application as an evaporating 
lotion, for the relief of superficial inflammations, its antiseptic 
properties rendering it useful as a mouth-wash when the secre- 
tions are vitiated and the surfaces of the mucous membrane 248 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
soft and spongy. It is also useful for cleaning pulp-canals as 
a preparatory treatment to the use of the more active antiseptic 
agents, such as the bichloride of mercury. For suppurating 
wounds, it is a useful antiseptic dressing, as it destroys germs, 
removes fetor, and stimulates the tissues to a more healthy 
action. It also favors the cicatrization of open wounds, coag- 
ulating the albumen, and forming an impermeable covering. 
In mercurial salivation (mercurial stomatitis), it forms an ex- 
cellent gargle. 
For softened and sensitive dentine, and for drying cavities 
preparatory to filling them, the stronger or absolute alcohol is 
employed. A simple method of preparing this form of alcohol 
is to add one part of carbonate of potassa to four parts of the 
ordinary or officinal alcohol. Owing to the great affinity car- 
bonate of potassa has for water, it abstracts the latter from the 
alcohol to a sufficient degree to answer all practical purposes. 
The cavity of a tooth is first dried with cotton and bibulous 
paper, and then bathed with the absolute alcohol, which at 
once evaporates, and causes the almost perfect absorption of 
moisture. 
Brandy and water form, in combination, an excellent lotion 
for mercurial and other forms of stomatitis. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Obtunding Sensitive Dentine. 
R. Alcoholis (absolute) . . |jss 
Acidi tannici 3 ss 
Glycerini M. 
For Superficial Inflammations. 
R. Alcoholis 
Aquae M. 
Signa.—To be applied as a lotion. 
For Obtunding Sensitive Dentine. 
R. Alcoholis (absolute) . . !|ss 
Zinci chloridi 3 ss 
Glycerini l|ss. M. 
For Mercurial Stomatitis. 
R. Spts. vini gallici . . . 1 part 
Aquae 4 to 6 parts. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
Antiseptic Bath for Instruments, 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Alcoholis ij 
Hydronaphthol. . . . grs.xx. M. 
Will not tarnish instruments which 
are dipped in it and allowed to dry. 
Local Ancesthetic. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R . Alcoholis 5 parts 
Tinct. Cannabis indica 2 parts 
Olieum cassise ... I part 
Acidi carbolici ... 3 parts. M. 
Signa.—For injection, or on cotton rope 
around tooth. ALOES 
249 
Antiseptic Mouth- Wash. 
Gallipe and Malassez. 
R . Alcohol 370 parts 
Carbolic Acid ... 10 parts 
Thymol 5 parts 
Oil of peppermint . 15 parts 
Tincture of arnica . 100 parts M. 
This may be colored with tincture of 
cochineal. 
SlGNA.—Use twice a day and at same 
time rinse out the mouth with a 
weak solution of boric acid. 
For Pain After Fxtraction of Teeth. 
• Dr. T. B. Welch. 
R. Alcohol (best) . . . Ijj 
Chloroform . . . . Jj ij 
Sulphuric ether . . g if 
Gum Camphor . . . 25 ss 
Tinct. opium . . . 5jj 
Oil cloves 3 ss 
S.—Apply in the cavity on a pledget 
of cotton. 
For Odontalgia. 
Dr. J. N. Harris. 
R. Alcoholis (best) . . 
Chloroformi . . . . 3 ij 
Etheris Sulph. . . . % 
Camphorae (gum) . . £ ss 
Tinct. opii § 
Oleum caryophilli . g ss 
SlGNA.—Apply to cavity, and soon as 
pain ceases fill the cavity with cotton 
moistened with carbolic acid and oil 
of cloves ; drop on this cotton san- 
darach varnish, and allow it to re- 
main 20 or 30 minutes. 
Local Anesthetic. 
Dr. I. Alberto del Solar. 
R. Alcoholis (98 per cent.) f^ij 
Chloroformi iv 
Ether, sulph f 2; iss 
Camphorae !|j. M* 
SlGNA.—Apply to the gum I minute 
bucally and lingually, first carefully 
drying the surface. Not to be used 
hypodermically. 
Source.—Aloes is the inspissated juice of the leaves of the 
Aloe Socotrina, and contains a bitter precipitate known as 
aloin, and also a volatile oil, to which its odor is due. Its pre- 
parations are purified aloes—aloe purificata; watery Extract 
of Aloes—Extractum Aloes Aquosum ; Tincture of Aloes— 
Tinctura Aloes; also a number of pilular forms, and a tincture 
combined with myrrh—Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhae, and wine 
of aloes—Vinum Aloes. Purified Aloes is in the form of 
pieces of a dull or reddish-brown color, very brittle and 
soluble in alcohol, and a very bitter and disagreeable taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Aloes is a stomachic tonic 
and purgative, being principally employed for the latter effect. 
In large doses its action is that of a powerful purgative, and 
hence it is contraindicated in irritable or inflammatory condi- 
tions of the stomach. It stimulates the functions of the liver, 
and increases the flow of bile as well as the intestinal secre- 
ALOE—ALOES. 250 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tions generally. Its chief effects are on the large intestine, 
increasing its peristaltic movement, and causing tormina and 
tenesmus with heat and irritation of the rectum. It also in- 
creases the menstrual flow and the blood supply of the pelvic 
organs. It requires some ten or twelve hours to produce its 
cathartic effects. A purgative action may be induced by 
applying it to an exposed surface. In moderate laxative 
doses the stools are not liquid and but slightly altered in 
character. It is commonly administered in small doses in 
combination with nux vomica. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Aloes is very efficient in constipation 
dependent on weakness of the muscular layer of the large 
intestine. It is also employed in jaundice, atonic dyspepsia, 
hemorrhoids without active pelvic congestion, amenorrhcea 
dependent upon anaemia, menorrhagia in debilitated condi- 
tions, gonorrhoea, catarrh of uterus, etc. 
Dose.—Of Aloe purificata, gr. j to v; extractum aloes aquo- 
sum, gr. ss to iij; Tinctura Aloes, l5ss to ij; Tinctura Aloes 
Myrrhae, 5ss to 5ij; Vinum Aloes 5j to §ss. 
Formula.—Common potash alum : A12(S04)3, K2S0424.H20. 
Ammonium Alum : A12(NH4)2(S04)4, 24H20. 
Source.—It is found native in Italy, in the neighborhood of 
volcanoes, and is the mineral from which the metal aluminum 
is obtained. 
Derivation.—Alum is also obtained from aluminous slate, 
shale or schist, by the process of roasting and exposure to 
the air. 
Alum is a white, slightly efflorescent salt, which crystallizes 
in regular octahedrons. It possesses an astringent, acid, and 
sweetish taste. It is insoluble in alcohol, but dissolves in 
from fourteen to fifteen times its weight in cold, and three- 
fourths of its weight in boiling water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Alum is astringent and 
styptic, and is employed both externally and internally. 
When taken internally, it is absorbed into the system, and has 
ALUMEN—ALUM. ALUM 
251 
been detected in the liver, spleen and urine. Excessive doses 
cause vomiting, griping, purging, and inflammation of the 
gastro-enteric. mucous membrane. Powdered alum, in doses 
of a teaspoonful, is an efficient emetic. It coagulates albumen 
and causes an abundant flow of saliva, coagulating the albu- 
men of the saliva and buccal mucus in whitish, membranous 
flakes. 
Its astringent influence is chiefly upon mucous surfaces. 
Applied locally to relaxed or bleeding parts, it corrugates the 
surrounding tissues and causes contraction of the capillaries, 
and, in this manner, acts as an astringent. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Alum is internally administered in diar- 
rhoea, chronic dysentery, colica pictonum, catarrh of the stom- 
ach, etc. Externally it is applied in ulcerated and relaxed 
throat affections, ptyalism, gonorrhoea and gleet, uterine hem- 
orrhage, morbid growths, hematuria, ophthalmia, chronic 
whooping cough, chronic skin diseases, chilblains, ulcers? 
hospital gangrene, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of alum, gr. x to 3j or 3ij, in powder, or solution 
in water, or in some simple infusion. 
Ammonia Alum.—Sulphate of alumina and ammonia— 
Alumina et Ammonia Sulphas—is prepared by adding sul- 
phate of ammonia to a solution of sulphate of alumina. 
Dried Alum.—Alumen Exsiccatum (alum deprived of its 
water of crystallization by heat)—is employed externally as a 
mild escharotic, to destroy exuberant granulations, etc. 
Dental Uses.—Alum is employed in dental practice as a 
styptic in alveolar hemorrhage; as a gargle in stomatitis? 
ulceration, and sponginess of the gums, morbid or fungous 
growth of gums, dental pulp, etc., superficial hemorrhage from 
the mucous membrane of the mouth, ulcers of the mouth? 
cancrum oris, odontalgia, etc., etc. In congested conditions 
of the mucous membrane of the mouth and throat, alum gar- 
gles afford great relief. Powdered alum added to liquor 
sodae chlorinatae (Labarraque’s Solution), is an excellent 
bleaching application for discolored necrosed teeth. 
The habitual use of alum as an ingredient of a dentifrice is 252 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
injurious to the teeth, on account of the sulphuric acid it 
contains. 
Potash alum—Aluminii et Potassii Sulphas—the alum of 
commerce (which has been superseded by ammonia alum), will 
render plaster casts hard, when they are boiled in a strong 
solution for half an hour. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Pulveris aluminis . . . 5J ij 
ALtheris nitrici . . . . 3 vij 
Signa.—To be applied on a pellet of 
cotton. 
For Inflamed and Ulcerated Mucous 
Membrane and Gums. 
R. Pulveris aluminis . . gr.lxxx 
Aquae destillatae . . . M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a mild as- 
tringent gargle. 
For Ulceration of the Gums and Mucous 
Membrane of the Mouth. 
R . Aluminis 5{ j 
Zinci sulphatis . . . . ss 
Sodii borat gr. iv 
Aquae rosae % viij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a lotion. 
For Ulcerated and Spongy Gums. 
R. Aluminis g j 
Vini Oj 
Tinct. cinchonae . . . § ss 
Tinct. myrrhae . . . . g ij 
Mel. rosae 35 ij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Inflammation and Ulceration of the Mouth and Throat. 
R. Infus lini 
Tinct. kino 
Aluminis gij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a gargle. 
ALUMINAS ACETAS—ACETATE OF ALUMINA. 
Formula.—A12(0H)2(C2H302)4. 
Derivation.—The salt, Acetate of Alumina, is obtained by 
the direct combination of hydrated alumina with acetic acid, 
or by reaction between sulphate of alumina and acetate of 
lead. The solution, when properly prepared, is a clear fluid, 
of a sharp, sweetish, astringent taste, and a distinct odor of 
acetic acid. When it is evaporated, there is deposited light, 
fragile, glossy scales, which are perfectly soluble in water, and 
not readily affected by the atmosphere. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is disinfectant and anti- 
septic. In maximum doses it produces an unpleasant sensa- 
tion of warmth and fullness in the stomach, and at the same ALUMINII SULPHIS. 
253 
time, vertigo and confusion of the senses, which may continue 
for several hours. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Acetate of alumina is rarely employed 
internally, and only for zymotic and contagious diseases. It 
is generally used externally, and is a very effectual remedy in 
the treatment of wounds, preventing pyemia in suppurating 
wounds and ulcers. It is also applied in parasitic skin affec- 
tions, as an injection in gonorrhea, and for the destruction of 
animalculae in putrescent fluids. As a surgical dressing, it is 
used by keeping the wound saturated with a solution of mod- 
erate strength, or by irrigation. A concentrated solution will 
preserve anatomical subjects for a considerable time. 
Dose.—Of acetate of alumina, gtt. xx to gtt. 60 of the 
solution. 
Dental Uses.—Acetate of alumina is usefel in dental practice, 
as an antiseptic and disinfectant in cancrum oris, ulcers of the 
mouth, suppurating wounds of mucous membrane, pyorrhea 
alveolaris, alveolar abscess, etc. A very weak solution has 
been employed as a mouth-wash for offensive breath depending 
on scrofulous ulcerations, aphthae, caries of the teeth, or the 
wearing of artificial teeth. 
SULPHITE OF ALUMINUM—ALUMINII SULPHIS. 
The sulphite of aluminium is a new antiseptic, being a sul- 
phurous salt of aluminium; that metal uniting with acids to 
form salts in the proportion of two molecular equivalents of 
the base and three of the acid. The persulphite may be made 
by adding sulphurous acid to the undried sesquisulphite to 
solution and crystallizing without heat; or by precipitating the 
persulphite from solution with alcohol, filtering or decanting, 
washing the precipitate with alcohol and drying on bibulous 
paper. The sulphurous salts of aluminium are the best repre- 
sentatives of its antiseptic, therapeutic properties, two being pro- 
duced—the sesquisulphite and the persulphite; the former being 
insoluble in water while the sulphite is soluble. Three hundred 
times as much of the sesquisulphite of aluminium can be admin- 
istered with safety as of the bichloride of mercury, and while the 254 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
latter is two and a half times as active as the aluminium salt 
in equal quantity, the difference in dose permissible favors the 
relative efficiency of the latter; and the same relations exist in 
the topical use of these two agents. The insoluble sesquisul- 
phite may be made by taking the theoretical quantities of 
potassic alum and sulphite of sodium and mixing their solu- 
tions in water; the precipitate to be washed and carefully dried. 
The proportion is ten parts of alum and eight of sodium sul- 
phite. These aluminium salts are applicable to almost every 
conceivable condition where an antiferment is indicated. 
AMMONIUM—AMMONIA. 
Formula.—N H4. 
Ammonia, often called ammoniacal, or ammonia gas, is 
colorless and readily soluble in water, and forms a number of 
volatile stimulants, such as Aqua ammonia—ammonia water, 
which is the stronger water of ammonia diluted with two 
parts of water; Aqua ammonia fortior—stronger water of 
ammonia, is made by passing ammonia gas into water to make 
its specific gravity, 0.900 at 590 F.; Spiritus ammonia—which 
is a ten per cent, solution of ammonia gas in alcohol; Spiritus 
ammonia aromaticus, which is an alcoholic solution of carbon- 
ate of ammonium, to which are added oils of lemon, nutmeg 
and lavender. (See also muriate of ammonia, sal ammoniac, 
carbonate of ammonium, solution of acetate of ammonia, spirit 
of mindererus, chloride of ammonium, and valerianate of 
ammonium.) 
Medical Properties and Action.—Ammonia gas is very alka- 
line, and an irritant to mucous surfaces. Inhaled, it causes an 
overpowering sense of suffocation and spasm of the glottis, and 
when prolonged, violent inflammation of the air-passages. Solu- 
tion of ammonia when swallowed causes destructive inflamma- 
tion of the mucous membrane, extending to the stomach. The 
long-continued use of ammonia interferes with digestion by 
neutralizing the gastric juice, and by increased waste of tissue 
causes pallor, emaciation, and feebleness. In the blood it 
injures the red blood globules, and thus affects the nutrition SOLUTION OF ACETATE OF AMMONIA. 
255 
of the body, being largely converted into urea. The prepara- 
tions of ammonia are stimulant expectorants. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Aqua ammonia is administered by in- 
halation in syncope and shock, and as a counter-irritant; for 
which purpose ammonia liniment is also employed. The in- 
cautious inhalation of ammonia may cause inflammation of 
the fauces and glottis, but when cautiously employed some- 
times gives relief to acute catarrh and hay asthma. The 
diluted aqua ammonia will relieve the pain of stings of insects, 
and the strong aqua ammonia is an antidote, when at once 
applied, to the bite of venomous snakes, and of rabid animals. 
The aromatic spirits of ammonia is useful in acidity of 
stomach, gaseous eructations and abdominal distension; also 
in sick headache and migraine; but the bromides are more 
effective in the latter affection. Ammonia salts stimulate the 
liver and increase the secretions of the kidneys and intestinal 
mucous glands and the action of the heart, hence are frequently 
used in adynamic states, constipation, coated tongue and scanty 
urine. The preparations of ammonia for internal use correct 
obstinate vomiting when the irritating substances are removed, 
and the matters vomited are acid. 
Dose.—Of Aqua Ammoniae, TTlv to 5ss, much diluted; of 
Spiritus Ammoniae, Thx to f5j, greatly diluted; of Spiritus 
Ammoniae Aromaticus, f5ss to f5ij- 
Dental Uses.—Ammonia is used as a stimulant in danger- 
ous narcosis; to prevent syncope or severe shock; in facial 
neuralgia, especially the chloride, and in periodontitis when it 
is combined with aconite and opium. Aqua ammonia is 
locally applied as a counter-irritant to the gums in acute in- 
flammation of the peridental membrane. (See Acetate, Car- 
bonate, Valerianate and Chloride of Ammonium.) 
LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS - SOLUTION OF ACETATE OF 
AMMONIA. 
Formula.—NH4C2H302. 
Derivation.—Spirit of Mindererus is obtained by saturating 
diluted acetic acid with carbonate of ammonia, being a solu- 
tion of the acetate of ammonia. 
SPIRIT OF MINDERERUS. 256 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
It is a colorless liquid, with a saline taste, and requires to 
be freshly made when about to be used. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is refrigerant, diaphoretic, 
and diuretic, and its action can be greatly increased by com- 
bination with other remedies. Few medicines are in more 
general use. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Spirit of mindererus is employed in the 
treatment of febrile and inflammatory affections, and exanthe- 
mata, sick headache, catarrh and influenza, etc., etc. Exter- 
nally it is used as a lotion to sprains, bruises, glandular en- 
largements, etc. 
Dose.—Of spirit of mindererus, f5j to fSj. 
De?ital Uses.—A lotion composed of one part to ten of 
water is a servicable application in inflamed conditions of 
mucous membrane. Internally administered as a refrigerant 
it is useful in acute periosteal inflammation, inflammation of 
the dental pulp—pulpitis, and is a diaphoretic and refrigerant 
in periodontitis, when it may be combined with either aconite 
or opium, or both. 
AMMONII CARBONAS—CARBONATE OF AMMONIUM. 
Formula.—NH4HC03, NH4NH2C02. 
Derivation.—Carbonate of Ammonium is a sesquicarbonate, 
and is obtained by subliming a mixture of chloride of ammo- 
nium and chalk. It is in the form of white, translucent 
masses, with a pungent ammoniacal odor, and an acrid, 
alkaline taste. It is soluble in water, and on exposure to 
the air it becomes opaque and falls into powder, losing its 
ammonia. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is antacid, stimulant, dia- 
phoretic and expectorant, and it is considered to be especially 
useful in cases where the vital powers are greatly depressed. 
In large doses it causes colic, convulsions and great dis- 
turbance of the nervous system, and when long continued, an 
annoying itching of the scalp, and skin over the surface of the 
body. It has a tendency to fluidify the blood. Internally, as 
a diffusible stimulant, it is preferred to solution of ammonia. VALERIANATE OF AMMONIUM. 
257 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is internally administered in diabetes, 
scrofula with languid circulation, asthma, pneumonia, croup, 
chorea, diseases of the skin, puerperal insanity, mercurial 
erethism, drunkenness, etc., etc. 
Externally it is employed as a volatile or smelling salts, in 
syncope, hysteria, and asphyxia. 
Dose.—Of carbonate of ammonium, gr. v. to gr. x, in pill or 
in solution with gum and sugar. 
Dental Uses.—It is a useful internal remedy in cancrum oris, 
in doses of gr. v, gradually increased to gr. x, every two or 
three hours, using strong nitric acid as a local application. It 
is also a very useful remedy in mercurial erethism, in conjunc- 
tion with camphor and other stimulants; also as a stimulant 
in dangerous narcosis from anaesthetic agents. 
AMMONII VALERIANAS—VALERIANATE OF AMMONIUM 
Formula.—N H4C5H902. 
Derivation.—Valerianate of ammonium is obtained by com- 
bining valerianic acid with a strong solution of ammonia and 
evaporating to a syrupy consistency ; it is also obtained by sub- 
jecting the monohydrated acid to the action of dry, gaseous 
ammonia. It is in the form of a white salt, in quadrangular 
plates, with the odor of valerianic acid, and a sharp, sweetish 
taste. It is soluble in water and alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is a stimulant, nervine, 
and antispasmodic. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed in neuralgia, nervous 
headache, hysteria, epilepsy, chorea, etc., etc., especially for 
females. 
Dose.—Of valerianate of ammonium, gr. ij to gr. viij, in pill 
or elixir, with aromatics (valerianate of ammonium 5j, fluid 
extract of vanilla fSss, tincture of cardamom, f5yj, curacoa 
f.5ij, water frjiv.—Misce. Dose, a teaspoonful three times a 
day). 
Dental Uses.—It is internally administered for neuralgia. 258 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
AMMONII CHLORIDUM—CHLORIDE OF AMMONIUM. 
MURIATE OF AMMONIA-HYDROCHLORATE OF AMMONIA-SAL AMMONIAC 
Formula.—N H4C1. 
Derivation.—Chloride of Ammonium is obtained by neu- 
tralizing hydrochloric acid with ammonia and evaporating to 
dryness. It is in the form of a snow-white, crystalline powder, 
soluble in two and a half parts of cold water, and sparingly 
soluble in alcohol. It has a pungent, saline taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—In large doses it is an irritant 
poison, with a purging action ; but in small doses it is a pow- 
erful resolvent alterative; it is also refrigerant and anodyne- 
Its action upon the system closely resembles that of mercury 
as an alterative. 
Externally it is used as a discutient application, and as a cold 
lotion in fevers, hernia, etc. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed internally in amenorrhea, 
rheumatic affections, chronic bronchitis, pneumonia, dropsical 
affections, hemmorhages, whooping cough and myalgia. Ex- 
ternally in abscesses of the mamma, skin diseases, ecchymosis 
of the eye, hydrocele, senile gangrene, gonorrhea, leucor- 
rhea, etc. 
Dose.—Of chloride of ammonium, gr. v-xxx, every two or 
three hours, in powder or mucilage. 
Dental Uses.—It is employed in facial neuralgia, in doses of 
5ss, repeated four times daily. Externally it is used as an 
application to indolent ulcers, for its stimulating effect. As a 
gargle, it is employed in the strength of §ss to 5xij of water. 
It is also applied to cancerous tumors, and has been used to 
restore zinc which has become deteriorated from long use in 
laboratory work. Chloride of ammonium (sal ammoniac) is 
also used as a flux, in refining gold for laboratory use. 
AMYLENE. 
Formula.—C5H10. 
Derivation.—Amylene is obtained by distilling amylic alcohol 
with chloride of zinc. It is a colorless, very mobile liquid, 
with a boiling point of 1020, and the density of its 2.45. 
It has a very peculiar and disagreeable smell. AMYLENE. 
259 
Medical Properties and Action.—Amylene was introduced as 
an anesthetic in 1856, by the late Dr. Snow, who regarded it 
as possessing the following advantages : the safety of ether, 
absence of pungency and irritating property, readiness with 
which the absence of pain is obtained, with less coma than 
with chloroform or ether, the speedy recovery from its effects, 
less nauseating, and less headache and rigidity and struggling 
than in the case of ether or chloroform. Others, however, 
have not been so much impressed with this anesthetic agent as 
was Dr. Snow; hence, it has not been regarded with the same 
favor as other agents of this class. An extreme quantity being 
required to produce complete insensibility to pain, its opera- 
tion is considered to be dangerous. 
Therapeutic Use.—As an anesthetic. 
Hydrate of Amylene is a tertiary alcohol first prepared by 
Wurtz. It is a colorless, watery-looking fluid, with a sharp 
taste and smell, and is soluble in eight times its volume of al- 
cohol. It is generally regarded as a safe and reliable narcotic 
and hypnotic, sleep being produced in from fifteen to forty- 
five minutes, and sometimes almost instantly. When large 
doses are given, sleep may be induced in five or eight minutes, 
and as a rule its actions are prompt and safe. Contra-indi- 
cations of the drug have not yet been observed, but in cases 
of severe gastric troubles and ulcerations of the pharynx, 
it should be given per anus. Its action may be briefly 
summed up as follows : 
1. Hydrate of amylene is a hypnotic whose action can be 
confidently relied upon when sufficiently large doses are given. 
Experiments have shown that it is not so strong as chloral, 
yet stronger than paraldehyde. 
2. Hydrate of amylene also acts upon persons who are ac- 
customed to the use of hypnotics, although the dose employed 
in such cases must be comparatively large. 
3. Sleep occurs soon after the administration of the drug? 
and is not preceded by any period of excitement. The sleep 
produced is light or heavy, according to the dose given; yet 
it is always easy to awaken the patient. Upon waking, the 260 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
patient is perfectly sensible and bright, but if not disturbed 
further will fall asleep again. 
4. Sleep lasts from two to three hours if small doses have 
been given, or from six to eight hours under the influence of 
larger doses. 
5. The awaking is similar to that from natural sleep. The 
patient feels rested and strengthened. No headache or weak- 
ness was ever observed. 
6. The respiration remains unchanged. 
7. The change in the pulse’s frequency and in the pressure 
of blood is no more than that which accompanies natural sleep. 
8. The patients were never observed to wake up with a bad 
taste in their mouths and complaining of a disagreeable 
smell, symptoms which nearly always follow the use of paral- 
dehyde. 
9. Whether or not a habit and tolerance for the drug may 
be formed remains yet to be seen. As yet, even when the dose 
has been used continually, an increase of dose was never found 
necessary. 
Dose.—Of hydrate of amylene, grs. xii to grs. xxxvii. It 
may be administered in gelatin capsules containing 15 y2 grains 
each, or in the fluid form mixed with claret and water, or 
raspberry syrup. 
AMYL NITRIS—NITRITE OF AMYI 
Formula.—C5HuN02. Sp. gr., 0.877. 
Derivation.—Nitrite of Amyl is obtained by heating one 
part of strong nitric acid with two parts of rectified fusel oil, 
until reaction commences, when the heat is withdrawn, and 
afterward re-applied. The distilled portion obtained below 
2120 F. is rectified by means of carbonate of potassium, and 
that portion only distilling between 200° and 206° F. is re- 
served, being a nitrite of oxide of amyl. It is a yellowish or 
amber-colored liquid, somewhat oily, very volatile and inflam- 
mable, and boils at 182° F. It has an odor like that of ripe 
pears, and belongs to the class of compound ethers. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is used by inhalation, NITRITE OF AMYL. 
261 
causing an accelerated action of the heart, sudden flushing of 
the face, dilatation of the arteries, paralysis of the action of 
the smaller arteries, a sense of great fullness of the brain, a 
lowering of the blood-pressure and temperature, and com- 
plete resolution of the muscular system. The vapor of nitrite 
of amyl, when applied directly to the muscular or nervous 
tissues, arrests their functional activity, and, circulating in the 
blood, appears to act most on the vaso-motor system and 
unstriped muscular fibre. It affects respiration and the com- 
position of the blood, producing headache, which is often pro- 
longed. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Being a powerful stimulant to the heart, 
it is an antidote to chloroform and cocaine. A case is men- 
tioned in the British Medical Journal, where, during chloroform 
narcosis, respiration ceased, and artificial respiration failed to 
restore the patient. Some nitrite of amyl was then poured on 
lint, and held to the patient’s nostrils. In ten seconds there 
was a flushing of the face, the pulse was again felt, and respi- 
ration was restored. 
When from two to five minims are poured on lint and ap- 
plied to the nostrils, the heart’s action will be accelerated, a 
sudden flushing of the face takes place, dilatation of the arte- 
ries results, also a fall in the blood pressure and a lowering of 
the temperature, and complete muscular relaxation. As a 
remedy for chloroform narcosis, it is supposed to antagonize 
cerebral anemia by causing capillary dilatation and thus pro- 
moting the inflow of blood to the brain. 
By inhalation, for relieving the pain of angina pectoris, and 
preventing epileptic seizures; also used in asthma, strychnia 
poisoning, hydrophobia, tetanus, epileptic attacks, and in many 
other convulsive or spasmodic diseases. 
Dose.—Of nitrite of amyl, Tfljj to TTlv, by inhalation; not 
more than TTfiij should be administered, unless the patient has 
been accustomed to its use. 
Dental Uses.—As an antidote for chloroform narcosis, for 
the relief of epileptic attacks during the extraction of teeth, 
for relieving the pain of neuralgia of the fifth pair of nerves, 262 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and for restoration from syncope. As nitrite of amyl is a 
powerful and dangerous agent, care must be observed in its 
use, and but small doses applied at first, as some patients, 
especially the weak and nervous, are very susceptible to its 
influence. 
ANTHEMIS—CHAMOMILE. 
Source.—The flowers of the Anthemis Nobilis. A German 
variety is known as Matricaria, which is similar to Anthemis 
in its effects. The herb chamomile has a fragrant odor and a 
bitter, aromatic taste. A volatile acid is obtained from the 
flowers, which is similar, if not identical, with valerianic acid. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Chamomile is a 
mild tcnic in small doses, but in large doses may act as an 
emetic. It is used in the form of a cold infusion in enfeebled 
digestion, flatulent colic and infantile disorders connected with 
digestive derangement. It is also employed in the form of 
infusions prepared with hot water and vinegar, for the relief of 
pain of boils, abscesses, etc. When employed for the relief of 
odontalgia in the form of fomentations to the face, there is 
danger of the abscess pointing externally ; it is also applied 
to flabby, ill-conditioned ulcers as a gentle excitant. The 
tepid infusion will promote the operation of emetics. 
Dose.—Of the powder as a tonic, 5ss to 5j- It is generally 
employed in the form of infusion. 
ANILINE. 
Formula.—C6N H7. 
Derivation.—Aniline is an alkaloid obtained by the destruc- 
tive distillation of various organic substances. It is a volatile, 
colorless, pungent liquid generally derived from coal tar. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Professor Stilling 
claims that wounds and suppurating ulcers, especially those 
in and about the eye, treated with aniline may be entirely 
sterilized by the solution penetrating everywhere, and the 
suppuration be entirely arrested. When the pus is deep in 
the tissue, injections of aniline solution should be employed, 
or the introduction of analine crayons, or bathing with con- ANTIKAMNIA. 
263 
centrated solutions. In many cases application of a powdered 
aniline is very efficacious. These aniline colors are destitute 
of all toxic action; they are very diffusible, and they do not 
coagulate albumen. These colors are, however, soon decom- 
posed by exposure to light, and they should therefore be pro- 
tected. 
Dental Uses.—But two of the basic aniline coloring-matters, 
methyl-violet (pyoktanin) and methylene-blue, have been tested as 
antiseptics, and although highly recommended by Prof. Stilling, 
they have not, in the experiments of Prof. W. D. Miller, when 
employed as antiseptics in the treatment of the dental pulp, 
given satisfactory results, as they did not appear to penetrate 
the pulps to a depth of more than a quarter of an inch, and 
showed no preservative action. (See Pyoktanin.) 
ANTIKAMNIA. 
Antikamnia is a combination of coal tar derivatives into 
which the amnines have entered, forming various amido com- 
pounds, of which the general group formula is CnH2n-6. It 
has as its base the derivatives of the amido-benzoles so com- 
bined, it is claimed, as to obviate the bad effects caused by 
many of this series of organic bodies when administered alone. 
It is in the form of a white powder with a pungent taste. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Antikamnia is 
an antipyretic, analgesic and anodyne, and causes a quieting 
influence upon the nervous system, inducing and promoting 
sleep. It is employed in neuralgia, myalgia, sciatica, acute 
rheumatism, hemicrania, typhoid fever; also headache and 
other neuroses due to irregularities of menstruation; also in 
asthma, hay fever, influenza, la grippe and allied affections. 
Dose.—Grs. iij to grs. x, every three or four hours. 
To Prevent the Disturbance of the Ner- 
vous System which Accompanies the 
Administration of Quinine. 
R. Antikamnia . . . . g ss 
Sulphate of Quinine . M. 
Make xii capsules, 1 every 2 or 4 
hours as may be indicated. 
Analgesic and Anodyne. 
R. Antikamnia 3jij 
Spts. Vin. Gall . . . 
Syr. Aurantii Flor. . M. 
SlGNA.—Tablespoonful every 3 or 4 
hours. 264 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Anodoyne and Analgesic. 
$. Antikamnia .... 
Quinia sulph. . . . aa 5J ss 
Pulv. Doveri .... grs. viii 
Soda bicarb grs. xij. 
Ft. viij capsules. 
Dose.—One capsule every 4 hours. 
ANTIPYRINE—DIMETHYLOXYQUINIZINE. 
Formula.—CnH12N20. 
Antipyrine is in the form of whitish or grayish-white crys- 
talline powder, slightly-bitter sweetish taste, and soluble in 
water. It combines with acids to form salts. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Antipyrine is a 
powerful antipyretic, local anaesthetic, disinfectant, haemostatic 
and stomachic tonic, and acts as an antiseptic in preventing 
fermentative changes in the intestines. It is also slightly hyp- 
notic. It stimulates the secretions and readily diffuses into 
the blood. It first stimulates and then paralyzes the nerve- 
centres, dilates the cutaneous vessels, and increases the loss 
of heat by radiation, reducing the temperature rapidly. Some- 
times it may cause dangerous symptoms, such as a feeble 
pulse, profuse diaphoresis and collapse. It is employed in 
typhoid and malarial fevers, pneumonia, phthisis, neuritis, 
sciatica, locomotor ataxis, neuralgia of the fifth pair of nerves 
associated with neuritis and sciatica, migraine, acute rheuma- 
tism, epilepsy, chorea, etc., and as a substitute for morphine, 
and in the morphine habit. 
Its administration is soon followed by profuse perspiration, 
coldness of the surface, slowed pulse, depression, and if fever 
is present by lowered temperature within a half hour after 
taking the drug. In health its use may cause slight nausea, 
singing in the ears, and a slight decrease in the temperature of 
the body. It has no effect upon respiration, but acts as a 
sedative upon the brain. It is eliminated by the kidneys, 
appearing in the urine about three hours after ingestion. 
Dose.—Grs. v to grs. lx, being determined by its uses. Sub- 
cutaneously injected, it is very effective in painful affections 
originating in the nerves. 
The hypodermic use of antipyrine has given very satisfac- 
tory results in the treatment of nervous articular and muscular ANTIPYRINE. 
265 
pains, gastric affections, bronchial asthma, articular rheuma- 
tism, chronic lumbago. A painless injection may be made by 
half-filling a hypodermic syringe with a fifty per cent, solution 
of antipyrine, which will amount to about five and a half 
grains; then immerse the syringe into a ten per cent, solution 
of cocaine, drawing up enough of the cocaine into the syringe 
to make it about three-fourths full; this will amount to one- 
third grain of cocaine. The two solutions readily mix and do 
not decompose, and may be used as a local anaesthetic. 
Dental Uses.—Antipyrine is used hypodermically with great 
success in cases of severe neuralgia of the fifth pair of nerves. 
Also, in cases of acute pericemental irritation, and in reflex 
neuroses of dental origin it has given great relief. Fifteen 
grains in half an ounce of water have given relief in a case of 
pericementitis, ceasing in twenty minutes with no return of 
the pain: but many prefer antifebrin (acetanilide) as being safer 
than antipyrine. It also has a marked effect in controlling 
hemorrhage from the gums and alveolar cavities when used as 
a haemostatic after the extraction of teeth. Prof. G. Cesari 
claims that antipyrine more or less speedily arrests hemorrhage 
from both large and small blood-vessels when applied in solu- 
tions of not less than forty, or, better, fifty per cent. The 
solution as well as the powder should be applied on pledgets 
of cotton wool. Antipyrine has also been administered inter- 
nally with satisfactory results in the treatment of periodontitis; 
and in cases where, owing to the severity of the symptoms in 
the same affection, the internal administration has proven 
unsuccessful, the hypodermic injection of fifteen grains has 
afforded relief; or the hypodermic injection followed in one 
half hour by the internal administration of fifteen grains of the 
drug will afford relief in cases of acute peridontitis. 
Antipyrine has been successfully used for arresting hemor- 
rhage after the extraction of teeth, as it has none of the dis- 
agreeable effects of perchloride of iron. It is applied on 
cotton. 266 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
For Nervous Cases. 
R . Antipyrine gr.xviij 
Aq. destillat q.s. ad ft. sol. 
Ft. sol et adde 
Acidi valerianici gtt.xv. 
Shake well and stand aside to allow salt to crystallize. 
Local Ancesthetic. 
Dr. J. E. Davis 
R. Antipyrine (5 per cent.) grs.xxiij 
Cocaine (10 per cent.) grs.48 
Menthol grs.v 
Oil cloves gtts.iij 
Ether gtts.xx _ 
Glycerine gj 
Water (pure) gj. M. 
SiGNA.—Use with hypodermic syringe. 
ANTISEPTIC AND STYPTIC COTTON-WOOL. 
Antiseptic Cotton.—First free the ordinary cotton wool from 
grease, by macerating it in benzine for ten minutes, press 
and dry in the air. Then steep the purified cotton, for ten 
minutes, in a solution of tannin 5, carbolic acid 4, alcohol 50, 
and castor oil 8 parts. 
Styptic Cotton-Wool.—Purify, as before, with benzine, dry in 
air, and then steep it in a solution of alum 2, water 12, chlor- 
ide of iron solution 2 parts; dry at 6o° C. 
AQUA DESTILLATA—DISTILLED WATER 
Derivation.—“ Take of water 80 pints. Distill two pints, 
using a tin or glass condenser, and throw them away; then 
distill 64 pints, and keep them in glass bottles.”—U.S.D. 
Properties.—Distilled water has a vapid, and by no means 
pleasant taste, and is only perfectly pure when the vessel used 
in the distillation is of silver. It should evaporate without 
residue. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is very essential in the preparation of 
some formulae, and of no use whatever in others, as the com- 
mon pure water will answer. Such agents as tartar emetic, 
nitrate of silver, corrosive sublimate, chlorides of calcium, NITRATE OF SILVER. 
267 
barium, acetate and subacetate of lead, permanganate of 
potassa, the sulphates of iron and zinc, sulphate of quinia, the 
salts of morphia, and all the alkaloids and their salts, require, 
when given in solution, distilled water. 
Dental Uses.—Distilled water is required in the preparation 
of many formulae for use in dental practice. 
ARGENTI NITRAS—NITRATE OF SILVER. 
LUNAR CAUSTIC 
Formula.—AgN Oa. 
Derivation.—Nitrate of Silver is obtained by dissolving 
silver in nitric acid and distilled water, and evaporating the 
solution. It is in the form of a heavy, colorless, anhydrous 
salt, and crystallizes in shining, rhombic plates. The action of 
light and organic matters cause it to turn black. It is wholly 
soluble in distilled water, the only preparation of water that 
should be employed in forming solutions of this salt. It has a 
strong, metallic, styptic taste. In the preparation of the solid 
form of sticks, it is first melted and poured into moulds, 
exposure to the light causing the sticks to become gray, and 
more or less dark, owing to the reduction of the silver by the 
sulphuretted hydrogen contained in the atmosphere; hence, 
on account of the decomposition of this salt, it should be 
carefully excluded from the light. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Nitrate of silver is tonic, 
antispasmodic, sedative and astringent. When applied to the 
skin, mucous membrane, or ulcers, it produces, at first, a white 
appearance, owing to its union with the coagulated albumen of 
the cuticle, but this gradually changes to a bluish-gray, purple, 
and finally, black color, on account of the partial reduction of 
the silver by the sulphuretted hydrogen. Small doses, ad- 
ministered for a long time, give a peculiar blue appearance to 
the skin. When internally administered, it has an astringent 
action on the mucous coats of the intestines. It is a powerful 
tonic to the nervous system, and has been chiefly employed 
as an antispasmodic tonic. It is chiefly used externally, as a 
stimulant, vesicant, and escharotic. If applied, even lightly, 268 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
three or four times, to the moistened skin, it will cause 
vesication in a few hours. The blue appearance on the skin, 
when small doses are long continued, is said to be preceded 
by a peculiar blue line on the gums, like that from lead 
poisoning. A very minute quantity of this salt, when inter- 
nally administered, is eliminated by the kidneys, as most of it 
escapes by the liver and the intestinal glands, a portion 
remaining permanently deposited in the tissues, when its use 
has been long continued. Six weeks is the length of time it 
is safe to continue its internal use. and during that time occa- 
sional purgatives should be given, to promote its elimination. 
The persistent use of iodide of potassium and the hyposul- 
phite of soda will cause the absorption and excretion of the 
silver deposits, in cases of skin discoloration from its long- 
continued use, aided by baths of the hyposulphites, and the 
very careful use of lotions containing cyanide of potassium 
which posesses a solvent power over silver deposits. As long 
as inflammation is present, it should not be internally admin- 
istered, and during a course, it should be occasionally inter- 
mitted for a few days, and a purgative used. The gums and 
fauces should be frequently examined, and if the slightest blue 
discoloration is observed, the remedy should be discontinued. 
Exposure to the sun should be avoided. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Nitrate of Silver is internally employed 
in dyspepsia, chronic gastritis, chronic diarrhea and dysen- 
tery, cholera, diseases of the eye, chorea, epilepsy, asthma, 
and whooping cough. 
Externally in ophthalmia and other diseases of the eyes, 
cutaneous diseases, diphtheria, erysipelas, hydrophobia, en- 
largement of glands, diseases of the genito-urinary organs, 
diseases of the ear, burns, ulcers, hemorrhage, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of nitrate of silver, gr. i, gradually increased to 
gr. y2 three times a day, in pill made of some vegetable pow- 
der, or in solution. The fused nitrate of silver—Argenti 
Nitras Fusa—or solid form, is used externally. 
Dental Uses.—For inflamed and ulcerated conditions of the 
mucous membrane of the mouth, nitrate of silver is a valua- NITRATE OF SILVER. 
269 
ble application, in the form of injections or solutions of various 
strengths, from gr. ij to 5ss of distilled water; also in diseases 
of the antrum and fistula, as an injection. It is also used as a 
styptic, for the arrest of alveolar hemorrhage, but is not so 
reliable as tannic acid, gallic acid, etc., on account of the 
coagulum or clot formed by it, being soluble in an excess of 
albumen. It is also employed to obtund the sensitiveness of 
dentine, especially where the cause is mechanical abrasion; 
also in aphthae, mercurial stomatitis, ulceration of the gums, 
salivary fistula, alveolar abscess. For obtunding sensitive 
dentine, the stick form (one end of a stick inserted into a 
quill, or fused on the end of a platinum wire) is employed; 
or the end of a silver wire may be immersed in nitric acid, and 
applied to the sensitive surface, taking care to limit its action 
to the part on which it is to act. When applied to sensitive 
dentine, it acts on the gelatinous portion of the tooth, destroy- 
ing its vitality to the extent of the combination which takes 
place. The objection to its use in such cases is the discolora- 
tion it causes. 
Dr. C. N. Peirce recommends saturating blotting paper 
with a 40 per cent, solution of nitrate of silver for application 
to children’s teeth, as it cauterizes the soft tissues and acts 
upon the hard in a satisfactory manner, without danger or 
staining the fingers ; asbestos paper or felt may also be sat- 
urated with the nitrate of silver for use in the mouth. Dr. 
Kirk recommends thin asbestos felt, as being better than paper. 
Before saturating the asbestos felt, it should be heated to red- 
ness over a Bunsen burner to burn out any organic matter 
with which it may be accidentally contaminated. 
As salt decomposes the nitrate of silver, a solution of the 
chloride of sodium will relieve the excessive pain following 
its application to sensitive dentine, or to ulcers of the mouth ; 
such a solution will also remove recent stains, if followed by 
the application of a solution of ammonia. Old stains may be 
removed with tincture of iodine, followed by cyanide of 
potassium. 
A convenient way to keep nitrate of silver ready for use is 270 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
to soak asbestos fibre in a saturated solution, and allow it 
to dry. 
The antidote in cases of poisoning by nitrate of silver is 
chloride of sodium (common salt), which converts it into 
chloride of silver, to be followed by emetics, and the propeu 
antiphlogistic treatment. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Inflamed and Ulcerated Mucous 
Membrane. 
R. Argenti nitratis . gr.ij to 
Aquae destillatae . . . f 3 j. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Diseases of the Antrum. 
R. Argenti nitratis . gr.j to gr. v 
Aquae destillatae . . . f 2jj. M. 
Signa.—To be used as an injection. 
For Ulcers and Aphtha. 
R. Argenti nitratis . . . . 3 ss 
Aquae destillatae . . . §j. M. 
Signa.—To be applied with a camel- 
hair brush. 
For Mercurial Stomatitis. 
R. Argenti nitratis . . . gr.ss 
Aquae destillatae . . . fj|j. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a mouth-wash. 
ARISTOL—DITHYMOL-DIIODIDE—DITHYMOL-BINIODIDE. 
Formula.— I )2. 
Derivation.—Aristol is obtained by adding a solution of 
iodine in iodide of potassium, to an equal solution of hydrate 
of sodium, containing thymol. It is in the form of a red- 
brown, precipitated, amorphous, non-crystallizable powder. 
The proportion of iodine in aristol has been estimated by 
Carius at 45.80 per cent. Aristol is insoluble in water and 
glycerine, slightly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in 
chlorofom, ether, and in the essential oils; but the solution 
must be made by friction without heat, as the aristol is decom- 
posed by heat and also by light. It possesses but a slight 
odor, like that of thymol, and is not unpleasant. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Aristol possesses 
no irritant action upon the unbroken skin, and when applied 
to mucous membrane it promotes absorption. Not being 
absorbed, it has no toxic effect, and for such reason, together 
with its freedom from disagreeable odor, it possesses a great 
advantage over iodoform. It produces rapid healing, and has ARISTOL. 
271 
been employed with benefit in varicose ulcers as a dusting 
powder; also in cutaneous diseases, gonorrhea, gleet, in 
operations of anal fistula, abscess, lymphadentitis, periostitis, 
psoriasis, ulcers, etc., etc. It is chiefly emplyed as a dusting 
powder, or in ethereal solutions or ointments, epithelioma, 
burns and scalds. Aristol is considered to be an excellent 
and prompt antiseptic, but the name is merely an assumed one 
for dithymoldic iodine. Impurities in aristol would be all the 
by-products derived from unskillful treatment; it might con- 
tain potassium, or sodium iodide, or free iodine ; it might be 
adulterated even, for, as a patented article, it is above control, 
as patents have been granted by the U. S. Patent Office for its 
control, manufacture and sale under the name of “ aristol,” 
being a compound of thymol with iodine. The virtue of 
aristol over iodoform, etc., have not as yet been so pro- 
nounced as to exclude it from the general class of patented 
medicines. 
Dental Use.—Aristol has been used as a substitute for iodo- 
form, iodol, carbolic acid, etc., etc., in all cases when the ordi- 
nary antiseptics are indicated, as in gangrenous pulps, anti- 
septicizing of root-canals, disinfection of cavities before the 
introduction of fillings, in the form of a io per cent, solution 
in sulphuric ether for disinfecting purposes; for gangrenous 
pulps, the aristol in solid form may be applied with a small 
brush. Sticks made of cacao butter io parts, and aristol i 
part, may be used to promote granulation and healing. Aris- 
tol has the advantage of being effective in small quantities, 
and may be diluted with sugar of milk. 
Dr. E. C. Kirk highly recommends aristol for aveolar 
pyorrhea, a io per cent, solution being rubbed upon a glass 
plate with oil of cinnamon and introduced into each suppu- 
rating pocket, and around the root at the base of each pocket, 
on threads of absorbent cotton saturated with the solution; 
the oil of gaultheria may be substituted for the oil of cinna- 
mon if desired. Dr. Kirk and others also recommend aristol 
in the essential oils as a medicament for canal-dressings, and 
as a topical dressing in acute pulpitis. Dr. Kirk recommends 272 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
that as a root-canal dressing, its use should be strictly confined 
to those cases where pericemental inflammation is not a present 
factor, as it does not possess antiseptic qualities sufficiently 
powerful to overcome quickly septic conditions due to the 
putrefactive changes common in root-canals. Pie also finds it 
extremely valuable in connection with gutta percha, as an 
antiseptic in conjunction with permanent root fillings—aristol 
with chloroform being used to dissolve the gutta percha. It 
is also recommended as an ingredient of nerve paste, being 
equal to iodoform for such a purpose, but free from the dis- 
agreeable odor of the latter substance; it is also used in 
chloroform solution, instead of sandarach varnish, for saturat- 
ing cotton used for wedges or temporary fillings in retaining 
medicaments in cavities in the teeth ; such a dressing or wedge 
may be retained for days or a week, and being antiseptic, it is 
free from disagreeable odor during that time. Aristol is also 
recommended as a dressing where approximal caries has ex- 
tended beyond the gum margin, and where hypertrophy of 
the gum festoon occurs to the degree of forming a polypoid 
growth which invades the cavity ; also in the form of a varnish 
it is combined with collodion as a pulp-capping material. To 
increase the adhesiveness of the aristol solution, a small quan- 
tity of Canada balsam may be added to it. 
Dr. R. M. Chase recommends an aristol chloro-percha root 
filling composed of two grains of aristol in one drachm of 
chloro-percha. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Alveolar Absseess and Necrosed 
Teeth. 
Dr. S. Clippinger. 
R . Aristol gj 
Chloroformi 3;js 
01. Cassise Tit*. M. 
Signa. — Apply on cotton wrapped 
around a small broach. 
For Ulcers, Burns, Eczema, etc. 
Dr. Potter. 
R. Aristol gr.v 
Etheris 
Alcoholis aa^ij. 
Saponis (soft) M. 
Signa.—Use as a liniment. 
Dissolve the aristol in the ether and 
alcohol and then incorporate the soap. ARNICA. 
273 
ARNICA. 
leopard’s bane. 
Source.—Arnica Montana is a perennial herbaceous plant of 
which the dried flowers and root—Arnica Flores and Arnica 
Radix—are the medicinal portions, and is found in the moun- 
tains of Northern Europe and the Northwestern portions of 
America. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Arnica is nervine, stimulant, 
and diaphoretic. In over-doses it is an acro-narcotic poison, 
causing vomiting, purging, vertigo, tetanic twitching of the 
muscles, and convulsions. Moderate doses, when long con- 
tinued, are liable to cause a very troublesome eruption. Its 
activity depends upon an alkaloid—Arnicina, which is a bitter 
and acrid extractive. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Arnica is administered internally in 
typhus and typhoid fevers, chronic dysentery, rheumatic gout, 
etc., etc. Externally to bruises, sprains, lacerations, chilblains, 
etc., in the form of tincture—Tinctura Arnica. The antidote 
for poison by arnica is common vinegar. 
Dose.—Of the extract of arnica, gr. v to gr. x. Of the tinc- 
ture of arnica (arnica root 5j, rectified spirit Oj), the dose is 
Tflx to f5ss. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, the tincture of arnica is 
applied to irritable pulps of teeth, in periodontitis to prevent 
suppuration, to wounds of the mucous membrane of the 
mouth, combined with glycerine, to abraded surfaces caused 
by artificial teeth, and with tannic acid or glycerine of tannin 
for ulcers of the mouth. 
The tincture of arnica, when largely diluted with water, 
forms an efficient mouth-wash during operations upon the 
teeth. Equal parts of tincture of arnica and glycerine diluted 
with water form an effective mouth-wash in inflammations of 
the mucous membrane of the mouth. 274 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Abraded Surfaces of the Mucous 
Membrane of the Mouth. 
R. Tincturae arnicae, 
Glycerini aai|j. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
Astringent Mouth- Wash in Alveolar 
Pyorrhoea, etc. 
Dr. J. R. Bell. 
R. Tincturae arnicae . . . 5jj 
Acidi Carbolici . . . . m** 
Tincturae myrrhae . . . ss 
Olei gaultheriae . . . gjss 
Alcoholis M. 
For Ecchymosis. 
R . Tincturae arnicae . . . 3 ss 
Liquor ammonii muriat. § ss 
Aquae §v. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Inflamed and Ulcerated Mucous 
Membrane. 
R. Tincturae arnicae . . . . 3 ij 
Glycerini 5 ij 
Aquae rosae ij 
Aquae Destillatae . . . §x. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
SULPHAS—SULPHATE OF ATROPINE. 
ATROPINE. 
Formula.— 03. 
Derivation.—Sulphate of Atropine is obtained by adding a 
mixture of sulphuric acid to an ethereal solution of atropine. 
It is in the form of a white, slightly crystalline powder, very 
soluble in water and alcohol, but insoluble in ether. It is 
inodorous, and of a bitter taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Sulphate of atropine has the 
same medical properties and action as belladonna, of which 
it is the alkaloid, but is far more energetic in its action. It is 
an active poison, and should only be administered internally 
with the greatest care. Hypodermically employed, it is a 
useful anodyne and antispasmodic, and the quantity should be 
cautiously increased from a very small dose in the beginning. 
Such symptoms as dryness of the throat, vertigo, and diplopia, 
are indications that its use should be discontinued. Without 
being a direct hypnotic, it induces sleep by relieving pain. 
Although it is not so well tolerated, as a general rule, as is mor- 
phine, yet patients who cannot bear morphine will bear atropine. 
Therapeutic Uses.—See Belladonna. 
Dose.—Of sulphate of atropine, gr. to gr. For an 
anodyne and antispasmodic, hypodermically injected, the dose SULPHATE OF ATROPINE. 
275 
is TTLij=gr. as a commencement. An ointment is made 
of atropine gr. viij, rectified spirit f5ss, lard 5j. 
The antidote in cases of poisoning by Belladonna and its 
alkaloid is an infusion of galls and lime water, first evacuating 
the stomach as speedily as possible. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, sulphate of atropine is 
applied externally to obtund the sensitiveness of inflamed 
pulps of teeth, preparatory to their treatment, and to their 
devitalization; it is also applied to acute inflammation, depend- 
ing upon alveolar periostitis and abscess. It forms one of the 
ingredients of a nerve paste, for devitalizing pulps of teeth, 
being substituted for the acetate of morphine, but there is 
doubt as to its being so effective as the morphine salts; in 
facial neuralgia, in the form of an ointment ; in neuralgia and 
in profuse salivation. As an anodyne for internal use, it proves 
efficacious in relieving intense pain, such as may result from 
an inflamed pulp or periosteum ; also internally, or in the form 
of hypodermic injections, for the relief of facial neuralgia; 
for such a purpose jfa of a grain of the atropine sulphate is 
often combined with morphine sulphate. 
For Facial Neuralgia. 
R. Atropinae sulphat. . . gr.j 
Adipis 3j. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied in the form of 
an ointment, over seat of pain. 
For Neuralgia. 
J. L. Ludlow. 
R. Atropinae sulphatis . . gr.ss 
Aconitinae gr.iss 
Olei tiglii gtt.ij 
Ung. petrolei .... 3ij. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply externally. 
For Facial Neuralgia. 
R. Pulveris belladonnae . g x 
Camphorae ss 
Spiritus rectificati . . q.s. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied with a camel- 
hair brush. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Neuralgia of Superficial Nerves. 
Aitken. 
R . Atropinae sulphat. . . gr.v 
Aquae destillat. . . . f 3 iii. M. 
SlGNA.—Use on a compress and renew 
several times in 24 hours, and con- 
tinue for at least 1 hour at a time, 
covering with oilskin, to prevent 
evaporation. 
For Facial Neuralgia. 
R. Ext. belladonnae . . . gr.ss 
Quininae sulphat . . . gr.ij. M. 
Ft. pil. No. 1. 
SlGNA—Use 3 times daily. 276 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Facial Neuralgia. 
R. Linimenti belladonnse, 
Linimenti aconiti . . aa gvij 
Chloroformi f 3 ij. M. 
Signa.—To be applied as a lotion, on 
lint saturated with it, and covered 
with oiled silk. 
For Neuralgia in Superficial Nerves, 
R. Chloroformi, 
Spts. vini rect aa § ss 
Atropinse sulphat. . . gr.v. M. 
SlGNA. — To be applied on lint to 
painful part, and covered with oiled 
silk. 
For Neuralgia. 
R. Ext. belladonnse gr.iv 
Ext. stramonii gr.v 
Ext. hyoscyami . gr.v 
Quininse sulphat M. 
Ft. pil. No. xx. 
Signa.—One pill 2 or 3 times a day. 
Form ula.—A u C13. 
Derivation.—The Terchloride of Gold is obtained by dis- 
solving gold in aqua regia (three parts, by measure of hydro- 
chloric acid, and one of nitric acid), using gentle heat to 
hasten the solution, the acids employed being chemically 
pure. The solution is then evaporated to dryness, when 
ruby-red prismatic crystals of the terchloride of gold result. 
Properties and Action.—Terchloride of gold is very deli- 
quescent, and is soluble in water, alcohol and ether. It 
possesses a disagreeable, styptic taste, reddens blue litmus 
paper, and will impart a purple stain to the skin, which may be 
removed by a solution of cyanide of potassium. It is readily 
decomposed by many metallic and non-metallic elements, and 
also by saline and organic compounds, on account of its ele- 
ments being held together by a feeble affinity. It is escharotic 
and disinfectant, and its physiological effects are similar to 
those of corrosive sublimate. It is not used internally. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, the terchloride of gold, 
in the form of an aqueous, alcoholic, or ethereal solution, is 
employed for the purpose of obtunding the sensitiveness of 
dentine, for which it is a valuable application; and the ethereal 
solution possesses some advantages over the aqueous or alco- 
holic solutions for such a purpose. To prepare an obtunding 
AURUM TERCHLORIDUM—TERCHLORIDE OF GOLD. BELLADONNA. 
277 
solution: “Dissolve the crystals of the gold in pure water; fill 
a test-tube half full of the solution, then add an equal quantity 
of sulphuric ether, and agitate the mixture. Let it then rest 
for a few minutes, when the ethereal solution will rise to the 
surface, and may be poured off into another tube or phial, and 
securely stoppered. It should be kept, as much as practicable, 
from the action of light and air. Applied to dentine, on 
pledgets of cotton, it acts like chloride of zinc, but more 
promptly and with less pain. Chlorine is more abundantly 
liberated during its action than from chloride of zinc; hence 
it is a better disinfectant than the latter. It has a fine yellow 
tint, and it is not absorbed by the dentine, but forms an in- 
soluble compound with the gelatinous elements. As it is an 
irritant poison, care should be observed in its use. If not 
protected in a glass-stoppered bottle, the gold is precipitated 
in a metallic form. 
BELLADONNA FOLIA—BELLADONNA LEAVES. 
BELLADONNA RADIX—BELLADONNA ROOT. 
Source.—Belladonna is a perennial, herbaceous plant, found 
in Europe, the leaves and root being the medicinal portions. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Belladonna is anodyne and 
antispasmodic, its activity depending upon an alkaloid, Atro- 
pine. Belladonna, in small doses, is a valuable narcotic and 
anodyne stimulant. It causes a peculiar dryness of the mouth, 
fauces, stomach and intestines, but increased secretion follows, 
especially in the case of the latter organs, when atropine is 
administered or subcutaneously injected. In larger doses, it 
causes dilatation of the pupils, giddiness, loss of vision, difficult 
deglutition, constriction of the throat, difficult articulation, 
increased action of the heart, quickened respiration, nausea, 
vomiting, diuresis, purging, and sometimes a red eruption. It 
is eliminated chiefly by the urine. 
Opium is the antidote, or hypodermic injections of mor- 
phine. When applied to the eyebrows, belladonna causes 
dilatation of the pupils. 
DEADLY NIGHTSHADE 278 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Belladonna is extensively employed, 
either alone or in combination with sulphate of quinia, in the 
treatment of neuralgia; also in mania, Bright’s disease, epi- 
lepsy, lead colic, spasmodic affections, diseases of the cerebro- 
spinal system, as a preventive of scarlatina, night sweats of 
phthisis, etc. 
Dose.—Of powdered belladonna, gr. ss to gr. j, daily; of 
the extract, gr. to gr. j; of the tincture, gtt. v to gtt. xx. 
(See Atropine.) 
BENZOIC SULPHIDE OF SODIUM. 
Benzoic Sulphide of Sodium is obtained by dissolving a 
large quantity of benzoic acid in a concentrated solution of 
sulphide of sodium. It is a valuable antiseptic for dressing 
wounds, and may be used as a wash, lotion or injection, its 
antiseptic properties being very active and healing. Thirty to 
forty-five grains are used to the quart of water. Heckel con- 
siders it to be equal to carbolic acid, and superior both to 
sublimate and iodoform, as it is not poisonous like corrosive 
sublimate, and is free from the disagreeable effects of iodoform. 
It is very soluble in water and contains the antiseptic proper- 
ties of its two principal ingredients—benzoic acid and sulphite 
of sodium. It is harmless, even when given in large doses. 
BISMUTH SUBNITRAS—SUBNITRATE OF BISMUTH. 
Formula.—Bi0N03-f- HzO. 
Derivatio7i—The metal Bismuth—Bismuthum, Formula Bi, 
from which the subnitrate is obtained, is found native in 
Europe and America, and generally in combination with sul- 
phur and oxygen. It fuses at 476° F., and is brittle and 
pulverizable. It is employed in the dental laboratory for 
making fusible metal alloys for dies and counter-dies. 
The Subnitrate of Bismuth is obtained by dissolving the 
metal bismuth in dilute nitric acid, and converting the nitrate 
thus formed into carbonate, by adding a solution of carbonate 
of sodium, which is then dissolved in nitric acid and the 
nitrate of bismuth again formed, which is washed in water and SUBNITRATE OF BISMUTH. 
279 
the nitric acid removed by ammonia. Such a process frees it 
from the arsenious acid which metallic bismuth generally con- 
tains. Subnitrate of bismuth is in the form of a heavy, white 
powder, with a faint acid odor and slightly metallic taste, and 
is insoluble in water. Large quantities are poisonous, with 
symptoms of arsenical poisoning. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Subnitrate of bismuth is 
sedative, astringent and alterative. Owing to the formation 
of a sulphide, it coats the tongue black, and its continued use 
may give rise to the formation of a bluish-red line on the 
gums, similar to that resulting from the use of lead, except 
that the line is wider and deeper in color. In proper doses, it 
promotes the appetite and increases the digestive power. Being 
somewhat astringent, it affects the intestinal movements, and 
can be detected in the blood, urine, and other secretions. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Subnitrate of bismuth is employed in 
atonic dyspepsia, gastric irritations (milder forms), pyrosis, 
gastrodynia, ulcer of the stomach, diarrhea from debility, etc., 
chronic laryngitis, epilepsy, ringworm (in form of an ointment 
gj to lard gj), chronic skin diseases, chlorosis, when iron is not 
tolerated, etc., etc. If not well borne by the stomach, it may 
be combined with aromatic powder, or if alkalies are indicated, 
with chalk and magnesia. 
Bismuthi subnitras is also employed as an antiseptic dress- 
ing for wounds, to promote primary union. The subnitrate is 
held in suspension in water, in the proportion of io per cent., 
and during the operation the wound is, from time to time, 
sprinkled with the solution, and afterward sealed with a bis- 
muth paste, and the subsequent dressings made in the same 
manner. 
Dose.—Of subnitrate of bismuth, grs. v-x to 5j, in powder 
or emulsion. 
Dental Uses.—Subnitrate of bismuth is a valuable internal 
remedy in aphthae, mercurial salivation, painful ulcers of the 
mucous membrane of the mouth, vomiting cholera infantum, 
and diarrhea of children during painful dentition. It is best 
given in milk, and before meals. 280 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For cancrum oris, after using a disinfecting solution to 
cleanse the gangrenous part, the topical application of sub- 
nitrate of bismuth, every three hours, corrects the fetor, arrests 
the progress of the gangrene, and hastens cicatrization. 
DENTAL FORMUL/E. 
For Vomiting and Painful Digestion 
of Teething Children, Acidity and 
Pyrosis. 
Bartholow. 
R. Bismuthi subnitrat. . . 3 iij 
Acid carbol gr.ij-gr.iv 
Mucil. acacise 
Aquae menthse pip. . . § iij M. 
Sign A.—A tablespoonful for adults, 
and proportionate quantity for chil- 
dren, 3 or 4 times a day. 
For Gangrene of Mouth (Cancrum 
Oris). 
R. Bismuthi subnitras (powd.) 
SlGNA.—Applied to ulcerated surface, 
and covered with absorbent cotton. 
For Diarrhea of Dentition. 
R. Bismuthi subnitrat. . . gr.lx 
Extract rhei fluid . . . gtt.viij 
Syrup rubus f ss 
Elixir aurantii . . . . fSjss. M. 
SlGNA.—A teaspoonful 4 to 6 times a 
day. Proper feeding—barley water, 
milk and lime water. Starchy food 
prohibited. 
For Indigestion, Cholera Infantum, 
Vomiting and Diarrhea, Disordered 
Digestion. 
R. Bismuthi subnitrat, grs.iij to vj for 
children, every hour, or grs. v 
to x or xv for adults. 
Dermatol is a basic gallate of bismuth in the form of a fine 
saffron-yellow powder, odorless and innocuous. It is insoluble 
in water, alcohol, and ether; not hydroscopic, or otherwise 
affected by air or light. It resembles iodoform in appearance, 
and possesses astringent, antiseptic and desiccant properties. 
It is used externally in wounds, ulcers, and inflammations of 
mucous membranes, and is of especial value in lesions, at- 
tended by profuse secretion, as eczema, burns, ulcers, wounds, 
and diseases of the eye and ear. Internally, it is employed in 
diarrhea, etc. As an antiseptic it prevents putrefaction, and 
also the development of bacteria when used as a i.io per cent, 
solution. Dermatol may be used as a powder, as liquid and 
paste, in emulsion of collodion, glycerine, and essential oils, 
and as an ointment with lanolin wax, oxide of zinc, and 
paraffin. BROMIDES. 
281 
BROMIDES. 
Bromides are diffusible agents which rapidly pass into the 
blood, and in large doses can be detected in the faeces and 
intestinal mucus, owing to a portion of the agent not being 
absorbed. They depress the heart’s action, and also respira- 
tion and animal temperature; in some cases large doses may 
cause transient excitement, giddiness and intoxication. Mod- 
erate doses have a tranquillizing effect and refreshing sleep, 
and lower the sensibility to pain and irritation. Their im- 
moderate use will cause paralysis of the muscles, and a con- 
dition known as bromism, the symptoms of which may be 
extreme pallor and anemia, dilated pupils, slow and feeble 
action of the heart, breathlessness and quickened pulse on 
slight exertion, acne, skin eruption, cool extremities, tremulous 
and uncertain movements, want of tactile feeling, relaxation 
of the genitals, dry fauces, difficult deglutition, and weak 
mind. 
Ammonii Bromidum—Bromide of Ammonium. Formula. 
—NH4Br. In the form of colorless, transparant crystals, or a 
white granular salt, with a pungent, saline taste, neutral re- 
action, and no odor. Ammonii Bromidum is soluble in 1.5 
parts of water, in 150 parts of alcohol at 6o° F., and in 0.7 
part of boiling water. 
Dose.—Gr. x to 5ss, considerably diluted. 
Calcii Bromidum—Bromide of Calcium. Formula.— 
CaBr2. In the form of a white granular, deliquescent salt, 
with a pungent, saline, bitter taste, and no odor. It has a 
neutral reaction, and is soluble in 0.7 part of water, and in 1 
part of alcohol. 
Dose.—3j to 5ij. 
Lithii Bromidum—Bromide of Lithium. Formula.— 
LBr. In the form of white, granular, deliquescent salt, with 
a pungent, bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Quite soluble 
in water and alcohol. 
Dose.—Gr. v. to 3ij. 
Sodii Bromidum—Bromide of Sodium. Formula.—NaBr. 282 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
In the form of small colorless crystals, or a white crystalline 
powder, with a saline taste, neutral reaction and no odor. It 
is soluble in 1.6 parts of water, and in 200 parts of water at 
60° F. 
Dose.—3j to 5ii. (See Bromides of Potassium, Camphor 
and Ethyl.) 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—The bromides 
have the same general action and are employed for the same 
purposes. The bromide of lithium is considered to have a 
more hypnotic influence than the others; and the bromide of 
sodium is generally given in full doses; the others in rather 
smaller doses. Prof. Bartholow considers the bromide of 
potassium to possess more toxic power, and the bromide of 
sodium the least. As regards their influence on the pulse, 
body, head and respiration, the same author places the bro- 
mides in the following order: bromide of sodium, bromide of 
lithium, bromide of potassium, bromide of ammonium. The 
bromides are eliminated through the kindneys chiefly; also 
through the mucous membrane of fauces, bronchi, intestinal 
canal and the skin; several days being required for their dif- 
fusion outwardly from the blood. The bromides are adminis- 
tered in delirium tremens, insanity, increased action of the 
heart, tetanus, neuralgia, epilepsy, vaso-motor disturbances, 
spasmodic asthma, abnormal sexual excitement, nocturnal 
seminal emissions, vomiting of cerebral congestion, pregnancy 
and sea-sickness, cholera infantum, migraine, strychnine-poi- 
soning, etc., etc. Locally in pruritis, prurigo, eczema, epithe- 
lioma, old ulcers, etc. (For Dental Uses, see Bromide of 
Potassium.) 
BROMOL. —TRI-BROM-PHENOL, BROMO-PHENOL. 
Formula.—C6H2Br3HO. 
Derivation.—Bromol is a compound of bromide and carbolic 
acid. It is in the form of soft, white needles, and is prepared 
by treating phenol or carbolic acid with an excess of bromine 
in aqueous solution. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Bromol possesses SULPHATE OF CADMIUM. 
283 
strong antiseptic properties, and at the same time is non-toxic* 
Rademaker recommends it for external use, either dissolved 
in olive oil (1 in 30) or mixed with vaseline (4 in 40). It may, 
also be employed in the form of powder like iodoform, for 
sprinkling in wounds. 
It is also used internally in cholera infantum, typhoid fever, 
etc., etc. 
Dose.—For internal administration, the dose of bromol is 
from to % grain. 
Dental Uses.—The uses of bromol in dental practice are the 
same as iodol, iodoform and other antiseptics. Good results 
have been obtained by its application to teeth affected with 
alveolar abscess and gangrenous pulps. 
CADMII SULPHAS—SULPHATE OF CADMIUM. 
Formula.—3 CdS04-f- 8 H20. 
Derivation.—Sulphate of Cadmium is obtained by the action 
of nitric acid, diluted with distilled water, on the metal cad- 
mium, the solution filtered and mixed with carbonate of soda> 
and again dissolved in sulphuric acid diluted with distilled 
water. It is in the form of transparent, colorless crystals, like 
those of sulphate of zinc. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Sulphate of cadmium is 
emetic and astringent, and closely resembles sulphate of zinc 
in its action, but is stronger, with a caustic astringent taste. 
It is very nauseant and depresses greatly. Locally it is an 
irritant poison, and produces the cerebro-spinal symptoms of 
coma and convulsions; it is not administered internally, as 
the preparations of zinc are preferable for such use. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Sulphate of cadmium is employed locally 
in affections of the eye, being valuable as a collyrium ; it has 
the power of causing absorption of opacities of the cornea to 
a remarkable degree. It is also used as an injection in gon- 
orrhoea, in the strength of one grain to four ounces of water. 
It is also used in the form of ointment, two grains with four 
scruples of lard. 
Dental Uses,—Sulphate of cadmium has been employed in 284 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ulcerations of mucous membrane, gangrene of the mouth, or 
cancrum oris, indolent ulcers, purulent diseases of the antrum, 
in the form of injections and lotions, of a strength about one 
grain of the sulphate to four ounces of water. 
CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS—HYPOPHOSPHITE OF LIME. 
Formula. —CaH4(P02)2. 
Derivation.—The salt, Hypophosphite of Lime is obtained 
by boiling phosphorus in a mixture of hydrate of lime in boil- 
ing water, until phosphoretted hydrogen escapes, and phos- 
phate and hypohosphite of lime are formed in the solution 
which is then filtered and evaporated over sulphuric acid, when 
the salt is crystallized out in the form of white, pearly crystals, 
with a nauseous, bitter taste. It is soluble in six parts of water, 
but is insoluble in alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action.—The hypophosphite of lime, 
with those of soda and potassa, are all included under the 
term “ alkaline sulphites.” Taken internally, they are readily 
absorbed, and are partially changed in the system into sul- 
phates. They combine with acids to form salts, and they dis- 
solve albumen, and increase the formation of saliva. Being 
regarded as tonic, alterative, stimulant and nervine, they are 
employed in cases of debility, more especially where the phos- 
phates are deficient, as they possess the therapeutic properties 
of phosphorus. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The different sulphites of lime, soda, 
and potassa, are employed in intermittent and malarious fevers, 
typhus fever, small-pox and other exanthematous diseases, 
pyemia, dyspepsia, neuralgia with nervous depression, anemia, 
for which affections they are combined with iron and quinine; 
diphtheria, cystitis, phthisis, etc., etc. Externally, the sulphites 
are efficient as local applications (especially the sulphites of 
soda), in gangrenous and other ulcerations, diseases of the 
skin, etc. One or two ounces to the pint of water form a 
stimulant and deodorizing lotion, which is promotive of healthy 
action. CALENDULA. 
285 
Dose.—Of the hypophosphites, gr. iij to gr. xv, three times 
a day in syrup. 
Dental Uses.—The hypophosphite of lime is the most eli- 
gible salt, but the different sulphites are often administered 
together in the form of a syrup. Where there is nervous 
depression, as a result of trigeminal neuralgia, the hypo- 
phosphites prove serviceable. In the case of cfelicate chil- 
dren, where there is reason for believing the phosphate of 
lime, or the lime salts generally of the teeth, are deficient in 
quantity. 
CALENDULA. 
MARIGOLD. 
Source.—Calendula is a well-known garden plant, some- 
times growing wild, with a peculiar and rather disagreeable 
odor, and a bitter, rough, saline taste. Both the leaves and the 
flowers are employed. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is slightly stimulant, 
diaphoretic, antispasmodic, sudorific, and emmenagogue, but 
is seldom used internally. It contains a bitter principle known 
as calendulin. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Calendula has been employed in low 
forms of fevers, scrofula, jaundice, amenorrhea, etc. Ex- 
ternally it is used in the form of tincture—Tinctura Calendula 
—in its full strength or diluted, and is very serviceable in 
exercising a curative influence in the treatment of incised 
wounds and contusions, preventing inflammation and suppura- 
tion. Some writers consider it to be unequaled as a local 
application after surgical operations, as it promotes union by 
first intention. It is applied as a lotion on lint. It is also 
thought to be a preventive against gangrene and tetanus. 
Dose.—Of the tinctura of calendula, f5j to f oij- 
Dental Uses.—Calendula, in the form of tincture, is em- 
ployed in dental practice as an application to wounded or 
irritated pulps of teeth, when partially exposed; also after the 
extraction of teeth ; wounds about the mouth ; and in such 
cases it proves a very useful remedy. A few drops added to a 
wine-glass of water form a soothing and efficient mouth-wash 286 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
for the soreness resulting from the removal of salivary cal- 
culus: also useful in superficial inflammations of the mucous 
membrane of the mouth, etc. 
CALX—CALCIUM. 
LIME. 
Formula— CaO. 
Derivation.—Lime is obtained by calcining limestone or 
chalk, until the carbonic acid is driven off. Lime is more 
soluble in cold than in hot water, and a compound of lime and 
sugar is more soluble in water than pure lime alone. Calcium 
is the metallic base of lime. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Quicklime is a powerful 
escharotic and irritant. 
Liquor Calcis—Lime Water.—It is prepared by adding 
cold water to freshly slacked lime, and the clear fluid poured 
off. 
The officinal preparation consists of forty troy ounces of 
saturated solution of lime in eight pints of distilled water. It 
is a colorless, inodorous liquid, possessing a disagreeable 
alkaline taste. 
Exposure to the air causes it to gradually absorb carbonic 
acid, with the formation of insoluble carbonate of lime, and it 
should therefore be preserved in glass-stoppered bottles. The 
addition of liquorice or coriander seed will disguise its taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Lime water is antacid, 
astringent, antiseptic and detergent. It is applicable to all 
cases where antacids are indicated, and where an astringent 
effect is not objectionable. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Lime water is an excellent remedy in 
gastric irritation, accompanied with nausea and vomiting ; also 
in dyspepsia, attended with vomiting of food ; also in diarrhea, 
after the inflammatory action has been relieved ; also in glandu- 
lar affections, as an alterative resolvent. Externally, as a wash 
for foul ulcers, diseases of the skin, and as an injection in gleet 
and leucorrhcea. Atomized inhalations have been found use- 
ful in diphtheria and membranous croup. CALCIUM. 
287 
Dose.—Of lime water, fgss to fSiij or iv, several times a 
day. It may be mixed with an equal quantity of milk for 
internal use. 
Lime Liniment—Linimentum Calcis (lime water fgviij, flax- 
seed oil gvij)—is a valuable application to burns, scalds and 
in small-pox. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice lime water is a useful agent 
in the form of a gargle, where the secretions of the mouth are 
viscid and fetid, and especially where the teeth are soft in 
structure and exceedingly sensitive, owing to the condition of 
the oral fluids, and especially in mucous secretions, which act 
readily on teeth deficient in earthy constituents. For young 
patients, the use of lime water is very beneficial to the teeth, 
owing to an acid condition of the oral fluids, common to an 
early period of life. It is also useful where the teeth are very 
sensitive, on account of the recession of the gum and absorp- 
tion of the process. 
When lime water is applied to inflamed mucous membrane, 
or to suppurating surfaces, it arrests secretion. It is also useful 
in sickness and irritability of the stomach during dentition ; 
also to relieve the superficial ulceration of the mucous mem- 
brane of the mouth, caused by the acid eructations attending 
dyspepsia, in the proportion of one part of lime Water to two 
or three of milk. 
Syrup of the Lacto-phosphate of Lime.—Syrupus Calcii 
Lacto-phosphatis—is composed of precipitated phosphate of 
calcium, 22 parts ; lactic acid, 33 parts; orange-flower water, 
80 parts ; sugar, 600 parts ; hydrochloric acid, water of ammo- 
nia and water, each, a sufficient quantity. 
Dose.—l5j to igj. 
This syrup is especially useful in rickets, mollities ossium, 
delayed union of fractures, caries and necrosis in bone, anemia 
of nursing mothers, mammary abscesses or boils, carbuncles, 
chronic bronchitis, leucorrhcea, early decay in the teeth in 
children, etc. 288 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
CALX CHLORATA—CHLORINATED LIME. 
CHLORIDE OF LIME. 
Form ula.—C a C120. 
Derivation.—Chloride of Lime is obtained by passing chlor- 
ine over hydrate of lime till saturation is effected. It is in the 
form of a grayish-white substance, either in powder or friable 
masses, dry or but slightly moist. It is readily soluble in 
water, and will absorb moisture when exposed to the air. It 
has a bitter, caustic taste, and a slight odor of chlorine. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Chloride of lime is a stimu- 
lant, deodorizer, disinfectant, antiseptic and bleaching agent. 
In small doses it increases the action of the secreting organs, 
and if long continued it acts specifically upon the lymphatic 
glandular system, causing the reduction or absorption of glan- 
dular and other tumors. In large doses it acts as an acro- 
narcotic poison, and its use should always be commenced in 
small doses, carefully increased, and discontinued when such 
symptoms as nausea, vomiting or giddiness appear. It is 
chiefly used as a disinfectant. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Solutions of chlorinated lime are em- 
ployed locally in scarlet fever, diphtheria, aphthae, gangrene; 
and it has been administered internally in scrofula, typhus, 
malignant scarlet fever, syphilis, etc. 
Dose.—Of chloride of lime, gr. j to gr. v, in solution, several 
times a day. As a wash, i part dissolved in ioo parts of water. 
Dental Uses.—Chloride of lime is employed in dental prac- 
tice in the treatment of cancrum oris; one method of applica- 
tion being the introduction of the dry powder, with the point 
of the finger, to the ulcerated surfaces, and the mouth well 
washed out immediately afterward; also, in the form of a gargle 
composed of i part of powdered chloride of lime to 30 parts 
of mucilage and 15 parts of syrup. Solutions of chloride of 
lime are also efficient in scorbutic and other ulcerations of the 
mouth. It is also employed to correct the fetor of the breath, 
in the form of a mouth-wash, prepared as a weak solution. 
One of the most important uses in dental practice is as a CAMPHO-PHENIQUE. 
289 
bleaching agent, either alone or in combination with other 
substances, to restore the color of devitalized teeth. When 
chlorinated lime is employed for bleaching discolored teeth, a 
good quality should be obtained, and no steel instrument used 
for its introduction; wood or gold instruments are to be pre- 
ferred, and the chloride should be perfectly dry, and have been 
kept so from the time it was made. An efficient bleaching 
preparation is composed of equal parts of dry chlorinated lime 
and tartaric acid, mixing them together dry, and adding a little 
of the acid at a time. When prepared, the mixture should be 
kept in a glass-stoppered bottle. For bleaching purposes, 
chlorinated lime is also combined with chloroform, in the form 
of a thin paste. When chlorinated lime, or its combinations, 
is introduced into the cavity of a tooth, it should be secured 
by a temporary filling of gutta percha, Hill’s Stopping, or one 
of the zinc preparations, and be secured from passing beyond 
the foramen of the root, by a filling introduced near the apex 
of the root. More than one application may be required, after 
which the cavity should be thoroughly cleansed, and a tem- 
porary filling of the whitest shade of the oxychloride of zinc 
filling material be introduced and worn for some time, after 
which a more durable gold filling can be inserted. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Gangrene of the Mouth—Can- 
crum Oris. 
Bartholow. 
R . Calc, chlorat gss 
Mucilaginis 
Aquae destil M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Fetor of the Breath. 
Bartholow. 
R. Calc, chlorat g iij 
Aquae destil g ij 
Alcoholis 3jij 
01. rosae gtt.iv. M. 
SiGNA.—A teaspoonful in a tumblerful 
of water; used as a gargle. 
CAMPHO-PHENIQUE. 
Formula.—C8HuO. 
Derivation.—A limpid, volatile fluid with a hot, aromatic 
taste, and the odor of camphor, obtained from the chemical 
union of carbolic acid and camphor. Dissolve 9 parts of the 290 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
acid in one part of alcohol and mix with 25 parts of camphor, 
forming a clear oily solution. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Campho-phe- 
nique is an antiseptic, local anaesthetic, germicide and parasi- 
ticide. It is also non-irritant, non-poisonous, insoluble in 
water or glycerine, does not discolor or stain, and possesses 
an agreeable odor and taste. It prevents suppuration in fresh 
wounds, controls it in wounds in all stages, and as a local 
anaesthetic obtunds pain. It is claimed that campho-ph£nique, 
pure, is equal to 1 to 85 of bichloride of mercury which is 
six times as strong as it can be used even on the unbroken 
skin, and about 25 times as strong as is considered safe on 
cut surfaces. Campho-phenique is altogether free from toxic 
or caustic properties, and is one of the safest of germicides; 
it also maintains an unchanged integrity, and is well adapted 
to a large proportion of pathological dental cases. It should 
never be combined with water or glycerin, but it will mix in 
all proportions with alcohol, ether, chloroform, and all fatty 
substances. 
Employed as an antiseptic, it penetrates the tissue as rap- 
idly as carbolic acid, and also slightly hardens the tissue. 
Dental Uses.—As a pulp-canal dressing, campo-phenique 
has given very satisfactory results as a substitute for corrosive 
sublimate, carbolic acid, creasote, oil of cloves, iodoform, etc. 
If thoroughly applied to the gum or injected with a hypodermic 
syringe, it acts as an efficient local anaesthetic, and causes no 
constitutional disturbance. It is also employed as an obtun- 
der of sensitive dentine, and relieves the pain following the 
extraction of abscessed teeth when applied on a pledget of 
cotton : it also relieves the pain attending the separation of 
teeth, and irritation of the dental pulp. It is also used as the 
menstruum for the arsenic and morphia of pulp devitalizing 
preparations: also for putrescent pulps, and as an antiphlo- 
gistic in the earlier stages of periodontitis. It will mitigate 
the pain attending the induction of suppuration, and either in 
full strength or diluted, give satisfactory results when injected 
into fistulse. It is also useful as an antiphlogistic in the earlier CAMPHOR. 
291 
stages of sthenic pericementitis applied to the gum on small 
pads of linen and renewed. Also useful in eczema, intolerable 
itchings, burns, spains, etc. 
For Chapped Hands. 
J. W. Downey, M. D. 
R . Campho-phenique . . aa 3 j 
Oil of Amygd. Amarae. T1Jiij 
Rose cosmoline • ..%). M. 
Signa.—Apply frequently. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
Campho-phenique Dentifrice. 
&. Campho-phenique . . 4 parts 
Myrrh 2 parts 
Cuttle-fish bone ... 4 parts 
Prepared chalk . • .16 parts 
Lake or rose pink . . 1 part. 
To Sterilize Instruments.—For the purpose of sterilizing or 
disinfecting instruments, such as broaches, nerve-canal instru- 
ments, etc., a solution of campho-phenique, or of eugenol, or 
of oil of cassia, or oil of turpentine, or of terpinol may be 
kept in a small large-mouthed bottle into which the instru- 
ment may be dipped before using. Bichloride of mercury 
injures steel instruments. Dr. W. D. Miller recommends a 
boiling solution of bicarbonate of sodium as the most effec- 
tive sterilizer (see Dr. Miller’s experiments in sterilizing den- 
tal instruments in the chapter on Antiseptics in Dental Prac- 
tice). 
CAMPHORA—CAMPHOR. 
Formula.—C10H16O. 
Source.—Camphor is a concentrated substance obtained from 
the camphor laurel, an evergreen tree of China, Japan and 
Formosa, by sublimation, the crude gum being purified by 
resublimation with quicklime. Refined camphor is in the 
form of large circular cakes, one or two inches thick, and has 
a strong, penetrating, fragrant odor, and a bitter, pungent 
taste, attended with a slight sense of coolness. It is white, 
pellucid, and somewhat unctuous to the touch. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Camphor is anodyne, stim- 
ulant, refrigerant, diuretic and diaphoretic. It increases the 
action of the heart and arteries, and renders the pulse softer 
and fuller; but such effects are very transitory, and are fol- 
lowed by depression. In large, but not over-doses, it allays 292 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
pain and spasm, and induces sleep. In over-doses, it excites 
narcotic symptoms, with those of an irritant poison, and has 
proved fatal. It acts chiefly on the nervous system. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Camphor is administered in fevers of an 
asthenic type, acute inflammations, inflammation of the brain, 
delirium tremens, asthma, rheumatic and nervous headaches, 
diseases of the heart, hysteria, dysentery, diarrhea, cholera, 
etc., etc. Externally as an anodyne in rheumatism, and as a 
discutient in chronic inflammatory affections; also, the powder 
as a snuff in coryza and influenza, and in the form of Camphor 
Liniment—Linimentum Camphora;—(camphor i part, olive oil 
4 parts). 
Camphor Water.—Aqua Camphorce—(camphor gr. cxx, 
alcohol Tffxl, carbonate of magnesia §ss, distilled water Oij). 
Soap Liniment—Linimentum Saponis—(camphor siv, oil of 
rosemary f§ss, alcohol Oij, water Svj) is an anodyne and 
gentle rubefacient for sprains, rheumatic and gouty pains. 
Spirit of Camphor—Spiritus Camphorce—(camphor 5iv, 
alcohol Oij). 
Dose.—Of camphor in substance, gr. ij to gr. x, in form of 
an emulsion, made of sugar, gum arabic, myrrh and water. 
Of camphor water 5j to 5j ; of spirit of camphor, Tflv to Tffxx. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, the spirit of camphor is 
locally employed to allay the pain arising from the near expo- 
sure of the pulps of teeth; also the pain of sensitive dentine, 
and that following the extraction of teeth affected with peri- 
odontitis ; also to arrest the hemorrhage and allay the pain of 
wounded pulps of teeth. It forms an efficient anodyne when 
in the form of a strong solution of camphor in chloroform. 
Camphor has also been employed in the treatment of putres- 
cent pulps of teeth. 
Combined with creasote or carbolic acid, camphor is 
thought to have the power of modifying the escharotic action 
of these agents. For such a purpose, 20 grains of camphor 
are combined with 1 ounce of the creasote of carbolic acid. 
The Oil of Camphor.—Oleum Camphorce is preferred by 
some to answer such indications. Camphor also forms one CAMPHOR. 
293 
of the ingredients of the celluloid base of artificial teeth, 
which is composed of pyroxylin 100 parts, camphor 40 parts, 
oxide of zinc 2 parts, and vermillion 0.6 part. With ether, 
camphor is also used as a local anaesthetic. A cataplasm of 
camphor, morphia and flaxseed, applied to the cheek, has 
been used for the relief of odontalgia. 
Phenol-Camphor is made by mixing together 1 part of 
carbolic acid and 3 parts of camphor. After 24 hours this 
becomes a liquid, having a specific gravity of 990. It is used 
with oil as an antiseptic, and in the form of spray may be 
applied to the skin as a local anaesthetic. It is also employed 
to disinfect or sterilize surgical and dental instruments, and on 
wool and gauze for dressing wounds. It is soluble in ether, 
alcohol and oils, but insoluble in water or glycerin. Men- 
thol, cocaine, salicylic acid, iodoform, chloral hydrate and 
mercuric chloride are soluble in phenol-camphor. (See Cam- 
pho-Phenique.) 
Camphoid is composed of camphor 20 parts, alcohol 20 
parts, and pyroxylin 1 part. 
Carbolated Camphor is composed of carbolic acid (crystal) 
parts and gum camphor parts. 
Nausea from Impression Taking.—Dr. A. W. McCandless 
recommends a gargle of camphor water. Should this fail, a 
four per cent, solution of cocaine painted over surface of the 
tongue and palate will produce the desired result except in 
very obstinate cases; or a lozenge composed of one-fourth 
grain of cocaine allowed to dissolve in the mouth and swal- 
lowed before taking the impression. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For a Local Ancesthetic. 
R . Pulv. camphorse ... 3 viij 
sulph .... M. 
SlGNA.—Applied to the gum over the 
tooth to be removed, until it turns 
white or becomes blanched. 
For a Local Ancesthctic. 
R. Chloral, 
Camphorse . . . . aa-J 
Morphise sulph. . . 3 ss 
Chloroformi .... %). M. 
SlGNA,—Apply with a camel’s-hair DENTAL MEDICINE. 
294 
brush, allow to dry and re-apply as 
freely as is necessary to render part 
insensible to pain. 
For a Stimulant and Anodyne Lotion. 
R. Spiritus Rosmarini . . gj 
Camphorse g j 
Saponis albse . . . . g iv. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a lotion. 
For a Local Ancesthetic. 
R. Camphorse gj 
Hither vel chloroformi . ij. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply with a camel’s-hair 
brush. 
For Neuralgia. 
R. Camphorae, 
Chlor. hydratis aa equal parts. M. 
SlGNA.— Apply as a lotion. 
For Neuralgia and Exposed Pulps. 
R. Camphorae 5 parts 
Chlor. hydratis ... 2 parts 
Cocaine hydrochlor. . I part. M. 
SlGNA.—Heat to boiling point of water, 
when it liquefies; use as a local ap- 
plication. 
For Pain of Tooth Extraction. 
R. Camphorae gj 
Chloroformi .... f g ij. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply on cotton. 
R. Camphorae, 
Chloral hydrat aa gr.75 
Cocaine hydrochlorat gr.xv. M. 
SlGNA.—Place a small quantity on cotton within the cavity. 
For Odontalgia. 
CAMPHORA MONOBROMATA—MONOBROMATED CAMPHOR. 
Formula.—C10H15BrO2. 
Derivation.—Monobromated camphor is obtained by the 
action of bromine on camphor, and subsequent purification 
with animal charcoal and repeated crystallization. It is a 
colorless, crystalline substance, with the odor of camphor and 
turpentine, and a slightly bitter taste. It is insoluble in water, 
but soluble in alcohol and ether. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It produces a sedative effect 
upon the circulatory system, and especially upon the cerebro- 
spinal nervous system, and is also an antispasmodic. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Bromide of camphor is employed as a 
sedative and antispasmodic, in affections of the nervous sys- 
tem, and where camphor is indicated, as in asthma, neuralgia, 
hysteria, delirium tremens, etc. 
Dose.—Of bromide of camphor, gr. ij to gr. x, for an 
adult. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, the bromide of camphor 
is employed as a sedative in convulsions of dentition, neural- CAPSICUM. 
295 
gia, etc. For children suffering from the convulsions of den- 
tition, gr. j of the bromide of camphor in acacia mucilage, 
and administered every hour, has been very serviceable in 
arresting the paroxysms. 
CAPSICUM. 
Source.—Capsicum is obtained from the tropics of both 
hemispheres, being the fruit of capsicum annuum, and of 
other species of capsicum. The crimson or yellow pods are 
dried and ground to powder, which has a bright red color, 
and an aromatic smell, with a bitter, acrid, burning taste. Its 
acrid, pungent qualities are due to a peculiar substance in the 
form of a thick, yellowish-red, fluid, called capsicine. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Capsicum is a powerful 
stimulant, producing, when small doses are taken, a sensation 
of warmth in the stomach, and a general glow over the body. 
It promotes the digestive process, and stimulates the circula- 
tion, and also the genito-urinary organs. In excessive doses, 
capsicum is an irritant poison. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed in certain forms of dys- 
pepsia, flatulent colic, scarlet fever, yellow fever, delirium 
tremens, opium habit, etc., etc. Externally or locally as a 
gargle, in putrid or other forms of sore throat, chronic 
inflammation of the fauces, hoarseness due to relaxed con- 
dition of the vocal cords, relaxed uvula, and in poisoning 
by opium, belladonna and aconite, it has proved useful as a 
stimulant. 
Dose.—Of powdered capsicum, gr. v to gr. x, in pill. Of 
the tincture of capsicum—Tinctura Capsici (capsicum 5j, to 
diluted alcohol, Oij—the dose is TTlx to f3j.) Of the infusion 
—Infusion Capsici (capsicum ,5ss ) boiling water Oj)—the dose 
is f.5ss. The infusion is also used as a gargle. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice the tincture of capsicum is 
serviceable in the early stages of 'acute periodontitis; and 
also where it is necessary to hasten suppuration as quickly 
as possible, on account of the increasing severity of the 
CAYENNE PEPPER. 296 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
attack—a solution composed of gtt. xxv, in a glass of warm 
water, of which a mouthful is to be retained for some 
minutes. 
The tincture of capsicum is also useful in chronic dental 
periodontitis, to resolve the inflammatory products. It is 
also used to stimulate the gums and mucous membrane of the 
mouth in chronic inflammation and ulceration, and for loose- 
ness of the teeth as a result of salivation; also in cases of 
turgidity and puffiness of the gums. It is often serviceable in 
chronic alveolar abscess as an injection, after the sac lias been 
destroyed, also in recession of the gums from the necks of the 
teeth, for the purpose of stimulating them. A few drops 
added to a solution of aromatic sulphuric acid will prove 
serviceable in caries of the maxillary bones, and in disease of 
the antrum. An efficacious stimulant gargle may be made of 
the tincture of capsicum 5ss, to rose water 5viij. Dr. Kirk 
recommends capsicum as a local stimulant and counter- 
irritant in the initial stages of pericemental inflammation be- 
fore the formation of pus has taken place; in cases of soreness 
about roots of pulpless teeth, due to external violence, cold, 
etc., and not to septic irritation; for relief of severe neuralgias 
following the extraction of lower molar teeth, in the form of a 
cataplasm applied to the affected side of the face, or by moist- 
ening a piece of heavy blotting paper and applying this to the 
side of face. Dr. J. F. Flagg recommends the use of cap- 
sicum for pericemental inflammation in the form of the 
powder sewed in small linen bags to be placed in the mouth 
over root of affected tooth. Dr. Lefifmann recommends small 
oval disks cut from capsicum plaster (Seabury & Johnson’s), 
the surface of which has been lightly anointed with the 
ethereal extract, or oleoresin of capsicum, which can be nicely 
adapted to the gum. 
CARBO ANIMALIS PURIFICATUS—PURIFIED ANIMAL 
CHARCOAL. 
Source.—Animal Charcoal, called “ bone black,” is obtained 
by exposing bones to a red heat, protected from the air. It 
consists of charcoal, phosphate and carbonate of lime. CARVACROL. 
297 
Purified Animal Charcoal.—Car bo Animalis Purificatus— 
is obtained by digesting bone-black in hydrochloric acid and 
water to a moderate heat, when it is dried and heated to red- 
ness in a covered crucible. 
Properties and Action.—Animal charcoal is an absorbent, 
and is used to counteract the effects of poisonous agents, such 
as the alkaloids and acids. 
Dose.—Of animal charcoal as an absorbent, 5ss, to neutral- 
ize the effects of each grain of such agents as strychnia and 
morphia. 
CARBO LIGNI—WOOD CHARCOAL. 
Source.—Wood Charcoal is' obtained by subjecting soft 
wood to a red heat with but a limited supply of air, by 
which the water, etc., are removed, allowing the carbon to 
remain. 
Properties and Action.—Wood charcoal is antiseptic and dis- 
infectant and detergent, and is very serviceable in correcting 
the fetor of discharges and arresting the process of ulceration, 
especially when in the form of the dry powder, or mixed with 
linseed as a poultice. 
Therapeutic Uses.—For foul and gangrenous ulcers, gan- 
grene, phagedaena, suppurating surfaces, cancerous tumors, 
etc., etc. 
Dental Uses.—The powdered charcoal added to water, in 
the proportion of one or two drachms to a glass of water, forms 
an efficient disinfectant gargle for the offensive fetor of mercu- 
rial stomatitis; also useful in foul and gangrenous ulcers of the 
mouth, diseased gums, offensive ulcerations, offensive fetor of 
cancrum oris, etc., etc. Notwithstanding its detergent prop- 
erties, injury results from its use as a dentifrice, on account of 
its tendency to cause recession of the gums from the necks of 
the teeth. 
CARVACROL 
Formula.— C10H13OH. 
Source.—The caraway plant, a native of Europe. 
Derivation.—Carvacrol is a product of the essential oil oi 
caraway, which is obtained from the seeds of the plant. 298 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Caraway—carum—seeds are of a light yellow color, with a 
pleasant aromatic smell, and a sweetish, warm, spicy taste. 
They are stomachic and carminative, and are occasionally used 
in flatulent colic, as a corrective of other medicines. The 
volatile oil of caraway is most employed in doses of gtt. j to 
gtt. x. Carvacrol is obtained by treating the oil of caraway 
with iodine, and washing the product with potassa, when it is 
mixed with carvene, which is one of the liquid oils of caraway. 
Carvacrol is also found among the products of the action of 
iodine on camphor. When pure, it is a colorless, viscid oil, 
lighter than water, in which it is nearly insoluble. Its odor 
is like that of creasote, and its taste is persistent, strong and 
acrid. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Carvacrol is antiseptic, car- 
minative, disinfectant and escharotic. Combined, it forms an 
efficient gargle in inflammatory conditions. It is not employed 
internally. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, carvacrol has been em- 
ployed as a substitute for creasote, carbolic acid and glycerole 
of thymol, in the treatment of odontalgia, sensitive dentine, 
alveolar abscess, and as an antiseptic in the pulp canals of 
teeth; also as a gargle in inflamed and ulcerated conditions 
of the mucous membrane of the mouth, tonsilitis, etc. Com- 
bined with water, in the proportion of 3 drops to the ounce, 
it forms an efficient gargle in stomatitis, tonsilitis, etc.; the 
strength of the solution may be increased, when a more pow- 
erful action is required. It is also employed with advantage 
in sensitive cavities of the teeth, in operating with the dental 
engine, to lessen the pain from friction of the instrument. As 
an application in odontalgia, from an exposed and irritable 
pulp, it affords almost instantaneous relief. It is claimed for 
carvacrol, that it is not so liable to cause inflammation as crea- 
sote; especially when it is applied through the pulp canals. 
When employed to obtund the sensitiveness of dentine, it is 
necessary to confine it in the cavity of the tooth for a few days, 
by means of a temporary filling of zinc preparation, as it 
readily dissolves Hill’s Stopping and gutta percha. When it CHINOLINE OR QUINOLINE. 
299 
is used in the form of an injection in alveolar abscess, a sharp, 
burning sensation is experienced as soon as it reaches the seat 
of the affection, when the crown cavity of the tooth should be 
immediately closed. 
In patients of a scrofulous diathesis, it is necessary to exer- 
cise care in the use of carvacrol. When applied to cavities 
before the introduction of the filling, and to exposed pulps, it 
is introduced on a pellet of cotton. 
CATECHU—CATECHU. 
Source.—Catechu is obtained from the Acacia catechu, a 
large tree of Pegu, and is in the form of large, hard, and 
brittle masses, porous on fracture, and possessing a strong 
astringent and sweetish taste. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Catechu is a valu- 
able astringent, and is frequently employed in diarrhoeas of 
relaxation, and locally in gonorrhoea or leucorrhcea in the form 
of injections. 
Dose.—gr. j to xxx. 
Tinctura Catechu Composita.—Compound Tincture of Cate- 
chu (catechu, 12 ; cinnamon, 8, in diluted alcohol, q. s. ad. 100 
parts). 
Dose.—TTlxt5j. 
Dental Uses.—Catechu is a valuable local astringent in the 
form of a mouth-wash for spongy gums, and relaxed condition 
of the oral mucous membrane. 
For Hemorrhage after Extraction of Teeth. 
Dr. D. A. Rosenthal. 
(For Internal Administration.) 
R. Tinct. catechu • f£j 
Tinct. digitalis f 3 iss 
Extr. ergotae fl q. s. ad. M. 
Signa.—A dessertspoonful every 2 hours. 
DENTAL FORMUL/E. 
CHINOLINE OR QUINOLINE. 
Formula.—C6H7N. 
Derivation.—Chinoline was first obtained from coal tar, but 
afterwards from the cinchona alkaloids. More recently it has 300 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
been produced by the action of glycerin on aniline, or nitro- 
benzol. It is an oily liquid, with highly refracting property, 
and it combines with acids to form salts. The salt, Tartrate 
of Chinoline, is not so deliquescent as the other salts formed 
by its combination with acids, and is in the form of lustrous 
crystals, which preserve their form even in a damp atmosphere, 
although they are soluble in water. Chinoline is very soluble 
in alcohol, and sparingly soluble in water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Chinoline, like other phenol 
derivatives, such as resorcin, hydroquinone, etc., possesses the 
power to lower fever heat, but does not affect the normal 
temperature. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Like resorcin, chinoline has been used 
in intermittent and remittant fevers with great success; also 
in septic disorders. Topically, chinoline is a valuable anti- 
septic, and successfully acts upon minute organisms, prevent- 
ing their increase and septic decomposition. A five per cent, 
solution of the tartrate of chinoline, the salt generally em- 
ployed, has been applied locally in diphtheria, with marked 
effect. 
Dose.—Of chinoline, gr. v. to xv. 
Dental Uses.—Chinoline is used in dental practice as an 
antiseptic, belonging to the same class as resorcin, the salt 
tartrate of chinoline, in the form of a five per cent, solution, 
being preferable for local application. It is also used in com- 
bination with carbolic acid, for application on cotton to an 
aching cavity from which a tooth has been extracted. 
CHLORIDE OF ALUMINIUM—ALUMINII CHLORIDIUM— 
CHLORALUM. 
Formula.—A12C16. 
The chloride of aluminium, also known as Chloralum, is pre- 
pared by passing chlorine, at high temperatures, over a mix- 
ture of aluminium and charcoal. By placing the anhydrous 
chloride of aluminium in water, it is converted into hydrated 
chloride. It is said to be quite as potent as chloride of zinc or 
carbolic acid, and devoid of poisonous properties and unpleasant 
odor, and is unirritating, rendering it a useful antiseptic and METHYL CHLORIDE 
301 
disinfectant. As it does not cauterize, it is especially con- 
venient for applications to the mouth. The taste is sharply 
saline, like that of alum, and its action closely approximates 
that of chloride of zinc. 
In dental practice it has been used in the treatment of peri- 
odontitis, aveolar abscess, caries of bones, putrid pulps, alve- 
olar pyorrhea, and other diseases of mucous membrane. 
CHLORIDE OF MAGNESIA - MAGNESII CHLORIDUM. 
Formula.—MgCl2-j-2Na. 
Chloride of Magnesia is prepared by evaporating to dryness 
a concentrated solution of muriate of magnesia, the chloride 
being obtained in the state of a fused hydrate. It is a bitter, 
very deliquescent salt, which acts mildly and favorably as a 
purgative, causing a flow of bile, and an increase of appetite. 
On account of its extreme deliquescence the liquid form, pre- 
pared by dissolving the salt in its weight of water, is preferred. 
The dose, diluted, is §ss to 5j. In dental practice the chloride 
and hypochlorite of magnesia have been employed for bleach- 
ing teeth. 
Formula.—SnC,l2. 
Chloride of Tin is prepared by heating tin and hydrochloric 
acid together, and has been recommended for local application 
in purulent discharges. According to M. Mallez, chloride of 
tin has a direct action upon purulent secretions from mucous 
surfaces, without any substitutive action, like nitrate of silver 
for instance. Placed in contact with pus globules, under the 
microscope, these are seen to immediately disappear. In 
purulent diseases of the eye, also, it was successful. A solu- 
tion, consisting of 5ss of the salt in f§iij of distilled water, is 
used for injections. 
CHLORIDE OF TIN—STANNUM CHLORIDIUM 
CHLORIDE OF METHYL—METHYL CHLORIDE. 
Formula.—CH3C1. 
Derivation.—Chloride of Methyl is produced by the action 
of chlorine upon marsh gas; by heating together common 
salt, sulphuric acid and methyl alcohol; or it is more cheaply 302 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
manufactured by using the waste products of beets used in 
the manufacture of sugar. It is the chloride of a hydrocar- 
bon in the form of methyl chloride, and resembles ether in 
appearance, taste and smell, but is less inflammable. Chlo- 
ride of Methyl is generally employed as a local anesthetic in 
the form of spray, athough it possesses general anesthetic 
properties also, and being very volatile and ether-like, rapid 
evaporation occurs when it is applied over an affected area. 
To avoid producing inflammation of the skin, or an erythema 
in persons having an irritable skin, caution is necessary ; and 
it should be applied over as many nerve filaments as possible. 
The special advantage of chloride of methyl is its external 
application, which may never cause more than a temporary 
irritation of the skin. In order to produce local anesthesia 
with this agent, M. Bardet proposes before spraying a surface 
with it, to paint it with glycerine, the revulsive action being 
less severe, and the glycerine forming a surface on which the 
drops of the refrigerant mixture collect, and which may be 
readily removed after the desired effect has been produced ; 
the use of glycerine is also said to prevent the dangers of 
sloughing. Dr. Ch. Bailly recommends the following method 
of applying this agent as a local anesthetic: A tampon of dry 
cotton covered with dry silk is sprayed with the anesthetic 
until its temperature is reduced to 23°-55° C. below zero. 
The tampon is then grasped with ebony pincers and applied 
for a few seconds to the parts to be anesthetized, and perfect 
abolition of pain at once secured. Drs. Daboll and Rhein 
recommend chloride of methyl as an application for trigeminal 
neuralgia, giving immediate relief by paralyzing the small 
filaments of the nerve. The spray is also used for obtunding 
sensitive dentine; it produces a more intense cold than ether, 
and with less pain, its obtunding effect lasting a longer time. 
CHLORAL. 
CHLORAL HYDRAS HYDRATE OF CHLORAL. 
Formula.—C2H ClsO H20. 
Derivation.—Chloral is obtained by the action of dry chlo- 
rine gas on absolute alcohol, and is purified by sulphuric CHLORAL. 
303 
acid and a small quantity of lime ; a small quantity of water 
converts it into solid crystalline hydrate of chloral. It is in 
the form of a snow-white, crystalline mass, with a pungent 
odor and taste, soluble in its own weight of distilled water, 
and very soluble in alcohol. When heated, it fuses and 
evaporates, leaving no residue, and in the air without com- 
bustion. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Hydrate of chloral is hyp- 
notic and anaesthetic, possessing more of the former and less 
of the latter property than chloroform, and, unlike chloroform, 
after its administration there is no elimination by the breath 
or urine. It diffuses into the blood rapidly, causing an abun- 
dant flow of saliva, and a cooling sensation in the stomach, 
followed by warmth. Very large quantities cause a high 
degree of gastric irritation, nausea and vomiting. Taken in 
moderate quantity it stimulates the appetite, and produces 
muscular relaxation. It is uniformly certain in its action as a 
hypnotic, has no depressing influence, and does not cause 
constipation. Administered in doses of gr. x to gr. xxx, it 
causes unconsciousness to pain, and a profound sleep, lasting 
over several hours. The sleep it produces is quiet and gentle, 
and induced without distress. Liebreich claims to have pro- 
duced sleep which lasted from five to fifteen hours, with from 
25 to 30 grains of hydrate of chloral. 
The habitual use of chloral leads to a disorder which is 
somewhat similar to the “ opium habit,” although it may not 
be as persistent. When there is present no susceptibility to 
its hypnotic action, it is liable to cause headache, and in some 
cases, a delirious excitement. Its hypnotic action is immedi- 
ately preceded by a stage of excitement, generally of short 
duration, which is followed by sudden and complete sleep, 
very much like natural sleep, calm, dreamless and refreshing. 
It differs from a condition of narcotism from the fact that the 
patient can be easily roused to partake of nourishment, and 
will readily fall asleep again. 
There are no unpleasant after-effects resulting from a mod- 
erate dose of chloral, differing in this respect from morphine, 304 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
which often causes headache, faintness, giddiness, nausea and 
constipation. Chloral is not capable of producing insensibility 
to pain, unless the quantity administered is sufficient to sus- 
pend the functions of the cerebrum. Great care is necessary 
in its use where symptoms of pulmonary disease, fatty-heart 
or degenerated blood vessels are apparent. 
When a proper dose is administered the pupil contracts 
slightly, but the pulse may remain unaltered or become 
slower, and the respiration unaffected. When an improper or 
dangerous dose is taken, profound narcotism ensues, the 
respiration becomes slower, the pulse weak, rapid and irregu- 
lar, sensibility is lost, all reflex movements are impossible, and 
complete muscular relaxation follows. It destroys life by the 
suspension of the functions of the cerebrum, and by paralysis 
of the respiratory centre, and of the cardiac ganglia; also 
death may suddenly follow by paralysis of the heart, in cases 
of fatty degeneration, and the lower lobes of the brain remain 
unaffected. The paralytic phenomena caused by chloral are 
due to its direct action on the nervous centres. The con- 
gestion of the meninges of the brain and cord, and distenison 
of the right cavities of the heart, have been observed after 
poisoning by chloral. The antidote in cases of poisoning is 
strychnia, and the same treatment as in opium poisoning. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The most important uses of chloral are 
in diseases of the nervous system, such as delirium tremens, 
insanity, tetanus, acute mania, neuralgia, chorea, whooping 
cough, and in rheumatism, cholera morbus, sea-sickness, etc., 
etc. Having no direct pain-relieving power, except by sus- 
pending the functions of the cerebrum and in dangerous doses, 
sleep can be procured and pain relieved by combining the 
chloral with morphine, when it is very effective. 
Dose.—Of hydrate of chloral, gr. v to 3j ; but it must be 
remembered that one-half drachm has produced poisonous 
symptoms. Thirty grains of hydrate of chloral are equal in 
effect to gr. j of opium. For adults, if short intervals of sleep 
are required, from gr. xx to xxx will answer; for young 
children, gr. vij is the dose recommended. Moderate and 
frequently repeated doses are better than a single large one. CHLORAL. 
305 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, the hydrate of chloral, in 
the form of gr. ss to gr.j, is applied to inflamed pulps for 
the relief of odontalgia, and is an efficient remedy; it is also 
employed for the relief of neuralgia of the fifth pair of nerves ; 
as a stimulant and deodorizing application to foul and fetid 
indolent ulcers; also as a local anaesthetic, for this purpose 
being combined with camphor and other agents (see Aconite), 
(see Camphor) ; also as an anodyne, for the relief of the pain 
of periodontitis; and as an injection, for alveolar abscesses. 
It is also used as a lotion (when diluted with water) for 
inflammations of the oral mucous membrane, and as an anti- 
septic (chloral, 5j; aqua, f5ij) for injecting putrid pulp-canals 
and chronic alveolar abscesses. Although it is employed 
hypodermically, yet painful phlegmons have resulted from its 
repeated application. 
Chloral Phenol.—When chloral is combined with carbolic 
acid it liquefies, and a preparation composed of equal parts of 
phenol and chloral is used for odontalgia as well as for its 
antiseptic qualities. Chloral Phenol is a colorless, clear liquid, 
soluble in alcohol, acetic acid, amyl-alcohol, chloroform, car- 
bon, glycerin and ether. It possesses the odor and taste of its 
constituents. 
Chloral has the property, when rubbed with certain bodies, 
such as camphor, of forming therewith syrup liquids. With 
phenol (absolute carbolic acid) it also liquefies, and a prepara- 
tion composed of equal parts of phenol and chloral is used in 
medicine for allaying toothache, as well as for its antiseptic 
properties. A recent study by Fabini, says the Chemist and 
Druggist, shows that chloral-phenol possesses the odor and 
taste of its constituents, and when applied to the skin produces 
inflammation and an eruption of small blisters. It is a colorless 
and clear liquid, having a sp. gr, at 20° C. of 1.289, so that it 
sinks in anhydrous glycerin. It is soluble in alcohol, acetic 
acid, amyl-alcohol, chloroform, carbon bisulphide,and glycerin, 
as well as in ether when slightly warmed. It is only partially 
soluble in petroleum ether, and benzine only dissolves a little 
of the fluid, and what is dissolved is chloral-phenol. Fabini 306 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tested the fluid thoroughly,with a view to determining whether 
it is a mechanical mixture, and it behaved in every way towards 
re-agents as carbolic acid does, while with sulphuric acid some 
of the chloral-phenol yielded, after twenty-four hears, a velvet- 
colored plaster-like mass, which consisted of meta-chloral and 
phenol-sulphonic acid. There seems to be no doubt, therefore, 
that chloral-phenol is a mixture. 
This preparation should not be confounded with the phe- 
nol camphor devised by Cockrane (not campho-ph£nique), 
and made by mixing together 1 part of carbolic acid and 3 
parts of camphor. After twenty-four hours this becomes a 
liquid, having a sp. gr. of 990. It is used with oil as an anti- 
septic. As a spray it may be applied to the skin to produce 
local anaesthesia. It may be employed for disinfecting surgical 
instruments, and upon wool and gauze for wound dressing. 
It is soluble in alcohol, ether and oils, but not in water or 
glycerin. Menthol, cocaine, salicylic acid, iodoform, chloral 
hydrate, and mecuric chloride are soluble in phenol camphor. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Foul and Fetid Indolent Ulcers. 
R. Chloral hydratis . . . gr.x 
Aquae destillatae . . . M. 
Signa.—To be applied as a lotion. 
For a Local Anesthetic. 
R. Chloral hydratis . . . 3 ij 
Pulveris camphorae . . 5 ij. M. 
Signa.—To be applied as an obtund- 
ing mixture, by means of an appli- 
cator. 
For Odontalgia—Pulpitis, 
Flagg. 
R. Chloral hydratis . . . g iij 
Aquae destill M. 
Signa.—Apply on cotton. 
For Foul and Fetid Indolent Ulcers 
R. Chloral hydratis . . . g ss 
Adipis gj. M. 
Signa.—To be used as an ointment. 
Local Anesthetic 
Dr. Storie. 
R. Chloral hydratis, 
Camphora; (gum) . equal parts. 
Rub well in a mortar to liquefaction 
and add gtt.v of carbolic acid. 
For a Hypnotic 
R. Chloral hydratis . . . g ij 
Syrupi aurantii flores . g iv 
Syrupi tolutani . . . g iv 
Aquas destillatae . . . M- 
Signa.—Dose *4 part, largely diluted. 
For Neuralgia 
R. Chloral hydratis . . partes 3 
Camphorse .... partem I. M. 
Signa.—To be applied over seat of 
pain. CHLORALAMID. 
307 
For a Local Anesthetic. 
R. Chloral hydratis, 
Pulveris camphorse • . aa g ij 
Morphinse sulph. ... g ss 
Chloroformi gj. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply with camel’s-hair brush; 
dry rapidly, and reapply. 
For Neuralgia and Exposed Pulps. 
R . Chloral hydratis ... 2 parts 
Camphorse .... 5 parts 
Cocaini hydrochloratis 1 part. M. 
Heat to about boiling point of water 
till liquefied. 
SlGNA.—Apply locally. 
Local Anesthetic. 
R. Chloral hydratis . . . . g] 
Ess. Menthae £js 
Camphorse gj 
Morphin. chlor. hydrat. gr.ix. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply a small quantity upon 
a pledget of cotton. 
Local Anesthetic. 
R. Chloral hydratis . . . gr.xx 
Mur. cocaine .... gr.vj 
Aquae destill i|vj. 
Acidi Carbolici . . . jRij. M. 
SlGNA. First administer i drachm of 
aromatic spts. of ammonia; then in- 
ject a small quantity of the mixture 
at 2 or 3 points under the gum, wait 
5 minutes, and then operate. 
CHLORALAMIDE—CHLORALAMID. 
Formula.—C Cl3- C H N H. 
Derivation.—Formed by the combination of two parts of 
chloral hydrate and one part of formamide. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Chloralamide has been used 
with good results in hysteria, chorea, acute mania, monomania, 
typhoid fever, senility, neurasthenia, insomnia, phthisis and 
diseases not attended by much pain. Mupfenbach, from a 
number of trials, regards it as a useful hypnotic, but with the 
disadvantage that its certainty of action can never be relied 
upon. No bad effects upon the circulation or in the feelings 
of the patient have been observed by Reichmann, although 
vomiting may occur. According to Langaard, this drug pro- 
duced a decided reduction of blood-pressure, which is devel- 
oped more gradually and is later in making its appearance 
than that caused by chloral. Compared with chloral, chloral- 
amid is more agreeable to the taste, and more easily adminis- 
tered, rarely causes digestive disorders, does not depress the 
heart or the circulation, seldom produces cerebral disturbances. 
Compared with sulfonal, it is more prompt in its action, more 
soluble, more easily administered, the sleep it produces always 
passes away by morning, and it is less expensive. DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The action of chloralamide upon digestion is as follows: 
1. Large quantities retarded the digestion of fibrin in the 
ratio of the quantity employed. 
2. Small quantities, for example, up to 0.02 gramme, did 
not have any marked influence either in accelerating or in 
delaying the digestion of fibrin. 
3. Putrefaction was not retarded by either large or small 
4 
quantities. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The most important uses of chloralamid 
are in diseases of the nervous system not attended by much 
pain, such as have before been enumerated. 
Dose.—Of chloralamid, gr. 30 to 45. In doses of twenty 
to thirty grains it produces better effects than sulphonal, but 
caution in the use of this drug is necessary in diseases of the 
heart, on account of its causing decided reduction of blood- 
pressure. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Use as a Hypnotic. 
R. Chloralamid g iv 
Spts. vini gallici % ij 
Curacao £ ij. M. 
SlGNA.—A tablespoonful (30 grains chloramid) in water and repeated in 
4 hours if necessary. 
CHLORINIUM—CHLORINE. 
Symbol.—Cl. 
Derivation.—Chlorine is a greenish-colored gas, of a pene- 
trating and suffocating odor, very persistent and characteristic. 
It is soluble in water, in the proportion of two volumes of the 
gas to one of water, and is a supporter of combustion. It is 
generated from black oxide of manganese, hydrochloric acid 
and water, is an active irritant, and, when breathed, excites 
cough, a sense of suffocation and irritation of the mucous 
membrane of the nostrils and bronchial tubes, and, when con- 
siderable quantities are inhaled, it induces spitting of blood, 
violent pains, and sometimes death. It is a deodorizer and 
disinfectant, and has been used to destroy disease germs and 
offensive effluvia. 
Chlorine Water.—Aqua Chlori—Formula.—H202C1—is CHLOROFORM. 
309 
an aqueous solution of chlorine, formed by passing the gas 
through water. It is a greenish-yellow liquid, with an astrin- 
gent taste and the suffocating odor of chlorine gas. It should 
be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, and pro- 
tected from the light. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Chlorine water is used internally in ma- 
lignant fevers, such as scarlet fever, typhus, and in diphtheria, 
aphthae, gangrene, syphilis, diseases of the liver, skin diseases, 
etc.; and as an antidote for hydrocyanic acid. The poisonous 
effects of chlorine gas may be prevented by ammoniacal gas. 
Albumen is the antidote for chlorine water, given freely, in 
the form of milk, flour, eggs, etc. 
Dose.—Of chlorine water, f5j to f5iv, diluted. 
Dental Doses.—Chlorine water is employed in dental practice 
as a local application in gangrene of the mouth and fauces, 
aphthae, cancrum oris, and fetor of the breath. Chlorine gas 
has been employed to bleach discolored teeth, care being 
taken that it reaches no other part than the cavity of the tooth 
undergoing such treatment, which may be accomplished by 
the application of a large rubber dam, such as is used in the 
operation of filling teeth. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Aphtha and Gangrene of the 
Mouth. 
R . Aquae chlori ss 
Aquae destillatae . . . £ iiiss 
Syrupi simp M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle or 
lotion. 
For Fetor of the Breath and an An- 
tiseptic. 
R. Liquoris chlori . . . . 3 iv 
Mellis 
Aquae destillatae . . . 25 x. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a gargle. 
For Aphtha, Stomatitis, and Cancrum 
Oris. 
R. Liquoris chlori 
Mellis M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a lotion. 
For Mercurial Stomatitis. 
R. Liquoris chlori . . part j 
Aquse destillatae . . parts viij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle for 
correcting the fetor, and diminishing 
slightly the discharge. 
CHLOROFORMUM—CHLOROFORM. 
Formula.—CHC13. Sp. gr. 1.480. 
Derivation.—Chloroform is obtained by the distillation of 310 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
alcohol with chlorinated lime. The form for medicinal use 
(Chloroformum Purificatuni) is purified by agitation with sul- 
phuric acid, which frees the crude chloroform from such dele- 
terious agents as chlorinated pyrogenous oil; the lighter liquid 
is then separated, and carbonate of sodium, previously dis- 
solved in water, is added to it. The mixture is then agitated, 
the chloroform separated from the supernatant layer, alcohol 
mixed with it, and lime in coarse powder added. It is a color- 
less, volatile liquid, of an agreeable ethereal odor, and a hot, 
aromatic, sweet taste. It is slightly soluble in water, and dis- 
solves very readily in alcohol and ether in all proportions. The 
boiling point is 1420 F. The purest form of chloroform has 
a specific gravity of 1.5022, while the officinal contains a little 
alcohol; it is a terchloride of formyl. The purest chloroform 
for internal use is obtained from the hydrate of chloral. The 
purity of chloroform may be ascertained by agitating it with 
the binitro-sulphuret of iron, which shows the presence of 
alcohol by the production of a brown tint; chlorinated pyro- 
genous oil may be detected and removed by strong sulphuric 
acid, which gives the solution a yellowish or reddish-brown 
color, if such an impurity is present. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Chloroform, when inhaled, 
is an anaesthetic; and when administered internally, is ano- 
dyne and antispasmodic. Its effects on the system are similar 
to those of ether, but more powerful and more rapidly pro- 
duced, and it requires more care in its administration, both in- 
ternally and by inhalation of the vapor. Undiluted, it excites 
great irritation and inflammation of the mucous membrane, 
and the vapor, passing through the fauces in quantity, may 
enter the larynx and cause great heat, inflammation and even 
edema. When taken internally it causes a feeling of warmth 
in the stomach, followed by coldness, similar to ether, and if 
taken in large quantity, undiluted, it acts as an irritant poison, 
inducing violent gastritis. It is diffused into the blood, and 
affects remote parts. It increases the action of the circula- 
tory system, producing excitement of the brain, followed by a 
deep, heavy sleep; and in poisonous doses, stupor and insen- CHLOROFORM. 
311 
sibility. The first effect of the inhalation of the vapor of 
chloroform is a feeling of warmth and excitement extending 
to the extremities, which is succeeded by noises in the ears 
and a vibratory thrilling and benumbing sensation throughout 
the body, followed by a loss of feeling, motion and conscious- 
ness, with general paralysis of the respiratory muscles, ster- 
torous breathing, quick pulse, which may become irregular 
and weak, owing to the sedative action on the heart. The 
pupils, at first contracted, become dilated, and there is com- 
plete relaxation of the muscular system. 
The following are the practical conclusions of the second 
Hyderabad Commission: “The recumbent position on the 
back and absolute freedom of respiration are essential. If 
during an operation this position cannot be from any cause 
maintained during the administration of chloroform, the ut- 
most attention to the respiration is necessary to prevent as- 
phyxia or an overdose. If there is any doubt about the state 
of respiration, the patient should be at once restored to the 
recumbent position on the back. To insure absolute freedom 
of respiration, tight clothing of every kind, either on the neck, 
chest, or abdomen, is to be strictly avoided; and no assistants 
or bystanders should be allowed to exert pressure on any 
part of the patient’s thorax or abdomen, even though the pa- 
tient be struggling violently. If struggling does occur, it is 
always possible to hold the patient down by the shoulders, 
pelvis, or legs, without doing anything that can possibly inter- 
fere with the free movements of respiration. An apparatus is 
not essential, and should not be used, as, being made to fit 
the face, it must tend to produce a certain amount of asphyxia, 
and take up part of the attention required elsewhere. How- 
ever it is made, it introduces an element of danger into the 
administration. A convenient form of inhaler is an open cone 
or cap with a little absorbent cotton inside at the apex. At 
the commencement of inhalation care should be taken by not 
holding the cap very close over the mouth and nose, to avoid 
exciting, struggling or holding the breath. If struggling or 
holding the breath does occur, great care is necessary to avoid 312 
DENTAL MEDICINE 
an over-dose during the deep inspirations which follow. When 
quiet breathing ensues, as the patient begins to go over, there 
is no reason why the inhaler should not be applied close to 
the face; and all that is then necessary is to watch the cornea 
and see that the respiration is not interfered with. 
In children, the free admission of chloroform into the lungs 
causes nervous excitement; but the struggling and holding 
the breath can hardly be avoided, and one or two whiffs of 
chloroform may be sufficient to produce complete insensi- 
bility. They should always be allowed to inhale a little 
fresh air during the first deep inspirations which follow. 
In struggling persons, but especially in children, it is es- 
sential to remove the inhaler after the first or second deep 
inspiration, as enough chloroform may have been inhaled 
to produce deep anaesthesia, and this may only appear, or 
may deepen, after the chloroform is stopped. Struggling is 
best avoided in adults by making them blow out hard after 
each inspiration during the inhalation. The patient is, as a 
rule, anaesthetized and ready for the operation to be com- 
menced when unconscious winking is no longer produced 
by touching the surface of the eye with the tip of the finger. 
The anaesthesia should never, under any circumstances, be 
pushed until respiration stops; but when once the cornea is 
insensitive, the patient should be kept gently under by occa- 
sional inhalations, and not be allowed to come out and renew 
the stage of struggling and resistance. 
As a rule no operation should be commenced till the patient 
is fully under the influence of the anaesthetic, so as to avoid all 
chances of death from surgical shock or fright. The admin- 
istrator should be guided as to the effect entirely by the res- 
piration ; and his only object, while producing anaesthesia, is 
to see that the respiration is not interfered with. If possible 
the patient’s chest and abdomen should be exposed during 
chloroform inhalation, so that the respiratory movements can 
be seen by the administrator. If anything interferes with the 
respiration in any way, however slightly, even if this occurs 
at the commencement of the administration, if breath is held CHLOROFORM. 
313 
or if there is stertor, the inhalation should be stopped till the 
breathing is natural again. This may sometimes create de- 
lay and inconvenience, but experience will make any admin- 
istrator so familiar with the respiratory functions under chlo_ 
roform, that he will in a short time know almost by intuition 
whether anything is going wrong, and be able to put it right 
without delay, before any danger arises. If the breathing be- 
comes embarrassed, the lower jaw should be pulled or pushed 
from behind the angles, forward, so that the lower teeth pro- 
trude in front of the upper. This raises the epiglottis and 
frees the larynx. At the same time it is well to assist the 
respiration artificially till the embarrassment passes off. If, 
by any accident the respiration stops, artificial respiration 
should be commenced at once, while an assistant lowers the 
head and draws forward the tongue with catch forceps, by 
Howard’s method, assisted by compression and relaxation of 
the thoracic walls. Artificial respiration should be continued 
till there is no doubt whatever that natural respiration is com- 
pletely re-established. A small dose of morphia may be in- 
jected subcutaneously before chloroform inhalation, as it helps 
to keep the patient in a state of anesthesia in prolonged 
operation. There is nothing to show that atropine does any 
good in connection with the administration of chloroform, 
and it may do much harm. Alcohol may be given with much 
advantage before operations under chloroform, provided it 
does not cause excitement, and merely has the effect of giving 
a patient confidence and steadying the circulation. And it is 
the opinion of the Commission that “ if the above rules be 
followed, chloroform may be given in any case requiring an 
operation, with perfect ease and absolute safety, so as to do 
good without the risk of evil.” 
[As the physiological actions and mode of administration 
of chloroform and ether are similar, the reader is referred to 
the article on Sulphuric Ether.] 
Therapeutic Uses.—Besides its use as a general anesthetic 
agent, chloroform is internally administered in substance, as 
an anodyne and antispasmodic, for non-inflammatory affec- 314 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tions, such as nausea and vomiting, sea-sickness, sick head- 
ache, flatulent colic, intermittent fevers, and in cholera, for 
which it is very efficient. The vapor is employed for the re- 
lief of hay asthma, whooping cough, spasmodic asthma, and 
as a hypnotic in delirium tremens, and as an injection and 
lotion in neuralgia, and as a counter irritant or vesicant, for 
which purposes it is applied to the skin, and evaporation pre- 
vented. Great care is necessary in the administration of 
chloroform in substance, as fatal effects have followed such 
use; 15 drops have destroyed life. Externally, chlorofoim is 
employed as a stimulating application to foul and indolent 
ulcers. 
Dr. Spark recommends highly, as a hemostatic agent, a 
solution composed of chloroform 2 parts, water 200 parts. 
He claims that it acts with a rapidity that is truly marvelous, 
and it has not the slightest disagreeable taste. It is useful in 
all operations upon the mouth and throat. Dr. A. Guerin, of 
Paris, claims that death from chloroform may be avoided if 
inhaled exclusively through the mouth, holding the nose. 
When death occurs from stoppage of the heart, the cardiac 
muscular fibers cease to contract under the influence of a re- 
flex action exerted by the nasal nerves on the pneumo-gastric, 
stimulating the inhibitory power of the latter on the heart. 
When a rabbit is made to inhale chloroform directly through 
an opening in the trachea, the drug has no effect whatever on 
the heart. On the contrary, when the chloroform is held before 
the nose of the rabbit, the heart immediately stops. 
Dose.—Of chloroform, Tflj to v, in sweetened water or mu- 
cilage. Dose of chloroform for inhalation, 5j to 5ij. 
Spirit of Chloroform—Spiritus Chloroformi—is composed 
of chloroform, 5j; diluted alcohol, §ij. Dose of spirit of chlo- 
roform, 5ss to 5j. 
Mixed Chloroform — Morphia Narcosis.—A method 
practiced by Prof. Thiersch, of Leipsic, succeeds often in in- 
ducing a perfect analgesia without unconsciousness. Morphine 
is first hypodermically injected, and in from five to seven 
minutes afterwards the patient is very lightly chloroformed CHLOROFORM. 
315 
till near the stage of excitement; the operation is performed; 
as soon as pain is felt, if the operation is a prolonged one, a 
little chloroform is added. In this manner not the tenth part 
of chloroform is needed, and it is claimed that the operation is 
as painless as under full chloroform narcosis, and there is no 
risk of danger incurred. Men receive one-half a grain of 
morphine, women one-quarter of a grain, children one-twelfth 
to one eighth of a grain. 
Cocaine-Chloroform Narcosis.—This consists essentially 
in the combined use of cocaine and chloroform, and is strongly 
favored by Prof. Obolinski, of Cracow, who injects either be- 
fore or after the anesthesia is obtained, from one to three cen- 
tigrammes of cocaine; or he injects in the neighborhood of 
the seat of the operation, and during its progress, from three 
to seven centigrammes. Cocaine is used on the ground that 
it is a complete antagonist of chloroform and chloral; but it is 
not so regarded by others, who represent it to be a general ex- 
citor of the central nervous gray matter, rather than a direct 
and powerful stimulator of the heart, while its stimulant effect 
upon respiration is not to be depended upon. Prof. Obolinski 
claims that this mixed narcosis secures anesthesia with the 
use of less chloroform, and that vomiting is prevented, and 
there are fewer disagreeable after-effects. 
Dental Uses.—Chloroform is employed in dental practice as 
a general anesthetic, also as a local anesthetic, for which pur- 
pose it is generally combined with other agents; as an ano- 
dyne and antispasmodic, either locally applied or the vapor 
inhaled, as in the treatment of convulsions of dentition, for 
which it is a very efficient remedy. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Neuralgic Affections. 
R. Chloroformi, 
Spiriti ammonise, 
Tincturse aconiti . . . aa fgj 
Olei ricini 5 ij 
Linimenti saponis . . M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a liniment 
over seat of pain. 
For a Local Anesthetic. 
R. Chloroformi purificati, 
Tincturse aconiti, 
Alcoholis . . . 
Morphinge sulphat . . gr.vj. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply for i or 2 minutes to 
gum over root of tooth to be ex- 
tracted. 316 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Earache of Dentition. 
R. Chloroformi g j 
Olei olivse 
SlGNA.—Pour from gtt. x to xx in ear, 
and close orifice with cotton. 
For a Focal Anesthetic. 
R . Chloroformi part xx 
Acidi acetici (cryst.) . part j. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply with camel’s-hair brush, 
or by applicator. 
For Excessive Vomiting and Irritability 
during Infantile Diarrhea. 
Dr. Jas. W. White, 
R. Spt. Chloroformi . . . g) 
Creasote Tlt'j 
Vin. ipecac H\v 
Aquae anisi . . q.s. ad % ij. M. 
SlGNA.—A teaspoonful in a little water 
for a child I year old. 
Local Anesthetic. 
Dr. Parson. 
R . Chloroformi 12 parts 
Tinct. aconiti . . . .12 parts 
Tinct. capsici .... 4 parts 
Tinct. pyrethri .... 2 parts 
Olei caryophilli ... 2 parts 
Camphorae 2 parts. 
Dissolve the camphor in the chloro- 
form, then add the oil of cloves, then 
the tinctures. 
For Pain after Extraction. 
Dr. T. F. Chupein. 
R. Chloroformi, 
Tinct. aconiti . . . aa f g j 
or 
R. Tinct. camphora . . . gj 
Chloroformi g ij 
or 
R . Morphinae grs.iij 
Tinct. aconiti, 
Chloroformi, 
Alcohol aa f ss 
For a Local Anesthetic. 
Von Bonhorst. 
R. Chloroformi, 
Athens sulph., 
Splriti lavandulae, 
Pyrethri (fluid ext.) . aa M. 
SlGNA.—Apply for 1 or 2 minutes to 
gum over root of tooth to be ex- 
tracted. 
For Odontalgia—Pulpitis. 
R . Chloroformi £ ij 
Alcoholis ol 
J>ss 
Camphorae (pulv.) . . §ss 
Tinct. opii §ss 
Oleum caryophylli . . §). M. 
Signa.—Apply on cotton wool, to ex- 
posed pulp. 
For Neuralgic Affections of the Teeth. 
R. Chloroformi fg] or ij 
Aquae Oj. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a wash or a 
gargle. 
For Neuralgic Affections. 
R. Chloroformi g ij 
Camphorae g iss 
Olei olivae M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a liniment 
over seat of pain. 
For Odontalgia—Pulpitis. 
R. Chloroformi, 
Tinct. aconiti . . . aa f g iij 
Tinct. capsici ... f^j 
Tinct. pyrethri, 
Olei caryoph. . . . aa 
Camphorae (pulv.) . 3jss. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply on cotton wool. 
For an Anodyne Application in Neu- 
ralgia. 
R. Chloroformi . . . . ig) 
Linimenti camphorae M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied over seat of 
pain, and covered with oiled silk, to 
prevent evaporation. YELLOW CINCHONA. 
317 
For Pain after Extraction. 
Dr. D. Genese. 
R. Chloroformi I part 
Tine, pyrethri .... 3 parts. 
Local Anesthetic. 
Dr. Frank Abbott. 
R. Chloroformi 
Tinct. aconiti rad. . aa^j 
Alcoholis gj 
Morphinae sulph. . . grs.xii. 
SlGNA.—Used locally. 
CINCHONA FLAVA—YELLOW CINCHONA. 
CALISAYA BARK PERUVIAN BARK. 
Source.—Cinchona is the bark of the tree cinchona calisaya, 
which grows on the western coast of South America, espe- 
cially of Bolivia and Southern Peru. Different varieties are 
named, acording to their color, as Cinchona Flava, yellow 
cinchona ; Cinchona Pallida, pale cinchona ; Cinchona Rubra, 
red cinchona. The medical properties of these barks depend 
upon the alkaloids they contain in varying proportions, Quin- 
ina being the most important. 
Medical Properties and Action.—The yellow bark has a 
much more bitter taste than the others, but is comparatively 
free from acidity. It is brownish yellow, the powder being of 
an orange color, and it contains more of the alkaloid quinine 
than the other barks. 
Cinchona is tonic, astringent and antiperiodic, and the dif- 
ferent varieties owe their tonic and antiperiodic properties to 
the alkaloids quinina, cinchonina and cinchonidina. On ac- 
count of the large quantity of the powdered barks it is neces- 
sary to take in order to obtain the full effects, and which cause, 
in some cases, derangement of the stomach, vomiting, head- 
ache and constipation, the alkaloid quinine, in the form of 
sulphate of quinina, is preferable. 
Sulphate of Quinina—Quinince Sulphas—is prepared by 
boiling the yellow bark in water acidulated with hydrochloric 
acid, by which the alkaloid is separated from its combination 
with kinic and other acids, to form a soluble hydrochlorate. 
This salt is decomposed, and the quinine is precipitated by the 
addition of lime, and afterwards washed in boiling alcohol. 
Sulphate of quinine is in the form of colorless, very light 318 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and silky crystals, and is readily soluble in alcohol, and in 
water acidulated with sulphuric acid. It is insoluble in ether, 
and requires 740 parts of cold, or 30 parts of boiling water to 
entirely dissolve it. 
Cinchona is also antiseptic, as the powder dusted over un- 
healthy wounds will arrest putrefaction, and promote healthy 
cicatrization. Quinina will destroy minute organisms, and 
preserve substances from decomposition. The cinchona alka- 
loids are readily diffused into the blood, and when hypodermi- 
cally injected, are absorbed by the blood. Cinchona and its 
alkaloids increase the action of the heart slightly, but in large 
doses quinine depresses the heart’s action and enfeebles the 
pulse. As quinine accumulates in the brain, a sense of fulness 
in the head, a tightness and constriction about the forehead, a 
ringing in the ears (tinnitus auriuni), giddiness and vertigo are 
experienced. Deafness also occurs, as the effect of consider- 
able doses, and, if continued, permanent injury may result. 
Poisonous doses cause intense headache, dilated pupils, de- 
lirium, coma and convulsions. 
Peruvian bark and its alkaloids are the most reliable tonics 
and antiperiodics. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Cinchona, and its alkaloid, quinine, are 
internally employed in the treatment of intermittent fevers, 
and also other fevers, such as remittent, typhus, puerperal and 
scarlet; also in influenza, neuralgias of a malarial origin, acute 
rheumatism, phthisis, advanced stages of pneumonia and pleu- 
risy, erysipelas, urticaria, diseases of the eye, epilepsy, gan- 
grene and mortification, scurvy, pyemia, malarial dysentery, 
passive hemorrhages, and as an anthelmintic, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of powdered cinchona, 3j to 5hj, given in infusion 
of liquorice; of the extract of cinchona, gr. j to gr. x, in pill; 
of sulphate of quinine, gr. j to 3j. 
Dental Uses.—Cinchona and its alkaloid, quinine, are em- 
ployed in dental practice, in the treatment of neuralgia of the 
fifth pair of nerves, when due to malaria, in from five to ten 
grain doses of quinine; in aphthous ulcerations, in one or 
two grain doses every two or three hours, especially when CINNAMON. 
319 
there is great debility ; and in cancrum oris ; also in the form 
of gargles and lotions, in gangrenous ulcerations of the 
mouth. Cinchona is also employed in the form of powder, 
as an ingredient of certain dentifrices, for its tonic and anti- 
septic properties. 
DENTAL FORMULAE 
Dentifrice. 
R. Pulv. cinchonae flav. . 3 iv 
Pulv. saponis cas. albi . 3 iv 
Cretae prep 3 ij 
Magnesise calc. . . . % iij 
Otto rosae gtt.viij 
Olei caryophylli . . . gtt. vj. M. 
Dentrifice. 
R. Pulv. cinchonae flav. . 5 iij 
Cretae prep 3 iij 
Sacchari albi . . . . gj 
Pulv. cinnamomi . . . 3 j 
Pulv. saponis cas. albi. 3 ij 
Pulv. myrrhae . ... 3] M. 
For Mercurial Stomatitis. 
Garrettson. 
R. Tinct. cinchonae . . . 
Potassae chloratis . . . £ ss 
Sodae bibor 3 ij 
Alumnis pulv 3 ij 
Potassae permanganatis gr. xxv 
Aquae coloniae . ... 
Tinct. myrrhae ....§] 
Tinct. capsici . . . . 3j 
Tinct. krameriae . . . i|j 
Aquae viij. M. 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. 
Dentifrice. 
JR . Pulv. cinchonas flav. . Ib.ss 
Cretae prep Ib.ss 
Pulv. myrrhae . . . . 3;iv 
Pulv. radicis iridis . . iv M. 
For Ulceration of Gums. 
R. Pulv. cinchonae . . . 39 
Cupri sulph gr.x 
Acaciae (pulv.) ... 3) 
Mellis 39 
Aquae purae iij M. 
SlGNA.—Apply with a camel’s-hair 
brush to ulcerated surface of mucous 
membrane. 
For a Wash after the Extraction of 
Teeth. 
R. Cinchonae (decoct.) . fgij 
Aluminae 39 
Infus. rosae fj|ij M. 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. 
For Digestive Stimulation in Pyorrhoea 
Alveolar is. 
Dr. Chas. B. Atkinson. 
R. Cinchonidinae sulph. . 
Acid, sulph. arom. . . j|ij 
Alcohol (95 per cent.) 3 iij 
Aquae dest. q. s. ad. . j|xv .M. 
Signa.—One teaspoonful ter die. 
CINNAMOMUM—CINNAMON. 
CASSIA BARK. 
Source.—The best variety of cinnamon is obtained from 
Ceylon, and is the prepared bark of a tree of the natural order 
Lauracece. 
It is in the form of long, cylindrical pieces, thin, smooth, 320 
DENTAL MEDICINI 
and of a yellow-brown color, with a fragrant odor, and a 
warm, sweetish, aromatic and slightly astringent taste. It 
contains a volatile oil, a slight amount of tannic acid, an acid 
peculiar to itself, cinnamic acid, mucilage, lignin, etc. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Cinnamon is an aromatic 
stimulant and astringent, being more powerful as a local than 
as a general stimulant. Its medicinal virtues principally reside 
in a volatile oil, oleum cinnamomi. 
Therapeutic Uses—Cinnamon is chiefly used as an adjunct 
to other medicines, being seldom prescribed alone, though it 
is capable of allaying nausea and vomiting, and also relieving 
flatulence. Combined with chalk and with other astringents, 
it is well adapted for the treatment of diarrhoea. A strong 
decoction of cinnamon made by boiling one pound of the 
Ceylon sticks in a closed vessel for eight hours in three pints of 
water until the quantity is reduced to one pint, is recommended 
by Dr. Carne Ross for the pain of cancer. Dose is one-half 
pint taken during the 24 hours soon after meals. 
Dose.—Of cinnamon, gr. x to 5ss of the powder; of the 
tincture, the dose is foj to f5iij. 
Oil of Cinnamon—Oleum Cinnamomi—is obtained by dis- 
tillation, and when fresh, is of a light yellow color, which 
becomes deeper by age, and ultimately red. It has an exces- 
sively hot, pungent taste. It is often employed to conceal the 
taste of other medicines, and is a powerful local stimulant. 
Large doses of the oil of cinnamon are poisonous, producing 
an inflamed and corroded condition of the gastric and intesti- 
nal mucous membrane. 
Dose.—Of the oil of cinnamon, gtt. j or gtt. ij, administered 
in the form of an emulsion. 
Oil of Cassia.—The oil of cassia is prepared from the bud, 
and the oil of cinnamon from the bark of the same order of 
tree Lauraceae. The oil of cassia is preferred by many to the 
oil of cinnamon. (See Essential Oils, also Antiseptics in 
Dental Practice.) 
Cinnamon water—Aqua Cinnamomi—(cinnamon, carbonate 
of magnesia and distilled water), is used as a vehicle for other 
medicines. COCAINE. 
321 
Spirit of cinnamon—Spiritus Cinnarnomi—(oil of 
1 part, stronger alcohol 15 parts). Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xx. 
Dental Uses.—Cinnamon, in the form of powder, is employed 
as an ingredient of dentifrices, for its stimulant, astringent and 
aromatic properties. Oil of cinnamon is also employed as 
an ingredient of dentifrices, for its stimulant, astringent and 
aromatic properties, and for the relief of odontalgia. One 
drop applied to an inflamed dental pulp will afford temporary 
relief; it is, also, combined with iodoform, in the treatment 
of alveolar pyorrhea. M. Chamberland assorts that no liv- 
ing germ of disease can resist the antiseptic power of essence 
of cinnamon for more than a few hours. It is said to destroy 
microbes as effectively, if not as rapidly, as corrosive subli- 
mate. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhea. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Oil of cassia .... TRxij 
Distilled water . . . xvj 
Agitate from time to time for a few 
days at a temperature of 70° F., or 
upward, and to each ounce of the above 
add: 
Officinal dilute sulphuric acid TTLV- 
Mix. 
SlGNA.—After injecting peroxide of 
sodium, inject the above slowly. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhea, Abscess, etc. 
Dr. Black’s i. 2. 3. Mixture. 
R. Oil of cinnamon . . . 1 part 
Carbolic acid (cryst.) . 2 -parts 
Oil of gaultheria ... 3 parts. M. 
To Sterilize Softened Dentine over a 
Nearly Exposed Pulp. 
Dr. H. A. Smith. 
R. Oil of cassia .... 2 parts 
Carbolic acid . . . . 1 part 
Oil of cloves .... 3 parts. M. 
Insert permanent filling at once. 
COCAINE. 
Source.—Cocaine is the alkaloid obtained from the leaves 
of the Erythroxylon Coaa, a shrub indigenous to certain parts 
of South America, as Peru and Chili. The leaves resemble 
those of Chinese tea, and in the preparation of the alkaloid it 
is necessary that they should be of the best quality, which 
depends upon their being gathered at a proper time, carefully 
dried and not injured by age or by exposure to the air, as 
moisture deprives them of all value. Cocaine being extremely 
susceptible to the influence of acids, A. Castaing, Ph.G., de- 
vised a method by which one grain of cocaine can be extracted 322 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
from four hundred and eighty grains of the leaves without 
using acidulated fluids, which is as follows: “ On one part by 
weight of coca leaves pour eight parts of boiling water, and 
let them steep for half an hour in a closed vessel, in a water 
bath; pour the whole into a percolator, and when all the 
liquid part is strained off, continue the exhaustion of the 
leaves by pouring on them eight parts of alcohol, at 85°; mix 
the two liquids and precipitate them by means of acetate of 
lead, draw off with a siphon, and then add sulphate of sodium 
to remove the salts of lead; filter and evaporate, at a gentle 
heat, until the liquid has attained the consistence of syrup; 
treat the whole with water, to separate the resinous part, and 
then precipitate with carbonate of sodium; the precipitate is 
then to be exhausted by sulphuric ether, and the etheral 
solution, after the ether is distilled, is exposed to the air until 
every trace of ether has completely disappeared : by this means 
is obtained a crystallized residue, of a brownish-yellow color, 
and of a disagreeable smell. This is impure cocaine. The 
coloring matter is removed by washing once or twrice with 
cold alcohol. The cocaine thus purified, appears in the form 
of transparent prisms, without smell, bitter to the taste, solu- 
ble in seven hundred parts of cold water, more soluble in 
alcohol, and entirely soluble in ether. The solution has an 
alkaline reaction, and, when applied to the tongue, it imparts 
a bitter taste, and a certain insensibility, followed by a slight 
sensation of cold, recalling the effect of ether spray upon the 
epidermis. Heated to 208° F., the cocaine becomes liquid, 
and under the influence of cold, it becomes a transparent 
mass, which gradually assumes a crystalline form. If it be 
exposed to a higher heat than 208° F., cocaine changes its 
color and decomposes. It is inflammable, and burns with a 
brilliant flame, leaving an ash. It forms soluble salts with 
acids (its hydrochlorate is one of the best), and all these salts 
are more bitter than the alkaloid. It is a compound of carbon} 
hydrogqp, nitrogen and oxygen. Pure cocaine is in the form 
of colorless, transparent prisms, without odor, but with a 
slight bitter taste. The chemical composition of the alkaloid 
is C17H21N04; its reaction is strongly alkaline.” COCAINE. 
323 
The two forms in which cocaine is generally used are 
the hydrochlorate or muriate and the ole ate. The hydrochlor- 
ate of cocaine is generally employed in surgery, and is in the 
form of a white crystalline powder, which is sparingly soluble 
in water, but readily soluble in alcohol, ether, oil and vaseline. 
At first a 2 per cent, solution was used, but subsequently it 
was increased to four, five, ten and twenty per cent. Merck 
has, however, introduced a preparation known as the Cit- 
rate of Cocaine, in the form of pills, made by incorporating 
it with gum tragacanth dissolved in glycerine, each pill con- 
taining yi grain of the citrate, in which form it retains its 
strength. The citrate of cocaine, however, in solution, will 
decompose in three or four days. 
Dr. John S. Marshall, from experiments made with the 
citrate of cocaine, is of the opinion that it is more reliable 
when applied to hypersensitive dentine or to the dental pulp, 
than the first two forms, but appears to possess no special 
advantages over them for operations on submucous tissues or 
in the extraction of teeth. 
Another salt of cocaine, the hydrobromate, has been pro- 
duced by Dr. Lyons by a combination of hydrobromic 
acid, with cocaine, in the form of slender, translucent prisms, 
of snowy whiteness. It is claimed that the local anaesthetic 
effect of this preparation is greater, for the same amount of 
solution, than that of any of the other salts employed. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Dr. Niemann, of Goslar, as 
early as i860, noted the fact that cocaine, when applied to the 
tongue, produced local anesthesia, but his investigations, as 
well as those of others at a later period, appear to have been 
forgotton, until 1884, when Dr. Koller, of Vienna, demonstrated 
the action of cocaine, in solution, on the eye. Apparently 
very little is known concerning the physiological action of 
cocaine, but that it is a valuable local anesthetic and local 
anodyne is beyond question. It appears to paralyze the nerves 
of the vessels, causing, at the same time, a constriction, as is 
evident from the blanching of the part acted on. Many are 
of the opinion that its effects are mainly due to its influence 324 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
upon the sympathetic. When one drop of a 2 or 4 per cent, 
solution of cocaine is applied to the eye, a slight burning 
sensation is felt, and a minute or two later the cornea and con- 
junctiva become anesthetized, and lose all reflex excitability. 
The finger can be passed over the cornea and conjunctiva, and 
the latter can be taken up with the foreceps, without pain. At 
the same time there is a feeling of tension in the lids, and the 
eyes seem protruding. These effects last about ten minutes 
and gradually disappear. Dr. Konigstein reports having 
removed the eyeball of a dog cocained, without the animal feel- 
ing any pain. A four or ten or twenty per cent, solution is used, 
according to the sensitiveness of the parts and the nature of 
the operation, when less sensitive organs than the eye have 
to be obtunded. For the larynx, it should be applied three or 
four times, at intervals of ninety seconds ; for the eye, a drop 
of the two per cent, solution, at intervals of two minutes, the 
maximum effect being reached in fifteen minutes. Dr. Jelinek 
recommends a dilute alcoholic solution of ten or twenty per 
cent. For the former strength the proportion of alcohol to 
water should be one to four; for the latter, two to three. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Cocaine is employed in some forms of 
insanity, melancholia, neurasthenia, gastralgia and in wasting 
diseases, pruritic skin affections and hoarseness. The leaves 
in cigarettes have relieved hay fever and throat affections. 
Cocaine is employed as a local anesthetic and local anodyne in 
all painful affections of the eye, the operation for cataract, 
although the evidence as to its reliability in such deep opera- 
tions as iridectomy, cataract, squint, etc., is conflicting. (There 
are, however, cases reported by Dr. Konigstein of even the 
surfaces of the eyelids entirely losing their sensitiveness when 
hydrochlorate of cocaine was applied in solid form.) It is also 
employed in painful affections of the pharynx and larynx, or 
of any other excitable mucous membrane or of nerve tissue. 
Prof. Engle reports a case of trigeminal neuralgia success- 
fully treated by hypodermic injections of the hydrochlorate of 
cocaine. Dr. Wagner of Vienna, basing a theory upon the 
established principle that fluids move from the positive to the COCAINE. 
325 
negative pole in a galvanic current, saturated the positive elec- 
trode with a strong cocaine solution, applied it to the skin and 
applied the negative pole a short distance from the positive, and 
found that incisions could be made without producing any pain. 
(See Cataphoresis.) 
Dr. Lewis H. Adler, Jr., writing on the status of hydrochlo- 
rate of cocaine in minor surgery, says: 
“ In minor surgery, cocaine, when used hypodermically, is 
of value in all operations in which the circulation can be tem- 
porarily arrested, in order to prevent undue absorption of the 
drug, and in which free bleeding can be encouraged at the 
completion of the operation previous to the tying of the sutures, 
to allow as much of the unabsorbed cocaine to be washed out 
as is possible. Attention paid to these two essential points 
will, as a rule, obviate any untoward results from the use of 
cocaine employed hypodermically for anesthetic purposes. It 
is likewise important to make use of freshly prepared solutions, 
as otherwise the formation of fungi is liable to occur and the 
preparation to be spoiled. To prevent this alteration, antisep- 
tic agents are added, the best one being boracic acid, as it is 
the least irritating. Such a solution usually consists of about 
twenty grains of cocaine and ten grains of boracic acid, dis- 
solved in an ounce of distilled water. A preparation of this 
character has been used by the writer with perfectly satisfactory 
results, even when it has been over two months old.” 
Another point of considerable importance in using cocaine 
hypodermically is to make use of a perfectly aseptic syringe; 
for frequently in cases where the drug is so used and suppura- 
tion follows, it is the fault of want of cleanliness in this partic- 
ular, and not to the employment of the drug. 
A four per cent, solution is as strong as need be used for 
hypodermic injections. The principal advantages in using a 
solution of no greater strength are, that the anesthetic prop- 
erty of cocaine can be made to reach to a larger area with a 
less amount of the drug than is the case when a more concen- 
trated one is employed; and, furthermore, the dilution of the 
drug renders it less liable to produce toxic symptoms. 
When the circulation cannot be controlled, extreme caution 326 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
must be observed in the use of the drug: especially is this the 
case when any considerable quantity is required. 
The quantity of cocaine required to produce anesthesia 
varies with the operation and its extent; as a rule for ordinary 
minor operations from 25 to 40 minims of a four per cent, 
solution are needed. The length of time necessary for the 
production of local anesthesia or insensibility under cocaine 
varies from three to ten minutes. 
Individual susceptibility to the toxic influence of cocaine is 
a complication of sufficiently frequent occurrence to surround 
the use of the drug with due care and caution; but it is not a 
contraindication to the employment of the agent as an anes- 
thetic. Untoward effects may arise from the use of any one 
of the anesthetic substances. 
Another objection urged by some surgeons to the employ- 
ment of cocaine for anesthetic purposes is based on its asserted 
power of inducing the so-called “ cocaine habit.” As yet, this 
influence of the drug is extremely rare. It is most liable to 
occur among the patients who are informed of the nature of 
the remedy used, and especially is this the case when it is em- 
ployed internally for medicinal purposes. I hardly believe 
that this action of cocaine can be produced when it is employed 
for its local anesthetic effect and in the small quantity needed 
to induce local insensibility. Dr. Edward T. Reichert, from 
a careful study of the actions of cocaine on the circulation in 
animals, deduced the following conclusions: 1. The discrep- 
ancies in the testimony offered by different experimenters, in 
their investigations of the action of cocaine on the circulation, 
are almost wholly due to variations in the absolute doses em- 
ployed, and to the individual susceptibility of the animals. 
2. The minimum fatal dose, when injected intravenously in 
divided doses in the form of a one per cent solution, varies 
from 0.004 to O.03 gramme to the kilo of the body weight. 
Owing to the great differences in the sensitiveness of different 
dogs to the poison, a moderate dose in one animal might 
prove a small or a large one in another of similar weight. 3. 
When the full train of effects on the heart-beat is slowly de- COCAINE. 
327 
veloped by the repeated injection of very small doses (o.ooi 
gramme to the kilo of body weight, the pulse rate is at first 
decreased, then increased, and finally decreased. A single very 
small dose causes a decrease, a small to a moderate dose an 
increase; large doses a transient decrease followed by an in- 
crease ; very large doses a more or less permanent decrease. 
The primary decrease, which only can be developed by very 
small doses, is due to a stimulation of the cardio-inhibitory 
centres ; the secondary increase to a depression of the same 
centres, and which may be assisted by a similar action on the 
cardio-inhibitory peripheries ; and the final decrease to. a de- 
pression either of the accelerator or automatic motor-ganglion 
in the heart. The height of the pulse curves during these 
changes is always in adverse relation to the frequency of the 
beat. 4. The cardio-inhibitory centres are invariably affected, 
being primarily stimulated, and secondarily depressed ; but the 
action on the peripheries is of a very inconsistent character: 
although a primary stimulant action is never manifest, the 
depressant action is sometimes present to a profound degree 
very early in the poisoning, and, at others, absolutely absent 
up to the time of death. 5. The arterial pressure is always 
increased, unless it be after large doses, when it may tempor- 
arily be diminished, followed by a rise above the normal; or 
after very large doses, be permanently lowered. The increase 
may be decided long after the development of the third stage 
of the actions of the heart, and, therefore, may outlast the 
period of the acceleration of the heart’s beat. The increase is 
chiefly due to a stimulation of the vaso-motor centres in the 
medulla oblongata; to a slight stimulation direct of the vessel- 
walls ; and to the acceleration of the pulse. The final fall of 
pressure is chiefly dependent upon a depression of the heart, 
and partly to vaso-motor depression. 6. The effects of cocaine 
in normal and curarized animals are identical, unless, in the 
latter, the curare has been used to excess. 7. Cocaine is a 
decided circulatory stimulant. 
Dental Uses.—In operations in the mouth, affecting the 
mucous membrane and the immediately subjacent tissues, 328 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the salts of cocaine have proved efficient for their local anes- 
thetic and anodyne effects. But for operations on deep-seated 
tissues, such as are involved in the extraction of teeth, the 
action of cocaine has been, as Dr. W. W. Allport remarked," so 
uncertain as to render its practicable benefits questionable.” 
Cocaine has, however, proven very efficient in relieving the 
pain of the surgical treatment of alveolar pyorrhea, the extir- 
pation of the pulps of teeth, and, in some cases, that of hyper- 
sensitive dentine. Exposed pulps are rendered less painful after 
being treated with a five per cent, solution of cocaine, to which, 
in some cases, morphine has been added. In some cases also, 
it is claimed, highly inflamed pulps have been successfully 
capped, as an experiment, with a paste of cocaine and glycerine, 
although, as was foreseen, the anesthetic did not arrest the 
course of the pulpitis. In treating hypersensitive dentine, the 
more sensitive the structure the stronger the solution of cocaine 
to be employed. The pure cocaine in the form of crystals, 
of the hydrochlorate or other salts, has proven efficient 
when applied to hypersensitive dentine; while the twenty 
per cent, solution of the salts has relieved the acute pain 
which is common to such a condition. It is also claimed 
that the crystals of cocaine, applied to the gum, close 
to a tooth to be extracted, three times, at intervals of two 
minutes each, have secured a painless operation. It has been 
suggested that immediately after the application of the cocaine 
crystals to the gum, three or four minims of a four per cent, 
solution be injected with a hypodermic syringe, between the 
gum and the neck of the tooth to be extracted. For the 
extirpation of pulps of teeth, it is recommended first to anes- 
thetize the pulps superficially, with a paste of cocaine and 
glycerine, and then to introduce, by means of a syringe, a 
twenty per cent, solution of cocaine directly on the exposed 
portion of the pulp, when it can be removed with a nerve 
extractor without causing any pain. Dr. John S. Marshall, 
from his experiments with the pills of citrate of cocaine, found 
that under favorable circumstances, the citrate, in such a form, 
produces anesthesia, when applied to sensitive dentine, in COCAINE. 
329 
from five to ten minutes, and that the obtunding effect is of a 
duration sufficient for the preparation of the cavity. He was 
also able to extirpate the pulp of the tooth, after the citrate 
had been applied, in from three to twelve minutes. In using 
the citrate in the form of pills, one pill is introduced into the 
sensitive cavity, and, after being secured with a pledget of 
cotton, moistened in tepid water, is permitted to remain from 
five to twelve minutes. Dr. Marshall suggests the use of 
granules, containing one-sixteenth of a grain of pure citrate 
of cocaine, instead of pills containing glycerine and saccharine 
matters. A solution of the salts of cocaine has also been 
subcutaneously injected, with favorable results, for the relief 
of the pain resulting from periodontitis and dental exostosis; 
and Dr. Hillischer recommends the rubbing in of cocaine, 
either in substance or in concentrated solution, after the epi- 
thelium has been macerated with tincture of iodine, to promote 
absorption, and thus relieve the pain of chronic periodontitis ; 
also the repeated application of the concentrated solution to 
relieve the ulcers of thrush, aphthae, etc. In the surgical 
treatment of alveolar pyorrhea, the pain may be relieved by 
first applying dilute alcohol to the gums, by means of a 
camel’s hair brush, and then in the same manner, a ten per 
cent, solution of cocaine, repeating the application of the 
cocaine once or twice during the space of five minutes. The 
slowness of the action of cocaine is a great objection to its 
use as an anesthetic. 
The four per cent, or five per cent, solution applied to a 
tooth unprotected by a rubber dam (as the rubber prevents 
the anesthetic action of the agent), for the space of twenty 
minutes, repeating the application if necessary, is recom- 
mended by Dr. Thompson. Dr. A. W. Harlan recommends 
a solution composed of cocaine hydrochlorate ten grains, in 
sulphuric ether, ninety minims, which is to be applied for four 
or five minutes, for the painless extirpation of an exposed 
pulp. 
Dr. Harper recommends the following method for removing 
pulps of teeth by the use of crystals of cocaine : “ Take a drop 330 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
of the oil of cloves and add enough cocaine to make a thick 
paste and introduce it into the pulp, after having first put the 
rubber dam on the tooth; then with a broach slowly work it 
down ; with a bur open up the opening slowly, and in ten or 
fifteen minutes the pulp may be removed from any of the 
anterior teeth.” Where arsenic has been applied to the pulp 
and the patient returns with pain, he finds that he can get 
better satisfaction from the application of cocaine. 
Herbst's Obtundent consists of a saturated solution of cocaine 
hydrochlorate in chemically pure sulphuric acid, to which sul- 
phuric ether is added to the point of saturation, the excess of 
the ether floating upon the surface and evaporating. Several 
applications are necessary to produce anesthetic effects, and 
seventy grains of cocaine hydrochlorate are required to satu- 
rate two drachms of the sulphuric acid. 
Cocaine, owing to the unsatisfactory results which have 
attended its use as a local application, is now generally applied 
by hypodermic injection, for the extraction of teeth. Owing 
to the necessity for introducing the agent deeply into the tis- 
sues, Dr. Walb’s method is to inject a two per cent, solution 
of the hydrochlorate of cocaine hypodermically over the root 
of the tooth to be extracted, the injections being usually made 
on each side of the gum, above the root of the tooth, and as 
many as the number of teeth to be extracted may indicate; 
the same method is employed for obtunding hypersensitive 
dentine, and in removing pulps. The full anesthetic effect is 
developed in from five to ten minutes, and continues ten or 
fifteen minutes. It has also been suggested to hypodermically 
inject the solutions of cocaine upon both the lingual branch 
and the inferior dental branch of the inferior maxillary nerve, 
the former being preferred by some, on account of its sup- 
plying the alveoli and gums; but greater success appears to 
result from injecting the gum on each side of the tooth. Dr. 
Raymond recommends charging the syringe with thirteen 
minims of a four per cent, solution of cocaine, and to direct 
the needle-point on a line extending about midway between 
the angle and the coronoid process of the inferior maxillary, COCAINE. 
331 
passing through the internal pterygoid muscle, and, using the 
finger on the eternal oblique line as a guide, to carry the 
needle point along inner surface of ramus until the nerve is 
reached, where it enters the inferior dental foramen, for oper- 
ations on the inferior molar teeth. 
Dr. Raymond also suggests the following method of pre- 
paring and applying cocaine : Obtain a quantity of the soluble 
alkaloid, and mix it at the time of using it (as it deteriorates 
when long kept). The requisites are a minim glass, pair of 
scales, some filtering paper, and a little water that has been 
boiled. It is necessary to have an easy-working syringe, with 
a perfectly smooth, sharp needle. Care must be taken to 
exhaust the air from the syringe when charged ready for use. 
This can be done by drawing in more of the solution than is 
needed, and pressing it out to the required number of minims. 
Hold the needle point up, so as to allow the air to get above 
the solution, then press the piston. 
The needle of the hypodermic syringe should be fine, sharp 
and clean, and rendered thoroughly aseptic previous to its 
employment, which may be accomplished by drawing up 
through it a few drops of any good antiseptic solution, such 
as strong carbolic acid, and the solution should be freshly 
prepared for each operation as the salts of cocaine rapidly 
decompose; or the needle of the syringe can be immersed 
in, and the barrel filled with, boiling water rendered alkaline 
by the addition of a small quantity of bicarbonate of soda. 
The salt should be dissolved in slightly warm water, and 
the strength of the solution vary from 5 to 20 per cent. A 
five per cent, solution is made by dissolving grain of cocaine 
in 10 minims of water. Previous to the injection, the gum 
should be dried about the tooth, and a folded napkin so placed 
as to exclude the saliva. All air must be expelled from the 
syringe, and the gum at the point the needle of syringe is to 
enter, should be obtunded by applying a few drops of the 
solution to the mucous membrane, so as to render the punc- 
ture painless. It is recommended to inject the solution at 
three points, two punctures on the labial or buccal surface, 332 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and one on the palatine or lingual surface. The point of the 
needle should be inserted about one-sixth of an inch below 
the free margin of the gum, and pressed in obliquely, upwards 
or downwards, as the case may be, in a direction towards the 
apex of the tooth, until the point of the needle rests against 
the bone ; all of the soft tissues must be penetrated. With the 
needle in position, and a finger placed on either side and 
pressed with some force against the gum to keep the tissues 
in place, the solution should be slowly injected, when the gum 
should appear completely blanched in the neighborhood of 
the puncture. After injecting the solution the needle should 
not be withdrawn for several seconds, and then a finger should 
be placed over the puncture to prevent any escape of the 
solution. Some six or seven minutes elapse before the full 
anaesthetic effects of the cocaine are obtained. Dr. Gask 
recommends placing a few crystals of the salt just around the 
neck of the tooth to render painless the application of the 
forceps, and he prefers for injection hydrochlorate of cocaine 
in the form of half-grain tabloids. Rinsing the mouth with 
hot water before the injection of cocaine solution, and again 
afterwards, and repeating the injection, is a method which is 
attended with satisfactory results. 
The combined use of cocaine and chloroform is advocated 
by Obolinski, who injects, either before or after the anesthesia 
is obtained, from one to three centigrammes of cocaine; or he 
injects in the neighborhood of the seat of operation, and dur- 
ing its progress, from three to seven centigrammes. Cocaine 
is thus used on the ground that it is a complete antagonist 
to chloroform, of which, however, there is some doubt, as 
cocaine is rather a general excitant of the central nervous 
gray matter than a direct and powerful stimulator of the 
heart, while its stimulant effect upon respiration is not to be 
depended upon. Obolinski claims that this mixed narcosis 
requires the use of less chloroform, that vomiting is pre- 
vented, and that there are few disagreeable after-effects. Dr. 
Gordon White recommends a saturated solution of cocaine 
hydrochlorate in ether as an excellent preparation for sensi- 
tive dentine and pulp-extirpation. COCAINE. 
333 
Krogius describes a method of producing cocaine anal- 
gesia, which is based on the fact that when a solution of 
this agent is injected into the subcutaneous tissue near to a 
nerve-trunk it causes loss of sensation over a large zone cor- 
responding to the peripheral distribution of this nerve. In 
order to reach the selected nerve-trunk with certainty, and to 
apply the cocaine to several of its branches at the same time, 
the author, in injecting the subcutaneous tissue, passes his 
needle across the long axis of the limb, and as the needle is 
thrust along the solution is gradually discharged. An injec- 
tion made in this way across the root of a finger will, in the 
course of ten minutes, result in analgesia of the whole digit,— 
not of the skin only, but also of the tendons, the periosteum, 
and all the deep structures. If one or two injections be made 
transversely near the wrist, a considerable extent of the palm 
of the hand may be thus rendered analgesic. The sensibility 
of the ulnar side of the hand as far as the roots of the last two 
fingers may, it is stated, be abolished by injecting a solution 
of cocaine over the ulnar nerve at the back of the elbow. By 
injecting over both supraorbital notches, analgesia may be 
produced in the whole of the middle portion of the forehead. 
The analgesia caused by this method of using cocaine attains 
its greatest intensity and extent from five to ten minutes after 
the injection, and is maintained for a quarter of an hour or 
even longer. The author injects only a weak (two per cent.) 
solution of cocaine, and keeps the patient recumbent for at 
least a quarter of an hour after the operation. This method 
has been practiced with success at Helsingfors in two hundred 
minor operations, such as amputation of the fingers and toes, 
excision of palmar fascia and phimosis. 
Dr. A. C. Gask recommends painting the palate with a five 
per cent, solution of cocaine for obtaining impressions of 
mouths which exhibit great intolerance to the introduction of 
all impression materials ; also a 20 per cent, solution applied 
to the mucous membrane on cotton, for service in wedging 
and separating teeth, in forcing silk, etc., up in high conical 
edges, in removing portions of overhanging gum, in lancing 334 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
abscesses, in treating alveolar pyorrhoea, in extirpation of 
pulps, and in the treatment of teeth very sensitive from perio- 
dontitis ; also in the form of a grain compressed tabloid 
placed in the cavity, to relieve the pain following extraction. 
Dangers of Cocame.—The dangers from the use of cocaine 
are enumerated as follows: Certain persons possess an idio- 
syncrasy to cocaine, which cannot be foreseen or entirely 
guarded against; it exerts its toxic effects upon the nervous 
centres and, secondarily, the heart; its evil effects are most 
liable in neurotic subjects; the danger in cocaine poisoning is 
mainly from paralysis of the heart, syncope; special care is 
necessary in “ weak heart ” and organic heart disease ; many 
regard its subcutaneous administration as dangerous, and 
that it should be avoided ; the use of the strongest solutions 
is dangerous and unnecessary; that it may be well to precede 
its use by the administration of alcohol or other cardiac 
stimulant, as is done with chloroform. 
Patients of a sanguine temperament and in good health are 
the most favorable subjects in the use of cocaine; while the 
nervous, hysterical, and those exhibiting great dread of the 
impending operation, as well as pregnant women, may be 
regarded as unfavorable subjects. Great care should also be 
taken to prevent even the weakest solution of cocaine from 
running down into the fauces, and restorative agents should 
always be at hand. 
Cocaine appears to be absorbed with extraordinary rapidity, 
and the stronger the solution which is locally applied, the 
greater the danger of toxic symptoms. The rapidity of the 
absorption varies in the different tissues, absorption occurring 
most rapidly through the conjunctiva, then through the nose, 
larynx, mouth and ear. A ten per cent, solution is sufficiently 
strong for most purposes, and is less dangerous than one of 
greater strength. 
Treatment of Cocaine Poisoning.—The treatment of cocaine 
poisoning consists of measures to rouse the heart, especially 
inhalations of the nitrite of amyl, and such restoratives as 
brandy, whiskey, aromatic spirits of ammonia, strychnine, COCAINE. 
335 
atropine, digitalis, ether and chloroform (when convulsions 
are present), or five minims of carbonate of ammonia by injec- 
tion, also nitrite of amyl by inhalation. The hot baths, hot 
drinks, and hot sinapisms over the heart, and friction are 
often serviceable; also artificial respiration. M. Elroy re- 
commends flagellation with wet towels, massage, and arti- 
ficial respiration, if asphyxia threatens ; inhalations of chloro- 
form against tetanization of the respiratory muscles ; where 
there is great pallor to provoke vaso-dilatation, and to dimin- 
ish the encumberment of the central circulation by the in- 
halation of amyl nitrite. If these means prove ineffectual and 
deglutition is impossible, give hypodermic injections of caffein 
and of sulphuric ether (15, 30, even 45 minims). M. Chouppe 
recommends in addition the hypodermic injections of mor- 
phine, but only in the very outset, and as large as from one- 
half to five-eighths of a grain. 
Efforts should be made to moderate the reflex excitability 
of the nervous system, sustain the heart, and re-establish the 
equilibrium of the blood-pressure. 
Cocaine is also employed in combination with arsenious 
acid for a devitalizing mixture. (See Arsenious Acid). One 
grain of cocaine to one-eighth ounce of chloroform is em- 
ployed for extirpating pulps without pain. 
Cocaine Incompatibles.—When combined with nitrate of sil- 
ver, decomposition of the hydrochloride occurs with the for- 
mation of an insoluble chloride of silver, and a corresponding 
change in the cocaine. If calomel and hydrochlorate of co- 
caine are rubbed together, chemical reaction begins. Added 
to mercuric oxide, an irritating instead of an anesthetic action 
is produced, due to the formation of oxychloride of mercury. 
Test for Presence of Cocaine.—H. Carlton Smith gives the 
following simple test : “ To a solution of cocaine was added a 
few drops of ferric chloride ; the iron was reduced as usual; 
then the addition of a single drop of stannous chloride pro- 
duced a white precipitate. This disappeared upon shaking, 
but one or two more drops of the chloride of tin reproduced 
it, and this time it was permanent.” 336 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
T'0 Make a Solution of Hydrochlorate 
of Cocaine. (4 per cent.) 
R. Cocaini hydrochloratis 
(cryst.) gr.18.228 
Aquae destillatae . . . fjj. M. 
For Exposed Pulps. 
R. Cocaini hydrochloratis 
(CI7st.) gr.vj 
Spiritus menthae pip. . M. 
Signa.—Apply on a pledget of cotton. 
For Local Anesthesia. 
H. J. McKeleops. 
R. Mur. cocaini . . . . gr.iss 
Spts. alcoholis . . . gj 
Chloroformi j. M. 
For Neuralgia and Odontalgia. 
R. Cocaini hydrochloratis 
(C17st-) gr.vj 
Menthol gr.xxx 
Alcoholis q. s. ad . . f * j. M. 
Signa.—Apply as a lotion, or on a 
pledget of cotton. 
Chloroform or bromide of ethyl may 
be substituted for the alcohol. 
To Make Oleate of Cocaine. 
(Five per cent.) 
R. Cocaini (alkaloid) . . gr.2^ 
Acidi oleic (pure) . . 1T[xx 
Olei amygdalae . . . Tltxl. 
Dissolve the alkaloid in the oleic 
acid and add the almond oil. 
For Pain of Difficult Dentition. 
M. Viquier. 
R. Cocaini hydrochloratis gr.ij 
Syrup simp 3 ijss 
Tinct. saffron .... gtt.x. M. 
Signa.— Rub the painful gums fre- 
quently during the day. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Local Anesthesia. 
J. M. Lewis. 
R- Cocaini hydrochloratis grs.viii 
Chloralis hydrat . . . gr.v. 
Acidi carbolici . . . gtt.iij 
Aquae destil M 
Signa.- Inject 2 or 3 drops into the 
gum at one time. 
For Hypersensitive Dentine. 
R • Cocaini hydrochloratis 
(cryst.) gr.x 
Tragacanth, glyceritum q.s. 
Form a mass. 
Signa. — Insert a minute portion in 
cavity half an hour before operating. 
For Neuralgia and Odontalgia. 
R. Cocaini hydrpchloratis 
(cryst.) gr.xv 
Olei caryophylli . . fgj. M 
Signa. — Apply as a lotion, or on a 
pledget of cotton. 
Local Anesthetic. 
R. Cocaini hydrate (4 per 
cent, solution) . . 5 iij. 
Carbolic acid . . . gtt.v 
Chloral hydrate . . gr.v. M. 
Signa.—Use hypodermically around 
tooth with care. 
Local Anesthetic for Extraction of 
Teeth. 
Dr. J. W. Hope. 
R. Cocaini hydrochlo- 
ratis 5 parts 
Acidi carbolici . . 6 parts 
Camphorae (pine gum) 6 parts 
Alcoholis (95 per 
cent.) q.'s. to make 120 parts M. 
Signa.—Inject with a hypodermic syr- 
ringe 1 to 3 minims deeply into inner 
and outer surfaces of gum. Apply COCAINE. 
337 
over the gum absorbent cotton satu- 
rated with the solution. Wait 4 or 
5 minutes. 
Local Anesthetic for Gums and Sensi- 
tive Dentine. 
Dr. Martin. 
R. Cocaini gr.3^ 
Antipyrin ..... gr.vj 
Aq. destil TRxvj. M. 
Prof. J. E. Michael suggests 2 grains 
of acetanilid as a substitute for the 
antipyrin. 
For Stomatitis and Difficult Teething 
of Children. 
INTERNAT. KLIN. RUNDSCHAU. 
1. Paint the gums with the following 
mixture: 
R. Cocaini mur gr.iss 
Sodii chlor gr.xv 
Glycerini, 
Aquse dest aa 3 iiss 
2. Spray a boracic acid solution on 
the inflamed parts. 
3. To prevent spasms give internally: 
R. Potassii brom gr.xv 
Syr. alth gv 
Salep. gummos. . . . gj-gij 
M.—S. Teaspoonful every hour. 
For Lrritation of the Gums. 
M. F. Besnier. 
R. Hydrochlorate of co- 
caine ...... gr.£ 
Bromide of potassium gr.vii ss 
Distilled water, 
Glycerine .... aaTRcl. M. 
For Hypersensitive Dentine. 
Dr. D. Genese. 
R. Cocaine hydrochlor. 4 per cent. 
Carbolic acid ... 50 per cent. 
Benzoin gum ... 50 per cent. 
Local Anesthetic. 
Dr. N. S. Hoff. 
R. Cocaini gr .y^ 
Morphinae sulph. . . 
Atropinae sulph. . . 
Sterilized water . . gtts.xxx. M. 
SlGNA.—Inject hypodermically gtts. v 
to xv. 
Local Obtundent or Anesthetic. 
Dr. A. C. Hewitt. 
R. Cocaini hydrochlorat. grs.Cxx 
AtroPin gr.xV 
Strophanthin .... gr.| 
Beta naphthol . . . gr.x 
Oil of cloves, 
Oil of cassia . . . . ati 5 ij 
Glycerine M. 
SlGNA.—Apply for all operations about 
the gums, as with an applicator. 
Local Anesthetic. 
Dr. W. T. Martin. 
R. Hydr. cocaini . . . grs.x 
Sulp. atropin . . . gr. 
Aquae dist., 
Listerine aasjiv. M. 
SlGNA.—Inject into surrounding soft 
tissues, and wait 5 to 20 minutes. 
Local Obtundent. 
Dr. C. N. Peirce. 
R. Cocaine gr.v 
Carbolic acid .... grs xx 
Chloroform . . . . 
Muriatic acid . • • • m* 
Alcohol ;jij. M. 
Local Obtundent for Exposed 
Pulps, etc. 
Dr. Bethel. 
R. Carbolic acid (crystals) grs.x 
Gum camphor . . . grs.viij 
Iodoform grs v 338 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Local Obtundent for Exposed Pulps, 
Sensitive Dentine, and about Necks 
of Teeth. 
R . Acid, carbolic . . . gr.xx 
01. sassafras .... 'flffxxx 
Oleate cocaine (4 per 
cent.) Tlfxv 
Local Anesthetic. 
Dr. C. V. Snelgrove. 
R. Cocaini hydrochlorate gr.v 
Acid, carbolic . . . gr.iv 
Gum camphor . . . gr.vj 
Glycerine, pure . . . gr.xv 
95 per cent. spts. vini 
rect. q. s. ad . . . 5 ij 
For Nausea from Wearing Plates. 
R. Cocaine grs.viij 
Syrup tolu % ss 
Whiskey iij 
Water ........ Oj. M. 
SlGNA.—To spray mouth. 
Cocainum Phenylicum consists of a combination of cocaine 
and phenyl, the univalent radical, C6H5 of phenol. It is a light- 
colored substance resembling and of the consistence of thick 
honey. It melts readily, dissolves in alcohol 30 to 50 per cent, 
and contains 75 per cent, of the alkaloid cocaine. It is used 
locally in a strength of from one-tenth per cent., and appears 
to possess the same qualities of carbolic acid. It has been 
recommended in the place of muriate of cocaine. 
COLCHICUM—MEADOW SAFFRON. 
Source.—Colchicum root—Colchici radix; Colchicum seed 
—Colchici semen, the bulb and seed of the Colchicum Autum- 
nali. Colchicum contains tannic and gallic acids and an 
alkaloid known as colchicine, which is the active principle; 
colchicum also contains starch, sugar and gum. It has a bitter 
taste, and imparts its medicinal virtues to water, alcohol, ether; 
wine and vinegar extracting all its properties. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Colchicum, in 
the forms of fluid extract, wine and tincture, increases the 
mucous and glandular secretions of the stomach, intestines, 
liver, kidneys and skin, and causes an increased flow of saliva, 
and also of urine. A large dose may produce heat in the 
epigastrium, nausea, vomiting, depression of the circulation, 
muscular feebleness and pain in the head, large watery stools 
and an increased secretion of biliary matters. In poisonous 
doses it produces all the symptoms of an irritant poison, such 
as acute pain in abdomen, profuse watery and mucous dis- COLLODION. 
339 
charges, suppression of urine, cold extremities and feeble 
pulse; also muscular cramps, in some cases. Colchicum is 
principally employed in gout, when a quantity sufficient to 
shorten the duration of an acute attack and reduce the swell- 
ing by an increased secretion from the skin, intestines and 
kidneys, is only required. It is often combined with an alkali, 
such as aromatic spirits of ammonia, bicarbonate of potassium, 
or carbonate of magnesia, to increase its effect. The active 
principle, colchicinef is generally more efficacious than the 
crude colchicum. It is very serviceable in rheumatic gout 
when combined with alkalies, and also in all affections depend- 
dent upon a gouty diathesis, such as constipation, congestion 
of the liver, and headache from torpor of the portal circula- 
tion. It is now rarely used in acute rheumatism, but in 
chronic rheumatism it often proves serviceable. Its use is 
indicated in plethora, constipation and deficient action of the 
liver, kidneys and skin. 
Dose.—Of the fluid of colchicum root—Extractum Colchici 
Radicis Fluiduni, Tfl_ij to TTLv. Of wine of colchicum root— 
Vinnm Colchici Radicis, Tfl,v to Ttlxxx. Of acetous extract of 
colchicum root—Extraction Colchici Radicis, gr. ss to gr. ij. 
Of tincture of colchicum (seed)—Tinctura Colchici} Tflx to 5j. 
COLLODIUM—COLLODION. 
Derivation.—Collodion is a solution of 4 parts of pyroxylin 
in 70 parts of stronger ether, and 26 parts of alcohol. Pyroxy- 
lin or gun cotton is prepared by adding a mixture of nitric 
and sulphuric acids to cotton freed from impurities. 
Collodion is a colorless, syrupy, and very inflammable liquid, 
with a strong ethereal odor. By long standing and exposure, 
or when applied to a surface, it deposits a thin, transparent 
and strongly contractile film, which is insoluble in water or 
alcohol. It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. It is 
applied by means of a camel’s-hair brush. When it becomes 
too thick, it may be diluted by a solution consisting of ether, 
3 parts, alcohol, 1 part. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is serviceable as an emol- 340 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
lient, and its action is mechanical, as it draws together and 
holds in apposition divided parts, and protects such, as well as 
abraded or denuded surfaces, from contact with the air. As 
the ether it contains evaporates, the surface of the part to which 
it is applied is constringed, and a degree of pressure is thus 
established, which is very useful in moderating vascular action, 
promoting absorption, and changing the course of pus which 
may already be formed into a direction more desirable. On 
account of the liability of collodion to crack and peel off, 
these objections have been obviated by the use of what is 
known as Flexible Collodion—CollodiumFlexile—(collodion, 
92 parts, Canada turpentine, 5 parts, castor oil, 3 parts), which 
is softer and more pliable and elastic. 
Therapeutic Uses. — Collodion is very useful in ulcers, 
fissures, incised wounds, abraded surfaces, erysipelas, skin dis- 
eases, etc. 
Dental Uses.—Collodion is a very useful application in dental 
practice, to prevent alveolar abscesses from discharging exter- 
nally on the face; for such a purpose, it is applied in successive 
layers, so as to act as a compress, and, by moderating the 
vascular action, cause absorption, or such a change in the 
direction of the discharge as will induce it to open in the mouth. 
It is also employed in combination with carbolic acid, as an 
application for odontalgia; when introduced on cotton, it acts 
as a temporary filling; it has also been employed for arresting 
the mucous secretion during the operation of filling cavities 
near to or under the margin of the gum, but the rubber dam 
has superseded it in this respect. Combined with iron and 
other agents, it forms a styptic preparation. 
In the dental laboratory, collodion, in the form of a colored 
preparation, is employed to coat the surfaces of the plaster 
models of plastic work, and when not applied too thick, it 
protects the plaster surface, and also prevents an unsightly 
rubber surface on that part of the plate which is adapted to 
the mucous surface of the mouth. When this preparation 
becomes too thick for use, it may be diluted with a solution of 
3 parts of ether to 1 part of alcohol. COLLODION. 
341 
Collodion is precipitated by carbolic acid. 
Cantharidal Collodion—Collodium cum Cantharide—is 
composed of cantharides (Spanish flies), in powder 60 parts, 
flexible collodion, 85 parts, commercial chloroform, q. s. The 
addition of one per cent, of Venice turpentine to cantharidal 
collodion will prevent the disagreeable, and, at times, painful 
contraction of the preparation on drying. 
Like cantharides, cantharidal collodion, when locally applied, 
excites inflammation of the skin and mucous membrane, which 
terminates in a copious secretion of serum under the cuticle. 
It produces a blister in the same time as an ordinary blister- 
ing plaster, and is applied with greater facility, and is better 
adapted to cover uneven surfaces, and retains its place more 
certainly. It acts much more readily if the evaporation of the 
ether is prevented by a piece of oiled silk placed over the sur- 
face immediately after the application of the collodion. 
Dental Uses.—Cantharidal collodion is a valuable application 
in periodontitis applied to the gum over the root of the 
affected tooth, by means of a camel’s-hair brush, previously 
removing all moisture from the surface, and protecting the lips 
and cheeks, until the ether it contains has evaporated, and an 
artificial cuticle is formed. The blister which rises on the gum 
should be punctured with a needle. The counter-irritation thus 
produced relieves the periosteal inflammation. 
Iodized Collodion—Collodium Iodicum—(collodion, 5j. 
iodine, gr. xx) forms a good solution of iodine for external use. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Acidi carbolici cryst., 
Collodii aa,?j‘ M. 
Signa.—To be applied on cotton. 
For a Styptic. 
R. Collodii partes ioo 
Acidi carbolici . . partes io 
Acidi tannici . . . partes 5 
Acidi benzoici . . partes 5 M. 
Signa.—To be applied to the bleeding 
surface by means of a camel’s-hair 
brush. 
For a Styptic. 
R . Collodii giij 
Tinct. ferri perchloridi gj 
Olei ricini gtt.ij. M. 
Signa.—To be applied to the bleeding 
surface, or, on cotton, to the alveolar 
cavity. 
For a Styptic. 
R. Acidi tannici, 
Alcoholis, 
Aitheris . . . . aa parts seq. M. 
Then add as much pyroxylin as the 
solution will dissolve. 342 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Crystallin is the name of a collodion, in which methyl 
alcohol takes the place of ethyl alcohol. Crystallin differs 
from ordinary collodion in that it does not dry so quickly: it 
leaves a thin transparent cuticle, and a pure article of methyl 
alcohol should be employed in preparing it to prevent the un- 
pleasant, penetrating odor of impure alcohol. Philip recom- 
mends the following formula for “flexible crystallin.” 
R. Castor oil 4 parts 
Canada balsam 2 parts 
Crystallin 40 parts. 
Crystallin varnish, impervious to air, can be prepared as 
follows: 
R. Crystallin 30 parts 
Castor oil ' 4 parts 
Zinc oxide 8 parts. 
CONIUM HEMLOCK. 
Derivation.— Hemlock is the fruit of the Conium maculatum, 
or spotted (not the common) hemlock, which is an umbellif- 
erous plant. The principal one of its three alkaloids is conine, 
C8H15N, which is very powerful. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Conium is a depressing 
agent producing motor paralysis, first causing, as the effects 
of a large dose, nausea and vomiting with a general weakness 
of the voluntary muscles, but with no direct action on the 
heart. In fatal cases of poisoning death follows from paralysis 
of the respiratory muscles causing asphyxia. The antidotes 
are nux vomica, picrotoxin, and active muscular exercise. It 
is quickly decomposed by heat. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Conium is employed in mania, chorea, 
tetanus, hydrophobia, whooping-cough, asthma, laryngismus, 
stridulus, diseases of the eye and strychnine poison. For 
nerve-pain with muscular spasm, the best results may be ex- 
pected from the combined administration of morphine and 
conine, subcutaneously applied, as the effects of conine are 
greatly heightened by morphine. Conium is also used in 
dislocations to relax muscles. CORYL. 
343 
Dose.—Of Abstractum conii, gr. ss to gr. ij; Extractum 
conii alcoholicum, gr. ij to gr. iv; Extractum conii fluidum, 
TTLij to TTtv; Tinctura conii, Tftx to f5j; Conine, TftiV to TTLij. 
Dental Uses.—Conium is employed in neuralgia, locally 
applied; inflamed dental pulps; also in cases of artificial 
teeth lodging in the oesophagus, to produce relaxation of the 
muscles. 
CORYL. 
Derivation.—Coryl is a mixture of chloride of methyl and 
chloride of ethyl. It is kept liquid under a pressure of three 
atmospheres in a recipient called “ Coryleur,” which is a small 
nickel-plated metallic tube, easily managed with a stop-cock, 
which allows the regulation of the escape of the vapor of the 
compound. In using it, the tube must be kept in a horizontal 
position. It is a colorless liquid of an ethereal odor and taste, 
and is obtained by a methylation of chloride of ethyl. 
Therapezitic Action.—Coryl is a new refrigerating local 
anesthetic, less powerful than chloride of methyl, and not so 
liable to cause an eschar; it is, however, more powerful than 
chloride of ethyl, and produces a deeper state of insensibility. 
It is as inflammable as chloride of ethyl, and boils at 320 F. 
Coryl will produce complete anesthesia in 15 to 20 seconds ; 
and to apply it the patient is directed to breathe by the nose, 
and not by the mouth; he must then rinse his mouth with 
water at the temperature of the room ; the gum must be dried 
and the jet of coryl applied to the mucous membrane below 
the crown of the tooth to be extracted. Beginning at the apex 
of the root and carrying the jet upward toward the neck of the 
tooth, then over the crown, and down on the inner side of the 
alveolus up to the end of the root, then coming back again 
over the same parts, and repeating this for 15 or 20 seconds, 
when the anesthesia will be found complete. To obtain a 
deeper and more prolonged state of insensibility, as soon as a 
first application of the coryl is made, the mouth must be quickly 
rinsed with water; then another application is made, followed 
by another rinsing of the mouth, and finally a third application, 
when the anesthesia will be found to last over 40 minutes. 344 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
CREASOTUM—CREASOTE. 
Specific Gravity : i .08. 
Derivation.—Creasote is a product of the distillation of wood- 
tar, and is a mixture of several phenols, such as carbolic acid, 
creasol, C8H10O2, and cresylol, C7HgO. Its name is derived 
from the Greek “ flesh,” and auorrj':, “ preserver,” as 
animal subtances, when saturated with it, are preserved from 
putrefaction. It is also obtained from crude pyroligneous 
acid. When derived from wood-tar, creasote principally con- 
sists of such phenols as gtiaiacol, creasol, methyl-creasol, and 
phloral. The best form of creasote for medicinal use is made 
from beech-wood. 
Creasote, when fresh and pure, is a colorless, oleaginous 
fluid, with a strong empyreumatic odor, resembling closely 
carbolic acid, and a caustic, burning taste; when made from 
beech-wood creasote is of a reddish, amber color. After expo- 
sure, it has a yellowish or brownish tinge. Its purity may be 
tested by strong acetic acid, which dissolves the creasote, 
and leaves behind the impurities floating above the creasote 
solution. It may also be tested by dropping it on paper, when, 
if pure, it will, after being volatilized by heat, leave no stain. 
Creasote may be distinguished from carbolic acid, which it 
closely resembles in many respects, in being less caustic, and 
by not imparting a blue color to a piece of pine wood dipped 
first into an alkaline solution of creasote, and then, after drying, 
into muriatic acid. 
Combined with the tincture of the chloride of iron, an 
alcoholic solution of creasote will develop a deep, greenish-blue 
color, while carbolic acid with the same tincture produces a 
light brown. According to the U. S. Dispensatory, creasote 
powerfully coagulates albumen. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Creasote is stimulant, 
sedative, rubefacient, escharotic, styptic and antiseptic. It 
possesses the property of immediately coagulating albumen, 
and to this property is ascribed many of its effects on the 
living system. In large doses it is an acro-narcotic poison; CREASOTE. 
345 
but in small doses, it is styptic and astringent, and for the 
latter property it is more generally administered than for 
any other. When creasote comes in contact with the blood, 
the latter changes from a bright red to a reddish-brown 
color, with small spots of coagulated albumen and it also 
becomes thicker. Applied to the tongue, it causes severe 
pain, but without redness or tumefaction ; it also causes a 
strong taste of smoke, and a copious flow of saliva. When 
administered internally in small doses, it causes a sensation of 
warmth in the stomach, and exercises a decided sedative action. 
In large and poisonous doses it produces profound stupor, 
flushed countenance, fixed eyes, slow and labored pulse, irri- 
table stomach, nausea, vertigo, but has no effect, such as dila- 
tation or contraction, on the pupils. The treatment in cases of 
poisoning by creasote consists in administering albumen, such 
as white of eggs, milk or wheat flour; also the administration 
of ammonia and other stimulants, mustard, emetics, etc. Death 
from creasote is caused by its coagulating the albumen of 
the blood, and preventing its circulation through the arterial 
system. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Creasote is administered internally for 
gastric irritability and vomiting, flatulence, diarrhoea, diabetes, 
hemoptysis, pulmonary consumption, chronic bronchitis, epi- 
lepsy, neuralgia, etc. Externally, it is applied to ulcers, 
eruptions, diseases of the skin, wounds, hemorrhage from 
wounds or leech bites, warts ; also in putrid sore throat, as 
a gargle. 
Dose.—Of creasote, gtt. j or gtt. ij, several times a day, either 
in mucilage, in the proportion of half a fluid ounce to a drop 
of the creasote ; or it may be given in pill form. For external 
use, from gtt. ij to gtt. vj, or more may be added to a fluid 
ounce of water. 
Creasote Water.—Aqua Creasoti (creasote, 5j> distilled 
water, Oj). Dose of creasote water, f5j to f5iv. 
Solidified Creasote.—For the purpose of making the 
application of creasote to the teeth more convenient, and pre- 
venting the effects upon the mucous membrane of the mouth 346 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
when applying it to carious cavities in teeth, a gelatinous solid- 
ity may be given to it by adding io parts of collodion to 15 
parts of creasote. 
Dental Uses—Creasote, like carbolic acid, is a valuable agent 
in dental practice, although the use of the latter has, in some 
respects, superseded that of the former, the two being very 
similar in their action, with some advantages in the case of 
carbolic acid. Creasote is employed for the relief of odontal- 
gia, obtunding the sensitiveness of dentine, alveolar abscess, 
periodontitis, suppurating pulps of teeth, devitalizing pulps 
of teeth, treatment of exposed pulps of teeth, mercurial, and 
other forms of stomatitis, ulcers of the mouth, diseases of the 
gums; as a styptic for hemorrhnge from the gums, mucous 
membrane and leech bites, and after the extraction of teeth. 
Creasote, like carbolic acid, has a peculiar power as an anti- 
septic, hence it is a valuable application in cases attended with 
offensive purulent discharges. It promotes the growth of 
healthy granulations, and hastens the healing of wounds, and 
arrests the process of suppuration. Properly diluted in the 
form of a gargle, creasote in sloughs of the mouth or throat 
stimulates the ulcer to healing and corrects fetor of the breath. 
When applied to ulcerated surfaces, it should be repeated as 
pus is formed, or fungous growths appear. It is a painful 
escharotic upon mucous membrane, with, however, a soothing 
reaction. 
For the treatment of exposed pulps it is employed either 
diluted or in its full strength ; for periodontitis and alveolar 
abscess, in its full strength, or in combination with such agents 
as glycerine, iodine, etc.; also in devitalized teeth, and as an 
antiseptic application in ulceration of the mouth, and reces- 
sion of gums from the neck of the teeth. When used as a 
styptic after the extraction of teeth it is applied on lint or cot- 
ton, with pressure; and diluted with water it is employed in 
the treatment of caries and necrosis of the maxillary bones. 
To dilute it for injections it is often diluted with alcohol, and 
the strength reduced by adding water. Mixed with an equal 
quantity of oil of cloves its odor and taste are modified. Cre- PREPARED CHALK. 
347 
asote is also employed to neutralize any acid remaining in the 
cavity of a tooth about to be filled, and to harden and render 
imperishable the contents of the dentinal tubuli, for which 
purpose it is applied to the walls of the cavity on a pellet of 
cotton. Equal quantities by bulk of creasote and oil of cloves 
are applied to aching teeth, painful gums, ulcerous surfaces, 
and also where pulps are not exposed; also for saturating 
cavities before the insertion of fillings, as a disinfectant and 
coagulant. 
An ointment—Unguentum Creasoti—is composed of crea- 
sote 10 parts, lard 90 parts, and is useful in cutaneous affections. 
For Pulpitis. 
Garretson. 
R. Creasoti gtt.vj 
Tinct. iodinii .... %]. 
Liq. plumb, subacetat. gj 
Chloroformi, 
Tinct. opii M. 
Signa.—Apply on cotton to exposed 
surface of pulp. 
For Alveolar Abscesses. 
R. Creasoti, 
Linimenti iodi, partes sequales. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as an injection. 
For Odontalgia, 
R. Creasoti ss 
Camphorse gr.x. M. 
Signa.—To be applied, on a pellet of 
cotton, to carious cavity. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Creasoti spj 
Morphinae acetatis . . . gr.xx. M. 
Signa.—To be applied, on cotton, to 
carious cavity. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Creasoti, 
Chloroformi, 
Liquidi opii . . . . aa giij 
Tinctura benzoini . . . M. 
Signa.—To be applied, on a pellet of 
cotton, to carious cavity. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Creasoti, 
Chloroformi, 
Morphinae hydrochlo- 
ratis aa 3 iij 
Tinctura benzoini . §j. M. 
Signa.—To be applied, on a pellet of 
cotton to carious cavity. (See for- 
mulae of Carbolic Acid.) 
Guaiacol is a derivation of wood creasote, in the form of an 
oily liquid with an odor of cassia and resorcin. 
The liquid guaiacol found in commerce is far from being 
almost a chemically pure product. It is a mixture of cresylol, 
guaiacol and creasote in varying proportions. It may contain 
50 per cent, guaiacol, but sometimes it contains no more than 
20 or even 10 per cent. Pure guaiacol is in the form of hard, 
white rhomboidal crystals, almost insoluble in water, but 
soluble in alcohol, in oil, and in anhydrous glycerine. 348 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The taste of guaiacol is slightly sweetish, with a pungent 
and burning after-taste. The chief effects of poisoning with 
pure guaiacol are, agitation and then enfeeblement with retard- 
ation of the heart’s action, and of the breathing. Most of the 
secretions, and especially the lachrymal, are increased in 
quantity. Death occurs during coma. Synthetic guaiacol 
has been administered in various stages of consumption, taken 
immediately before eating. Large doses may cause vomiting. 
The oily liquid possesses the active principle of creasote, 
and the power to destroy microbes in the human mouth. It 
is claimed to possess the same therapeutic value as creasote 
and to be a better disinfectant, especially in cases of decomposed 
pulps. “Guaiacol may be sealed up in a pulp cavity from one 
to three months or more, and the contents be found perfectly 
disinfected.” 
Creolin is a product of the decomposition of coal tar. 
Derivation.—It is obtained from English pit-coal by distilla- 
tion, and is in the form of a brownish, syrupy liquid, complex 
and very impure, with an odor like tar; and in its impure state 
is slightly irritating, slightly caustic and strongly acid, and 
resembles in its properties the phenols. A purified preparation 
of creolin is, however, as neutral as vaseline, and quite as in- 
offensive to man and animals. It is insoluble in water, but 
soluble in ether, chloroform, and absolute alcohol. 
Therapeutic Uses and Medical Properties.—Creolin is both 
antiseptic, germicide and hemostatic, being employed for the 
latter purpose in obstetrical practice; it is also employed in 
tonsilitis. It is employed with great benefit in ulcers of the 
cornea. Its germicidal powers are said to be ten times 
superior to those of carbolic acid, and its action on the spores 
is even more pronounced than corrosive sublimate. The addi- 
tion of from eight to ten drops of a three per cent, aqueous 
solution is sufficient to completely sterilize and prevent the 
development of the comma-bacillus, and from one to three 
drops of a one per cent, solution will retard the development 
of the micro-organisms, and four drops will prevent it com- 
CREOLIN—CREOLINE. PREPARED CHALK. 
349 
pletely. Its antiseptic properties are said to be superior to all 
other drugs at our command. It is soluble in water, alcohol 
and glycerine, and it does not affect the skin nor corrode in- 
struments, and the odor of the purified preparation is not dis- 
agreeable. It appears to have an anodyne effect, and is cura- 
tive when applied to open wounds. Creolin has also been 
employed in antral disease. An aqueous solution of creolin 
is made of: Creolin, gr. iss; aquae destil., Hid, which may 
be applied with a brush or in the form of spray. For dental 
use it may be injected, or applied on floss-silk or cotton wool. 
Creolin is considered to be a good deodorizer of iodoform. 
One or two drops of creolin may be added to half a glass of 
water for a mouth-wash, to correct disagreeable odors from 
the teeth and mouth. It will also hold in check acid-produc- 
ing germs; it is also recommended for its action on mucous 
surfaces in soft and congested mouths, and to correct acid 
conditions, and the treatment of fistulous tracts of suppurating 
surfaces; also in root canals to deodorize dead tissue. It 
will also remove the rust on instruments when applied by 
means of a felt wheel of a lathe. To sterilize instruments a 
two per cent, solution may be used; also on the hands, and a 
one per cent, solution for irrigation of wounds and treatment 
of mucous surfaces. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Creolin gj 
Sodium fluo. silicate gr.xx 
Olei cassise m** 
Glycerinse M. 
Dilute with water to suit. 
SlGNA.—Use as a mouth-wash on a soft brush, during the intervals between 
sittings when escharotic and antiseptic agents have been applied. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
CRETA PRyEPARATA—PREPARED CHALK. 
Formula.—CaCOa. 
Derivation.—Prepared chalk is obtained by freeing chalk 
from such impurities as gritty and flinty substances and solu- 
PRECIPITATED CHALK, CARBONATE OF LIME. DENTAL MEDICINE. 
350 
ble saline matter, by elutriation, and afterward drying it. It 
is the only form in which chalk is used medicinally. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Prepared chalk is antacid, 
absorbent and astringent. It diminishes the secretion of the 
mucous membrane, and at the same time acts as an antacid in 
correcting any acidity present. When internally administered 
for a considerable time, like magnesia, it accumulates in the 
bowels and forms intestinal concretions; hence an occasional 
aperient is necessary. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Prepared chalk is an excellent antacid 
in diarrhoea from acidity, in acidity attending dyspepsia and 
gout, chronic bronchitis in advanced stages, rachitis, etc. 
Externally, it is employed in the treatment of ulcers, burns, 
excoriations and skin diseases. It moderately stimulates 
ulcers and absorbs the discharge, thus preventing them from 
spreading. 
It is an antidote for poisoning by oxalic and most of the 
vegetable and mineral acids. 
Dose.—Of prepared chalk, gr. v. to gj, in powder or sus- 
pended in water by the aid of mucilage and sugar. 
Chalk Mixture—Mistura Cretce—(prepared chalk, §ss j 
acacia, gr. cxx; water, f§iv) is often combined with opiates 
and astringents, such as laudanum and tincture of kino or of 
catechu, in the treatment of diarrhoea. Dose, 5j to Sss. 
Dental Uses.—Prepared chalk is used in dental practice 
chiefly for its antacid property, and generally as an ingredient 
of dentifrices ; it is also employed in the form of powder as 
an antacid in acidity of the oral fluids, for which purpose it is 
rubbed between the teeth and permitted to remain during the 
night; it is also employed to obtund the sensitiveness of 
dentine, on account of its. absorbent and antacid properties; 
for such a purpose it should be applied repeatedly, for several 
days, to the sensitive surface. In the dental laboratory it is 
used as a polishing powder for metal and plastic work; also 
for polishing the surfaces of gold fillings. The precipitated 
chalk of the Pharmacopoeia is the preparation to be preferred 
on account of its freedom from gritty particles. PREPARED CHALK. 
351 
Dentifrice in the form of Troches. 
R . Cretae praeparatae . . . Ib.iv 
Sodii boratis (pulv.) . x 
Saponis Castil. “ . . x 
Sacch. albae “ . . Ib.iss 
Ossis sepiae “ . . Ib.iX 
Olei rosae gtt.xxx 
Millefleurs 2; j 
Essentiae jasmin . . . 
Mix with a solution of gum syrup. 
Dentifrice in the form of Camphorated 
Paste. 
Keller Medicine Co. 
Pts. by Wt. 
R. Magnes. carb. ... 2 
Glycerini 1 
Potas. chlorat. ... 3 
Tr. camphora.... I 
01. gaultheriae . . . q.s. 
Cretae praep q.s. 
To make desired number of parts. 
Syr. simplic q.s. M. 
To make a thick paste. 
Dentifrice. 
Am. Dent. Association. 
R. Cretae praeparatae . . lb iij 
Pulv. cinchonae . . . Ibj 
Pulv. radicis iridis . Ibj 
Pulv. sacchari albi . . Ibiss 
Pulv. saponis cas. . . §j 
Sodi carb j|j 
Olei sassafras .... gtt.lx x x. 
Dentifrice. 
Am. Dent. Association. 
R. Cretae praep Ibiij 
Pulv. cinchonae ... Ibj 
Pulv. radicis iridis . . Ibj 
Pulv. sacchari albi . . Ibiss 
Pulv. saponis cas. . , 
Sodii carb §j 
Glycerini f iij 
Mellis q. s. 
And form into a paste. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
Dentifrice. 
R. Pulv. radicis iridis . . Ibss 
Cretae praeparatae . . §iv 
Sodii carb 3 ss 
Pulv. cinchonae . . . 3 iv 
Pulv. sacchari albi . . § ij 
Pulv. myrrhae . . . . 3 j 
Pulv. ossis sepise . . 3 ij 
Otto rosae gtt.iv. 
With rose pink, q. s. to color. 
Dentifrice in the form of Glycerine 
Tablets. 
Keller Medicine Co. 
Pts. by Wt. j 
R. Solut. magnes. carb. . 2 
“ sodii bicarb . . I 
“ potas. chlorat. . 3 
“ sapo. cas. albi . 6 
Glycerini 1 
Cal. carb io 
01. gautheria, 
Cassiae aa q. s. M. 
To flavor. 
Dentifrice. 
R. Cretae praep iij 
Pulv. radicis iridis. . £ ij 
Pulv. sacchari albi . 
Pulv. cinnamon . . . 3 iij 
Pulv. saponis cas. . . 3 ij 
Pulv. myrrhae . . . 3J 
Ol. gaultheriae . . . gtt.x. M, 
Dentifrice. 
A. W. Harlan. 
R. Cretae praeparatae, 
Pulv. radicis iridis . aa § ij 
Pulv. saponis cas., 
Pulv. sodii biboratis aa 25 ss 
Pulv. myrrhae . . . . 3 ij 
Mellis et glycerini . . q. s. 
To make a soft paste. 
Color rose pink. Perfume to suit. 352 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dentifrice. 
Chapin A. Harris. 
R. Cretae praeparatae . . iv 
Pulv. radicis iridis . . § iv 
Pulv. cinnamon . . . 3D 
Sodi carbonatis exsic- 
catae 3ss 
Pulv. sacchari albi . . 
Olei limonis .... gtt.xv 
Olei rosae gtt.ij. 
SiGNA.—Ingredients to be thoroughly 
pulverized and well mixed. 
Dentifrice. 
R. Cretae praeparatae . . Ibiss 
Pulv. sodi boratis, 
Pulv. radicis iridis. all Ibss 
Semen cardamom . . 3 j 
Pulv. sacchari albi . . Ibss 
Otto rosae q. s. M_ 
To flavor. 
Dentifrice. 
W. D. Miller. 
R. Precipitated carbonate 
of calcium . ... £ 
Cinchona bark . . . 3 xv 
Prepared oyster shell. 3 xv 
Powd. myrrh. ... 3 vii^ 
“ cloves .... 3iij^ 
Oil of cinnamon . . . gtt.x to xv. 
Mix well. 
Dentifrice in the form of a Paste for 
Compressible lubes. 
Keller Medicine Co. 
Pts. by Wt. 
R. Magnes carbonat. . . 2 
Sodii bicarb 3 
Potas. chlorat. ... 5 
Calcii carbonat. ... 20 
Sapo. cas. pulv. ... 6 
Glycerini 1 
Olei gaultheriae, 
Olei limonis . . . aa q. s. 
Syr. simplic q. s. 
SiGNA.—To make a paste. 
For Fetor of Breath. 
Milliron. 
R. Sulphur, powd., 
Cretae. praep. pulv. . 
Spts. rectificatus . . §jss 
Aquae distil iij 
Peppermint . . . . q.s. M. 
SiGNA.—After removal of all calcic 
deposits, use with a tooth-brush 
morning and evening. 
Dentifrice. 
Dr. Darby. 
R. Cretae praeparatae . . viij 
Pulv. radicis iridis . . iv 
Pulv. ossis sepiae . . 
Pulv. sacchari albi . . 
Saponis castil. . . 
Sodae bicarb. . . . % ss 
Pulv. cinchonae flava. j 
Cochineal 3j 
Olei rosae gtt.xx. M. 
Bose Dentifrice. 
R. Cretae praeparatae . . xv 
Pulv. saponis. . . . j 
Saccharin gr.x 
Thymolis gr.xv 
Camphorae gr.xxx 
Vanillin gr.v 
Olei rosae gtt.vj. M. 
Rub the camphor and thymol to- 
gether in a mortar, and warm gently so 
as to render the mixture liquid ; then 
add the chalk in small portions at a 
time, reserving about one ounce; next 
add the other ingredients, the perfumes 
being first separately rubbed with the 
remainder of the chalk. 
Dentifrice, Antacid, Tonic and Anti- 
septic. 
R. Cretae praeparatae . . iv. 
Quininae disulph. . . gr.iv 
Pulv. ossis sepiae . . 
Otto rosae gtt.iv. M. CROTON-CHLORAL HYDRATE. 
353 
Dentifrice. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Cretse praeparatae . . . 
Pulv. radicis iridis . aa £ iij 
Resorcin g j 
Saccharine gr.v 
Pulv. ossis sepiae . . . gj 
Olei menthae piperitse . TTfv- M. 
Signa.—Use on a brush moistened 
with tepid water. 
Dentifrice. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Cretre praeparatae . . iij 
Sodium fluo. silicate . 
Acidi tannici .... gr.xxx 
Pulv. sacchari albi . 3 jss 
Pulv. ossis sepiae . . ss 
Olei gaultheriae . . TTlx. M. 
To make a paste of the above, add 
glycerine 2 parts and honey l part. 
Cream Dentifrice. 
Dental Office and Laboratory. 
R. Castile soap, in fine 
powder oz. 
Prepared chalk ... 1 oz. 
Oil of rose geranium . 8 drops. 
Glycerine sufficient to determine its 
consistence. 
Rose Dentifrice. 
British Journal Dental Science. 
R. Precipitated chalk . . xij 
Prepared chalk . . . 3 vj 
Powdered orris . . . g vj 
Essence of vanilla . . 3 iij 
Tincture coumarin . . g vj 
Tincture benzoin . . 3 iij 
Ammonia.(stronger). gj 
Carmine gj 
Oil of cloves .... JJJxij 
Glycerine iij 
Or a sufficiency. M. 
Citroleine Dentifrice. 
Dental Office and Laboratory. 
R. Precipitated chalk . . Ibj 
Powdered sugar . . . 3 ij 
Powdered orris root . iv 
Cuttle-fish bone . . . 3 ij 
Bicarbonate of soda . J ij 
Oil of lemon . . . . g ij M. 
Dentifrices may be pleasantly flavored with wintergreen, 
cassia, sassafras, lemon, peppermint, anise, lavender, penny- 
royal, cloves, calamus, attar of roses, oil of neroli, oil of rose 
geranium, etc. Cochineal coloring in small quantity will 
impart a pink color to a dentifrice. 
CROTON—CHLORAL HYDRATE. 
BUTYL CHLORAL HYDRATE 
Formula.—C4H5Cl30. HzO. 
Derivation.—Croton-chloral Hydrate is obtained by the 
action of chlorine upon aldehyde. It is in the form of small, 
brilliant, white, silvery crystals of a sweetish taste, like that of 
melons. It is slightly soluble in water, and resembles hydrate 
of chloral in its hypnotic effects; but its action in this respect 
is not so powerful, nor so certain. It differs from hydrate of 354 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
chloral in the singular property of causing anesthesia of the 
head. To relieve pain and induce sleep, the best effects are 
obtained from a combination of the two agents. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is a sedative, hypnotic 
and anesthetic. It resembles chloral hydrate, but is not so 
certain in its effects as a hypnotic. Its action commences in the 
head and face. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Croton-chloral hydrate is highly recom- 
mended in dysmenorrhoea, sciatica, chronic cough, and in 
neuralgia as an anodyne. One or two grains will relieve 
severe neuralgia of the fifth pair of nerves; it is frequently 
necessary, however, to administer from five to fifteen grains, 
but it is not safe to exceed this amount at one time. Croton 
chloral in five or ten grain doses, in pill form, administered 
three times a day, often relieves facial neuralgia. The dose 
should be diminished after two or three days to five grains or 
less as occasion demands. 
Dose.—Of croton-chloral hydrate, gr. j to gr. x ; as an 
anesthetic, gr. xv, dissolved in warm water. 
Dental Uses.—It is employed with effect in facial neuralgia, 
in doses of from two to five grains every hour or two, until 
fifteen grains have been taken; also as a sedative, in doses of 
from three to five grains, in periodontitis, pulpitis, etc., etc. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Neuralgic Odontalgia. 
R. Croton chloral g j 
Glycerini 3 vj 
Aquae destill iiss 
Syr. aurantii 5 iv 
Oleum fbeniculse gtt.vj. M. 
SlGNA.—A tablespoonful, and if pain continues severe, repeat the 
dose in an hour. 
Von Kirchbauer. 
CUPRI SULPHAS—SULPHATE OF COPPER. 
BLUE VITRIOL, BLUE STONE. 
Formula.—CuS04+3H20. 
Derivation.—Sulphate of copper is obtained by roasting 
the native sulphuret, or by the combination of oxide of cop- SULPHATE OF COPPER. 
355 
per and sulphuric acid, filtering and crystallizing. It is in the 
form of blue prismatic crystals which, after exposure to the 
air, effloresce to a slight degree, and become covered with a 
greenish-white powder. It has an astringent, metallic taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Sulphate of Copper is 
emetic, tonic, nervine, stimulant and astringent, and is quite 
soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol. It is a prompt and 
efficient emetic, the emesis commencing a few minutes after 
it reaches the stomach, and the copper comes up with the 
vomited matter. Little or no depression follows its adminis- 
tration as an emetic, and it is especially adapted to cases of 
narcotic poisoning. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Sulphate of Copper is employed as a 
prompt and efficient emetic in cases of poisoning; it is also 
administered in intermittent fever, neuralgia, diarrhoea, dysen- 
tery, croup, epilepsy, hysteria, etc., etc. Externally it is ap- 
plied in ulcerative and gangrenous affections, superficial 
hemorrhage, leucorrhoea, gonorrhoea, ringworm, purulent 
ophthalmia, mucous discharges, diseases of the skin, indolent 
ulcers, fungous granulations, warts, etc. 
Dose—Of sulphate of copper as an emetic, gr. iij to gr. v; 
or dissolve 20 grains in two ounces of distilled water and 
give a tablespoonful every 15 minutes until vomiting oc- 
curs. For internal use other than emetic the dose is gr. -$■ 
to gr. ss. in pill. 
Dental Uses.—Sulphate of copper is employed in dental 
practice, in the form of the ammoniacal solution, for long- 
standing cases of neuralgia; and externally it is applied to 
ulcers of the mouth, cancrum oris, aphthous ulceration, 
ulceration of the gums and mucous membrane of the mouth, 
hemorrhage from leech bites, fungous growths of the gums, 
etc., etc. 
Dr. I. G. Templeton recommends powdered sulphate of 
copper, for suppurating teeth, applying it on a stick of wood 
which is wet and dipped in the powder, and thus thoroughly 
applied to the diseased parts; the mouth is then rinsed with 
tinct. of gaultheria or tinct. of krameria. 356 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DENTAL FORMULA;. 
For Cancrum Oris, Ahpthce and Gan- 
grenous Affections of the Mouth. 
R. Cupri sulph. (pow- 
dered) gr.v 
Mellis ss. M. 
Signa.—Apply as a lotion, or by means 
of a camel’s-hair brush. 
For Gangrenous Ulcers of the Mouth 
and Cancrum Oris. 
R. Cupri sulph g ij 
Pulv. cinchonse . . . § ss 
Aquae S;iv. M. 
Signa.—Brush over ulcerated surface 
twice daily. 
For Ulcerative Stomatitis. 
R. Cupri sulph gr.x 
Pulv. cinchonae . . . gi] 
Pulv. gum acacise . . g j 
Mellis g ij 
Aquae. M. 
Signa.—Apply, by means of a camel’s- 
hair brush, to the ulcerated surface. 
For Caries of the Maxillary Bones. 
Bartholow. 
R . Cupri sulph., 
Zinci chloridi . . . aa partes xv 
Liquor plumbi . . . partes xxx 
Aquae destillatae . . . partes cc. 
Signa.—To be applied for 30 minutes 
at a time. 
ELECTROZONE. 
Derivation.—Electrozone consists of a fluid which is nothing 
but sea or salt water subjected to an electrolytic current. It 
is a clear liquid, neutral in reaction, with the odor of free 
chlorine, and a disagreeable, salty taste. It was discovered by 
A. E. Woolf, who has succeeded in sterilizing polluted water 
with it on a large scale. 
Properties and Dental Uses.—Dr. C. F. W. Bodecker recom- 
mends electrozone as an efficient antiseptic, and claims that it 
has given him uniformly satisfactory results in the treatment 
of purulent pulpitis. His method is to open the pulp-chamber 
freely, and then syringe with tepid water. The electrozone 
is then introduced into the pulp-chamber on a small piece of 
cotton saturated with it, followed by one or two smaller 
pledgets moistened with the electrozone. The patient is then 
directed to renew only the last piece of cotton, from three to 
five times daily, or at least after every meal, using the pre- 
caution to rinse the mouth with a weak solution of electrozone 
(about a teaspoonful in a tumbler of water) previous to the 
removal of the cotton. ESSENTIAL OILS. 
357 
Every pledget of cotton, previous to its introduction, should 
be moistened with pure electrozone, and packed as tight in 
the cavity of the tooth as possible. When the tooth has 
been treated in this manner for two or three days, the pulp- 
canal may be cleaned out and filled at once, without any fear 
of future pericementitis, provided that an infection of perice- 
mentitis has not already occurred. 
Derivation.—Ergot is a fungous growth which replaces the 
grain of the common rye. It is bitter, and excites heat and 
dryness, followed by pain in stomach, thirst, vomiting and 
intestinal pain and sometimes purging. Small doses, long 
continued, cause spasms and death, by coma and asphyxia; 
gangrene of the lower extremities may follow its prolonged 
use. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Ergot causes contraction of 
the involuntary muscular fibre, the uterus, and smaller blood 
vessels, and dilates the pupils. It is employed to produce 
contraction of the uterus in child-birth. It is also administered 
in chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, enlarged heart without 
valvular lesion, gonorrhoea, acne rosacea, etc., etc. It is very 
serviceable in the hemorrhagic diathesis where there is a want 
of tonicity of the vessels; also used in epistaxis, uterine, 
renal, and intestinal hemorrhage, and in hemoptysis, bleeding 
of hemorrhoids, etc. 
Dose.—Of the fluid extract for internal use, f5ss to ij ; of 
the wine of ergot, 5j to §ss; of the aqueous extract dissolved 
in water the hypodermic dose is gr. to gr. iij. 
Dental Uses.—Ergot is useful in the treatment of hemor- 
rhage of the gums, and that following the extraction of teeth 
when it is excessive and persistent. 
ERGOTA—ERGOT. 
ESSENTIAL OILS. 
The volatile or essential oils are compounds of carbon and 
hydrogen, and differ from the fixed oils, which are compounds 
of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, the molecular arrangements 358 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
of which are similar to the metallic salts and compound ethers 
—possessing the radicals of certain acids united with hydro- 
carbons. The essential oils act as antiseptics without coagu- 
lation, and are generally absorbers of oxygen, and such of 
them as the oils of peppermint, cloves, caraway, cajeput, mus- 
tard and turpentine are useful obtunders of hypersensitive 
dentine; and some are also very efficient germicides and anti- 
septics. The oil of thyme and oil of cinnamon are generally 
considered to head the list of the essential oils in antiseptic 
power. From experiments noticed by Dr. Harlan, the essen- 
tial oils are not miscible with water; hence when they are 
used as a root-dressing they are not contaminated or dissi- 
pated by the saliva or the mixed fluids of the mouth. They 
are capable of depositing vaporizable camphors that are pow- 
erful disinfectants, and are soluble at a temperature below body 
heat. They are good menstrua for iodine compounds, and 
oily dressings, when not too tightly confined in a pulp-chamber, 
are not vitiated like substances which are soluble in water. 
They may be allowed to remain for longer periods in the roots 
of teeth, when it is not possible to fill such roots at once. 
When an oily dressing (such as oil of peppermint or oil of 
cassia) is applied in a root canal, after the removal of a pulp 
by extirpation or its devitalization by arsenic, it acts as an ano- 
dyne and also as an antiseptic, preventing the formation of 
mephitic gases. The oily dressings may be pumped through 
roots and fistulous tracts with impunity, and will not clog 
delicate canals. The solutions of the essential oils are all 
made as follows (Dr. Black) : “An excess of the oil is mixed 
with water by violent shaking continued for some minutes. It 
is then placed in the incubating oven, where the temperature 
is 990 F., for twelve hours. It is then again violently shaken 
and returned to the oven for another twelve hours, twenty- 
four hours in all. It is then carefully filtered, and if not per- 
fectly clear and free from all appearance of oil, it is refiltered 
until it is clear. The filtrate is then used as the solution of 
the oil. The same plan is used in making saturated solutions 
of the crystalline substances.” ESSENTIAL OILS. 
359 
The prominent essential oils are those of cajeput, cassia, 
cinnamon, cloves, eugenol, eucalyptol, fennel, mustard, cara- 
way, peppermint, sassafras, turpentine, thyme, pennyroyal, 
valerian, wintergreen. In dental practice the oil of cassia 
diluted with a bland oil like that of wintergreen is a valuable 
dressing for putrid root canals and abscesses. Dr. Black 
recommends the following mixture . 
Carbolic acid (melted crystals), i part; oil of cassia, 2 
parts; oil of wintergreen, 3 parts. Mix the oils and add the 
melted crystals of carbolic acid. This is known as the 1, 2, 3 
mixture. 
Dr. Black also says : “ After thorough cleaning with the 
watery form of the antiseptic we need something that will be 
more enduring in its effects, and according to conditions 
should choose between the oils and the powders. If it is an 
abscess with which we have to deal, an oil which is in itself an 
antiseptic, or an oil holding the antiseptic drug in solution in 
effective proportions, may be introduced into the cavity and 
so agitated as best to bring it in contact with all of its parts. 
This will, on account of its sparing solubility, remain in posi- 
tion very much longer than the watery forms, and the essen- 
tial oils are very much more diffusible than the fixed oils, or, 
indeed, any other of the simple forms of the antiseptics with 
which I am yet acquainted. At the same time a sufficient 
amount for very extended work is contained in small compass. 
These are of especial value in such positions as the roots of 
teeth. In this position any but the most irritating of the 
antiseptic essential oils may be used to good advantage, and 
may be relied upon for many days together. In the choice of 
the essential oils it is by no means necessary that the most 
powerful of them be selected. It should be remembered in 
making the choice that the more powerful antiseptics are the 
more irritating as a rule. It is therefore often best to choose 
antiseptics of very moderate range, especially where it is only 
required to preserve a condition of asepsis. For. instance, 
when a very foul root canal is opened, such an antiseptic as 
the oil of cassia is indicated. After appropriate cleaning, and 360 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
especially in case cleaning is to be deferred for fear of forcing 
poisonous material through the apical foramen, it may be used 
in full strength ; in which form it may be relied upon as a dis- 
infectant as well. But afterward, when it is only a matter of 
holding an aseptic condition during the healing of the parts, 
an antiseptic of shorter range, that is not so liable to injure 
the tissues, is to be preferred. For this purpose the eucalypti 
extract in substance is a very useful agent. Its range of 
actual inhibition is very short, but its injurious effects on the 
tissues are also very slight, so that the healing process may 
go on in its presence without hindrance. Furthermore, this 
oil has a very extended range of restraining influence beyond 
its range of actual inhibition that is undoubtedly of much use. 
This oil may be exchanged for terpinol where a little more 
stimulating effect is regarded as beneficial. The oil of cloves 
and the oil of cinnamon seem to occupy a middle ground, and 
may be made useful in a large class of cases if the others are 
in any wise distasteful to the dentist or his patient. The oil 
of mustard, though a good antiseptic of short range, has an 
irritant action that limits its use. Yet in cases where it is 
desirable to arouse the tissues from a state of inactivity this 
action, in a high degree, is combined with the antiseptic prop- 
erty. It is also one of the most diffusible of the antiseptic 
oils thus far studied. 
“ Any of these oils may be used in the emulsion, if, for any 
reason, it is not thought well to use the oil in substance. This 
form is especially recommended for surfaces of suppurating 
wounds and the washing of abscesses. In this way small 
quantities of the oil may be widely diffused and left in a mul- 
titude of minute globules, to gradually dissolve where it is 
most wanted, forming a kind of connecting link between the 
true solutions and the oils in substance. For this purpose a 
little of the oil selected may be diffused through water by 
severe shaking, or better, by repeatedly filling and violently 
emptying the syringe. The milky emulsion thus formed may 
be used in the same manner as the solution. 
“ I have said that all antiseptics are poisons. I wish to DICHLORIDE OF ETHIDENE. 
361 
emphasize this statement. They are antiseptic by virtue of 
their power of restraining life forces; and their use as anti- 
septics is permitted only by shades of difference in the action 
of certain poisons toward the different forms of life, by which 
they affect the fungi more prominently than the animal tis- 
sues.” 
ETHIDENE DICHLORIDUM—DICHLORIDE OF ETHIDENI 
Formula.—CH3CHC12. Sp. gr. 1,225. 
Derivation.—Dichloride of Ethidene is obtained in the 
preparation of chloral, from the waste products, and is very- 
much like chloroform in appearance, odor and taste. It 
has a variable boiling point of about 1150 F., and is readily 
soluble in alcohol, sparingly soluble in water, and but slightly 
soluble in chloroform. It is inflammable, but less so than 
alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Dichloride of ethidene is a 
general anaesthetic, and is said to occupy an intermediate rank 
between chloroform and ether. It reduces the action of the 
heart to a less degree than chloroform, with, however, con- 
siderable depression of the pulse. 
It has been somewhat employed in England, where it is 
regarded as being safer than chloroform for inhalation, and 
requiring less quantity to produce anaesthesia than ether. 
Methods of Administration—It is recommended to admin- 
ister nitrous oxide until the patient is nearly unconscious, and 
then to add the vapor of ethidene. The effects of this agent 
are described as follows: The pupils dilate, and at the same 
time stertorous breathing commences; the pulse falls, and 
should be carefully watched, and insensibility to pain con- 
tinues for some time after the patient becomes conscious. It 
is also claimed for this agent that there are no unpleasant 
after-effects, the patient recovering as if from a natural sleep, 
with a clear mind and a distinct utterance. It is also recom- 
mended to combine the vapor of ethidene with that of nitrous 
oxide, by loosely inserting a sponge containing half an ounce 
of ethidene in the nitrous oxide gas-inhaling tube, or in the 362 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
rubber supply-bag, when the effect is said to be more profound 
and agreeable than when nitrous oxide alone is administered, 
with no nausea and but little lividity of the lips. It is also 
said to produce relaxation of the muscles rather than rigidity, 
differing in this respect from nitrous oxide gas. 
Dichloride of ethidene is also employed as a local anaes- 
thetic, in the same manner as chloroform, aconite, etc., for the 
relief of facial neuralgia, etc. 
It has not been introduced to any extent into this country. 
ETHYL CHLORIDE—(MONO-CHLOR-ETHANE). 
Formula.—C2H5C1. 
Derivation.—Ethyl chloride is best prepared by saturating 
an artificially cooled alcoholic solution of zinc chloride with 
hydrochloric acid gas ; it may also be obtained as a by-product 
in the manufacture of chloral. It belongs to the ether class, 
and at ordinary temperature is a gas; but it is easily com- 
pressed, and then forms a colorless liquid possessing an agree- 
able, but not very strong ethereal odor, boiling between 50° 
and 53.6° F., and burning with a green flame. It is sold in the 
compressed state in hermetically sealed glass tubes, elongated 
to a capillary point, which serves not merely as a vehicle for 
containing it, but also as the apparatus for applying it, for 
owing to its low boiling point it is admirably adapted in this 
form to the rapid production of anaesthesia. The best manner 
suggested for breaking the flask or tube is to hold it vertically, 
attenuated end up; grasp the pointed end with a pair of plyers 
and fracture at the file mark which is made nearer or at the end 
of the capillary elongation, so that the escaping stream of vapor 
shall be attenuated to the greatest degree possible, and then 
directed upon the surface to be anaesthetized. 
Mode of Application.—The distance at which the glass tube 
should be held from the part to be anaesthetized varies consid- 
erably, for it may be two, six, eight, ten, or even twenty inches, 
depending somewhat upon the size of the aperture in the 
elongated end of the tube; it is necessary that the stream of 
vapor should reach the tissue exactly at the time of perfect ETHYL CHLORIDE. 
363 
volatilization. After the attenuated end of the tube is broken 
off at the file mark the tube is then everted, and the heat of the 
hand grasping it will accelerate the escape of the stream of 
vapor, which may be arrested by returning the tube to the 
position in which it was held when broken, and placing a 
finger over the aperture. Each flask or tube contains ten 
grammes of pure chloride of ethyl, which is considered to be 
sufficient for the extraction of about four teeth. When only 
a portion of the contents of the tube has been used, the 
remainder can be preserved by forcing the broken end into a 
rubber stopper and setting it in a cool place; or a little adhe- 
sive wax may be forced into the aperture, but not melted and 
dropped on. 
Therapeutic Uses and Action.—Ethyl chloride is employed 
in minor and dental surgery as a local anaesthetic, and its appli- 
cation does not occasion any untoward accessory symptoms, 
and it has no influence on the brain, having in this respect a 
great advantage over methyl chloride whose application is 
followed by a weakness of memory usually lasting for more 
than twelve hours; ethyl chloride does not produce the extra- 
ordinary cold which may cause destruction of tissue as does 
methyl chloride. Chloride of ethyl will produce general anaes- 
thesia if inhaled, and it is therefore necessary when applying 
it within the mouth to have the patient breathe only through 
the nose, as there is no evidence of its safety as a general 
anaesthetic. Properly applied, and not too long continued, 
there is no danger of freezing the part to the stage of devitali- 
zation with consequent sloughing. On account its great 
inflammability it must be used at a safe distance from a flame 
—preferably under electric light when applying it at night. 
As it is extremely volatile it should be kept in a cool place ; 
and this extreme volatility is a proof that its effect upon the 
human system is of correspondingly brief duration, as it acts 
not by virtue of any inherent anaesthetic properties, but on 
account of its intense cold produced by its extraordinary 
rapid volatilization. Its depressing effect upon the circulation 
when administered is too pronounced for it to be regarded as 364 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
a safe general anaesthetic. As a local anaesthetic, however, it has 
practically no effect upon the human system, and any of the 
drug that is absorbed into the system is eliminated in the 
course of a few minutes. It has given satisfactory anaesthesia 
in operations for cellulitis of fingers, buboes, abscesses, sinuses, 
boils, carbuncles, in-growing nails, etc., all forms of neuralgic 
pain, rheumatic pain, hyperaesthenic and reflex conditions. 
Dental Uses.—Chloride of ethyl is employed in dental prac- 
tice as a local anaesthetic for the extraction of teeth, and has 
proven very satisfactory in such operations. The adjoining 
teeth should be protected by a fold of napkin, the gum dried 
about the tooth to be extracted, and then coated with glyce- 
rine, and the vapor directed on the gum and not upon the tooth 
until the former turns white, when the forceps are applied. It 
is also used for obtunding the pulp prior to extirpating it, and 
also for obtunding sensitive dentine, for which purposes the 
rubber dam should be adjusted large enough to cover the nose, 
and the cavity dried, as the drug has little or no affinity for 
water, and the vapor thoroughly introduced to the sensitive 
surface of the dentine or to the exposed surface of the pulp, 
when the excavation or removal can be painlessly performed. 
Dr. L. E. Custer recommends grinding off the point of the 
tube with a corundum or carborundum disk about one-fourth 
of an inch further towards the end, in order that the jet of vapor 
may be so attenuated by escaping from a smaller orifice that 
it will not flood the cavity before it volatilizes fast enough. 
Chloride of ethyl is also employed for the relief of neuralgia 
by directing the vapor along the track of the affected nerve ; 
also for diagnosing peripheral from centric neuralgias by apply- 
ing the vapor at the point of irritation—if the neuralgia results 
from peripheral irritation the pain will cease at once; and inter- 
mittent applications, continued for from twenty to thirty minutes, 
are often curative when the irritation is not due to exposure of 
the pulp. Chloride of ethyl may also be employed for opening 
alveolar abscesses, removing tumors of the mouth, and in other 
painful affections of the oral cavity. Prof. C. Redard suggests 
that in the extraction of teeth in the lower jaw the vapor or BROMIDE OF ETHYL. 
365 
stream be directed externally against the cheek, over the infe- 
rior maxillary nerve; while in the extraction of teeth from the 
upper jaw it be directed in front of the ear at the exit of the 
trigerminal nerve. When applied to a part chloride of ethyl 
first causes a hyperaemia, then pallor, and gradually the part 
assumes a parchment-like appearance. From one to two 
minutes is gradually required, and the anaesthesia lasts as long 
again. It has been suggested to occasionally combine the 
action of chloride of ethyl with that of cocaine. 
ETHYL BROMIDUM—BROMIDE OF ETHYL. 
Formula.—C2H5Br. Sp. gr. 1.420. 
Derivation.—Bromide of Ethyl is obtained from bromide 
of potassium, sulphuric acid, alcohol and water, by distilla- 
tion, and is re-distilled by chloride of calcium. It is a color- 
less and very volatile liquid, boiling at 40° C., heavier than 
water, and possesses an agreeable ethereal odor, and a 
pungent taste, strong and sweetish, with a somewhat burning 
after-taste. It is readily soluble in alcohol and ether, and but 
sparingly soluble in water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Bromide of ethyl is con- 
sidered to be a very effective and pleasant general anaesthetic, 
but, like all other agents of this class, it must be administered 
with great care, and a pure article employed. There is no. 
doubt but that it is pleasanter to inhale than chloroform, ex- 
ceedingly rapid in producing complete unconsciousness, and 
very evanescent in its action. That it is any safer than some 
other and older agents of this class, clinical experience has 
not demonstrated, as several deaths occurred in a very limited 
number of the administrations attending its introduction. 
Bromide of ethyl is not inflammable, nor caustic, nor even 
irritant, in this respect being preferable to chloroform, which 
is very caustic, and to sulphuric ether, of which the ingestion 
is nearly impossible. Dr. Isaac Ott, comparing bromide of 
ethyl with other anaesthetics, says : “ (a) Chloroform increases 
the pulse, then slows it by a cardiac inhibitory stimulation : 
HYDROBROMIC ETHER. 366 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ether increases the pulse; nitrous oxide also increases it by 
paralysis of cardiac inhibitory apparatus; whilst bromide of 
ethyl increases the pulse by an action on the heart itself, (b) 
Chloroform reduces the blood pressure by paralysis of the 
main vaso-motor center, and cardiac debility; ether greatly 
increases it and keeps it increased ; and nitrous oxide also 
increases it; bromide of ethyl increases it either by a stimula- 
tion of the spinal or peripheral vaso-motor system. (c) Chlo- 
roform increases, and then decreases, respiration; nitrous 
oxide reduces it; bromide of ethyl decreases it by central 
action.” He also draws the following conclusions : “ i. Bro- 
mide of ethyl, either by inhalation or subcutaneous uses, kills, 
by a toxic action on the centres of respiration. 2. That the 
decrease of force and frequency of the heart contributes to 
the paralysis of the respiratory centres. 3. That injections of 
ethyl into the jugular, towards the heart, kill, by cardiac 
arrest, probably due to an action on the cardiac muscle. 4. 
Bromide of ethyl, in toxic doses, depresses momentarily the 
frequency of the heart, which is followed by a subsequent rise 
to a normal rate. 5. Bromide of ethyl, in toxic doses, de- 
presses the arterial tension, due, in major part, to the depres- 
sant action of the drug upon the heart, and in a minor part, 
to a partial loss of tone of either the spinal vaso-motor cen- 
tres or the peripheral vaso-motor system. 6. The inhibitory 
power of the pneumogastric is not paralyzed.” 
Introduced into the stomach, bromide of ethyl does not 
produce anaesthesia, as when absorbed by the respiratory 
organs, and does not increase the pulse over its normal heat; 
and in the second stage, causes an intermission of the pulse 
every second beat. 
Administration.—Bromide of ethyl is best administered in a 
folded starched napkin, so as to cover the face, and having 
inside of it a soft linen handkerchief. On the linen handker- 
chief one measured drachm of the agent should be poured, 
and the patient directed to take long, deep inspirations, or, 
what is better, to make prolonged and forced expirations. In 
two minutes from the time of administration of the first BROMIDE OF ETHYL. 
367 
drachm, a second should be given, and this should be re- 
peated at intervals of two minutes. Like all general anaes- 
thetics, however, the quantity for inhalation differs according 
to the susceptibility of the patient. One drachm (or in some 
cases two drachms may be required, according to the suscep- 
tibility of the patient) of the bromide of ethyl will generally, 
in from one to three minutes, produce an anesthesia as pro- 
found as that produced by an ounce of sulphuric ether. As 
it produces an anesthetic effect on the muscles of the throat 
and upper parts of the pharynx, it is useful for operations on 
the mouth and throat. 
The effect of an anesthetic, however, is to be more regarded 
than the mere quantity of the agent poured upon a napkin or 
sponge, as the degree of anesthesia should be governed, in 
most cases, by the nature of the operation to be performed 
under its influence. 
Prof. Chisholm says: “ I have found the action of bromide 
of ethyl so very evanescent that it can never take the place of 
either chloroform or of sulphuric ether for any surgical opera- 
tion which requires some time for its performance; but for all 
quick work, which can be done in one or two minutes, the use 
of this anesthetic agent leaves nothing to be desired. These 
really magical effects must be obtained from the first inhala- 
tion, what I call the primary anesthesia. If the operation be 
protracted, and a second or even third dose of the bromide of 
ethyl be inhaled, and I find nausea, vomiting and heaviness in 
all respects as if cholroform or ether had been used—under 
this repetition, bromide of ethyl loses all its advantages.” 
The odor of bromide of ethyl is more rapidly removed, and 
is more agreeable than that of sulphuric ether, and its effects 
more rapid than even those of chloroform, as it is eliminated 
by respiration, and by the kidneys, more speedily than any 
other general anesthetic agent. It requires excessive quanti- 
ties to affect the heart and respiration to any great degree. 
Having no caustic action, it can be safely applied subcuta- 
neously, and also to the external auditory meatus and to the 
mucous membrane. It evaporates upon the skin very rapidly, 368 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
producing a very sensible feeling of cold. As a rule, its general 
effects are as follows: Moderate acceleration of the pulse and 
respiration; slight excitement or talking, and seldom any 
struggling; flushing of face; dilatation, sometimes preceded 
by contraction of pupil; diaphoresis, generally profuse; com- 
plete anesthesia in two or three minutes; recovery of con- 
sciousness in from one to two minutes after the withdrawal of 
the anesthetic agent; no after-vomiting. 
Any specimen of bromide of ethyl which has a disagreeable 
odor, or which, on standing, becomes brown, or any that will 
explode and burn, is impure and should not be employed for 
inhalation. A common impurity is bromoform, produced by 
the action of bromine and caustic potassa on alcohol or wood 
spirit. Bromide of ethyl possesses properties intermediate 
between those of chloroform and ether. As a local anes- 
thetic it is highly spoken of, and, owing to its non-inflamma- 
bility, is the only anesthetic which can be used in connection 
with the actual cautery. Dr. Byrd strongly recommends an 
anesthetic mixture of bromide of ethyl i part, chloroform 3 
parts and alcohol 4 parts, a drachm of which is poured upon 
the sponge of the inhaler, which the patient is allowed to 
inhale with the stopper out, after which the stopper is re- 
placed and the full strength of the mixture inhaled. Gen- 
erally in five minutes the patient is fully anesthetized, when 
the stopper may be taken out to permit a greater admixture 
of air, and replaced as the judgment of the operator may dic- 
tate. This mixture, it is claimed, is safer and less disagreeable 
in its effects than the bromide alone. For use as a local 
anesthetic, the bromide of ethyl is atomized with the “ spray 
apparatus,” which should furnish enough of the liquid to 
moisten the skin. The extremity of the tube should be held 
some two or three inches from the surface on which the spray 
is to be thrown. Within two or three minutes after its first 
application, anesthesia of the part occurs, which is shown by 
the appearance of a white spot. The formation of this spot 
may be hastened by superficially puncturing or scratching the 
skin. The sensation of cold thus produced is sometimes dis- EUCAINE. 
369 
agreeable, but is rarely painful. The skin, or even the thin 
layer of the subjacent tissue, may be painlessly incised while 
the white spot lasts. This anesthetic appears to be very well 
adapted for short operations, requiring simple anesthesia and 
not complete resolution; hence it is now preferred by some, 
for the extraction of teeth, to either chloroform or ether. 
Internally, bromide of ethyl has lately been recommended for 
whooping-cough, in the form of a solution of i part of bromide 
of ethyl in 200 parts of water; also in angina pectoris, the 
dose being one-half to two ounces. 
Given internally it is also said to relieve gastric pain with- 
out affecting the appetite. Inhalations readily relieve con- 
vulsive cough; and, introduced on cotton wool into the ex- 
ternal meatus, it relieves the pain of otalgia, without causing 
any irritation. 
Poiton Duplessy recommends the combined use of bromide 
of ethyl and chloroform for prompt and effective production of 
anesthesia, and he also asserts that the toxic effects are reduced 
to a minimum. 
EUCAINE. 
Formula. — 04H C i H20. 
Derivation.—Eucaine is an artificial alkaloid produced by 
the reaction between acetone (dimethyl ketone, CH3COCH3), 
and ammonia. The salt principally employed is the hydro- 
chloride which, when evaporated from the aqueous solution, 
retains one molecule of water of crystallization. 
Hydrochloride of eucaine is in the form of a white, odorless 
crystalline substance, or powder, of a bitter taste like that of 
quinine, and soluble in water, chloroform and alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action. — Eucaine, when applied 
locally, induces some hyperemia of the mucosae, rather than 
anemia, but, nevertheless, causes a very decided loss of sensi- 
bility. It has a marked advantage over cocaine in being less 
poisonous, although their dosages are very similar. Lethal 
doses cause excitation of the central nervous system, convul- 
sions affecting all the muscles, general paralysis, and death by 370 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
a failure of the respiration. Solutions of eucaine hydrochloride 
(one part to ten parts of sterilized water) remain permanently 
unchanged, and boiling will not produce decomposition, which 
is another advantage over solutions of cocaine hydrochloride. 
This immunity is supposed to be due to its immediate deriva- 
tion from pure chemicals, instead of from vegetable sources. 
The local effect of eucaine hydrochloride upon the circulation 
is the production of hyperemia, whereas that of cocaine is 
ischemia. Eucaine also exalts the nervous system, when 
paralysis follows, the effect being central, causing acceleration 
of the heart-beats through sedation of the pneumogastric nerve. 
Eucaine solutions should be prepared with distilled or sterilized 
water, and then brought to the boiling point. 
Dejital Uses.—Eucaine is employed in dental practice as a 
local anesthetic, the hydrochloride being the form generally 
used. A ten per cent, solution may be made by adding 48 
grains of eucaine hydrochloride to the ounce of distilled water, 
and the solution brought to the boiling point. Of such a solu- 
tion (10 per cent.) five to eight minims is a proper dose by 
hypodermic injection. The mode of application and the pre- 
cautions to be observed in employing such a solution in the 
extraction of teeth, are similar to those for the administration 
of cocaine solutions. 
Eucaine solution is also serviceable in capping crowns of 
teeth, inserting bridge-work, and applying clamps in connec- 
tion with the rubber-dam, especially when the gums are tender 
and bleeding; also for hypersensitive dentine, especially by 
the cataphoric method. 
EUCALYPTUS. 
Source.—Eucalyptus is obtained from the eucalyptus globu- 
lus, a tree of large size, and of the natural order Myrtaceae, 
found originally in Australia, and known as the “ Blue Gum 
Tree.” These trees are now growing in the southern parts 
of Europe and the United States, and northern Africa, and 
their presence is thought to be preventive of malaria. The 
leaves, which are ensiform, of a grayish-green color, and 
parchment-like, are the only part which possesses medicinal EUCALYPTUS. 
371 
qualities. They have a pleasant, aromatic odor, with a warm, 
bitter, and somewhat pungent taste, like that of cubebs, the 
fresh being more active than the dried leaves. Their medi- 
cinal virtue is owing to a volatile oil—Oleum Eucalypti— 
which contains three principles, called eucalyptene, turpene, 
and cymol. Tannic acid, and a peculiar crystalline fatty acid, 
are also found in eucalyptus; but eucalyptene is the most im- 
portant constituent. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Eucalyptus is antiseptic, 
disinfectant, sedative, tonic, diaphoretic and somewhat astrin- 
gent. When taken into the mouth, it excites a flow of saliva, 
and leaves a hot, pungent taste, and a persistent and disagree- 
able odor. When introduced into the stomach, it causes a 
sensation of warmth, and promotes the secretion of the gastric 
juice. Being stomachic, it increases the appetite and the diges- 
tive action, with increased intestinal secretion. Large doses 
produce offensive eructations, a feeling of weight and tension 
at the epigastrium, and indigestion, followed by diarrhea, and 
irritation and congestion of the kidneys. It increases the ac- 
tion of the heart, lessening the arterial tension, and causes a 
feverish condition. It accelerates the respiratory movements, 
and although it induces sleep in the weak and anemic, it has 
the opposite effect on the strong and healthy. The secretions 
of the skin, mucous membrane and kidneys are increased by 
it, and become strongly odorous, owing to the presence of 
eucalyptol, a name given to the oil. The inhalation of large 
quantities of the vapor produces effects analagous to those of 
the agent when taken in substance, and the essential oil is 
readily diffusible and readily impregnates the blood. 
Therapeutic Uses.—While the internal use of eucalyptus is 
contra-indicated in inflammatory conditions, it is a very effi- 
cient remedy in atonic dyspepsia; chronic gastric and intes- 
tinal catarrh, cachectic conditions, flatulence, palpitation of the 
heart, hysteria, chorea, asthma, catarrhal broncho-pulmonary 
affections, chronic diseases of the liver and bladder, etc. It is 
also employed in intermittent fever, and during convalescence 
from remittent fever. Externally, it is an efficient application 372 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
to chronic forms of angina and tonsilitis, to foul ulcers and 
wounds, etc. 
Dose.—Of the fluid extract of eucalyptus, 5ss-5j; of the 
tincture of eucalyptus—Tinctura Eucalypti—f5ss to f5ij; of 
the extract—Extractum Eucalypti—gr. j to 3j; of eucalyptol, 
the dose is Tftv to 5ss, in capsules or emulsion. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, the decoction of the leaves 
is an efficient local application in the different forms of stoma- 
titis, after the acute stage has subsided. The tincture and the 
distilled water of eucalyptus, or fluid extract, are used as dis- 
infectant applications in indolent offensive ulcers of the mu- 
cous membrane of the mouth, stomatitis, pharyngitis, etc. The 
tincture of eucalyptus has been employed with advantage to 
obtund the sensibility of dentine. The oil of eucalyptus, 
either alone or combined with iodoform, forms one of the most 
effective antiseptics in use, for the treatment of putrescent 
pulps of teeth, alveolar abscess, of the chronic form, pyorrhoea 
alveolaris, foul ulcers of the mouth, etc. 
No other preparation appears to prove more efficient as an 
antiseptic than the combination of eucalyptus oil and iodo- 
form, in the treatment of suppurating conditions, putrescent 
pulp-canals, necrosis, and caries of the bones of the jaws, etc. 
The oil can be introduced as an injection, with an abscess 
syringe, or by means of a fine broach armed with cotton, 
taking care that the agent is carried to the seat of the disease, 
and the application repeated as often as necessary. It may 
also be applied by dipping a pledget of cotton in the oil and 
then in finely pulverized iodoform (Truman), and carried to 
the tooth, as in cases of putrescent pulps. It is also employed 
as a local anesthetic for odontalgia, and as an astringent or 
styptic in superficial hemorrhages, mucous discharges, ulcer- 
ating mucous membrane of the mouth, and for spongy, ulcer- 
ating gums. 
Eucalyptus has a solvent effect upon gutta-percha, a fact 
which should be remembered when using it in connection 
with temporary fillings of the former material, or of Hill’s 
stopping. EUGENOL-ACETAMID. 
373 
Euthymol.—Each fluid ounce contains oil of eucalyptus 
3.8 minims, thymol 15.32 grains, oil gaultheria 9.32 minims, 
menthol 5.64 grains, boric acid loll grains, and fluid extract 
wild indigo 11.4 minims. Antiseptic. 
Wyeth's Antiseptic Solution.—Composed of proportionate 
combinations of eucalyptus, gaultheria, mentha arvensis, and 
baptisia tinctoria, with 16 grains of benzo-boric acid in each 
fluid ounce. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Abscess of Antrum. 
R. Olei eucalypti . . . 3 ij 
Acidi carbolici . . . gtt.x 
Glycerini 3 ij 
Olei gaultherise . . . 3ss. M. 
Signa.—Use as an injection. 
For Suppurating Pulps, Ulcers, etc. 
R. Olei eucalypti . . . 3 j 
Iodoformi gr.xv. M. 
Signa.—Apply as an injection, by 
means of a syringe; or on cotton 
wrapped on the end of a fine broach; 
or on a strand of floss silk. 
For Abscess of Antrum 
Geo. L. Parmele. 
R. Eucalypti 3j 
Iodoformi gr.x 
Aquae M. 
Signa.—To be used as an injection in 
connection with a tent of floss-silk 
saturated with glycerine and euca- 
lyptus. 
For Root Canals as an Antiseptic. 
R. D. Pedley. 
R. Olei eucalypti ... 2 parts 
Olei caryoph. ... 3 parts 
Creasoti 10 parts. M. 
Into this dissolve gum mastich to 
saturation, filter through cotton-wool 
and thoroughly incorporate with iodo- 
form in a mortar until it becomes a 
solid mass. 
SlGNA.— Introduce on floss-silk or 
wisps of cotton, and cap it with a disk 
of metal and insert temporary filling. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
(Riggs’ Disease.) 
G. V. Black. 
R . Olei eucalypti . . . IRxc 
Acidi carbolici . . tRxc 
Olei gaultheriae . . IRxxx. M. 
Signa.—Apply by means of an abscess 
syringe. 
EUGENOL-ACETAMID. 
Eugenol-acetamid is prepared as follows : Monochloracetic 
acid is acted upon by eugenol sodium, when eugenol acetic 
acid results. This acid is treated with alcohol and hydro- 
chloric acid, by which it is converted into the “ ethylester of 
eugenol-acetic acid. Strong alcoholic ammonia converts this 
into eugenol-acetamid. As crystallized from water it occurs 
in lustrous scales; from alcohol in fine needles; melting at 
I io°.” 374 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Therapeutic and Dental Uses.—It is claimed for eugenol- 
acetamid, that when it is applied in the form of a fine powder, 
it produces local anesthesia without any caustic action, similar 
to cocaine. It has been successfully employed as a local 
anesthetic in the treatment of wounds; and is also recom- 
mended as an obtundent in the extraction of teeth. 
EUROPHEN—ISOBUTYL-ORTHO-CRESOL-IODIDE. 
Derivation.—Europhen is obtained by the action of isobutyl- 
alcohol upon <?-cresol in the presence of chloride of zinc at an 
elevated temperature, producing isobutylcresol. This is then 
acted upon by iodine in potassium iodide, the resulting 
iodine compound being isobutylorthocresoliodide or europhen. 
Europhen is an amorphous yellow precipitate, which is sepa- 
rated by filtration and cleansed by washing, and afterward 
dried in the dark at ordinary temperature. 
The percentage of iodine in europhen is about 27.6, which 
corresponds accurately with a proportion of one atom of iodine 
to two molecules of isobutylcresol. Europhen is resinous to 
the touch, and when applied to the mucous membrane or.to 
the skin, adheres tenaciously. It possesses an aromatic odor, 
which, however, disappears when it is made into a solution or 
mixture. It is insoluble in glycerine or water, but readily 
soluble in alcohol (30 per cent.), ether or chloroform (equal 
weight), and such compounds of these agents as collodion, 
and liquid gutta-percha, and also in fatty oils. A 25 per cent, 
solution of europhen can be made by rubbing it at a low tem- 
perature in olive oil, which, after being filtered, remains clear 
for a long period. In contact with wound secretions, it gives 
off slowly small quantities of iodine, which are immediately 
combined again, and form the soluble compound. The chief 
action of europhen can be ascribed to this formation in the 
nascent state; hence there is present in this agent very small 
quantities of free iodine, which form during the drying process 
and cannot be removed from it,—the percentage has been 
estimated at about 0.03 per cent. 
On account of europhen being easily decomposed, all starch IRON. 
375 
mixed with it and also mixtures of metallic oxides, are contra- 
indicated. Talcum is employed to make with it a thick paste, 
and simple mixtures of it with fats, vaseline or lanoline are 
very durable, especially the latter. Europhen solutions must 
be prepared at a low temperature, and it must be protected 
from the light and moisture. 
Therapeutic Action.—Europhen is employed as a substitute 
for iodoform in the treatment of wounds, as, it is claimed, that 
a given weight of europhen will cover five times as large a 
wound surface as the same weight of iodoform ; and also that 
it will prove efficacious in cases where iodoform fails. 
Its freedom from odor and non-toxic effects are also advan- 
tages over iodoform. 
Dental Uses.—Europhen is employed in dental practice for 
irritation and inflammation of the oral mucous membrane, 
such as may result from artificial dentures, crown- and bridge- 
work, as it acts promptly and efficiently in reducing the swell- 
ing and soreness; also in syphilitic mucous patches on the 
cheeks and tongue; it is also employed to relieve the pain of 
inflamed or suppurating pulps of teeth on account of its rapid 
action. Dr. A. W. Harlan recommends for such purposes, 
powdered europhen rubbed up with lanolin (25 parts of 
europhen to 75 parts of lanolin). He has also found such a 
combination to be of service in the after-dressing of the 
pockets of alveolar pyorrhoea, and as a parasiticide, and as a 
dressing in empyema of the antrum. 
The powdered europhen is also applied in gingival inflamma- 
tions resulting from setting crowns and bridges, with great suc- 
cess ; also to an inflamed and suppurating pulp. 
FERRUM—IRON. 
Chemical analysis demonstrates the presence of iron in the 
blood, the gastric juice, chyle, lymph, bile, milk, urine and 
the pigment of the eye; and, although metallic iron is inert, 
yet, when it reaches the stomach, it is dissolved by the acids, 
and thus acquires molecular activity. By its oxidation in the 
stomach hydrogen is set free, which in its nascent state unites 
with sulphur, forming sulphuretted hydrogen. 376 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Medical Properties and Action. — The salts of iron act 
through and upon the blood, improving its quality and in- 
creasing its quantity, and hence they are termed “ hema- 
tinic.” These salts of iron are absorbed into the system, and 
are detected in the blood, urine, etc., and under their use the 
appetite increases, the digestion is improved, the pulse in- 
creases in frequency and fulness, the health becomes better, 
and there is an increase in flesh and an improvement in color; 
hence they are “ restoratives.” As these salts of iron in large 
doses cause nausea and vomiting, being irritant poisons, and 
even small doses, when administered for a long period, exhaust 
the gastric glands by over-stimulation, their use is contra-indi- 
cated in a plethoric condition, especially when accompanied 
with a hemorrhagic tendency, or when there is an athero- 
matous state of the cerebral vessels. Certain of these salts, 
such as the sulphates, the chlorides, and the nitrates, possess 
a high degree of astringency, and when taken internally pro- 
duce constipation. Brought in contact with the blood, they 
coagulate it, and solidify the albuminous elements of the tis- 
sues, being powerful “ hemostatics.” 
Without great care is exercised in the internal administra- 
tion of iron, owing to the acidity and astringent property of 
many of these preparations, injury results to the teeth, upon 
which they act with great energy. The tincture of the chlo- 
ride and the sulphate, as shown by the experiments of Dr. 
Smith, of Edinburg, Scotland, are more corrosive than the 
wine of iron, and even more injurious than the compounds of 
iron with the vegetable acids. The use of an alkaline gargle 
of carbonate of soda, or prepared chalk, or solution of ammo- 
nia, before and after the taking of the iron preparation into 
the mouth, and the subsequent employment of an antacid 
dentifrice, will obviate the injurious effects of these salts of 
iron upon the teeth. While the carbonate of iron in the form 
of pill, nor the reduced iron, are injurious to the teeth by 
direct action, yet eructations of hydrogen compounds pro- 
duced by their ingestion may injure the teeth. 
The use of a tube carried well back in the mouth and the IRON. 
377 
iron preparation well diluted, should be preceded and followed 
by the alkaline solution. The preparation known as dialysed 
iron—Ferrum Dialysatinn—which is iron in the colloid state, 
made by the process of diffusion, is odorless, without the 
styptic taste of the other preparations, and does not discolor 
the teeth, being free from irritant action ; neither does it cause 
constipation, and hence it is the best form in which to admin- 
ister iron. The dose of dialysed iron is TTlv to 5j- 
Therapeutic Uses of Iron.—Iron is an efficient tonic, and 
promotes the appetite and the digestion; hence it is employed 
in anemia, chlorosis, combined with quinine in chronic mala- 
rial affections, syphilitic cachexia, acute rheumatism, ery- 
sipelas, diphtheria, scrofula, rickets, neuralgia depending on 
anemia, epilepsy in weak, anemic subjects, fatty degenera- 
tion of the heart, passive forms of hemorrhage due to anemia, 
albuminuria, etc., etc. Externally, the styptic preparations of 
iron are employed to arrest hemorrhage—hemorrhage from 
leech bites, hemorrhage following the extraction of teeth, hem- 
orrhage resulting from wounds and surgical operations, etc., 
etc. 
[For doses of the various preparations of iron, see “ Table 
of Doses.”] 
Chloride of Iron—Ferri Chloridum—Perchloride of iron. 
Formula, Fe2Cl6, is obtained by heating iron wire with hy- 
drochloric acid, and afterwards converting the ferrous chloride 
thus formed into ferric chloride by heating it with hydro- 
chloric and nitric acids. It is in the form of crystalline 
masses of an orange yellow color, inodorous and of a strong 
stytic taste. It is deliquescent and readily soluble in water, 
alcohol and ether. It is used internally in the form of a tinc- 
ture— Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. Dose, TTLv-xx. 
Externally the chloride of iron is employed as a styptic and 
as an astringent, for the latter purpose being in solution of 
various strength. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice the chloride of iron is used 
internally for the treatment of neuralgia when it is attended 
with anemia; also externally, for the arrest of alveolar hem- 378 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
orrhage, although the preference is given to the solution or 
powder of the subsulphate. The chloride of iron may be 
used in the semi-deliquesced or crystallized form, or in solu- 
tion—Liquor Ferri Perchloridi—which is preferred by some to 
the crystallized. To bleeding surfaces it is applied in the 
proportion of 5ss to 5yj to the ounce of water. One part of 
the chloride gradually added to six parts of collodion, in the 
form of a yellowish-red, limpid liquid, makes a valuable styp- 
tic. Chloride of iron is also useful as an application to 
fungous tumors. 
Reduced Iron —Ferrurn Reductum—is metallic iron in the 
form of a fine powder, obtained by the reduction of ferric oxide 
by hydrogen. Dose.—Gr. j to gr. v. 
Solution of Subsulphate of Iron —Liquor Ferri Subsul- 
phatis—Monsel’s Solution—Formula: 2 Fe203(S04)3.—is com- 
posed of sulphate of iron, Sxij; sulphuric acid, §j, and gr. 
xxx; nitric acid, gr. ccclx. It is of a syrupy consistence and 
a ruby red or dark brown color, no odor or acrid taste, but 
possesses powerful astringent properties. When employed 
for the arrest of alveolar hemorrhage from tooth-extraction 
it is liable to cause sloughing of the bleeding tissues, and if 
used it should be in weak solution, and carefully watched. 
Powdered Subsulphate of Iron.—Pulvis Ferri Subsul- 
phatis—Monsel’s Powder—is in the form of a yellow 
and possesses the same astringent and other properties as the 
solution, and is applied as a styptic in alveolar hemorrhage 
with much greater convenience than the liquid form. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Monsel’s solution and powder 
act topically as powerful astringents and mild caustics, and are 
considered to be among the best styptics in use. These styp- 
tics combine with albumen and form a pale yellow compound, 
and on this property depends their chemical action on the 
tissues of the body. Internally administered, they act like the 
sulphate of iron, their remote effect being tonic and hemo- 
static. In small doses they exert an astringent effect on the 
gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, diminishing the quantity 
of fluids secreted or exhaled ; hence their continued use will 
cause constipation. IRON 
379 
Monsel’s preparations of iron are principally used externally 
for hemorrhage from bleeding vessels. When employed 
internally it is for the arrest of hemorrhage from remote organs. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The solution and powder of the sub- 
sulphate of iron are used internally for hemorrhage from the 
stomach and bowels. Externally, for hemorrhage, varicose 
ulcers, etc. etc. 
Dose.—Of the solution of subsulphate of iron, gtt. v to gtt. 
x, twice a day in some bitter infusion. Of the powdered sub- 
sulphate of iron the dose is gr. v to gr. xv. The solution is 
also given in small doses with the sulphate of magnesia, and 
as an artificial chalybeate purging water. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, Monsel’s solution and 
powder are principally employed for arresting hemorrhage 
following the extraction of teeth, hemorrhage from leech bites, 
and also from other causes, such as wounds of the gums and 
mucous membrane, in the treatment of ulcers of the mouth; 
and the solution, diluted with water, forms a serviceable ap- 
plication for abraded and inflammed mucous surfaces. 
For Hemorrhage following the Extraction of Teeth. 
—After carefully cleansing the bleeding cavity as thoroughly 
as possible, the styptic should be applied on a pellet of cotton, 
or, in case the powdered subsulphate of iron is employed, on 
a pellet of cotton previously dipped in sandarach varnish, to 
which the powder will adhere, and inserted over the mouth of 
the bleeding vessel at the apex of the alveolar cavity. Cotton 
should then be inserted over the styptic preparation, and the 
alveolar cavity be thoroughly filled up. If necessary, a com- 
press, made from a cork, or softened modeling composition, 
should be applied over the cotton filling the cavity and held 
in place by the opposing teeth, when the mouth is closed. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Hemorrhage from Extraction of Teeth. 
Steere. 
K . Liq. ferri persulph., 
Sodium chlor aa partes aequales. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply on cotton to bleeding cavity and secure by covering 
with a roll of cotton cloth. 380 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Hemorrhage after Lancing Gums of Children. 
Dr. J. W. White. 
Where oozing of blood persists in spite of local treatment: 
R. Tinct. ferri chloridi f 3 ss 
Acid, acetic dil fsjj 
Liq. ammonii acet fsjj 
Ext. ergot, fid 15J ij 
Syr. simp f J ss 
Aquae q.s. ad f iij M. 
SlGNA.—A teaspoonful every 3 hours for a child 6 months old. 
FORMALIN—FORMALINE. 
Derivation. — Formalin is derived from formaldehyde, 
(CH20), the gas given off from formic aldehyde. A solution 
of forty per cent, strength of the gas formaldehyde is known by 
the name of formalin. It mixes in all proportions with water, 
and a solution of any required strength can be readily made. 
Medicinal Properties, etc.—The germicidal and antiseptic 
action of formic aldehyde was demonstrated by Low, Aronson, 
Berlioz and Frillat; also by I. Stahl, who found that formalin 
is equal in germicidal power to corrosive sublimate, and under 
certain conditions superior where albuminoid solutions are 
concerned. In large rooms and delicate articles in closed 
apparatus, a 2.5 volume per cent, of formalin in the air 
destroyed all micro-organisms in a quarter of an hour. When 
allowed to evaporate in the presence of wool, gauze-bandages, 
or other dressing material, the vapors of formaline condensed 
upon the fabrics in solid form (paraformalin) and so disinfected 
them. Hence dressing materials impregnated with formaline 
become perfectly sterile, but can immediately be used as anti- 
septic dressing. The vapor from the spray by a steam atom- 
izer above the patient’s head has proven efficient in whooping 
cough and chronic bronchitis. 
Formic aldehyde is relatively non-poisonous, but when 
brought in contact with the skin, undiluted, causes a tanning 
effect, making it impermeable, and finally causing necrosis. 
This action is due to the property formaline possesses of 
readily penetrating living and dead tissue, and combining with WINTERGREEN. 
381 
it. Formaline readily and quickly influences both albumin 
and gelatine, changing them into a tough coagulum which 
does not lose its form, and possesses persistent antiseptic 
properties for certain micro-organisms. Formaline attacks 
only the substance of the contagious material, leaving intact 
the articles treated, whether of organic or inorganic nature. 
It is also very readily employed under all circumstances, 
either in liquid or gaseous form. Its specific gravity closely 
approximates that of air, hence its power of keeping the 
atmosphere of an enclosed space uniformly impregnated with 
formaline vapor. Inhaled in quantity, formaline has marked 
toxic properties. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, formaline is employed as 
an antiseptic and deodorizer in the treatment of putrescent 
pulps, etc. Also as a local application to ulcers of the mouth, 
abrasions, etc. One and a half per cent, solutions are used as 
gargles and mouth-washes ; also, two and one-half per cent, 
solutions for ulcers, skin diseases, etc. To make a one per 
cent, solution, one part of formaline is added to 40 parts of 
water (1 oz. to 2]/2 pints). 
GAULTHERIA—YVINTERGREEN. 
Source.—Gaultheria is obtained from the leaves of the 
gaultherice procumbens (Ericaceae), a small plant common to 
the woods of North America. The leaves contain a volatile 
oil, arbutin, urson, ericolin, tannic acid, etc., and the taste is 
aromatic, somewhat bitter, and astringent. The volatile oil 
consists principally of gaultheriline and methyl salicylate, 
which yield a pure salicylic acid. 
Oleum Gaultherice.—The oil of gaultheria is antiseptic and 
antipyretic, and is administered in doses of TTfx-xx in artic- 
ular rheumatism, and locally is used as an antiseptic in wounds 
and cystitis. The spirit of gaultheria—spiritus gaultherice— 
is used for flavoring. The infusion is used as a gelactagogue 
and emmenagogue, and is often added to liniments for rheu- 
matic pains and swollen joints. 
PARTRIDGE BERRY TEA BERRY. 382 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dental Uses.—The oil of gaultheria, one of the essential oils, 
is used in dental practice as an antiseptic, either alone or more 
generally in combination with other agents in the treatment of 
putrid root canals, alveolar abscesses, etc., and as an ingredient 
of local anesthetic mixtures. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Abscesses and Putrid Root Canals. 
Dr. Black. 
R. Carbolic acid (melted crystals) I part 
Oil of cassia 2 parts 
Oil of gaultheria 3 parts. M. 
This is the I, 2, 3, mixture. 
Local Anesthetic. 
De Kay. 
R. 01. gaultherise • • g\) 
Chloroformi g j 
Ether sulph g] 
Chloral hydrat g ij 
01. caryophylli g iv 
Alcoholis i$iss. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply with cotton pressed upon each side of the tooth. 
GELSEMIUM—YELLOW JASMINE. 
Source.—Gelsemium is obtained from the root of the gel- 
semium sempervirens—yellow jasmine—woodbine, belonging 
to the natural order Apocynaceae, which grows plentifully in 
the southern United States. The root is of a brownish color 
externally, and a grayish color within, and is sold in small 
pieces, from one-half to two inches in length, and a quarter of 
an inch in thickness, being hard and slightly cracked longi- 
tudinally. It has a bitter taste, and an aromatic odor, some- 
what like that of green tea. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Gelsemium has a depress- 
ing and sedative influence upon the nervous centres, and dimin- 
ishes the force and frequency of the heart’s action. It con- 
tains a very powerful alkaloid, gelsemia or gelsemina, which 
is colorless, odorless, with an intensely bitter taste. 
Gelsemium, in moderate doses, causes a languid feeling, 
attended with mental calmness, slow action of the heart, droop- YELLOW JASMINE. 
383 
ing eyelids, dilatation of the pupil, and some feebleness of 
muscular movements. In larger doses it causes vertigo, 
double vision, amblyopia, paralysis of the muscle that elevates 
the upper eyelid, so that it cannot be raised, dilated pupil, 
labored respiration, on account of its effect upon the respira- 
tory muscles, slow and feeble movement of the heart, great 
muscular weakness, and a reduced sensibility to pain and 
touch. Such effects occur about half an hour after the gelse- 
mium is taken, and continue for two or three hours, when they 
disappear. 
When poisonous doses are taken, all of the symptoms de- 
scribed above occur in a more intense degree, and there is first 
an unsteady gait, until all muscular power is lost, the lower 
jaw drops, the muscles of the tongue are paralyzed, speech 
being impossible, the respirations are very labored, slight and 
irregular, and the action of the heart weak,feeble and intermit- 
tent, and generally the skin is covered with a profuse perspira- 
tion. Death occurs from asphyxia, but consciousness is 
preserved until near the end, which is generally calm, and not 
disturbed by convulsions. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Gelsemium is internally administered in 
tetanus, mania, convulsive or spasmodic cough, such as 
whooping cough, pneumonia, remittent and typho-malarial 
fevers, ovarian and other forms of neuralgia, cerebro-spinal 
meningitis, pleuritis, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of the fluid extract of gelsemium—Extractum Gel- 
semii Fluidum—the only officinal preparation, ntv to TTlxv. 
Of the tincture of gelsemium—Tinctura Gelsemii—(gelsemium 
§iv, alcohol, Oj,) the dose is gtt. x to gtt. xx. The fluid 
extract is preferable for administration; but one fluidrachm 
of this has caused death. Dose of the alkaloid gelsemia, gr. 
in Sr* it- 
Dental Uses.—Gelsemium is greatly extolled as a remedy 
for neuralgia of the fifth nerve, often affording permanent re- 
lief, especially when the affection is associated with diseased 
teeth. The dose may be repeated at any time after an hour 
and a half, if the pain is not relieved; a third dose is seldom 384 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
required. In neuralgia of the face or head, three-minim doses 
of the tincture of gelsemium every half hour, will often act 
very beneficially, and leave no ill effects. Owing to the toxic 
effects of this drug, care is necessary that the dose is a moder- 
ate one, and the symptoms carefully observed. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Neuralgia from Devitalized Teeth. 
R. Tinct. gelsemii . . . gtt.x 
Tinct. aconiti . . . gtt.v 
Aquae M. 
Signa.—One teaspoonful every hour. 
For Odontalgia, Internal Remedy. 
Dr. Dunoycer. 
R. Gelsemine 1 milligr. 
Aconitine (cryst.) . . % milligr. 
Valerianate of quinine . 5 centigr. 
For one pill. 
Signa.—Give 1 to 3 pills to an adult 
in the 24 hours. 
For Dentalgia. 
R. Tinct. gelsemii . . . 'TTLXV 
Tinct. ferri perchlori . TRx 
Syr. aurantii . . . . 3 ss 
Aquae ad %j. M. 
Signa.—For 1 dose. To be repeated 
thrice daily. 
GLYCERINUM—GLYCERIN. 
Formula.—C3H5(OH)3. Sp. gr. 1.25. 
Source.—Glycerin is obtained from the saponification of 
fats and fixed oils, and contains a small percentage of water. 
It is a colorless, inodorous, syrup liquid, of a sweet taste, 
and freely soluble in water and alcohol, but not in ether or 
chloroform. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Glycerin is nutrient and 
emollient, possessing considerable power as a solvent and pre- 
servative. The addition of l/&, or even TV part of glycerin 
to a lotion or poultice, or an external application, renders it 
particularly emollient and soothing. It keeps the parts moist- 
ened and soft, and corrects or prevents the disagreeable odor 
of discharges, and it does not evaporate or dry at an ordinary 
temperature. Glycerin dissolves carbolic acid, creasote, tannic 
acid, borax, iodine, quinine, iodide of potassium, gallic acid, 
etc., and its uses as a solvent and a vehicle for other remedies 
are very numerous. It has been prescribed as a substitute 
for cod-liver oil, where the latter nauseates. Officinal solu- GLYCERIN. 
385 
tions of medicinal agents in glycerin are known as glycerites 
(glycerita). 
Therapeutic Uses.—Glycerin is rarely used alone as an inter- 
nal remedy, its chief use being external, or in combination 
with other medicinal substances. It has been prescribed in 
phthisis, diabetes, acne; externally, as an emollient in acute 
coryza, chronic follicular pharyngitis, chapped hands and face; 
fissures, skin diseases, dressing for wounds and ulcerated sur- 
faces, and as a vehicle for the application of astringents to the 
eye; also to soften cerumen and for the removal of insects 
from the ear, and for diminishing the secretion of pus; also 
in burns, abraded surfaces, erysipelas, etc. It has also been 
employed in smallpox as an emollient and to prevent pitting, 
a mixture of one part of glycerin and two parts of rose water 
being applied, after the pustules have broken and the discharge 
has commenced to dry. It is applied for a few days until the 
scabs begin to loosen. Glycerin is also used in croup, locally 
applied to the glottis; also in deafness, where the auditory 
canal is dry and inelastic. For an emollient application it is 
frequently combined with other agents, and used in the form 
of an ointment or embrocation. Five parts of glycerin rubbed 
up in a mortar with four parts of yolk of egg, forms a com- 
pound which prevents the action of the air on irritated broken 
or abraded surfaces, and is soothing in erysipelas, cutaneous 
affections, etc. Although glycerin is so bland in its general 
character, yet it produces a smarting sensation when first 
applied to an abraded surface of the skin; such an effect is 
thought to be due to the affinity of glycerin for moisture> 
which it abstracts from the skin so rapidly as to cause the 
smarting sensation; mixing the glycerin with a little water 
will obviate this. Pure glycerin, when mixed with water, will 
raise the temperature eight or ten degrees, and hence the two 
should be combined previous to the application. 
Dose.—Of glycerin, 5j to 3ij. 
Dental Uses.—Glycerin is a useful agent in dental practice 
as a solvent and emollient, as a solvent alone, and as both 
solvent and emollient, when combined with other substances. 386 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
It is employed with great benefit in such diseases of the 
mucous membrane of the mouth, as the different forms of 
stomatitis, ulcers of the mouth, aphthae, alveolar abscess, 
abraded surfaces from the irritation of acrid substances, arti- 
ficial teeth, etc. 
In the treatment of inflamed and ulcerated conditions of 
the mucous membrane, it is frequently combined with borax, 
and for chronic alveolar abscess, after the use of more active 
agents, and diseases of mucous membrane, it is combined with 
carbolic acid, iodine, sulphite of soda, etc. As an anodyne 
and emollient application, glycerine is combined with mor- 
phine, atropine, acetate of lead, etc., etc. To form ointments 
and embrocations, it is combined with gum tragacanth, lime 
water, oil of almonds, rose water, etc., etc. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Chronic Abscess, Ulcerations, etc. 
R. Glycerini . . . . §) 
Tinct. iodi. comp. . . 
Acidi carbolici cryst. TRyj 
Aquae destillatae . . v. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as' a lotion or injec- 
tion. 
For Inflammation and Ulceration of 
the Mucous Membrane. 
R. Glycerini gj 
Sodii boratis 3 ij. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Aphthous Ulceration of the Mouth. 
R. Glycerini 
Sodii sulphitis . . . . gj. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Aphthous Sore Mouth of Infants. 
R. Glycerini, 
Aquae aa % ss 
I Sodium sulph. . . . gr.xxx. M_ 
SlGNA.—Use on swab, every 2 hours. 
For Chronic Alveolar Abscess, Ulcera- 
tion of Mucous Membrane, etc. 
R. Glycerini partem i 
Acidi tannici . . . partes 2 
For Pulpitis. 
R . Glycerini gtt.ij 
Acidi carbolici . . . gr.v 
Tr. aconit. rad., 
Aq. menth. pip. . aa gtt.ij 
Acidi tannici .... gr.j 
Ol. menth. pip., 
01. caryophilli . . aagtt.xxv. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply on cotton. 
For a Sedative Application in Inflamed 
Mucous Membrane. 
R. Glycerini, 
Chloroformi . . . aa 3 ss. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Pulp Canals of Abscessed Teeth. 
F AUGHT. 
R. Glycerini fgij 
Acidi tannici . . . . g ij 
Morphiae acetatis . . sjj 
Iodoformi M. 
SlGNA.—Apply on floss-silk or cotton. GLYCOZONE. 
387 
GLYCEROBORATE OF CALCIUM. 
Glyceroborate of calcium is a powerful antiseptic, and is 
prepared by mixing equal parts of borate of calcium and 
glycerine, and heating the mixture to about i6o°, with con- 
stant stirring, which is kept up until a drop of the mixture 
falling from the end of a stirring-rod upon a glass plate solid- 
ifies, on cooling, to a clear, odorless, brittle bead; the mass is 
then poured out, and after cooling, is broken up and the frag- 
ments at once put into a well-stoppered and dry bottle. It is 
soluble in all proportions of water, and on exposure to the air 
will rapidly become liquid, taking up its weight of water. 
Even when in a very dilute solution it is a powerful antiseptic, 
with no odor and no poisonous properties. 
GLYCEROBORATE OF SODIUM. 
Glyceroborate of sodium is prepared in the same manner as 
the glyceroborate of calcium, simply substituting the borate 
of sodium. It possesses the same properties as the glycero- 
borate of calcium, and is somewhat preferable to the latter, as 
even concentrated solutions of the glyceroborate of sodium 
can be applied to the eye without inconvenience. Both prep- 
arations will preserve meat for a long time. 
GLYCOZONE. 
Derivation.—Glycozone is composed of chemically pure 
glycerine and peroxide of hydrogen. When these two prep- 
arations are combined, the result is a stable compound owing 
to the reaction that takes place when chemically pure glycer- 
ine is submitted, under certain conditions, to the action of fif- 
teen times its own volume of ozone, under normal atmos- 
pheric pressure at a temperature of o° C. The glycerine thus 
employed must be chemically pure, as the pressure of the 
water or other foreign matter in it produces in the resulting 
compound formic acid, glyceric acid, and other secondary 
products that have an injurious effect on animal tissue. Gly- 
cozone possesses a pleasant, sweetish taste, and causes a feel- 388 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ing of warmth when it comes in contact with the mouth or 
stomach. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Glycozone excites the sal- 
ivary glands to increased action and stimulates the gastric 
secretions. It attracts to itself water from the adjacent tissues, 
but not sufficient to cause injury, a property due to the gly- 
cerine it contains. In excessive doses of one or two ounces, 
glycozone causes epigastric uneasiness, followed by loose, 
copious, watery stools, which are accompanied by severe 
cramps. It appears to have no effect upon the kidneys, liver 
or heart. It is slowly decomposed in the stomach, ozone 
being liberated and the glycerine uniting with the water from 
the tissues. It is supposed that the morbid elements with 
which it comes in contact hasten this decomposition, and in 
so doing are themselves oxidized and destroyed. The pres- 
ence of free ozone in the stomach resulting from the decom- 
position of glycozone aids the digestive process. Glycozone 
must be kept in tightly-corked bottles, glass-stoppered are 
best, and when thus protected, it will not deteriorate at a tem- 
perature of even iio° F. No metallic instruments should be 
brought in contact with it, as such contact decomposes it; 
hence glass or hard-rubber vessels and syringes are necessary 
when using it. It resembles peroxide of hydrogen in pro- 
ducing a powerful oxidizing effect, although its action may 
not be as rapid or as energetic as the latter compound. It 
therefore cannot be safely combined with other drugs or 
chemical substances when prescribing it. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Glycozone is employed in the treatment 
of gastric ulcer, affections of the stomach, catarrh of chronic 
alcoholism, chronic gastric catarrh from other causes, and 
atonic and acid dyspepsia. Externally—when a diseased or 
suppurating surface is cleansed by peroxide of hydrogen, the 
application of glycozone stimulates healthy action and pro- 
motes recovery. It also checks the discharge of irritating 
secretions, and prevents infection from pathogenic organisms, 
by acting as a powerful antiseptic and stimulant. It is also 
useful in follicular pharyngitis, and chronic coryza, and croup. HAMAMELIS. 
389 
For diphtheria a tablespoonful of glycozone may be given in 
a wineglassful of water every three hours with excellent 
effects; it is harmless. For membranous croup, after spray- 
ing the nose, throat, larynx and pharynx copiously every two 
hours or so with a mixture of peroxide of hydrogen with 4 
to 6 ounces of water, the membranes are destroyed, and then 
one teaspoonful of glycozone, diluted in a wineglass of 
water and given three times a day, will prevent any disturb- 
ance of the stomach, and will regulate the bowels. In 
ulceration and chronic inflammation of the intestines, great 
benefit is derived from enemata consisting of glycozone 5j, 
and lukewarm water Sxij, prepared just before using; also in 
fistula-in-ano and rectal ulcerations glycozone 5j and luke- 
warm water 5j, administered once or twice daily, will produce 
good results. For leucorrhoea, the vagina is first washed 
with peroxide of hydrogen one part and water four parts, 
when glycozone is applied on small rolls of lint, or absorbent 
cotton, and the procedure repeated twice daily. 
Dental Uses.—Glycozone is employed for all forms of inflam- 
mation and ulceration of the oral mucous membrane, and in 
ulcerative stomatitis frequent applications prove very bene- 
ficial. It is also considered to be useful in the chronic form 
of alveolar abscess in the form of an injection composed of 
glycozone and lukewarm water. 
HAMAMELIS. 
WITCH HAZEL. 
Source.—Hamamelis Virginica is an indigenous shrub, com- 
mon to all parts of the United States and Canada, and usually 
found in stony places and on the banks of streams. The bark 
and leaves are the medicinal portions. 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is tonic, astringent, seda- 
tive, and anodyne. The bark has a bitter, astringent, and 
somewhat sweetish and pungent taste, and was first employed 
by the Indians as a sedative and discutient application, in 
painful tumors and other cases of superficial inflammation. 390 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The bark contains from eight to ten per cent, of tannic acid, 
and also a bitter principle. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Hamamelis Virginica, although not until 
recently officinal, has for some time been employed in hemor- 
rhage of the lungs, haematemesis, and in phthisis. Externally, 
it is applied to tumors, inflamed and painful parts, etc., etc., 
in the form of a fluid extract, decoction and tincture. Two 
minims of the tincture of hamamelis every half hour, will often 
control hemorrhages from nose, uterus and from hemorhoids. 
Dose.—Of the fluid extract of hamamelis, 5ss to 5ij ; of the 
decoction Sss to 5j. 
Dental Uses.—Hamamelis is employed in dental practice as 
a sedative or anodyne application, in incipient periodontitis, 
in the form of the fluid extract, applied warm on lint or 
cotton as a lotion ; also as an anodyne, to irritated and painful 
exposed pulps of teeth ; also for passive hemorrhage from the 
mucous membrane of the mouth; also for the soreness arising 
from the removal and effects of salivary calculus. The tinc- 
ture may be applied as a sedative lotion, in the proportion 
of one part to ten of water. 
HYDRARGYRUM—MERCURY. 
Symbol.—Hg. Sp. gr. 13.5. 
Sources.—Mercury is a metal of a nearly silver-white color, 
and a very high degree of lustre. It is liquid at all ordinary 
temperatures, and only solidifies when cooled to 39°or40° F. 
It boils at about 666° F., it fuses at 390 F., and is slightly 
volatile at 6o° F.; when boiling it yields a transparent, 
colorless vapor, of density of 100. It also volatilizes some- 
what even at ordinary temperatures, and especially above 68° F. 
The ordinary ore from which metallic mercury is obtained 
is the mercuric sulphide, although it is occasionally met 
with in globules disseminated through this native sulphide, 
and which is noted as cinnabar. There is also a form known 
as horn silver, or native calomel, and a native amalgam of 
QUICKSILVER. MERCURY. 
391 
silver and mercury. California furnishes metallic mercury of 
a peculiar purity, in large quantities. The metal is obtained 
from the sulphide by the process of “ roasting.” When pure, 
metallic mercury does not readily tarnish in the air, and it can 
be purified by re-distillation, or by adding to it a small quan- 
tity of a strong solution of nitrate of mercury. 
The impurities are generally dirt, dust, lead, tin, bismuth 
or zinc. 
Dental Uses.—Metallic mercury is employed in dental prac- 
tice as an ingredient of amalgam filling material, being com- 
bined for such a purpose with silver, tin and zinc, and some- 
times with gold and platinum, in addition to the other metals 
named. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum.— Corrosive Chloride 
of Mercury—Corrosive Sublimate. Mercuric Chloride, Bichlo- 
ride of Mercury. Formula, HgCl2. 
Derivation.—Corrosive sublimate is obtained by subliming 
a mixture of chloride of sodium and mercuric sulphate, the 
latter made by boiling together sulphuric acid and mercury; 
double decomposition takes place, forming mercuric chloride 
and sulphate of sodium. Corrosive sublimate is in the form 
of colorless crystals, or crystalline masses, which are inodor- 
ous, fusible and sublime without residue, and of an acrid, 
styptic taste. It is readily soluble in 15 parts of water, 7 parts 
of alcohol and ether. 
Medical Properties a?id Action.—It is one of the most active 
salts of mercury, and is a corrosive poison, but the therapeutic 
dose now used is less liable to cause the disagreeable and 
dangerous effects of mercury than almost any other prepara- 
tion employed for the same purposes. It is in the form of 
colorless crystals, and is entirely soluble in water. Corrosive 
sublimate is an effective germicide in the strength of one part 
to 2500 parts of water, being 250 times more powerful than 
carbolic acid. An aqueous solution of 1 in 20,000 destroys 
the spores of bacilli in ten minutes, and a solution of 1-5000 
is a certain disinfectant, when the exposure is very short, 
and it is now regarded as one of the most powerful germi- 392 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
cides in use and is very extensively employed in antiseptic 
surgery. 
Dr. F. Abbott regards the bichloride of mercury as being 
the simplest antiseptic in use. Dr. W. D. Miller, of Berlin, 
also testifies to the power of the bichloride as an antiseptic in 
the treatment of the oral cavity as follows : “ The experiments 
show that bichloride of mercury is about two hundred times 
as powerful as carbolic acid, and demonstrate very clearly 
the mistake of substituting weak solutions of this antiseptic 
(i-iooo, as I have seen recommended) for concentrated car- 
bolic acid. One one-thousandth is only one-fifth as powerful 
as pure carbolic acid, which in many cases may be used with 
impunity. It is consequently useless to attempt to introduce 
the sublimate solution for the purpose of sterilizing root-canals, 
cavities before filling, etc., unless we may use at least a y2 per 
cent., if not a one per cent, solution. I see no reason why this 
may not be done. In a few cases I have used a i per cent, 
solution for treating root-canals, and do not hesitate, particu- 
larly with the rubber dam adjusted, to wipe out cavities before 
filling with a two per cent, solution, and see no possible evil 
which would result from it.” “As a mouth wash I have fre- 
quently used a per cent, (i.ooo) solution myself, and have 
seen no bad results from it; I would not, however, recom- 
ment it to my patients in this strength.” 
It is often employed in solution in water, I part to 2000, 
which would approximate i grain to ounces of water. 
Dr. Black recommends the following combination : Mercuric 
chloride, gr. ij; peroxide of hydrogen, fSj. M. For use as an 
injection in alveolar abscess and the pus pockets of pyorrhoea 
alveolaris. As a solution of bichloride of mercury is prone to 
undergo chemical changes, powders or tablets containing equal 
quantities of the bichloride and ammonium chloride may be 
prepared and a solution made by adding one of these to an 
ounce of distilled water. 
Another method is to take one drachm each of the bichloride 
and hydrochloric acid, and add enough of distilled water to 
make one ounce, which forms a permanent solution, strong MERCURY. 
393 
enough, in the proportion of a teaspoonful to a pint of water, 
to make a sterilizing and disinfectant solution of i to 1000, for 
washing out pus sacs and pus pockets in alveolar abscess and 
alveolar pyorrhea. 
Referring to the bichloride of mercury, benzoic and salicylic 
acids and listerine, Dr. Miller says: Of these four, which are 
available for the prophylactic treatment of the oral cavity, par- 
ticularly of the teeth, the bichloride is, without doubt, the 
most effective, because its action continues longer; and he 
further says : “ Unfortunately the bichloride of mercury pos- 
sesses one great disadvantage in its highly poisonous char- 
acter. It seems, however, scarcely possible that any harm 
could result from its use in so dilute a form. (See Hydrar- 
gyri Chloridum Mite.) 
Passing chlorine through an alcoholic solution of chloride 
of mercury will prevent the decomposition of the latter when 
exposed to light, or any change, by loss of chlorine, to mer- 
curous chloride. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Corrosive sublimate is alterative in small 
doses, and in large quantities it is a powerful irritant poison, 
corroding the stomach and causing death in a very few hours. 
Its continued use has caused salivation, but it has a less tend- 
ency to produce such an effect than the other preparations of 
mercury. Internally it is employed in secondary syphilis, 
chronic diarrhea and dysentery. Externally in diseases of the 
eye, diseases of the skin, ulcers, gonorrhea and gleet, etc., etc. 
The external application to large surfaces is dangerous. Its 
use is contra-indicated in patients affected with pulmonary 
disease. Drs. Yates and Kingsford report three cases of can- 
crum oris in children cured by wiping the affected parts with 
a solution of the bichloride of mercury (i to 500) and after- 
wards dressing them with lint soaked in a similar solution (1 
to 1000). Healthy granulations soon made their appearance, 
and the wound quickly contracted. 
For cases of poisoning the antidotes are albumen, white of 
egg, wheat flour, milk, etc. 394 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dose.—Of corrosive sublimate gr. Bs to gr. tjj, in pill or 
solution. 
Dental Uses.—It is employed as a lotion, injection or gar- 
gle, in chronic diseases of the mucous membrane, ulcers, 
ulitis, etc. Dr. C. T. Stockwell reports a case of acute ulitis 
in which bichloride of mercury, in solution I-IOOO, was used 
to bathe the parts, and the pockets about the teeth injected 
with it, the result being very satisfactory; and the same solu- 
tion used as a sterilizing agent is considered to be very 
efficient. 
Test for Bichloride of Mercury.—Dr. Chas. Mayr recom- 
mends the following- to determine whether a solution of bi- 
chloride of mercury is still reliable or not: Saturate a nice 
grade of paper with a solution of a given amount of iodide of 
potassium in water; with the proper gauging of this solution, 
after it has dried on the paper, a drop of the solution of the 
bichloride (i to 500) will produce a scarlet spot when 
dropped on the paper; a solution of 1 to iooo, a yellow spot; 
a more dilute solution, no spot at all. To obtain this result, a 
certain strength of the solution of iodide of potash gauged 
for the paper to be used is required. The solution of iodide 
of potash should be made slightly alkaline, which will prevent, 
to a great extent, the paper from turning blue. Diluting a 
solution of bichloride of mercury with lime water will remove 
the disagreeable taste. 
For Chronic Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
A. W. Harlan. 
R . Hydrarg. bichlor. . . grs.ij 
Acidi tartarici .... grs.x 
Aquae destillatae . . . fSjiv. M. 
SlGNA.—First cleanse with injections 
of peroxide of hydrogen, and then 
inject the above with a hypodermic 
syringe. 
Antiseptic Solution. 
Emil Rotter. 
R. Corrosive sublimate, I 
to 20,000 gr.j 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
Sodii chlorid gr.vss 
Acid, carbolic .... gr.xxx 
Zinci chlorid., 
Zinci carbolat. . . aa %]% 
Acid, boric gr xl 
Acid, salicylic .... gr.x 
Thymoli TRij 
Acid, citric gr.ij 
Aquae . . . q. s. ad 1,000.00. M. 
Said to be powerful, yet not toxic to 
any dangerous extent, and to have a 
more potent effect on pyrogenic microbes 
than sublimate in solutions of I to iooo. MERCURY. 
395 
If a weak solution is desired the subli- 
mate and carbolic acid may be omitted. 
Antiseptic and Stimulant Mouth Wash. 
(For use especially in Alveolar Pyor- 
rhoea. ) 
Dr. Chas. B. Atkinson. 
R. Hydrarg. bichlor. . . . gr.ij 
Tinct. calendulae . . . 3 iv 
Aquse dest. q. s. ; ad . 3 viij. M. 
SlGNA.—Use daily. 
To Disinfect Softened Dentine in 
Cavities 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Hydrarg. bichlor. . . gr.ij 
Hydrogen perox. . . . !|j.' 
Acidi tartaraci . . . jfRv. M. 
Aqueous solutions of Labarraque’s 
solution, permanganate of potash or 
boro-glycerine, may also answer. 
Prof. W. D. Miller, of Berlin, in a 
list of remedies with which he made 
careful experiments, places the relative 
powers of well-known agents in pre- 
venting the development of fungi as 
follows: 
Bichloride of mercury . . 1-100,000 
Peroxide of hydrogen . . i— 50,000 
Iodine I— 6,000 
Iodoform I- 5,000 
Salicylic acid 1- 2,000 
Eucalyptus 1- 1,600 
Carbolic acid 1— 1,500 
Chloride of zinc .... I- 1,250 
Permanganate of potash . 1- 1,000 
Listerine 1- 120 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite—Mild Chloride of Mercury. 
Calomel. Mercurous Chloride. Formida.—HgCl. 
Derivation.—Calomel is obtained by subliming a mixture of 
mercurous sulphate and chloride of sodium, a double decom- 
position taking place, by which mercurous chloride and sul- 
phate of sodium are formed. The mercurous sulphate thus 
employed is obtained by boiling mercury in sulphuric acid 
and triturating the resulting mercuric sulphate with mercury. 
To remove any corrosive sublimate which the calomel may 
contain, it is washed with hot distilled water until the ab- 
sence of a white precipitate with ammonia shows that the 
poisonous ingredient has been removed. Calomel is in the 
form of a white, inodorous, tasteless powder, insoluble in 
water, alcohol and ether, and wholly volatilized by heat. 
Calomel is incompatible with the alkalies, and alkaline earths, 
and alkaline carbonates, with lead, copper and iron. When 
nitro-muriatic acid is combined with it, corrosive sublimate is 
formed; neither should it be given in combination with 
iodine. 
Medical Properties and Action — Calomel and the other 
mercurials are employed as alteratives, sialagogues, purga- 396 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tives, diuretics, etc., and moderate doses increase the action 
of the secreting glands and organs, stimulating the salivary- 
glands in a very decided manner. When large doses are ad- 
ministered the effects are manifested on the gums, which be- 
come tender and swollen, the salivary glands take on in- 
creased action, the saliva and buccal mucus flow profusely, 
the mucous membrane of the mouth becomes inflamed and 
ulcerated, the tongue swollen and the breath fetid, with a me- 
tallic, copper taste, and the teeth become loose; such symp- 
toms constitute the condition known as salivation. When 
the use of the drug is discontined these symptoms disappear, 
but the mucous membrane and gums are ever after more sus- 
ceptible to irritation, and the stability of the teeth is more or 
less impaired, as is shown by the recession of the gums and 
the absorption of the alveolar processes. In many cases the 
gums, especially about the necks of the teeth, remain some- 
what tumefied, with a tendency to ulceration. 
If the use of the mercury is continued beyond the stage 
which the symptoms just described indicate, or even as the 
effects of small doses in persons very susceptible to the 
influence of mercury, an excessive salivation ensues, with 
serious ulceration of the gums and mucous membrane of the 
mouth, loss of the teeth, and even necrosis of the bones of the 
jaws. Mercury has also the effect of causing considerable 
emaciation, from the absorption of fat, and sometimes a peculiar 
febrile state known as mercurial fever; and also diarrhea, 
skin diseases, rheumatism, neuralgia and disorder of nervous 
system. Mercury, after it is absorbed, has a decided effect 
upon the blood, which it impoverishes, destroying the red 
blood globules (hematine and globuline); the blood contains 
more water, is more prone to putrefaction, and the unnatural 
fluidity predisposes to hemorrhage, which may become dan- 
gerous. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Mercury in the form of calomel, blue 
mass (Pilulce Hydrargyri—pills of mercury—mercury 5ij; 
confection of rose Siij, and powdered liquorice root 5j), are 
employed as alteratives, sialagogues, indirect tonics and chola- MERCURY. 
397 
gogues, and purgatives in syphilis, diseases of the skin, bilious 
derangements, dyspepsia, acute glandular affections, diarrhoea 
and dysentery of infants, hepatic disorders, croup and mem- 
branous laryngitis, cholera, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of calomel, gr. to gr. x; of blue pills, or mass, 
gr. ss to gr. xv. Mercurials are administered by the mouth, 
by inunction, by fumigation, and by the hypodermic method. 
Mercurial Ointment—Unguentum Hydrargyri. Blue oint- 
ment is made by rubbing two parts of mercury with one part 
of suet and lard each, until the globules disappear. When 
rubbed into the skin, it produces the constitutional effects of 
mercury, and is applied to tumors, syphilitic sores, blistered 
surfaces, and is used to destroy pediculi, and also to prevent 
pitting in small-pox. 
Mercury with Chalk.—Hydrargyrum cum Creta, a gray 
powder, consists of mercury, three parts, prepared chalk, five 
parts. It is a gentle laxative, when given in full doses, and 
is antacid, and employed chiefly as an alterative in infantile 
diarrhoea, etc. 
Dose.—Of mercury with chalk, for adults, gr. v to xx; for 
children, gr. ss to ij, iij or x. 
The effect of mercurial preparations upon children is some- 
times very serious, as a profuse, or even gentle salivation will, 
at times, cause mortification and destruction of the bones of 
the jaw, the teeth, the cheek and lip; and although such cases 
may not be common, yet, to avoid such a powerful action, the 
gums should be frequently and carefully examined, when a 
course of such remedies is being pursued. 
Protiodide of Mercury—Hydrargyrum Iodidum Viride 
known also as Green Iodide of Mercury—is prepared by 
rubbing mercury and iodine together with the addition of a 
little alcohol. The formula is Hgl, and it is in the form of a 
greenish-yellow powder, insoluble in water and alcohol, but 
soluble in ether. Exposure to the light partially decomposes 
it, when it becomes of a dark olive color. 
Protiodide of mercury is internally administered in scrofula 
and scrofulous syphilis. It exercises a specific influence over 398 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the lymphatic and glandular system. It should never be 
given at the same time as iodide of potassium, as it converts 
it into biniodide and metallic mercury. 
Dose.—Gr. i to j. 
Externally, protiodide of mercury is applied, in the form of 
ointment, to syphilitic ulcers, acne, pityriasis, etc., etc. 
Biniodide of Mercury—Hydrargyri Iodidtim Rubrum.— 
Red Iodide of Mercury. Mercuric Iodide. A red powder 
which becomes yellow when heated and red again when cold. 
It is wholly volatilized by heat, and condenses in scales, which 
are first yellow, but afterwards red. It is insoluble in water, 
but soluble in boiling alcohol and solutions of iodide of potas- 
sium and chloride of sodium. Poisonous. 
Dose.—Gr. is to is. It is a powerful germicide. 
Red Sulphuret of Mercury—Hydrargyri Sulphidum Ru- 
brum.—Vermilion. Cinnabar. In brilliant crystalline masses 
of a deep-red color and fibrous texture. It is entirely volati- 
lized by heat. It is not soluble in either nitric or muriatic acid, 
but a mixture of the two acids will dissolve it. Cases have 
been cited in support of the asserted poisonous effects of ver- 
milion, where it has been used as a coloring matter for dental 
vulcanite, but a careful analysis as well as evidence based upon 
scientific investigation, fails to establish the truth of such a 
theory. Vulcanite composed only of pure caoutchouc and 
sulphur, known as “black vulcanite,” possesses advantages 
over the red vulcanite, in being of finer texture, more dense, 
and less spongy, and consequently less liable to absorb and 
retain the secretions of the mouth, in the case of an artificial 
denture constructed of it. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Diarrhoea of Dentition. 
R. Calomel gr.ij ad vj 
Cretse ppt gr.xviij 
Ipecacuanha: pulv. . gr.ij 
Extract hyoscyami . gr. iij ad vj. 
F. chart, No. vj. 
Signa.—One every 2 or 3 hours ac- 
cording to circumstances. 
For Febrile Excitement of Dentition. 
R . Calomel gr.ij ad iij 
Magnes, calc. . . . gr.xxiv 
Ipecacuanha pulv. . gr.ij to iij 
F. ch. No.xij. 
Signa.—One to be given every 3 hours. IATROL. 
399 
For Venereal Sore Mouth and Throat. 
R. Hydrar. chlor. corrosi gr.j 
Mellis despumati . . 
Aquae destillatae. . . f § iv. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Warts, Condylomata, etc. 
R. Hydrar. chlor. corrosi 3 j 
Collodii £). Solve. 
Signa.—To be applied as a caustic, 
with a camel’s-hair brush. 
For Diarrhoea of Teething Children. 
R . Hydrargyri cum cretae, 
Pulv. ipecac, et opii aa gr.j. M. 
Signa.—One powder. 
Derivation.—Iatrol is obtained by a synthetical process from 
certain coal tar derivatives, and possesses the combined pro- 
perties of iodine, phenol and methylsalicylic acid. 
Physical Properties.—Iatrol is an impalpable white powder, 
without odor, slightly astringent, of acrid taste, non-toxic, 
non-irritant, stainless ; unaffected by ordinary conditions of 
light and heat, and does not decompose under the action of 
metallic oxides, salts of mercury, or alkalies. It is readily 
soluble in alcohol, ether and chloroform ; but insoluble in cold 
water, glycerine, the fixed oils and vaseline. It is slightly 
soluble in warm water. It may, however, be incorporated 
with the insolubles mentioned, in the form of ointments, sup- 
positories, etc. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Iatrol is antiseptic, aseptic, 
astringent, antizymotic, germicide, cicatrizant and parasiticide; 
also, slightly anesthetic (local). Internally, iatrol is antiseptic 
and possesses slight analgesic and antipyretic action. Ex- 
ternally it is applied in the form of a dry dusting powder, and 
promotes rapid hfealing of incised and lacerated wounds, burns 
and ulcers. It is also employed by insufflation, in catarrhal 
conditions of the ear, nose, and throat. It is also used in 
chancres, chancroids and mucous patches with advantage. 
Internally iatrol is employed for fermentative conditions of the 
alimentary canal. 
Dose.—Internally, gr. j to ij, either alone or combined with 
nux vomica, bismuth, or podophyllin. 
Dental Uses.—Iatrol is employed as an antiseptic and germi- 
cide in all pathological conditions of the oral cavity where 
iodoform, iodol, aristol, etc., may be indicated. It is also 
IATROL. 400 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
incorporated in a dentifrice with satisfactory results. For 
mucous patches and ulcers of the mouth it possesses advan- 
tages over many other antiseptic and germicidal agents in 
being non-toxic, non-irritant, and odorless. 
IODOFORMUM—IODOFORM 
Formula.—C HI3 
Derivation.—Iodoform is a preparation of iodine, being 
obtained by the action of chlorinated lime upon an alcoholic 
solution of iodide of potassium, heated at 104° F., the product 
being iodoform and iodate of lime, the iodoform being sepa- 
rated by boiling alcohol. It is in the form of small, pearly 
crystals, of a yellow color, with an unpleasant odor, like that 
of saffron, and a sweetish taste, and soft to the touch. It is 
volatile, and soluble in alcohol, chloroform, ether and the fixed 
and volatile oils, but insoluble in water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Iodoform has no irritant 
action, and, in small doses is tonic, stimulant, anodyne, alter- 
ative and disinfectant, having great influence on the nervous 
system ; it is also antiseptic. In large doses, it causes a form 
of intoxication, followed by convulsions and fatal effects. In 
the form of vapor, it possesses anesthetic properties, but not 
equal to those of the general anesthetics in common use. It 
has also been used as a local anesthetic, and also as an anti- 
septic. Its odor can be detected in the blood, the brain and 
the muscles. ' 
Therapeutic Uses.—Iodoform produces the constitutional 
effects of iodine, but is chiefly used externally for painful 
cancerous and phagedenic ulcerations, irritable ulcers, ill-con- 
ditioned wounds, obstinate skin diseases, scrofulous glandular 
enlargements, to allay the pain of gout and neuralgia, and for 
phthisis, mixed with starch and spread on paper, so that the 
vapor may be inhaled. Dusted over a diseased surface, it 
allays pain and changes the morbid action. A saturated 
solution of iodoform in chloroform is recommended for neu- 
ralgia ; also a saturated solution in any of the essential oils 
TERIODIDE OF FORMYL. IODOFORM. 
401 
is used for the same affection. In the form of an ointment, it 
is used as an application to irritable ulcers. For ulcerated 
surfaces, it may be sprinkled over the part, and lint, coated 
with glycerine, applied as a dressing. 
Dose.—Of iodoform, gr. j to gr iij, three times a day, in the 
form of a pill. 
Dental Uses.—Iodoform is highly recommended in dental 
practice not only as an antiseptic but as an anesthetic, either 
alone, or what is better, combined with eucalyptus oil. It pos- 
sesses no escharotic property sufficient to cause irritation or the 
destruction of parts. In the treatment of alveolar abscess, iodo- 
form, in combination with oil of eucalyptus, has given great sat- 
isfaction ; also in cases of putrescent pulps applied as an injection. 
It is recommended to be used as follows : First, an injection of 
eucalyptus oil, followed by the introduction of the mixture of 
iodoform and eucalyptus into the root canal, on cotton, or on a 
strand of floss silk, which is charged by first dipping it into the 
oil, and then into the iodoform; or the two may be combined in 
a solution (see Eucalyptus), and in this form introduced into the 
sac or root canal. Dr. C. N. Pierce recommends iodoform 
ground up with equal parts of oil of cloves and oil of eucalyptus, 
which forms a substance of a soft cheesy consistence, a portion 
of which can be introduced to the inflamed part, on the point 
of a small broach. Iodoform is also a very serviceable appli- 
cation in alveolar pyorrhoea. A saturated solution in euca- 
lyptus oil is also serviceable as an external application in neu- 
ralgia. Iodoform is also employed as an anodyne, for the 
relief of the pain following the extraction of teeth affected 
with periodontitis, and alveolar abscess ; also as an injection in 
diseases of the antrum, and as a packing for the pus pockets 
in alveolar' pyorrhoea, for which purpose it is often combined 
with oil of eucalyptus, or oil of cinnamon. Also for filling 
the canals of pulpless teeth, for which purpose a paste of 
iodoform and carbolic acid is used, and allowed to remain for 
a few days, and, if no soreness follows, a permanent root- 
filling can then be introduced. When iodoform is used alone, 
a pellet of cotton or a strand of floss silk may be dipped into 402 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
glycerine, and the iodoform be thus taken up. Dr. Francis 
Peabody recommended the application of the vapor of crystals 
of non-agglutinized iodoform for treating pulpless and dis- 
eased teeth, blind abscesses, etc. The cylinder of a hot- 
air syringe is partly filled with the crystals, and heated over 
an alcohol flame or gas jet until the crystals are fused. The 
syringe point is then placed in the root and the bulb com- 
pressed, forcing the vapor of iodoform into the canal, every 
part of which it permeates, the tubuli being filled through- 
out, and a precipitate deposited, forming a solid, insoluble 
filling. The vapor penetrates the apical foramen and comes 
in contact with the peridental membrane subduing irritation 
and inflammation, gradually restoring the tooth, and if loose, 
rendering it firm in its aveolus. To disguise the unpleasant 
odor of iodoform, it may be incorporated with a little oil of 
rose, as one drop of the oil will remove the odor of half a 
drachm of iodoform; the odor is also disguised by balsam of 
Peru, oil of cinnamon, oil of lavender, or oil of sassafras. 
Three grains of cumurin (a derivative of the Tonka bean) 
will disguise the odor of one drachm of iodoform ; or the 
addition of attar of rose, one minim to the drachm; or of 
essence of rose geranium, three or four minims to the drachm. 
Creolin is also a very good deodorizer of iodoform ; also aqua 
heliotrope, for the hands also, one or two drops of creasote or 
carbolic acid to the ounce of iodoform, is also recommended. 
According to some, it is not a matter of indifference whether 
iodoform be applied as a dressing for wounds and ulcers, in 
the form of crystals, as amorphous powder dissolved in ether 
or as an ointment. Iodoform acts not only as a chemical 
combination, allowing the escape of iodine in a free state, but 
it has certain mechanical properties. When the surface of an 
ulcer or wound is covered with a layer of iodoform in crys- 
tals, a certain degree of absorption of the fluids secreted takes 
place. These products of secretion penetrating the interstices 
between the minute crystals of iodoform soon lose the liquid 
form, and produce with them an impermeable crust. Under 
this crust cicatrization soon occurs, without any retraction of IODOFORM. 
403 
the tissues; hence they suppose that the best form in which 
to employ iodoform for ulcers and wounds is that of the crys- 
tals. As toxic effects have followed the internal administra- 
tion of iodoform, it should be prescribed with care, and also 
the application of it to extensive surfaces should be avoided. 
The toxic symptoms have been manifested as follows, the 
maximum dose which caused them in a certain case being 
12grains: 
“ Giddiness, vomiting and deep sleep, from which the 
patient could be roused with difficulty. The somnolence was 
interrupted by periods of excitement, each lasting several 
hours, and was followed by delirium, intense headache, sense 
of impending death* spasmodic contractions of the facial 
muscles, and in the case of the younger patient, diplopia. The 
functions of the other sensory organs were not disturbed, and 
the pupils presented a normal reaction. Deep inspirations 
alternated with apncea of about a minute’s duration. After 
five or six days, the toxic symptoms gradually lessened and 
passed away.” 
Iodoform has been used for odontalgia, on account of its 
gently caustic and anodyne reaction on exposed pulps of teeth, 
Combined with arsenious acid and creasote in a devitalizing 
mixture, iodoform lessens the pain caused by the arsenical 
paste. Dr. James Truman was the first to suggest the use of 
iodoform in combination with arsenious oxide. 
M. Rummo, of the Academy of Science, regards iodoform 
as exerting an anaesthetic action when applied to wounds, but 
without the power to destroy germs in putrescent matter, 
although it prevents their development; but dissolved in oil 
of turpentine, it will destroy bacteria in their fullest prolifera- 
tion. M. Sauvat says that iodoform, when applied to wounds( 
reduces effusion and favors cicatrization, and exerts an anaes- 
thetic action; but if carelessly used it may cause erythema or 
even erysipelas. Iodoform in powder is now a popular dress- 
ing for wounds. Iodoform is more easily dissolved in alcohol 
and ether if there is camphor already dissolved in them ; as 
an example : alcohol will dissolve only i per cent, of iodo- 
form, while a saturated solution of camphor will dissolve io 404 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
per cent. The spirits of turpentine will remove the odor of 
iodoform from the hands. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
New Methods for Deodorizing 
Iodoform. 
1. —Carbolic acid .... I part 
Iodoform 2 parts. 
Powder and mix well. 
No change appears to take place in 
the iodoform, but the odor is masked 
by that of carbolic acid. 
2. —Iodoform loo parts 
Oil of peppermint . 5 parts 
Oil of neroli . ■ • . I part 
Oil of lemon ... 2 parts 
Tinct. benzoin ... 2 parts 
Acetic acid .... i part. 
Powder the iodoform, and mix thor- 
oughly with the other ingredients. 
Transfer to a well-stopped flask, and 
keep at a temperature of from 120° F. 
to 140° F., over a water bath, for 2 
days. The mixture has a pleasant odor 
of Eau de Cologne. 
3. —Camphor 5 parts 
Charcoal 10 parts 
Iodoform 15 parts. 
Powder and mix intimately. 
For Pulpless Teeth. 
R. Iodoformi gr.x 
Acidi tannici . . . . gr. iij 
Glycerini gtt.xv. M. 
Signa.—Apply on floss silk, or by 
syringe. 
Preparation.—Rub iodoform to fine 
powder, in a mortar, and add the 
tannin, and after mixing thoroughly, 
add the glycerin. One drop of oil of 
cinnamon will disguise the odor. 
For Devitalizing Pulps of Teeth. 
R. Iodoformi gr.v 
Acidi arsenios . . .gr.x 
Creasoti q.s. M. 
To make a paste. 
Signa.—Apply on'cotton,'or on point 
of a broach. 
For Putrid Pulps. 
A. P. Johnson. 
R. Iodoformi gr. -fa 
Camphorae • • • • 3 l/i 
Alcoholis j|j. 
Misce by dissolving the camphor in 
the alcohol, and then add the iodoform. 
Signa.—Use as an injection. 
As a capping for an exposed pulp, it 
is suggested to dissolve the fillings of 
celluloid in the above mixture and form 
a thick paste. 
For Odontalgia. 
SCHAFF. 
R. Pulv. iodoformi . . . gr.lx 
Kaolin gr.lx 
Acidi carbolici . . . gr.viij 
Glycerini q. s. 
Olei menthae piperit . gtt.x. 
Triturate the iodoform, kaolin, and 
oil of peppermint, with enough glyce- 
rine to form a thick paste. 
Signa.—Apply to exposed surface of 
pulp. 
For Pulpless Teeth with a Fistulous 
Opening. 
Faught, 
R. Iodoformi 
Acidi tannici . . . . g ij 
Glycerini f g ij 
Morphinae acetat . . S[j. M. 
Signa.—Apply on floss silk. 
For Neuralgia and Tumors of the 
Gums. 
R. Iodoformi gr.xv 
Bals. Peru gr.xxx 
Glycerini vel vaselin . q. s. M. 
To make a solution or ointment. 
Signa.—To be applied as a solution ; 
For Pulpless Teeth. IODOL, 
405 
or, if the vaseline is used, as an 
ointment. 
For Pulpitis, as a Capping. 
Paschkis. 
R Iodoform pulv., 
Kaolin pulv. . . . aa gr.lx 
Acidi carbolici (cryst.) gr.viij. 
Mix, and add sufficient glycerine to 
form a paste, then add:— 
Ol. menth. pip. . . . gtt.x. 
Signa.—Apply on point of broach over 
inflamed portion. 
For Tumors, Enlarged Glands, etc. 
R. Iodoformi part j 
Collodii part x. M. 
Signa.—To be applied as a lotion. 
For Pulpless Teeth—Canal-Dressing, 
Pierce. 
R. Iodoformi, 
Olei caryophilli, 
Olei eucalypti . . . aa j|vj. M. 
Signa.—Apply by injection or on floss- 
silk. 
For an Ointment of Iodoform and 
Eucalyptus. 
R. Pulv. Iodoformi ... % ss 
Olei eucalypti . . . . f £ ss 
Vaselin Elv- M. 
Signa.—To be used as an ointment. 
Tetra-iodo-ethylene-Di-odoform is a substitute for iodo- 
form, which it resembles in chemical composition, and contains 
the largest percentage of iodine next to iodoform. Its formula 
is C2I4, and it is regarded as a condensation product of two mole- 
cules of iodoform, 2CHI3—2HI=C2I4. It is prepared from 
acetylene di-iodide, C2I2, by dissolving in carbon-bisulphide, 
adding the equivalent of iodine and evaporating. This residue 
is insoluble in water, but can be recrystallized out of bisulphide, 
chloroform, benzene, or toluene in the form of yellow prisms 
melted at 1920 C. It is unattacked by boiling nitric acid, but 
decomposed by alcoholic potash. It is free from the odor of 
iodoform. 
IODOL—TETRAIODOPYRROL. 
Formula—C4I4N H4. 
Derivation.—Iodol is obtained by the action of iodine on 
certain constituents of animal oil. It is in the form of a 
grayish-white powder, which becomes dark on exposure to 
light. 
It is odorless and has little taste, and contains 90 per cent, 
of iodine. It is quite soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
carbolic acid, olive oil and alkaline solutions, but insoluble in 406 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
water; combination with an equal part of glycerine does not 
affect its properties. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Iodol is anti- 
septic, deodorant and anesthetic. It is an efficient germicide 
without poisonous effects, and is free from the disagreeable 
odor and taste of iodoform. Its physiological action and 
therapeutic uses are the same as those of iodoform. When 
applied to an abraded or wounded surface, it can soon be 
detected in the urine and saliva; also the same effects are 
apparent when it is administered by the stomach. 
Its action is slower than that of iodide of potassium, but 
more prolonged, and its elimination is slower. It has a slight 
caustic action, but a larger quantity can be used when it is 
substituted for iodoform; no quantity applied to a wound will 
cause toxic symptoms. 
It is used on wounds, ulcers, etc., in the form of an impal- 
pable powder, which is dusted on the part. It is also employed 
in the form of an ethereal solution, and also in solution with 
alcohol and glycerine; also in the forms of iodol cotton and 
gauze, pastils, bougies and ointments. It improves morbid 
conditions, and can be advantageously substituted for iodo- 
form. It has been administered with good results in the 
treatment of laryngeal tuberculosis by insufflation of the 
powder; and the loss of appetite, so common as a result of the 
use of iodoform, does not occur, ulcers become rapidly clean 
and the tendency to form scars is scarcely observed. 
Iodol is also employed internally, in the form of pills of 3 
grains in the treatment of substernal struma. -In the treat- 
ment of syphilitic ulcers, round ulcers, suppurating buboes, 
and after opening the pustules of acne, it has also given favor- 
able results, as it lessens the secretion, possesses great disin- 
fectant power and is non-irritatting. 
Dose.—For internal administrations, gr. to gr. v, in wafer 
pill, or pellet, or in powder. 
Dental Uses.—Same as those of Iodoform (which see). IODINE. 
407 
For a Topical Application. 
Mazzoni. 
R. Iodol i part 
Alcobolis 16 parts 
Glycerini 34 parts 
SlGNA. — Apply with a camel’s-hair 
brush or in the form of a spray. 
Dental Varnish. 
R. Saturated solution of 
iodol in alcohol . . I part 
Hubbard’s negative 
varnish 6 parts. M. 
A good, quick drying varnish. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Root-Canals of Abscessed Teeth. 
Van Wort. 
R. Iodol gr.x 
Zinci oxidi gr.xx 
Vaseline carbol. q. s. to form a 
thick paste. M. 
SlGNA.—Place in canal and seal with 
an oxyphosphate filling. 
For a Topical Application. 
Evaporating quickly. 
R . Iodol i part 
yEther. sulph. ... 8 parts. M. 
Symbol. I. 
Derivation.—Iodine is a non-metallic, metalloid element, 
obtained principally from kelp (made by burning seaweed, and 
in the form of impure soda), which is subjected to distillation 
in iron retorts, after which it is mixed with sulphuric acid and 
black oxide of manganese. It is evolved in the form of vapor, 
which is condensed. The vapor is readily recognized by its 
beautiful violet color. Iodine is usually in the form of bluish- 
black crystalline scales, with a metallic lustre, a strong, pecu- 
liar odor and a hot, acrid taste. It is slightly soluble in water, 
and soluble in alcohol, ether, solution of chloride of sodium 
and a solution of iodide of potassium. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Iodine in small doses is 
alterative, stimulant and tonic, and acts locally as an irritant, 
causing redness, itching and desquamation; exhaled in the 
form of vapor, it excites cough and warmth in the air pas- 
sages. Taken internally it excites a sensation of heat or 
burning in the stomach, and in large doses is an irritant poison, 
inflaming the mucous membrane of the stomach and causing 
superficial eschars. The internal use of the iodides gives rise 
to an eruption of acne, especially on the face, thighs and 
shoulders; they have also anaphrodisiac powers when long 
continued. The influence of the iodides in producing iodism 
IODUM—IODINE. 408 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
may be prevented by large draughts of water being used 
during their administration. 
The odor of iodine can be detected in the blood, brain and 
muscles. 
When combined with potassium its local irritant effect is 
diminished ; hence, the preparation known as Iodide of Potas- 
sium, Potassii Iodidum (obtained by treating an aqueous solu- 
tion of potassa with iodine), is employed whenever the con- 
stitutional effects of iodine are desired, as the iodide of 
potassium possesses many advantages over iodine for internal 
use, such as being less irritant, and for this reason may be 
administered in larger doses and for a greater length of time • 
it is also more soluble than iodine alone, and when taken into 
the stomach is absorbed much more rapidly. The formula is 
Ki, and it is in the form of white crystals, of an acrid, saline 
taste. Some persons are peculiarly susceptible to the influ- 
ence of iodine, even small doses causing unpleasant effects, 
such as headache, vertigo, derangement of the digestive or- 
gans etc. 
Iodide of potassium, like iodine, produces a very decided 
effect on the secretions, increasing them, and occasionally to 
the degree of ptyalism. The antidote for poisoning by iodine 
is starch. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Iodine and its preparations are valuable 
resolvents in the treatment of glandular enlargements, indura- 
tions, tumors, thickening of membranes, etc., etc.; also in 
scrofula, scrofulous ophthalmia, tubercular meningitis, ad- 
vanced stage of pleurisy, chronic affections of the liver, 
etc. etc. 
Iodide of potassium is much employed in mercurial poison- 
ing and in syphilis, especially in the secondary and tertiary 
forms, and after the employment of mercury has proved use- 
ful ; also in affections of the nervous system of a syphilitic 
origin, together with the other affections already referred to as 
indicating iodine. Externally iodine is used in the form 
of tincture in the treatment of enlarged scrofulous glands, 
cutaneous affections, erysipelas, rheumatism, gout, phlegmons, IODINE. 
409 
syphilitic gummatae and nodes, phagedaenic ulcerations, car- 
buncles, diseases of the joints, wounds and parts poisoned; 
and as a counter-irritant in pneumonia, phthisis and pleurisy; 
and as injections in hydrocele and bronchocele. The vapor is 
inhaled with benefit in chronic bronchitis and phthisis. Iodine 
also ranks highly as a disinfectant. 
Dose.—Of iodine alone, gr. to gr. j two or three times a 
day, in the form of a pill, directly after eating on account of 
its irritant effect; the best form of administration, however, is 
iodide of potassium. Dose of the iodide of potassium, gr. iij 
to gr. x. A new way of giving iodine internally is by dissolv- 
ing iodine in water with four times its weight of iodide of po- 
tassium, and mixing with glucose. 
Tincture of Iodine—Tinctura Iodi{iodine, Sj; alcohol, Oj). 
Dose, rajto mv- 
Compound Tincture of Iodine—Tinctura Iodi Composita 
(iodine, Sss ; iodide of potassium, Sj; alcohol, Oj). Dose, ITlij 
to Itlx. 
Colorless Iodine.—Iodine is bleached by carbolic acid, and 
the colorless carbolate combines all the advantages of both 
base and acid. One of the easiest methods to decolorize 
iodine is to add forty minims of a saturated solution of hypo- 
sulphite of soda to each fluid ounce of the tincture of iodine. 
Forty minims of the saturated solution contain about thirty- 
two grains of sodic hyposulphite. Another method of decol- 
orizing iodine is to put into an open vessel a drachm of the 
tincture of iodine and six ounces of hot water; add twelve 
grains of phenol, and stir with a glass rod, when the solution 
will be at once bleached. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice iodine and its preparations 
are valuable agents, the official and compound tinctures being 
employed in the treatment of periodontitis, alveolar abscess, 
mercurial stomatitis and other forms of stomatitis, inflamma- 
tion and ulceration of the gums, fungous growths of gum 
and tooth pulps, necrosed teeth and suppurating pulps of 
teeth, diseases of the antrum, caries of maxillary bones, den- 
tigerous cysts, recession of gums and absorption of alveolar 
processes. 410 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For the different forms of stomatitis, and especial mercu- 
rial stomatitis, the tincture of iodine is used in the form of a 
gargle; for an injection in alveolor abscess it is diluted or 
combined with carbolic acid, glycerine and other agents ; for 
fungous growths it may be used alone, or combined with 
rectified alcohol; for ulcerations of gum and mucous mem- 
brane it is generally combined with carbolic acid ; for periodon- 
titis it is combined with the tincture of aconite root, and is 
regarded as being almost a specific for the incipient stages of 
this affection, as it relieves the inflammation by retarding the 
circulation and stimulating lymphatic action. Either the 
officinal or compound tincture is employed with an equal 
quantity of the tincture of aconite, the preparation being 
applied to the gum over root of affected tooth, which should 
be previously dried of moisture, by means of a camel’s-hair 
brush or cotton on the point of an excavator. The mouth 
should be kept open and the part protected until a metallic 
pellicle is formed. Iodine is also a valuable disinfectant and 
germicide in the treatment of alveolar abscess (in the form of 
the compound tincture), used as injection throughout the pus 
tract, and for root canals and the pus-pockets of alveolar 
pyorrhoea. 
A valuable combination of iodine, carbolic acid, glycerin 
and water is known as “ Boulton’s Preparation,” and is a useful 
application in the form of injections, gargles and lotions. For 
the chronic form of alveolar abscess, and also for the acute 
form, after more powerful agents have been employed, it is a 
useful remedy, possessing antiseptic and stimulant properties 
in a marked degree; it also possesses the property of modify- 
ing mucous membrane and diminishing sensibility ; hence it is 
useful in ulcerations, etc. Tincture of iodine combined with 
creasote or carbolic acid is a powerful application in peri- 
odontitis, suppuration of necrosed teeth, ulceration of margins 
of the gums and for fungous growth, as it stimulates debili- 
tated parts and destroys such as are too weak to be restored. 
A colorless tincture of iodine is composed of glycerin and 
aqua ammonia in combination with the iodine, but the pres- IODINE. 
411 
ence of the ammonia restricts its use. Another colorless 
tincture, in which sulphate of soda is substituted for the am- 
monia, is less irritating in its effects. 
The addition of water and honey to the officinal tincture 
of iodine will render it suitable for a gargle for inflamed and 
ulcerated parts. The iodide of potassium is employed inter- 
nally in mercurial stomatitis, dental exostosis, facial neuralgia, 
convulsions of dentition, periodontitis, looseness of the teeth, 
tumefaction and sponginess of the gums, syphilitic and scrof- 
ulous ulcerations of the mouth, caries and necrosis of the 
maxillary bones. 
Tincture of iodine mixed with -glycerin is claimed by Dr. 
Hammond to be more effective as a local application than the 
plain tincture. This is due to the retardation of the dissipa- 
tion of the iodine, or more probably to the skin remaining 
soft, and therefore in a better condition for absorbing the 
drug. 
Iodine Trichloride is formed by passing chlorine gas over 
iodine. It is obtained in the form of reddish crystals, is 
soluble in its own weight of water, and almost as readily in 
alcohol, and either solution can be mixed with glycerol with- 
out decomposition. Dr. Belfield regards it as a powerful 
local antiseptic for irrigating suppurating wounds, and tuber- 
culous processes. He uses solutions of 5 to 20 per cent, in 
equal parts of water, alcohol and glycerol. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Chronic Alveolar Abscess, Ulcera- 
tions, Inflammations, etc., etc. 
Boulton. 
R. Tinct. iodi. comp. . . jfRxlv 
Acidi carbolici (cryst.), TT^vj 
Glycerini gj 
Aquae destillatae . . . v. M. 
It becomes colorless in from 8 to io 
hours. 
Signa.—To be used as injection, gar- 
gle or lotion. 
For Ulceration of Gums. 
R. Tinct. iodi TT[xlv 
Acidi carbolici . . . IRvj 
Glycerini . . . . 
Aquae destillatae . . M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Periodontitis. 
R. Tinct. iodi. . . . . . if j 
Creasoti vel., 
Acidi carbolici . . . M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied to gum about 
neck of tooth, as a counter-irritant. 412 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Ulcerated Gums and Mucous 
Membrane. 
R. Tinct. iodi. . . . partem j 
Mellis partes ij 
Aquae partes vij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Periodontitis. 
R . Tinct. iodi g x 
Potassii iodidi.... ss 
Camphorae ..... g ij 
Spiriti rectificati . . . f x. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply with a camel’s-hair 
brush to gum over root of affected 
tooth. 
For Fungous Growths and Suppurating 
Surfaces. 
R. Tinct. iodi gi) 
Spiriti rectificati . . . l|j. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied with a camel’s- 
hair brush. 
For Mercurial Stomatitis. 
R. Tinct. iodi g iij vel vj 
Potassii iodidi . . gr.xvvelxxx 
Aquae Oss. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Periodontitis. 
R. Tinct. iodi., 
Tinct. aconiti . . . aa M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied by means of a 
camel’s-hair brush until a metallic 
pellicle is formed, three times daily. 
For Excessive Sweating of the Hands. 
R . Tinct. iodi g j 
Lin. camphorae comp., 
Glycerini . . . . aa g iss 
Lin. belladonna comp. j 
Eau de cologne . . . gj. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as an embrocation twice 
a day, having previously well bathed 
the hands in warm w ater, in which 
is dissolved 2 drachms or half an 
ounce of chloride of ammonia and 4 
drachms of carbonate of soda crys- 
tals, enough water being used to well 
cover the hands. 
For Putrescent Pulps and Chronic 
Alveolar Abscess. 
R. Iodi g ij 
Alcoholis f ij. M. 
For Same and Pyorrhoea Alveolaris. 
R. Iodi, 
Acidi carbolici (crys- 
tals) aa Hi 
Alcoholis f 3 ij. M. 
IODINE TRI-CHLORIDE—TRI-CHLORIDE OF IODINE. 
Formula.—I Cl3. 
Derivation.—Iodine tri-chloride is obtained by the action of 
chlorine gas over iodine. It is an orange-red powder, whose 
odor strongly irritates the mucous membrane. Usual dilution 
1 : 1200. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Tri-chloride of 
iodine is antiseptic and disinfectant, being highly efficient as 
such, through the liberation of chlorine, whose nascent ener- 
getic effect is still further enhanced by the presence of iodine. 
The antiseptic power of tri-chloride of iodine was officially 
tested by the Imperial Sanitary Bureau of Germany, and the IODOPHENACETIN. 
413 
following result was ascertained : “ An aqueous solution of I 
in 1000 destroys resistent bacillus-spores within a compara- 
tively short time; but only the aqueous solution does this. 
Alcoholic or oily solutions proved ineffective. Iodine tri- 
chloride far surpasses carbolic acid, and is next to corrosive 
sublimate (bi-chloride of mercury), in antiseptic power.” It 
may be obtained in quantities of ten grammes in hermetically 
sealed tubes, and is best kept in five per cent, aqueous solu- 
tions which appear to remain unchanged for some months. 
Langebuch claims that a o. i to 0.15 per cent, solution is equal 
in antiseptic action to a 0.5 to 1.0 per cent, solution of bi- 
chloride of mercury; in other words, that it is about five 
times as efficient as the bi-chloride. It is also claimed to be 
relatively the least poisonous of all antiseptics. Behring found 
that in aqueous solutions, having equal action upon the spores 
of anthrax bacilli, sublimate is five to six times, and carbolic 
acid and creasote seven to eight times, as poisonous as the 
tri-chloride. 
Dental Uses.—Dr. W. D. Miller says : “ We have con- 
sequently reasons to hope that the tri-chloride of iodine may 
prove a valuable remedy in the treatment of diseased con- 
ditions of the teeth and mouth.” Its efficiency as a disinfect- 
ant for carious dentine has been clearly shown in the experi- 
ments of Dr. Miller, and his impression was that the five per 
cent, solution of the tri-chloride of iodine is one of the most 
active agents for sterilizing carious cavities, and disinfecting 
carious dentine preparatory to filling teeth. 
IODOPHENACETIN. 
Derivation.—A new derivation of phenacetin described by 
Dr. Scholvein, obtained when a cold-saturated solution of 
phenacetin, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, is treated with 
iodine. It first forms as a gray precipitate, which afterwards 
appears as a mass of crystalline needles or an amorphous 
mass. It forms, when dry, a chocolate-brown powder. When 
recrystallized from glacial acetic add, it may be obtained in 
steel-blue crystals. By dissolving the phenacetin in glacial 414 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
acetic acid and afterwards diluting with water, less quantities 
of liquid are required in its preparation than would be the 
case if a mere aqueous solution of phenacetin was employed. 
The resulting product, called “ iodophenin,” melts at 130° C, 
decomposing at the same time. It contains one portion of its 
iodine in a more intimate combination than the other. It is 
soluble in 20 parts of cold glacial acetic acid, more easily in 
the same liquid when hot, and is soluble in alcohol, but not 
readily soluble in benzole and chloroform. If heated with 
water, it is decomposed. It has a strong odor of iodine, and 
a burning taste. Ordinarily it contains 50.5 per cent, of 
iodine. 
Medical Properties arid Therapeutic Uses.—Iodophenacetin 
is an antiseptic, and possesses marked powers as a bactericide ; 
but when given subcutaneously it produces marked local irri- 
tation, and when given internally it forms combinations with 
the alkalies of the intestinal canal, and consequently, from the 
readiness with which iodine is given up, iodine-poisoning may 
readily follow the administration of even small doses. 
IRIDIS RHIZOME—ORRIS RHIZOME—ORRIS ROOT. 
Source.—The plant from which Orris Root is obtained is a 
native of Italy and the south of Europe. It belongs to the 
natural order Iridaceae, of which there are three varieties of 
the species of Iris—Iris Rhizoma, Iris Florcntina and Iris Ger- 
manica. The root, which is the officinal portion of the plant, 
is of various forms and sizes, often branched, usually knotty 
and flattened, white, heavy, and of the thickness of the finger. 
It has a pleasant odor, like that of violet, and a bitter, acrid 
taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Orris root is cathartic and 
diuretic, and in large doses emetic. It has been employed 
with some benefit in dropsies, but is not often administered as 
a general remedy at the present time. It is valued for its 
pleasant, violet odor. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice it is employed as a very 
common ingredient of dentifrices, and also to correct an 
offensive breath. GUTTA PERCHA. 
415 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
Dentifrice. 
Dr. Sewell. 
R . Pulv. radicis iridis ss 
Pulv. saponis cas • g ij 
Pulv. sodii boratis ij 
Cretse preparatae ij. M. 
Flavor with a few drops of oil of cloves and lavender. Or, add 
a few drops of carbolic acid to each ounce of the powder, and flavor 
the whole with eucalyptus oil. (For other dentrifices see Prepared 
Chalk.) 
ISONANDRA GUTTA—GUTTA PERCHA. 
Source.—Gutta Percha is the inspissated juice of the tree 
Isonandra Gutta, extensive forests of which are found in the 
East Indies. It belongs to the natural order Sapotacece. It is 
in the form of tough, flexible pieces, which have been freed 
from impurities by cutting it into thin slices, and then washing 
and tearing it into shreds by heavy machinery while it is soft- 
ened in boiling water. It may be more thoroughly purified 
by dissolving it in either chloroform, benzol or hot turpentine, 
thus causing the impurities to separate, when it is evaporated 
to dryness. Crude gutta percha is of a chocolate or reddish- 
brown color; commercial gutta percha is of a grayish-white 
color, and the variety which has been purified by dissolving it 
in chloroform, etc., is almost white, greasy to the touch, and 
of a leathery smell, like that of India rubber. It is insoluble 
in water at any temperature, and is a bad conductor of heat 
and electricity. At ordinary temperatures it is tough, hard 
and inelastic, but toward 120° F. it softens, and at 150° it 
becomes soft and plastic, and may be moulded into any form, 
which it will retain on cooling, having, however, a perceptible 
shrinkage. Gutta percha is dissolved cold by chloroform and 
sulphide of carbon; benzol requires the aid of heat, and oil 
of turpentine requires to be quite hot. The alkalies have no 
action upon it; but concentrated nitric acid attacks it rapidly, 
with effervescence and the escape of nitrous fumes. 
Dental Uses.—Combined with mineral substances it forms a 
plastic material for temporary fillings of teeth, and, colored 416 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
with vermilion, is used for taking impressions of the mouth 
and for the base plates of plastic work. It is often employed 
as a filling material, on account of its non-conducting prop- 
erty, protecting a partially exposed pulp or sensitive dentine 
surface from irritation when metallic fillings would not be 
tolerated. Gutta percha has also been used for interdental 
splints. 
The preparation known as “ Hill’s Stopping” is composed 
of gutta percha, quicklime and feldspar, the mineral ingredi- 
ents being incorporated with the gutta percha while the latter 
is in a plastic condition from the effects of heat. 
Solution of Gutta Percha—Liquor Gutta Percha, Chloro- 
percha, is composed of gutta percha, Siss; chloroform, Sxvij ; 
or a thick solution may be made by dissolving as much gutta 
percha in chloroform as will give the desired consistence (like 
that of thick cream). 
Solution of gutta percha is a useful application for the relief 
of odontalgia arising from an exposed and inflamed pulp; also 
for capping an exposed pulp, a more durable material being 
inserted over it. The chloroform of the solution quickly 
evaporates, leaving an impermeable covering of the gutta 
percha, which is non-irritable, non-conductive and protective. 
It is also a useful application for inflamed or abraded surfaces, 
chaps, skin affections, etc. Gutta percha dissolved in chloro- 
form is a popular and efficient material for root fillings, as are 
also cones of gutta percha softened by heat or in chloroform. 
KANDOL. 
Kandol is a product formed by the distillation of naphtha, 
and is a perfectly clear, colorless fluid, extremely volatile, 
burns easily, and has a slight odor of benzine. It can be mixed 
with a small quantity of water or alcohol, and its preparation 
is cheap and simple. Dr. Njuschkon advocates the use of 
kandol in the place of ether or cocaine as a local anaesthetic 
in the form of spray. In one minute kandol will reduce the 
temperature to io° C.,and keep it nearly uniform at that tem- 
perature for some time, while ether reduces the temperature KRAMERIA. 
417 
to 170 C. As an effect of the spray of kandol, the skin be- 
comes very hard and is completely anaesthetized, and there is 
no bleeding, or else the blood coagulates as soon as it makes 
its appearance, so that all operations may be performed with 
ease and rapidity. 
KRAMERIA. 
Source.—Krameria is obtained from the root of the shrub 
krameria triandra, of the natural order Polygalece, native of 
Peru. It is in the form of cylindrical pieces, of the thickness 
of a quill, with many branches of a light red color within and 
crossed by a reddish-brown bark. The root is without odor, 
and of an astringent and somewhat bitter-sweetish taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Krameria is a powerful 
astringent, its medicinal property being due to tannic acid, of 
which it contains about forty per cent. There is also present 
an odorous principle, wax gum, and a peculiar acid known as 
krameric acid. When chewed it imparts a red tinge to the 
saliva. It imparts its properties very readily to alcohol, but 
less so to both cold and boiling water. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Krameria is employed internally for its 
astringent and a slightly tonic effect in the treatment of diar- 
rhoea, dysentery, passive hemorrhages, menorrhagia, leucor- 
rhoea, etc. Externally, in the form of powder, tincture and 
infusion, in the treatment of ozaena, ophthalmia, etc., and as 
an enema in hemorrhoids, fissures of the anus, sore nipples, 
leucorrhoea, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of powdered krameria, gr. xx to gr. xxx; of the 
extract—extraction kramerice, the dose is gr. v to gr. x; of 
the infusion—infusum kramerice—(krameriae Sj; water, Oj), 
the dose is Sss to Sj; of the tincture—tinctura kramerice— 
(krameriae, 5yj; diluted alcohol, Oij), the dose is 5j to 5ij. 
Of the fluid extract—extractum kramerice -fluidum, the dose is 
TTLv to 5ss; of the syrup—syrupus kramerice, the dose is 5j 
to 5iv. 
Dental Uses.—Krameria is a valuable astringent in dental 
RHATANY. 418 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
practice, being employed in the form of the tincture, in ulcer- 
ated and spongy gums; in the form of the infusion, as a 
gargle in inflammation of the gums and mucous membrane; 
in the form of the powder and also tincture, in spongy and 
bleeding gums, as an astringent; and also in the form of the 
powder as an ingredient of dentifrices, for its astringent 
property. 
Astringent and Stimulant Mouth- 
Wash. 
R. Tr. kramerise, 
Boro-glyceride, 
Eau de cologne . . 
Spts. vini rect. . . ad viij. M. 
Signa.—A teaspoonful to be added to 
a little water. 
For Inflamed Gums and Mucous 
Membrane. 
Thomas. 
R. Pulv. krameriae, 
Pulv. cinnamomi . aa g] 
Aquae bullientis . . f 25 vii. 
Macerate for 2 hours, strain, and add 
sacchari 3;ij. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Gingivitis. 
Dr. Sabatir. 
R. Tr. kramerise . . . . 
Tr- opii 3 ij 
Tr. myrrhae 3j 
Aquae camph 3 vj. M. 
SlGNA.—Use as a mouth wash. 
Styptic for Bleeding Gums. 
VlAU. 
R . Tincturae krameriae . f j 
Chloroformi . . . . gr.6o 
Acidi tannici .... grs.xxx 
Menthol ..... grs.xxx 
Aquae destillatae . M. 
KRESOLUM. 
Formula.—C6H4.C.H3.OH-f HaO. 
Kresolum purum liquefactum is an antiseptic introduced by 
H. Nordlinger as a substitute for trikesole, having the max- 
imum amount of water which it will hold in solution. Dis- 
solved in water, a two and per cent, solution can be 
prepared readily by shaking. Kresolum is said to have 
threefold the antiseptic power of carbolic acid, and hence a 
one per cent, solution is equal to a three per cent, carbolic 
acid solution. 
Lanolin is the natural fat of wool and is used as a substitute 
for ordinary fat for localise. On account of its being analogous 
LANOLIN. SOLUTION OF CHLORINATED SODA. 
419 
to the natural fat of the skin, it is supposed to be more freely 
absorbed by the tissues than the ordinary fats; hence it is 
employed as a vehicle for remedies which are to be absorbed, 
and for such a purpose has been combined with arsenious acid 
and hydrochlorate of cocaine in a devitalizing mixture. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
R. Lanolin 20 parts. 
Glycerine 20 parts 
Borate of soda IO parts 
Oil of eucalyptus 2 parts 
Essence of bitter almonds • ... 25 drops. M. 
SlGNA.—Rub hands with preparation, and cover with gloves at night. 
For Soft, White Hands. 
LIQUOR SOD.E CHLORAT/E—SOLUTION OF CHLORINATED SODA. 
labarraque’s solution. 
Formula.—NaCl, NaClO. 
Derivation.—Solution of Chlorinated Soda is obtained by 
decomposing a solution of carbonate of sodium by one of 
chlorinated lime. It is a transparent liquid, of a greenish- 
yellow color, having a faint odor of chlorine and a sharp 
saline taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Solution of chlorinated soda 
internally is stimulant, tonic and antiseptic. Externally it is 
a stimulant, astringent and deodorizer, and is generally applied 
in the form of a lotion. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Solution of chlorinated soda is employed 
internally in typhus and typhoid and malignant scarlet fevers, 
mesenteric affections of children, etc. Externally it is used 
as an application to all forms of foul and indolent ulcers, ulcera- 
tions of membrane, ozsena, coryza, otorrhcea, syphilitic erup- 
tions of scalp and other skin diseases, burns, etc., etc. It is used 
diluted and has an alkaline reaction. It is a powerful disinfec- 
tant, and is useful in all affections attended with fetor. The 
concentrated solution is an irritant poison and caustic ; largely 
diluted it is tonic and stimulant. 420 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dose.—A solution of chlorinated soda, gtt. xxxto5j, diluted, 
several times a day; it fulfills the same indications as chlor- 
inated lime. 
Dental Uses.—Solution of chlorinated soda is a valuable 
agent in dental practice as a disinfectant, deodorizer and anti- 
septic. It is employed in mercurial stomatitis, ulcerated gums, 
fetid discharges from carious teeth, and all affections of the 
mouth attended with fetid discharge, and is useful for its stim- 
ulating property, thus inducing healthy action ; also in aphthae, 
cancrum oris, diseases of the antrum, necrosis of the bones of 
the jaws, scurvy, offensive breath, and as a bleaching agent for 
discolored teeth, especially in combination with powdered alum. 
It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles and protected from 
the light and heat. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Aphtha and Ulceration of the 
Mouth of Children. 
R. Liquor sodae chlor., 
Myrrhae aa f g ss 
Aquae rosae f j 
Aquae fj|vj. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Mercurial Stomatitis. 
JR. Liquor sodae chlor. . . § ss 
Mellis §ss 
Aquae destillatae . . . §x. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a mouth-wash. 
For Phagedenic and Sloughing Ulcers. 
R. Liquor sodae chlor. . . f Jj 
Aquae M. 
Signa.—To be applied as a lotion. 
For Mercurial Stomatitis, Fetid Dis- 
charges from Carious Teeth, Ulcer- 
ated Gums, etc. 
JR. Liquor sodse chlor. . . fjvj 
Aquae f 3 xij. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Offensive Breath and Deodorizer 
Generally. 
JR. Liquor sodae chlor. 
(concent.) ... . gtt.vj to x 
Aquae purae . . . . § ij. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Offensive Breath. 
R. Liquor sodae chlor. . . 3 j 
Aquae § iv. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
KINO-KINO. 
Source.—The inspissated juice of the Pterocarpus Marsupium, 
and of other plants. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—With Krameria, 
Gulla, and Catechu, Kino is one of the substances containing LITHIUM. 
421 
forms of tannic acid, and has the same physiological action 
and uses, being powerfully astringent. The tincture, “ Tinc- 
tures Kino',' compound of ten parts of kino to one hundred 
parts of alcohol, is the only preparation employed. 
Dose.—Of Tinctures Kino, TTtx to §ij. (See Tannic and 
Gallic Acids, Krameria.) 
LITHIUM—LITHIUM. 
Source.—From the alkali Lithium, which is rare in nature. 
Preparations.—Lithii Carbonas—carbonate of lithium, a white 
powder but slightly soluble in water, and having a feeble alka- 
line reaction. 
Dose.—Grs. ij to grs. x. 
Lithii Citras.—Citrate of Lithium, a deliquescent white pow- 
der, soluble in twenty-five parts of water. 
Dose.—Grs. v to grs. xxx. 
Lithii Salicylas.—Salicylate of Lithium, a deliquescent white 
powder with a sweetish taste, feeble acid reaction and very 
soluble in alcohol and water. 
Dose—Gr. v to 3j. 
Lithii Benzoas.—Benzoate of Lithium, either in the form of 
a white powder or small, shining scales, not deliquescent in 
the air, and having a sweetish, cooling taste and a feeble acid 
reaction. 
It is soluble in twelve parts of alcohol at 6o° F., and in four 
parts of water. 
Dose.—Gr. ij to gr. xv. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—These lithium 
salts have strong alkaline properties, and produce effects sim- 
ilar to those of the potassium and sodium compounds; and 
hence are very effective antacid agents. The salts of lithium 
are employed with great benefit in rheumatic gout, uric acid 
diathesis, rheumatism, uric acid calculi of kidneys and blad- 
der, irritable bladder from an excess of acid in the urine, etc. 
Dental Uses.—The lithium salts are effective in preventing 
and correcting the effects of a gouty diathesis upon the teeth, 
and in periodontitis dependent upon gout. The carbonate of 422 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
lithium is employed to arrest the abrasion or erosion of the 
teeth, when due to an excess of uric acid in the saliva; for 
such a purpose the agent can be dissolved in carbonic acid 
water. 
LITMUS—LACMUS. 
Source.—Litmus is a peculiar coloring matter obtained from 
various species of rocella, of the natural order Lichenes—the 
Lichen order, which grow on Alpine or maritime rocks in 
various parts of the world. The varieties used for chemical 
purposes are obtained from the European and African coasts 
and Northern Europe. They yield coloring substances by 
the reaction of water, air, and ammonia. Litmus is prepared 
chiefly in Holland ; the lichens being coarsely powdered and 
macerated for several weeks, with occasional agitation in a 
mixture of urine, lime and potassa or soda, fermentation en- 
suing ; the mass becomes first red and ultimately blue, and is 
then mixed with calcareous or siliceous matter, to give it con- 
sistence. A tincture is formed from this product (litmus I part 
to distilled water 20 parts), and blue litmus paper is made by 
steeping unsized paper in the liquid and afterwards drying it. 
The blue tincture is rendered deeper in color by indigo. Red 
litmus paper is prepared in the same manner, except that the 
tincture, into which the unsized paper is steeped, is reddened 
by the addition of the sulphuric acid. 
Dose.—The chief use of litmus in medicine and dentistry is 
as a test of acids and alkalies ; blue litmus paper being turned 
red by acids, while red litmus paper is turned blue by alkalies. 
In dental practice litmus paper is employed to determine the 
nature of the oral fluids—whether acid or alkaline. 
A single color, viz., purple, has recently been substituted 
for the ordinary blue and red litmus paper. This purple 
litmus paper turns red with acids, blue with alkalies. It is 
claimed to be much more delicate and convenient. 
LORETIN—META-IODO-ORTHO-OXYQUINOLINE AND SUL- 
PHONIC ACID. 
Loretin is a new succedanum for iodoform, and is in the 
form of a beautiful yellow crystalline powder, which resembles LYSOL. 
423 
iodoform in appearance, but is free from objectionable odor, 
and does not produce an artificial eczema, two drawbacks to 
the use of iodoform, as loretin is completely odorless. 
In water and alcohol, loretin is only slightly soluble, in 
ether and oils practically insoluble, but with oily liquids and 
especially with collodion, it forms emulsions which are excel- 
lently adapted for many purposes. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Loretin is non-poisonous, and is equally 
well adapted, especially when mixed with a small proportion 
of calcined magnesia, as a dusting powder for the surface of 
wounds and for insufflating into hollows and cavities. Bacte- 
riological experiments by Ammelburg, have demonstrated the 
power of loretin as a germicide as well as an antiseptic. 
In the treatment of wounds, the surface is kept clean with 
dry sterilized pads of gauze, and then closed with the needle. 
A bandage with lumps of surgical wadding and loretin 
collodion is then laid upon the closed wound. Cavities are 
dusted with loretin powder, or a tampon of loretin gauze 
is introduced; a small pencil of loretin is laid in punctured 
wounds. 
The healing of the wound is usually unaccompanied by any 
fever and progress without festering. There is an absence 
of any irritating effect on the skin, and persistent eczema has 
been cured by this agent; it is also employed in empyema of 
the pleural cavity and purulent cystitis. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice lorentin may be employed 
in all cases requiring the application of antiseptics and germi- 
cides, as a substitute for iodoform (for the dental uses of which 
see page 400) and without the disadvantages of the latter agent. 
LYSOL. 
Derivation.—Lysol is obtained by boiling coal tar with fat, 
alkali, resinous acid and resin, and contains no phenol, but 
principally cresol. It is readily soluble in water, and has a 
strong pungent odor. It is of the consistency of soft or pot- 
ash soap, or in the form of a clear oily liquid. 
Lysol is a very complex substance (not homogeneous), with- 
out any definite formula. 424 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—It is claimed that 
lysol is superior as a germicide to corrosive sublimate, car- 
bolic acid, iodoform and creolin, its bactericide properties 
being very great. As an antiseptic, etc., in the treatment of 
wounds a 1 per cent, solution is employed; for internal wash- 
ings y2 per cent, solutions are recommended. It sometimes 
exerts an irritant action on the skin. 
Dr. F. Haenel lays special stress upon the simplicity of its 
use—a few minutes’ energetic brushing with the solution being 
all that is required to prepare a surface for operation, instead 
of the usually complicated process of cleaning and disinfection 
of the skin. For this purpose Lysol answers as well as the 
best soap, removing not only visible dirt, but fatty or resinous 
spots on the skin, instruments, etc. The soapy feeling it 
imparts to the hands, instruments and sutures, is best avoided 
by drying the hands and the prepared area of operation with 
a sterilized cloth before beginning to operate. 
With respect to the bactericidal properties of the prepara- 
tion, Schotellius found that in 15 to 20 minutes a one-third per 
cent, solution destroyed all kinds of germs. The investiga- 
tions of Gerlach led to similar results, and the experiences of 
Dr. F. Haenel are also in accordance with these statements. 
He used solutions varying in strength from to per 
cent., and on all grounds concludes that Lysol is superior to 
sublimate, carbolic acid, iodoform, and the other ordinary an- 
tiseptics, either by virtue of its non-poisonousness, or odor- 
lessness, or the clearness of its solutions. It forms, he points 
out, clear mixtures with distilled water, or with ordinary water 
which does not contain much chalk. In solutions made with 
spring or tap water which contains much lime, a turbidity 
appears which increases in the progress of time, and is less 
conspicuous in strong than in weak solutions. As the disin- 
fectant constituents remain in solution, the bactericidal action 
of the liquid is in no way prejudiced. For some purposes 
this turbidity is a disadvantage, however, and the author states 
that the best way to avoid it, is to prepare the solutions imme- 
diately before use, if necessary, to avoid the employment of 
the weaker dilutions. CALCINED MAGNESIA. 
425 
Dental Uses.—Lysol may be employed in dental practice as 
an antiseptic, disinfectant, and germicide in the case of putre- 
scent or gangrenous pulps, to disinfect root-canals and carious 
cavities of teeth; also in the form of a I per cent, solution for 
unhealthy wounds and ulcers of the oral mucous membrane, 
upon which it has an astringent effect. It is advisable to 
employ lysol in from to I per cent, solution whenever an 
antiseptic or aseptic operation is desired. 
Mouth Wash. 
R. Lysol 3 ss 
Aquae 3xvj- M. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
Dr. F. T. Van Woert. 
R . Lysol f |ij 
Tinct. capsicum gtt.xv. 
Tinct. Iodine f :jj. M. 
Signa.—Five drops in one-half glass of water used as a wash in 
cleansing teeth with a brush. 
MAGNESIA—CALCINED MAGNESIA. 
Formula.—MgO. 
Derivation.—Magnesia is obtained by exposing carbonate of 
magnesium to a red heat, and thus expelling all of the car- 
bonic acid, which is shown by a want of effervescence on the 
addition of dilute sulphuric ucid. It is very light, and of white 
color and odorless,-and in the form of powder, with an earthy 
taste, and slightly soluble in water, more so in cold than in 
hot water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Magnesia is antacid and 
laxative, its laxative effect being the result of the combination 
it forms with the free acids of the stomach and intestines. 
After its effects are exerted in the intestinal canal, it becomes 
absorbed and renders the urine alkaline. Large doses, when 
administered for a considerable time, may accumulate in the 
bowels; such an effect may be avoided by administering it 
with lemonade, which renders it more soluble. Being mild 
and unirritating, it is well adapted for children, and is an ex- 426 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
cellent remedy for great acidity in the stomach. It is the 
antidote for poisoning by the mineral acids. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Magnesia is administered in acidity of 
the stomach, heartburn, sick headache and kidney affections, 
as an antacid, and in combination with other agents in the 
diarrhoea of children. It is also an efficient aperient, alone or 
in a little milk. 
Dose.—Of magnesia, as a laxative, gr. x to 5j; as an ant- 
acid, 3j. Of a preparation known as “ Henry’s,” the dose is 
half the quantity just given. 
Dental Uses.—Magnesia is employed in dental practice, 
chiefly for its antacid properties, as an ingredient of dentifrices ; 
in solution in the form of a gargle, to counteract the effect of 
acid medicines upon the teeth; also as an ingredient of reme- 
dies for infantile diarrhoea during the period of dentition; and 
also to change an acid condition of the oral fluids, by being 
rubbed between the teeth and permitted to remain for a short 
time. 
Magnesium Hydrate.—Dr. E. C. Kirk recommends Phillips’ 
Milk of Magnesia, which consists of precipitated magnesium 
hydrate held in suspension in water, for contracting the 
injurious action of acid secretions, especially in erosion cases. 
It is applied in the same way that lime-water or precipitated 
chalk is used for the purpose of bringing about an alkaline 
condition of the oral fluids, by neutralizing the excess of acids 
present. A teaspoonful of the preparation taken into the 
mouth and allowed to float around over the teeth coats them 
with a sight film of magnesium hydrate, which protects the 
tooth-surface from the acid action for a number of hours. It 
should be used three times daily, after meals, and for erosion, 
night and morning. 
For Infantile Bilious Diarrhoea. 
CONDIE. 
R. Magnesiae calc. . . . gr.xxiv 
Calomel gr.ij-iij 
Ipecacuanha .... gr.ij-iij 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
Ext. hyoscyami . . . gr.iv-vj. M. 
F. ch. No. xij. 
Signa.—One to be given every 2 or 3 
hours. SULPHATE OF MAGNESIUM. 
427 
For Infantile Mucous Diarrhoea. 
Eherle. 
R . Magnesia calc. . . . gr.x 
Bals. copaibse . . . 5jj 
Spir. aether nit. . . . 3 iij 
Sacch. alb gij 
Aq. cinnamon . . . !|iij. M. 
SlGNA.—A teaspoonful every 2 or 3 
hours; each dose to be followed in 
the course of an hour by the fifth of 
a grain of Dover’s Powder. 
MAGNESII SULPHAS—SULPHATE OF MAGNESIUM. 
(epsom salt.) 
Formula.—MgS047H20. 
Derivation.—Epsom Salt is obtained by the action of sul- 
phuric acid on magnesite, the siliceous hydrate of magnesium. 
It is in the form of small, colorless crystals, which effloresce 
on exposure to the air, and are very soluble in water. It is 
odorless, but has a very bitter taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Sulphate of magnesia is a 
refrigerant purgative, safe and mild in its action, and is per- 
haps more commonly employed as a cathartic than any other. 
It is at times combined with other agents. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Sulphate of magnesia is administered as 
a saline purgative in acute inflammatory and febrile affections, 
to depress the arterial tension, and also to relieve the kidneys 
when they are hypersemic; hence it is a valuable remedy in 
renal and cardiac dropsy, constipation of lead colic, acute 
dysentery, dyspepsia with constipation, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of sulphate of magnesia, 5j to 5j, in water or car- 
bonic acid water. 
Dental Uses.—Sulphate of magnesia is employed internally 
in dental practice, to reduce the arterial tension in acute 
inflammations of the dental organs, such as acute pulpitis, 
acute periodontitis, etc. 
To disguise the bitter taste of Epsom salts, the following 
formula may be employed :— 
R. Mganesii sulphatis 3 v 
Essentiae menthse gtt.iij. M. 428 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For Dysuria of Difficult Dentition. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
R. Sulph. magnes gijto giij 
Aquae purse dein adde 
Spir. sether. nitrici 3 ij 
Tinct. opii TTtv'j to xv. M. 
SlGNA.—A teaspoonful, to be repeated according to circumstances. 
MATICO. 
Source.—Matico—maticce folia—are the dried leaves of the 
shrub artanthe elongata, of the natural order Piperacea—pep- 
per order, and is a native of Peru. They are from two to 
eight inches long by an inch in breadth, strongly reticulated, 
and of a bright green on the upper surface and lighter in color 
beneath when fresh, with an agreeable aromatic odor and a 
strong astringent taste. They contain a trace of tannic acid, 
a peculiar acid, artanthic, a volatile oil, resin, and a very bitter 
principle—maticin. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Matico is an aromatic tonic, 
an alterative stimulant, an internal hemostatic and local styp- 
tic. It has a special determination to the mucous membranes, 
and although as an internal remedy its astringent properties 
are not so well marked, it acts externally as a reliable 
hemostatic and styptic. The powder made from the under 
side of the leaf is more powerfully styptic than that from the 
upper side. 
Therapeutic in the form of powder, infusion 
and fluid extract, is employed in internal hemorrhages, epis- 
taxis, atonic diarrhoea and diseases of the urinary passages, 
etc.; externally as a hemostatic in superficial hemorrhages, 
and also in leucorrhea, in the form of an injection. 
Bose.—Of powdered matico, 5ss to 5j, three times a day; 
of the infusion the dose is fsij; of the fluid extract the dose 
is f5ss to f5j. 
Dental Uses.—The powder and tincture are valuable styp- 
tics in hemorrhage following the extraction of teeth, hemor- 
rhage from leech bites and superficial wounds of mucous 
membrane. MENTHOL. 
429 
MENTHOL—JAPANESE CAMPHOR. 
(peppermint camphor.) 
Formula.—C10H20O. 
Derivation.—Menthol is the stearoptene of peppermint oil, 
and is obtained from this oil either by long keeping or by 
being cooled at a low temperature. Chemically, menthol 
occupies the position of an alcohol, having in its composition 
four atoms more of hydrogen than the ordinary camphor, and 
containing the radical menthyl. It is in the form of a crystal- 
line solid, composed of small white crystals of a peppermint 
odor and resembling sulphate of magnesia. It is imported as 
Japanese camphor, its chief source being the Japanese and 
Chinese peppermint oils. In a liquid state it has a specific 
gravity less than that of water. It is rendered liquid and 
volatile at a temperature one or two degrees below that of the 
body. It is sparingly soluble in cold water, liquefying slowly 
in water at 82° F., quickly at 120° F., but remains mostly as 
a separate body. It is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, gly- 
cerine, and in the fixed and volatile oils. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Menthol is anodyne, anti- 
spasmodic, and antiseptic. In doses of gr. ra to i it steadies 
the contractions of an excited heart, and causes tranquillity, 
and at the same time slight cerebral drowsiness. 
Half a grain may cause vomiting from gastric irritation, 
hence care should be observed in its administration, either 
internally or externally about the mouth. Its internal use is 
not advocated, unless well diluted, but its principal use is as 
an external application. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Menthol is said to prove as effectual as 
aconite, veratria and atropine for such diseases as neuralgia, 
brachalgia and gout; more so it is claimed by some. It is 
also used in chronic rheumatism and in headache. It is also 
applied to putrefactive wounds, as an antiseptic. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, menthol has given satis- 
faction as an external remedy in facial neuralgia, odontalgia, 
as an obtunder of sensitive dentine, and as a local anaesthetic. DENTAL MEDICINE. 
430 
For relieving the pain of sensitive dentine, a small portion of 
the crystals is applied to the sensitive surface, and in a few 
minutes the local anaesthetic effect is produced. As an anti- 
septic it has been employed in the treatment of decomposing 
pulps of teeth, necrosed teeth, etc. When applied to mucous 
surfaces for its anaesthetic effect, a twenty to thirty per cent, 
solution is used, but it is more evanescent than cocaine. 
Menthol also forms an ingredient of a devitalizing mixture. 
The oil of the ordinary peppermint is considered to be a 
germicide and antiseptic of considerable power and rapidity. 
It is readily diffusible, does not evaporate quickly, and is non- 
poisonous. It is useful in root canals and fistulous tracts after 
vemoval of pulps, and for hypersensitive dentine. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Facial Neuralgia and Odontalgia. 
R. Mentholi gr.j 
Spts. vini rectificati . . TRj 
Olei caryophylli . . . TR*. M. 
SlGNA.—For facial neuralgia, painted 
on the affected part. For odontalgia, 
applied on cotton to carious cavity. 
For Neuralgia and Odontalgia. 
R. Mentholi gr.v 
Oleo caryophylli (or oil 
of cajeput) . . . .fg). M. 
SlGNA. —To be painted on affected part, 
or, for odontalgia, applied on cotton. 
LOCAL ANESTHETIC. 
For Abscesses, Boils, Felons, etc. 
R. Chloroformi . ... gv 
Ether sulphurici . . 
Mentholi g ss. M. 
SlGNA.—Use with spray apparatus. 
For Odontalgia, 
R. Mentholi gr.xv 
Cocaine hydrochlorat. gr.xv 
Pul. opii gj 
Mucilag. acacise, 
Pulv. althese . . . aa q. s. M. 
SlGNA.—Introduce on a pledget of 
cotton. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Mentholi . .... 5 parts 
Chloroformi ... 8 parts. M. 
Signa.—Apply on cotton. 
Local Ancesthetic. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Mentholi .... 2 parts 
Ether 15 parts 
Chloroformi . . . loo parts. M. 
Signa.—For injection, or applied on 
cotton about tooth. 
For Odontalgia. 
Dr. Schaeffer. 
R. Phenol crystals I part 
Mentholi 3 parts. 
Melt over a moderate heat. 
Signa.—Apply to inflamed pulp. BICHLORIDE OF METHYLENE. 
431 
METHYLENE—BICHLORIDE OF METHYLENE. 
Formula.—C H2. C12. 
Derivation.—Methylene is obtained by the action on chloro- 
form of nascent hydrogen. It boils at 104° F. and 40° C., and 
is a colorless, volatile liquid with the odor of chloroform. It 
was introduced in 1840 by Dr. B. W. Richardson. It is 
pleasant to inhale in the form of vapor. Its specific gravity is 
1.344, and evaporates more easily than chloroform, and, the 
vapor being denser, it requires a less quantity than ether. It 
is soluble in alcohol and ether, and is frequently combined 
with other agents to lessen its cost. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Methylene pos- 
sesses many of the dangerous qualities of chloroform when 
used as a general anaesthetic, and death results from syncope 
with dilated pupils. It was a favorite anaesthetic with Dr. 
Richardson, and Sir Spencer Wells believes that it has all the 
advantages of complete anaesthesia with fewer drawbacks than 
any other. He gives it diluted with air by Junker’s apparatus, 
and it is supposed that he employs a mixture of methylic 
alcohol and chloroform. 
Despite the fact that so eminent a surgeon as Sir T. Spencer 
Wells uses methylene as an anaesthetic, and has continued to 
advocate its use for twenty years, very few have followed his 
example. This is because the statistics of mortality from this 
anaesthetic apparently show it to be considerably more dan- 
gerous than ether. 
A recent fatal case at the Plymouth Hospital has called out 
a letter from Sir Spencer, in which he states that this and 
other accidents have been due to improper administration. 
He says: “ I have never, either in hospital or private practice, 
since I began to operate in 1870, under methylene, seen any- 
thing approaching to danger under its influence, nor have I 
had a moment’s uneasiness or apprehension such as I have 
repeatedly suffered during the administration of chloroform, 
ether, the A. C. E. mixture, laughing-gas followed by ether, 
or the mixtures of chloroform and alcohol which some have 
supposed to be identical with, or substitutes for, methylene. 432 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
And it is very seldom that in most prolonged operations— 
say, for an hour—more than from six to eight drachms of me- 
thylene are used; while I have repeatedly found that in opera- 
tions of fifteen or twenty minutes, not more than from two to 
three drachms have been evaporated.” 
METHYLIC ETHER—METHYL-ETHYLIC ETHER 
Formula.—(C H3)20. 
Derivation.—Methylic Ether is obtained by digesting me- 
thylic alcohol with strong sulphuric acid. It is a gaseous 
substance, of an ethereal odor, and under the name of metliyl- 
ethylic ether, it has been used as a general anaesthetic. The 
methylic ether is prepared for use as methyl-ethylic ether by 
frequent washings in a strong solution of potassa, and is after- 
wards dissolved in absolute ethylic ether. In order that it 
may be fit for use, it is necessary to keep it for some time 
securely stopped. 
Dental Uses.—According to Dr. B. W. Richardson, of Eng- 
land, methylic ether is a superior anesthetic for dental opera- 
tions—better, he says, than nitrous oxide gas, because it allows 
air to be given with it, and does not asphyxiate nor produce 
muscular spasms and syncope. Under its influence, the patient 
is in a state of semi-consciousness, but is not conscious of pain 
from an operation. 
MICROCIDIN—MICROCIDINE 
Derivation.—Microcidin is a combination of naphthol and 
soda. Naphthol 25 per cent, and sodium naphtholate 75 per 
cent., one part being soluble in three parts of water. Micro- 
cidine does not corrode instruments or dressing materials, and 
is without odor or taste. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Microcidin has a 
very feeble toxicity, is caustic in large quantities, but in me- 
dicinal doses, even the largest required, is not irritating when 
applied to wounds as an antiseptic and disinfectant; it may 
also be used for toilet purposes. It reduces fever rapidly, and 
is excreted by the urine, which is rendered aseptic. It has 
been employed successfully in a large number of cases of in- MORPHINE. 
433 
fected and operative wounds. It is used in aqueous solution 
in the strength of 5 to 1000 (strong solution) and 3 to 1000. 
Dental Uses.—As an antiseptic and disinfectant, microcidin 
may be employed in dental practice on gangrenous pulps, 
carious cavities in pulp canals, and wounds and ulcers of mu- 
cous membrane; and as a disinfectant and antiseptic generally. 
MORPHINA—MORPHINE. 
Formula.—CnH19N03+H20. 
Derivation.—Morphine is the alkaloid which constitutes the 
chief narcotic principle of opium, the proportion varying from 
io to 15 percent. It is present in opium in combination with 
meconic acid, and the meconate of morphia is separated by 
repeated macerations with water, after which the salt is decom- 
posed by alcohol and water of ammonia, the latter precipitating 
the morphine and the former taking up the coloring matter as 
soon as it is freed from the alkali. The crystals of morphine 
are then boiled in alcohol and the solution filtered through 
animal charcoal. Morphine is in the form of white, or color- 
less crystals, which are inflammable and freely soluble in boil- 
ing alcohol, scarcely soluble in cold water, and somewhat so 
in boiling water. The salts of morphine, however, are freely 
soluble in water. It is without odor, and has a very bitter 
taste. Morphine differs somewhat in its mode of action from 
opium, which may arise from the peculiar state of combination 
in which it exists in opium. Morphine is more insoluble 
than its salts, and for this reason the latter are preferred for 
administration. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Morphine is more powerful 
than opium; but it causes less vascular and arterial excite- 
ment, less headache and vertigo, less subsequent depression, 
less constipation, and often it will be retained on an irritable 
stomach, when opium or its tincture (laudanum) would be 
rejected. 
Morphine is indicated when the object is to relieve nervous 
irritability and induce tranquillity. The effects of morphine 
differ according to the peculiarities of nervous constitution. 434 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The hypnotic effect may be produced and the stimulant action 
be confined to the heart; in some cases the excitant effect pre- 
vails, or the two effects may be equal. The excitant effect 
may counteract the hypnotic effect to a greater or less degree, 
resulting in insomnia with restlessness, or even delirium. 
Females appear to be more liable to its excitant effects than 
males; and if there is present a highly emotional, excitable 
and energetic temperament, it causes great distress and danger- 
ous effects when hypodermically administered. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Morphine, in the form of salts, is em- 
ployed as an anodyne and hypnotic in neuralgic affections, 
diseases of the heart, painful uterine affections, and in all cases 
of painful affections. (See Opium.) 
The principal salts of morphine are the acetate, the hydro- 
chlorate and the sulphate. 
MORPHINE ACETAS ACETATE OF MORPHINE. 
Formula.—C17H19N03, C2H402+3H20. 
Derivation.—Acetate of Morphine is obtained by precipi- 
tating morphine from the hydrochlorate of morphine, by the 
aid of ammonia, the precipitate resulting being washed in 
distilled water and dissolved and neutralized by acetic acid, 
after which it is evaporated and dried by heat. It is in the 
form of a white or yellowish-white, amorphous or crystalline 
powder, altogether soluble in water and alcohol, and of a bitter 
taste. 
MORPHIN.5S HYDROCHLORAS OR MURIAS—HYDROCHLORATE OR 
MURIATE OF MORPHINE. 
Formula.—C17H]9N03, HCl-f3H20. 
Derivation.—Hydrochlorate or Muriate of Morphine is ob- 
tained by macerating opium in distilled water, evaporating to 
a small quantity, and adding chloride of lime, and concen- 
trating the solution until it becomes solid when cool, after 
which it is pressed, washed with distilled water, again evapor- 
ated, cooled and pressed, and again dissolved in distilled water, 
when it is subjected to animal charcoal, to remove the color- MORPHINE. 
435 
ing matter, filtered and precipitated by ammonia, the codeia of 
the opium remaining in solution. The crystals resulting are 
then dissolved in muriatic acid, and the morphine allowed to 
crystallize into hydrochlorate or muriate of morphine. It is 
in the form of snow-white, feathery, flexible and acicular 
crystals of a bitter taste and silky lustre, and altogether sol- 
uble in water and alcohol. 
MORPHINE SULPHAS SULPHATE OF MORPHINE. 
Formula.—(Ci7H19N03)2.H2S04+5H20. 
Derivation.—Sulphate of Morphine is obtained by dissolving 
morphine in boiling alcohol, and saturating it while hot with 
sulphuric acid, the coloring matter being removed by animal 
charcoal; it is then boiled and filtered while at the boiling 
temperature. Upon cooling the sulphate is deposited in the 
form of white, feathery, acicular crystals, of a silky lustre, 
odorless, with a bitter taste and a neutral reaction. It is solu- 
ble in water and alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action of the Salts of Morphine.— 
The salts of morphine possess anodyne, hypnotic and anti- 
spasmodic properties, and are less stimulating, less convul- 
sant, and more hypnotic and anodyne than opium, and they 
also produce less constipation, and less diaphoretic action than 
opium. After the administration or insertion of the ordinary 
dose, which is one-sixth to one-fourth of a grain, there is 
experienced a sense of heat and flushing of the face, which 
may be preceded by some pallor, a fullness of the head, giddi- 
ness, noise in the ears, and frequently nausea, sometimes epi- 
gastric pain. The vertigo may cause a staggering walk and 
inability to maintain an upright position. Injection of the 
conjunctiva and contraction of the pupils occur at the same 
time that the cerebral effects are felt. The lips have a bluish 
appearance, the mouth and tongue dry, deglutition is painful 
and the voice becomes husky. During these symptoms the 
anodyne effects are manifested by the relief of pain and spasm, 
with perfect calmness of mind and tranquillity. While the 
effect is generally hypnotic, yet in some cases there is extreme 436 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
wakefulness, with great mental activity, and when sleep occurs, 
instead of its being calm, the respirations are slow, noisy and 
labored, the patient being disturbed by dreams and visions. 
While the action of the heart is diminished in frequency, there 
is a considerable rise in the arterial tension. When a hypo- 
dermic injection of morphine has been made, there is experi- 
enced an itching of the nose, which may extend to the entire 
cutaneous surface. The skin, which is at first dry, becomes 
moist, from diaphoresis, which is sometimes profuse. The 
secretions of the mucous surface are also arrested as a 
primary effect. 
If morphine is administered after a full meal, its effect is to 
suspend digestion for some time, and also to temporarily arrest 
the intestinal movements and diminish the urinal discharge, 
and make its emission difficult on account of the temporary 
loss of contractile power of the bladder and of the ejaculatory 
muscles. When the narcotic effects of morphine decline, 
there is generally experienced headache, confusion of mind, 
anorexia and nausea. When a poisonous dose is adminis- 
tered, a profound state of narcotism quickly ensues, the pulse 
becomes slow and feeble, the respiration slow and indistinct, 
the skin cold and covered with perspiration, the face pale, 
blue and ghastly, the conjunctiva deeply injected, the pupils 
greatly contracted, the reflex movements entirely destroyed. 
Half a grain of morphia is the smallest dose which has 
proved fatal to an adult, but other cases are recorded where 
one grain destroyed life. It chiefly affects the cerebro-spinal 
functions, and causes death by paralyzing the respiratory 
muscles. 
The antidotes in cases of poisoning are the stomach pump, 
emetics, cold effusions, counter-irritation, strong coffee, active 
stimulants, atropine by hypodermic injection, electro-mag- 
netism and artificial respiration. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The salts of morphine are employed in 
all neuralgic affections, for the relief of pain from whatever 
cause, and to induce sleep; also in diseases of the heart, 
chronic gastritis, delirium tremens, tetanus, colic, spasms, dys- MORPHINE. 
437 
entery, cholera, cough of pulmonary affections, cerebro-spinal 
meningitis, puerpural fever, convulsive diseases, vomiting, 
colica pictonum, diarrhoea, diabetes, gangrene, etc., etc. For 
hypodermic injection, the acetate of morphine is supposed to 
possess some advantages over the other salts, such as the 
sulphate and muriate, one of which is its greater solubility. 
Morphine is contra-indicated where there is a tendency to 
apoplexy and coma. 
Dose.—Of the salts of morphine, gr. £ to grain i. One 
sixth of a grain of either of the salts of morphine is equiva- 
lent to a grain of opium, or twenty-five drops of the tincture 
of opium (laudanum). 
For hypodermic injections the dose of salts of morphine 
is gr. i to i. The use of morphine hypodermically frequently 
leads to the morphine habit, which, once formed, is rarely 
abandoned; and which, independent of its fatal systemic 
effects, has very injurious effects upon the teeth—the enamel 
and dentine becoming thoroughly disintegrated, owing to the 
presence of erosive acids. 
For endermic application, gr. to j of morphine may be 
sprinkled on a surface (which has been blistered to remove 
the cuticle), over the seat of pain ; but the hypodermic method 
is the most effectual. 
Dental Uses.—For dental use the acetate of morphine and 
the muriate of morphine are preferable to the sulphate, on 
account of their greater solubility and greater chemical affin- 
ity with the tissues on which they are to act. The acetate of 
morphine is also preferred to the other salts as an ingredient 
of nerve paste for destroying the vitality of the pulps of teeth, 
on account of its chemical and mechanical compatibility with 
the pulp tissue, giving relief as an anodyne when the sulphate 
would irritate. Concerning the action of morphine when 
combined with arsenious acid, its effect is anodyne, modifying 
the irritant action of the arsenic, and preventing to a consid- 
erable degree the intense pain which follows its application to 
vitalized structures. Besides its use in devitalizing mixtures 
and as an obtunder of sensitive dentine, morphine is employed 438 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
for the temporary relief of odontalgia, for such a purpose 
being combined with carbolic acid, sweet spirits of nitre, oil 
of cloves and other anodyne agents. 
A paste made of acetate of morphine and creasote (or car- 
bolic acid) is much used for obtunding the sensitiveness of 
dentine. A thin paste, made of acetate of morphine rubbed 
up with oil of cloves, is an excellent application for exposed 
pulps; also a mixture of acetate of morphine, grs. v; oil of 
cajeput, f5j ; applied on a pledget of cotton. The latter is 
also effective for the pain following tooth extraction; it is ap- 
plied on cotton in the aveolar cavity. 
For internal administration in facial and other neuralgias, 
morphine is combined with atropine in the proportion of 
atropine, gr. to ; morphine, gr. | to j; hypodermi- 
cally injected. Morphine in combination with carbolic acid 
is also employed to relieve the pain of an exposed and painful 
pulp. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Odontalgia. 
White. 
R. Morphinae acetatis . . gr.xx 
Olei caryophylli, 
Spiritus aetheris ni- 
trosi aa 3'j. M. 
Signa.—Apply on a pellet of cotton. 
For Odontalgia. 
R. Morphinae acetatis . . gr. xx 
Creasoti (vel acidi car- 
bolici) M. 
Signa.—Apply to carious cavity on a 
pellet of cotton. 
For Devitalizing Pulps of Teeth. 
R . Morphinae acetatis . . gr.j 
Acidi arseniosi . . . gr.ij 
Creasoti q. s. M. 
Fiat massa, 
Signa.—Apply a sufficient quantity to 
exposed surface of pulp, on cotton. 
(For other devitalizing mixtures see 
Arsenious Acid.) 
For Itching of Inflamed Surfaces. 
R. Morphinae sulph. . . gr.vj 
Sodii boratis . . . . ss 
Aquae rosae M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Abraded Surfaces of Teeth. 
Dr. A. C. Hugenschmidt. 
To prevent pain of friction. 
R. Morphings murias . . gr.ij 
Mur. cocaini .... gr.ij 
Sodii boras 3J j 
Mellis j$j. M. 
To Relieve the Pain Following Ex- 
traction of Teeth, and a Local Ances- 
thetic. 
R. Morphinae gr.vj 
Tincturae aconiti, 
Chloroformi, 
Alcoholis . . . . M. 
Signa.—Apply on cotton, or with an 
applicator, as a local anaesthetic. 
(See Formulae under Arsenious Acid.) MYRRH. 
439 
MYRRHA—MYRRH. 
Source.—Myrrh is a gum-resinous exudation from a small, 
shrubby tree—Balsamodendron Myrrha, of the natural order 
Amyridacece, growing in Arabia, and the northeastern coast of 
Africa. It is obtained in the form of small, irregular frag- 
ments or tears, or in larger masses, composed of agglutinated 
portions. The juice exudes spontaneously from the stem of 
the tree, and concretes upon the bark. When pure, myrrh is 
of a reddish-yellow or reddish-brown color, translucent, with 
a strong, peculiar fragrant odor and a bitter aromatic taste, 
brittle and pulverizable. Its powder is of a light yellow 
color; when of a dark color it is impure. When powdered 
myrrh is rubbed up for fifteen minutes with an equal weight 
of muriate of ammonia and fifteen times its weight of water 
gradually added, and it dissolves quickly and entirely, it may 
be considered pure. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Myrrh is stimulant, astrin- 
gent, expectorant and emmenagogue. It stimulates the digest- 
ive organs and improves the appetite. In large doses of a half 
ounce, it causes a burning sensation in the stomach, increased 
arterial excitement, and profuse diaphoresis, with a great influ- 
ence on the urinary passages. It diminishes discharges from 
mucous membrane when internally administered, and is a 
useful external application for relaxed tissues. 
Therapeictic Uses.—Myrrh is internally administered in 
chronic catarrh, humoral asthma, amenorrhcea, chlorosis, leu- 
corrhcea, chronic bronchitis, etc., etc.; and in combination with 
chalybeates and aloes in uterine affections. 
Locally, myrrh is applied to inflamed, ulcerated and aphthous 
surfaces. 
Dose.—Of powdered myrrh, gr. x to 5ss, in pill or suspended 
in water. 
Tincture of Myrrh.—Tinctura Myrrhce (myrrh, §iij; alco- 
hol, Oij). Dose.—f5ss to f5j. It is used internally and exter- 
nally. 
Dental Uses.—Myrrh, in the form of the powder and tincture, 440 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
is employed as a local application to inflamed ulcerated and 
spongy gums, ulcerations of mucous membrane of the mouth 
and throat, in the form of a gargle ; also in alveolar pyorrhoea, 
mercurial stomatitis, indolent ulcers, aphthous sore mouth of 
children. The diluted tincture forms a stimulating gargle or 
mouth-wash, and the powder is employed as an ingredient of 
dentifrices, for its stimulating and astringent properties. 
DENTAL FORMUL/E. 
Astringent Mouth Wash. 
R. Myrrha; (tinct.) . . . gvj 
Rad. iridis vj 
Benzoini 
Cort. cinchonse . . . 3; iv 
Ext. kramerise. . . . ss 
Capsici 
Spt. rectificat . . . Cong.j. M. 
Macerate for 7 days and filter; to 
filtrate add 15 ounces of simple syrup. 
(For other Mouth Washes and Lotions 
see Index to Diseases, etc.) 
Van Valzah's Obtunder and Local 
Anaesthetic, 
R. Pip. menthol . . . . ij 
Tincture myrrh . . . 5 vj 
Alcohol x. M. 
MYRTOL—RECTIFIED MYRTLE OIL. 
Derivation.—Myrtol is obtained from the leaves and berries 
of the Myrtus Communis (Myrtaceae), an evergreen shrub 
native of the Mediterranean countries. It is a volatile oil con- 
taining various terpenes, cineol, and a camphor-like substance. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Myrtol is a disin- 
fectant and antiseptic, and causes no irritation to the skin. 
Upon a denuded or abraded surface it causes a slight burning 
sensation, which soon passes off. It is claimed that a 9 per 
cent, solution of myrtol will completely arrest the growth of 
the micro-organisms of pus; and myrtol will also prevent the 
decomposition of organic matters. Internally myrtol promotes 
digestion, but large doses cause headache and nausea. It 
communicates a violet odor to the breath and urine, and is 
eliminated from the system by the lungs and kidneys. 
Myrtol has been employed with success as a disinfectant for 
wounds and ulcers; also in cutaneous diseases of a vegetable 
parasitic origin, and as a local remedy in psoriasis. Internallyt 
myrtol has proved useful in the destruction of intestinal NAPHTHALIN. 
441 
worms ; also in chronic bronchitis, gangrene of lungs, pulmon- 
ary tuberculosis, chronic pyelitis and cystitis; also in passive 
hemorrhage. 
Dose.—gr. iv. 
Dental Uses.—Myrtol is employed in dental practice as a 
disinfectant of pulp canals and as an antiseptic for gangrenous 
pulps, also to destroy the growth of micro-organisms in alveolar 
abscesses, and to disinfect carious cavities in teeth, and as a 
mouth-wash in inflammation of the mucous membrane, etc., etc. 
NAPHTHALENE—NAPHTHALIN. 
Formula.—C10HS. 
Derivation.—Naphthalene may be obtained by subjecting 
coal-tar to a distillation, when it passes over the coal naphtha. 
It is purified by subliming it with charcoal, and is then in the 
form of a white crystalline body. It has a slightly aromatic 
taste and the odor of coal-tar. While it has no poisonous 
effect on man and the higher animals, it is destructive to fungi 
spores, small insects, etc. It is soluble in alcohol, ether, 
naphtha and the oils, but insoluble in water. As an expec- 
torant it has been used in humoral asthma and in chronic 
pulmonary catarrh, in doses of from gr. viii to xxx, in syrup 
or emulsions, and as an ointment in skin diseases of a scaly 
nature; also as a vermifuge in doses for adults of gr. xv, 
followed immediately by 2 ounces of castor oil. Naphthalin is 
a powerful antiseptic, and can be used as a substitute for iodo- 
form, with the advantage of not producing any constitutional 
action. Its application causes a slight pain of short duration. 
As an antiseptic and disinfectant it is applied to indolent ulcers, 
septic and unhealthy wounds, ulcerating cancerous growths, 
phagedenic ulcers, etc. It is said that its antiseptic property 
is superior to that of carbolic acid, and as an odorless prepara- 
tion, it will no doubt become a desirable substitute, as it has 
no corrosive action and will not injure textile fabrics. To deo- 
dorize naphthalin, simple mixture with benzoic acid or tincture 
of benzoin does not suffice ; but if mixed with benzoin and 
then sublimed, it loses its tarry odor and acquires a pleasant 
smell which it retains. 442 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
NAPHTHOL—NAPHTHOL. 
Formula.—C10H8O=C10H9, OH. 
Derivation.—Naphthol is a» alcohol derived from Naphtha- 
lene (C10H8), which is obtained from coal-tar in the form of 
white shining crystals of a strong, disagreeable odor, soluble 
in alcohol, but insoluble in water, and employed locally in 
indolent ulcers and as a disinfectant in pus-pockets and wounds 
and skin diseases. (See Naphthalene.) 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—There are two 
forms of Naphthol, known as a and b Naphthol, the latter 
being employed medicinally on account of its less irritating 
and injurious action. It is in the form of light-brown crystals, 
soluble in hot water, and possessing antiseptic properties, and 
employed internally and locally in the form of ointment with 
vaselin dissolved in alcohol, ether or olive oil, in the proportion 
of two per cent. It is employed in parasitic diseases of the 
skin, and as a general antiseptic. 
Hydronaphthol.—The chemistry of this agent, which is sup- 
posed to be a form of b naphthol, is not well known. It is in 
the form of light fawn-colored crystalline flakes, having a feeble 
odor and taste. As a germicide, it apparently possesses the 
power of preventing the development of germs and their spores. 
It resembles capsicum in possessing slight stimulating and 
counter-irritant properties, but is not so powerful. 
Deyital Uses.—Hydronaphthol is employed for treating the 
canals of pulpless teeth, pericemental inflammation of septic 
origin, especially in the early stages before pus has formed. 
Dr. Jas. Truman recommends a solution of I : 1000 of water 
for injection into pulp-canals; and Dr. E. C. Kirk recom- 
mends a paste of hydronaphthol and glycerine, pumped into 
a thoroughly cleansed pulp-canal in pericemental inflamma- 
tion from septic causes, to remove the soreness and inflam- 
mation in a few hours ; it should be retained by a temporary 
filling of gutta percha. It is also recommended as an 
ingredient for a mouth-wash for diseased gums and mucous 
membrane. 
Alpha-oxynaphthoic acid (or alpha-naphthol-carbonic acid) is NITROUS OXIDE. 
443 
prepared in a similar manner to salicylic acid, naphthol being 
substituted for phenol. Its formula is C10H6,COOH. It is 
obtained by bringing together, under strong pressure, and at 
an elevated temperature, alpha-naphthol, sodium and carbonic 
acid gas. It is nearly insoluble in water, but soluble in the 
alkalies and alkaline carbonates, forming salts, which are color- 
less and of neutral reaction, and more soluble in hot and cold 
water than the acid itself. It is antiseptic and germicide, 
experiments upon bacteria giving favorable results. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
Antiseptic and Stimulant Mouth-Wash. 
For use especially in Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
Dr. Chas. B. Atkinson. 
R. Hydronaphthol 55 ij 
Tinct. calendulse g iv 
Aquae dest. q. s. ad viij. M. 
SlGNA.—Use daily. 
Fragrant and Antiseptic Mouth Wash. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Saffrol 360 min 
Oil of pinus pomilia 120 min 
Oil of curacoa . 120 min 
Oil of vetivert 6 drops 
Oil of wintergreen 24 drops 
Oil of anise, Saxony 6 drops 
Oil of rose geranium, Af. 6 drops 
Naphthol 60 grs. 
Deodorized alcohol 24 f. oz 
Solution of saccharine yz i. oz 
Glycerine 8 f. oz 
Purified talcum 2 troy oz. M. 
NITROUS OXIDE—PROTOXIDE OF NITROGEN. 
LAUGHING GAS. 
Formula.—N20. Sp. gr. compared with air is about 1.6. 
Derivation.—The discovery of Nitrous Oxide Gas was made 
by Dr. Priestly in 1776, and scientific investigation demon- 
strating its respirability, by Sir Humphrey Davy, the results 444 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
of which were published some twenty years afterwards. To 
Dr. Horace Wells, a dentist of Hartford, Connecticut, is due 
the credit of having demonstrated its property as an anes- 
thetic agent for the relief of pain during surgical operations, 
in the year 1844. Nitrous oxide is obtained by heating the 
salt nitrate of ammonia in a glass retort until it melts, and 
then boils, dissolving into a vapor of water and into a perma- 
nent gas. 
The salt nitrate of ammonia is obtained in three forms—the 
crystallized, the granulated and the fused. The fused form is 
prepared by melting the crystallized nitrate of ammonia, and 
allowing it to solidify on cooling; the granulated is prepared 
by evaporating the solution to a density sufficient to solidify 
on cooling, and agitating the mass until it becomes cool. 
As it is very important to use a pure form of the nitrate of 
ammonia in the generation of nitrous oxide gas, the salt, 
either in the fused or granulated state, may be tested by heat- 
ing it on platinum, when the nitrate, if pure, should volatilize 
perfectly. It may also be tested by a few drops of chloride 
of barium, which should not give a precipitate when added to 
the nitrate of ammonia ; should it do so, then sulphuric acid 
is present; or the nitrate of ammonia may be tested by a 
solution of nitrate of silver, which will also give a precipitate, 
if chlorine is present. The test with nitrate of silver may be 
made by dissolving a drachm of the nitrate of ammonia in 
half a glass of distilled water and adding a few crystals of the 
nitrate of silver. If the nitrate of ammonia is pure, the solu- 
tion will remain perfectly clear ; but should chlorine be pres- 
ent, it will show a clouded appearance, and should be dis- 
carded, as it is not fit to generate the gas from. 
The salt nitrate of ammonia is a white, crystalline sub- 
stance, formed by neutralizing dilute nitric acid by means of 
carbonate of ammonia, and is so constituted as to be resolved 
into nitrous oxide and water. A pound of the salt will gen- 
erate about thirty gallons of the gas, In generating nitrous 
oxide gas, care must be taken to preserve its purity; conse- 
quently it becomes important to maintain, as nearly as possi- NITROUS OXIDE. 
445 
ble, an equal temperate during its manufacture; and should 
any nitric oxide—binoxide of nitrogen—be formed, which 
may be done by too high a heat under the retort, it is neces- 
sary to remove it and other impurities, by the aid of solu- 
tions of caustic potash and copperas; the caustic potash 
neutralizing any free nitric acid present, and the copperas 
removing either chlorine or nitric oxide. The salt nitrate of 
ammonia is perfectly fused at 226° F., emits white fumes at 
302° F., and begins to evolve gas at 460° F. At 500° F. 
the impurity, nitric oxide, is given off; hence the temperature 
during the process should not be permitted to rise above 
482° F., which can be determined by thermometers prepared 
for the purpose. No red fumes should pass from the retort. 
Liquefied Nitrous Oxide.—Nitrous oxide gas, as principally 
used at the present time, is in the form of condensed gas, 
being liquefied and solidified under great pressure, and secured 
in iron cylinders, from which it escapes into an inhaling bag 
when needed for use by turning a stop-cock. Liquefied nitrous 
oxide is a colorless fluid, having specific gravity of 0.908, 
and at a very low temperature (148° F.) it congeals into a 
transparent crystalline solid. It is prepared by condensing 
the gas by a pressure of fifty atmospheres at a temperature of 
40° F., and may be kept in the iron cylinders for an indefinite 
period. The advantages of the condensed form of the gas are 
its purity, convenience for use whenever needed, the large 
supply which can be kept for use, and the freedom from 
deterioration, notwithstanding its age. 
Nitrous oxide is an elastic, colorless gas, with a faint, but 
agreeable odor and a sweetish taste, which it imparts to water. 
Under a pressure of fifty atmospheres at about 40° F., it 
becomes a clear, colorless liquid, and at about 148° F. below 
zero, it freezes into a beautiful, clear crystalline solid. By 
the evaporation of this solid, a degree of cold may be pro- 
duced far below that of carbonic acid bath in vacuo, or lower 
than 170° F. The washing of nitrous oxide gas, and the 
retention of it over water for any length of time, is attended 
with considerable loss, as much of it is absorbed, especially 446 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
if the water is cold; such loss may be avoided to a great 
extent by using water of an elevated temperature or a strong 
solution of common salt. The impurities of nitrous oxide 
gas are air, water, nitric oxide or binoxide of nitrogen, chlorine 
and hyponitric acid. The mixture with air which may occur 
in the receiver, or when the patient is inhaling the gas, merely 
dilutes it as does also the vapor of water. Nitric oxide, 
however, is a dangerous impurity, and with others may be 
generated even when pure nitrate of ammonia is used in pre- 
paring the gas; this impurity is also one of the most difficult 
to separate from the gas. Like nitrous oxide, nitric oxide is a 
colorless gas, lighter and less soluble in water, and if it is 
generated is liable to pass through the washing solutions into 
the gasometer or receiver; nitric oxide, however, need not be 
generated if the proper care is observed with regard to the 
degree of heat under the retort which contains the nitrate of 
ammonia. 
Chlorine is also a dangerous impurity, and may be set free 
if the salt nitrate of ammonia contains muriate of ammonia 
(sal-ammoniac) and chloride of ammonium. To prevent such 
contamination, the tests of the salts before referred to may be 
made. Nitrous oxide gas supports combustion with almost 
the same promptness as pure oxygen ; and although nearly 
identical in constitution with atmospheric air, it differs from 
it both in the proportion of its constitutional elements and in 
the manner of their association. Nitrous oxide contains 
about one-third of oxygen to two-thirds of nitrogen, while 
atmospheric air has only about one-fifth of oxygen to four- 
fifths of nitrogen. 
Again, in nitrous oxide the elements nitrogen and oxygen 
are in chemical combination with each other, while in atmos- 
pheric air there is no apparent chemical union whatever. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Concerning the therapeutic 
application of nitrous oxide, Dr. L. Turnbull says : “ Neuralgia, 
uncomplicated, will sometimes be relieved by a few inhala- 
tions of nitrous oxide gas. Nervous aphonia, this peculiar 
form of loss of power over the voice, usually the result of NITROUS OXIDE. 
447 
hysteria, will be much improved by the patient inhaling suffi- 
cient nitrous oxide gas to produce a partial loss of sensation 
and muscular relaxation. Local paralysis has been benefited, 
where there was no brain lesion, by the gentle stimulation by 
the first stages of the gas, or the tingling and stimulating 
effect on the muscles. Asthma, when of a spasmodic charac- 
ter is often much improved by causing the patient to pass 
into the stage of relaxation, employing it every other day for 
a week or two. It also tends to expand the lungs.” Dr. 
George J. Ziegler found the solution of the gas, in water, of 
much utility in diseases of the lungs, kidneys, and other 
diseases of this class. Dr. M. Price claims to have employed 
nitrous oxide gas in many cases of phthisis with advantage, 
and a number of dentists have been told by consumptive 
patients that they have been benefited by the inhalation of 
nitrous oxide gas. 
Nitrous oxide gas is not only the most pleasant, but is 
the safest general anaesthetic in use, and the greatest objec- 
tion to its administration is the very short anaesthetic stage 
which it induces, unless the inhalation of the gas be continued, 
which is impossible in operations upon the mouth. When 
inhaled, the first effect is dizziness, with ringing noises in the 
ears, a tingling sensation, extending to the extremities, an 
uplifting of the whole system, followed by fullness or expan- 
sion of the chest, and a loss of sensation throughout the entire 
body. According to the temperament, the stage of excite- 
ment is transient or prolonged; in some cases there are 
strange illusions, with a form of intoxication, which may be 
manifested by declamation, singing, laughing or crying, or 
melancholy, with a disposition at times to assault all near. 
Such effects, if the administration is interrupted, soon pass off. 
For surgical operations, the gas is given with less admixture 
of air, and the inhalation persisted in until the stage of excite- 
ment is overcome and insensibilty produced, when the face 
becomes exceedingly pale, the respirations, at first shallow, 
become deep and stertorous, the jaw fixed, the eyes protruding, 
and a bluish and purplish color about the lips and face, the 448 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
patient presenting a very alarming and death-like appearance, 
a condition of which Bartholow says: “So far as the exterior 
phenomena can afford any indication of the nature of the 
action, is an asphyxiated state. The blood ceases to be oxy- 
genated, carbonic acid accumulates, and the centres of con- 
scious impressions are rendered inactive in consequence of the 
deficient supply of oxygen and the excess of carbonic acid. 
The rational indications of the nature of the narcosis produced 
by nitrous oxide are confirmed by physiological experiment. 
It has been found that the exhalation of carbonic acid is de- 
cidedly diminished by the inhalation of nitrous oxide, and that 
animals live no longer in an atmosphere of this gas than in an 
atmosphere of hydrogen.” The same author speaks of the 
fatal cases that have occurred, as being with propriety attribu- 
table to the lethal action of this gas, and refers to various 
cases under his own observation in which nervousness, vague 
mental symptoms and headache have been experienced after 
the inhalations; at the same time he pronounces nitrous oxide 
to be almost free from danger. Prof. H. C. Wood believes 
that nitrous oxide acts as an anesthetic by shutting off oxy- 
gen. There is no doubt but that the prompt action of nitrous 
oxide gas, and the rapid subsidence of the narcosis, have much 
to do with its safety, and account for the impunity with which 
it is used. Nitrous oxide gas has the advantages of safety; 
also rapid anesthesia, which is generally induced in from thirty 
seconds to a minute and a half, insensibility often occurring 
before complete unconsciousness; also the pleasant odor and 
taste, thereby preventing repugnance and nausea; and the 
complete recovery from its influence without unpleasant after- 
effects. It generally requires six gallons or less to produce 
anesthesia with nitrous oxide gas; hence the rubber bag from 
which it is inhaled should have a capacity of about eight 
gallons. 
Mode of Administration.—The most improved, apparatus 
consists of an iron cylinder containing ioo gallons or more 
of the condensed or liquefied nitrous oxide, to which is at- 
tached a rubber gas bag and inhaling tube with a double valve NITROUS OXIDE. 
449 
and mouth-piece. The patient, for dental operations, is seated 
in a suitable chair which will admit of the back being lowered 
to such a degree as will bring the patient to an almost hori- 
zontal posture, and the head well supported. A piece of India 
rubber or a firm cork to which a thin, strong cord is attached, 
to prevent its slipping down the throat, is placed between the 
teeth, so as to prevent the closure of the jaws, for, unlike chlor- 
oform and ether, the muscles become rigidly contracted under 
the influence of this gas; such a prop also prevents injury to 
the front teeth by the patient biting too hard on the mouth- 
piece of the inhaling tube. The patient is then directed to 
breathe deeply and regularly, the nose being held, to prevent 
the admixture of atmospheric air, and the same precautions 
observed as are necessary when administering ether or chlor- 
oform. (See Ether.) The anesthetic state, or “ surgical period,” 
as it is termed, is generally manifested by snoring, although 
this symptom does not invariably occur; when it does, how- 
ever, it indicates a state of profound anesthesia, to which it is 
unnecessary to carry the patient when performing many minor 
surgical operations. 
As more or less excitement follows the inhalation of this 
gas, when it is largely mixed with atmospheric air, such a 
condition is either prevented or abbreviated by holding the 
nose of the patient during the inhalation. The patient should 
not partake of food for at least two hours before the adminis- 
tration of the gas, but at the same time should not be in a 
weakened condition for want of it; and the dress, if tight, 
should be previously loosened, and as soon as the operation 
is completed the head should be gently moved to one side, to 
allow the blood to escape from the mouth. Fresh air should 
then be admitted into the room, and the patient supplied with 
it by means of a fan. (See Administration of Anesthetics.) 
Therapeutic and Dental Uses.—According to the investiga- 
tions of Dr. Ziegler, nitrous oxide is an efficient restorative 
when administered either in its gaseous state by the lungs, or 
in conjunction with liquids by the alimentary canal. He 
recommends the use of this gas in moderate quantities, so as 450 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
not to generate too much carbonic acid. Regarding nitrous 
oxide and oxygen as of primary importance in asphyxia, and 
the natural antidotes to narcotizing agents and asphyxiated 
conditions, he advocates their use whenever practicable, either 
alone or in combination with heat, and claims that they will 
often save life in apparently hopeless cases. 
The rapid action of nitrous oxide and the transient nature 
of its effects on the system, render it a very useful anesthetic 
agent for all minor surgical operations—such as extracting 
teeth, lancing abscesses, devitalizing nerves of teeth, etc., etc. 
It has also been successfully employed in the performance of 
some capital surgical operations, where the anesthesia has 
been kept up from fifteen minutes to half an hour. It has 
recently been recommended to use, during the first part of an 
inhalation, the pure nitrous oxide gas, and for the purpose of 
prolonging the anesthesia with less danger, to dispense with 
the pure gas and administer a mixture of oxygen and nitrous 
oxide in proportions very similar to the air we breathe. It is 
claimed for the mixture of nitrous oxide and oxygen, absence 
from all blueness of the features, regular, softly-snoring breath- 
ing, muscular relaxation, and absence of conjunctival reflex; 
also that the jerky muscular movements, especially common 
to children under nitrous oxide, are completely abrogated, and 
that the presence of oxygen with nitrous oxide renders the 
anesthesia much safer. 
NUX VOMICA. 
Source.—The seed of the Strychnos nux vomica, which con- 
tains two alkaloids, strychnine and brucine, the amount of 
strychnine being one-fourth to one-half per cent., and of bru- 
cine from one-eighth to one per cent. 
Strychnine.—Strychnina (C21H22N202)—is a white or gray- 
ish white powder of a very bitter taste, almost insoluble in 
water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol. 
Sulphate of Strychnine.—Strychnines Sulphas—is a white 
salt in the form of colorless prismatic crystals, which are very NUX VOMICA. 
451 
bitter and odorless, soluble in ten parts of water, somewhat so 
in alcohol, but insoluble in ether. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Nux vomica 
and strychnine are bitter stomachic and muscular tonics. In 
small doses strychnine increases the gastro-intestinal secre- 
tions, hastens intestinal movements, and elevates arterial ten- 
sion. In larger doses the pupils are dilated and the muscles 
spasmodically contracted. Poisonous doses cause muscular 
tremors, intermittent tetanic spasms, and death from rigidity of 
the respiratory muscles, without any impairment of the mind. 
Poisonous quantities of strychnine accumulate in the sys- 
tem, on account of the agent being slowly excreted, from very 
small doses frequently administered. The antidotes are free 
evacuation of the stomach, vegetable astringents to precipi- 
tate the strychnine, and the inhalation of ether or chloroform, 
and the hypodermic injection of chloral. Strychnine is em- 
ployed in anemia, atonic dyspepsia, constipation, vomiting of 
pregnancy, gastralgia, gastric catarrh, etc., of drunkards, 
chlorosis, purpura, hemorrhagic diathesis, local paralysis, poi- 
soning by lead, spasmodic asthma, etc., etc. It is an antidote 
to chloral, and nux vomica is used in intermittent fever as an 
adjunct to quinine. Brucine is much weaker than strychnine, 
but similar in its action, and the pure agent is analogous to 
cocaine, possessing local anesthetic properties. For hypo- 
dermic injection it is resorted to in paraplegia, infantile paraly- 
sis, facial paralysis, etc., and also in diseases of the eye, and 
infraorbital paralysis. A half grain of strychnine has pro- 
duced a fatal result, and one-twelfth of a grain will produce 
muscular twitchings, and one-sixteenth of a grain has proved 
fatal in the case of a child. 
Dose.—Of Abstraction nucis vomicce, gr. \; of Extraction 
nucis vomicce, gr. to gr. |; of Extraction nucis vomicce flui- 
dum, TTIj to v; of Tinctura nucis vomicce, TTlv to x; of Strychnina, 
gr. E to E; of Strychnines Sulphas, gr. E to E; of Brucine} 
gr. E to 452 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
JJ. Ext. nucis vom gr.v 
Zinci valerian 
Ext. gentianse 9j. 
Fiat pill No. XX. 
Signa.—One pill 3 or 4 timos a day. 
For Neuralgia. 
OLEATES. 
Medicinal oleates are, according to Dr. J. D. Shoemaker, 
definite chemical compounds or salts, having no excess of 
either their acid or basic radicals, and Dr. Lawrence Wolff 
finds that the best and readiest method of preparing oleates is 
by the double decomposition of sodium oleates with solutions 
of neutral salts. The sodium oleate is made by the saponifi- 
cation of oleic acid with sodium hydrate. Dr. Squibb, how- 
ever, is of the opinion, that in the preparation of oleates, none 
are so good as those made by the direct union of the acid with 
the dry base, without heating, and that the preparation should 
always be either a liquid or semi-solid which is easily and 
completely liquefied by the natural temperature of the surface 
to which it is applied; and he further says that in the rare 
cases where the excess of acid as a solvent of the oleates 
proves an irritant to the skin, dilution with a bland oil becomes 
admissible. The most common oleates in use are those of 
mercury, zinc, lead, copper, aluminium, bismuth, iron, arsenic, 
silver, aconite, atropine, morphine, veratria and strychnine. 
Oleates of the more active alkaloids, namely, aconitia, atropia, 
strychnia and veratria, are usually made of the strength of two 
per cent, of the alkaloid; the oleate of morphia usually con- 
tains five per cent, of the alkaloid; the oleate of quinine 
usually contains twenty per cent, of the alkaloid. Dr. Squibb 
says that all of these are very simply and easily made by put- 
ting the weighed quantity of the alkaloid into a mortar, adding 
a small quantity of the oleic acid, little by little, and triturating 
until the alkaloid is completely dissolved. The strong solu- 
tion thus made is then poured into a tarred bottle, and the 
mortar and pestle rinsed twice into the bottle with small quan- OLEAT ES. 
453 
tities of oleic acid. The proper weight is then made up by 
the addition of oleic acid. 
According to the preparation of oleates as recommended by 
Dr. Shoemaker— 
Oleate of Mercury is prepared by preciptating a solution of 
sodium oleate with mercuric chloride, and is the best local 
stimulant and alterative application of all the mercurials. It 
may be diluted with either the paraffinates, or, better still, with 
lard or lard oils. When applied to the unbroken skin it causes, 
marked stimulation, bordering on congestion. It has great 
penetrating power, is readily absorbed by the skin, and does 
not become rancid nor stain the linen. It is a valuable remedy 
in syphilis, the treatment of indurations after abscesses, skin 
diseases of a scaly nature, obstinate ulcers, parasitic affections, 
etc., and may be employed advantageously with other oleates- 
As it is capable of producing the constitutional effects, it must 
be employed carefully. 
A mixture of oleate of mercury gr. x to xx, with the oint- 
ment of oleate of zinc 5j, is very effective in chronic acne and 
eczema, especially in the fissured variety of the latter common 
to the palmar and plantar surfaces. For syphilitic skin erup- 
tions and in superficial ulcers, oleate of mercury 5j, with 
oleate of bismuth 5iij, or the same quantity of the ointment 
of the oleate of lead, acts promptly and efficiently. For one 
of the best and most efficacious oily applications for loss of 
hair, especially when the scalp is harsh and dry, and the 
hairs dull and without lustre, a preparation composed of 
oleate of mercury 5j to ij, with oil of ergot Sj, is highly 
recommended. 
Oleate of Zinc is prepared by decomposing a sodium oleate 
with a saturated solution of zinc sulphate, boiling out and 
drying the precipitate and then reducing it to an impalpable 
powder. One part of oleate of zinc melted with three parts 
of lard or oil gives a most useful ointment, but the best results 
are obtained from the oleate of zinc alone. It is in the form 
of a fine, pearl-colored powder, having a soft, soapy feel, much 
like powdered French chalk. It is valuable in all forms of 
sweating. 454 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Oleate of Lead is prepared by precipitating a sodium oleate 
with a solution of lead subacetate. To form the ointment of 
lead oleate, the washed and dried precipitate is melted with 
equal parts of lard. Oleate of lead exerts a combined seda- 
tive and astringent action when applied to denuded skin, and 
also arrests morbid discharges, protects the surface and allays 
irritation. It is useful in eczema, acne and other skin diseases. 
For skin diseases, oleate of lead 5>j, with oleate of bismuth 
3j, is very effectual, especially in the fissured form of palmar 
and plantar eczema; and when the cracking is very deep, to 
cause stimulation, oil of cade gtt. xx to xxx may be added. 
In scabies oleate of lead 5iv with sulphur 5ss is an excellent 
application. 
Oleate of Aluminum is prepared by decomposing sodium 
oleate with aluminum sulphate. The washed precipitate, 
mixed with equal parts of lard, forms an ointment of a semi- 
solid, dark-brown color, which is very astringent in its action. 
It rapidly arrests all muco-purulent discharges, and is an effi- 
cient dressing for foul ulcers, sinuses, burns and scabs. 
Oleate of Bismuth is prepared by first obtaining crystallized 
bismuth nitrate, and dissolving it in glycerine and decompos- 
ing with this the sodium oleate. It is of the consistence of 
ointment, and of a pearly-gray color and a soft, bland sub- 
stance. It has an emollient and somewhat astringent action, 
and is an excellent application for relieving cutaneous irritation. 
In postular eruptions, especially sycosis, it is a useful appli- 
cation ; also in superficial erysipelas, sunburn and chronic 
inflammation of a portion of the face. 
Oleate of Copper is prepared in a similar way to the oleate 
of lead, by double decomposition with a saturated solution of 
copper sulphate. A ten or twenty per cent, ointment can be 
made with either cosmoline, fat or lard. When applied to the 
unbroken skin, it penetrates deeply, and causes a slight stimu- 
lation ; and when applied to broken skin, it coats it with an 
insoluble albuminate. It is very efficient for ringworm, and 
in the most obstinate cases usually affects a cure. It is also 
used with advantage on indolent ulcerated surfaces, and with 
effect on hard, horny warts and corns. OIL OF SWEET ALMONDS. 
455 
Oleate of Arsenic is obtained from arsenious chloride, made 
by the careful saturation of hydrochloric acid with arsenic. 
This solution is mixed with sodium oleate, when the arsenic 
oleate is precipitated. In the proportion of gr. xx to an ounce 
of fatty base, it forms oleate of arsenic ointment, which is soft 
and yellow, having no action on the skin. When applied to 
wounds, or ulcerating surfaces, it destroys the tissue to some 
depth. It is used in lupus, the ulcerating variety of epithe- 
lioma, and, after scraping the surface, to destroy warts, corns, 
old granulations, etc. It may be combined with arnica, opium, 
belladona or hyoscyamus. 
A number of other oleates are in use, among them Nickel 
oleate, which is a greenish, waxy mass, used in the form of an 
ointment, containing from five to fifteen grains to the ounce 
of lard, is astringent and somewhat escharotic, and useful for 
hard, horny, granulating surfaces; Silver oleate, a brownish 
pulverent substance, and, in the form of ointment, valuable 
for application to ulcers, erysipelas, etc.; Cadmium oleate, a 
yellowish-white mass, and in the form of ointment (five to 
fifteen grains to the ounce), has an astringent and escharotic 
action, and is useful in glandular enlargements and thickening 
of the integument. 
OLEUM AMYGDALAE DULCIS—OIL OF SWEET ALMONDS. 
Derivation.—The Oil of Sweet Almonds is obtained by first 
depriving the almonds of the brown powder adhering to their 
surface, and rubbing them together in a piece of coarse linen, 
then grinding in a mill or mortar, and then submitting them 
to pressure in canvas sacks between slightly heated plates of 
iron. The oil, which is at first turbid, is clarified by rest and 
filtration. It is clear, colorless, or of a slight greenish-yellow 
tinge, nearly inodorous, with a bland, sweetish taste. It will 
remain liquid at temperatures below the freezing point of water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—The oil of sweet almonds 
is demulcent. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed as an emulsion in pul- 
monary affections with cough, and as a vehicle for other medi- 
cines. 456 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dental Uses.—The oil of sweet almonds forms a pleasant 
and soothing application for excoriations of the lips and in- 
flamed mucous membranes; also for soothing application to 
the small, simple, but painful ulcers which sometimes appear 
upon the gums, mucous membrane of the cheeks, and the 
tongue. Almond mixture—Mistura Amygdala—is made by 
dissolving a mixture of half an ounce of blanched sweet al- 
monds, 30 grains of gum Arabic and 120 grains of sugar, in 
half a pint of distilled water. It forms a pleasant demulcent. 
OLEUM CAJUPUTI—OIL OF CAJUPUT. 
Source.—The volatile oil of the leaves of melaleuca caju- 
puti, a tree indigenous in Batavia and Singapore. It is trans- 
parent, of a green color, with an odor like camphor, and a 
warm, pungent taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Cajuput oil is a diffusible 
stimulant, antispasmodic and diaphoretic. Internally adminis- 
tered it causes a sensation of warmth in the stomach, and ex- 
cites the action of the heart and arteries, afterward producing 
copious diaphoresis. Externally, either alone or in combina- 
tion with equal parts of soap liniment or olive oil, it is an 
efficient rubefacient and stimulant embrocation. Its use is 
becoming more common. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed internally as an anti- 
spasmodic stimulant in typhus and other low fevers, spasmodic 
cholera, gout and rheumatism, neuralgic affections, hysteria, 
flatulence and flatulent colic, headache, nausea, etc. Exter- 
nally, in neuralgia, headache, gout, rheumatism, lumbago, 
sprains, contusions, paralysis, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of cajuput oil, gtt. j to gtt. v, in emulsion, or on 
sugar. 
Dental Uses.—Cajuput oil is an efficacious remedy for the 
relief of odontalgia, applied on lint or cotton to the carious 
cavity of the tooth ; also in neuralgic affections, if they are not 
connected with inflammatory action. OIL OF CLOVES. 
457 
OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI—OIL OF CLOVES. 
Source.—Oil of Cloves is obtained from the dried flower 
buds of the caryophyllus aromaticus, an evergreen tree, of the 
natural order Myrtacea—myrtle order—a native of the Indies. 
The unexpanded buds are of a dark-brown color, with a yel- 
lowish red tint. 
The oil is prepared by distilling cloves with water, to which 
common salt is added, in order to raise the temperature to the 
boiling point. It has a fragrant odor, and a hot, acrid taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Oil of cloves contains tan- 
nic acid, a pungent, volatile oil, resin, etc., and two substances 
—a hydro-carbon, caryophyllin, and an oxygenated oil, eugenol, 
called an acid on account of its possessing acid properties. 
Oil of cloves is an aromatic and powerful stimulant. Although 
it is a very fluid, clear and colorless preparation when fresh, 
it becomes yellow by exposure, and ultimately reddish-brown, 
with the odor of cloves, and a hot, aromatic taste. Like 
cloves, the oil acts less upon the system at large than on the 
part to which it is immediately applied. 
TherapeiUic Uses.—Oil of cloves is sometimes administered 
to relive nausea and vomiting, to correct flatulence and excite 
digestion when languid: but its chief use is to modify the 
action of other medicines. 
Dose.—Of oil of cloves, gtt. ij to gtt. vj. 
Dental Uses.— In dental practice, oil of cloves is employed 
to relieve odontalgia, in the form of a drop or two upon cot- 
ton, introduced into the carious cavity of a tooth ; it ob- 
tunds the pain by an over-stimulating effect upon the 
irritable pulp. It is also employed for the same purpose in 
combination with other agents, such as morphia, sweet spirits 
of nitre, etc. When the use of creasote or carbolic acid is 
prohibited, owing to the patient’s idiosyncrasy, the oil of 
cloves may be substituted. 
The oil of cloves has also the effect of rendering creasote 
and carbolic acid more pleasant, without interfering with their 
action, being added in equal admixture. It is also employed 458 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
in the treatment of alveolar abscess, putrid pulps, being applied 
like creasote or carbolic acid, or combined with other agents. 
Eugenol, C10H12O2, also called eugenic acid, is an active prin- 
ciple of oil of cloves, and is prepared by decomposing eugenate 
of potassium with sulphuric acid. It is in the form of a color- 
less oil, of the specific gravity of 1.076. Its odor resembles 
that of oil of cloves, and has a sharp, penetrating taste. It 
does not decompose at ordinary temperatures, and is not 
affected by exposure to the air. It is soluble in water and 
alcohol, but the aqueous solution is the more potent as a 
germicide. It is not poisonous, and when pure will coagulate 
albumen. For dental uses eugenol is of considerable value. 
When applied to exposed or partially exposed pulps of teeth 
it usually relieves the pain in from one to two minutes. For 
inflamed and congested pulps, it has been suggested to first 
apply a solution of borax and then eugenol. It also answers 
well as a dressing for root canals, especially after the removal 
of a recently devitalized pulp. In alveolar pyorrhoea, it is used 
in solution, I part of eugenol to 1000 of water, for the purpose 
of cleansing the pus pockets. In alveolar abscesses it has 
been suggested as an injection, after the use of peroxide of 
hydrogen, taking the precaution, in cases of abscesses with a 
fistulous tract, to seal the root at the apex. It has also been 
successfully employed in the treatment of benign tumors of 
the mouth, in the form of an injection of two drops. 
OLEUM COD-LIVER OIL. 
Source.—Cod-liver oil is obtained from the liver of the cod, 
Gadus morrhuce, and is in the form of a fixed oil, containing 
biliary principle, traces of iodine, bromine, phosphorus, lime, 
magnesia, iron, soda and sulphuric and phosphoric acids; also 
a principle known as gaduin. By distillation with ammonia, it 
yields propylamin. The pale oil is considered to be the best 
for internal use, and is the official preparation. Iodine, phos- 
phorus, bromine and iron are often combined with cod-liver oil, 
but are considered to add nothing to its therapeutical powers. 
The special medicinal value of this oil depends upon the OPIUM. 
459 
gaduin and propylamin, which are constituents of bile, iodine, 
phosphorus, bromine, etc., as well as upon the common ingre- 
dients of animal fat. The phosphates, hypo-phosphites, or the 
lacto-phosphate of lime are often combined with cod-liver oil, 
with excellent effects. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Cod-liver oil is 
considered to be a valuable remedy in certain forms of phthisis, 
such as the chronic forms—chronic tuberculosis and fibroid 
lung; but not in acute phthisis and caseous pneumonia; also 
in chronic affections of the brain and nervous system, and 
such skin diseases as lupus, ecthyma, psoriasis, etc. It is also 
employed in sequelae of scarlet fever, chronic bronchitis, em- 
physema, chronic rheumatism and rheumatic arthritis, strumous 
synovitis, scrofula, caries and necrosis of bone; scrofulous, 
rickety infants and chlorotic girls derive benefit from warm 
baths and inunctions of the oil; also lean persons. Inunc- 
tion with cod-liver oil is also useful in rubeola, scarlatina, ery- 
sipelas, high fevers, catarrhal attacks, scrofula, phthisis, chronic 
dysentery, etc. It builds up the tissues, repairs waste and 
supplies nervous, muscular and digestive power. It may be 
administered in ale, beer, coffee, lemon juice, hot whiskey 
punch, compound spirits of lavender and brandy, or washing 
out the mouth with whiskey or brandy, or as an emulsion 
made with glycerine and yolks of eggs, and flavored. It is 
also used in the preparation of bread in form of rolls ; ether 
added to it promotes its digestion; fifteen minims of ether to 
every half-ounce of the oil. 
Dose.—Of cod-liver oil, f5j to 5iv. 
OPIUM. 
Source.—Opium is obtained from the unripe capsules of the 
papaver somniferum, of the natural order Papaveracece—poppy- 
order, in the form of a concrete juice, which exudes from in- 
cisions, and which is permitted to evaporate spontaneously. 
Commercial opium is in the form of irregular masses, of from 
a few ounces to several pounds in weight, with a moist, brown 
or chesnut surface, and a peculiar odor and nauseous taste. 460 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The purest form should have a chestnut color, a strong aro- 
matic flavor, and a dense consistence, and break with a deeply 
notched fracture, and when drawn across white paper leave an 
uninterrupted line. The alkaloid morphine is the most impor- 
tant of the chemical constituents of opium. (See Morphine). 
Medical Properties and Uses.—As an anodyne and hypnotic 
opium possesses the power of relieving pain and inducing 
sleep ; it relaxes muscular spasm, and hence is a very efficient 
remedy in tetanus, spasms, nervous irritability and discharges 
of a morbid nature. It excites the circulation as a first action, 
and increases the temperature of the skin, and causes an agree- 
able exhilaration of the intellectual faculties, so much so as to 
be used by some as an habitual narcotic, which is finally de- 
structive to both the physical and mental functions. But the 
stage of excitement is very transient, and is succeeded by a 
falling of the pulse, a diminished susceptibility to external 
impressions, confusion of mind and the loss of consciousness 
in deep sleep. Other effects are also manifested, such as dry- 
ness of the throat, thirst, and in some cases, nausea and 
vomiting, with an itching miliary eruption on the skin. 
Taken in large or poisonous doses, opium does not cause 
any excitement, but giddiness and stupor rapidly supervene, 
with a lessening in the frequency of the pulse, but not in 
fullness, a tendency to sleep, which is irrisistible, and finally 
coma, in which the breathing is heavy and stertorous, the 
pulse slow, and the pupils contracted, with a sinking of the 
pulse and relaxation of the muscles immediately preceding 
death; in the case of children death is often preceded by 
violent convulsions. 
The antidotes in poisoning by opium are the stomach pump, 
emetics in double doses, such as sulphate of zinc, in doses of 
gr. xx to gr. xxx, or sulphate of copper, gr. v to gr. x; also 
mustard in powder, 5ss, or powdered alum, answer as emetics, 
strong coffee, keeping the patient in motion, counter-irritation 
to nape of neck, flagellation to the palms of the hands and 
soles of the feet, and the electro-magnetic battery, which is 
often efficient when other measures fail, artificial respiration, OPIUM. 
461 
and belladonna, in hypodermic injections of its alkaloid atro- 
pine, in solution. No local lesions are found after death. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Opium as an anodyne and hypnotic is 
employed in almost all diseases where the necessity of assua- 
ging pain and inducing sleep is required. (See Morphine). 
Opium is contra-indicated where there is a tendency to apo- 
plexy or coma, or where an unusual susceptibility to its in- 
fluence exists, and it should be administered to the very young 
and very old with great caution. When long administered it 
is necessary to increase the dose. Externally, in the form of 
powder, it is applied to irritable ulcers, etc., and to the rectum, 
as suppositories. 
Dose.—Of opium, in powder or pill, as an anodyne and hyp- 
notic, gr. j. 
De?ital Uses.—Opium is employed as an anodyne in con- 
vulsions of teething, but must be administered with great care 
and in small doses ; also as an anodyne preparatory to lancing 
the gums of children ; also in mercurial salivation, to arrest 
the excessive secretion, in doses of gr. j every four hours ; 
also in neuralgia ; but it is inferior to aconite. A small lump 
of opium in contact with an aching tooth pulp will relieve the 
pain, or the powder may be used for the same purpose. In the 
form of wine and tincture, opium is serviceable in odontalgia, 
periodontitis, inflamed gums and mucous membrane of the 
mouth; in injections, for alveolar abscess, when it is often 
used in combination with tincture of iodine. The wine of 
opium is a more soothing and pleasant application than the 
tincture of opium. 
Vinum Opii—Wine of Opium—is obtained by macerating 
two ounces of powdered opium, together with cinnamon and 
cloves, in one pint of white wine. Dose, Tllv to 5j. 
Dental Uses.—Employed as a soothing and anodyne appli- 
cation to inflamed and tender gums and mucous membrane, 
odontalgia, ulcerations of mouth, alveolar abscess, periodon- 
titis, pulpitis, etc. Dr. W. H. Atkinson recommended wine 
of opium by means of injection, into pockets and cavities, 
where such exist, in cases of aching gums or teeth. 462 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dover’s Powder.—Pulvis ipecacuanha et opii. Dose, gr. x. 
Ten grains contain one grain each of ipecac and of opium, and 
eight grains of sugar of milk. For influenza or “ common 
cold,” a dose of Dover’s powder taken at bed-time, with such 
adjuncts as warm clothing, hot drinks, foot-baths, etc., to pro- 
mote profuse diaphoresis, proves very effective. Ten grains 
at bed-time is also a very serviceable remedy for inflammations 
of the peridental membrane. 
Tinctura Opii—Tincture of Opium—laudanum, is composed 
of powdered opium, 5iiss; diluted alcohol, Oj. Dose, IRv to 
Tffxxx; 25 drops are equivalent to one grain of opium. Its 
strength increases with age. Tincture of opium in hot water 
(f5ij, to aquae ferv. f5x), held for some minutes in the mouth, 
is useful in peridental inflammation. 
One drachm of the tincture contains 120 drops. The dental 
uses are the same as for wine of opium, but the latter is the 
most pleasant application for the mouth. 
Tinctura Opii Camphorata—Camphorated Tincture of 
Opium—paregoric elixir—is prepared by macerating sixty 
grains of opium in two pints of diluted alcohol, with sixty 
grains of benzoic acid, a fluidrachm of oil of anise, two ounces 
of clarified honey, and forty grains of camphor. Dose, f5j to 
f§j or a tablespoonful, containing a little less than one grain of 
opium. Dose for an infant, gtt. v. to xx. This is an agreeable 
preparation for children. 
Tinctura Opii Deodorata—Deodorized Tincture of Opium 
—is composed of the watery extract of opium, washed with 
ether, which is afterwards separated, and the residue dissolved 
in water and mixed with enough alcohol to preserve it. This 
preparation of opium is free from the narcotina and many 
other injurious ingredients of opium, and is a valuable prep- 
aration. Dose, IRv to Tltxxx. 
DENTAL FORMULAE 
A Stimulating Injection for Abscess 
of Antrum. 
J. S. Smith. 
R. Glycerinse ..... f^j. 
Tinct. opii camph. . . 
Eau de cologne . . . 3 iv. M. 
SlGNA.—Inject daily. DIAPHTHERIN. 
463 
For Infantile Diarrhoea During Den- 
tition. 
When there is a tendency to an acid 
fermentation of the food. 
Dr. Jas. W. White. 
First give a grain of bicarbonate of 
sodium, or of potassium with anise, cin- 
namon, or caraway, with each meal. 
If undigested food or vitiated secre- 
tions in alimentary tract are suspected, 
a dose of castor oil and aromatic syrup 
of rhubarb in equal portions—dose, a 
teaspoonful; if torpidity of liver, a few 
doses at intervals of two hours, of the 
twelfth or sixteenth of a grain of 
calomel with one or two grains of 
sodium bicarbonate. If the diarrhoea 
persists, use the following, first pro- 
hibiting the use of farinaceous or milk 
food: 
&. Tinct. opii gtt.viij 
Bismuth, subnitrat. . . 5jj 
Mucilag. acaciae . . . f § ss 
Aquae menth. pip. . . f sjiss. M 
SlGNA.— A teaspoonful every 3 hours 
to a child 6 months old. Opium is 
indicated only after all offending 
matters have been expelled from the 
alimentary canal. 
For Infantile Diarrhoea During Den- 
tition. 
If it is due to relaxation from long 
continued warm weather, or follow- 
ing cholera infantum, and no fever is 
present. 
Dr. Jas. W. White. 
R. Tinct. opii camph. . 
Ext. haematoxyli . . gr.xvj 
Mist, cretae, 
Aquae cinnamoni . aa f 3;j. M. 
SlGNA.—A teaspoonful in water every 
4 hours for a child 6 months old. 
OXYQUINASEPTOL—DIAPHTHERIN. 
Formula.— H O—C9H6N H—O—S02—C6H4— O—N H C9H6 
—OH. 
Derivation.—Oxyquinaseptol is a union of two molecules of 
oxyquinolin and one molecule of asceptol, i. e., phenolsulfonic 
acid. 
Medical Properties and Uses.—Oxyquinaseptol is an ener- 
getic antiseptic, having little or no caustic action. Three 
per cent, solutions possess anti-bacterial properties, and one 
per cent, solutions are sufficient for the treatment of wounds, 
as it is the least poisonous of antiseptics. It is preferred by 
Kronacher and Brandt to carbolic acid or sublimate on account 
of its extreme antiseptic properties in small concentrations, 
and because of its insignificant toxic effects. It is prescribed 
in powder or pill form, and in thirty to fifty per cent, solutions. 
Oxyquinaseptol, in the non-precipitated form, is of a yellow- 
ish sulphur color, with a slight phenol odor, while the precipi- 
tate is white. 464 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dental Uses.—As an antiseptic in all affections requiring 
antisepsis, such as putrescent pulps, abscess, fistulous open- 
ings, suppuration from necrosis of maxillary bones. Dr. Brandt, 
of Berlin, asserts that at the present time no antiseptic 
material exists which is more valuable for like cases than 
diaphtherin. 
PAPAIN OR PAPAIVA. 
Source.—Papain is a ferment obtained from the Carica 
papaya, from which exudes, on incision, a white, slightly 
astringent and milky juice, which contains the papain. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Papain is a digestive fer- 
ment like pepsin, its active digestive power causing the solu- 
tion of albuminous substances. Catillon denies that it is a 
true ferment, with power to convert albuminoids into peptones ; 
hence it cannot be substituted for pepsin in affections of the 
stomach. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is an active solvent of false mem- 
branes, intestinal worms, ascarides and taenias, hence it is 
employed in diphtheria, ascarides, vermiculares, tapeworm. 
Locally, like pepsin, it is employed in the form of injections 
made with the hypodermic syringe, in the treatment of fatty 
tumors and other benign growths, and to retard the growth 
of cancerous and other malignant tumors, the solution being 
injected well into the substance of the tumor. 
Dental Uses.—Papain is employed in the treatment of 
tumors of the mouth, both benign and malignant, the solution 
being injected into the substance of the growth by means of a 
hypodermic syringe. 
PARALDEHYDE—PARALDEHYDE. 
Formula.—C6H1203=3C2H40. 
Derivation.—Paraldehyde is a polymeric modification of 
aldehyde (C2H40). It is a colorless liquid of an ethereal odor, 
pungent taste and insoluble in eight parts of water, which 
is a proper menstruum. It is frequently combined with 
chloroform, oil of almonds and syrup of or-ange peel, or 
cinnamon. ETHYLENE. 
465 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Paraldehyde is 
an efficient hypnotic, similar in its effects to chloral, although 
the sleep caused by it is not so deep nor so prolonged. As 
it does not weaken or paralyze the heart or lungs, it is con- 
sidered to be safer than chloral. It is employed as an hypnotic 
in fevers, rheumatism, gout, prurigo, insomnia, hysterics, de- 
lirium tremens, some cases of neuralgia, and all mental and 
nervous disorders. It is also used as an expectorant. 
Poisonous doses cause respiratory paralysis. The action of 
paraldehyde upon digestion is as follows : 
a. Large quantities considerably accelerated the digestion 
of fibrin, and that the rate of this acceleration was distinctly 
in ratio with the quantity used. 
b. Small quantities also increased, but to a less degree, the 
digestion of fibrin. 
c. Putrefaction was prevented by the larger quantities of 
paraldehyde, and was delayed by the smaller quantities. 
Do$e.—Of Paraldehyde, 1Tlxv to f5j, repeated if necessary. 
PENTAL—TRI-METHYL-ETHYLENE. 
Formula.—(CH3)2C.CH,CH3, or C5H10. 
Derivation.—Pental is a tertiary amylene, obtained by heat- 
ing amylene hydrate in presence of acids. It is a colorless 
liquid of specific gravity 0.6783 at 320 F., insoluble in water, 
but soluble in all proportions with alcohol, chloroform and 
ether. It is as inflammable as ether, and should therefore not 
be exposed to a flame. It boils at 100.4° F., or the latest prep- 
aration at 38° C., and burns with a luminous flame, and has 
a penetrating odor like that of mustard-oil. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Pental is a general anaes- 
thetic and has been recommended by Dr. Hollander, of Halle, 
for minor surgical operations on account of no untoward effect 
being produced by it upon the tissues of the mouth and 
respiratory passages; that unpleasant after-effects are excep- 
tional ; that consisting only of carbon and hydrogen, to the 
exclusion of the halogens, it therefore produces no evil 
after-effects. It is also claimed for pental that the anaesthesia 466 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
comes on gradually without any previous conspicuous symp- 
toms whatever ; that the quickened pulse at the beginning soon 
returns to its normal state, and notwithstanding that the sen- 
sibility vanishes, consciousness in most cases partially remains. 
Under the profoundest narcosis from pental, it is asserted, 
that patients when requested will open the jaws, even though 
they were firmly closed before, and although they look at the 
operator with wide-open eyes, still they are unaware of what 
is being done with them. During the anesthesia from pental 
and after, no disagreeable feeling, such as nausea, headache 
etc., occurred in the experience of Dr. Hollander; and he 
claims that he never noticed any contraction of the muscles of 
the jaws and fingers, as is the case under bromide of ether, 
nor any depression of the chest or syncope, which sometimes 
result from chloroform and bromide of ethyl. He also asserts 
that he has administered pental to children from four to ten 
years of age, and to old people from fifty to sixty with the 
same results, and the least stage of excitement is very uncom- 
mon, the patient being always animated in a friendly, cheerful 
way, so that it could be termed laughing-ether. It is also 
claimed that pental anesthesia differs from chloroform in that 
it takes place more rapidly, and that there is no effect upon 
the action of the heart or respiration, and the administration 
in large quantities appears to be absolutely free from danger. 
Narcosis is produced by pental in from 40 to 45 seconds, and 
the rules and precautions in administering it are the same as 
for all other anesthetics. Nervous and infirm patients require 
more of pental than the robust; and it is not always possible 
to determine when the anesthesia is complete, as the corneal 
reflex remains somewhat long; and even though the raised 
hand should not fall back powerless, the anesthesia may have 
occurred. Drs. H. C. Wood and D. Cerna, however, from 
experiments made with pental, arrived at the conclusion that 
pental will probably prove to be a dangerous anesthetic, and 
if extensively used will produce death by cardiac arrest; and 
they also say that it is probable that the after-effects in the 
human being would be disagreeable, as they noticed in a dog PEPSIN. 
467 
a peculiar wild excitement directly after the anesthesia had 
passed off. Pental is best administered by means of Junker’s 
inhaler, which also weakens its unpleasant odor; other appar- 
atus occasion too much loss, as it is very volatile, and consume 
more time. When taken up by the blood, pental is separated 
into two substances—water and carbonic acid. All apparel 
which impedes free breathing should be removed during the 
administration of pental, and the room be somewhat darkened. 
Dental Uses.—Pental is employed as a general anesthetic 
in dental practice, principally for the extraction of teeth, and 
Dr. Hollander claims that in the case of a single extraction it 
is not necessary to wait for the disappearance of the corneal 
reflex, as it sometimes occurs rapidly, and at other times very 
slowly; and that the narcosis, although somewhat slower than 
bromide of ethyl, lasts longer, the duration being from three to 
seven minutes, and the time for its production one-half to two 
minutes. Dr. Hollander also claims that pental has produced 
anesthesia when several other prominent agents have failed; 
but from the fact that unpleasant incidents have occurred 
during its use it should be very carefully administered. 
PEPSINUM—PEPSIN. 
Source.—Pepsin is obtained by digesting the mucous mem- 
brane of the stomach of the pig, calf or sheep, which has been 
scraped off, chopped finely, and macerated for several days in 
water, in a solution of muriatic acid, from which the pepsin is 
precipitated with chloride of sodium. The medicinal preparation 
is in the form of a nitrogenized, light, amorphous, grayish-white 
or fawn-colored powder, soluble in water and alcohol, and of a 
peculiar odor, and bitter, nauseous taste. When quite pure, it is 
both tasteless and inodorous. When decomposed by heat it no 
longer possesses digestive properties, and much of what is sold 
is almost or wholly inert. Pure pepsin is an artificial digestive. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Pepsin is an essential con- 
stituent of the gastric juice, and digests the nitrogenous con- 
stituents of the food, converting them into peptones. Taken 
internally, as a medicinal preparation, pepsin increases the 468 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
appetite and allays irritability of the stomach. It should be 
administered immediately before meals, and no hot food taken 
for some time afterward. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Pepsin is employed in dyspepsia, gas- 
tralgia, obstinate vomiting, infantile diarrhea, apepsia of in- 
fants, vomiting of pregnancy, cancer and chronic ulcer of the 
stomach, anemia, chlorosis, atrophy, etc. Externally it is 
injected into cancerous tumors and morbid growths with the 
hypodermic syringe, to retard their progress. 
Dose.—Of pepsin suspended in syrup, saccharated pepsin— 
Pepsmum saccharatum gr. v to gr. x. Syrup of orange peel 
will disguise its odor. Vinum Pepsini. Dose, 3ss to 5j. 
Glycerinum Pepsini. Dose, 5ss to 3j- 
Both the saccharated pepsin and the glycerole are un- 
changeable. 
Pepsin appears to be especially efficient in cases of children ; 
and when pepsin and a small quantity of hydrochloric acid are 
added to animal broths given by the rectum, in cases where food 
is rejected by the stomach, such nourishment is very beneficial. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, pepsin is successfully em- 
ployed in the treatment of putrid pulps of teeth, as an anti- 
septic and deodorizer. In the form of a thin paste made by 
mixing pepsin with water containing some two per cent, of 
hydrochloric acid, it is introduced into the pulp canal after 
the removal of the decomposed matter, and confined by a 
temporary filling in the crown cavity, being permitted to re- 
main for twenty-four hours, when it is removed and the canal 
syringed with tepid water, and if necessary, the application of 
the pepsin paste repeated until the odor of decomposition can 
no longer be detected. Pepsin, in the form of the paste, is 
also applied to partially decomposed dentine, which may, for 
good reasons, be permitted to remain immediately over the 
pulp of the tooth, and the action of the pepsin is confined to 
dead matter alone. The hydrochloric acid and pepsin paste 
has also been recommended for devitalizing the pulps of teeth 
where rapid action is not desired, the quantity employed being 
about one-fifteenth of a grain. PEROXIDE OF HYDROGEN. 
469 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Suppurating Dental Pulps. 
Oakley Coles. 
R. Acidi hydrochlorici . TTU 
Aquae destillatae . . . TTLxl 
Pepsini porci . . . . q. s. 
Signa.—To be applied to suppurating 
pulps. 
For Indigestion. 
Mialhe. 
R. Pepsini 3 iss 
Aquae fgviss 
Vinixerici f^xiiss 
Alcoholis f 3 iij 
Sacchari j 
Signa.—A tablespoonful immediately 
after each meal. 
Ingluvin is a ferment prepared from the gizzard of the 
chicken, and its effects are analogous to those of pepsin. It 
is employed internally for indigestion, etc., and to prevent 
nausea and vomiting. 
Dose.—Of Ingluvin, grs. v to 3j. 
PEROXIDE OF HYDROGEN—HYDROGEN PEROXIDE. 
HYDROGEN DIOXIDE. 
Formula.—H202. 
Derivation.—Peroxide of hydrogen is obtained by rubbing 
up peroxide of barium with distilled water, so as to form a 
liquid paste, which is added gradually, with constant stirring, 
to distilled water acidulated with one-third of its weight of 
hydrochloric acid, contained in a vessel immersed in a freezing 
mixture. When the muriatic acid is saturated, a fresh quan- 
tity of the acid in a concentrated state is added, and then 
more of the peroxide of barium, and the operation repeated 
till the solution will hold no more chloride of barium, which 
is deposited by a mixture of ice and salt, except a small por- 
tion which is gotten rid of by adding sulphate of silver to 
precipitate the sulphate of baryta and chloride of silver. The 
filtered liquid is then concentrated by sulphuric acid, and the 
water rising in vapor is absorbed and protoxide of hydrogen 
is obtained nearly pure, in the form of a colorless liquid of a 
fluid consistence. 
L. Crismer explains a new and economic process for pre- 
paring hydrogen peroxide. It depends upon the long-known 470 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
property of sulphuric ether of taking up and dissolving large 
quantities of H202. Commercial barium oxide, containing 
from 85 to 90 per cent, of Ba02 is treated with an excess of 
hydrochloric acid (1.10 specific gravity), and the solution 
shaken up with an equal volume of ether. The mixture is let 
stand until separation has taken place, when the ether is drawn 
off and agitated with distilled water, which latter removes and 
takes up all the hydrogen peroxide which the ether held in 
solution. The cleaned ether is separated from the water, and 
is again shaken with the solution of barium oxide, and again 
extracted with the distilled water. The operation is repeated 
five or six times, by which the extraction of H202is complete. 
The aqueous solution will then form 8 to 9 per cent, of the 
peroxide, and is entirely neutral and free from solid matter. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Dr. B. W. Richardson, of 
London, found that peroxide of hydrogen imparts oxygen to 
venous blood deprived of its fibrin, with an increase of heat 
and a change of the color to red. Fibrin and cellular tissue 
cause it to evolve oxygen, while albumen, gelatin, urea, and 
cutaneous tissue have no effect upon it. 
Topically, it acts by imparting oxygen to the diseased tis- 
sues, and thus destroying them. It arrests, immediately and 
definitely, all fermentation due to an organized ferment, and 
Bert and Reynard found, on the other hand, that soluble 
ferments do not seem to be affected by it; saliva, diastase, the 
gastric and pancreatic fluids, continue to act in solutions con- 
taining peroxide of hydrogen. The conclusions, therefore, 
that these, as well as Peau and Baldy, have arrived at are that 
peroxide of hydrogen, even when very dilute, arrests fermen- 
tation due to the development of living organisms, and the 
putrefaction of all substances which do not decompose it; that 
containing, according to circumstances, from two to six times 
its volume of oxygen, it is capable of advantageously replacing 
alcohol and carbolic acid; that it can be employed externally 
for dressing wounds and ulcerations of all natures, in injections 
and in vaporizations, and internally; that the results obtained 
in the case of the largest operations, up to the present, are in PEROXIDE OF HYDROGEN. 
471 
the highest degree satisfactory; that not only fresh wounds, 
but old ones, proceed rapidly to cicatrization, and reunion by 
first intention appears to be encouraged by its use as a dress- 
ing ; that the general as well as the local state appears to be 
favorably influenced; that the advantage over carbolized 
water are its not having any poisonous effect nor unpleasant 
odor, while its application is entirely painless. It is an effective 
application in a large class of diseases in which mucous mem- 
brane tissue is chiefly affected, and for cleansing purposes is 
considered to be unequaled. Dr. Prince remarks that a drop 
of pus will decompose peroxide of hydrogen and liberate 
nascent oxygen, which adheres to and attacks all the adjacent 
tissues for which it has an affinity, and it thus becomes a 
powerful bacterial destroyer. Peroxide of hydrogen for 
surgical use must be entirely neutral, as that obtained gener- 
ally often contains sulphuric acid, so that its use would not be 
without danger. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Peroxide of hydrogen is employed as an 
internal remedy in low forms of fevers, chronic and subacute 
rheumatism, whooping cough, chronic bronchitis, dyspepsia, 
as it improves digestion, diabetes, etc., etc. Locally employed, 
peroxide of hydrogen is an effective antiseptic, and, according 
to Dr. Prince, owes its importance as a therapeutic agent to its 
instability, being decomposed, in the presence of a variety of 
agents, into water and oxygen. He considers peroxide of 
hydrogen to be inferior to iodoform as an antiseptic, but it 
resembles it in producing little or no irritation when used 
about tender organs, and can be successfully applied in an 
unirritating form, so that it comes in contact with and destroys 
diseased germs; hence its applicability to dental uses, and in 
ocular and oral therapeutics, as in gonorrhoeal ophthalmia and 
mastoid abscess, for example. Peroxide of hydrogen acts 
very promptly and beneficially in feeble, flabby or ill-condi- 
tioned ulcers, chancre, and diphtheritic sores, ozaena, wounds, 
both fresh and putrid, etc., etc. Peroxide of hydrogen appears 
to have no injurious effect upon animal cells, but has a very 
energetic destructive action upon vegetable cells—microbes. 472 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
It has no toxic properties, and is also harmless when given by 
the mouth. It is especially applicable in the treatment of 
diseases caused by germs if the microbian element is directly 
accessible, and is particularly useful in the treatment of infec- 
tious diseases of the mouth and throat. 
To obtain the best results from peroxide of hydrogen, it 
should be kept in a cool place, tightly stoppered, and when re- 
quired for use as much as desired should be poured from a 
large bottle into a small receptacle, and only the quantity to 
be used at a time be exposed to the light. For injection, a 
small glass or rubber syringe should be used, as contact with 
metal destroys its utility. 
As a test for peroxide of hydrogen Dr. Chas. Mayr suggests 
a paper saturated with a mixed solution of iodide of potassium 
and dithionate of soda. The peroxide of hydrogen liberates 
the iodine in the iodide of potash, but this liberated iodine is 
immediately seized by the dithionate of soda and a colorless 
solution is the result. But if enough of the peroxide is ap- 
plied the blue spot will appear, because more iodine is liberated 
than can be used in oxidizing the dithionate of soda to tetra- 
thionate of soda ; to make the reaction more pronounced still, 
a little starch-paste is added. By this paper one drop of 
peroxide of hydrogen of 12 volumes of oxygen, produces a 
blue spot in 20 seconds; with six volumes in from one to two 
minutes; and with four volumes no blue spot is produced, 
only possibly a blue rim. 
Dose.—Of peroxide of hydrogen, gr. iij to gr. v, containing 
six times its volume of oxygen, or two per cent. In opera- 
tions on mucous membrane, a strong solution of peroxide of 
hydrogen—twelve per cent.—greatly facilitates by decolorizing 
the blood and by its cleansing, styptic action. 
Dental Uses.—Peroxide of hydrogen is a valuable remedy 
in dental therapeutics, especially in the treatment of alveolar 
abscess, alveolar pyorrhoea, ulcerations of oral mucous mem- 
brane, gangrene or cancrum oris, fungus growths, bleaching 
discolored teeth, putrescent pulps, etc., etc. 
A twenty per cent, solution has been recommended for the 
arrest of hemorrhage, after tooth extraction, by Mr. Bennett. PEROXIDE OF HYDROGEN. 
473 
Dr. A. H. Prince’s method of treatment, in the case of alve- 
olar abscess, illustrates the properties of peroxide of hydrogen. 
“ The septic abscess is caused to heal by one application made 
in the following manner: After removing the pulp and pass- 
ing a broach through a canal of the root into the abscess 
cavity a drop of the liquid is injected by means of Farrar’s 
syringe. The cavity of the crown is then immediately closed 
with softened gutta percha, before which, under pressure of 
the finger, the liquor is driven into the abscess cavity. Upon 
coming in contact with the pus in the fetid cavity, the liber- 
ated gas permeates it throughout, and by the continued evolu- 
tion of the gas the cavity is emptied of its contents, which 
boil out at the fistulous opening so thoroughly mixed that the 
appearance is that of foam or froth; while the remnant thus 
removed is rendered so thoroughly antiseptic that the healing 
process proceeds uninterruptedly.” Dr. A. W. Harlan has 
successfully employed the peroxide of hydrogen, in connec- 
tion with iodide of zinc solution and other agents, in the treat- 
ment of alveolar pyorrhoea. 
Dr. Harlan’s treatment Is as follows: First pack the pus 
pockets with iodoform and eucalyptus, iodoform and oil of 
cinnamon, or thoroughly syringe with a one to three grain 
solution to the ounce of water of chloride of alumina, a method 
which will relieve the suffering and reduce the swollen gums 
to their normal size. In three or four days the sanguinary 
deposits may be removed, and the edges of the alveolar scraped 
or burned off. The pockets are then syringed with peroxide 
of hydrogen, and, after drying the gums, injected with one, 
two or three drops of a solution of iodide of zinc, grs. xii to 
the ounce of water. On the fourth day the gums are carefully 
dried, and a fine cone of cotton or bibulous paper moistened 
with peroxide of hydrogen, gently pressed into each pocket. 
If any effervescence occurs, it denotes the presence of pus, 
when each pocket should be again injected with the iodide of 
zinc solution. In chronic cases, after syringing with the per- 
oxide of hydrogen, a stronger injection of the iodide of zinc 
(grs. xxiv to the ounce of water) is made, and in very bad or 474 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
hopeless cases even a stronger solution of the zinc (grs. xlviii 
to the ounce of water); and when the gingival margins pre- 
sent a ragged border or cone-shaped slit, pure granular iodide 
of zinc is applied to such edges. The injection into the 
pocket is repeated every fourth day. In some cases constitu- 
tional treatment is also required. Peroxide of hydrogen has 
also been successfully used for bleaching discolored teeth, first 
adjusting the rubber dam and repeatedly washing out the 
cavity with the peroxide of hydrogen, and then carefully dry- 
ing with the hot-blast syringe. A small quantity of chloride 
of alumina is then placed in the cavity and moistened with 
peroxide of hydrogen and allowed to remain for five minutes, 
and then washed out with a clear solution of sodae biboras. 
lo Render the Hands Aseptic.—Dr. Noble says: Trim the 
nails reasonably short, and clear the subungual spaces with 
the knife blade. Then thoroughly wash the hands and fore- 
arms in warm water, a good lather being made with soap, and 
a stiff brush vigorously applied. Renew the water three 
times. Next soak the hands in a saturated solution of oxalic 
acid. According to circumstances the finger tips are then 
soaked in peroxide of hydrogen. For the final bath, cor- 
rosive sublimate solution, i to 1000, is employed; allow the 
hands to remain in this solution three minutes. 
Antiseptic and Stimulant Mouth- Wash. 
For use in Alveolar Pyorrhoea, ele.} 
etc. 
Dr. Chas. B. Atkinson. 
R. Hydrogen perox. . . 3 iv 
Tinct. calendulae . . gij. M. 
SlGNA.—Use daily. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Hydrogen perox. . . 
Hydrarg. bichlor. . . gr. M. 
SlGNA.—Inject into pockets until they 
are free of all foreign matter. 
PEROXIDE OF SODIUM—SODIUM PEROXIDE. 
Formula.—Na202. 
Derivation.—Sodium Peroxide is obtained by adding the 
peroxide of hydrogen to an excess of caustic soda solution of PEROXIDE OF SODIUM. 
475 
twenty per cent., and then pouring into alcohol. Chemically 
considered, it is the analogue of peroxide of hydrogen. 
Properties.—It is a strongly alkaline and caustic white solid, 
soluble in water, when it produces an increase of temperature 
and evolves a certain amount of oxygen, with scarcely any 
loss of the latter if the peroxide of sodium is added to the 
water in small quantities and gradually stirred in; when the 
solution is made hurriedly by the addition of large quantities 
of the powder to the water at a time, the evolution of heat, 
due to the energy of the combination, causes rapid elevation 
of the temperature of the solution and the decomposition of 
the peroxide. 
It is necessary to protect this preparation of sodium from 
moisture, and if exposed to the air its weight increases twenty 
per cent in twenty-four hours. The presence of water and 
contact with organic matter produces inflammation in such 
matter, hence it is necessary to handle this drug with care. 
Peroxide of sodium very closely resembles peroxide of 
hydrogen in the readiness with which it separates from the 
extra atom of oxygen it contains, and its bleaching property 
depends upon this extra atom of oxygen, which, when liber- 
ated, seizes upon the hydrogen of the organic color-compound, 
thus destroying its identity. While peroxide of hydrogen con- 
tains but three or four percent, of available bleaching oxygen 
peroxide of sodium contains about twenty per cent., and as a 
bleaching agent, antiseptic, disinfectant and sterilizer, it has an 
additional advantage over peroxide of hydrogen, by possessing 
a saponifying and solvent action upon the oils, fats and animal 
tissue present in the dentinal structure of the teeth. 
On account of its being freely soluble in water, and uniting 
with it so energetically as to evolve considerable heat, such 
action can be controlled by adding the powdered peroxide of 
sodium slowly and in small quantities to the water, which 
should always be done in making solutions, as decomposi- 
tion and loss of oxygen result when such care is not taken, 
and the solution is allowed to become hot. A standard 
solution can be reduced to any desired strength by adding 476 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
definite proportions of water. Strong solutions of peroxide of 
sodium are powerfully caustic and dissolve animal tissue and 
saponify oils and fats. 
Dental Uses.—Peroxide of sodium when carefully employed, 
has proven highly successful as a bleaching and sterilizing 
agent. A solution varying in strength from full saturation 
to one containing about five per cent, of the saturated solution, 
has been employed by Dr. E. C. Kirk in the treatment of 
pulpless teeth with putrescent canal-contents, and especially in 
such cases where the whole structure of the dentine was per- 
meated and colored by an offensive and fermenting mass of 
decomposing organic matter, with often A blind abscess as an 
accompaniment to add to the foulness present, with satisfac- 
tory results. He recommends flooding the pulp-chamber and 
canals with a fifty per cent., or even a saturated solution, of 
peroxide of sodium, with the rubber-dam in position to pre- 
vent contact of the solution with the soft tissues of the mouth, 
the activity of the preparation being at once shown by the 
evolution of gas similar to the action of peroxide of hydrogen, 
but with less violence and rapidity. Peroxide of sodium is 
also very effective as a bleaching agent for carious and dis- 
colored dentine. For bleaching purposes, Dr. Kirk recom- 
mends saturating the dentine with a strong solution of per- 
oxide of sodium (50 per cent.), following this by treatment 
with a dilute acid, such as hydrochloric, sulphuric or acetic, 
or a ten per cent, solution of trichloracetic acid; the pref- 
erence is given to hydrochloric. In addition to such prop- 
erties, peroxide of sodium completely sterilizes the dentine 
by acting as a mechanical cleanser, and a solvent of the 
organic debris and fats, in the form of small shreds of pulp- 
tissue and organic matter in a partially decomposed state. 
Dr. Kirk also recommends, after the application of the per- 
oxide of sodium, inserting into the canals, for a moment on 
cotton, a diluted solution of hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, 
afterwards washing and drying with hot air, and then imme- 
diately filling them. For the upper teeth he recommends that 
the application of the solutions be in pledgets of asbestos 
fibre, as the cotton is rapidly disintegrated by strong solutions. PEROXIDE OF SODIUM. 
477 
Dr. L. P. Van Woert suggests the following method of pre- 
paring the most satisfactory solution of peroxide of sodium: 
“ Take a common tumbler about half full of distilled water, 
place it in the centre of a good-sized pudding-dish, and pour 
all the cold water around it possible, without floating the 
glass. Add the sodium peroxide in very small portions— 
about what could be taken upon the point of the large blade 
of a pocket-knife—dusting in the water slowly to cause as 
little agitation as possible, and this amount should not be 
added oftener than once in a half hour, being careful to have 
the sodium peroxide finely powdered. This to be continued 
until the preparation begins to look opaque as powder is 
added. Let it stand over night and it is then ready for use. 
If a lump about the size of a small bean is dropped into water, 
you will notice on the margin of the line of agitation a ring of 
color resembling iodine. If the peroxide is put in the water, 
as I have suggested, there will be very little surface agitation 
and none of the discoloration, the result of which is a solution 
that has never failed. This takes several days to make, but it 
will more than pay for the time consumed, in its prompt action 
as a bleacher and sterilizer. I have placed this solution in the 
hands of a number of gentlemen, to be used in the treatment 
of abscessed roots, and up to the writing of this not a single 
failure has been reported. The general impression is that 
sodium peroxide is for bleaching only, while it is the most 
valuable preparation ever found for the treatment of dead 
teeth, if used in the following manner: Cleanse the root-canals 
of such septic matter as possible to get at with instruments, 
and dry them with hot air; then carry small ropes of cotton, 
saturated with a full strength solution, as near the foramen as 
you can, using orange-wood, shaped like fine probes, and cover 
with a temporary stopping, letting the whole remain for two 
days, after which wash with hot water, and fill in the usual 
manner.” When peroxide of sodium is introduced into a 
pulp-canal a chemical reaction takes place, and like peroxide 
of hydrogen, it is an active oxidizer from the facility with 
which it parts with one atom of oxygen ; it is also a saponifier 478 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and solvent of the pulp tissue, and of oils and fats. Its effects 
on the fibrils are to dissolve and saponify them as a bleaching 
agent, for it extends far into the dentinal tubuli. 
PHENACETINE—PARAACETPHENITIDINE. 
Formula.—C10Hl3NO2=C6H4—(0C2H6)NH(C2H30). 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Phenacetine is 
slightly soluble in water, but freely soluble in alcohol, and has 
proven to be a most reliable antineuralgic without deleterious 
effects. It causes no nausea, vomiting or diarrhea; no col- 
lapse, no cyanosis, or depressing after-effects. It is thought 
to produce its effects by slowly dissolving in the lactic acid 
of the stomach. 
Prof. Rumpf considers phenacetine to be not a narcotic, but 
an antineuralgic acid from its strong antipyretic action. 
The mode of action is probably a direct influence on the 
central nervous system—that of the vaso-motor more espe- 
cially, for phenacetine acts especially on the vaso-motor 
neuroses, which indicates a powerful effect on the circulation. 
Phenacetine is a strong analgesic, and thought to be more 
powerful in its action than either antipyrine or antifebrin, and 
it acts very rapidly notwithstanding its insolubility in the 
gastric juice. About twenty minutes after its administration 
its effects may be observed. It is employed in the various 
forms of neuralgia, hemicrania, acute rheumatism, vaso-motor 
neuroses, neurasthenia, locomotor ataxia, etc., etc. 
Dose.—As an antineuralgic the dose ranges from eight to 
twenty-two and a half grains (one-half to one and one-half 
grams). Fifteen grains is the average dose. Good results 
are obtained by administering phenacetine in gr. v doses, once 
in an hour until gr. xv-xx are taken. 
Dental Uses.—Phenacetine is employed in neuralgias of 
dental origin, acute periodontitis, and pericemental irritation. 
PHENATE OF COCAINE—CARBOLATE OF COCAINE. 
Derivation.—Phenate of cocaine, as prepared by Merck, is, 
as its name implies, a combination of carbolic acid and cocaine PHENATE OF COCAINE. 
479 
containing seventy-five per cent, of the cocaine alkaloid. It 
is a slightly colored substance, of the consistence of thick 
honey, and possesses both antiseptic and anesthetic properties. 
Hydrochlorate of cocaine is open to the serious objection that 
when applied to cut surfaces it causes dangerous systemic effects 
endangeringthe life of the patient, and has in a limited number 
of cases, it is asserted, caused death. The phenate of cocaine, 
on the other hand, containing the alkaloid, is not so prone 
to cause symptoms of cocaine poisoning or any bad after- 
effect. It is soluble in alcohol of from thirty to fifty per cent., 
such a solution possessing a faint odor of carbolic acid. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Dr. D. B. Kyle regards phenate of 
cocaine to be as good a local anesthetic as the muriate of 
cocaine, and devoid of the dangerous systemic effects of the 
latter. The phenate of cocaine has been employed success- 
fully in cases of cardiac disease and albuminuria, conditions 
which contra-indicate the use of muriate of cocaine. It is also 
claimed to be equal to any carbolized solution for its anti- 
septic properties. It can be safely used on cut surfaces. An- 
other advantage claimed for the phenate over the muriate of 
cocaine is that it coagulates the albumen in the tissue, pre- 
venting the absorption of the cocaine, thereby prolonging the 
anesthetic effect, although the length of time necessary to 
produce anesthesia is somewhat longer than that required 
for the hydrochlorate of cocaine. Phenate of cocaine is em- 
ployed locally, internally, hypodermically, and in powder. 
Dose.—The dose of phenate of cocaine is from A to i of a 
grain. Hypodermically for operations involving the deeper 
tissue, the eight or ten per cent, solution will usually produce 
sufficient anesthesia, although it may be applied locally in a 
fifty per cent, solution, the strength in which it is sold in 
alcoholic solution for convenience of dilution. In solution of 
the strength of 50 per cent, it will coagulate albumen, and 
when topically applied to a mucous surface, such a strength 
may cause a slight slough, which may be avoided by applying 
glycerine to the dried surface before applying the phenate 
of cocaine. The 50 per cent, solution may be diluted to any 480 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
extent desired by adding to it equal parts of alcohol and 
water. When diluted to a 25 per cent, solution its power to 
coagulate albumen is overcome. 
Dental Uses.—Phenate of cocaine is employed as a local 
anesthetic for the extraction of teeth, and when employed in 
a 50 per cent, strength or diluted, it is applied to the gum, 
previously dried, about the tooth, on a pledget of cotton, 
which is allowed to remain for from three to five minutes, and 
repeated if the anesthesia is not sufficient. As in the use of 
all other local anesthetics applied to the mouth, the patient 
should be cautioned not to swallow during the operation, to 
avoid the benumbing effect on the throat. Phenate of cocaine 
is also used locally for opening alveolar abscesses, treating 
exposed pulps, for sensitive dentine, removing tumors, hyper- 
trophy of tonsils (carefully applied), chronic and specific ulcers, 
earache, removal of polypi, hypertrophic growths, and other 
obstructions, etc. It is claimed for phenate of cocaine that it 
not only relieves pain, but checks the progress of the disease. 
PHOSPHATES AND PHOSPHITES. 
The Phosphates are ingredients of most of the animal and 
vegetable foods, and a sufficient amount of phosphorus is, 
under normal conditions, appropriated by digestive action for 
the supply of the system. Every part of the body contains 
phosphate of lime; and rickets, softening of the bones and 
defective teeth result when too little is supplied during the 
formative period. The blood, saliva, gastric juice, urine, milk 
and the entire intercellular fluid contain phosphate of lime in 
solution. When this agent is administered by the stomach, 
diffusion into the blood results as a consequence of its being 
to some extent soluble in lactic and hydrochloric acids; hence 
it is very essential to the nutrition of the body, and small 
doses are as effective as large ones, as all in excess of the 
quantity soluble in the acids of the stomach is not appropri- 
ated, but passes off or forms concretions in the intestines. 
Phosphate of sodium is also a constituent of the blood, and 
by removing morbid states of the mucous membrane it pro- PHOSPHATES AND PHOSPHITES. 
481 
motes digestion and improves nutrition and the tone of the 
nervous system. Large doses, on the other hand, when ad- 
ministered in health, will impair digestion. Phosphorus exists 
generally as a phosphate, and has a strong affinity for oxygen, 
compounds being rapidly formed in the stomach; but some 
of it may enter the blood uncombined. It is a powerful irri- 
tant poison, the dose being no larger than tstj to As of a grain. 
The preparations of the Phosphates and Phosphites are: 
Syrupus Calcii Lacto-phosphatis.—Syrup of the lacto-phos- 
phate of lime. Dose.—f3j to f5j. (See Syrup of lacto-phos- 
phate of lime.) 
Compound Syrup of the Phosphates.—Each drachm contains 
two and a half grains of phosphate of iron and one grain of 
phosphate of lime. 
Sodii Phosphas—Phosphate of Sodium.—In the form of large, 
colorless, transparent prisms, with a cooling saline taste, feebly 
alkaline and no odor, and a slightly alkaline reaction. Soluble 
in six parts of water at 6o° F., and in two parts of boiling 
water. Dose, f5j to f5j. 
Calcii Phosphas Proecipitatus.—Precipitated Phosphate of 
Lime. In the form of a white powder, with no taste or odor, 
and insoluble in water or alcohol. Dose.—Gr. ij to gr. v. 
Syrupus Hypophosphitum.—Syrup of Hypophosphites. Com- 
posed of hypophosphites of calcium, sodium and potassium. 
Dose.—f5j. 
Sodii Pyrophosphas.—Pyrophosphate of Sodium. In the 
form of colorless, translucent prisms, with a cooling saline taste 
and a feeble alkaline reaction, but no odor, soluble in water, 
but insoluble in alcohol. Dose.—f5ss to fSss. 
Calcii Hypopliosphis.—(See Plypophosphite of Lime.) 
Sodii Hypopliosphis.—Hypophosphite of Sodium. In the 
form of small, colorless or white prisms, or a white granular 
powder with a sweetish saline taste, and a neutral reaction, and 
soluble in water. Dose.—Gr. v to gr. x. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The phosphates are useful in rickets, 
mollities ossium, non-union of fractures, soft teeth of children, 
caries and necrosis of bone, anemia of nursing mothers, chronic 482 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
bronchitis, leucorrhea. The phosphate of soda in bilious sick 
headache, hepatic colic, jaundice, carbuncles, boils, etc., etc. 
The hypophosphites in phthisis, emphysema, fibroid lung, 
chronic tuberculosis, dilated bronchi, skin diseases, and all 
diseases characterized by mal-nutrition. Phosphoric and hypo- 
phosphoric acids are frequently combined with many vege- 
table and mineral tonics. The hypophosphites fulfill nearly 
all the indications of phosphorus itself. 
PHENOSALYL. 
Derivation.—Phenosalyl is produced by melting together 
carbolic acid 6 parts, salicylic acid I part, lactic acid 2 parts, 
menthol in of i part, which forms a clear, syrupy liquid, which 
crystallizes at low temperatures. It is rendered non-crystal- 
lizable by the addition of a little glycerine. It is readily solu- 
ble in 15 parts of water, and more readily in alcohol and ether. 
Therapeutic Properties, etc.—Phenosalyl is a new antiseptic 
mixture introduced by J. de Christmas, of Paris. It is employed 
in one or two per cent, solutions for wound treatment, steril- 
izing instruments, and generally as an antiseptic. 
PILOCARPUS—JABORANDI. 
Source.—From the leaflets of the Pilocarpus pennatifolius, a 
Brazilian plant. The alkaloid on which the properties of the 
substance depends is pilocarpine, which combines with acids 
to form salts. Another alkaloid is jaborine, both having the 
same chemical composition, CuH16N202, and pilocarpine “ by- 
heat, merely by concentration of an acid solution,” is con- 
verted into jaborine ; washing with absolute alcohol will sepa- 
rate them when united. The principle preparations are : Hy- 
drochlorate of pilocarpine—pilocarpines hydrochloras—which 
is in the form of white crystals, deliquescent with a slightly 
bitter taste, a neutral reaction, and no odor. It is very solu- 
ble in alcohol, but not soluble in ether or chloroform ; and 
the fluid extract of pilocarpus—extraction pilocarpi fluidum. 
Belladonna and its alkaloid atropine are antagonistic to pilo- 
carpine. ABIES CANADENSIS. 
483 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Large doses of 
crude jaborandi cause nausea and vomiting on an empty 
stomach, and the use of the alkaloid appears to have the same 
effect under similar circumstances. It increases the perspira- 
tion and saliva, Ringer stating that the secretion of the sali- 
vary glands is augmented as much as twenty-seven fluid 
ounces as the result of a full dose. The nauseating effects of 
the alkaloid pilocarpus appear to depend upon its action on 
the muscular layers of the stomach and intestines ; and the 
increased secretion of the mucous membrane doubtless results 
from the stimulation of the pancreas and the glands of the 
mucous membrane. 
Children do not appear to experience its influence to the 
same degree, in regard to salivation, perspiration and tempera- 
ture, as do adults. As a general rule, drowsiness follows the 
profuse perspiration, and pallor the flushings caused by the 
drug; and the languor and debility it occasions continue for 
some hours. The pupil of the eye is contracted; but this 
organ generally recovers from its diminished vision after the 
space of one hour and a half. Jaborandi is employed in 
dropsies of the heart and kidneys; mumps, diseases of 
the eye, to increase the secretion of milk, diabetes, insipi- 
dus, diphtheria, skin diseases, etc. It is also employed in 
ptyalism with advantage, in the form of the hydrochlorate 
of pilocarpine, one-third of a grain three or four times 
daily. 
Dose.—Of Infusion, Infusum Pilocarpi, 5ss to 51’j. Of Fluid 
Extract—Extractum Pilocarpi Fluidum, 5ss to 5>j. Of tinc- 
ture— Tinctura Pilocarpi, 5ss to 5ij- Of Hydrochlorate—Pi- 
locarpinee Hydrochloras, gr. A to gr. ss. 
Hemlock, hemlock spruce of the United States and Canada. 
The medicinal portions are the juice and bark. The concrete 
juice, which is known as Pix Canadensis—Canada pitch, is a 
yellowish or faintly greenish, transparent, viscid liquid, when 
fresh, but afterward becomes an opaque, reddish-brown, hard 
PINUS CANADENSIS—ABIES CANADENSIS. 484 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and brittle mass, which contains resin and a volatile oil. It is 
used to make rubefacient plasters. The bark is rough and 
deeply furrowed, and is very astringent, possessing properties 
similar to those of the white-oak bark. An extract prepared 
from the bark is used as a topical astringent, but it is not con- 
sidered to have any advantages over other common vegetable 
astringents: 
For Inflamed Mucous Membrane, and for Use after the Removal 
of Salivary Calculus. 
A. W. Harlan. 
R Pinus canadensis (white) ss 
Aquae Rosae 3 iijss 
Eugenol YlXxxx* 
Signa.—Use as a lotion or on a tooth-brush, 3 times daily. 
PISCIDIA ERYTHRINA—JAMAICA DOGWOOD. 
Source.—Jamaica Dogwood is a plant indigenous to the 
West Indies, where it has been used as an intoxicant in taking 
fish. The bark is the officinal portion, and is smooth and 
bright-colored. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Jamaica dogwood is a pow- 
erful narcotic, and, in a measure, tonic and diuretic. Its nar- 
cotic properties are supposed to be superior to opium, as it 
does not cause the disagreeable after-effects common to that 
drug. When chewed, Jamaica dogwood has an unpleasant, 
acrimonious taste. It yields its virtues to alcohol, but not to 
water. Its internal use is generally followed by a sensation 
of heat, gradually extending to the surface, and succeeded by 
profuse perspiration, with profound sleep. In large doses it 
produces general paralysis, and death from asphyxia. It has 
been used as a substitute for morphine, which it resembles in 
many respects. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The principal use of Jamaica dogwood 
is in neuralgia, in the form of a tincture composed of Jamaica 
dogwood Sj, rectified spirits f5iv. It is effectual in acute pains 
usually, and is said to be efficacious in lunacy, and cough of 
phthisis. ACETATE OF LEAD. 
485 
Dose.—Of the tincture of Jamaica dogwood, C5j. 
Dental Uses.—Jamaica dogwood, in the form of the tincture, 
is efficacious in trigeminal neuralgia, and in odontalgia result- 
ing from an irritable pulp, for which purposes a fluid drachm 
in cold water may be taken internally, and externally in the 
case of odontalgia, introduced on a dossil of cotton into the 
carious tooth. 
PLUMBI ACETAS—ACETATE OF LEAD. 
Formula.—Pb(C2H302\-f- 3 H20. 
Derivation.—Acetate of Lead is obtained by immersing lead 
in distilled vinegar, or litharge in pyroligneous or crude acetic 
acid; when the acid has become saturated, the solution is per- 
mitted to cool and crystallize. 
Acetate of lead is a white salt, in the form of beautiful 
brilliant, needle-shaped crystals, like long prisms, which efflo- 
resce on exposure to the air. It has a sweet, astringent 
taste, and an odor of acetic acid, and is soluble in water and 
alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Acetate of lead is sedative 
and astringent, checking the secretions and reducing the activ- 
ity of the capillary system, and diminishing the force and fre- 
quency of the pulse. Like all the salts of lead, it is an irritant 
and corrosive poison, causing gastro-enteric inflammation. It 
requires, however, a large quantity (not less than half an 
ounce) of the acetate of lead to destroy life, as much of it is 
rejected by vomiting. The symptoms of lead poisoning, when 
the lead is slowly introduced into the system, are loss of ap- 
petite and strength, wasting of flesh, paleness of the face, con- 
stipation, pain in the joints, dry colic, which is relieved by 
pressure, neuralgia of the abdominal muscles, contraction of 
the intestines, belly drawn toward the spinal column, contrac- 
tion of the liver, jaundiced skin, yellow conjunctiva, urine 
colored with biliary coloring matter, a blue line along the 
margin of the gum, about the incisor teeth; also at times a 
bluish discoloration of the mucous membrane of the lips 
SUGAR OF LEAD. 486 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and mouth, dimness of vision, paralysis of the extensor 
muscles of the fingers and arms, death resulting from the 
gradual failure of nutrition and the paralysis of the muscles of 
respiration. 
When the poisonous dose is large, there is intense gastric 
irritation, numbness, paralysis, coma and collapse. Iodide of 
potassium in large doses, also Epsom salts and sulphur baths, 
are the antidotes in chronic cases of lead poisoning, and for 
the lead colic, alum in doses of one or two drachms every 
three or four hours, dissolved in some demulcent liquid, is 
considered to be the best remedy. For the treatment of lead 
paralysis, strychnia and electricity are employed. The blue 
or slate-colored line on the gums is supposed to be due to a 
deposition of the sulphide of lead. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Acetate of lead is internally adminis- 
tered in dysentery, diarrhoea, cholera, cholera morbus, phthisis, 
chronic bronchitis, pneumonia, diseases of the heart, hemor- 
rhage from the lungs, stomach, kidneys, nose, etc.; diseases of 
the eye, erysipelas, skin diseases, chronic gastric catarrh, gas- 
tralgia, pyrosis, summer diarrhoea of children, humid asthma, 
whooping cough, etc. ; but the danger of producing toxic 
effects must be remembered in its internal use. 
Externally, solutions of lead are employed to relieve super- 
ficial inflammations, arrest morbid discharges, and allay the 
pain of acute inflammations. Lead should not be given with 
natural waters containing lime, carbonic acid, mineral acids 
and salts, vegetable acids, or vegetable astringents, iodide of 
potassium and preparations of opium. 
Dose.—Of plumbi acetas, gr. ss or j to gr. v, two or three 
times a day. 
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus—Diluted Solution of 
Subacetate of Lead.—Lead water is composed of subacetate of 
lead solution, f5ij; distilled water, Oj ; and is a mild astrin- 
gent and sedative when applied externally; it is never pre- 
scribed internally. It arrests discharges from suppurating and 
ulcerated mucous surfaces, and promotes the resolution of 
acute superficial inflammations. MAY APPLE. 
487 
Dental Uses.—Lead water is employed in dental practice, to 
relieve inflamed gums and mucous membrane of the mouth; 
as an application to indolent and foul ulcers; also in the treat- 
ment of teeth after the devitalization and removal of the pulps, 
to prevent peridental trouble. 
It proves serviceable when applied to chapped hands and 
lips. A good ointment for such a purpose is composed of a 
combination of lead water, camphor, white wax and oil of 
almonds. 
DENTAL FORMUL/E. 
For Acute Inflammation of the Mucous 
Membrane of the Mouth and the 
Gums. 
R. Plumbi acetatis . . . 3 j 
Tinct. opii t^ss 
Aquae M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion, on lint. 
For Periodontitis. 
McQuillen. 
R. Liq. plumbi subace- 
tatis 9 b 
Tinct. opii gij. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply to cavity on cotton and 
to gum externally. 
Collyrium. 
Dr. Gross. 
R. Liq. plumbi subace- 
tatis g) 
Tinct. opii 
Aquae, q.s. ad. . . . M. 
Fiat lotio. 
SlGNA.—Use as a lotion. 
For Chapped Hands and Lips. 
R. Liq. plumbi subace- 
tatis dilutus . . . % vj 
Camphorse .... gr.xl 
Cerse albse .... |jviij. M. 
Olei amygdalae dulcis Oj. 
Fiat cerat. 
SlGNA.—Apply as an ointment. 
For Injlamed Gums and After Tooth 
Extraction. 
R. Plumbi acetatis . . . gr.xv 
Tinct. opii f g ij 
Aquae M. 
SlGNA.—Use as a lotion and mouth- 
wash. 
Collyrium. 
Dr. Sturgis. 
R. Liq. plumbi subacetatis, 
Tinct. opii . . . . aa 
Aquae, q.s. ad. ... M. 
Fiat lotio. 
Signa.—Use as a lotion. 
Source.—The rhizoma and rootlets of Podophyllumpeltatum, 
or May Apple. It contains the alkaloid berberine, which is 
also peculiar to other plants, and two resinous substances 
soluble, one in alcohol and ether, and the other in alcohol only, 
PODOPHYLLUM—MAY APPLE. 488 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and on which its medical properties depend. Both are purga- 
tives. It has a bitter taste, with a sense of acidity. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Podophyllum is 
a useful cathartic and cholagogue. In cases of constipation, 
due to deficient secretions of the intestinal canal and liver, it 
is a useful cathartic, and for habitual constipation small doses 
combined with belladonna are very effective. It is also em- 
ployed in catarrhal and malarial jaundice, ascites, hemorrhoids, 
bleeding from stasis of the portal circulation, and torpidity of 
liver, as a substitute for calomel and blue mass. It is slow in 
its action, and is therefore often combined with other cathartics. 
Podophyllin is the resina podophylli. 
Dose.—Of Resina Podophylli—Resin of podophyllum, gr. J 
to gr. j. Of Extractum Podophylli Fluidum—Fluid extract of 
podophyllum, TTLj to 5ss. Of Abstractum Podophylli—Abstract 
of podophyllum, gr. t© gr. j. 
POTASSA CAUSTICA—CAUSTIC POTASH. 
Formula.—KO H. 
Derivation.—Caustic Potash is prepared by boiling a solution 
of potash until ebullition ceases, and the potassa melts or as- 
sumes a solidified consistence, when it is poured into suitable 
moulds and kept in well-stoppered bottles, as it rapidly deli- 
quesces when exposed to the air. It dissolves in water and 
alcohol, and attracts moisture. Its officinal form is that of 
sticks of a white and somewhat transparent color, but upon 
exposure to the air, or if it is impure, it becomes a dingy gray, 
greenish or bluish color, and has the odor of slaking lime. 
When it is digested in alcohol, so as to free it from such im- 
purities as are insoluble in alcohol, it is called alcoholic potassa. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Caustic Potash is the most 
powerful caustic and escharotic in use, and, when taken inter- 
nally, is a corrosive poison. It is only employed externally. 
When applied to a part, it rapidly destroys its vitality to a 
considerable depth, differing in this respect from nitrate of 
HYDRATE OF POTASH FUSED POTASH OXIDE OF POTASSIUM. BICARBONATE OF POTASSIUM. 
489 
silver (lunar caustic), as the latter is more limited in its action, 
and does not liquefy when it comes in contact with the tissues. 
From the penetrating action of caustic potash, it is necessary 
to use it with great care. It is very deliquescent, which is a 
great objection to its use in some cases, but when mixed with 
an equal quantity of lime, the deliquescent action is in a 
measure prevented; it is then known as potassa cum calce— 
potassa with lime, and is in the form of a grayish-white powder, 
which is sometimes made into a paste, under the name of 
Vienna Paste, which is milder and less deliquescent. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Caustic potassa is chiefly employed to 
open abscesses, and in the treatment of chancres, hospital gan- 
grene, eczema, malignant growths, to arrest the sloughing of 
carbuncles; in tetanus, applied to the spine; bites of rabid 
animals and venomous reptiles; phlegmons and incipient car- 
buncles, to arrest their progress; to form issues, etc. To 
prevent its coming in contact with neighboring parts, a piece 
of adhesive plaster is used, with an opening corresponding in 
size to the surface on which the caustic is to act. When 
mixed with water, in the proportion of caustic potash, 5>ss to 
water, fSij, it forms a rubefacient solution. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, caustic potassa is employed 
in gangrene of the mouth (cancrum oris), malignant growths, 
fungous growths of gum, ulcers, etc.; for opening 
when it is not prudent to use the lancet. 
POTASSIUM BICARBONAS—BICARBONATE OF POTASSIUM. 
Formula.—KH COa. 
Derivation.—Bicarbonate of potassium is obtained by pass- 
ing carbonic acid through an aqueous solution of carbonate of 
potassium, until it is completely saturated. The solution is 
then filtered and evaporated, the product being bicarbonate of 
potassium, in the form of transparent, colorless crystals, of the 
shape of irregular eight-sided prisms. It is inodorous, with a 
saline and somewhat alkaline taste, and is soluble in water, 
but insoluble in alcohol. Its incompatibles are acids and 
acidulous salts, etc. 490 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Bicarbonate of potassium 
is antacid, diuretic and antilithic. In large quantities it is a 
corrosive poison. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed internally in acute rheu- 
matism, gout, and uric acid lithiasis, diseases of the skin, 
calculous affections, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of bicarbonate of potassium, gr. v to 3j. 
Dental Uses.—Bicarbonate of potassium is employed in 
dental practice as an antacid, a solution being serviceable as a 
mouth-wash, to prevent injury to the teeth from acid medicines. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Neuralgia 
J. E. Garretson. 
R. Ferri sulphatis exsic., 
Potassii carbonatis . aagr.ccl 
Syrup acacias . . . . q. s. M. 
Ft. pil. No. 100. 
Signa.—Begin with 3 a day and in- 
crease to 6; take several hundred. 
For Facial Neuralgia. 
Wales. 
R . Potassii bicarb. . . . ss 
Ext. ergotae fluidi . . 
Infusi ergotae . . . . M. 
Signa.—Two tablespoonfuls every 4 
hours. 
POTASSIUM AND SODIUM—KALIUM-NATRIUM. 
A compound or alloy of potassium and sodium—kalium- 
natrium, in the form of a soft, almost semi-fluid mass prepared 
by Dr. Emil Schreier, and employed for the treatment of 
putrescent pulp-canals. Dr. Schreier claims that when these 
two alkali metals are inserted into the pulp-canal they come 
in contact with a watery liquid, when immediately violent 
reaction takes place, the water is decomposed, with the 
development of considerable heat, by the production of po- 
tassium and sodium hydroxide and hydrogen. The sodium 
and potassium hydroxides unite with the fatty substances to 
form soap, which accounts for the characteristic odor. The 
compound, which is contained in a tube, is applied to the root- 
canal as follows : When the cork stopper is removed a paraffin 
layer covering the preparation is exposed. A barbed nerve- 
extractor is then pushed through this paraffin layer into the 
preparation, and upon gently withdrawing the instrument BROMIDE OF POTASSIUM. 
491 
small particles of the potassium and sodium compound adhere 
to the barbs of the instrument, in which condition it is ready 
for introduction into the pulp-canal. Dr. Schreier advises 
care as to its use, especially avoiding an excess at any one 
application; otherwise the action would be too violent. The 
rubber-dam should be applied in all cases. Practical tests of 
this compound have given satisfactory results. 
POTASSI BROMIDUM- BROMIDE OF POTASSIUM 
Derivation.'—Bromide of potassium is obtained by adding a 
solution of pure carbonate of potassium to a solution of bro- 
mide of iron. The iron being precipitated, the bromide of 
potassium is obtained from the solution by evaporation. It is 
in the form of white crystals, without odor, wholly soluble in 
water, and but sparingly soluble in alcohol, and having a pun- 
gent, saline taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Bromide of potassium is 
stimulant, sedative, narcotic and antispasmodic, and, being ab- 
sorbed into the system, can be detected in the blood, urine, 
faeces and mucus. If admininistered in considerable quantity, 
the action of the heart, respiration, and the temperature are 
depressed, and although in some cases a transient excitement 
may be caused by large doses, the effect of this agent is to 
induce a sound and refreshing sleep, and if its use is long con- 
tinued, a constant drowsiness is experienced. Bromide of 
potassium has also the power of lessening the sensibility to 
pain, especially causing a loss of sensibility of touch in the 
case of the mucous membrane and skin, which is due to the 
local action of the salt as it is eliminated. The long-continued 
use of this agent also causes a loss of motion, and if it is 
injected into the tissues of a limb, it will cause paralysis of 
motion and sensibility. It also diminishes the sexual feeling, 
and the condition which a long course of the bromides develop 
is known as bromism, which is characterized by weakness of 
mind, confusion, headache, pallor, and anaemia, uncertain gait, 
etc. 
Formula.—KBr. 492 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Bromide of potassium is employed as an 
internal remedy in cerebral affections, acute rheumatism, 
cholera infantum, sea-sickness, vomiting of pregnancy; affec- 
tions of the heart, as shown by increased action; neuralgia, 
maniacal excitement, tetanus, strychnia poisoning, epilepsy, 
spasmodic asthma, spasmodic cough, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of bromide of potassium, gr. v to 5j. 
Dental Uses.—Bromide of potassium is a useful remedy in 
infantile convulsions from the irritation of dentition, and is also 
efficacious in preventing such conditions by relieving the 
irritation; also in neuralgia, due to diseased teeth, and in 
facial neuralgia when congestive in character. When com- 
bined with morphine, bromide of potassium is useful for 
neuralgia of the fifth nerve in the adult. 
As its local effect is to diminish sensibility, it has been ap- 
plied to the pharynx and velum palati, in order to prepare 
such parts for the taking of impressions for artificial palates, 
and to overcome extreme susceptibility of the mucous mem- 
brane of the roof of the mouth in first wearing artificial den- 
tures. For such purposes the agent is administered in one- 
half drachm doses 3 times daily for two or three weeks previ- 
ously ; or doses of grs. xx to xxx may be given, repeated two 
or three times. 
For Infantile Diarrhoea from Reflex Nervous Impressions. 
R. Potassi bromidi gr.xviij to^ss 
Potassi nitratis gr.vj 
Sacchari lactis 3 ss. M. 
Ft. pulv. vj. 
Signa.—One powder every 3 or 4 hours to a child 1 year of age. 
DENTAL FORMULA 
rOTASSII CHLORAS—CHLORATE OF POTASSIUM 
Formula.—KC103. 
Derivation.—Chlorate of potassium is obtained by passing 
an excess of chlorine through a solution of carbonate of 
potassa and slaked lime; the chlorine being converted into 
chloric acid by the hydrogen of the lime and the acid com- 
bining with the potassa, forming chlorate of potassium. It is CHLORATE OF POTASSIUM. 
493 
in the form of colorless or white crystals, of a pearly lustre, 
altogether soluble in distilled water, and in twelve parts of 
cold and two parts of boiling water. It is inodorous, with a 
cool, saline taste, and when applied to animal fluids does not 
decompose them nor undergo any change, although perfectly 
soluble in such fluids. It is absorbed by the blood, and is 
eliminated by the kidneys. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Chlorate of Potassium is 
detergent, refrigerant, diuretic and stimulant, and its action as 
a refrigerant and diuretic is similar to that of nitrate of potassa. 
It improves the appetite, and on account of the large quantity 
of oxygen it contains, has been employed in contaminated con- 
ditions of the blood as an oxidizing agent. Although it may 
be administered with impunity in very large doses, yet exces- 
sive quantities have given rise to gastro-enteric inflammation, 
with fatal effects. 
Therape2itic Uses.—Chlorate of Potassium is employed in 
continued and typhoid fevers, neuralgia, croup, diphtheria, 
sore throat, chronic bronchitis, phthisis, scrofula, erysipelas, 
scurvy, mercurial salivation, etc., etc. Externally, it is em- 
ployed in the treatment of ozaena, sore throat of scarlatina, 
pharyngitis, cancerous sores, ulcerated surfaces, fetid and scrof- 
ulous ulcers, etc., etc. Poisonous symptoms have resulted 
from the habitual use of chlorate of potassium, and several 
cases of death have been recorded. 
Dose.—Of chlorate of potassium, gr. v to 3j, every three or 
four hours; for children, gr. iij in sweetened water every four 
hours for a child three years of age; gr. v for one of eight or 
nine years, with due attention to the bowels and constitution, 
regulating the former and supporting the latter. In the case 
of teething children, gr. ij may be administered to a child of 
one year of age. 
Troches of Chlorate of Potassium are prepared by a combi- 
nation of chlorate of potassium, 5v ; sugar, §xviij; tragacanth, 
5ij ; vanilla, gr. xxx; mixed together with water into a mass 
and divided into 480 troches, each of which contains gr. v of 
chlorate of potassium; useful for sore throat, etc. 494 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dental Uses.—Clorate of potassium is a valuable agent in 
dental practice as an internal and external resolvent and 
detergent remedy in the various forms of stomatitis—inflam- 
mation of the gums, aphthae and other ulcerative affections, 
gangrenous stomatitis, mercurial stomatitis, erysipelatous 
inflammation of the mouth, scurvy, ulcers of the gums, cheeks 
and tongue, abraded surfaces of mucous membrane, secondary 
syphilitic ulcerations of the mouth, indolent and scrofulous 
ulcers, etc., for such purposes being used alone in the form of 
mouth-washes or gargles, or in combination with tannic acid, 
alum, borax, glycerine, etc. In the treatment of mercurial 
stomatitis, great benefit is derived from both its internal and 
external use. For the inflamed gums of teething children it 
is employed as a lotion, with beneficial effects. In the form 
of powder it is a useful application to ulcerated and abraded 
surfaces. A simple gargle or mouth-wash may be made by 
dissolving one drachm of chlorate of potassium in four ounces 
of water, or half an ounce may be dissolved in a pint of water. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Inflamed Gums after the Extrac- 
tion of Teeth. 
R. Potassii chloratis. . . 3 ij 
Tincture krameriae, 
Glycerini . . aa . •f g ss 
Aquae Rosae . ... § viij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle 6 or 8 
times daily, to harden the gums. 
For Ulcers and Suppurating Wounds. 
R . Potassii chloratis . .33 
Glycerini M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Aphthous and Secondary Syphil- 
itic Ulceration of the Mouth and 
Fauces. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . 3 iv 
Aquae destillatae . . . x. M. 
Signa.—To be used as an antiseptic 
mouth wash. 
For Ulceration of the Mouth. 
Bartholow. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . 3 j 
Acidi carbolici . . . sjss 
Aquae destillatae . . 3 iv. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a lotion. 
For Ulceration and Inflammation oj 
the Gums and Mucous Membrane. 
Stocken. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . 
Sodii biboratis . . . gj 
Potassii nitratis . . . 3SS 
Aquae destillatae . . viij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Inflammation of Gums and Mu- 
cous Membrane. 
Stocken. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . 3 ij 
Sodii biboratis. . . . 3j 
Potassii nitratis . . . 3 ss 
Tinct. Arnicae . . . 3 ij 
Aquae Rosae .... M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. NITRATE OF POTASSIUxM. 
495 
For Inflamed Gums, Mucous Mem- 
brane, etc. 
R. Potassii chloratis. . . 
Sodii biboratis . . . gj 
Aquae destillatae . . . M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a mouth wash 
or gargle. 
For Inflamed Gums and Mouth. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . . 
Pulv. aluminis . . . . g ij 
Aquae destillatae . . . gx. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Inflamed Mucous Membrane. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . gj 
Aluminae sulph. . . gj 
Aquae destillatae . . J iv. M. 
SlGNA.—To be applied as a mouth 
wash. 
For Periodontitis. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . gj 
Plumbi acetas . . . . 
Aquae font gij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a mouth wash. 
For Ulceration of Gums and Mucous 
Membrane of Mouth. 
R. Potassii chloratis . . 3 ij 
Aquae . v. M. 
SlGNA.—A tablespoonful three times a 
day; also as a gargle four or five 
times a day. 
POTASSII NITRAS—NITRATE OF POTASSIUM. 
SALTPETRE—NITRE, 
Formula.—K N Os. 
Derivation.—Nitrate of Potassium is obtained in the native 
state in various portions of the world; but the variety em- 
ployed for medicinal purposes is prepared by purifying the 
native production of India. It can also be artificially made 
by combining decayed organic animal and vegetable matters, 
or by the double decomposition of nitrate of sodium and 
chloride of potassium. The crude nitre is refined by re-solu- 
tion and crystallization. It is in the form of white, crystal- 
line, six-sided prisms, odorless, with a sharp, saline, cooling 
and slightly bitter taste, wholly soluble in water, but insoluble 
in alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Nitrate of potassium is 
refrigerant, sedative, antiseptic, diuretic and diaphoretic. It 
promotes the secretions, lessens the heat of the body and the 
frequency of the pulse. For allaying febrile excitement it is 
frequently employed in the form of nitrous powders (nitre, 
gr. x; tartar emetic, gr. *4; calomel, gr. to ]/2). 
In overdoses, nitrate of potassium causes pain and heat in 
the stomach, vomiting and purging of blood, inflammation of 496 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the bowels, great prostration, convulsions, and sometimes 
death. 
The antidotes are emetics, mucilaginous and demulcent 
drinks, and stimulants to sustain the sinking powers of the 
system. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Nitrate of potassium is employed inter- 
nally as a refrigerant in febrile affections, in inflammatory dis- 
eases, acute rheumatism, scurvy, purpura, haemoptysis, passive 
hemorrhages, asthma, etc. In fevers it is frequently combined 
with other remedies. The vapor is used in spasmodic asthma. 
Dose.—Of nitrate of potassium, gr. ij to gr. x. 
Dental Uses—In dental practice, nitrate of potassium has 
been recommended in the incipient stages of alveolar abscess, 
being introduced into the pulp canal and secured by a tempo- 
rary filling in the crown cavity of the tooth. It is also em- 
ployed in inflammatory conditions of the mucous membrane 
of the mouth and throat in the form of gargles. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Inflammation of the Mouth and 
Throat. 
J. W. White. 
R. Potassii nitratis . . . jjto gij 
Aquae destillatae . . . Oj. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Inflamed Mucous Membrane and 
Gums. 
R. Potassii nitratis . . . g ss 
Potassii chloratis . . £ij 
Sodii biboratis . . . gj 
Aquae destillata . . . £ viij. M. 
Signa.—To be used as an antiseptic 
and refrigerant mouth wash. 
POTASSII PERMANGANAS—PERMANGANATE OF POTASSIUM. 
Formula.—K2Mn208. 
Derivation.—Permanganate of potassium is obtained by the 
mixture of equal parts of black oxide of manganese and 
chlorate of potassium, with a slight excess of caustic potassa, 
dissolving in water, and evaporating to dryness, when it is 
exposed to a nearly red heat; the chlorate of potassium yields 
oxygen, which changes the black oxide of manganese into 
permanganic acid, and this acid, combining with the potassa, 
gives as a product the permanganate of potassium. It is in the PERMANGANATE OF POTASSIUM 
497 
form of dark purple, slender, prismatic crystals, inodorous, 
very soluble in water, forming a solution of a beautiful lilac 
color, even in very minute proportion, and with a sweet, astrin- 
gent taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Permanganate of potassium 
when taken internally, is supposed to oxodize the blood. It 
is a stimulant, mild escharotic, and is a powerful disinfectant, as 
it has a remarkable power of destroying fetid odors from 
organic sources, and proves useful in preventing the spread of 
infectious disease. It yields up its oxygen readily, in the form 
of ozone, and its use depends upon this property. It is in- 
stantly decomposed on reaching the stomach. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Permanganate of potassium is employed 
with advantage in dyspepsia, flatulence, excessive deposition 
of fat, uric acid diathesis, acute rhematism, diabetes, scarla- 
tina, petechial fever, spinal meningitis. Condy’s Fluid is a 
favorite preparation with some, for both internal and external 
use. The most important uses for permanganate of potassium 
are externally, as a deodorizer and disinfectant, to correct the 
fetor of cancer, abscesses, ulcers, caries of bone, ozaena, otor- 
rhcea, gonorrhoea, leucorrhcea, ulcerated sore throat, etc., in 
the form of injections, lotions and spray. It is also used 
externally in the treatment of diphtheria, in the proportion of 
a drachm of Condy's Fluid to the ounce of water. In solution, 
permanganate of potassium is applied in varying strength, 
according to the effect desired. As a local stimulant, as well 
as deodorizer, it is useful in chronic and indolent ulcers, 
carbuncles,hospital gangrene,etc. The powdermaybe sprinkled 
on gangrenous surfaces. In concentrated solution permanga- 
nate of potassium acts as a caustic. A strong solution is 
composed of io parts dissolved in 90 parts of water, and is 
employed in its full strength in cancerous, phagedenic and 
atonic ulcers. For dressing simple wounds, or as an injection 
in abscesses, ozaena, leucorrhcea, etc., half a fluid ounce of the 
solution may be added to a pint of water; in gangrenous and 
diphtheritic wounds and scrofulous ulcers, a fluid ounce of the 
solution to a pint of water. 498 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dose.—Of permanganate of potassium for external use, gr. 
Y[ to gr. j, three times a day. Condy s Fluid is composed of 
32 grains of permanganate of potassium in one pint of dis- 
tilled water; half-fluid ounce contains one grain. Dose of 
Condy's Fluid, Ttlv. For external application, f5j, to water, 
f§v to x. Solution of permanganate of potassium—Liquor 
Potassii Permanganatis, is composed of 64 grains of perman- 
ganate of potassium to one pint of distilled water. M. de 
Lacerda has recently discovered that permanganate of potas- 
sium is one of the most energetic antidotes to the venom of 
snakes. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice the permanganate of po- 
tassium is employed in the treatment of fetid and gangrenous 
ulcerations of the mouth, such as cancrum oris, foul abscesses, 
ulcerations of mucous membrane attended with fetid discharges, 
offensive breath ; as an antiseptic for decomposing pulps of 
teeth (grs. ij to water Sj); in diseases of the antrum, such as 
abscess, and caries and necrosis of the maxillary bones, Riggs’ 
disease, ulcers of the mouth, pyorrhoea, alveolaris, etc. (grs. x 
to water 5j). The powdered crystals introduced into a carious 
cavity will relieve odontalgia. The stains of permanganate of 
potassium can be removed by dilute hydrochloric acid. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For Unhealthy Ulcers of the Mouth, 
and Offensive Breath. 
J. W. White. 
R. Potas. permanganatis . Qj to iv 
Aquae destillatae . . . Oj. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle. 
For Gangrenous Ulceration of the 
Mouth—Cancrum Oris. 
R. Potassii permanganatis gr.xxx 
Aquae destillatae . . . gj. M. 
SlGNA.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Fetid Perspiration and Foul Breath 
R. Potassii permanganatis . gr. j 
Aquae destillatae . . f 3 i. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a lotion and 
gargle. 
For a Disinfectant in Mercurial Sali- 
vation. 
R . Potassii permanganatis . gr. xv 
Aquae destillatae . . . 
Signa.—Use as a gargle. 
For Ulcers, Abscesses, Decomposing Pulps of Teeth, etc. 
R. Liquoris potassii permanganatis gj 
Aquae destillatae to x. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a gargle or as an injection. PYOCTANINE. 
499 
PRUNUS VIRGINIANA—WILD CHERRY. 
Source.—Prunus Virginiana is obtained from the bark of 
the Prunus Serotina, and is composed of amygdalin and emul- 
sion, from which, by their reaction, tannic, gallic and hydro- 
cyanic acids are produced. The preparations of wild cherry 
are: Infusum Pruni Virginiance—Infusion of wild cherry; Ex- 
tract uni Pruni Virginiance Fluidum—Fluid extract of wild 
cherry; Syrupus Pruni Virginiance—Syrup of wild cherry. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Wild cherry is an 
aromatic bitter stomachic, tonic and expectorant. It is em- 
ployed as a stomachic, tonic and in catarrhal conditions of the 
bronchial mucous membrane, phthisis, etc. The syrup forms 
one of the ingredients of many cough mixtures. 
Dose.—Of tincture of wild cherry, 5ss to 5'j; fluid extract, 
5ss to 5ij; infusion, Sss to 5j. 
PYOCTANIN—METHYL-VIOLET— PYOCTANINE 
Derivation.—Pyoctanine is only a name applied to the well- 
known aniline color methyl-violet, an aniline dye, which is in 
the form of a paste and in crystals. 
It is without color, but slightly irritant, and non-intoxicating. 
It has been employed in the form of powder, solution and 
pencil. The powder is made by mixing 2 parts of pyoctanine 
or methyl-violet with 100 parts of talc or other inert substance. 
The solution is of any strength from 1 part in 100 to 1 in 2000. 
Pyoctanine is also used in the form of ointment containing 
from 2 to 10 per cent. There is also another aniline color— 
the yellow—to which the same name has been given; but the 
violet is the stronger. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Pyoctanine is con- 
sidered by many to be an efficient germicide. According to 
Fessler, the micro-organisms of pus are destroyed by it in fif- 
teen minutes when the solution is of the strength of 1 to 1000. 
This action is, however, denied byTroje, who considers pyoc- 
tanine to be less powerful than bichloride of mercury, or even 
carbolic acid. It does not coagulate albumen, and when applied 500 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
to the eye causes dilatation of the pupil without paralysis of 
accommodation. Pyoctanineis employed topically to disinfect 
suppurating or ulcerated wounds, to stimulate chronic ulcers. 
As an application to open buboes, boils, carbuncles, chan- 
croids, etc.; also, in the form of weak solution, in gonorrhoea, 
and chronic cystitis. And as a dusting powder in moist 
eczema, and also in other affections of the eye, the ear, nose 
and throat. 
It has no odor and in this respect is preferable to iodo- 
form, but it stains the skin ; the discoloration may be removed 
by cologne water, alcohol, dilute hydrochloric or nitric acids. 
Dental Uses.—Pyoctanine is employed in dental practice in 
all cases where ordinary antiseptics are indicated, as in gan- 
grenous pulps, root-canals, disinfecting cavities before filling, 
alveolar abscess, etc. 
Source.—Pyrethrum is a native of the Mediterranean coast, 
and the root is the medicinal portion—pyretliri radix, in the 
form of cylindrical, wrinkled pieces, of the size of the little 
finger, hard and brittle, which, when dried, have little or 
no odor. Externally, it is of an ash-brown color, within 
white, and possesses an extremely acrid taste, with a burning 
and tingling sensation over the whole mouth and throat, 
which continues for some time, and excites a copious flow of 
saliva. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Pyrethrum root is an irritant 
and sialagogue, and when it is rubbed on the skin it causes 
much irritation, and may even excite inflammation. 
Its activity depends upon an acrid oil and a compound resin 
called pyrethrin. It is rarely used internally, and only as a 
masticatory. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Pyrethrum has been employed as an 
excitant in paralysis of the tongue and muscles of the throat, 
relaxed sore throat, spontaneous salivation, certain forms of 
headache; for such purposes being chewed, or employed in 
the form of a gargle, in tincture or decoction. 
PYRETHRUM—PELLTTORY. PYROZONE. 
501 
Dose.—Of pyrethrum as a masticatory, gr. xv to 5j- Tinc- 
tura Pyrethri, Tincture Pyrethrum, is composed of pyre- 
thrum 5iv, rectified spirit Oj. 
Dental Uses.—Pyrethrum has been employed in dental prac- 
tice for neuralgic affections of the face, for which it is chewed; 
for the relief of odontalgia, in the form of the tincture applied 
to the irritable pulp on a pellet of cotton ; as a stimulant to the 
gums and mucous membrane of the mouth in relaxed condi- 
tions; for obtunding sensitive dentine, in the form of a strong 
alcoholic extract. The ethereal oil of pyrethrum is recommended 
as a pleasant and efficacious remedy in odontalgia, applied in 
the same manner as the tincture ; the fluid extract is also 
employed as an ingredient for local anaesthetic preparations, 
combined with chloroform, ether and lavender etc. (See 
Chloroform.) 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Relaxed Conditions of Mucous Membrane of Mouth and Gums. 
R. Tinctura pyrethri f^iij 
Aquae viij. M. 
SlGNA.—To be used as a stimulant gargle. 
Formula.—H202. 
Derivation.—Pyrozone has the same formula as peroxide of 
hydrogen, and is presented in the form of solution only. 
Various percentages have been produced which are devoid of 
poisonous properties and other objectionable features. It is 
presented in the following percentages: An aqueous medicinal 
solution of pyrozone, 3 per cent.; an ethereal solution which 
is antiseptic, 5 per cent., and a caustic ethereal solution of 25 
per cent.,—all of the same formula H202. 
Medical Properties and Action.—The medicinal 3 per cent, 
aqueous solution acts with great rapidity, causing instant 
effervescence, and is a harmless antiseptic externally or inter- 
nally. It is nearly neutral, and its cleansing effects in remov- 
ing mucus are very effective. The ethereal 5 per cent, solu- 
tion is powerfully antiseptic, and acts on pus with remarkable 
energy. 
PYROZONE. 502 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The caustic 25 per cent, solution, also ethereal, is the most 
powerful, and both it and the 5 per cent, solution, when 
applied to the skin, cause a tingling sensation and a marble 
whiteness, similar in appearance to that caused by carbolic 
acid; the discoloration of the pyrozone, however, disappears 
after some hours without leaving any marks or other bad effects. 
The 25 per cent, solution is not only a powerful caustic, but 
is also considered to be a very safe one, as the rapid evapora- 
tion of its solvent—ether—leaves the concentrated H202 
behind. When not in use these solutions should be kept from 
contact with organic matters, on account of their rapid action. 
All of the pyrozone solutions are prompt haemostatics; but 
the 3 per cent, solution is the best for such a purpose, for the 
reason that its caustic action is less than that of the 5 per 
cent, or 25 per cent, solutions. 
All of the pyrozone solutions are bleachers, but the 5 per 
cent, and 25 per cent, solutions act more promptly for such a 
purpose, on account of the action of the hydrogen on organic 
coloring matter, and not by reaction due to acid. The painful 
sensation produced by the stronger solutions coming in con- 
tact with a healthy surface maybe quickly relieved by rubbing 
freely with tannin and glycerine; and if gloves are worn on 
the hands placed in pockets, any stains on the fingers will dis- 
appear within one hour, and no sloughing or soreness result. 
Care should be exercised as to the quantity of the pyrozone 
solution employed; hence cotton, or silk ropes, or tampons 
should not be so saturated as to permit an excess to be forced 
out and come in contact with healthy tissues or surfaces when 
the pyrozone is employed in a pocket or fistula. The 3 per 
cent, medicinal solution is put up in 4 ounce glass-stoppered 
bottles, and the 5 per cent, and 25 per cent, solutions in sealed 
glass tubes, the contents of which can be transferred to clean 
glass bottles with ground stoppers, not filled too full, and kept 
in an upright position. 
Therapeutic Uses.—The 3 per cent, solution of pyrozone, 
being free from odor and toxic properties, may be used with 
advantage when carbolic acid or other disinfectant is indicated. PYROZONE. 
503 
In certain forms of indigestion or dyspepsia, ulcers of the 
stomach, and gastritis, the 3 per cent, solution may be given 
internally in doses of 5j three times a day before meals. In 
long-standing epilepsy, Dr. B. W. Richardson has administered 
it in 5'j doses twice daily. Externally, the 5 per cent, and 25 
per cent, solutions have been employed in rhinitis, ulcerations, 
diphtheria, syphilitic ulcerations, old sinuses, fistulous tracts 
from bone disease, lupus erythematous, alopecia areata, ring- 
worm, nasal diseases, etc., etc. 
Dental Uses.—The 3 per cent, aqueous solution may be 
used freely as a mouth wash, also as a gargle, but considerable 
irritation follows its contact with the throat. Used as a 
mouth wash it will remove the, oily deposit and absorbent 
coating on the teeth of smokers; also as an irrigating and 
detergent wash in abscesses, sinuses and ulcerations. The 3 
per cent, aqueous solution is also recommended by Dr. C. B. 
Atkinson as a valuable adjunct in caring for a frequent condi- 
tion of children’s mouths, where, from malnutrition during 
gestation and the sundry eczemas of childhood, the teeth 
become pitted or wasted of the enamel, by which cavities are 
exposed to the destructive influence of caries, as the 3 per 
cent, solution both bleaches teeth in this condition and retards 
the progress of destruction. 
The 3 per cent, solution is also effective as a wash or injec- 
tion into large abscess pockets as an excellent cleanser and 
means of cure. As a bleaching agent the 3 per cent, solution, 
however, is less penetrating in its effects than either the 5 per 
cent, or 25 per cent, solutions; and used as a spray it will by 
its oxydizing effect bring to the surface from between the 
teeth any pus present. It will also act upon any incrustations 
about the teeth, softening them and rendering their removal 
easy. 
The 5 per cent, ethereal solution is employed in abscess 
pockets, fistula or sinuses, fistulous roots, alveolar pyorrhea, 
small quantities only being used at a time. The solution may 
be dropped from an ordinay glass stopper, a drop at a time 
until the desired effect is produced; or it may be applied on 504 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
a tapered piece of orange wood, or an attenuated glass rod, 
or as an injection with a syringe, or by a special pyrozone 
atomizer in the form of spray. In treating fistulae of alveolar 
abscesses, the solution may be introduced on cotton or other 
tents, so that it may be carried well within the tract. 
The 5 per cent, solution is also an efficient bleacher of 
discolored teeth, and causes no injurious action on the tooth 
structure, or on myxomatous tissues; and its application to 
ulcerating surfaces brings about a rapid reduction of the sup- 
puration without a resulting coagulum. 
The 5 per cent, ethereal solution of pyrozone appears to be 
more generally serviceable, but if the ether is permitted to 
evaporate it may become as concentration follows 
evaporation. For bleaching discolored teeth, a pledget of 
cotton saturated with the solution maybe placed in the cavity, 
and the surface of the crown of the tooth be wiped over with 
the same 5 percent, solution; it is also useful in removing the 
green stain common on the necks of children’s teeth, but care 
must be taken that the solution does not touch the gums. 
Great care must also be taken not to allow the stronger 
pyrozone solutions to come in contact with an exposed pulp, 
as it expands such a tissue very greatly, and as a consequence 
causes excruciating pain. 
The 25 percent, solution of pyrozone is caustic in its action, 
and its use in preference to the 5 per cent, solution will 
depend upon the depth or rapidity of action required, as the 
5 per cent, solution causes less pain, and may answer better 
when the mucous membrane is very irritable. To bleach a 
discolored tooth, or to rapidly cleanse a surface, or where the 
disease is difficult to reach on account of its depth, the 25 per 
cent, solution answers better than the 5 per cent, solution, on 
account of its prompt action. The antiseptic and caustic 
solutions of pyrozone attack the hydrogen in the color com- 
pound in the tubuli, and when this is given off only water 
remains. For bleaching teeth the rubber dam is first adjusted, 
and the apical foramen of the root sealed; then by means of 
a glass atomizer, the pyrozone is sprayed into the pulp- WHITE OAK. 
505 
chamber and canal, and also into the crown cavity. The effect 
is prompt and satisfactory. The solution may also be applied 
on cotton or bibulous paper, but no metallic instruments 
should be used in connection with the agent; and to renew 
the application it is better to drop the pyrozone on the cotton 
or paper, and not dip again into the bottle. 
Pyrozone atomizers are constructed with three tubes, one 
each for the upper and lower teeth, and one straight tube for 
spraying other parts. For treating putrescent pulps and 
alveolar abscesses, the dam is adjusted, and the solution of 
pyrozone carried into the root and apical space in the form of 
spray, or on cotton at the end of a wooden probe; the 
pyrozone being applied until the pus ceases to flow, when the 
root canal is filled with cotton, which is allowed to remain 
until the following day, when the filling may be inserted, or, 
if necessary, a second application of pyrozone made, which, 
however, is seldom, if ever, necessary. The contact of the 
antiseptic, and especially of the caustic solution of pyrozone, 
with the gum or skin, causes a severe burning or pricking 
sensation, causing a white stain, more of the nature of a bleached 
spot than a true eschar, which may be prevented by previ- 
ously painting the exposed parts with glycerin. The pain 
may be relieved by the application of glycerin, or glycerite of 
tannin, or a solution of bicarbonate of soda (5ss to 5j). For 
the deep pockets of alveolar pyorrhoea, a small tent of cotton 
may be saturated with the 25 per.cent, solution, and its appli- 
cation will in most cases terminate the suppuration. (See 
Suppurative Gingivitis.) 
In opening glass tubes containing pyrozone by filing a 
notch and then breaking off the point, care must be taken that 
particles of the glass do not enter the eye, by sudden explo- 
sion, and destroy the sight. 
QUERCUS ALBA—WHITE OAK 
Source.—White oak, the dried inner bark of which is the 
medicinal portion, is a common tree of the natural order 
Amentacece. The bark has a light-brown color, fibrous texture 506 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and an astringent, bitter taste. Its medicinal virtues depend 
upon the presence of tannic and gallic acids, and a bitter 
principle known as quercin. Water and alcohol form with it 
decoctions and tinctures. 
Medical Properties and Action.—White oak bark is tonic, 
astringent and antiperiodic. It is principally used as an ex- 
ternal application. 
Therapeutic Uses.—White oak bark is employed internally 
in the treatment of diarrhoea, dysentery and hemorrhoids. 
Externally in relaxation of the uvula, tonsils, etc.; gangrene, 
indolent ulcers, leucorrhcea, atonic menorrhagia, fissure of the 
anus, etc., etc., in the form of tincture, decoction, gargles, lotions 
and injections. 
Decoction of White Oak Bark, Decoctum Quercus Alba, 
is composed of oak bark, 5j; water, Oj. 
Dose.— Of powdered white oak bark, gr. xxx to gr. xl. Of 
the decoction the dose is f5ss to f§j. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice the decoction and tincture 
are employed externally in the various forms of stomatitis, 
sponginess of the gums, and relaxed condition of the mucous 
membrane of the mouth and fauces. 
QUILLAYA SAPONARIA—QUILLAIA BARK. 
SOUTH AMERICAN SOAP TREE BARK. 
Source.—Quillaia Bark is obtained from an evergreen tree 
of the natural order Rosacea—rose order, growing in Chili 
and Peru, the inner bark being employed. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Quillaia bark, when bruised 
and macerated in water, imparts to that liquid the property of 
frothing like soap solution when agitated, which is owing to 
the saponaria in the bark, the same principle which imparts a 
similar property to soapwort—saponaria officinalis. Quillaia 
contains no tannic acid or other bitter principle, and is an 
article of commerce, being imported in large quantities for 
cleansing grease from cloth, as it does not change the color of 
silken or woolen goods; it is also used for cleansing the hair, QUILLAIA BARK. 
507 
which it is supposed to preserve and beautify. When the 
powder is snuffed up the nostrils, it causes sneezing and a 
profuse nasal discharge. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Quillaia bark has been employed as a 
febrifuge, to arrest excessive secretion, as an application to 
ulcers, as a remedy for colds in the head, when it is used as a 
sternutatory, in the form of powder. 
The tincture is composed of quillaia bark 1 part; alcohol 5 
parts; it is also used in the form of infusion and fluid extract. 
Dental Uses.—Quillaia bark, in the form of powder, tincture 
and fluid extract, is employed as an ingredient of mouth- 
washes, for its frothy and detergent properties ; it is also used 
as an application to chronic ulcers of the mouth, and to 
arrest excessive secretion of the mucous membrane of the 
mouth. 
DENTAL FORMULA!. 
Detergent Mouth Wash. 
Am. Journ. Pharm. 
R. Pulv. potassii bicar- 
bonatis 
Mellis 3jiv 
Alcoholis ij 
Olei caryophylli . . q. s. 
Olei gaultheriae, 
Quillaiae saponariae 
(fluid ext.) . aa . . %j 
Aqua destillatae . . . j|ix. M. 
To be used after the removal of sali- 
vary calculus. 
For a Mouth Wash. 
R . Pulv. quillaiae sapona- 
riae 3 iv 
Glycerini iij 
Alcoholis dilutus suffi- 
cient for two pints. 
Olei gaultheriae . . . gtt.xx 
Olei menthae .... gtt.xx. M. 
Macerate the soap bark in the mix- 
ture of glycerine and alcohol for three 
days, and filter through a little mag- 
nesia previously triturated with the vol- 
atile oils. 
For Inflamed Gums and Mucous 
Membrane, 
Chapin A. Harris. 
R. Quillaia; saponariae . % viiij 
Pyrethri, 
Radicis iridis, 
Acidi benzoici, 
Cinnamomi . . . aa 
Acidi tannici .... 3 iv 
Sodii boratis .... 
Olei gaultheriae . . . f 3 ij 
Olei menthae . . . . fgiv 
Cochineal .... 3 iij 
Sacchari albi .... Ibj 
Alcoholis Oiij 
Aquae purae .... Ov. M. 
Digest for six days and filter. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle or 
mouth wash. 508 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Mouth Wash. 
Dr. W. H. Fowler. 
R. Fluid Ext. Soap Tree 
Bark 
Alcohol j|ss 
Glycerine ,?jss 
Hamamelis (Pond’s 
Extract) iij 
Oil of wintergreen . TTfviij 
Oil of cloves . . . • mv 
Soft water viij. 
Dissolve the oils in alcohol and then 
add the other ingredients. 
QUININ/E SULPHAS—SULPHATE OF QUININE. 
Formula—(C20H 24N202)2 H20. S04-f 7 H20. 
Derivation.—The two important alkaloid principles of cin- 
chona are qninia and cinchonia, which exist in combination 
with kinic acid. (See Cinchona.) 
Sulphate of Quinine is obtained by boiling the powdered 
yellow cinchona bark in water acidulated with hydrochloric 
acid, by which the alkaloid quinine is separated from kinic 
and other acids, and forms a soluble hydrochlorate or muri- 
ate, the salt being decomposed and the quinine precipitated 
by the addition of lime; sulphuric acid is added, after diges- 
tion in boiling alcohol, which dissolves the quinine, and the 
solution is boiled with animal charcoal, filtered and allowed 
to crystallize. Sulphate of quinine is in the form of colorless, 
very light and silky crystals, which are readily soluble in alcohol 
and in water acidulated with sulphuric acid, but insoluble in 
ether. It has an intensely bitter taste, and is inodorous. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Sulphate of quinine is a 
very valuable tonic and antiperiodic, also antiseptic and stim- 
ulant. In small doses it increases the fullness of the pulse 
and action of the heart, and improves the tonicity of the cap- 
illary vessels, and is diffused into various parts of the sys- 
tem with great rapidity. In large doses it depresses the ac- 
tion of the heart, lowers the blood pressure, and enfeebles as 
well as diminishes the beats of the pulse. As it accumulates 
in the brain, it causes a fullness in the head, a constricted 
feeling about the forehead, a buzzing or ringing in the ears— 
tinnitus aurium, giddiness, vertigo and deafness, which may 
be permanent if the agent is taken in excessive quantity; also 
amaurosis and amblyopia may be caused by full doses. HYPOPHOSPHITE OF QUININE. 
509 
Poisonous doses cause intense headache, dilated pupils, de- 
lirium, coma and convulsions. Some five hours are required 
to bring about the greatest effect of quinine, although it can 
be detected in the urine in about half an hour after it is taken 
into the stomach, and elimination, chiefly by the kidneys, is 
not completed in a less time than 48 hours, although the 
principal portion is excreted in 12 hours. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Quinine is extensively employed in 
periodical diseases of a malarial origin, such as intermittent 
fever, neuralgia of various forms, as enteralgia, hepatalgia, 
nephralgia, gastralgia, sciatica, angina pectoris, and in cases 
of debility, pneumonia, pleurisy, endocarditis, pyaemia, erysipe- 
las, puerperal fever, cerebro-spinal meningitis, eruptive fevers, 
etc., etc., but the most important use of quinia is for the 
treatment of malarial diseases. 
Dose.—Of sulphate of quinine, gr. j to 3j, in aromatic 
water, by the aid of aromatic sulphuric acid, and also as an 
enema, or hypodermically. Pills may be made by combining 
24 grains of sulphate of quinine with 14 grains of clarified 
honey, and dividing into 24 pills. Pills can also be made 
with glycerine. 
Dc ital Uses.—Sulphate of quinine is internally employed 
in dental practice in reducing inflammation of the peridental 
membrane when resorted to in the early stages of the disease, 
and before effusion of inflammatory products, cell proliferation 
and escape of the white blood corpuscles have occurred; also, 
in hypersensitiveness of dentine—three or four grain doses 
every four hours, until thirty grains have been taken (Klump). 
The treatment of facial and other neuralgic affections, espe- 
cially when of malarial origin, in cancrum oris, for its tonic 
and stimulant effects, in aphthous ulcerations of the mouth 
and in scurvy, where the system is much debilitated, and 
externally as an ingredient of dentifrices, for its tonic and 
stimulating properties. 
QUININ7E HYPOrHOSPHIS—HYPOPHOSPHITE OF QUININE. 
Formula.—C22H24N04PH202. 
Derivation.—Hypophosphite of Quinine is obtained by dis- 510 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
solving quinine with hypophosphorous acid, or by decompos- 
ing sulphate of quinine with hypophospite of baryta, filtering 
and evaporating the solution. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Same as those of sulphate 
of quinine, but not so powerful in its action. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Hypophosphite of quinine is used in all 
cases where hypophosphites are indicated, and its action is 
milder, on account of its containing less acid. It is employed 
as an antiperiodic and is especially adapted for the treatment 
of children during the period of dentition when it is accom- 
panied with emaciation, loss of appetite and strength, and 
when convulsions are threatened. 
Dose.—Of hypophosphite of quinine, gr. j to gr. iij. 
DENTAL FORMULAE 
For Facial Neuralgia from Dental 
Disturbance. 
Barrett. 
R. Ferri et quin.(cit). . . g ij 
Syrup aurantii . . . 3J 
Aqua dest 
Elixir calisayae . . . § ij. M. 
Signa.—Coch. parv. ter in die. 
For Neuralgia Associated with 
Anaemia. 
Garretson. 
R . Tinct. ferri chloridi . . % j 
Quininse sulphatis . . gj. M. 
Signa.—Teaspoonful four times daily. 
For Neuralgia from Dental Disturb- 
ance. 
L. De L. Gorgas. 
R. Quininse sulphatis . . gr.x 
Ferri sulphat. exsic. . gr.v 
Acidi arseniosi . . . gr.ss 
Ext. nucis vomicae . . gr.v. M. 
Ft. pil. No. xx. 
Signa.—One pill every four hours. 
For Acute Periodontitis. 
R. Quininse sulph. . . . gss 
Acidi sulph. aromat. . 3 ij 
Elix. calisaya bark . . 3 xiv. M. 
Signa.—A tablespoonful every two or 
three hours. 
For Acute Alveolar Abscess or Periodic Supra-orbital Neuralgia. 
R. Quinise sulphatis gr.xv 
Ft. capsules No. 5. 
Signa.—Take one every two hours. 
Cassidy. 
RESORCIN. 
Derivation.—Resorcin is a chemical compound of the phenol 
group and aromatic series, to which carbolic acid belongs. It 
is obtained from certain resins by the action of fusing alkalies, RESORCIN. 
511 
and is in the form of tabular, prismatic, shining crystals, some- 
what sweetish to the taste, followed by a slight pungency. 
Resorcin is very soluble in water, 95 parts in 100, and to a 
less degree in alcohol, ether, glycerine and vaseline; chloro- 
form and carbon sulphide will not dissolve it. It darkens on 
exposure to the air, and is phosphorescent when rubbed in 
the dark. Its odor is somewhat similar to that of phenol, but 
not so strong. 
Medical Properties and Uses. — Resorcin acts somewhat 
similar to quinine, although it differs from the latter in its 
lethal effects. Quinine, carbolic acid, and salicylic acid pro- 
mote its effects ; atropine antagonizes it. Through its action 
on the nervous system it greatly increases in frequency the 
respiration, which becomes convulsive and spasmodic, and 
afterward weak, but rapid. It also increases the action of the 
heart, causes the pulse to become weak and irregular. It is 
eliminated by the urine quite rapidly. It has no irritating 
action on mucous membranes. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Resorcin, on account of its less irritating 
property, is considered preferable to carbolic acid for internal 
use and subcutaneous injection. It is employed internally in 
catarrh of the stomach, ulceration, gastralgia, fermentative in- 
digestion, fevers, for its antiseptic and antipyretic actions, and 
ulcerative endocarditis, etc., etc. Locally, on account of its 
antiseptic properties, in diphtheria, in syphilitic and other 
sloughing sores, and anthrax, in the form of crystals or 
powder, and in the form of spray in catarrhal and ulcerating 
affections of the nose and throat; in solution, on account of 
its antiseptic action, it is used for dressing putrid and atonic 
wounds, and is combined with water, glycerine and alcohol; 
it is also used in pomades. 
A compound composed of resorcin and salicylic acid heated 
together, is known as “ Salicyl Resorcin-Ketone,” and is anti- 
septic to a degree, as it limits the development of, rather than 
destroys, septic germs. It is soluble in glycerine and alcohol, 
and is neither poisonous nor disagreeable to the taste. 
Dose.—Of resorcin, gr. v-xv. Five grains every two hours 
in an ordinary case. 512 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dental Uses.—Resorcin is a valuable antiseptic in dental 
practice, and may be applied with advantage in all cases where 
antiseptics are indicated. A ten per cent, solution of resorcin 
is recommended in cases of chronic alveolar pyorrhoea (after 
cleansing the pockets with peroxide of hydrogen) where there 
is impaired circulation of the tissues. (See Antiseptic Uses of 
Carbolic Acid). 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Resorcin g ij 
Acidi carbolici . . . gj 
Glycerini Sj iij 
Aquae q. s viij. M. 
Signa.—Use as a mouth-wash after re- 
moving all deposits, and the adjacent 
carious or necrosed bone. 
A few drops of oil of peppermint 
or any other desirable oil may be 
added to the above. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Resorcin gr.xxx 
Acidi tannici . . . gr.v 
Olei cassia .... IRx 
Glycerini t^j 
Aquae destillatae . . ij. M. 
Signa.—Inject with a syringe into the 
remains of the pockets in the after- 
treatment. 
For Mucous Patches of the 
Alouth. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan. 
R. Resorcin gr.xl 
Aquae destillatae . . M. 
Signa.—Dry surface and paint with 
above. 
RHEUM—RHUBARB 
Source.—The root of Rheum officinale. It contains two acids, 
rheo-tannic and rheumic, a resin,phceoretin, and an acid, chryso- 
phan or ckrysophani. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Rhubarb possesses 
tonic and astringent as well as purgative properties. In small 
doses, as a tonic, it promotes the appetite and digestive power, 
and by virtue of the tannic acid it contains, is astringent. The 
purgative principle it possesses enables sufficient doses of 
rhubarb to act as a cathartic, producing stools which are of a 
yellowish-brown color, and soft, but not watery. It has no ten- 
dency to cause gastro-enteric inflammation. It is now classed 
among the cholagogues, as it increases the flow of bile and 
the intestinal secretions, which is due to phaeoretin—rhubarb RHIGOLENE. 
513 
resin. Its coloring matter not only stains the stools, but also 
the perspiration, milk of nursing women, to which it gives a 
bitter taste and purgative principles, and the urine. It is em- 
ployed with benefit in diarrhoea caused by the accumulation of 
undigested food in the intestines, hemorrhoids accompanied 
by constipation, dyspepsia with deficient biliary and intestinal 
secretions, the summer diarrhoea of children in the form of the 
aromatic syrup, and in catarrh of biliary ducts with jaundice; 
and the chewing of rhubarb root is beneficial in habitual con- 
stipation ; its frequent use, however, is objectionable on account 
of the astringent after-effect, which in the rhubarb pill is 
remedied by the soap. 
Dose.—Of Extraction Rhei—Extract of Rhubarb, grs. x to 
grs. xv. Of Extraction Rhei Fluidion—Fluid extract of rhu- 
barb, 5ss to 5i. Of Pilules Rhei—Rhubarb pills, each pill con- 
sists of grs. iij of rhubarb and gr. j of soap. Of Pilules Rhei 
Composites—Compound pills of rhubarb, consisting of rhubarb, 
aloes and myrrh. Dose, 2 to 4 pills. Of Syrupus Rhei— 
Syrup of rhubarb, 5ss to 5*j- Of Tinctura Rhei Aromaticus— 
Aromatic tincture of rhubarb, 5ss to 5ij. Of Tinctura Rhei 
Dulcis—Sweet tincture of rhubarb, 5ss to Sij* Of Vinum 
Rhei—Wine of rhubarb, 5j to 5ss. Of Pulvis Rhei Compositus 
—Compound powder of rhubarb, a teaspoonful. 
RHIGOLENE. 
Derivation.—Rhigolene is a product of the distillation of 
petroleum. In its composition it is a hydrocarbon, and is 
destitute of oxygen, being extremely volatile and inflammable, 
and is the lightest of all liquids, with a specific gravity of 
0.625. It is a petroleum naphtha, and boils at 700° F., and 
when perfectly pure should be almost odorless; but it is 
difficult to procure any specimen that does not have the un- 
pleasant odor of petroleum. It is colorless, and on account 
of its great volatility and inflammability requires to be kept 
tightly stoppered, in a cool place. The storage of large 
quantities, except in very secure places, is attended with con- 
siderable risk, and on this account it is somewhat difficult to 514 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
procure it outside of the manufactories. It is dangerous to 
use it at night, or near a light. 
Dental Uses.—Rhigolene is employed, like absolute ether, 
to produce local anaesthesia, by dispersing it in the form 
of spray, with the spray apparatus, being the most rapid in 
its congealing effects, and also the most easily controlled 
and convenient of all of the freezing mixtures. As a local 
anaesthetic it is employed in the operation of extracting 
teeth, by applying it, in the form of spray, to the parts 
about the tooth to be removed until a blanched surface of 
gum is produced. The spray of rhigolene is also applied 
to the gum over the root of a tooth affected with incipient 
periodontitis. 
SALOL—PHENYLIC ETHER OF SALICYLIC ACID 
Formula.—C13H10O3—C6H4 (OH) (CO.OC6H5). 
Derivation.—Salol is obtained by the combination of salicylic 
acid and phenol, consisting of 60 parts of weight of salicylic 
acid and forty parts of phenol. It is a white, crystalline powder, 
insoluble in water, without odor and nearly tasteless. In the 
system it becomes decomposed, yielding salicylic and carbolic 
acids in nascent forms. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Salol is antiseptic, 
germicide and antipyretic, and possesses less poisonous proper- 
ties than either salicylic acid or carbolic acid alone; large doses 
of salol, however, cannot be administered without danger of phe- 
nol poisoning. It is accumulative, owing to its being absorbed 
and eliminated slowly, and hence cannot be given too frequently. 
In acute and chronic renal diseases, salol is contra-indicated. 
It is employed internally in disorders of stomach, acute gastro- 
enteritis, tonsilitis, gonorrhoea, skin diseases, gleet, etc. Ex- 
ternally used, salol is an excellent dressing for wounds, ulcers> 
burns, erysipelas and skin diseases. Camphorated salol is 
highly recommended by Cuirllier in the treatment of otitis. 
It can be mixed with iodoform or iodol, and the action of both 
be had simultaneously. 
Dose.—Gr. v to 5j- SANDARACH. 
515 
Dental Uses.—Mixed with iodoform, aristol, or oxide of zinc, 
salol is successfully used for capping exposed pulps. It is 
also employed as a root-filling material by first drying out 
the root-canals with absolute alcohol and hot-air, then liquefy- 
ing a little salol in a test-tube over a spirit lamp, and injecting 
some of the liquid by means of a warm hypodermic syringe 
to the apex of each root. It is then allowed to crystallize, 
when it becomes very hard. 
For Erythema. 
Dr. A. Eichler. 
R . Saloli 5 ij 
Zinci oxidi 
Pulv. amyli aa giv 
Lanoline zj. M. 
SANDARACA—SANDARACH. 
Source.—Sandarach is a resinous substance obtained from 
an evergreen tree—Thuya Articulata—which grows in the 
northern part of Africa. The gum is in the form of small, 
irregular, round and oblong tears, of a pale yellow color, some- 
times brown, and more or less transparent, dry and brittle. It 
has a faint, agreeable odor, which is increased by warmth, and 
a resinous, somewhat acrid taste. It melts with heat, diffusing 
a strong balsam odor, and is inflammable. It is soluble in 
alcohol and ether, and slowly dissolves in warm oil of turpen- 
tine. It consists of three resins, varying in their relations to 
alcohol, ether and oil of turpentine. The sandaracin which 
remains after sandarach has been exposed to the action of 
ordinary alcohol is a mixture of two of these resins. 
Uses.—Sandarach was formerly employed as a medicinal 
agent, and entered into the composition of various ointments 
and plasters, but its use is now restricted to such purposes as 
the composition of a varnish, ingredient of incense, etc. After 
the erasion of ink marks, its powder, if rubbed on such a sur- 
face, will prevent fresh ink marks from spreading. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, sandarach, dissolved in 
alcohol, forms a varnish for coating the surface of plaster 516 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
models, etc; it is also used for checking secretions from the 
gums during the operation of filling teeth, either applied as a 
coating to the surface, or on bibulous paper saturated with it. 
It is also employed to saturate cotton to be used as a tempo- 
rary filling in cavities of the teeth, for the protection of medi- 
cinal applications. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
Transparent Sandarach Varnish. 
R. Gum sandarach v 
Alcohol qt.j. 
Mix and digest over a moderate heat until the sandarach is dissolved. 
SERPENTARIA—VIRGINIA SNAKEROOT. 
Source.—Serpentaria is prepared from the rhizoma and 
rootlets of the Aristolocliia serpentaria, and of the Aristolochia 
reticulata, and is composed of a volatile oil, resin and bitter 
principle. Its preparations are: Infusum Serpentaria—Infu- 
sion of Serpentaria; Tinctura Serpentaria—Tincture of Serpen- 
pentaria; Extracium Serpentaria Fluidum—Fluid extract of 
Serpentaria. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Serpentaria is a 
bitter, aromatic, stimulating tonic, employed in typhoid and 
typho-malarial fevers, and as a stimulant expectorant in capil- 
lary bronchitis ; also combined with the carbonate of ammonia 
in a low form of pneumonia, chlorosis, anaemia and diphtheria. 
Large doses cause diarrhoea, nausea, vertigo and headache. 
Dose.—Of Infusion, Sss to Sj; Tincture, 5ss to 5ij ; Fluid 
extract, 5ss to 5ij. 
SHELL-LAC—SHELLAC. 
Source.—Lac is a resinous substance, obtained from several 
varieties of trees which grow in the East Indies, and particu- 
larly from the Croton Lacciferum, and two species of the Ficus. 
It is supposed to be an exudation from the bark, owing to the 
puncture of an insect belonging to the genus Coccus; it is also 
said to be the exudation from the bodies of the insects them- 
selves. Several varieties are known in commerce, the most SHELLAC. 
517 
common being the stick-lac, the seed-lac and the shell-lac. 
Lac, in its crude state, consists of resin, coloring matter, and 
a peculiar principle, insoluble in water, alcohol and ethyl, and 
known as lacin, a little wax, and various saline matters in small 
proportion. 
Uses.—It is slightly astringent, and has been recommended 
as an adhesive substance for dressing ulcers, wounds, etc., 
being used by simply spreading it on the bandages after it is 
dissolved in alcohol by a gentle heat. Shellac is prepared by 
melting the crude lac, straining it, and pouring it upon a flat, 
smooth surface to harden. It is in the form of thin frag- 
ments of various sizes, from half a line to a line in thickness, 
and of a light and also a dark brown color, shining, hard, brit- 
tle and inodorous. It is insoluble in water, but freely soluble 
in alcohol, especially with the aid of heat. It is employed as 
a varnish. In dental practice its uses are the same as those of 
sandarach, but owing to the dark brown color of the solution, 
it is not so sightly, and does not make a transparent varnish. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
For a Colored Varnish. 
R. Gum shellac . . . . v 
Alcohol qt. j. 
Mix and digest over a moderate heat 
until thoroughly dissolved. 
For an Aqueous Varnish, 
R . Pulv. shellac .... partes j 
Sat. solut. boracis . . partesij 
Mix by shaking together; it will give 
a starch gloss. 
Shellac may be dissolved without the aid of alcohol, by a 
saturated solution of borax in water. This, however, does not 
give a very strong solution. To prevent cracking when the 
shellac is dissolved in alcohol, add a little castor oil; if in water, 
add glycerine. Clear shellac varnish may be prepared by first 
making an alcohol solution of shellac in the usual way, and 
then adding a little benzole, and the mixture well shaken. In 
from 24 to 48 hours the fluid will have separated into two 
distinct layers, an upper alcoholic stratum, perfectly clear, and 
of a dark-red color, while under it is a turbid mixture con- 
taining the impurities. The clear solution is drawn off with a 
pipe, or may be decanted. 518 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
SOD.E PHENAS—PHENATE OF SODIUM. 
Formula.—C6H5NaO. 
Derivation.—Phenate or Carbolate of Soda is obtained by 
mixing one part of caustic soda with five parts of carbolic 
acid, and a small quantity of water, and evaporating the solu- 
tion, the result being a saponaceous mass of acicular crystals 
of a light pinkish color, which are converted by the heat into 
a fluid of an oily consistence. It is freely soluble in creosote, 
carbolic acid and water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Phenate of soda is haemo- 
static, antiseptic and disinfectant. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is internally administered in the form 
known by the French name of Phenol Sodique, in doses of gtt. 
viij or gtt. x in a glass of water, in typhus and typhoid fevers, 
as a preventive of cholera, in plagues, cholera infantum, etc.; 
externally, it is a valuable styptic in local hemorrhage, and 
as a dressing for wounds, burns, chilblains, excoriations, vari- 
cose veins, venomous stings and bites, and as a disinfectant 
in throat affections, leucorrhoea, diphtheria, scarlatina, small- 
pox, ozaena, etc. 
Dental Uses.—Phenate of soda is useful in dental practice, 
as an astringent and styptic in hemorrhage following the 
extraction of teeth, and to relieve the soreness of such an 
operation, as it promotes the rapid absorption of the extrava- 
sated blood, and the healing and hardening of the gums. It 
is applied on a pellet of cotton, or in solution with water, and 
acts as a sedative and antiphlogistic as well as a haemostatic, 
and has little or no escharotic action. For soft and spongy 
gums it forms an efficient gargle or wouth-wash, and can be 
employed for this purpose in its full strength, in the form of 
phenol sodique, or diluted with from one to twelve parts of 
water. When applied on cotton to an exposed and inflamed 
pulp, it relieves odontalgia. It is also employed in aphthous 
ulcerations of the mouth, and as a disinfectant in offensive 
breath, in the proportion of a teaspoonful to a glass of water. 
CARBOLATE OF SODIUM PHENOL SODIQUE. BICARBONATE OF SODIUM. 
519 
Phenol Sodique. 
R . Pure melted carbolic acid 5 parts 
Solution of caustic soda, specific gravity 1:332 . . . 1 part 
Distilled water 5 parts. 
Mix. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
A Phenol Sodique Preparation. 
R. Acidi carbolici gr.clxxxviij 
Sodae caustic gr.xxxj 
Aquae iv. M. 
Signa.—To be applied on a pellet of cotton, or as a mouth-wash, diluted 
to meet requirements of case. 
SODII BICARBONAS—BICARBONATE OF SODIUM. 
SESQUICARBONATE OF SODIUM. 
Formula. —Na H C 03. 
Derivation.—Bicarbonate of sodium is obtained by saturat- 
ing the carbonate of sodium with carbonic acid. It is in the 
form of a white, opaque powder, freely soluble in water, with 
a mild, slightly alkaline taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Bicarbonate of sodium is 
antacid, alterative, lithontriptic, and from its mildness and 
non-irritating qualities is more pleasant to the taste and to the 
stomach than the carbonate. It is extensively used in the 
preparation of soda and seidlitz powders. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Bicarbonate of sodium is internally ad- 
ministered in neuralgia connected with acidity of the stom- 
ach, cardialgia, flatulence and vomiting, dyspepsia, diarrhoea, 
diseases of the skin, albuminuria, calculous disease, etc. Ex- 
ternally in diseases of the skin of a scaly and papular nature, 
ecthyma, ringworm, and sprinkled over burns and scalds, and 
combined with an equal part of common salt, for stings of 
venomous insects. 
Dose.—Of bicarbonate of sodium, gr. v to 5j, in carbonic 
acid water, or with sugar and mucilage. 
Effervescing Powders.—Pulveris Effervescentes are com- 
posed of tartaric acid, gr. xxv, in one paper, and bicarbonate 
of sodium, xxx, in another paper. 520 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dental Uses.—Bicarbonate of sodium is employed in dental 
practice to relieve neuralgia of an acid origin, in which a full 
dose often proves very serviceable; in aphthae of children it is 
often combined with a little rhubarb and proves very effica- 
cious. Externally it instantly relieves odontalgia when a 
small portion of the powder is applied to the irritable pulp 
and properly secured. It is also useful for neutralizing the 
acidity of the oral fluids, especially when such a condition is 
the result of pregnancy. It also forms an antacid ingredient 
in dentifrices. 
Dr. E. C. Kirk recommends a thick paste of sodium car- 
bonate as a local sedative and obtundent of hypersensitive 
dentine, its application to be made to a dry cavity and repeated 
when necessary. In acute periodontitis, applied to the gums 
after a slight puncture, it will often afford speedy relief from 
the pain. As a chemical disinfectant and antiseptic, Dr, Leff- 
mann considers sodium carbonate to be of great value in the 
treatment of devitalized teeth containing semi-putrescent 
pulps and food debris, to be followed by injections of warm 
water. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Periodontitis, etc. 
R . Sodii bicarb 3 viij 
Sodii bibor 3 viij 
Sodii benzoate 
Sodii salicylate aa gr.xx 
Eucalyptol 
Thymol aa gr.x 
Menthol gr.v 
01. Gaultheria • ... gtt.vj 
Glycerini .... • !|viiiss 
Alcoholis ij 
Aquae q. s. 16 pints. M. 
SlGNA.—Use as an antiseptic spray. 
Carl Seiler. 
SODII BORAS—BORATE OF SODIUM 
BORAX. 
Formula.—Na2B407-f- ioH20 
Source.—Borax is a native salt, but can be obtained artifi- BORATE OF SODIUM. 
521 
dally by boiling together native boracic acid (found in Italy), 
and carbonate of soda. California furnishes the borax used 
in this country. It is in the form of colorless crystals, which 
effloresce somewhat in dry air, and are freely soluble in water 
and glycerine, but insoluble in alcohol, with an alkaline reac- 
tion, and a sweetish alkaline taste. It dissolves fibrine, albu- 
men, casein and uric acid. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Borax is refrigerant, diuretic? 
detergent, antacid and emmenagogue, and has been employed 
as a solvent for calculi. It resembles in its action carbonate of 
soda, and by its mild alkaline qualities it improves the condi- 
tion of the skin and mucous membranes. In excessive or 
large repeated doses it is injurious, causing nausea and vomit- 
ing, and a scorbutic condition of the body. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Borax is internally administered in infan- 
tile diarrhoea, in the form of an enema; also, as a solvent for 
calculi, and in dropsy, etc., but its chief use is as an external 
application. Externally it is applied as a detergent in cutane- 
ous affections, ulcerations, pityriasis, to remove freckles, to allay 
itching, etc., etc. 
Dose.—Of borate of sodium, gr. ij to 9j. 
Glycerite of Borate of Sodium—Glyceritum Sodii Boratis 
—Glycerinum Boracis—is composed of borax, §ij; glycerine, 
Oss, and is a useful application to the mouth and throat. 
Honey of Borate of Sodium—Mel Sodii Boratis—Mel 
Boracis—is composed of borax, 5j; clarified honey, 5j, and 
is also useful as a detergent application to the mouth and 
throat. 
Boricine.—Boricine is a combination of equal parts of borax 
and boracic acid, forming a tetraborate of sodium, which is 
neither toxic, caustic nor irritant. It has no odor, and gives 
a saturated solution at 16 percent. Mr. Emile Denis recom- 
mends boricine as a disinfectant of root canals, abscess of 
antrum, and diseased mucous membrane. 
Dental Uses.—Borax, mixed with sugar or honey, is a very 
useful application for aphthae and other ulcerations of the 
mouth, for which it may be mixed with sugar in the propor- 522 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tion of one part to seven, or in the form of mel boracis. In 
mercurial stomatitis, an aqueous solution of borax, or the mel 
boracis, forms an efficient gargle. Borax is also a useful appli- 
cation in fissured or cracked tongue. Borax is also added to 
sage and balm teas, to form gargles. 
In the dental laboratory, borax is employed as a flux in 
melting metals, such as gold and silver, and in the process of 
soldering metals. It is also employed to harden plaster casts 
or models, the model being well dried and then immersed for 
a few minutes in a solution of borax in boiling water, which 
renders it, when cool, hard and durable. (Solutions of carbon- 
ate of soda and alum are used for the same purpose.) Dr. J. 
L. Williams considers borax a valuable application to the 
teeth of pregnant women to counteract acidity of the fluids of 
the mouth. He recommends the use of the powder applied to 
the teeth and allowed to remain half a minute or so, and then 
brushed off by a whirling motion of the brush, not with a 
horizontal movement. Also useful to sterilize instruments. 
Impression trays may be perfectly cleaned, after using model- 
ing composition, by boiling in sal-soda water. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
A Mild, Detergent Gargle. 
R. Sodii boratis . . . . S;j 
Glycerini M. 
For Aphthous Ulcerations, Parasitic 
Formations, and Diphtheretic Condi- 
tions. 
R. Sodii boratis . . . . g ij 
Syrupi aurantii . . . g iv 
Aquae destillatae . . §iv. M. 
Signa.—To be applied as a lotion or 
mouth wash, stimulant and antiseptic. 
For Aphthous Ulcerations, etc,, etc. 
R. Sodii sulphitis . . . . 3 j 
Glycerini §j. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion or 
mouth-wash. 
For Fissured or Cracked Tongue. 
R. Sodii boratis . . . . 
Glycerini gj. M. 
To be used as a lotion or gargle. 
For Fissured Tongue. 
J. W. White. 
R. Sodii boratis . . . . gr.xl 
Glycerini J-j 
Aquae destillatae . . iv. M. 
To be used as a gargle. 
A Detergent Alkaline Gargle. 
R. Sodii boratis . . . . 3 iv 
Glycerini, 
Tincturae myrrhae aa 
Aquae destillatae . . M. SULPHITE OF SODA. 
523 
R . Sodii boratis gr.x 
Aquae camphorse • 
Mucil. cydonii 
Aquae destillatae aa M. 
Fiat collyrium. 
Signa.—Eye-water: A few drops put into the eye 3 or 4 times daily. 
Collyrium. 
Dr. Potter. 
SODII SALICYLAS—SALICYLATE OF SODIUM. 
Formula.—2NaC7H303-i-H20. 
Derivation.—Salicylate of Sodium is prepared by the addi- 
tion of salicylic acid to a solution of bicarbonate of sodium; 
when the latter is in excess the solution is brownish or purplish 
in color, and has a strong odor of wintergreen. The formula 
is as follows: Acidi salicylici, 5ij; sodii bicarb.,5j ; aquae, 
Sij- M. 
Dose.—A teaspoonful, every 2, 3 or 4 hours. 
Dental Uses.—Employed as an internal remedy for odon- 
talgia, periodontitis and the pain of carious dentine, affording 
temporary relief for several days. Dr. Thomas recommends 
doses of ten grains every half hour for the relief of odontalgia. 
R . Salicylate of soda 20 parts 
Distilled water 100 parts dissolve. 
SlGNA.—Paint the inflamed parts five or six times a day, particularly after 
meals. The mouth should previously be well rinsed out with tepid water. 
For Apthous Stomatitis 
SODII SULPHIS—SULPHITE OF SODA. 
Formula. —Na2S03-f- 7 HzO. 
Derivation.—Sulphite of Soda is prepared by passing sul- 
phurous acid into a solution of carbonate of soda, and evapo- 
rating free from air. The sulphurous acid unites with the 
soda of the carbonate, to form the sulphite of soda, and the 
carbonic acid escapes. On cooling, the salt crystallizes in 
white prismatic crystals, and should be kept well stoppered, as 
it changes on exposure into sulphate of soda. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Sulphite of soda is a disin- 
fectant and deodorizer, and its action and uses are similar to 
those of the other sulphites, hyposulphites and sulphurous 
acid. 524 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Dose.—Of sulphite of soda, gr. xv to 5j, three times a day. 
Dental Uses.—Sulphite of soda is sometimes employed in 
the form of a lotion for aphthous sore mouth due to a para- 
sitic vegetable; also in ulcerous stomatitis, gangrenous stoma- 
titis, and all suppurative affections of mucous membrane, 
especially when they are sustained by zymotic influences or 
invisible organisms. Dr. E. C. Kirk has successfully employed 
sulphite of soda in combination with boracic acid, for bleach- 
ing discolored teeth. (See Formula.) His method is as follows: 
Having adjusted the rubber dam to the tooth to be treated, 
and one adjoining it on each side, the cavity of decay is 
cleansed of all debris and the root filled with gold or gutta 
percha for one-half its length. The powder, composed of sul- 
phite of soda and boracic acid, is packed into the remaining 
portion of the pulp canal and cavity of decay, leaving just 
sufficient space to insert a temporary filling of gutta percha or 
Hill’s Stopping. After the powder has been properly packed, 
a drop of water is permitted to fall upon it from a drop-tube 
or a pellet of cotton wrapped around a broach, the object 
being to dampen the powder, not to wash it out. The cavity 
of decay is then filled with gutta percha, and the patient dis- 
missed until the next sitting, when a second applicatian can 
be made, which is usually sufficient, except in cases where the 
walls of the tooth are very thick and much discolored, when 
a third application may be necessary. When the water is 
added to the powder a chemical reaction takes place, the 
boracic acid unites with the sodium of the sulphite to form 
sodium borate, at the same time liberating the sulphurous 
acid, upon which the bleaching powder depends. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Aphthous Sore Mouth. 
R. Sodii sulphitis ... g j 
Aquas f%j. M. 
Signa.—Apply as a lotion. 
For Same. 
Wallace. 
R. Sodii sulphitis . . . gr.xxx 
Glycerinae, 
Aquas aa^ss. 
Signa.—To be used on a swab every 
two hours. SODIUM SILICO-FLUORIDE. 
525 
For Bleaching Discolored Teeth. 
E. C. Kirk 
]&. Sodii sulphitis gr. ioo 
Acidi boracis gr. 70 
Mix by grinding together in a warm, dry mortar, to a fine powder, 
which is preserved in an air-tight stoppered bottle, and kept in a 
dry place. 
Signa.—(See Dental Uses of Sulphite of Soda.) 
SODIUM SILICO-FLUORIDE. 
Derivation.—When sand is fused with sodium or potassium 
carbonate, a reaction occurs forming a silicate of these metals, 
Si02-f Na2C03—Na2Si02 (sodium silicate) 4- C02. The silicates 
of sodium and potassium are commonly known as water-glass, 
and are soluble in water, whereas silicates of other metals are 
generally insoluble. When a mixture of fluor-spar and any 
silicious substance, as sand, is heated in a retort with H2S04; 
the resulting gas being distilled over through mercury into 
water, which holds it in solution, and which is then filtered 
to remove the free silicon which precipitates, the result is 
hydro-fluosilicic acid. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Sodium silico- 
fluoride, in the form of a white powder, is antiseptic, disinfect- 
ant and styptic. Experiments with this salt by Mr. Wm. 
Thomson, F. B. F. C., F. C. S., showed that the compounds 
of fluorine were powerful disinfectants, and of these the sodium 
silico-fluoride was the most serviceable. It has been employed 
as a substitute for peroxide of hydrogen on account of the 
changeable nature of the latter agent. Even in a saturated 
solution, sodium silico-fluoride is not an escharotic coagulant, 
but it is a slight irritant in such a form, which is not a positive 
disadvantage in the treatment of some affections, such as 
alveolar pyorrhoea for example. 
Dental Uses.—Sodium silico-fluoride has been used with 
good results in cases of putrescent pulps, chronic alveolar 
abscesses, pyorrhoea alveolaris. Also as a deodorizer in 
pulp canals by destroying the putrescent hydrogen. As a 
disinfectant, it is powerful enough, even in weak solu- 526 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tion to antagonize, in a marked degree, the germs of 
putrefaction; as a coagulant, it is non-escharotic; as a de- 
odorant, it is strong enough to destroy the most penetrating 
of putrefactive odors; as a stimulant, it is powerful enough in 
full solution to bring about the formation of new tissue, and 
not act as an irritant to surrounding tissue; it is comparatively 
unchangeable. Such properties may render it one of the 
most useful salts in the dental pharmacopoeia. 
STENOCARPINE, or GLEDITSCHINE. 
Stenocarpine is an alkaloid obtained from the tree Gleditschia 
triacanthus. As a local anaesthetic, Dr. Herman Knapp, in his 
experiments as to its physiological action, found it to be fully as 
energetic as a cocaine solution of equal strength in producing 
anaesthesia of the cornea and conjunctiva. Dr. Jackson found 
that the installation of one drop of a two per cent, solution of 
stenocarpine caused a slight smarting, followed by dryness of 
the conjunctiva, dilatation of the pupil, and within two and a 
half minutes complete anaesthesia of the conjunctiva and cor- 
nea, lasting for about twenty minutes. The results were 
obtained in sixteen different individuals, in all complete anaes- 
thesia being obtained in one or two minutes, and passing off 
mostly within half an hour. Stenocarpine also appears to pro- 
duce a wider dilatation of the pupil than other local anaesthetics 
used upon the eye. Applied to mucous membrane of the nose, 
throat, etc., anaesthesia can be readily produced to an equal, if 
not more marked, degree than can be obtained by the employ- 
ment of a solution of cocaine of equal strength ; and when ap- 
plied to the throat or nose the senses of taste and smell are 
respectively suspended. Applied to the skin externally, it 
causes complete anaesthesia, the method of application being 
to simply moisten the surface, and keep it continually moist 
with the solution, when, after ten minutes, a needle may be 
plunged into the skin without the slightest sensation. To 
produce painless operations on the healthy skin, the incisions 
must pass but gradually through the skin, and as each layer 
is divided, the wound must be freely moistened with the solu- STROPANTHUS. 
527 
tion. As regards the toxicological action of stenocarpine 
when given in large doses, the nature of the symptoms of 
poisoning which it produces does not appear to be as yet 
clearly established. Dr. Knapp states that its action is analo- 
gous to strychnine, while Dr. Jackson describes stenocarpine 
as a depressor motor poison, and in no case in his experi- 
ments does he refer to the production of convulsions. As far 
as has yet been determined, the physiological action of steno- 
carpine appears to be closely similar to that of cocaine. 
STROPHANTHUS—STROPHANTHUS HISPIDUS. 
Source.—Strophanthus is derived from the climbing plant 
strophanthus hispidus (Apocynaceae) of western Africa, from 
the extract of which the arrow-poison Kombe is made by the 
natives. The active principle is Strophanthin, from which 
Strophanthidin is derived by the action of sulphuric acid. 
Strophanthin is a crystallizable glucoside, common to different 
parts of the plant, but especially in the seeds which yield a 
large proportion. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Strophanthin is 
bitter, acidulous, insoluble in ether and chloroform, but soluble 
in alcohol and water. It is a local anaesthetic, as three or four 
drops of a solution of I to 1000 dropped into the cornea will 
anaesthetize it for one or two hours without any irritation of 
the conjunctiva. It is considered to be a more powerful local 
anaesthetic than cocaine. The sensation of heat and cold is 
the last to be overcome, and the first to revive. Strophanthus 
is a cardiac tonic, in its action resembling digitalis. It lessens 
the heart’s action, lengthens the intervals between the con- 
tractions, and increases the energy of the muscular tissue. In 
fatal cases the heart’s action is arrested in diastole. It is also 
to some degree a diuretic, and the prolonged use of strophan- 
thus will sometimes cause diarrhoea. Besides its employment 
as a local anaesthetic it is administered in cardiac dropsy, as a 
cardiac stimulant in typhoid fever, also in angina pectoris, 
bronchial asthma, whooping-cough, etc. 
Dose—Of the tincture—tinctura strophanthi (5 per cent.), 528 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
TTL iJ* to xv; of strophanthin, gr. i-ioooto 1-60. Strophanthin 
may also be administered hypodermically in doses of gr. ihs, 
not more than once daily. 
Dental Uses.—Strophanthin is employed in dental practice 
as a local anaesthetic and obtunder of hypersensitive dentine. 
As a local anaesthetic it is usually combined with cocaine, 
atropine, some of the essential oils and glycerine. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Local Anesthesia. 
Dr Birge. 
R . Strophanthin gr. £ 
Sulphate atropin , gr. £ 
Carbolic acid (95 per cent, sol.) gtts.v 
Hydrochlorate of cocaine grs.xx 
Distilled water q. s. M. 
SlGNA.—Inject 4 to 6 drops hypodermically. 
SULFONAL—SULPHONAL. 
Formula.—C7H16S204=(CH3)2: C :(S02C2H5)2. 
Sulfonal is in the form of colorless prisms, odorless and 
tasteless. It is easily soluble in hot water and in alcohol, and 
but slightly soluble in cold water, and melts at 258° F. It 
appears to possess hypnotic properties of considerable power, 
and is regarded as prompt and reliable, producing a quiet, 
natural sleep, lasting a number of hours. It appears to have 
no unfavorable effects on the heart or the circulation, nor on 
the temperature, the pulse or the respiration, and to produce 
no disagreeable secondary symptoms, nor to interfere with the 
process of digestion. 
It is best administered in hot liquids, such as a bowl of 
soup or broth, a cup of milk, tea, coffee, cocoa, etc. 
The conclusions drawn by Mathes are as follows: 1. Sul- 
fonal is a useful hypnotic agent, though it is not always effica- 
cious. 2. It has the advantage over other agents of having 
no odor or taste, and no influence on the essential organs of 
life. 3. The worst of its disagreeable effects are insignificant. SULPHONAL. 
529 
4. The dose depends upon the individual susceptibility, and is 
therefore variable. Generally a gramme is sufficient to cause 
sleep without accessory manifestations. When these are pro- 
duced the dose should be diminished. On account of its 
slow action, it should be given at least an hour before the 
time for sleep. 5. When the insomnia is due to irritating 
cough or to pains not clearly neuralgic, the use of sulfonal is 
contra-indicated. In most true neuralgias, on the contrary, it 
may be used with benefit. 
It is a valuable remedy for persistent neuralgia in doses of 
gr. x-xxx ; it may be administered in hot liquids such as tea, 
in the form of tablets of five and fifteen grains. Dr. Chase 
recommends sulphonal very highly for nervous patients after 
a protracted dental operation, as a small dose will give a quiet 
night’s rest. 
Dose.—Grs. v to grs. xxx; but variable, depending upon 
the individual susceptibility. 
Although sulphonal is probably one of the safest, as it is 
one of the most efficacious among the recent hypnotics, the 
series of cases published by Bresslaur, of Vienna, show clearly 
that it has certain dangers. Out of seventy-seven feeble 
lunatic patients who were treated with this drug, no less than 
seven showed serious symptoms, and in five of these there was 
a fatal termination; but it should be stated that the patients 
had been taking the drug for a considerable time in good 
doses, and had borne it well until symptoms of disturbance 
appeared, such as great constipation, dark-brown urine, slow 
but in some cases rapid but feeble pulse, discolored patches 
resembling purpura on the limbs and great prostration. In 
the cases which ended fatally, the cause of death was heart- 
failure, with oedema of the lungs. 
The action of sulphonal upon digestion is as follows: 
a. Strong solutions, saturated or half saturated, considerably 
delayed digestion, and that the stronger the solution the greater 
was the retardation. 
b. Weak solutions, such as or of a saturated solution, 
had little effect either in accelerating or delaying digestion, 530 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
but when of a saturated solution was employed, delay in 
digestion took place. 
c. Strong or weak solutions had no marked effect in re- 
tarding putrefaction. 
TERCHLORIDE OF PHENOI 
Derivatio7i.—Terchloride of Phenol has recently been intro- 
duced as a disinfectant and antiseptic. It is prepared by 
passing a stream of chlorine gas through chemically pure 
carbolic acid, previously melted, until it acquires a violet 
hue. When carbolic acid is acted upon by chlorine gas a 
number of compounds are produced; such as a mono- 
chloride, a bichloride and a tri- or ter-chloride of carbolic 
acid (phenol). 
Medical Properties and Action.—It is not an irritant, and has 
no acid reaction. 
Therapeutic and Dental Uses.—Terchloride of phenol is 
claimed to be a valuable antiseptic and disinfectant in the 
treatment of gangrenous ulcers, etc. In dental practice it has 
been very recently recommended in combination with iodo- 
form, as a material for capping exposed pulps and as a filling 
for root canals of teeth, and the advantages claimed for it are, 
that it will be reabsorbed when in contact with living tissues; 
it is easily introduced into pulp canals ; it absorbs exudations ; 
it becomes hard when mixed with certain chemical substances, 
but is destroyed by pus; it is a very bad conductor of heat; 
and it is absolutely a non-irritant. The method recom- 
mended for its use as a capping and filling material is, to 
incorporate iodoform and terchloride of phenol with decal- 
cified dead bone, as follows: dead bone or ivory shavings 
are decalcified in a ten per cent, solution of chemically pure 
hydrochloric acid, and after all the lime salts are extracted, the 
residue is collected upon a filter, washed, dried and rubbed 
to a fine powder in a porcelain or glass mortar. Upon this 
powder ten times its weight of a ten per. cent solution of 
iodoform in sulphuric ether is gradually poured and constantly 
rubbed until a fine yellow powder is obtained, which contains TURPENTINE. 
531 
about fifty per cent of iodoform. When used as a capping 
for pulps, or a filling material for root canals of teeth, this 
powder is made into a paste by the addition of carbolic acid 
or terchloride of phenol, being worked or rubbed together 
like ordinary cement. For hyperaemic conditions of the den- 
tal pulp success has attended the application of a cap of the 
iodoform and decalcified bone paste mixed with terchloride of 
phenol. For inflamed pulps the application of terchloride of 
phenol is to be repeated every third or fifth day, until no more 
pain is felt, and the pulp is then to be capped with the decal- 
cified bone, iodoform and terchloride of phenol material, and a 
temporary filling introduced into the crovim cavity. The treat- 
ment of ulcerated and gangrenous pulps of teeth consists in 
treating with the terchloride of phenol, and after the second 
or third application, if no trouble occurs from a temporary 
closure of the root canals, to fill with the decalcified bone, 
iodoform and terchloride material, using whalebone instru- 
ments for its introduction, until congelation is occasioned, and 
the congested condition of the capillaries of the part relieved, 
acting as a counter-irritant and antiphlogistic. 
TEREBINTHINA—TURPENTINE. 
Source.—The concrete oleo-resin of Pinns australis and vari- 
ous species of pine. 
Oleum Terebinthince.—Oil of Turpentine obtained by distil- 
lation. 
Formula. —C10 H16. 
Oil of Turpentine is a limpid, volatile, colorless oil, with a 
hot pungent taste and a strong peculiar odor. It is slightly 
soluble in water. In small doses it increases the action of the 
heart, elevates the arterial tension and causes a sense of warmth 
and exhilaration. 
In large doses it causes thirst, fever, vomiting, weakness 
and a species of intoxication. In poisonous doses there is 
complete muscular relaxation, insensibility, flushed face, dila- 
ted pupils, labored and stertorous breathing. It stimulates 
the vaso-motor system, and has marked antiseptic properties, 532 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
arresting fermentation and putrefaction, and destroying micro- 
organisms. Inhalation of the vapor of turpentine causes 
headache, nasal and bronchial irritation, ecchymosis of the air- 
passages, hyperaemia of the kidneys and congestion of the lungs, 
The ozonized oil of turpentine is an antidote to phosphorus, 
by the power it possesses of converting the agent into an 
insoluble substance; and a vial of turpentine worn about the 
neck prevents necrosis of the jaw and steatosis in workmen 
using phosphorus in manufactories. 
Sanitas is a highly ozonized preparation of turpentine, and is 
used as an antidote to phosphorus poisoning. (See oil of Sanitas.) 
Oil of turpentine‘is employed in flatulence, colic, chronic 
intestinal catarrh, constipation and as an anthelmintic; also in 
passive hemorrhages from mucous surfaces, taenia and as a 
stimulant in low fevers. In the form of enemata for colic, 
tympanitic distension and impaction of faeces, etc.; in the form 
of liniment for myalgia, neuralgia, lumbago, etc.; also for 
burns, erysipelas and chilblains. 
Terebinthene.—(C10II16) is a hydrocarbon formed by the dis- 
tillation of turpentine with an alkali. Terebinthene is con- 
verted by hydration into a solid crystalline body, known as 
terpine; and terpine is converted into terpinol by an acid. 
Terebene is derived from turpentine by the action of sulphuric 
acid. These derivations are used in bronchitis, broncho-pneu- 
monia, asthma, etc. In dental practice terpinol is employed as 
an antiseptic, disinfectant and sterilizer. 
Dose.—Oil of turpentine, Tflv to 5ss; of terebinthene-ter- 
pine, gr. v to gr. xx; of terpinol, gr. ij to gr. v; of terebene, 
Tflv to xx. 
Linimentum Terebinthince.—Liniment of Turpentine is com- 
posed of oil of turpentine thirty-five parts and resin cerate 
sixty-five parts. 
Oil of Sanitas—Oleum Sanitas, is obtained by the oxidation 
of oil of turpentine floating on water, by directing a stream 
of heated air on its surface. Sanitas oil is an antiseptic and 
disinfectant, possessing considerable oxydizing power. It is 
non-irritant and non-poisonous, and its odor is similar to that THYMOL. 
533 
of fresh pine. The oils of cinnamon, gaultheria and sassafras 
will disguise its odor. In dental practice, the oil of sanitas has 
been very successfully employed in alveolar pyorrhea, alveolar 
abscess, diseases of mucous membrane, exposed pulps, abscess 
of the antrum, foul ulcers, wounds and ulcerated sore throat; 
also as a protection against phosphorus poisoning and phos- 
phor-necrosis of the jaw. 
The oil of turpentine is employed as a styptic in dental hemor- 
rhage, applied on cotton after the loose clot is removed, and the 
cavity thoroughly washed out with hot water. For hemorrhage 
following the removal of single root teeth, it is recommended 
to wrap the root of the extracted tooth with a few shreds of 
cotton saturated with oil of turpentine and return it to its cavity. 
Oil of turpentine is also employed as a sterilizer of surgical 
and dental instruments, gauze, bandages, towels, etc. The 
method, which is simple, consists in placing the oil of turpen- 
tine in flat, large-mouthed bottles at the bottom of each case 
or drawer, the volatility of the agent causing the vapor to 
impregnate the surrounding air. 
Sanitol.—A new preparation in which are embodied formol 
and salitrol, coal-tar derivatives. It is non-irritating and pos- 
sesses antiseptic properties. It is recommended as a dentifrice 
which is said to contain no soap, acid or alkali. 
The formula is Salitrol, Formol, Boracic acid, Plantago 
majorum, Menthol and Spirits of Cologne. It is claimed to 
be a pleasant antiseptic dentifrice. 
For Dental Hemorrhages from Constitutional Vice. 
li . Vitelli ov ij 
Olei terebinth gjss 
Tinct. ferri ses chloride 3 iij 
Sacchari 3 ij 
Aquse viij. M. 
Dose : A teaspoon ful every hour. 
Mr. Salter. 
THYMOL. 
Formula.—Cl0H 13(0 H). 
Derivation.—Thymol, or thymic acid, is obtained from the 
herb thymus vulgaris, or common thyme, which is cultivated 534 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
in this country for the same purpose as sage, lavender, etc. 
Thyme yields a volatile oil, oleum thyrni, from which thymol 
or thymic acid is obtained by treating the oil with an aqueous 
solution of potassa or soda, which separates it from a principle 
called thymene, with which it is mixed in the oil, and which is 
not affected by the alkalies. The thymate thus formed is 
decomposed by an acid, and the liberated thymol, or thymic 
acid, is purified by repeated washings, desiccation and distil- 
lation. Thymol is in the form of aromatic white crystals, 
soluble in one thousand parts of hot water. 
Medical Properties and Action.—In a concentrated state, 
thymol has an acrid and caustic taste; but when very much 
diluted, the only taste experienced is that of thyme. 
Thymol has acrid properties, and is similar in its action to 
carbolic acid. It imparts a sense of coolness to the mouth, 
like that of oil of peppermint, and when once melted it re- 
mains indefinitely in the liquid state. 
While it is only slightly soluble in water, it is freely soluble 
in alcohol, and is dissolved by ether and the fixed oils. The 
alkalies unite with it to form soluble salts. Like creasote, it 
has the property of combining with animal tissues, and 
thus prevents putrefaction. While it has the important prac- 
tical properties of carbolic acid, it is free from disagreeable 
odor, and it is claimed to be as efficient an antiseptic as that 
agent. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Thymol is almost exclusively employed 
as an external application, and is often substituted for the oil 
of origanum, which is obtained from the common marjoram, 
It is considered to be a valuable antiseptic and antifermenta- 
tive agent. 
Dental Uses.—Thymol, when combined with glycerine, in 
a form known as Glycerole of Thymol, is a valuable antiseptic 
in the treatment of suppurating pulps of teeth, as a dressing 
for ulcers of the mouth, wounds, etc.; also in the treatment 
of teeth after the devitalization of the pulp, chronic inflamma- 
tion of the pulp, and alveolar abscess, as it arrests the putre- 
factive process ; also in stomatitis and abrasion of mucous THYMOL. 
535 
membrane. Hartmann recommends sprinkling crystallized 
thymol on an exposed (not bleeding pulp), to relieve the pain 
of pulpitis. 
Glycerole of Thymol. 
R. Thymoli (cryst.) . . gr.xx 
Glycerini, 
Alcoholis . . . . aa f|j 
Aquae destillatae . . Oj. M. 
For Alveolar Abscess, Suppurating 
Pulps, etc. 
Alvin. 
R. Thymoli (cryst.) . . ptm.j 
Iodi ptm.j 
Potassii iodidi . . . ptm.j 
Glycerini pts. v to xv. 
Signa.—Apply as in use of carbolic 
acid. 
For Stomatitis. 
Alvin. 
R . Thymoli (cryst ) . . ptm.j 
Glycerini pts. 100. 
Signa.—To be used as a lotion and 
gargle. 
For an Antiseptic in Suppurating 
Pulps, Alveolar Abscess, etc. 
R. Thymoli (cryst.) . . ptm.i 
Glycerini pts.ijtoiv. 
Signa.—Applied in the same manner 
as carbolic acid. 
Antiseptic and Germicide Mouth Wash. 
W. D. Miller. 
R. Thymoli grs. iv 
Acidi Benzoici . . . grs.45 
Eucalyptol 33/4 
Alcoholis 3 25 
Olei gaultheriae . . . gtt.25. M. 
An Antiseptic Gargle. 
R. Thymoli y/2 grs. 
Acidi benzoici . . . 45 grs. 
Tinct. of Eucalypti. 180 grs. 
Aquae Oij. M. 
Signa.—After cleansing the teeth, use 
as a gargle for half a minute or a 
minute. 
DENTAL FORMULA 
Antiseptic Fluid. 
VOLKMANN. 
R. Thymoli .... I part 
Alcoholis . . . io parts 
Glycerini ... 20 parts 
Aquae 100 parts. M. 
SlGNA. — Apply as a lotion. 
For Stomatitis. 
David. 
R . Thymoli gr.vij 
Boracis gr.xv 
Aquae 3jiss. M. 
SlGNA.—Use as a tonic and antiseptic 
mouth-wash, by placing a few drops 
in a wine glass of warm water. 
For Fetid Breath from Deposits about 
Tonsils and Gums. 
David. 
R. Sodii Boracis . . . . gr. xv 
Alcoholis 3 ss 
Thymoli gr.vij 
Aquae Oj. M. 
SlGNA.—Use as a mouth wash. 
Antiseptic Mouth Wash. 
Dr. W. D. Miller. 
R . Thymoli gr. ij 
Acidi benzoici . . . gr.xivj 
Hydrarg. bichlor. . . gr.ix 
Tinct. eucalypti . . . 2;ss 
Olei peppermint . . . gr.xj 
Alcoholis 3 xxvj. M. 
Filter and add sufficient of the solu- 
tion to a wine-glass of water. 
Signa.—Rinse with this mixture twice 
sufficiently to sterilize mouth. 536 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
For a Nerve Paste. 
Dr. S. H. McNaughton. 
R. Thymoli gr. xxiv 
Camphorse . . . . gr.xij 
Acidum arseniosum gr.iij. M. 
If much pain follows the application 
of the above, apply at once without 
washing out the cavity : 
R. Camphorse gr.6o 
Acidi tannici . . . . gr.30 
Alcoholis M. 
Glyco-Thymoline.—Kress.—Contains Thymoline, Sodium, 
Boracic acid, Benzoin, Salicylic acid, Eucalyptol, Betula Senta, 
Menthol, Pini Pumillionis. It is alkaline, antiseptic deodor- 
izing. 
Tliymacetin bears the same relation to thymol as phenacetine 
to phenol. It is a white, crystalline powder, slightly soluble 
in water. Excessive doses cause symptoms of intoxication. 
Jolly asserts that in certain forms of headache it proves equal 
to phenacetine. It induces sleep in cases of insomnia. The 
average dose is grs. viiss. 
Formula.—C2H C1302. 
Derivation.—Trichloracetic acid is prepared by the oxidation 
of hydrate of chloral by means of nitric acid. It consists of col- 
orless, rhombic deliquescent crystals. It belongs to a group of 
three acids, the other two being the monochloracetic and the 
dichloracetic acids, and the difference in their composition is 
due to the proportions of chlorine they contain. They have 
similar properties. 
Medical Properties and Action. — Trichloracetic acid is 
readily soluble in water and alcohol, with an agreeable odor. 
It coagulates albumen, and its concentrated solutions are pow- 
erfully caustic. Diluted solutions cause an increased secretion 
of saliva, and destroy its power to convert starch into sugar; 
it also arrests the digestive action of pepsin. As an antiseptic 
it has been employed in putrid and indolent wounds, in the 
form of weak solutions, which are unirritating, and promotes 
healthy granulations and cicatrization; it has also been em- 
ployed externally in erysipelas and venereal sores. Internally, 
it has been recommended by Dr. Filippowitch as a preventive 
TRICHLORACETIC ACID—ACIDUM TRICHLORACETICUM. TRICHLORACETIC ACID. 
537 
of cholera, in doses of gr. ij to iij, three or four times daily. 
Externally, it is employed in one or two per cent, solutions. 
The common dose is gr. ij to v, in very dilute solutions, three 
times a day. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Trichloracetic acid is stimulant, refriger- 
ant, antiseptic, and a solvent of calculi. It is also a power- 
ful caustic and escharotic; diluted with water to a strength of 
three per cent, it is an efficient astringent and stimulant, and 
diluted to a strength of one per cent, it is useful as a refrigerant 
mouth-wash. It coagulates albumen, and its concentrated 
solutions are caustic. Diluted solutions cause an increased 
secretion of saliva, and destroy its power to convert starch 
into sugar ; it. also arrests the digestive action of pepsin. It is 
employed as an antiseptic in the treatment of putrid and in- 
dolent wounds, in the form of weak, unirritating solutions, and 
promotes healthy granulations and cicatrization; it has also 
been employed externally in erysipelas and on venereal sores. 
Externally, it is generally employed in one or two per cent, 
solutions. It destroys all forms of organic life in such a per- 
centage; and in five per cent, solution it arrests the growth of 
bacteria and other forms of micro-organisms. Internally, it 
has been administered in cholera, gastric catarrh, etc., in doses 
of grain ij to iij : for summer complaint of children, the dose 
is y2 to i grain, 3 times daily. 
Dental Uses.—Trichloracetic acid is employed in dental prac- 
tice as an escharotic in the treatment of pyorrhoea alveo- 
laris, on account of its destructive effect on pus secreting sur- 
faces of the alveoli of teeth, for which purpose a ten per cent, 
solution is applied. It is also employed for the removal of 
vascular tumors of the pulp, and hypertrophy of the margins 
of the gums, and epulis. Dr. Kirk speaks of using this acid in 
the strong solution of about ninety per cent, for the removal 
of such growths. Trichloracetic acid has also a solvent effect 
on calculi upon the roots of teeth and on necrosed bone, a ten 
per cent, solution in water being recommended, and has also 
been employed on the overhanging and resistant gum of third 
molars. A one per cent, solution has been successfully em- 538 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ployed as a mouth-wash, for its astringent and stimulating 
action in inflammations and ulcerations. It is also used in 
combination with pyrozone in the treatment of alveolar pyor- 
rhoea, and in such a solution, as well as alone, its effects have 
been remarkably satisfactory. Trichloracetic acid maybe com- 
bined with any suitable alkaline solution, such as soda or mag- 
nesia, when it is desirable to limit its action. It has a peculiar 
power to soften and remove sanguinary deposits, and it acts 
without injury to the teeth or soft tissues. 
Diluted with water to a three per cent, solution it is an 
excellent local astringent and stimulant. Dr. Harlan recom- 
mends it for removing the overlying gum for third molars, as 
it destroys the tissue without hemorrhage or subsequent sore- 
ness. Trichloracetic acid is also employed to gain access to 
roots of abscessed teeth through a fistulous opening, one crystal 
followed by more being placed in the fistula; it is also used 
for removing hypertrophied gums, gum polypi, and necrosis of 
bones of the jaws. 
TRICHLORPHENOL. 
Formula.—C6H2C13(0H). 
Derivation.—Trichlorphenol is obtained by combining chlor- 
inated lime and carbolic acid. One pound of a solution of car- 
bolic acid (four per cent, solution) is mixed with five pounds 
of solution of chlorinated lime and then filtered. If too strong, 
it can be diluted with boiling water to the required strength. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Trichlorphenol 
has, according to Diannin, an antiseptic power twenty-five times 
greater than carbolic acid, and also exceeding that of thymol, 
salicylic acid and chlorinated lime. A one per cent, solution 
has been employed in the treatment of ulcers. It has also been 
employed in the form of solution in erysipelas, and as an injec- 
tion in leucorrhcea and dysentery. 
Tricresol is a mixture of ortocresole, metacresole, and para- 
cresole, in the form of a liquid which is soluble in water in 
proportion of from two to two and a half per cent. Prof. 
TRICRESOLE—TRIKRESOLE. TROPACOCAINE. 
539 
Charteris finds it to be three times as strong as pure carbolic 
acid as a germicide, and only a third as poisonous. He con- 
siders its advantages for surgical purposes to be very pro- 
nounced, and suggests that in all probability some combina- 
tion of it with an alkaline base will in the future be prepared 
which may with safety and profit be administered internally 
in specific infectious diseases. Trikresole contains the cresols 
in a pure condition, and is practically free from phenol. It is 
a clear, colorless liquid, with a pleasant odor resembling crea- 
sote, and is soluble in cold water to the extent of 2.2 to 2.5 
per cent. Frankel and Gruber found that a 1 per cent, aqueous 
solution is equal to a 3 per cent, solution of carbolic acid, and 
consequently, trikresole possesses the threefold disinfectant and 
antiseptic value of carbolic acid. The solutions remain clear, 
and do not corrode instruments. It is also free from the pyri- 
dine odor of other cresol preparations. A one per cent, solution 
will destroy pus-germs in thirty seconds. 
The presence of albumen does not interfere with its action. 
TROPACOCAINE—BENZOYL-PSEUDO-TROPEIN. 
Derivation.—Tropacocaine is an alkaloid obtained from the 
leaves of a plant of the coca family, indigenous to Java, and has 
been isolated by Giesel. The hydrochlorate of tropacocaine 
was prepared by Lieberman, as the base of the product he 
obtained synthetically, which was not very soluble in water. 
Unlike cocaine solution, which deteriorates in a few days, the 
solution of the salt tropacocaine can be kept for several 
months without decomposition. Tropacocaine, by its chemical 
composition, belongs to the atropine group. 
Therapeutic Action.—Tropacocaine is a local anaesthetic, and 
as indicated by a series of experiments made by Chadbourne, 
is about half as toxic as cocaine, and possesses the same local 
anaesthetic properties without the accidents of the latter agent. 
No symptoms indicating the physiological action of tropa- 
cocaine followed its administration internally in the case of a 
dose varying from one-third to three-quarters of a grain ; and 
a submucous injection of nearly one-half grain in ten drops of 540 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
water in many nervous and frightened persons, produced only 
a slight increase in the number of radial pulsations, without 
any changes in the arterial pressure. No bad symptoms appar- 
ently followed the hypodermic injection of three-quarters to 
one grain of tropacocaine even in nervous anaemic and tuber- 
culous patients, according to Pinet and Vian, although they 
observed, contrary to what occurs in cocaine, an increased 
activity in the peripheral circulation, the face exhibiting a 
characteristic rosy hue, and the extremities becoming warm. 
Their conclusion was that tropacocaine hydrochlorate possesses 
local anaesthetic properties analagous to cocaine. It is also 
claimed that the more concentrated the solution of this drug, 
the more rapid is its action. Its effect upon the nervous sys- 
tem, as well as upon the respiration, is directly opposite to 
what occurs in the intoxication by cocaine, as an equal part of 
cocaine has produced dangerous symptoms, and, on the con- 
trary, neither respiration nor the nervous system appears to be 
influenced by doses of three-quarters of a grain of tropacocaine. 
And although its use may not be without danger, yet it is 
undoubtedly much less toxic than cocaine. But from the fact 
that its toxic action on the heart is very rapid when such does 
occur (although it lasts but ten minutes, while that from cocaine 
may last for hours), yet the use of tropacocaine requires cau- 
tion. Dr. Hugenschmidt claims that the advantages of tropa- 
cocaine over cocaine are: 
1. Used in equal doses sufficient to produce local anaesthe- 
sia, the new drug is much less toxic than cocaine, and has a 
very slight action on the vital functions of the economy. 
2. It produces a local anaesthesia more rapid and more 
pronounced than cocaine, and of at least as great a duration. 
3. The solution of the salt being an antiseptic, as was 
pointed out by Chadbourne, can be kept for several months 
without deterioration, while, after a few days, a cocaine solu- 
tion is worthless for injections. 
Dental Uses.—Tropacocaine is employed in dental practice 
as a local anaesthetic for the extraction of teeth, for the perfora- 
tion of the alveolus, removing sequestrum, sensitive dentine, URETHAN. 
541 
opening of abscesses, etc. Dr. Hugenschmidt regards two- 
thirds of one grain in fifteen drops of water as sufficient in 
ordinary cases. For difficult extractions, four-fifths of one 
grain, he asserts, will produce complete anesthesia. The 
injections are made as with cocaine, but not suddenly, as at 
least one minute should be employed in injecting the dose, 
which, according to Dr. Hugenschmidt, is ten drops of the 
following solution: Tropacocaine hydrochlorate, 2 grains; 
distilled water, 50 drops. M. S.—Gtt. x for one local anes- 
thesia. The tooth or root to be extracted, or region to be 
operated on, is surrounded by a series of injections of one or 
two drops of the above solution until ten drops have been 
injected. The dose of tropacocaine is gr. to Before 
injection the mouth should be made aseptic by washing it 
repeatedly with 3 percent, solution of pyrozone, 10 per cent, 
solution of electrozone, or 3 per cent, solution of formaldehyde. 
The syringe should also be rendered aseptic by a 25 per cent, 
solution of phenol sodique, which will not injure the metallic 
parts. Care should be taken to confine the injections to the 
gum tissue, as serious emphysema may result from injections 
into the submucous tissue beneath the junction of the cheek 
and sfum. 
URETHAN—URETHANE 
Formula.—C3H7N02=C2H60C0NH2. 
Derivation.—Urethan is a combination of carbonic acid and 
ethylic ether. It occurs in white crystals, without odor, taste- 
less, and insoluble in water. 
Medical Properties and Therapeutic Uses.—Urethan is a hyp- 
notic which may be employed to cause quiet and sleep when 
the conditions are favorable to its action. It is similar to 
paraldehyde and has no irritating effect upon the stomach, nor 
does it impair digestion. Although insoluble in water, the 
fluids of the stomach dissolve it readily, and it promptly diffuses 
into the blood. The first effect of its action is stimulating, 
which is of brief duration, then a diminution of action, slowing 
of circulation and respiration, decline of temperature and weak- 
ening of the reflexes which finally disappear, then drowsiness 542 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
and tranquil sleep, and, if the quantity given be toxic, coma 
and insensibility. Fifteen and one-half grains are held suffi- 
cient to cause sleep. It is not an analgesic, hence pain will 
prevent its hypnotic action. Unpleasant after-effects do not 
occur, except when stomachal troubles are present, and it is 
seldom that there is headache, nausea or vertigo. Sleep is 
produced in fifteen minutes to an hour, and continues from six 
to eight hours. It has been employed with benefit in epilepsy, 
chorea, spasms, cramp, delirium tremens, tetanus, etc. Its action 
upon digestion is as follows : 
a. Strong solutions—that is, 0.5 gramme, 0.25 gramme, 
0.175 gramme—delayed digestion; that the stronger the solu- 
tion the greater was the delay. 
b. Weak solutions—that is, 1, 2 and 3 milligrammes— 
neither delayed nor accelerated digestion. 
c. Neither strong nor weak solutions retarded decomposi- 
tion. 
VALERIANA—VALERIAN 
Source.—Rhizoma and rootlets of Valeriana officinalis. Va- 
lerian contains a volatile oil, and from it several preparations 
are obtained, among them valeric acid, HC5H902, to which 
the virtues of the agent are principally due. This acid is now 
prepared from fusel oil, and is not the same as that from 
valerian, although it is largely used as a substitute. 
Valerianates are made from the acid prepared from fusel 
oil, but are not as good as the preparations from valerian. 
The official valerianates are Ammonii Valerianas (NH4)C5H902; 
dose, gr. ij to x. Ferri valerianas, Fe (C5H902)6; dose, gr. j to 
iij. Quininae valerianas: dose, gr. j to iij. Zinci valerianas 
(C5H902)H20; dose, gr. >4 to ij. 
Medical Properties and Uses.—Valerian and its preparations 
have a peculiar, disagreeable odor, and a hot, pungent taste, 
with a sensation of warmth at the epigastrium, being a gentle 
stimulant and antispasmodic. In moderate doses the action 
of the heart is increased, with a rise of temperature and dia- 
phoresis. Large doses cause nausea, hiccough, eructations, 
vomiting and diarrhea. Small doses have no apparent phy- VASELINE. 
543 
siological effects. It antagonizes strychnine. Valerianic acid 
is apparent in the breath, perspiration and urine. Valerian is 
frequently employed in hysteria and general nervousness, as 
are also the valerianates; also in flatulence, whooping-cough, 
neuroses of the respiratory organs, epilepsy, chorea, paralysis 
agitans, diabetes, etc. Valerianate of ammonia is used in ner- 
vous headache, and in dental and other neuralgias. (See Va- 
lerianate of Ammonia.) 
Dose.—Of Abstraction Valeriance—Abstract of valerian, gr. 
v to 3j. Of Extraction Valeriance Fluidum—Fluid extract of 
valerian, 5ss to §ss. Of Tinctura Valeriance—Tincture of va- 
lerian, 5ss to 5ij- Of OleumValeriance—Oil of valerian, Tflij 
to miv. 
VASELIN—VASELINE 
PETROLEUM OINTMENT—PETROLATUM, COSMOLINE 
Derivation.—Vaseline is obtained from crude petroleum, in 
the form of a petroleum jelly. In the distillation of crude petro- 
leum there remains in the apparatus, after the separation of the 
light oils, a semi-liquid tar, which constitutes crude vaseline, 
which, in such a state, has a disagreeable odor like petroleum, 
of a strong taste and black color. This compound is heated 
in the open air, and decolorized by animal charcoal, the pro- 
duct being the petroleum jelly known as vaseline, which is 
a mixture of several hydrocarbons. 
When pure, vaseline is white, inodorous and insipid, and 
of the consistence of jelly, or very unctuous fat. It melts at 
350 C.,boils at 150° C., and distills at 200° C., and burns 
without residue. Exposed for a considerable time to light, it 
acquires a slight odor of petroleum. It is insoluble in water, 
sparingly soluble in alcohol, and very soluble in warm ether, 
chloroform, fats, volatile oils, and sulphide of carbon. It sen- 
sibly dissolves iodine, bromine, sulphur, phosphorus, carbolic 
acid, benzoic acid, atropine and strychnine. 
Medical Properties and Action.—By its composition, vaseline 
is not capable of becoming rancid, nor of being saponified; 
hence it is a very useful agent or excipient for caustic alkalies. 544 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
oxides, metallic salts, and even acids in the cold without action 
by them, and without modifying their therapeutic properties, 
Incorporated in ointments, a certain quantity of vaseline will 
preserve them and obviate rancidity, being preferable to lard, 
butter, glycerine and glyceroles. The addition of paraffin will 
give it any consistency desired. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Vaseline is used externally as a dressing 
for wounds, cuts, bruises, sprains, piles, rheumatism, skin dis- 
eases, eczema, inflamed surfaces, diseases of the eye, etc., etc. 
Combined with carbolic acid, it forms a very useful ointment 
for affections of the skin, putrescent pulps of teeth, etc., etc., 
under the name of carbolized cosmoline. 
Dental Uses.—Vaseline is an efficacious application to in- 
flamed and excoriated surfaces of the gums and mucous mem- 
brane of the mouth ; also as a dressing introduced into the 
canals of teeth affected with periodontitis, and as an emollient 
application after the devitalization and removal of dental pulps. 
Carbolated cosmoline on cotton has been employed for filling 
root canals, but the results have not in all cases been satisfac- 
tory. 
In the form of Vaseline Camphor Ice, it is a pleasant and 
efficacious application to chapped lips and hands, being bland 
and non-irritating in its action. 
An ointment made by dissolving and incorporating thor- 
oughly by the aid of heat, equal parts of vaseline and lead 
plaster to which a little bergamot may be added for perfume, 
is very serviceable for the treatment of excoriated surfaces, 
and dry desquamating surfaces of certain skin diseases, and 
especially the form of skin affection which may result from 
the constant use of scented soaps on the hands. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
Local Anceslhetic. 
Dr. Poinsot. 
R. Oleo-naplithine (liquid vaseline), 
Arachis oil aa 50 centigrammes. 
Pure cocaine 5 centigrammes. 
M.—Dissolve the cocaine in a hot water bath and wash gum 
where the injection is to be made with absolute alcohol. S.—Make 
a number of injections around tooth slowly, and wait 8 minutes. VERATRINE. 
545 
Vaselone.—Vaselone is a substitute for vaseline and consists 
of a solution of stearone and margarone in neutral mineral 
oil. Stearone is prepared by distilling stearine with lime. 
Margarone is prepared in a similar way, from beef suet. 
Vaselone consists of 15 parts of margarone and 5 of stearone, 
in 100 of thoroughly purified and odorless mineral oil. The 
fatty product obtained, after cooling, resembles vaseline, but 
is not as transparent. It is white, odorless, neutral, and not 
affected by acids and chemical reagents. 
VERATRINA—VERATRINE. 
Source.—Veratrine is an alkaloid, or a mixture of alkaloids, 
obtained from the seeds of Asagrcea officinalis, of the natural 
order Melanthacece. It is in the form of a white, or grayish- 
white amorphous powder, of an acrid taste, imparting a sensa- 
tion of tingling and numbness to the tongue, and causing con- 
striction of the fauces and violent sneezing. It is but slightly 
soluble in cold or hot water, to which it imparts an acrid taste 
and a somewhat alkaline reaction. 
It is soluble in three parts of alcohol at 590 F., and very 
soluble in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, in 
2 parts of chloroform, and in 96 parts of glycerin; it melts 
when heated. 
Veratrine Ointment—Unguentum Veratrince—is composed 
of veratrine, 4 parts; alcohol, 6 parts; benzoinated lard, 96 
parts. The veratrine is rubbed with the alcohol in a warm 
mortar until dissolved, and the benzoinated lard gradually 
added and thoroughly mixed. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Veratrine is only used externally in neu- 
ralgia, myalgia, headache, rheumatism, paralysis, etc., in the 
form of the ointment, or dissolved in alcohol. 
Dental Uses.—Veratrine, in the form of the ointment, is used 
for facial and other forms of neuralgia, a small quantity being 
rubbed over the seat of pain. It is also used as an obtundent 
of sensitive dentine. 546 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Sensitive Dentine. 
Rogue. 
R. Veratrinoe gr. iv 
Acidum tannicum . . gr.j 
Alcoholis . . 1 . . . gtt.xx 
Glycerini f^j 
Acidi carbolici . . . . 3 ij. M. 
Signa.—Dry the tooth thoroughly and 
apply to sensitive surface. 
For Facial Neuralgia. 
Garretson. 
& . Veratrinse gr.iv 
Aconitine gr.ij 
Olei tiglii gtt.ij 
Olei olivse %i). M. 
Signa.—Rub over affected part thrice 
daily. 
VERATRUM VIRIDE—AMERICAN HELLEBORE. 
POKE ROOT. 
Source.—Veratrum Viride, of the natural order Melanthacece, 
the officinal portion of which is the root, is indigenous to the 
swampy portions of the United States, and is prepared in the 
form of slices or fragments, of a dark or blackish-gray color 
externally, and of a grayish-white color internally. Its odor 
is peculiar, especially when it is moistened, and its taste is 
bitter and acrid. It is inodorous, but in the form of powder 
is sternuatory. It is similar in chemical composition to vera- 
trum album—white hellebore and veratrum sabadillae. Like 
veratrum album, it contains a quantity of soft resin, and two 
alkaloids —-jervia and veratroidia. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Veratrum viride is acrid and 
sedative, causing redness and heat when applied to the skin, 
and has a violent sternutatory effect on the Schneiderian mem- 
brane. Small doses stimulate the secretions and depress the 
pulse. Although a prompt emetic, its operation is attended 
with intense nausea and depression, and, violent, persistent 
vomiting. Large doses occasion great depression, with a weak 
action of the heart and pulse, vomiting, retching, cold sur- 
face of body, a cold perspiration, faintness, dimness of sight, 
dilation of the pupils, great muscular weakness, slow res- 
piration, and sometimes coma, insensibility and stertorous 
breathing, but notwithstanding such symptoms, fatal results 
are rare. The antidotes are free stimulants. The tincture— PRICKLY ASH. 
547 
Tinctura Veratri Viridis—is the best preparation for internal 
administration. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Veratrum viride is not employed for its 
emetic effect on account of its violent action. Internally it is 
administered in diseases of the heart, active hemorrhage in 
the plethoric, to reduce the temperature and pulse in “ typhoid 
and other fevers,” in acute mania and delirium, in puerperal 
convulsions, neuralgia, neuralgic headache, etc. Externally 
it is employed for neuralgia, myalgia, headache, rheumatism, 
paralysis, etc. 
Dose.—Of the tincture of veratrum viride, TTLi to Tflv; of 
the fluid extract of veratrum viride—Extractum. Veratri Viridis 
Fluidum, Iffij to Tfl,v; veratrina, gr. jV to tV. 
Dental Uses.—In dental practice, the tincture of veratrum 
viride has been employed internally for neuralgia of the fifth 
nerve ; also in periodontitis, as a sedative; also in severe hemor- 
rhage from the extraction of teeth, to depress the heart’s 
action. 
DENTAL FORMULA. 
For Facial Neuralgia. 
Da Costa. 
. Veratri* gr.xv 
Aconit* gr.ij 
Glycerin* f^ij 
Cerati adipis M. 
Signa.—To be rubbed over painful part, care being taken to see that 
there is no abrasion of the skin. 
Source.—Xanthoxylum is a shrub growing in the northern 
middle and western States of North America. The bark is 
the officinal portion, and is obtained in the form of pieces, 
more or less quilled, of one or two lines in thickness and of a 
whitish color, with an ash-colored epidermis. It is quite ino- 
dorous and has a taste at first sweetish and slightly aromatic 
and afterwards bitter and acrid. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Xanthoxylum is aromatic, 
stimulant and sialagogue, and when swallowed occasions a 
XANTHOXYLUM—PRICKLY ASH. 548 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
sense of heat in the stomach, more or less general arterial 
excitement, and a tendency to diaphoresis. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Xanthoxylum has been administered with 
considerable benefit in the chronic form of rheumatism. 
Dose.—Of powdered xanthoxylum, gr. x to 5ss, three or 
four times a day. 
Dental Uses.—Xanthoxylum, in the form of the powder, has 
been applied with success to an aching pulp for the relief of 
odontalgia, and a decoction of the bark is employed as a wash 
for foul ulcers; in the form of a tincture it is efficacious in 
relieving the soreness which remains after the extirpation of 
the dental pulp; it is applied on floss silk or cotton. In the 
Southern States the Angelica Tree—Aralia Spinosa, some- 
times called “ Toothache Tree,” is often called prickly-ash, 
but it differs from xanthoxylum, although its tincture answers 
for the relief of odontalgia. 
Formula.—ZnCl2. 
ZINCI CHLORIDUM—CHLORIDE OF ZINC. 
Derivation.—Chloride of Zinc is obtained by the action of 
hydrochloric acid on granulated zinc, the solution thus made 
being purified by a solution of chlorine and carbonate of zinc, 
when it is evaporated till it assumes a solid form. It is in 
the form of a white deliquescent salt, freely soluble in water, 
alcohol and ether, as soft as wax and capable of being melted 
and sublimed by heat. As it rapidly deliquesces when ex- 
posed to the air, it should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles. 
It has a styptic, metallic taste, which is very disagreeable. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Chloride of zinc is the most 
active of the zinc preparations, being a powerful and penetrat- 
ing escharotic. Its local action as a caustic depends upon its 
affinity for albumen and gelatin, and when in contact with living 
parts it destroys their vitality, and uniting with the albuminous 
and gelatinous matters present, forms an eschar. It is also a 
useful deodorizer and disinfectant, and largely diluted has been 
employed as a nervine tonic; but as the milder preparations 
of zinc answer the same purpose, it is rarely employed inter- CHLORIDE OF ZINC. 
549 
nally. On account of the great affinity for water and its power 
of combination with albumen, chloride of zinc penetrates and 
spreads deeply, and produces an eschar which is white, thick 
and hard. When applied to malignant and indolent ulcers, it 
promotes healthy granulations, and also when topically applied 
it not only destroys the diseased structure, but excites a new 
and healthy action in the surrounding parts. When employed 
as a caustic, it does not give rise to constitutional disorder from 
absorption, an effect which is sometimes caused by arsenical 
preparations. In over-doses it causes a burning pain in the 
throat and stomach, nausea, vomiting, cold sweats, decrease of 
pulse, cramps of the limbs, etc., being a powerful irritant poison. 
The antidotes in poisoning by zinc salts are albumen, carbonate 
of soda, magnesia and soap. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Chloride of zinc has been employed inter- 
nally in chorea, epilepsy, neuralgia, scrofula, and combined with 
hydrocyanic acid, in facial neuralgia. Externally it is applied to 
malignant growths, gonorrhoea, indolent ulcers, etc. A solution 
of the chloride of zinc is used as an antiseptic and disinfectant. 
Liquor Zinci Chloridi—Solution of Chloride of Zinc— 
known as “ Burnett’s Disinfecting Fluid,” is composed of 
chloride of zinc, gr. cc, water, 5j. 
Dose.—Of chloride of zinc, gr. ss. or gr. j, or gr. ij, largely 
diluted. 
Dental Uses.—Chloride of zinc is a valuable agent in dental 
practice, being employed as an external application to sensitive 
dentine. As an obtunding agent a drop of the deliquescent 
chloride is placed in contact with the sensitive dentinal surface 
(which has previously been dried and is protected from all 
moisture), and allowed to remain from two to four minutes. 
Considerable pain follows the application of the chloride, which 
is of a steady continuous character, without the throbbing 
nature which characterizes the pain of an irritated dental pulp. 
Its painful action may be modified by bathing the sensitive 
surface, prior to the application of the chloride, with chloro- 
form, tincture of aconite or atropine solution, or a combination 
made. When the pain has subsided, the excavation of the DENTAL MEDICINE. 
cavity can be proceded with until the layer of dentine affected 
by the chloride has been removed, when another application 
may be necessary. As it is not absorbed by the dentine to 
any great degree, its action being superficial, it is not so 
dangerous an agent as is arsenious acid when employed for 
the same purpose. 
In no case should the chloride of zinc be used as an obtunding 
agent, when there is danger of irritating the pulp of the tooth. 
Chloride of zinc is also employed to arrest superficial hemor- 
rhage from a wound of the gum during the filling of teeth ; 
it will also temporarily arrest the secretion of mucus from the 
surface of the mucous membrane of the mouth. When 
applied to a cut surface, diluted, it induces union by first inten- 
tion, by its effect upon the glutinous matter. 
It has also been successfully employed as an injection for 
chronic alveolar abscesses, and in the treatmeat of ulceration 
of the gums attended with recession of gum and absorption of 
process from the necks of teeth; also as an injection in disease 
of the antrum. It has been claimed that its application in a 
diluted form will promote the formation of secondary dentine 
over a nearly exposed pulp, but its escharotic action must 
be considered in using the agent for such a purpose. When 
applied to the sulcus which often forms during ulceration and 
recession of the gum from the neck of a tooth, the application 
can be safely and conveniently made by means of a camel’s- 
hair brush, or by a piece of orange wood so shaped as to 
permit of its being introduced to the bottom of such a sulcus. 
Chloride of zinc is also employed as a stimulating astringent 
in alveolar pyorrhoea in the form of a solution of five to ten 
grains to the ounce of water. Chloride of zinc in a properly 
diluted form is an efficient disinfectant, and has been employed 
for such a purpose in gangrenous conditions of the mouth. 
Chloride of zinc is one of the ingredients of the temporary 
filling material composed of the chloride of zinc in solution 
and the oxide of zinc, which has been employed to cap the 
exposed pulps of teeth. But owing to the escharotic action 
of the chloride this method has not been uniformly successful. IODIDE OF ZINC. 
551 
The zinc preparations, however, answer good purposes as tem- 
porary filling materials, especially in sensitive cavities where 
the presence of metallic fillings would not be tolerated. (See 
Oxide of Zinc.) 
DENTAL FORMULA 
For Inflamed Gums and Mucous Membrane. 
Dr. W. S. Elliott. 
R. Zinci chloridum grs. x 
Acidi carbolici gtts. xx 
Glycerini 
Aquse M. 
ZINCI IODIDUM—IODIDE OF ZINC. 
Formula.—Znl,. 
Derivation.—Iodide of zinc is obtained by digesting an 
excess of zinc with iodine diffused in water. It is in the form 
of fine, white, deliquescent needles; very soluble in water, and 
of a metallic, styptic taste, resembling that of sulphate of zinc, 
and is very liable to spontaneous combustion. 
Medical Properties and Action. — Iodide of zinc is tonic, 
astringent and antispasmodic. 
Therapeutic Uses.—Iodide of zinc has been favorably em- 
ployed in chorea, cachexia, scrofula and hysteria. It has been 
used for strumous inflammations and enlargements, both ex- 
ternally and internally. Externally it is an efficient local 
stimulant and escharotic, and is considered to be equal, if not 
superior to chloride of zinc. In enlarged tonsils it has been 
advantageously employed in a solution of io to 30 grains to 
the ounce of water. In the form of an ointment composed of 
a drachm of the iodide to the ounce of lard, it has been used 
in the treatment of tumors. 
Dose.—Of iodide of zinc, gr. j, gradually increased to gr. vj, 
given in the form of syrup. 
Dental Uses.—Iodide of zinc is a valuable local application 
in alveolar pyorrhoea, tumors of the mouth, enlargement of 
the tonsils, etc. In alveolar pyorrhoea it is used in connection 
with peroxide of hydrogen, which see. 552 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
A. W. Harlan. 
R . Zinci iodi . . . gr.xij to xxiv 
Aquae .... M. 
SiGNA.—After drying the gums, inject 
each pus-pocket with one, two or 
three drops of this solution. 
For Alveolar Pyorrhoea. 
A. W. Harlan. 
R. Zinci iodi gr.x 
Aquae 1Ttxc- M. 
Signa.—Inject with a syringe if the 
pockets are shallow without much 
carious process. 
ZINCI OXIDUM—OXIDE OF ZINC. 
Formula. —ZnO. 
Derivation.—Oxide of zinc is obtained by subjecting pre- 
cipitated carbonate of zinc to a red heat, till the whole of the 
carbonic acid and water are expelled. 
It is in the form of a yellowish-white powder, insoluble in 
water, but soluble in dilute sulphuric and hydrochloric acids, 
without effervescence. It is inodorous and tasteless. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Oxide of zinc is tonic and 
antispasmodic, but in large doses causes vomiting and purg- 
ing; by gradually increasing the dose, large quantities can be 
taken without injurious effects. It should never be given on 
an empty stomach, as it may cause nausea. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is employed in spasmodic asthma, 
convulsions of children, epilepsy, chorea, whooping-cough, 
hysteria, and is an excellent remedy for gastralgia; also in 
chronic diarrhea and chronic dysentery. 
Dose.—Of oxide of zinc, gr. ss to gr. x. 
Dental Uses.—Oxide of zinc may be employed in the treat- 
ment of convulsions of children during dentition, given in doses 
of gr. ss to gr. v, gradually increased to gr. viij, in powder, 
with a little sugar. It is also combined with carbolic acid, in 
a fluid form, for capping exposed pulps, being applied in the 
form of a paste to the exposed surface of the dental pulp. It 
also forms an ingredient of the zinc-filling materials, and of 
the celluloid base for artificial teeth. Dr. Edw. Eggleston 
recommends a combination of oxyphosphate and gutta-percha OXIDE OF ZINC. 
553 
as a filling material for large cavities in proximal surfaces of 
posterior teeth, extending below gum margin. The cavity is 
first filled one-third full of gutta-percha and completed with 
the oxyphosphate. It is generally supposed that alkalies, 
especially ammonia, have more effect in disintegrating oxy- 
phosphate fillings in the mouth than have acids. 
DENTAL FORMULAS. 
Oxyphosphate of Zinc Preparation for 
Filling Teeth. 
powder. 
R. Zinci oxidi partes 200 
Silicii (fine powd.) . . partes viij 
Sodii boratis .... partes iv 
Pulv. glass partes v 
Levigate under water to ensure com- 
plete admixture, and dry by evapora- 
tion; then calcine at white heat; then 
reduce to powder. 
LIQUID. 
R. Acidi phosphorici, 
Aquae q.s. to dissolve 
and evaporate the solution by aid of 
heat, until it is of the consistence of 
glycerin. 
Another Formula for the Oxyphos- 
phate Preparation, in which simply the 
calcined oxide of zinc and glacial phos- 
phoric acid are employed, is prepared 
as follows:— 
Calcine the oxide of zinc for two 
hours at a white heat, or until it be- 
comes a hard, yellowish mass ; then 
pulverize in a mortar, and sieve through 
fine bolting cloth. For the liquid take 
3 j of glacial phosphoric acid (German), 
in crystals, and dissolve in of 
water, and then evaporate to one-third, 
on a sand bath. 
Oxychloride of Zinc Preparation for 
Filling Teeth. 
FOR THE POWDER. 
&. Zinci oxidi gr.xxx 
Sodii boracis gr.ij 
Silicii (fine powd.) . . gr.j. 
Mix thoroughly and subject to a 
bright-red heat in a crucible. Then 
grind this frit to a powder, and mix it 
with three times its weight of calcined 
oxide of zinc. 
FOR THE LIQUID. 
R. Zinci chloridi (deliq.) . f^j 
Aquae f v to vj. 
For Neuralgia of the Head. 
Von Niemeyer. 
R. Ext. hyoscyami, 
Zinci oxidi M. 
SlGNA.—Fiat pill, xj. 
Begin with one pill morning and 
evening, and increase to xx or xxx 
daily. 
For Pulp Devitalization. 
Dr. Crissman. 
R. White oxide of zinc . . . 
Hydrochlorate of Cocaine, 
crystals of l/i 
Creosote q. s. to make a paste. 
After removal, apply tannin dissolved 
in glycerine or alcohol. 554 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
ZINCI SULPHAS—SULPHATE OF ZINC. 
Formula.—ZnS04+7H20. 
Derivation.—Sulphate of zinc is obtained by the action of 
sulphuric acid on granulated zinc, the solution being purified 
by means of chlorine and carbonate of zinc, and afterwards 
evaporated, the product being crystals of sulphate of zinc. It 
is in the form of colorless crystals, which effloresce on expo- 
sure to air, and are soluble in water and insoluble in alcohol, 
resembling in appearance Epsom salts. It has a disagreeable, 
metallic, styptic taste. 
Medical Properties and Action.—Sulphate of zinc is tonic 
astringent, antispasmodic, and, in large doses, emetic. Exter- 
nally, it is stimulant and astringent. When its use is long 
continued, it produces symptoms like those of lead. When 
administered in proper doses, it exerts an antispasmodic in- 
fluence on the nervous system, and where there is spasm and 
convulsion, it is very serviceable. 
Therapeutic Uses.—It is internally administered in epilepsy, 
chorea, hysteria, angina pectoris, chronic dysentery, flatulence, 
night sweats of phthisis, etc., and is a prompt emetic in cases 
of narcotic poisoning. Internally, it is employed in the treat- 
ment of gonorrhoea of the eye, chronic skin diseases, epitheli- 
oma, ulcers, gangrene, etc. 
Dose.—Of sulphate of zinc, gr. to gr. vi. For an emetic 
in cases of poisoning six grains will prove sufficient, well 
diluted with water, and repeated every fifteen minutes until 
emesis occurs. 
Dental Uses.—Sulphate of zinc is employed internally in 
dental practice, in gangrene of the mouth, disease of the an- 
trum, ulcerations of mucous membrane, and indolent ulcers? 
acting as a stimulant and astringent. 
Dr. Northrop recommends for Alveolar Pyorrhoea a satura- 
ted solution of sulphate of zinc, a saturated solution of iodide 
of potassium, equal parts, which combination in turn is satu- 
rated with the crvstals of iodine. ANTISEPTICS IN DENTAL PRACTICE. 
555 
DENTAL FORMULAE. 
For Gangrene of the Mouth (Cancrum 
Oris.) 
R. Zinci sulphas . . . . gr.xx 
Mellis 3;j. M. 
Signa.—To be applied with a camel’s- 
hair brush. 
For Ulceration of Mucous Membrane of 
the Mouth. 
R. Zinci sulphas .... gr.j to v 
Aquae destillatae . . . £j. M. 
Signa.—To be used as a gargle or 
lotion. 
For Chronic Alveolar Abscesses, Abscess of Antrum, etc. 
R . Zinci sulphas gr.iij 
Plumbi acetas gr.v 
Tine, catechu gtt. x 
Aquae M. 
SlGNA.—Use as a stimulating injection. 
G. L. Pakmele. 
The term antiseptis implies the prevention of septic influence 
or putrefaction in wounds, and the healing of wounds by first 
intention or without suppuration. 
Antiseptics are medicinal substances which possess the power 
of arresting the process of putrefaction, and they embrace such 
drugs as organic (vegetable) acids, inorganic (mineral) acids, 
the former, such as carbolic, salicylic and benzoic acids being 
applicable to tooth structures, and tooth tissues; while the 
latter, such as nitric, sulphuric, hydrochloric, boracic and 
chromic acids, are restricted to the treatment of tooth-tissues ; 
also, the iodides, which include the tincture of iodine, iodo- 
form, iodol, potassium iodide, aseptol, aristol; also the mer- 
curials, such as the bichloride and biniodide of mercury; also 
such oxidizing agents as peroxide of hydrogen and perman- 
ganate of potash ; also the essential oils, such as cajuput, cassia, 
peppermint, cloves, thyme, turpentine, caraway, mustard, eu- 
caliptus, juniper, gaultheria, cinnamon, eugenol, sassafras, 
pennyroyal, valerian, etc. ; also the wood and coal-tar deri- 
vatives, such as creasote, hydronaphthol, resorcin, lysol. etc.; 
also heat. The methods of using antiseptics in dental prac- 
ANTISEPTICS IN DENTAL PRACTICE. 556 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
tice are by irrigation, disinfection, and as antiseptic dressings. 
Irrigation consists in washing out cavities in teeth, applica- 
tions to inflamed and infected surfaces, syringing abscesses, 
and the use of mouth-washes or lotions, diluted aqueous solu- 
lutions or antiseptic agents being considered preferable to con- 
centrated solutions for such purposes. 
Disinfection consists in the destruction of micro-organisms 
and the products of fermentation and putrefaction in carious 
cavities, pulp-canals, gangrenous pulps, etc. 
Antiseptic dressings or applications are in the form of pow- 
ders, solutions and pastes, or mixed with filling materials, such 
as the preparations of zinc. When acids are used as anti- 
septics, they must be so diluted as to deprive them of their 
caustic properties or action, and the mercurials, such as the 
bichloride, must be in such weak solutions as will prevent 
toxic effects on the system. Different antiseptics are required 
according to the anatomical structure of the part on which 
they are to act, and also its physical condition, as the inflam- 
mation present may be either acute, or chronic, or the tissue 
be in a septic or putrescent state; hence, each condition 
demands a particular class of antiseptics. The strength of 
the antiseptic employed will also depend upon the condition 
of the tissue or structure at the time of application. Dr. W. 
D. Miller has established the relationship of micro-organisms 
to the etiology of dental caries, and also shown that all fermen- 
tative and putrefactive processes of the dental pulp and oral 
mucous membrane are conditioned by the presence of living 
bacteria. From recent experiments made by Dr. Miller on the 
comparative value of antiseptics for sterilizing cavities, etc., he 
concludes that bichloride of mercury, “ which usually ranks as 
the king among antiseptics,” and gave uniformly good results 
in one method he employed, fell considerably short of the 
striking action shown by the trichloride of iodine, and he 
further remarks that “ we have consequently reasons to hope 
that the trichloride of iodine may prove a valuable remedy in 
the treatment of diseased conditions of the teeth and mouth, 
and that the five per cent, solution is one of the most active ANTISEPTICS IN DENTAL PRACTICE. 
557 
agents at our demand for disinfecting carious dentine. Of 
carbolic acid, he says, while it is a very active antiseptic agent, 
it falls considerably behind the bichloride of mercury and tri- 
chloride of iodine in its penetrating power. Of lysol and tri- 
chlorphenol, he says that the results were very similar to those 
obtained by carbolic acid. Of peroxide of hydrogen, he says* 
that although it is an excellent sterilizer for thin layers of 
carious dentine, it fails when applied to thicker ones, as anti- 
septics applied to cavities of decay on cotton naturally retain 
their power but a few hours; pledgets of cotton saturated with 
carbolic acid and placed in large cavities near the gums, lose 
their antiseptic action in twenty-four hours. Of chloride of 
zinc, he thinks that although it penetrates the tissue quite 
rapidly, yet its antiseptic power is inferior to that of many other 
available antiseptics, and that the pain attending its applica- 
tion to the nearly exposed pulp, more than counterbalances 
any slight advantage it might otherwise have over carbolic 
acid. 
Hydronaphthol showed considerable penetrating, antiseptic 
and consequently preservative action. Iodoform he considers 
to be one of the most worthless antiseptics, and that this fact 
has not been revealed long ago is in part due to the circum- 
stance that it is nearly always employed in conjunction with 
some other material, such as carbolic acid, oil of cloves, etc. 
The essential oils, pyoktanin, benzoic acid, alcohol, thymol 
and resorcin, all fell far short of the standard of efficiency 
maintained by other antiseptics for sterilizing carious cavities. 
He found that thymol and salicylic acid manifested an evident 
preservative action upon the dental pulp, but the effects were 
confined to a small portion of the pulp. Of the two, thymol 
gave the better results. Of the aniline colors, methyl violet 
and methylene blue, neither, he says, has the slightest pre- 
servative action, nor did they penetrate the pulps to a depth 
of more than a quarter of an inch. Campho-phenique, he 
says, appeared to penetrate the pulp-tissue about as rapidly as 
carbolic acid, and moderately hardened the tissue, giving to it 
antiseptic properties by the absorption of the solution, but not 
equal to that imparted by carbolic acid alone. 558 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The antiseptics Dr. Miller found to be pre-eminently active 
in preventing decomposition of pulp-tissue, were : bichloride 
of mercury, cyanide of mercury (?), trichlorphenol, sulphate 
of copper, carbolic acid, oil of cloves, chloride of zinc, 
campho-phenique (?), hydronaphthol (?). 
Those of doubtful value: thymol, salicylic acid, eugenol, a 
and b naphthol, acetico-tartrate of aluminum, five per cent, solu- 
tion of bichloride of mercury, and possibly some essential oils. 
According to Dr. Black, “ infectious matter contains living 
particles that will grow and reproduce themselves. Septic 
matter may be in solution ; it is poisonous. It is the product 
of the growth of micro-organisms, and it is this product of 
the dentine that is dangerous in many cases, to the exclusion 
of infectious matter; for while infectious matter may be in the 
dentine, may live there for a time, it certainly will not live 
there very long if communication by which it receives food is 
cut off. It must receive food in any case, and must get clear 
of its waste products or it will soon be choked. Though 
microbes may not be present in the dentine, there is danger of 
poisoning from the septic matter that is absorbed, filling the 
dentinal tubules. We have a different set of conditions when 
we leave a little bit of softened dentine over a pulp nearly ex- 
posed. We may cover in the anaerobic microbes. In a short 
time they produce products that will destroy the pulp, or they 
may pass through and penetrate into the pulp, and we may 
have an infected pulp presently from the microbes we have 
covered in. This action is brought about rapidly, and the 
poisonous matter escapes toward the pulp. If we have 
covered them in with the filling we have sealed up the ele- 
ments for destroying that pulp. It is not necessary that the 
dentine be softened more; it may not be a class of microbes that 
soften dentine. It is a microbe that attacks the sarcous ele- 
ments of the body; the contents of the dentinal tubes are 
attacked just as well. So here we need a disinfectant. What 
shall we use ? Certainly not one of the coagulants (such as 
carbolic acid, creasote and chloride of zinc—agents which seal 
the septic matters within the teeth); certainly not one that places ANTISEPTICS IN DENTAL PRACTICE. 
559 
a barrier to its own penetration by coagulating the albumen. 
These are not the antiseptics you should use in this place, but 
something we can depend upon to penetrate in the presence 
of albumen, and we find that to-day in the use of the 
essential oils, and among them the oil of cassia is the most 
potent. There are many of the essential oils that when used 
in substance will destroy microbes just as quickly as the oil 
of cassia, and among them may be mentioned the oil of 
turpentine, but there is none of them that will destroy 
microbes so rapidly and so certainly with that proportion of 
the oil that will dissolve in water, or the fluid with which they 
come in contact in their application in practice as the oil of 
cassia. In bacteriology, the terms germ, bacteria, microbe, 
schizomycetes, are used almost as synonymous names, but 
microbe seems preferable to germ or bacteria, and schizomy- 
cetes is considered to be a better scientific term than either. 
It is also conceded that these are unicellular and assimilate 
nourishment apparently by absorption in the media in which 
they live, but they must alter their foods found proper, and 
yet unfit in nature for their use and appropriation. Bacteria, 
living or dead matter encounter no living resistance, while 
those feeding on living tissues, or fluids in living tissues, meet 
the living cells of the body and have to combat them. The 
diastases secreted by the various beings, whether highly 
organized, or unicellular and microscopic, have something in 
common as to their respective objects and their properties of 
transforming matter. The roll of microbes in existence is 
complex and necessary, though some are injurious. They act 
as scavengers, return to the air and water the organizable ele- 
ments abstracted daily by the vegetables and indirectly by 
animals, and are indispensable to life. The bacteria that in- 
vade living organisms which happen to be fit for their nourish- 
ment and growth are considered to be parasites. The spon- 
taneous generation of living organisms, no matter how little, 
is now regarded as a fallacy. 
Formerly, when the root-canal of a tooth was opened and 
found to be empty and dry, peridental trouble resulted. But 560 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
the treatment of such cases, as now pursued, consists in ex- 
cluding the saliva and atmospheric microbes, the removal of 
every particle of debris, and the application of antiseptics and 
disinfectants. To render a pulp-canal permanently aseptic, it 
should be thoroughly cleansed with either alcohol, peroxide 
of hydrogen or ammonia, using a syringe to prevent septic 
matter being forced through the foramen. After the alcohol 
has evaporated, or the canal thoroughly dried of the peroxide 
of hydrogen or ammonia, by means of a hot-air syringe, an 
application of the bichloride of mercury or other antiseptic is 
then made, and the canal rendered permanently aseptic. In 
an open pulp-canal containing partly devitalized pulp tissue, 
the same care must be exercised to cleanse, disinfect and 
render aseptic. When alveolar abscess exists as the result of 
a devitalized pulp, similar treatment is indicated; and in all 
cases where a pulp has been destroyed by therapeutic remedies 
or agents, the treatment consists in cleansing, disinfecting and 
filling the pulp-canals. 
Dr. A. W. Harlan remarks: “All cavities in living and 
pulpless teeth are infected through the agency of patho- 
genic bacteria or micrococci. (Black, Miles, Underwood and 
Miller.) These micro-organisms and other septic matters 
cannot be destroyed in excavating a cavity in a living tooth 
short of destruction of the pulp by coagulating drugs save in 
rare instances. Dilute solutions of bichloride of mercury, 
peroxide of hydrogen and some of the naphthol compounds, 
belong to this class; coagulators cannot be used in a suffi- 
ciently diluted state to accomplish disinfection without injury 
to the parts to which they are applied. Diffusible drugs will 
destroy septic materials, including cause of infection, without 
injury to the living hard or soft tissues. The above will apply 
as well to infected pulpless teeth, and this is even true with 
reference to the coagulation of the exposed organic matrix in 
the interior of a tooth partly softened by caries. Coagulating 
agents simply coagulate and leave the coagulum to become a 
source of food supply to the aerobic and anaerobic microbes.” 
Dr. Harlan recommends the following for softened dentine: ANTISEPTICS IN DENTAL PRACTICE. 
561 
Corrosive sublimate, peroxide of hydrogen and tartaric acid 
combined, applied with wood or platinum points; then dry 
the cavity and apply myrtol in full strengh and dry it again. 
He also says: If it is deemed a necessity to apply an anti- 
septic agent to a cavity in a tooth having a living pulp, an oil 
(one of the essential oils, such as peppermint, camphor, tur- 
pentine, thyme, cassia, cinnamon, caraway, eugenol, cajuput, 
eucalyptol, terpinol, myrtol, sassafras), may be left in contact 
with the cavity, sealed with gutta percha, or the cavity may 
be stopped with oxysulphate of zinc for any number of days. 
The cavity should be well dried before introducing the oil. He 
also remarks that there is no theoretical objection to the use 
of carbolic acid in a living tooth, if it is reapplied from time to 
time perfectly warmed. It should not be used to protect the 
pulp from the invasion of micro-organisms or deep-seated 
cavities, as it will prove inadequate by lack of diffusibility. 
“ It is a mistaken idea to suppose that an agent like carbolic 
acid, liquefied or diluted with water, will prove a permanent 
antiseptic in the presence of moisture, such as is nearly always 
present in a tooth. It does not posesss embalming properties 
because it is easily absorbed and disappears. It should form 
no part of root-filling, nor should it be introduced into roots 
permanently. Copal, Canada balsam, or other agents of this 
class, may be used on an exposed pulp in its stead, and for in- 
jection into abscesses, using the root of the tooth as a channel, 
potass-permanganate, silico-fluoride of sodium, boro-glycerine, 
the oil of cloves, cassia, cinnamon, myrtol, and agents of this 
class, are far more powerful, with better stimulating, antiseptic 
and disinfectant properties, and they do not possess the coag- 
ulating properties of carbolic acid, or its disagreeable odor, 
and under no circumstances will they clog a delicate canal or 
destroy the soft tissue to which they are applied. Carbolic 
acid should take its legitimate place as a spray, a local anaes- 
thetic and component of mouth-washes in dental practice, and 
as an adjuvant to the oils where local medication around the 
roots of teeth may be indicated, or for injection into the antrum 
of Highmore, combined with tannin, glycerine, camphor or 562 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
potash, or be relegated to the laboratory as a component of 
sodium phenate, or in other chemical uses.” 
Dr. W. D. Miller, in a recent article on the disinfection of 
dental and surgical instruments, says: “There is no depart- 
ment of surgery in which the demand for antiseptic procedure 
is more urgent than in dentistry, for the reason that all of our 
operations are performed upon septic or infected tissues, and 
we have no means of rendering the territory to be operated 
upon aseptic except by the use of antiseptics of the highest 
character. We cannot extract a tooth, cleanse the canal of a 
pulpless tooth, excavate a cavity of decay or lance the gums; 
we cannot even touch any point in the oral cavity without our 
instruments becoming coated with a layer of infectious material. 
We are therefore bound to use antiseptics, not only for the 
purpose of disinfecting the already infected tissues, but for 
sterilizing our instruments to avoid the transmission of infec- 
tious matter from one patient to another.” “ The necessity 
for absolute cleanliness on the part of the dentist, of his hands 
as well as of his instruments, napkins, drinking-glasses, rub- 
ber-dam, in short of everything with which he comes in con- 
tact with the patient’s mouth, is universally recognized; at 
least there can be no one who has the courage to express a 
contrary opinion.” “ We can never know what virus may be 
clinging to our instruments, nor can we with certainty predict 
the result of a wound upon the gums, cheeks or lips with an 
unclean instrument.” 
From Dr. Miller’s experiments we deduct the following: 
Boiling napkins for io or 15 minutes in soap-water completely 
sterilizes them. Small pieces of rubber-dam can be sterilized 
as a rule by exposing them for 30 minutes to a five per cent, 
solution of carbolic acid ; small and large pieces of the dam 
are completely sterilized by subjecting them to boiling water 
for from six to fifteen minutes, according to size. 
Drinking or rinsing glasses can be sterilized by boiling in 
pure water. Concerning instruments, he says : The ideal anti- 
septic is a liquid which acts immediately upon bacteria without 
in any way injuring the instrument. His results were as fol- ANTISEPTICS OF DENTAL PRACTICE. 
563 
lows : A five per cent, solution of carbolic acid required one 
hour to sterilize instruments, and even after such a time the 
result was not certain; and of twenty-one pieces placed in 
concentrated carbolic acid for varying periods of time rang- 
ing from one to twelve minutes, only two were sterilized. 
A five per cent, solution of trichlorphenol required an hour’s 
time to sterilize. Lysol gave results nearly identical with 
those of trichlorphenol. An action of from fifteen to twenty 
minutes in a five per cent, aqueous solution of the bichloride 
of mercury gave the most promising result and can be relied 
upon to produce thorough sterilization ; but he considers the 
time required to be so long as to render a five per cent, 
solution of the bichloride of mercury unsuitable for the pur- 
pose ; besides the powerful action of this agent upon steel or 
iron is a serious objection to its use as a sterilizer. A ten per 
cent, solution of the peroxide of hydrogen came next to car- 
bolic acid, but is considerably inferior to it. The essential oils 
in emulsion, as well as in pure form utterly failed to sterilize. 
A mixed antiseptic solution, composed of a five per cent, 
solution of trichlorphenol in peroxide of hydrogen, acted 
slighty more rapidly than the simple five per cent, aqueous 
solution of trichlorphenol, but the improvement was not en- 
couraging. He finally concluded that boiling water is far 
superior to chemical antiseptics, and all other means, for 
sterilizing dental instrments, and that its easy application and 
rapid action should recommend it to every practicing dentist 
and physician. He regards an exposure of three minutes to 
boiling water sufficient for sterilizing the smaller dental instru- 
ments, and five minutes for any other. The addition of soda 
will prevent the rusting which is liable to occur when the 
instruments are boiled in water alone; hence a boiling solu- 
tion of carbonate of sodium appears to be the most promising. 
Dr. Miller recommending an exposure of three to five minutes 
to a boiling one or two per cent, solution of soda for sterilizing 
dental and surgical instruments. The solution must not be 
simply hot, but boiling, since the motion of the boiling water 
materially assists in rapidly raising the temperature of the DENTAL MEDICINE. 
instruments to ioo° C., and at the same time loosens up any 
matter that may be clinging to them. 
Incompatible Antiseptics.—Corrosive sublimate and iodine; 
corrosive sublimate and soap; iodine and soap; carbolic acid 
and iodine; carbolic acid and permanganate of potassium; 
salicylic acid and soap; salicylic acid and permanganate of 
potassium; 'permanganate of potassium and oils, soap, or 
glycerine; aristol and caustic alkalies, ammonia, mercuric 
chloride, metallic oxides, starch, or any substance which pos- 
sesses a powerful affinity for iodine. 
TEST-PAPERS FOR DENTISTS. 
Very frequently it is important to the dentist to know 
whether his peroxide of hydrogen, which is so liable to 
change, is still good or has become decomposed; or whether 
his solution of bichloride of mercury has become inert by 
the reducing action of organic matter in the water under the 
influence of sunlight. And so of many other chemicals used 
in the dental office which are apt to change in strength. 
Prof. Chas. Mayr, of Springfield, Mass., has prepared a 
series of test-papers, which will enable the dentist to learn 
quickly and accurately whether his preparations are good or 
worthless, and without the use of cumbersome methods. 
They are put up in neat little books, each containing eight 
different papers (of some, like litmus, several papers are pro- 
vided), affording sixty-four different reactions. The papers 
are as follows: 
Phenyl- Carbinol, for strong acids and alkalies. 
Turmeric, for alkalies. 
Sulphide, for solution of metals. 
Potassium Iodide, for H202, bichloride 
Iodide Starch, for hydrogen peroxide. 
Litmus, for weak acids and alkalies. 
Erythoriney for salts and alkalies. 
Lacmoid, substitute for litmus, not affected by carbonic 
acid. NEW REMEDIES. 
565 
Each paper has printed upon it the reactions it gives, so 
that even the inexperienced have a safe guide as to its uses. 
NEW REMEDIES. 
The following is a list of remedies recently introduced, the 
action and posology of which will be found useful as a matter 
of reference: 
Therapeutic Uses Dose. 
Acetylphenylhydrazin . Antipyretic and analgesic . . . . 3 to 5 grs. per os. 
Agaricine Antisudorific in phthisis y2 gr. per os. 
Ammonol Stimulant and expectorant . . . . gr. v-xx 
Anthrarobin Against skin diseases 
Benzoyl-anilide . . . Antipyretic \}/2 to 5 grs. per os. 
Benzoylguaiacol . . . Antituberculotic 4 to 10 grs. per os. 
Bismuth salicylate . . Against gastric affections . . . . 6 to 15 grs. per os. 
Bromoform Against pertussis I to 2 min. per os. 
Camphoric acid . . . Antisudorific in phthisis, etc. ... 30 grs. per os. 
Cetrarin Stomachic 2 grs. per os. 
Chloralurethan .... Hypnotic 15 to 45 grs. per os. 
Ethylenimine hydro- 
chloride General stimulant ]/(, to y gr. subcutane- 
ously. 
Exalgine Analgesic 4 grs. 
Hydrastinine .... Against uterine hemorrhage ... I gm.subcutaneously. 
Hydroxylamine . . . Against skin diseases Externally. 
Hydracetin See acetylphenylhydrazine . . . 
Hypnone Hypnotic 3 to 8 min. per os. 
Iodine trichloride . . Antiseptic • ... Externally in 1 per 
cent, of solution. 
Iodoform bituminate . Antiseptic Externally. 
Mercury phenate 4 . . Antisyphilitic . . . y to y gr. subcutane- 
ously. 
Mercury peptoglutine . Antisyphilitic }4 gr. subcutaneously. 
Mercury salicylate . . Antisyphilitic >4 to y gr. subcutane- 
ously. 
Mercury succinimate . Antisyphilitic 
Methacetin Antipyretic 3 grs. per os. for chil- 
dren. 
Methylal Hypnotic and ansesthetic . . . . 15 to 30 grs. per os. 
Monobromacetanilide . Analgesic I to 8 grs. per os. 
Naphtholic acid . . . Antiseptic and antiparasitic . . . 
Naphthol camplioratum Antiseptic antitubercuolotic . . . Subcutaneously. 
Orexin hydrochloride . Stomachic $ grs. per os. 
Pasteurine Antiseptic and detergent . . . . Jjj to iv. 566 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Therapeutic Uses. Dost. 
Phenylurethan .... Antifebrile, antirheumatic . . . . 6 to 8 grs. per os. 
Piperazide hydrochlo- 
ride General stimulant Externally. 
Pyridine Antiseptic i to 11/2 drs. by inha- 
lation. 
Pyrodin See acetylphenylhyldrazine .... 
Red gum, aromatic tinc- 
ture of Styptic and astringent 
Rubidium ammonium 
bromide Antiepileptic yx to I yz drs. per os. 
Salipyrin Antifebrile, antirheumatic .... 15 grs. per os. 
Sodium theobromine sa- 
licylate Diuretic 8 to 15 grs. per os. 
Sodium anisate .... Antipyretic, antirheumatic . . . .15 grs. per os. 
Sodium dithiosalicylate Antipyretic, antirheumatic .... 3 grs. per os. 
Sodium paracresotate . Antipyretic, antirheumatic . . . . 8 to 15 grs. per os. 
Somnal .... . . Hypnotic 30 min. per os. 
Sozoiodol Antiseptic Externally. 
Sulphaminol Antiseptic Externally. 
Tetronal Hypnotic 15 to 30 grs per os. 
Thallin sulphate . . . Antigonorrhoic Injection. 
Thiol Ichthyol substitute q. v 
Tribromphenol .... Antiseptic Externally. 
Trional Hypnotic 15 to 30 grs. per os. 
Thioresorcin Antiseptic 
Cataphoresis, Electrical Diffusion, and Electrical Osmosis 
are terms which designate a method of treatment for hyper- 
sensitive dentine, for the devitalization of pulps of teeth, for 
opening abscesses, for aborting abscesses, for sterilizing medi- 
cations in roots of teeth, for acute periodontitis, for bleaching 
discolored teeth, for sensitiveness in the preparation of teeth 
and roots, for crown and band adjustment, etc., etc. The 
definition of the term cataphoresis as given by Prof. William 
J. Morton, M.D., is, “The movements of fluids, together with 
the substances they hold in solution, from the positive pole of 
electrodes conveying a continuous current in tissue towards 
the negative pole.” These fluids contain elements in solution 
which make them medicines, and these medicines must flow 
from the positive to the negative pole conveyed by the cur- 
CATAPHORESIS. CATAPHORESIS 
567 
rent; hence if application is made to one tissue by the positive 
pole, and to any remote part by the negative pole, the solution 
has a tendency to flow with the current, and these medicines 
will travel in that direction. 
Although any form of battery which is constant when the 
amperage of the individual cell is from one-fourth to five- 
eighths of an ampere, will answer, yet the dry chloride of silver 
cell is probably the best for treatment by this method, on 
account of its constancy and durability. 
The voltage which concisely represents the pressure of the 
current, is indicated by the numbered attachments, and the 
pressure may be increased at pleasure. The milliamphere 
dial records the flow of the current through the tissues, and a 
current controller furnishes in the smallest quantities further 
pressure upon the tissue, as may be suggested by the case in 
hand. Clinical experience suggests that as regards the cur- 
rent strength, a large voltage is not necessary in securing the 
desired results. Generally from one-half to one and a half 
milliampere registrations will be sufficient to anaesthetize per- 
fectly. A low voltage also insures comfort to the patient. 
Another important element is uniform and continuous con- 
stancy of current application. If the current is spasmodic or 
unreliable in any degree, the result sought for will be impaired 
and the comfort of the patient be seriously disturbed. The 
continuous application of the current should be maintained 
to the end of the operation, and when a renewed application 
of the anaesthetic solution is desired, no disconnection should 
take place, but the solution should be added with the appliance 
in place. 
The electrode should not be removed from the point where 
it is first applied until after the current is shut off. The volt- 
age required to produce the necessary electro-motor force to 
produce anaesthesia of the dentine of a tooth varies from five 
to thirty cells. For children’s teeth ten cells may answer, 
although from fifteen to twenty are generally required. The 
dry Seclauche battery is also a good form of an open cell 
appliance, for as long as the circuit is open there is no loss. 568 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The dry chloride of silver battery will usually give seven 
hundred hours of work under a high resistance of tissue. 
Cocaine, in from twelve to twenty-four per cent, solutions 
of the hydrochloride, is generally employed in the cataphoric 
method, although as high as a forty per cent, solution has 
been used. One and one-fifth grain of hydrochloride of 
cocaine to ten minims of distilled water, will give a twelve 
per cent, solution; the same quantity of the cocaine to seven 
and a half minims of water will give an eighteen per cent, solu- 
tion, and a similar quantity of the salt to five minims of the 
water will give a twenty-four per cent, solution. 
The citrate of cocaine, eucaine, tropacocaine, quiacol- 
cocaine oil of cassia incorporated with a trace of pulverized 
soda sulphate, chloride of sodium, and cocaine and boric acid 
have also been used with good results in the cataphoric treat- 
ment ; and in fact any local anaesthetic mixture which is a 
conductor of electricity can be so employed. The instrument 
or rheostat, however, should be so constructed as to give 
the operator at all times perfect control of the current, and 
he must be able to raise this element from a weak to a strong 
current; by such minute gradations that it will be almost 
imperceptible to the patient. 
The application of the rubber dam is necessary, so adjusted 
that no leakage of the current at the neck of the tooth can 
occur. The exposed surface of any gold or other metallic filling 
in the tooth should be coated with sandarac varnish, and the 
cavity, from which the carious matter need not be removed, 
is carefully dried and loosely filled with cotton saturated with 
the obtunding solution. 
The platinum point of the anode is covered with a light 
layer of cotton or lint which is dipped into the obtunding 
mixture. 
The cathode is attached to the left wrist of the patient, and 
its metallic surface prevented from coming in contact with the 
skin by means of lint or cotton saturated with a solution of 
chloride of sodium. All being ready, the point of the anode 
is inserted in the cavity in contact with the cotton loosely CATAPHORESIS. 
569 
filling it, and the switch is placed on the first contact point of 
the instrument, and then slowly over the contacts until the 
patient exhibits some indication that the current is felt. The 
switch should be retained at such a contact until the sensation 
subsides, when the resistance of the controller should be 
gradually lessened. This procedure is continued as long as 
no pain is felt, when the switch may be more rapidly moved, 
and if no sensation is experienced, it may then be concluded 
that the anaesthesia is complete. The switch is then moved back 
to the zero point, and the operation on the tooth commenced. 
The time required to produce anaesthesia varies from eight 
to fifteen minutes, although a longer time may be necessary 
when the dentine is very dense. 
The effect is better when the application is made directly to 
the carious matter in the cavity; and the deeper the cavity 
and the nearer approach to the pulp indicates a less degree 
of voltage. The removal of the anode while the current is 
on and before the anaesthesia is complete, causes great dis- 
comfort to the patient, and, hence, should be avoided. 
The appliances for bleaching discolored teeth by cataphoresis 
are the same as those required for obtunding the hypersensi- 
tiveness of dentine. The agents employed are a 25 per cent, 
aqueous solution of peroxide of hydrogen, the ethereal solution 
opposing too great resistance to the current. 
The 25 per cent, aqueous solution of peroxide of hydrogen 
is readily made by shaking together in a test tube one volume 
of water and two volumes of 25 per cent, pyrozone. The 
peroxide dissolves in the water, and the ether of the pyrozone 
is evaporated by heat. The ethereal solution of peroxide of 
hydrogen opposes too much resistance to the current. Add- 
ing a small quantity of acetate of sodium or sulphate of 
sodium will facilitate the passage of the current through the 
aqueous solution of the peroxide of hydrogen. 
The application of the current is the same as in the treat- 
ment of hypersensitive dentine, the tooth cavity being filled 
with cotton saturated with the bleaching solution. 
A. I. F. Buxbaum, M.D., D.D.S., gives the following as his 570 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
experience in the use of cataphoresis : “ Cocaine applied 
cataphorically has been proven to have no systemic effects, 
but is entirely local in its action. Apply cocaine by cataphor- 
esis to a central inciser, and the adjoining central or lateral 
will be as sensitive as if no application had been made. I can 
say, however, from my practical experience, that the gum 
immediately surrounding the anaesthetized tooth is less sensitive 
than normal. It has also been my observation that when a pulp 
is completely anaesthetized, that tooth takes on the appearance 
of a devitalized tooth,—namely, the tooth becomes darker; 
and when drilled, seems dry (pulverizing, so to speak), the 
dentine giving off the odor of dead bone when cut or filed. 
1 have also observed that any slight oozing of blood from 
the gum immediately surrounding the tooth to be anaesthetized 
stops upon using cataphoresis. To test the power of cata- 
phoresis I have used a red hot instrument over a pulp scarcely 
covered with a thin layer of dentine, and no response was 
given; I have gone further and drilled into pulps which I 
wished to devitalize, and in some cases no response was made, 
in others only a trifle. Where I wish to devitalize a pulp by 
means of an arsenical application, and do it painlessly, I first use 
cataphoresis, then drill into the pulp and apply arsenic. The 
greatest objection to cataphoresis has been the time consumed 
in its application, which at first occupied anywhere from 30 to 
40 minutes. After becoming more familiar with this method 
I was able to cut down the time to thirty, twenty, fifteen and 
twelve minutes, according to the patient and tooth. I am now 
able to anaesthetize in fifteen, twelve, ten, seven and five min- 
utes. The duration of the anaesthesia varies in different cases, 
lasting from one-half to six and eight hours. I have yet to 
find a case where the result has not been favorable. The 
danger of cataphoresis lies not in its application to the patient, 
but in the care and boldness with which a dentist can operate. 
If a dentist be careless he could easily penetrate or expose 
the pulp. Not eliciting any pain, he might be careless and 
not protect the pulp. Another great advantage found in cata- 
phoresis is all freedom from pain when finishing off a filling ERUPTION OF THE TEETH. 
571 
with disks, strips, stones, etc. I have found, the larger the 
cavity and the softer the dentine, the more readily will cocaine 
be transmitted.” 
Electric Units: Ampere—the unit of measurement of an 
electric current; the unit of strength. Ampere-hour—a unit 
of electric quantity equal to one ampere flowing for one hour; 
it is the equivalent of 3600 coulombs. Coulomb—the unit of 
measurement of electric quantity; the quantity of electricity 
that passes during one second through a conductor having a 
resistance of one ohm, with one volt of electro-motive force. 
Ohm—the unit of resistance. Volt—the unit of electro-motive 
force, or the force sufficient to cause a current of one ampere 
to flow against a resistance of one ohm. Watt—the unit of 
power. Unit of current—a conductor one cm. long which, if 
bent into an arc of one cm. radius, will act with the force of 
one degree on a unit magnet pole at the center. Dyne—the 
unit of force. Farad—the unit of electric capacity. Erg—the 
unit of electric work. Volt-ampere—the unit of electric work; 
the amount of pressure developed by a current of one ampere 
having an electro-motive force of one volt. Volt coulomb— 
the unit of electric work. Weber—an ampere. Unit of work 
—the erg. Joule—the unit of electric energy. Milliampere 
—one-thousandth of an ampere. 
ERUPTION OF THE TEETH 
TEMPORARY TEETH. 
(The inferior generally precede the superior by two or three months.) 
Central incisors 5 to 8 months. 
Lateral incisors 7 to 10 “ 
First molars 12 to 16 “ 
Canines 14 to 20 “ 
Second molars 20 to 36 “ 
The following diagram, by Dr. Louis Starr,* shows the 
grouping, the date of eruption and the duration of the pauses 
between the appearance of each group of temporary teeth. 
* Diseases of the Digestive Organs in Children, Philadelphia, 1891. 572 
DENTAL MEDICINE. 
The numbers 1 to 5 indicate the groups to which the in- 
dividual teeth belong and their order of appearance, and the 
letters a and b the precedence of eruption in the different 
groups. 
EXPLANATION OF DIAGRAM 
1. 1. Between the fourth and seventh months. Pause of 3 to 9 weeks. 
2. 2. 2. 2. Between the eighth and tenth months. Pause of 6 to 12 weeks. 
3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- Between the twelfth and fifteenth months. Pause until the 
eighteenth month. 
4. 4. 4. 4. Between the eighteenth and twenty-fourth months. Pause of 2 to 3 
months. 
5- 5- 5- 5- Between the twentieth and thirtieth months. 
PERMANENT TEETH. 
First molars . . . 5 to 6 years. 
Central incisors . . 6 to 8 “ 
Lateral incisors . 7 to 9 “ 
First bicuspids . . 9 to 10 “ 
Second bicuspids io to 12 years, 
Canines . . . . 11 to 13 “ 
Second molars . 12 to 14 “ 
Third molars . . 17 to 21 “ AUTHORITIES CONSULTED. 
Pharmacopoeia of the United States. 
Bartholow’s Materia Medicaand Therapeutics. 
United States Dispensatory. 
Braithwaite’s Retrospect. 
National Dispensatory. 
Blakiston’s Physician’s Visiting List. 
Biddle’s Materia Medica. 
British Pharmacopoeia. 
American Journal of Medical Sciences. 
London Lancet. 
British Medical Journal. 
Medical and Surgical Reporter. 
Stillfe’s Therapeutics and Materia Medica. 
Taylor on Poisons. 
Tanner on Poisons. 
Wood’s Therapeutics, Materia Medica and Toxicology. 
Medical Record. 
New York Medical Journal. 
Ure’s Dictionary. 
Therapeutic Handbook of the United States Pharmacopoeia. 
Universal Cyclopaedia—A. McLane Hamilton. 
Compendium of Medical Science. 
American Journal of Dental Science. 
Dental Cosmos. 
Dental Register. 
Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. 
London Dental Record. 
British Journal of Dental Science. 
Garretson’s Oral Surgery. 
Tanner’s Index to Diseases. 
Pareira’s Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 
American System of Dentistry. 
Western Dental Journal. 
Items of Interest. 
Dental Advertiser. 
Odontographic Journal. 
Dental Review. 
International Dental Journal. 
Therapeutic Gazette. 
Quain’s Dictionary of Medicine. 
Shoemaker’s Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 
Turnbull’s Artificial Anesthesia. 
Gould’s Medical Dictionary. 
Duane’s Medical Dictionary. 
Dunglison’s Medical Dictionary. 
Simon’s Chemistry. 
Potter’s Mat. Med., Phar. and Therapeutics. I N D EX 
TO 
DISEASES AND DENTAL FORMULARY. 
PAGE 
Abnormal dentition 46 
Abnormal Sensitiveness of Dentine 7° 
Abraded Surface of Mucous Membrane of Mouth 217, 274 
Abrasion of Teeth 43 
Abrasions by Artificial Dentures 180,217 
Abscess 32> 5°* 218, 321, 382, 411, 43°, 553 
of Antrum 51, 373, 462, 553 
Abscess, to abort 222 
Abscess, Maxillary •. • • 53 
Absorption of Process and Recession of Gum 73 
Acidity and Pyrosis 
Acute Inflamation of Dental Pulp • 
Acute Inflammation of Mucous Membrane and Gums 4»7> 494 
Acute Tonsillitis • * ' 
After-pains of Tooth-Extraction 48, 195, 249> 294, 316, 3U, 43» 
Alkaline Gargle 421, 522 
Alveolar Abscess . . . . 50, 5b 272» 347, 382, 41b 43°, 498, 510, 535, 555 
Hemorrhage 
Pyorrhoea . . • 65, 186, 193, 195, 2°9> 2I2> 2I3, 274> 32I> 349, 373, 394 
412, 425, 474, 512, 537, 502, 507- 
Ulceration ... * §* 
Analgesic and Anodyne 203> 204 
•* 
Anaesthetics, General 131, 222> 3°2> 3°7» 361, 365, 431 
Local 131, 184, 221, 249, 266, 293, 294, 296, 306, 307, 315 
336,337>338,382,430- 
Anodyne Lotion 294> 3*6 
Antifebrin, Prescription for 
Antiseptic Bath for Instruments 24s 
Antiseptic Dentifrice • • 352 
Gargle or MouthWash 183, 186, 195, 249, 443, 474, 535 
Lotion or injection i93, J94> 209, 373, 394, 535 
Oils ...... 357 
Solution for Washing or Spraying Wounds . . . ■ • • • • .186,209 
Aphthae 63, 186, 201, 212, 214, 270, 309, 356, 386, 420, 522, 523 
Aphthous Ulcerations (See Aphthae) I86, 524 
Arsenical Poisoning, Symptoms of I7o 
Astringent Dentifrice ... o' . V1 
Lotion, Gargle or MouthWash . . . 199, 200, 217, 218, 395, 440, 443 
Astringent and Antiseptic Gargle 274 
Black’s Antiseptic Dressing for Pulp Canals and Abscesses 195, 359 
Bleaching Discolored Teeth .... 75, 219, 251, 474, 476, 504, 525 
Boils 
Boulton’s Preparation I94, 4“ 
Bruises * 
Bums J 
Burnett’s Disinfecting Fluid 
CAMPHO-PHENIQUE Dentifrice 
Canal Dressing , 4°4 
Cancerous Tumors 59, °4» x79 
Ulceration 59, 64, 179 INDEX TO DISEASES AND DENTAL FORMULARY. 
575 
PAGE 
Cancrum Oris 58, 168, 280, 289, 309, 356, 357, 498, 553 
Capping for Exposed Pulps 186 
Carbolized or Carbolate of Potash for Alveolar Pyorrhoea, etc. ... 192 
Styptic 195 
Caries of Maxillary Bones 204, 211, 213 
Chapin A. Harris’ Dentifrice 352 
Chapped Hands and Lips . . • 186, 291, 487 
Chemical Bleaching of Teeth 75 
Chilblains 195, 214 
Chloroform Narcosis . . . . • 261, 315 
Cholera Infantum 280 
Chronic Abscesses and Ulcers 218, 386, 411, 412, 555 
Alveolar Abscesses, Ulcerations, etc. . . 50, 218, 321 
Inflammation of Gums and Mucous Membrane 201 
Inflammation of Dental Pulp 69 
Inflammation 34 
Citroline Dentifrice 353 
Cleft Palate 62 
Cocaine, To make Solutions or Preparations of 80, 336 
Collyrium 186, 271, 487, 523 
Convulsions of Dentition 46, 294 
Cream Dentifrice 53 
DANGERS of Anaesthesia 236, 261 
Dental Caries 77 
Exostosis, or Hypercementosis 71 
Dental Periostitis (See Periodontitis). 
Dentifrices 217, 291, 319, 351, 352, 415 
Dentigerous Cysts 59 
Denudation, or Erosion 73 
Deodorizers of Iodoform 404 
Detergent Mouth Wash or Gargle . . ■ 507, 522 
Devitalizing Pulps of Teeth 179, 180, 404,438, 453, 536 
Diarrhoea of Dentition 46, 213, 280, 398, 399, 463, 492 
Diarrhoea and Vomiting 280 
Difficult Teething 337 
Digestive Stimulation in Alveolar Pyorrhoea 319 
Diphtheritic Conditions 522 
Discolored Teeth (See Bleaching Teeth). 
Disease of Antrum 270 
Diseases of Dental Pulp . . • 68 
Disinfect Softened Dentine 321, 395 
Disinfectant Mouth Wash or Gargle 183, 194, 197, 208, 507, 508 
Disinfectant for Carious Dentine 321 
Disinfecting Instruments 562 
Dislocation of Jaw 61 
Disordered Digestion 280 
Dressing for Children’s Teeth 195 
Dressing for Root Canals, Abscess, etc 195 
Dry Mouth 194 
Dysuria of Difficult Dentition 428 
EARACHE of Dentition 316 
Ecchymosis 274 
Eczema 186, 272 
Edentulous Neuralgia 72 
Effervescing Powders 519 
Electro-Magnetism 94 
Emollient and Antiseptic Gargle 209 
Enlarged Glands 405 576 
INDEX TO DISEASES AND DENTAL FORMULARY. 
Epithelioma 64 
Epulis 64 
Erosion of Teeth 73 
Erythema 515 
Eucaine 369 
Excessive Sweating of the Hands 412 
Exostosis, Dental 71 
Exposed Pulps , 294, 307, 336, 337 
Exudation 28 
FACIAL Neuralgia 165, 275, 276, 428, 490, 510, 546, 547 
Paralysis 62 
Febrile Excitement of Dentition 398 
Felons 430 
Fetid Perspiration 194, 498 
Fetor of Breath 289, 309, 352, 498, 535 
Fevers of Children . 167 
Fissured Tongue 186, 522 
Flagg’s Devitalizing Mixture 179 
Flexible Crystallin • 342 
Foul and Fetid Indolent Ulcers 306 
Fracture of Alveolar Process 54 
of Jaw . . • 61 
Fungous Growths and Suppurating Surfaces 69, 412 
Fungous Growth of Pulp 69 
GALVANO-CAUTERY 99 
Gangrene 36 
Gangrene of Mouth (Cancrum Oris) . . 58, 168, 280, 289, 309, 
356, 357, 498, 555- 
Garretson’s Devitalizing Mixture 179 
Germicide Mouth Wash 535 
Gingivitis 56, 58, 418 
Glycerite of Borate of Sodium 521 
Glyceritum Sodii Boratis 521 
Glycerole of Thymol Preparation 535 
Gutta Percha Solution 416 
Hare-lip 62 
Harlan’s Devitalizing Mixtures 180 
Harris, C. A., Mouth Wash 507 
Hectic Fever 33 
Hemorrhage from Extraction of Teeth .... 48, 199, 216, 299, 379, 533 
Hemorrhage from Lancing Gums 380 
Hemorrhage from Constitutional Vice 533 
Herbst’s Obtundent 330 
Herpes Zoster of Mouth and Gums 76 
Hyperemia 18 
Hypercementosis 71 
Hypersensitive Dentine (See Sensitive Dentine) 70 
Hypertrophy of Gums 64 
of Alveolar Processes 71 
of Tonsils 199 
Hypnotic 306, 308 
IATROL .... • 399 
Impacted Tooth 60 
Incompatibility 100 
Indigestion 280, 469 
Indolent Ulcers of Mouth 168 
Infantile Diarrhoea from Reflex'Nervous Impressions 492 
PAGE INDEX TO DISEASES AND DENTAL FORMULARY. 
PAGE 
Infantile Bilious Diarrhoea 3X6, 426, 463, 492 
Mucous Diarrhoea 427 
Infantile Paralysis during Dentition 74 
Inflamed and Ulcerated Gums . . . .217, 252, 270, 415 494, 496, 507, 547 
Inflamed Fauces and Throat •• • 168, 496 
Mucous Membrane and Gums, 165, 199, 217, 218, 252, 270, 274, 386 
484, 487, 494, 495. 547, 55i. 
Inflammation 18, 20 
of Gums after Extraction of Teeth 252, 487, 494 
of Mouth, Syphilitic 58,194,494 
Spontaneous 21 
traumatic or idiopathic 21 
with Special Reference to the Mucous Membrane of the Mouth . 18 
Inflammatory Fever 23> 33 
Inhalation in Syphilitic Ulcerations J94 
Injections, Stimulant and Antiseptic 193, 194 
Internal Astringent in Hemorrhagic Affections and Dental Hemor- 
rhage *99 
Iodoform, Deodorizing of 4°4 
Iodol, Topical Application 4°7 
Irritation J9 
of Teething and Gums 46, 337 
of Pulp of Tooth 68 
Ischemia J9 
Itching of Inflamed Surfaces 438 
of the Skin x94 
KIRK’S Devitalizing Mixture 179 
Method of Bleaching Teeth 474, 476, 504, 524 
LEAD Poisoning 55 
Local Anaesthetics, 184, 221, 241, 248, 249, 266, 293, 294, 306, 307 
315, 316, 317, 336, 337, 338, 382, 430, 440, 528, 544. 
Loose Teeth and Inflamed Gums 217 
Lotion for Soft and Spongy Gums, and Loose Teeth 193, 217 
Malignant ulcerations 58,179 
Malignant Tumors . 59 
Medicated Filling Material 206 
Mercurial Stomatitis 55, 212, 248, 270, 309, 319, 412, 420, 498 
Micro-organisms, Effects of 35 
Mild Detergent Gargle 5°7, 522 
Mouth Wash, Chapin A. Harris 5°7 
Washes 183, 186, 194, 208, 217, 395, 418, 425, 443, 474, 507 
Mucous Patches of Mouth 
NASAL Polypus . . 62 
Nausea from Wearing Dentures 333, 338 
Necrosed Teeth . • 74, 272 
Necrosis of Alveolar Process 54 
Necrosis of the Jaws 60 
Nerve Paste 536 
Neuralgia, Edentulous 72 
Neuralgia in Superficial Nerves 276 
Nervous Cases 266 
Neuralgia, 167, 221, 222, 276, 294, 306, 307, 315, 336, 354, 404, 428, 452 
490, 510, 553 
from Dental Disturbance • 167, 384, 510 
in Superficial Nerves *67, 276 
Neuralgic Affections of the Teeth .... 222, 276, 294, 306, 317, 316, 384 
Odontalgia 354 
New Remedies, a list of their Action and Posology 565 
484, 487, 494, 495- 547, 55i- 578 
INDEX TO DISEASES AND DENTAL FORMULARY. 
OBTUNDING Mixtures, Local Anaesthetics (See Local Anaes- 
thetics). 
Odontalgia, 194, 195, 218, 221, 222, 249. 252, 294, 306, 3x6, 336, 341 
347, 384, 404, 428, 438. 
Odontomes- 72 
Offensive Breath 420, 498 
Ointment of Iodoform and Eucalyptus 405 
Organic Defects of Structure 72 
Osseous Tumors of the Jaws 204 
Ossification of Dental Pulp 70 
Oxychloride of Zinc Preparations 553 
Oxyphosphate of Zinc Preparations 205, 553 
PAIN following extraction of Teeth . . .48, 195, 249, 294, 316, 317, 438 
following Separation of Teeth 290 
of Difficult Dentition 336 
Parasitic Skin Diseases . 194,214 
Periodontitis or Pericementitis . . 48, 167, 222, 411, 412, 487, 495, 510, 520 
Perspiration of Hands, etc 209, 412 
Phagedenic and Sloughing Ulcers 420 
Phenol Sodique Preparations 193 
Phosphor Necrosis 54 
Pierce’s Devitalizing Mixture 179 
Plethora • 18 
Poisons and Antidotes 113 
Pulpitis 69, 306, 316, 347, 386 
as a Capping in 405 
Pulpless Teeth 386, 404, 405, 473 
Pulveris Effervescentes ••...• 519 
Pus 30 
Putrescent Pulps 382, 386, 404, 407, 412, 469, 498, 505, 535 
Pyorrhoea Alveolaris (See Formulae under Alveolar Pyorrhoea)... 65 
Pyrosis • • 280 
Disturbance of Nervous System from 263 
Recession of Gums 73 
Relaxation of Uvula 199 
Relaxed Condition of Mucous Membrane of Mouth and Gums 501 
Remove Rust on Instruments 349 
Resusication, Methods of 237 
Rheumatic Pains, Bruises, etc 222 
Riggs’ Disease (See Alveolar Pyorrhoea). 
Ringworm 279 
Robinson Remedy • 192 
Root Canals of Abscessed Teeth . . 373, 382, 386, 404, 407, 469, 477, 505 
SALIVARY Calculus, after Removal of 217, 484 
Salivation 55 
Sandarach Solution or Varnish 516 
Scrofula 59 
Scorbutic Gums 168, 201 
Scurvy 55» 168 
Sensitive Dentine 70, 193, 217, 248, 337, 338, 546 
Sensitiveness after Removal of Salivary Calculus 217, 484 
Shellac Solution or Varnish 517 
Skin Diseases 194, 195 
Sloughing and Ill-conditioned Ulcers 203 
Sloughing and Ulceration from topical application of Arsenious Acid 178 
Soft and Spongy Gums 193, 217, 252 
PAGK INDEX TO DISEASES AND DENTAL FORMULARY. 
579 
PAGE 
Soft, White Hands . . 4x9 
Softened Dentine, to Sterilize 248, 321, 395, 560 
Sore Throat. 184 
Sore Mouth of Nursing Women • 184 
Sore Mouth of Infants 386 
Sterilizing Instruments ... 248, 563 
Stimulant and Antiseptic Mouth Wash and Lotion . . . 193, 194, 208, 249 
294, 443- 
and Antiseptic Injection 194, 209 
and Anodyne Lotion 294, 462 
Stomatitis 56, 57. 58, 337. 356, 535 
Stomatitis of Dentition 184 
Styptics 341, 418 
Styptic for Bleeding Gums : 418 
Superficial Inflammations • 248 
Suppurating Pulps of Teeth (See Putrescent Pulps). 
Wounds 194 
Suppuration 29 
Suppurative Gingivitis 56 
Syphilitic Teeth 72 
Ulceration of Mucous Membrane of Mouth 58, 194, 197 
TEETH deficient in Lime Salts 285, 287 
Teething of Children 337 
Thrush • 63 
To make Solutions of Cocaine 80, 336 
To prevent injury to the Teeth by acid medicines 490 
To render the Hands Aseptic 349, 474 
Tongue, Indications of 78 
Tonsilitis 199 
Topical Applications 407 
Trigeminal Neuralgia 222 
Truman’s Devitalizing Mixture 175 
Tumors of Gums 404 
of Jaws 59, 204, 405 
ULCERATED Gums and Mucous Membrane . . . 201, 212, 217, 252 
356, 411, 412, 494, 495. 
Ulceration 34. 57, 64 
Ulceration and Abrasion of Mouth 212,252 
Ulceration of Mouth and Throat. 195, 217, 252, 270, 272, 356, 420, 522, 555 
Ulcerous Stomatitis .... .57, 201, 2x2, 217, 270, 356, 411, 522, 555 
Ulcers of Mouth . . 57, 203, 212, 217, 270, 272, 356, 412, 494, 495, 498, 555 
over Carious Bone 204 
Syphilitic 57, 494 
Ulitis (See Inflammation of Gums, etc.) 56, 58 
Unerupted Impacted Tooth 60 
VAN WOERT’S Method of Treating Abscessed Teeth 477 
Varnishes, Dental 407, 516, 517 
Shellac 517 
Sandarach • . . 516 
Venereal Sore Mouth and Throat 399 
Vomiting and Painful Digestion of Teething Children 280 
WARTS, Condylomata. etc • 209, 399 
Wash after Extraction of Teeth 319 
Wounds Snppurating 494 
INC Preparations for Filling Teeth 553 GENERAL INDEX. 
Abbreviations, 82. 
Abies Canadensis, 483. 
Abnormal Dentition, 46. 
Sensibility of Dentine, 70. 
Abrasion of Teeth, 71. 
Abscess, 32. 
Abscess Alveolar, 50. 
of Antrum, 51. 
Abscess, Maxillary, 53. 
Absolute Alcohol, 246. 
Absorbents, 150. 
Absorption of Alveolar Process, 73. 
Acacia, 164. 
Acetamid, 373. 
Acetate of Alumina, 251. 
of Ammonia Solution, 252. 
of Lead, 485. 
of Morphine, 434. 
Acetanilide, 165. 
Acetic Acid, 167. 
Acids, Organic, 129. 
Acids, Inorganic, 129. 
Acidum Aceticum, 167. 
Arseniosum, 168. 
Benzoicum, 181. 
Boricum, 184. 
Carbolicum, 186. 
Chromicum, 195. 
Cresylicum, 197. 
Gallicum, 197. 
Hydrobromicum, 200. 
Hydrochloricum, 200. 
Muriaticum, 200. 
Nitricum, 202. 
Nitricum Dilutum, 202. 
Phosphoricum, 203. 
Salicylicum, 206. 
Sulphuricum, 209. 
Sulphuricum Aromaticum,2io, 
Sulphurosum, 213. 
Tannicum, 214. 
Tartaricum, 218. 
Trichloroaceticum, 536. 
Aconite, 219. 
Aconitine, Duquesnel’s, 219. 
Aconitum, 219. 
Action of Medicines, 17. 
Acute Inflammation; of,. Dental 
pulp, 89. 
Administration of Anaesthetics, 228. 
After-pains of Tooth-extraction, 48, 
195, 249, 294, 316, 438. 
AEther, 222. 
Aether Sulphuricus, 222. 
Alcohol, 246. 
Alcohol Fortius, 246. 
Alkalies and Alkaline Earths, 129. 
Alkaloids, 160. 
Aloe—Aloes, 249. 
Alteratives, r43. 
Alpha-oxynaphthoic Acid, 442. 
Alum, 250. 
Alumen, 250. 
Exsiccatum, 251. 
Aluminae Acetas, 252. 
et ammoniae Sulphas, 251. 
Aluminii et Potassi Sulphas, 252. 
Chloridum, 300. 
Sulphis, 253. 
Alveolar Abscess, 50. 
about to Point Externally, 51. 
Alveolar Pyorrhoea, 65. 
Alveolar Ulceration, 52. 
American Hellebore, 546. 
Ammonia, 254. 
Ammonia Alum, 251. 
Aromatic Spirits of, 254. 
Water, 255. 
Ammonii Bromidum, 281. 
Ammonii Carbonas, 256. 
Chloridum, 258. 
Valerianas, 257. 
Ammonium, 254. 
Ammonol, 565. 
Amyl Nitris, 260. 
Amylene, 258. 
Amylene Hydrate, 259. 
Anaemia, 18. 
Anaesthetics, 131. 
Administration of, etc., 228. 
Mixture, 368. 
Analgesics, 150. GENERAL INDEX. 
581 
Aniline, 262. 
Animal Charcoal, 296. 
Anodynes, 150, 
Antacids, 144, 150. 
Antemetics, 151. 
Anthelmintics, 149. 
Anthemis, 262. 
Anthridrotics, 151. 
Antifebrin, 165. 
Antikamnia, 263, 
Antilithics, 144. 
Antiperiodics, 151. 
Antipyretics, 151. 
Antipvrine, 264. 
Antiseptic Mixtures, Dr. Black’s, 
195. 359- 
Antiseptic and Styptic Cotton 
Wool, 266. 
Antiseptics, 151. 
Antiseptics, Forms of 152. 
Antiseptics in Dental Practice, 555, 
Antiseptics, Incompatible, 564. 
Antispasmodics, 132. 
Antrum, Disease of, 51. 
Aphthae, 63. 
Apothecaries’ Weight, 85. 
Approximate Measurements, 83. 
Aqua Acidi Carbolici, 189. 
Aqua Ammonia, 254. 
Camphora, 292. 
Chlori, 308. 
Cinnamomi, 320. 
Creasoti, 345. 
Destillata, 266. 
Fortis, 202. 
Aralia Spinosa, 548. 
Argenti Nitras, 267. 
Aristol, 270. 
Aromatic Bitters, 154. 
Spirits of Ammonia, 254. 
Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, 209. 
Arnica, 273. 
Arsenic, Tests for, 180. 
Arsenious Acid, 168. 
Aseptol, 190. 
Astringents, 133. 
Artificial Respiration, 235. 
Atropinae Sulphas, 274. 
Atropine, 274. 
Aurum, Terchloridum, 276. 
Avoirdupois Weight, 85. 
Bacteria, 35,559. 
Baths, 160. 
Belladonnae Folia, 277. 
Belladonnae Radix, 277. 
Benzoate of Lithium, 421. 
Benzoated Lard, 181. 
Benzoic Acid, 181. 
Benzoic Sulphide of Sodium, 278. 
Benzoyl-pseudo-tropein, 539. 
Bert’s Method of Administering 
Anaesthetics, 233. 
Best Twenty-five Drugs, 112, 
Bicarbonate of Potassium, 489. 
of Sodium, 519. 
Bichloride of Mercury, 391. 
Bichloride of Mercury, Test for, 
. 394- 
Bichloride of Methylene, 431. 
Biniodide of Mercury, 398. 
Bismuthi Subnitras, 278. 
Black’s 1, 2, 3 Mixture, 359. 
Bleaching Discolored Teeth, 75, 
476, 524. 
Blenorrhetics, 142. 
Bloodletting, General and Local, 93. 
Blue Ointment, 397. 
Blue Stone, 354. 
Mass, 396. 
Vitriol 354. 
Bonwell’s Anaesthetic Method, 244. 
Boracic Acid, 184. 
Boric Acid, 184. 
Lint, 185. 
Ointment, 185. 
Borate of Sodium, 520. 
Borax, 520. 
Boricine, 521, 
Boro-glyceride, 185. 
Borolyptol, 185. 
Boulton’s Preparation, 410. 
Bromides, 281. 
Bromide of Ammonium, 281. 
of Calcium, 281. 
of Lithium, 281. 
of Sodium, 281. 
of Camphor, 294. 
of Ethyl, 365. 
of Potassium, 491. 
Bromol, 282. 
Bromo-Phenol, 282. 
Brucine, 451. 
Burnett’s Disinfecting Fluid, 549. 
Butyl-Chloral Hydrate, 353. 
CADMII, Sulphas, 283. 
Calcii Bromidum, 281. 
Calcii Hypophosphis, 284, 
Calcii Lithium, 281. 582 
GENERAL INDEX. 
Calcii Phosphas Praecipitatus, 481. 
Calcined Magnesia, 425. 
Calcium, 286. 
Calendula, 285. 
Calisaya Bark, 317. 
Calomel, 395. 
Calx, 286. 
Chlorata, 288. 
Campho-Phenique, 289. 
Camphoid, 293. 
Camphor, 291. 
Liniment. 292. 
Water, 292. 
Camphora, 291. 
Monobromata, 294. 
Camphorated Tincture of Opium, 
462. 
Cantharidal Collodion, 341. 
Cajuput Oil, 456. 
Capsicum, 295. 
Carbo Animalis Purificatus, 296. 
Ligni, 297. 
Carbolate of Camphor, 193. 
Carbolate of Cocaine, 478. 
Cabolate of Soda, 518. 
Carbolate of Sodium, 518. 
Carbolated Cosmoline, 544. 
Carbolated Camphor, 193, 293. 
Carbolic Acid, 186. 
Ointment, 189. 
Water, 189. 
Carbolic Acid Synthetic, 192. 
Carbolized Cosmoline, 544. 
Carbon Compounds, 129. 
Carbonate of Ammonium, 256. 
of Lime, 349. 
of Lithium, 421. 
Caries, Dental, 77. 
Carminatives, 154. 
Carvacrol, 297. 
Cassia Bark, 319. 
Cassia Oil, 320. 
Cataphoresis, 566. 
Cataplasms, 149,160. 
Catechu, 299. 
Cathartics, 137. 
Causes of Inflammation, 21. 
Caustic Potassa, 488. 
Caustics, 147, 154. 
Cauterants, 147, 155. 
Cautery, Actual and Potential, 147. 
Cayenne Pepper, 295. 
Cerates, 162. 
Chalk Mixture, 350, 
Chalk, Prepared, 347. 
Chamomile, 262. 
Characteristic Indications of the 
Tongue, 78 
Chemical Bleaching of Teeth, 75. 
Chinoline, 299. 
Chloral, 302. 
Hydras, 302. 
Chloral-Phenol, 305. 
Chloralamide, 307. 
Chloralum, 300. 
Chlorate of Potassa Troches, 448. 
of Potassium, 492. 
Chloride of Aluminium, 300. 
Chloride of Ammonium, 258. 
of Ethyl, 362. 
of Iron, 377. 
of Lime, 288. 
of Methyl, 300. 
of Magnesium, 300. 
of Zinc, 548. 
of Zinc Solution, 549, 
of Tin, 300. 
Chlorinated Lime — Chloride of 
Lime, 288. 
Soda, 419. 
Chlorine, 308. 
Water, 308. 
Chlorinium, 308. 
Chloroform, 309. 
Chloroform-Cocaine Narcosis, 314. 
Chloroform-Morphia Narcosis, 314. 
Chloroformum, 309. 
Purifactum, 310. 
Chloro-Percha, 416, 
Chromic Acid, 195. 
Chronic Inflammation, 34. 
Chronic Inflammation of Dental 
Pulp, 69. 
Cinchona Flava, Pallida and Rubra, 
317. 
Cinnabar, 398. 
Cinnamomum, 319. 
Cinnamon, 319. 
Oil, 320. 
Water, 320. 
Citrate of Lithium, 421. 
Citroleine Dentifrice, 353. 
Classification of Medicinal Sub- 
stances, 130. 
Cleft Palate, 62. 
Clinical Thermometer, 124. 
Clysters, 161. 
Cobalt, 181. 
Cocaine, 321. 
Dangers of, 334. GENERAL INDEX. 
583 
Cocaine Hydrochlorate, 323. 
Oleate, 323. 
Citrate, 323. 
Hydrobromate, 323. 
-Chloroform mixture, 315. 
-Chloroform Narcosis, 315. 
Incompatibles, 335. 
Poisoning, Treatment of, 334. 
Cocainum Phenylicum, 338. 
Cod-liver Oil, 458. 
Colchicine, 339. 
Colchicum, 338. 
Cold as a Local Anaesthetic, 241. 
Collodion, 339. 
Collodium, 339. 
cum Cantharide, 341. 
Flexile, 339. 
Iodidum, 341. 
Collyria, 160, 186, 487. 
Coloring Agents, 150. 
Colorless Tincture of Iodine, 409. 
Compound Syrup of the Phos- 
phates, 481. 
Compound Tincture of Iodine, 409. 
Condy’s Fluid, 497. 
Confections, 160. 
Conium, 342. 
Constringents, 155. 
Convulsions of Dentition, 46. 
Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 391. 
Sublimate, 391. 
Coryl, 343. 
Cosmoline, 543. 
Counter-irritants, 155. 
Creasote, 344. 
Ointment, 346. 
Water, 345. 
Solidified, 345. 
Creasotum, 344. 
Creolin, 348. 
Cresol, 197. 
Cresylic Acid, 197. 
Creta Praeparata, 349. 
Croton-Chloral Hydrate, 353. 
Crystallin, 342. 
Crystallin Varnish, 342. 
Cupping, 94. 
Cupri Sulphas, 354. 
DANGERS of Anesthesia, 235. 
of Cocaine, 334. 
Deadly Nightshade, 277. 
Decimal system of Weights 
and Measures, 86. 
Decoction of White Oak Bark, 506, 
Decoctions, 161. 
Decoctum Quercus Albae, 506. 
Definition of Subjects in Materia 
Medica and Therapeutics, 17. 
of Conditions Associated with 
Disturbances of Nutrition, 
18. 
of various classes of Remedial 
Agents, 130. 
Demulcents, 148. 
Dental Caries, 77. 
Exostosis, 71. 
Materia Medica and Therapeu- 
tics, 164. 
Periostitis, 48. 
Pulp, Diseases of, 68. 
Dentifrices, 351. 
Dentigerous Cyst, 59. 
Deodorized Tincture of Opium, 462. 
Deodorizers, 155. 
Dermatol, 280. 
Dessicatives, 155. 
Detergents, 155. 
Devitalizing Pulps of Teeth, 174. 
Dialysed Iron, 377. 
Diaphoretics, 140. 
Diaphtherine, 463. 
Diarrhoea of Dentition, 46. 
Diarrhoea, Infantile Bilious, 426. 
Diarrhoea, Infantile, Mucous, 427. 
Dichloride of Ethidene, 361. 
Diluents, 155. 
Dilute Acetic Acid, 167. 
Diluted Solution of Subacetate of 
Lead, 486. 
Dimethyloxyquinizine, 264. 
Discutients, 155. 
Disinfectants, 156. 
Disinfecting Instruments, 562. 
Dislocation of Lower Jaw, 61. 
Distilled Water, 266. 
Dithymol Diodide or Biniodide, 270. 
Diuretics, 141. 
Doses of Medicines, Table of, 102. 
Dover’s Powder, 462. 
Drastics, 139. 
Dried Alum, 251. 
ECCRITICS, 130. 
Edentulous Neuralgia, 72, 
Effervescing Powders, 519. 
Electric Units, 571. 
Electrical Diffusion, 566. 
Electrical Osmosis, 566. 584 
GENERAL INDEX. 
Electricity for Relieving Pain of 
Extraction of Teeth, 94, 242. 
Methods of Applying, 242. 
as a Therapeutic Means in 
Treatment of Disease, 94. 
Electrolysis, 98. 
Electrolysis for Sensitive Dentine 
and Periodontitis, 98. 
Electro-Magnetism for Extraction 
of Teeth, 242. 
Electrozone, 356. 
Electuaries, 160. 
Elementary Substances, Table of, 
125. 
Elixir of Vitriol, 210. 
of Vitriol and Tannin, 216. 
Emetics, 135. 
Emmenagogues, 142. 
Emollients, 149, 156. 
Emulsions, 161. 
Enemata, 139, 161. 
Endermic Method, 91. 
Epispastics, 146. 
Epithelioma, 64. 
Epsom Salts, 427. 
Epulis, 64. 
Equivalents, 88. 
Ergob 357- 
Erosion of Teeth, 73. 
Errhines, 156. 
Eruption of the Teeth, 571. 
Escharotics, 147, 156. 
Essential Oils, 357. 
Ether, 222. 
Ethidene Dichloridum, 361. 
Ethyl Chloride-Mono-Chlor Ethane 
362. 
Ethyl Bromidum, 365. 
Eucaine, 369. 
Eucalyptol, 371. 
Eucalyptus, 370. 
Eugenic Acid, 458. 
Eugenol, 373, 458. 
Eugenol-acetamid, 373. 
Europhen, 374. 
Euthymol, 373. 
Evacuants, 157. 
Excitants, 157. 
Exostosis, Dental, 71. 
Expectorants, 156. 
Extraction of Teeth. Pain from, 48. 
Extracts, 161. 
Extractum Gelsemii Fluidum, 383. 
Krameriae, 417. 
Exudation, 28. 
FACIAL Neuralgia (See Index 
to Dental Diseases, etc.) 
Facial Paralysis, 62. 
Febrifuges, 157. 
Ferri Arsenias, 172. 
Ferri Chloriduin, 377. 
Ferri Valerianas, 542. 
Ferrum, 375. 
Dialysatum, 377. 
Reductum, 378. 
Fever of Inflammation, 33. 
Fillebrown’s Method of Administer- 
ing Ether, 235. 
Fineness of Powder, 84. 
Flexible Collodion, 340. 
Follicular Ulceration, 63. 
Fomentations, 161. 
Formaline, 380. 
Formalin, 380. 
Forms of Antiseptics for Use, 152. 
F orms of Medicinal Substances, 160. 
Fracture of Alveolar Process, 54. 
Fracture of Lower Jaw, 61. 
French Decimal System of Weights 
and Measures, 86. 
Fused Potassa, 488. 
Fungous Growth of Pulp, 69. 
Fumigations, 161. 
Gallic acid, 197. 
Galls, 198. 
Galvano-Cautery, 99. 
Gangrene, 36. 
Gargles, 161. 
Galvanism, 97. 
Gaultheria. 381. 
Gelsemium, 382. 
Germicides, 157. 
Glacial Acetic Acid, 168. 
Glacial Phosphoric Acid, 204. 
Gleditschine, 526. 
Glycerin, 384. 
Glycerinum, 384. 
Boracis, 521. 
Pepsini, 468. 
Glycerite of Borate of Sodium, 521 
of Carbolic Acid, 189. 
of Gallic Acid, 199. 
of Tannic Acid, 216. 
Glycerites, 161. 
Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici, 189. 
Acidi Gallici, 199. 
Acidi Tannici, 216. 
Sodii Boratis, 521. 
Glyco-Thymoline, 536. GENERAL INDEX. 
Gingivitis, 56, 58. 
Glacial Acetic Acid, 168. 
Glyceroborate of Calcium, 387. 
of Sodium, 387. 
Glycerole of Thymol, 534. 
Giycozone, 387. 
Granulation, 29. 
Green Iodide of Mercury, 397. 
Gum Arabic, 164. 
Guaiacol, 347. 
Gutta Percha, 415. 
HyEMATINICS, 143. 
Hsemetics, 130. 
Plaemostatics, 157. 
Hamamelis, 389. 
Hands, To Render White and 
Soft, 474. 
Hare Lip, 62. 
Harland’s Method of Treating Al- 
veolar Pyorrhoea, 473. 
Hall’s (Marshall) Ready Method in 
Asphyxia, 238. 
Plectic Fever, 33, 
Hematinics, 143. 
Hemorrhage Following the Extrac- 
tion ofTeeth,48,216,379,472. 
Hemlock, 342. 
Herbst’s Obtundent, 330. 
Herpes Zoster of Mouth and Gums, 
76. 
Hill's Stopping, 416. 
Hoffman’s Anodyne, 224. 
Honey of Borate of Sodium, 185, 
521. 
Howard s Method of Artificial Res- 
piration and Resuscitation, 
239- 
Hirudo, 93. 
Hyderabad Commission on Chloro- 
form, 311. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosi- 
vum, 391. 
Chloridum Mite, 395. 
Hydrargyrum, 390. 
cum Creta, 397. 
Iodidum Viride, 397. 
lodidum Rubrum, 398. 
Sulphidum Rubrum, 398. 
Hydragogues, 138. 
Hydrate of Amylene, 259. 
of Chloral, 302. 
Hydrate of Potash. 488. 
Plydrochlorate of Ammonia, 258. 
of Morphine, 434. 
Hydrochloric Acid, 200. 
Hydrobromic Acid, 200. 
Ether, 365. 
Hydrogen Dioxide, 469. 
Peroxide, 469. 
Hydronaphthol, 442, 
Hyperemia, 18 
Hypercementosis, 71. 
Hypersensitive Dentine, 70, 520. 
Hypersthenics, 157. 
Hypertrophy of Alveolar Processes, 
71 
of Gums, 64. 
Hypnotics, 130, 157. 
Hypodermic Method, 91. 
Hypophosphites, 480. 
Hypophosphite of Lime, 284. 
of Quinine, 509. 
of Sodium, 481. 
IATROL, 399. 
Impacted Tooth, 60. 
Important points in Diag- 
nosing Affections of the 
Mouth, 46. 
Incompatible Antiseptics, 564. 
Incompatibility, 100. 
Infantile Paralysis during Denti- 
tion, 74. 
Inflammation with Special Refer- 
ence to the Mucous Mem- 
brane of the Mouth, 18. 
Inflammation,Symptoms of, 20, 25. 
Causes of, 21. 
Terminations of, 36. 
Treatment of, 37. 
of Peridental Membrane, 48. 
of Dental Pulp, 69. 
of Mucous Membrane of the 
Mouth, Syphilitic, 58. 
Inhalents, 161. 
Injections, 161. 
Infusions, 161. 
Infusum Capsici, 295. 
Ingluvin, 469, 
Inorganic Materia Medica, 129. 
Iodide of Potassium, 408. 
of Zinc, 551. 
Iodine, 407, 
Tri-chloride, 411, 412. 
Iodophenacetin, 413. 
Iodophenin, 414. 
Iodized Collodion, 341. 
Iodoform, 400. 
Vapor, Use of, 402. 586 
GENERAL INDEX. 
Iodoformum, 400. 
Iodol, 405. 
Iodum, 407. 
Iridis Rizome, 414. 
Iron and Preparations, 375. 
Irritants, 145. 
Irritation, 19. 
of Dental Pulp, 68. 
of Teething, 46. 
Ischaemia, 19. 
Isobutyl-ortho-cresol-iodide, 374. 
Isonandra Gutta, 415. 
Issues and Setons, 92, 148. 
T ABORANDI, 482. 
J Jamaica Dogwood, 484. 
Japanese Camphor, 429. 
KALIUM-NATRIUM, 490. 
Kandol, 416. 
Kino, 420. 
Kirk’s Bleaching Methods, 476, 524. 
Krameria, 417. 
Kresolum, 418. 
LABARRAQUE’S Solution, 
419. 
Lacmus, 417, 
Lacto-Phosphate of Lime Syrup, 
287. 
Lanolin, 418. 
Laudanum, 462. 
Laughing Gas, 443. 
Laxatives, 139, 157. 
Lead Poisoning, 55. 
Water, 486. 
Leeches, 93. 
Lenitives, 148. 
Leopard’s Bane, 273. 
Lime, 286. 
Liniment, 287. 
Water, 286. 
Liniments 161. 
Linimentum Calcis, 287. 
Camphorae, 292. 
Saponis, 292. 
Terebinthinae, 532. 
Liquefied Nitrous Oxide, 445. 
Liquor Ammonii Acetatis, 255. 
Calcis, 286. 
Ferri Perchloridi. 378. 
Ferri Subsulphatis, 378. 
Gutta Percha, 416. 
Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus, 
486. 
Potassii Arsenitis, 172. 
Sodae Chloratae, 419. 
Potassii Permanganatis, 498. 
Zinci Chloridi, 549. 
Gutta Percha, 416. 
Listerian Method, 153. 
Listerine, 183. 
Lithium, 421. 
Lithii Benzoas, 421. 
Lithii Bromidium, 281. 
Lithii Carbonas, 421. 
Lithii Citras, 421. 
Lithii Salicylas, 421. 
Lithontriptics, 145. 
Litmus, 422. 
Local Anaesthesia, 241. 
Bloodletting, 93, 
Loretin, 421. 
Lotions, 161. 
Lunar Caustic, 267. 
Lysol, 423. 
Magnesia, 425. 
Magnesii Chloridum, 301. 
Magnesium Hydrate, 426. 
Sulphas, 427. 
Marigold, 285. 
Marshall Hall’s Ready Method, 
238. 
Matico, 428. 
Maxillary Abscess, 53. 
May Apple. 487. 
Measurement of Medicinal Sub- 
stances, 83. 
Measuring Liquids by Drops, 84. 
Meadow Saffron, 338. 
Medicated Oxyphosphate of Zinc 
Fillings, 206. 
Menthol, 429. 
Mel Boracis, 521. 
Sodii Boracis, 185, 521. 
Mercury, 390. 
with Chalk, 397. 
Bichloride of, 391. 
Mercurial Ointment, 397. 
Poisoning, 55. 
Stomatitis, 55. 
Mercuric Chloride, 391. 
Mercurous Chloride, 395. 
Meta-iodo-ortho-oxyquinoline and 
Sulphonic Acid, 422. 
Methyl Chloride, 301. 
Methyl Ether, 432. 
Methyl-Ethylic Ether, 432. 
Methyl Violet, 499. GENERAL INDEX. 
587 
Methylene, 431. 
Methylene-blue, 261. 
Metric System of Weights and 
Measures, 86. 
Microcidin, 432. 
Micro-Organisms, Effects of, 35. 
Mild Chloride of Mercury, 395. 
Mistura Amygdalae, 456. 
Mistura Cretae, 350. 
Mixed Chloroform Morphia Nar- 
cosis, 314. 
Mixtures, 162. 
Monobromated Camphor, 294. , 
Mono-Chlor-Ethane, 362. 
Monsel’s Solution and Powder, 378. 
Morphina, 433. 
Morphinae Acetas, 434. 
Hydrochloras or Murias, 434. 
Sulphas, 435. 
Morphine, 433. 
Narcosis, 314. 
Muriate of Ammonia, 258. 
of Morphine, 434. 
Muriatic Acid, 200. 
Myrrh, 439. 
Myrrh a, 439. 
Myrtle Oil, 440. 
Myrtol, 440. 
NAPIITHALIN, 441. 
Napelline, 219. 
Naphthalene, 441. 
Naphtol, 442. 
Narcotics, 130. 
Nasal Polypus, 62. 
Natural Distribution of Remedies, 
129. 
Nausea from Impression Taking, 
293- 
Nauseants, 135. 
Necrosed Teeth, 74. 
Necrosis of Alveolar Process, 54. 
of Jaw, 60. 
Nelaton’s Method of Resuscita- 
tion, 236. 
Nervines, 158. 
Neuralgia, Edentulous, 72. 
Neurotics, 130. 
New Remedies. A list of, Their 
Action and Posology, 565. 
Nitrate of Ammonia, 444. 
of Potassium, 495. 
of Silver, 267. 
Nitre, 495. 
Nitric Acid, 202. 
Nitric Oxide, 445. 
Nitrite of Amyl, 260. 
Nitrous Oxide, 443, 
Nitrous Oxide, Action and Admin- 
istration of, 446, 448. 
Nitrous Powders, 495. 
Non-metals, 129. 
Nutritives, 158. 
Nux Vomica, 450. 
OBTUNDING Mixtures, Use of, 
242. 
Odontones, 72. 
Oil of Cassia, 320. 
of Cajuput, 456. 
of Camphor, 292. 
of Cinnamon, 320. 
of Cloves, 457. 
of Eucalyptus, 371. 
of Gaultheria, 382. 
of Peppermint, 430. 
of Pyrethrum, 501. 
of Sanitas, 532, 533. 
of Sweet Almonds, 455- 
of Turpentine, 531. 
of Vitriol, 209. 
Oils, Essential, 357. 
Ointment of Carbolic Acid, 189. 
of Creasote. 346. 
of Galls, 199. 
of Tannic Acid, 217. 
of Vaseline, 543. 
of Veratrine, 545. 
Ointments, 162. 
Oleate of Aluminum, 454. 
of Arsenic, 455. 
of Bismuth, 454. 
of Cadmium, 455. 
of Cocaine, 323. 
of Copper, 454. 
of Lead, 454. 
of Mercury, 453. 
of Nickel, 455, 
of Silver, 455. 
of Zinc, 453. 
Oleates, Medicinal, 162, 452. 
Oleum Amygdalae Dulcis, 455. 
Cajuputi, 456. 
Camphorae, 292. 
Caryophilli, 457. 
Cinnamomi, 320. 
Eucalypti, 371. 
Gaultheriae, 382. 
Morrhuae, 458. 
Sanitas, 532. 
Terebinthinae, 531. 588 
GENERAL INDEX. 
Opium, 459. 
Organic Defects of Structure, 72. 
Organic Materia Medica, 129. 
Orris Rhizome, 414. 
Root, 414. 
Ossification of Dental Pulp, 70. 
Oxide of Potassium, 488. 
of Zinc, 552. 
Oxychoride of Zinc Filling Ma- 
terial, 553. 
Oxyphosphate of Zinc Filling Ma- 
terial, 205, 206, 553. 
of Zinc Filling Medicated, 206. 
Oxyquinaseptol, 468. 
PAIN after the Extraction of 
Teeth, 48, 195, 227, 292, 317, 
438. 
Passive Hypersemia, 18. 
Papain or Papaiva, 464. 
Paraacetphenitidine, 478. 
Paralysis, Infantile, 74. 
Paraldehyde, 464. 
Paregoric Elixir, 462. 
Pasteurine. 559. 
Pellitory, 500. 
Peppermint Camphor, 429. 
Pepsin, 467. 
Pepsinum, 467. 
Saccharatum, 468. 
Percentage Solution, Tables for, 80. 
Perchloride of Iron, 377. 
Pericementitis, 48. 
Pental, 465. 
Periodontitis, 48. 
Permanganate of Potassium, 496. 
Peroxide of Hydrogen, 469. 
Peroxide of Hydrogen, Test for, 
Peroxide of Sodium, 474. [472. 
Peruvian Bark, 317. 
Petrolatum, 543. 
Petroleum Ointment, 543. 
Phenacetine, 478. 
Phenate of Cocaine, 478. 
Phenate of Sodium, 518, 519. 
Phenic Acid. 186. 
Phenol, 186. 
Phenol-Camphor, 289, 293. 
Phenol Sodique, 193, 518, 519. 
Phenosalyl, 482. 
Phenyl-Acetamide, 165. 
Phenyl Ether of Salicylic Acid, 514. 
Phenylic Alcohol, 186. 
Phosphate of Lime, 481. 
Phosphate of Sodium, 481. 
Phosphates, 480. 
Phosphites, 480. 
Phosphorus, 480. 
Phosphor Necrosis, 54. 
Phosphoric Acid, 204. 
in the Anhydrous State, 204. 
Pills, 162. 
Pilocarpus, 482. 
Pilulae Hydrargyei, 396. 
Pinus Canadensis, 483. 
Piscidia, Erythrina, 484. 
Pix Canadensis, 483. 
Plasters, 162. 
Plethora, 18. 
Plumbi Acetas, 485. 
Podophyllum, 487. 
Poisons, 113. 
Symptoms, and Antidotes for, 
Acids, Mineral, 113. 
Aconite, 114, 
Alkalies, 114. 
Antimony, 114. 
Arsenious Acid, 114. 
Argenti Nitras, 114. 
Atropine, 115. 
Belladonna, 115. 
Cannabis Indica, 115. 
Cantharides, 115. 
Carbolic Acid, 115. 
Chloral, 116. 
Chlorine Water, 116. 
Chloroform, 116. 
Cocaine, 334. 
Conium, 116. 
Copper, Sulphate of, 117. 
Corrosive Sublimate, 117. 
Creasote, 115, 345. 
Croton Oil, 117. 
Digitalis, 117. 
Hydrocyanic Acid, 117. 
Hyoscyamus, 118. 
Iodine, 118. 
Lead Salts, 118. 
Mercury, 118. 
Morphine, 118. 
Nux Vomica, 119. 
Opium, 119. 
Oxalic Acid, 119. 
Phosphorus, 119. 
Potash and Soda Salts, 119. 
Silver, Nitrate of, 119. 
Stramonium, 120. 
Strychnine, 120. 
Tobacco, 120. 
Zinc Salts, 120. GENERAL INDEX. 
589 
Poke root, 546. 
Posological Tables, 102. 
Potassa Alum, 252, 
Caustica. 488. 
Cum Calce, 489. 
Potassii Bicarbonas, 489. 
Potassii Bromidum, 491. 
Chloras, 492. 
Iodidum, 408. 
Nitras, 495. 
Permanganas, 496. 
Potassium and Sodium Compound, 
490. 
Poultices, 162. 
Pulpitis, 69. 
Powdered Subsulphate of Iron, 378. 
Precipitated Chalk, 349. 
Phosphate of Lime, 481. 
Prepared Chalk, 349. 
Preventive Measures against Dan- 
gers of Anaesthesia, 236. 
Prickly Ash, 547, 
Prince’s Method of Treating Alve- 
olar Abscess, 473. 
Protectives, 156. 
Protiodide of Mercury, 397. 
Protoxide of Nitrogen, 443. 
Prunus Virginiana, 499 
Pulse, the, 120. 
Variations in frequency of, 121. 
Pulvis Ferri Subsulphatis, 378. 
Ipecac et opii, 462. 
Purgatives, 139, 158 
Purified Animal Charcoal, 297. 
Pus, 30. 
Pyoktanin, 499. 
Pyorrhoea, Alveolar, 65. 
Pyrethrum, 500. 
Pyrophosphate of Sodium, 481. 
Pyrozone, 501. 
OUERCUS, Alba, 505. 
Quicksilver, 390. 
Quillaia Bark, 506. 
Quillaia Saponaria, 506. 
Quininae, 317, 508. 
Hypophosphis, 509 
Sulphas, 317, 508. 
Quinine, 317, 508. 
Quinoline, 299. 
RAPID Breathing as a Pain Ob- 
tunder, 244. 
Raymond’s Method of preparing 
and applying Cocaine, 331. 
Recession of Gums, 73. 
Red Sulphuret of Mercury, 398. 
Reduced Iron, 378. 
Refrigerants, 158. 
Remedies, Natural Distribution of, 
129. 
Resolvents, 159. 
Resorcin, 510. 
Respiration at Various Stages, 123. 
Restoratives, 159. 
Resuscitation, Methods of, 237. 
Rhatany, 417. 
Rheum, 512. 
Rhigolene, 513. 
Rhubarb, 512. 
Rigg’s Disease, 65. 
Robinson Remedy, 192. 
Rubefacients, 145. 
Rules for Administering Anaesthet- 
ics, 231. 
for Regulating Doses, 89. 
SACCHARATED Pepsin, 468. 
Sal Ammoniac, 258. 
Salicylic Acid, 206. 
Salicyl Resorcin Ketone, 511. 
Salicylate of Lithium, 421. 
Salicylate of Sodium, 523. 
Salipyrine, 208. 
Salivation, 55. 
Salol, 514. 
Saltpetre, 495. 
Sandaraca, 515. 
Sandarach, 515. 
Sanitas, 532. 
Sanitol, 533. 
Scarifications, 94. 
Scurvy, 55. 
Scrofula, 59. 
Sedatives, 135. 
Sensitive Dentine, 70. 
Serpentaria, 516, 
Sesquicarbonate of Sodium, 519. 
Setons and Issues, 92, 148. 
Shellac, 516. 
Sialagogues, 159. 
Soap Liniment, 292. 
Sodae Arsenias, 172. 
Sodae Phenas, 518. 
Sochi Bicarbonas, 519. 
Boras, 520. 
Bromidum, 281. 
Sodii Hypophosphis, 481. 
Phosphas, 481. 590 
GENERAL INDEX. 
Pyrophosphas, 481. 
Salicylas, 523. 
Sulphis, 523. 
Sodium Peroxide, 474. 
Sodium Silico-Fluoride, 525. 
Solubility of Chemicals in Water 
and Alcohol, 126. 
Solution of Acetate of Ammonia, 
255- 
of Chlorinated Soda, 419. 
of Chloride of Zinc, 549. 
of Gutta Percha, 416. 
of Permanganate of Potas- 
sium, 498. 
of Subsulphate of Iron, 378. 
Soporifics, 130. 
S. Am. Soap free Bark, 506. 
Spastics, 135. 
Spirit of Camphor, 292. 
of Chloroform, 314. 
of Cinnamon, 321. 
of Nitrous Ether, 224. 
of Mindererus, 255. 
Spinants, 135. 
Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus, 
254. 
ZEtheris Compositus, 223. 
ZEtheris Nitrosi, 224. 
Camphorae, 292. 
Chloroformi, 314. 
Cinnamomi, 321. 
Frumenti, 246. 
Vini Gallici, 246. 
Stannum Chloridum, 301. 
Stenocarpine, 526. 
Sterilizing Instruments, 291. 
Stimulants, 134. 
Stomachics, 134. 
Stomatitis, 56. 
Gangrenous, 58. 
Ulcerous, 57. 
Mercurial, 55. 
Syphilitic, 58. 
Strophanthin, 527. 
Strophanthus, 527. 
Strychnine, 450. 
Strychninae Sulphas, 450. 
Styptic Colloid, 216. 
Cotton, 266. 
Styptics, 159. 
Subnitrate of Bismuth, 278. 
Subsulphate of Iron, 378. 
Sugar of Lead, 485. 
Sudorifics, 140. 
Sulfonal, 528. 
Sulphate of Atropine, 274. 
of Cadmium, 283. 
of Copper, 354. 
of Magnesium, 427. 
of Morphine, 435. 
of Quinine, 317, 508. 
of Strychnine, 450. 
of Zinc, 554. 
of Aluminium, 253. 
Sulphite of Soda, 523. 
Sulpho-Carbolates of Zinc, So- 
dium, Potassium, Magne- 
sium, Calcium and Quinine, 
190. 
Sulpho-Carbolic Acid, 189. 
Sulphophenol, 189. 
Sulphonal, 528. 
Sulphuric Acid, 209. 
Ether, 222. 
Sulphurous Acid, 213. 
Suppositories, 163. 
Suppurants, 147. 
Suppurating Teeth, 355. 
Suppuration, 29. 
Sylvester’s Method of Resuscita- 
tion, 237. 
Symptoms of Inflammation, 25. 
Synopsis of Treatment of Affec- 
tions of the Mouth, 46. 
Synthetic Carbolic Acid, 192. 
Syphilitic Inflammations of the 
Mouth, 88, 197. 
Teeth, 72. 
Ulcers, 197. 
Syrup of Lacto-Phosphate of Lime, 
481. 
Syrups, 163. 
Syrupus Calcii Lacto-Phosphatis, 
287, 481. 
Hypophosphitum, 481. 
TABLE of Doses of Medicines, 
102. 
of Elementary Substances, 125. 
of Equivalents, 88. 
of Solubility of Chemicals in 
Water and Alcohol, 126. 
Tables of Percentage Solutions, 80. 
Tannic Acid, 214. 
Tartaric Acid, 218. 
Tartrate of Chinoline, 297. 
Terchloride of Gold, 276. 
of Phenol, 530. 
Terebinthina, 531. GENERAL INDEX. 
591 
Terebinthene, Terpine, Terpinol, 
Terbene, 532, 
Teriodide of Formyl, 400. 
Terminations of Inflammation, 36. 
Test Papers for Dentists, 564. 
Tests for Arsenic, 180. 
Test for Bichloride of Mercury, 394. 
Test for Presence of Cocaine, 335. 
Test for Peroxide of Hydrogen, 472. 
Tetra-iodo-ethylene-diodoform,4o5 
Tetraiodopyrrol, 405. 
Thermometers, 123, 124. 
Thierch’s Method of Morphia Nar- 
cosis, 314. 
Thrush, 6t. 
Thymacetin, 536. 
Thymol, 533. 
Tinctura Aconiti, 220. 
Arnica, 273. 
Calendula, 285. 
Capsici, 295. 
Tinctura Catechu, 299. 
Eucalypti, 372. 
Gelsemii, 383. 
Iodi, 409. 
Iodi Composita, 409. 
Kino, 421. 
Krameriae, 417. 
Myrrhae, 439. 
Opii, 462. 
Opii Camphorata, 462. 
Opii Deodorata, 462. 
Pyrethri, 501. 
Tinctura Strophanthi, 527. 
Veratri Viridis, 547. 
Tinctures, 163. 
To Render Hands Aseptic, 474. 
Tonics, 132. 
Topical Remedies, 91. 
Treatment of Cocaine Poisoning, 
334- 
Treatment of Dangerous Symptoms 
of Anaesthesia, 236. 
of Inflammation, 37. 
Trichloride of Iodine, 411, 412. 
Tri-Brom-Phenol, 282. 
Trichlorphenol, 538. 
Trichloroacetic Acid, 536. 
Tricresole, 538. 
Trikresole, 538. 
Tri-Methyl Ethylene, 465. 
Troches of Chlorate of Potassium, 
Tropacocaine, 539. [493. 
Tropacocaine Benzoyl-pseudo-tro- 
pein, 539. 
Troy Weight, 85. 
Tumor of Jaws, Malignant Form 
of, 59 
of Upper Jaws, 59. 
Turpentine, 531. 
Turpentine as a Sterilizer of Instru- 
ments, etc., 533. 
ULCERATION, 34. 
Ulceration, Alveolar, 52. 
Ulcers of Mouth, Syphili- 
tic, 57. 
Ulitis, 56. 
Unerupted Impacted Tooth, 60. 
Unguentum Acidi Carbolici, 189. 
Acidi Tannici, 217. 
Boricum, 184. 
Creasoti, 346. 
Gallae, 199. 
Hydrargyri, 397. 
Veratnna, 545. 
Urethran. 541. 
Urethrane, 541. 
VALERIAN, 542. 
Valerianate of Ammonium. 
257, 542. 
Van Woert’s Method of Bleaching 
Discolored Teeth, 477. 
Variation in the Frequency of the 
Pulse, 121. 
Varnish, Colored, 517. 
Aqueous, 517. 
Transparent, 516. 
Dental, 407. 
Vaselin, 543. 
Vaseline Camphor Ice, 544. 
Vaselone, 545. 
Veratrina, 545. 
Veratrine, 545. 
Veratrum Viride, 546. 
Vermifuges, 149. 
Vermilion, 398 
Vermilion, Effects of, on Mouth, 
398. 
Vesicants, 146, 160. 
Vienna Paste, 489 
Vinum, 247. 
Vinum Opii, 461. 
Pepsini, 468. 
Virginia Snake Root, 516. 
Vitalized Air, 234. 
Voltaic Narcotism, 242. 
Von Bonhorst’s Method, 243. 592 
GENERAL INDEX. 
W ALB’S Method of Using Co- 
caine, 330. 
Obolinskie’s Method, 332. 
Raymond’s Method, 331. 
Weights and Measures, 85. 
White Oak Bark, 505. 
White Oxide of Arsenic, 168. 
Wild Cherry, 499. 
Windle’s Method of Administering 
Anaesthetics, 234. 
Wine of Opium, 461. 
Wintergreen, 381. 
Witch Hazel, 389. 
Wolfsbane, 219. 
Wood Charcoal, 297. 
Wyeth’s Antiseptic Solution, 373. 
547. 
YELLOW Cinchona, 317. 
Jasmine, 382. 
Yversen’s Method of Admin- 
istering Anaesthetics, 235. 
ZINCI Chloridum, 548. 
Iodidum, 551. 
Oxidum, 552. 
Sulphas, 554. 
Valerianas, 542. READ “SPECIAL NOTE” BELOW. 
CATALOGUE 
No. 1. 
CATALOGUE 
OF 
Medical, Dental, 
SEPTEMBER, 1897. 
Pharmaceutical, and Scientific Publications, 
WITH A SUBJECT INDEX, 
OF ALL BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO. 
(Successors to Lindsay & Blakiston), 
PUBLISHERS, IMPORTERS, AND BOOKSELLERS, 
IOI2 WALNUT ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
SPECIAL NOTE 
The prices as given in this catalogue are absolutely net, no discount will 
be allowed retail purchasers under any consideration. This rule has been 
established in order that everyone will be treated alike, a general reduction in 
former prices having been made to meet previous retail discounts. Upon 
receipt of the advertised price any book will be forwarded by mail or express, 
all charges prepaid. 
We keep a large stock of Miscellaneous Books relating to Medicine and 
Allied Sciences, published in this country and abroad. Inquiries in regard to 
prices, date of edition, etc., will receive prompt attention. 
The following Catalogues sent free upon application:— 
CATALOGUE No. 1.—A complete list of the titles of all our publications on Medicine, 
Dentistry, Pharmacy, and Allied Sciences, with Classified 
Index. 
CATALOGUE No. 2.—Medical Books. Illustrated with portraits of prominent authors 
and figures from special books. 
CATALOGUE No. 3.—Pharmaceutical Books. 
CATALOGUE No. 4.—Books on Chemistry and Technology. 
CATALOGUE No. 5.—Books for Nurses and Lay Readers. 
CATALOGUE No. 6.—Books on Dentistry and Books used by Dental Students. 
CATALOGUE No. 7.—Books on Hygiene and Sanitary Science; Including Water and 
Milk Analysis, Microscopy, Physical Education, Hospitals, etc. 
SPECIAL CIRCULARS.—Morris’ Anatomy; Gould’s Medical Dictionaries; Moullin’s 
Surgery; Books on the Eye; The ? Quiz Compends? Series, 
Visiting Lists, etc. We can also furnish sample pages of 
many of our publications. 
P. Blakiston, Son & Co.’s publications may be had through booksellers in all the 
principal cities of the United States and Canada, or any book will be sent, postpaid, upon 
receipt of the price, or forwarded by express, C. O. D. No discount can be allowed retail 
purchasers under any circumstances. Money should be remitted by express or post-office money 
order, registered letter, or bank draft. CLASSIFIED LIST, WITH PRICES, 
THE PRICES OF ALL BOOKS ARE NET. 
OF ALL BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., PHILADELPHIA. 
When the price is not given below, the book is out of print or about to be published. 
Cloth binding, unless otherwise specified. For full descriptions see following Catalogue. 
ANATOMY. 
Ballou. Veterinary Anat. Jo.80 
Campbell. Dissector. - 1.00 
Heath. Practical. 7th Ed. 4.25 
Holden. Dissector. Oil-cloth, 2.50 
Osteology. - - 5.2s 
Landmarks. 4th Ed. 1.00 
Macalister's Text-Book. - 5.0J 
Marshall’s Phys. and Anat. 
Diagrams. 40.00 and 60.00 
Morris. Text-Book of. 791 Ulus. 
Clo , 6.00; Sh., 7.00; Rus., 8.00 
Potter. Compend of. 5th 
Ed. 133 Illustrations. - .80 
Wilson’s Anatomy nth Ed. 5.00 
Windle. Surface Anatomy. 1.00 
ANESTHETICS. 
Buxton. Anaesthetics. - 1.25 
Turnbull. 4th Ed. - 2.50 
BRAIN AND INSANITY. 
Blackburn. Autopsies. - 1.25 
Gowers. Diagnosis of Dis- 
eases of the Brain. 2d Ed. 1.50 
Horsley. Brain and S. Cord. 2.50 
Hyslop. Mental Physiology. 4.25 
Lewis (Bevan). Mental 
Diseases. 2d Ed. - 
Mann’s Psychological Med. 3.00 
Regis. Mental Medicine. - 2.00 
Stearns. Mental Dis Ulus. 2.75 
Tuke. Dictionary of Psycho- 
logical Medicine. 2 Vols. 10.00 
Wood. Brain and Overwork. .40 
CHEMISTRY. 
See Technological Books, Water. 
Allen. Commercial Organic 
Analysis. 2d Ed. Volume I. 
Volume II. - - 
Volume 111. Parti. 
Volume III. Part II. 4.50 
Volume III. Part III. 4.50 
Volume III. Part IV. 
Bartley. Medical and Phar- 
maceutical. 4th Ed. - 2.75 
Bloxam’s Text-Book. 8th Ed. 4.25 
Caldwell. Qualitative and 
Quantitative Analysis. - 1.50 
Clowes. Qttal. Analysis. - 1.00 
Groves and Thorp Chemi- 
cal Technology Vol. I. Fuels 5.00 
Vol. II. Lighting. - 4.00 
Holland. Urine, Gastric Con- 
tents, Poisons and Milk Anal- 
ysis. 5th Ed. ... 1.00 
Leffmann’s Compend. - .80 
Progressive Exercises. 1.00 
Milk Analysis. - - 1 25 
Structural Formulae. - 1.00 
Muter. Pract. and Anal. 1.25 
Oettel. Electro-Chem. - 
Electro-Chem. Exper. 
Richter’s Inorganic. 4th Ed. 1.75 
Organic. 2d Ed. 4.50 
Smith. Electro-Chem. Anal. 1.25 
Smith and Keller. Experi- 
ments. 3d Ed. Ulus. .60 
Stammer. Chem. Problems. .50 
Sutton. Volumetric Anal. 4.50 
Symonds. Manual of. 2.00 
Watts. (Fowne’s) Inorg. 2.00 
(Fowne’s) Organ. 2.00 
Woody. Essentials of 4th Ed. 
CHILDREN. 
Cautley. Feeding of Infants. 2.00 
Hale. Care of. - .5° 
Hatfield. Compend of. .80 
Meigs. Milk Analysis. - .50 
Money. Treatment of. - 2.50 
Power. Surgical Diseases of. 2.50 
Starr. Digestive Organs of. 2.00 
Hygiene of the Nursery. 1.00 
Taylor and Wells. Manual. 
CLINICAL CHARTS. 
Griffiths. Graphic. Pads. .50 
Temperature Charts. " .50 
COMPENDS 
And The Quiz-Compends. 
Ballou. Veterinary Anat. $0.80 | 
Brubaker's Physiol. 8th Ed. .80 j 
Gould and Pyle. The Eye. .80 
Hall. Pathology. lllus. .80 
Hatfield. Children. - .80 ! 
Horwitz. Surgery. 5th Ed. .80 
Hughes. Practice. 2 Pts. Ea. .80 
Landis. Obstetrics. 5th Ed. .80 j 
Leffmann’s Chemistry. 4th Ed. .80 
Mason. Electricity. - .75 [ 
Potter's Anatomy, 5th Ed. .80 
Materia Medica. 6th Ed. .80 
Schamberg. Skin Diseases. .80 
Stewart, Pharmacy. 5th Ed .80 
Warren. Dentistry. 2d Ed. .80 
Wells. Gynaicology. - .80 
CONSUMPTION. 
Harris and Beale. Pulmo- 
nary Consumption. - - 2.50 
Powell. Diseases of Lungs, 
including Consumption. - 4.00 
Tussey. High Altitude Treat- 
ment of. 1.50 
DEFORMITIES. 
Reeves. Bodily Deformities 
and their Treatment. Ulus. 1,75 
DENTISTRY. 
Barrett. Dental Surg. - 1.00 
Blodgett. Dental Pathology. 1.25 
Flagg. Plastic Filling. - 4.00 
Fillebrown. Op. Dent. lllus. 2.25 
Gorgas. Dental Medicine. 4x0 
Harris. Principles and Prac. 6.00 
Dictionaiy of. 5th Ed. 4.50 
Heath. Dis. of Jaws. - 4 50 
Lectures on Jaws. Bds. .50 
Richardson. Mech. Dent. 5.00 
Sewell. Dental Surg. - 2.00 
Taft. Operative Dentistry. 
, Index of Dental Lit. 2.00 
Talbot. Irregularity of Teeth. 3.00 
Tomes. Dental Surgery. 4.00 
Dental Anatomy. 3.50 
Warren’s Compend of. - .80 
Dental Prosthesis and 
Metallurgy, lllus. - 1.25 
White. Mouth and Teeth. .40 
DICTIONARIES. 
Cleveland’s Pocket Medical. .50 
Gould’s Illustrated Dictionary’ 
of Medicine, Biology, and Al- 
lied Sciences, etc. Leather, 
Net, $10.00; Half Russia, 
Thumb Index, - Net, 12 00 
Gould’sStudent’s Medical Dic- 
tionary. J4 Lea., 10th Ed., 
3.25 : Yi Mor.,Thumb Index. 4.00 
Gould’s Pocket Dictionary. 
12,000 medical words. Lea., 
100: Thumb Index, - 1.25 
Harris’ Dental. Clo.4.50; Shp.5.50 
Longley’s Pronouncing. .75 
Maxwell. Terminologia Med- 
ica Polyglotta. - - 3.00 
Treves. German-English. 3.25 
EAR. 
Burnett. Hearing, etc. .40 
Dalby. Diseases of. 4th Ed. 2.50 
Hovell. Treatise on. - 5 00 
Pritchard. Diseasesof. 3d Ed. 1.50 
Woakes. Deafness, Giddi- 
ness, and Noises in the Head. 2.00 
ELECTRICITY. 
Bigelow. Plain Talks on Medi- 
cal Electricity. 43 lllus. 1.00 
Mason’s Electricity and its 
Medical and Surgical Uses. .75 
Jones. Medical Electricity. 
2d Ed. Ulus. - - 2.50 
EYE. 
Arlt. Diseases of. - - 1.25 
Donders. Refraction. - 
Fick. Diseases of the Eye. 4.50 
Gould and Pyle. Compend. Jo 80 
Gower’s Ophthalmoscopy. 4.00 
Harlan. Eyesight. - .40 
Hartridge. Refraction. 8thEd.1.50 
Ophthalmoscope. 3d Ed. 1.50 
Hansell and Bell. Clinical 
Ophthalmology. 120 lllus. 1.50 
Macnamara. Diseases of. 3.50 
Morton. Refraction. 6th Ed. 1.00 
Ohlemann. Ocular Therap. 
Phillips. Spectacles and Eye- 
glasses. 49 lllus. 2d Ed. 1.00 
Swanzy’s Handbook. 6th Ed. 3.00 
Thorington. Retinoscopy. 1.00 
Walker. Student’s Aid. 1.50 
FEVERS. 
Collie, On Fevers. - 2 co 
Goodall and Washbourn. 3.00 
HEADACHES. 
Day. Their Treatment, etc. 1.00 
HEALTH AND DOMESTIC 
MEDICINE. 
Bulkley. 1'heSkin. - .40 
Burnett. Hearing. - .40 
Cohen. Throat and Voice. .40 
Dulles. Emergencies. 5th Ed. 1.00 
Harlan. Eyesight. - .40 
Hartshorne. Our Homes. .40 
Osgood. Dangers of Winter. .40 
Packard. Sea Air, etc. .40 
Richardson’s Long Life. .40 
Westland. The Wife and 
Mother. ... 150 
White. Mouth and Teeth. .40 
Wilson. Summer and its Dis. .43 
Wood. Overwork. - .40 
HISTOLOGY. 
Stirling. Histology. 2d Ed. 2.00 
Stohr’s Histology. lllus. - 3.00 
HYGIENE. 
Canfield. Hygiene of the Sick- 
Room. .... 1.35 
Coplin and Bevan. Practi- 
cal Hygiene, lllus. - 3.25 
Fox. Water, Air, Food. 3.50 
Kenwood. Public Health 
Laboratory Guide. - 2.00 
Lincoln. School Hygiene. .40 
McNeill. Epidemics and Iso- 
lation Hospitals. - - 3.50 
Notter and Firth. - 7.00 
Parkes’ (E.). See “ Notter.” 
(L. C.), Manual. 2.50 
Elements of Health. 1.25 
Starr. H ygiene of the Nursery. 1.00 
Stevenson and Murphy. A 
Treatise on Hygiene. In 3 
Vols. Circular Vol. 1, 6.00 
upon application. Vol. II, 6.00 
Vol. Ill, 5.00 
Wilson’s Handbook. 8th Ed. 
Weyl. Coal-Tar Colors, 1,25 
JOURNALS, Etc. 
Ophthalmic Review. 12 Nos. 3.00 
New Sydenham Society’s 
Publications, each year. - 8.00 
KIDNEY DISEASES. 
Thornton. Surg. of Kidney. 1.50 
Tyson. Bright’s Disease and 
Diabetes, lllus. - - 
MASSAGE. 
Kleen and Hartwell. - 2.25 
Murrell. Massage. 5th Ed. 1.25 
Ostrom. Massage. 87 lllus. 1.00 
MATERIA MEDICA. 
Biddle. 13th Ed. Cloth, 4.00 
Bracken. Materia Med. 2.75 
Davis. Essentials of Materia 
Med. and Pres. 1.50 
Gorgas. Dental. 5th Ed. 4.C0 
Heller. Essentials of. - 1.50 
Potter’s Compend of. 5th Ed. .80 ALL PRICES ARE NET. 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF P. BLAK1ST0N, SON CO.'S PUBLICATIONS. 
Potter’s Handbook of. Sixth 
Ed. Cloth, 4.50; Sheep, $5.50 
Sayre. Organic Materia Med. 
and Pharmacognosy. - 4.00 
White & Wilcox. Mat. Med., 
Pharmacy, Pharmacology, 
and Therapeutics. 3d Ed. 
Enlarged. Cloth, 2.75; Sh. 3.25 
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
Mann. Forensic Med. - 6.50 
Reese. Medical Jurisprudence 
&Toxicology,4th Ed.3.00; Sh. 3.50 
MICROSCOPE. 
Beale. How to Work with. 6.50 
In Medicine. - 6.50 
Carpenter. The Microscope. 
7th Ed. 800 Illus. - 5.50 
Lee. Vade Mecum of. - 4.00 
MacDonald. Examination of 
Water and Air by. - 2.50 
Reeves. Med. Microscopy. 2.50 
Wethered. Medical Micros- 
copy. Ulus. ... 2.00 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
Black. Micro-organisms. .75 
Burnet. Food and Dietaries. 1.50 
Duckworth. On Gout. - 6.00 
Garrod. Rheumatism, etc. 5.00 
Gould. Borderland Studies. 2.00 
Gowers. Dynamics of Life. .75 
Haig. Uric Acid. - - 3.00 
Hare. Mediastinal Disease. 2.00 
Hemmeter. Dis. of Stomach. 6 00 
Henry. Anaemia. - - .50 
Leffmann. Coal Tar Products. 1.25 
Lizars. On Tobacco - .40 
Marshall. Women’sMed.Col. 1.50 
Parrish. Inebriety. - 1.00 
St. Clair. Medical Latin. 1.00 
Sansom. Dis. of Heart. - 6.00 
Treves. Physical Education. .75 
NERVOUS DISEASES, Etc. 
Beevor. Nervous Diseases. 
Gowers. Manual of. 2d Ed. 
530 Ulus. Vol. 1,3.00; Vol. 2,4.co 
Syphilis and the Ner- 
vous System. ... 1 00 
Diseases of Brain. 1.50 
Clinical Lectures. 2.co 
Epilepsy. New Ed. 
Horsley. Brain and Spinal 
Cord. Ulus. - - - 2.50 
Obersteiner. Central Nervous 
System. - - - - 5.30 
Ormerod. Manual of. - 1.00 
Osier. Cerebral Palsies. 2.00 
Chorea - - 2.00 
Page. Railway Injuries. - 2.25 
Preston. Hysteria. Illus. 2.00 
Thorburn. Spinal Cord. - 4.00 
Watson. Concussions. r.oo 
NURSING. 
Brown. Physiology for Nurses. .75 
Canfield. Hygiene of the Sick- 
Room. - - - - 1.25 
Cuff. Lectures to Nurses. 1.00 
Cullingworth. Manual of. .75 
Monthly Nursing. .40 
Domville’s Manual. 8th Ed. .75 
Fullerton. Obst. Nursing. 1.00 
Nursing in Abdominal 
Surg. and Dis. of Women, 1.50 
Humphrey. Manual. 15thEd. 1.00 
Shawe. District Nursing. 1.00 
Starr. Hygiene of the Nursery. 1.00 
Temperature Charts. -_ .50 
Voswinkel. Surg Nursing. 1.00 
OBSTETRICS. 
Bar. Antiseptic Midwifery. 1.00 
Cazeaux and Tarnier. Text- 
Book of. Colored Plates. 4.50 
Davis. Obstetrics. Illus. 2.00 
Jellett. Midwifery. - 1.75 
Landis. Compend. 5th Ed. .80 
Schultze. Obstetric Diagrams. 
20 Plates, map size. Net, 26.00 
Strahan. Extra-Uterine Preg. .75 
Winckel’s 'Text-book. 5.00 
PATHOLOGY. 
Blackburn. Autopsies. 1.25 
Blodgett. Dental Pathology glt.25 
Gilliam. Essentials of. - .75 
Hall Compend. lllus. - .80 
Virchow. Post-motiems. .75 
Whitacre. Lab. Text-book. 
PHARMACV 
Beasley’s Receipt-Book. - 2.00 
Formulary. - - 2.00 
Coblentz. Manual of Pharm. 3.50 
Proctor. Practical Pharm. 3.00 
Robinson. Latin Grammar of. 1.75 
Sayre. Organic Materia Med. 
and Pharmacognosy. - 4 00 
Scoville. Compounding. 2.50 
Stewart’s Compend. 5th Ed .80 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 7th 
Revision. Cl. 2.50; Sh., 3.00 
Select Tables from U. S. P. .25 
PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 
Fenwick Medical. 8th Ed. 
Tyson’s Manual. 2d Ed. Illus. 1.25 
PHYSIOLOGY. 
Brown. Physiol, for Nurses. .75 
Brubaker’s Compend. Illus- 
trated. 8th Ed. - - .80 
Kirke’s New 14th Ed. (Halli- 
burton.) Cloth, 3.25; Sh., 4.00 
Landois’ Text-book. 845 Illus- 
trations. - - - 
Starling. Elements of. - 1.00 
Stirling. Practical Phys. 2.00 
Tyson’s Cell Doctrine. - 1.50 
Yeo’s Manual. 254 111. 6th Ed. 2.50 
POISONS. 
Murrell. Poisoning. - 1.00 
Reese. Toxicology. 4th Ed. 3.00 
Tanner. Memoranda of. .75 
PRACTICE. 
Beale. Slight Ailments. 1.25 
Charteris, Guide to. - 2.00 
Fowler’s Dictionary of. - 3.00 
Hughes. Compend. 2 Pts. ea. .80 
Physicians’ Edition. 
1 Vol. Morocco, Gilt edge. 2.25 
Roberts. Text-book. 9th Ed. 4.50 
Taylor’s Manual of. - 2 00 
Tyson. The Practice of Medi- 
cine. Illus. Cl. 5.50; Sheep, 6.50 
PRESCRIPTION BOOKS. 
Beasley’s 3000 Prescriptions. 2.00 
Receipt Book. - 2.00 
Davis. Materia Medica and 
Prescription Writing. - 1.50 
Pereira’s Pocket-book. .75 
Wythe’s Dose and Symptom 
Book. 17th Ed. - - .75 
SKIN. 
Bulkley. The Skin. - .40 
Crocker. Dis, of Skin. Ulus. 4.50 
Impey. Leprosy. - - 3.50 
Schamberg. Compend. 80 
Van Harlingen. Diagnosis 
and 'Treatment of Skin Dis. 
3d Ed. 60 Ulus. - - 2.75 
SURGERY AND SURGICAL 
DISEASES. 
Caird and Cathcart. Sur- 
geon’s Pocket-Book. Lea. 2.50 
Deaver. Appendicitis. - 3.50 
Surgical Anatomy. - 
Dulles. Emergencies. - 1.00 
Hacker. Wounds. - - .50 
Heath’s Minor. 10th Ed. 1.25 
Diseases of Jaws. - 4.30 
Lectures on Jaws. .50 
Horwitz. Compend. 5th Ed. .80 
Jacobson. Operations of. - 3.00 
Macready on Ruptures - 6.00 
Maylard. Surgery of the Ali- 
mentary Canal. - - 7.50 
Moullin. Complete Text- 
book 3d Ed. by Hamilton, 
600 Illustrations and Colored 
Plates. Cl. 6.00; Sh. 7.00 
Roberts’ Fractures. - 1.00 
Smith. Abdominal Surg. io.co 
Swain. Surgical Enter. - 1.75 
Voswinkel. Surg Nursing. $1.00 
Walsham. Practical Surg. 2.00 
Watson’s Amputations. 5.50 
TECHNOLOGICAL BOOKS. 
Cameron. Oils & Varnishes. 2.25 
Soap and Candles. 2.00 
Gardner. Brewing, etc. 1.50 
Gardner. Bleaching and 
Dyeing. .... 1.50 
Groves and Thorp. Chemi- 
cal Technology. Vol. I. 
Mills on Fuels. - Cl. 5.00 
Vol. II. Lighting. - 4.00 
Vol. III. Lighting Contin'd. 
THERAPEUTICS. 
Allen, Harlan, Harte, Van 
Harlingen. Local Thera. 3.00 
Biddle. 13th Edition - 4 00 
Field. Cathartics and Emetics. 1.75 
Mays. Theine. - 50 
Napheys’ Therapeutics. Vol. 
1 Medical and Disease of 
Children. - Cloth, 4.00 
Vol. 2. Surgery, Gyna;c. 
& Obstet. - Cloth, 4.00 
Potter’s Compend. 5th Ed. .80 
, Handbook of. 4.50 ; Sh. 5.50 
Waring’s Practical 4th Ed. 2.co 
White and Wilcox. Mat. 
Med., Pharmacy, Pharmacol- 
ogy, and Thera. 3d Ed. 2.75 
THROAT AND NOSE. 
Cohen. Throat and Voice. .40 
Hall. Nose and 'Throat. - 2.30 
Hutchinson. Nose & Throat. 
Mackenzie. Throat Hospital 
Pharmacopoeia. 5th Ed. 1.00 
McBride. Clinical Manual, 
Colored Plates. 2d Ed. - 6.00 
Potter. Stammering, etc. 1.00 
Woakes. Post-Nasal Catarrh. 1.00 
URINE & URINARY ORGANS. 
Acton. Repro. Organs. 1.75 
Allen. 1 Mabetic Urine. 2.25 
Brockbank. Gall-Stones. 2 25 
Beale. Urin. Deposits. Plates. 2.00 
Holland. 'The Urine, Milk and 
Common Poisons. 5th Ed. 1.00 
Legg. On Urine 7th Ed. 1.00 
Memminger. Diagnosis by 
the Urine. Illus. - - 1.00 
Moullin. 'The Prostate. - 1.50 
Thompson. Urinary Organs. 3.C0 
Tyson. Exam, of Urine. 1.25 
Van Niiys. Urine Analysis. 1.00 
VENEREAL DISEASES. 
Cooper. Syphilis 2d Ed. - 5.C0 
Gowers. Syphilis and the 
Nervous System. - - 1.00 
Jacobson. Diseases of Male 
Organs. Illustrated. - 6.00 
VETERINARY 
Armatage. Vet. Retnemb. 1.0c 
Ballou. Anat. and Phys. .80 
Tuson. Pharmacopoeia. 2.25 
VISITING LISTS. 
Lindsay & Blakiston’s Reg- 
ular Edition. 1.00 to 2.25 
Perpetual Ed. 1.25 to 1.50 
Monthly Ed. .75101.00 
Send /or Circular. 
WATER. 
Fox. Water, Air, Food. 3 50 
Leffmann. Examination of. 1.25 
MacDonald. Examination of. 2.50 
WOMEN, DISEASES OF. 
Byford (H. T.). Manual. 2d 
Edition. 300 Illustrations. 3.00 
Byford {W. H ). Text-book. 2.o’o 
Diihrssen. Gynecological 
Practice. 105 Illustrations. 1.50 
Lewers. Dis. of Women. 
Wells. Compend. Ulus. .80 
Winckel, by Parvin. Manual 
of. Illustrated. 3d Ed. - BASED ON RECENT MEDICAL LITERATURE. 
Gould’s Medical Dictionaries 
BY GEORGE M. GOULD, A.M., M.D., 
President, 1893-94, American Academy of Medicine. 
THE STANDARD MEDICAL REFERENCE BOOKS. 
The Illustrated Dictionary of Medicine, 
Biology, and Allied Sciences. 
INCLUDING THE PRONUNCIATION, ACCENTUATION, DERIVATION, AND DEFINITION 
OF THE TERMS USED IN MEDICINE AND THOSE SCIENCES COLLATERAL TO IT: 
BIOLOGY (ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY), CHEMISTRY, DENTISTRY, PHARMACOLOGY, 
microscopy, etc. With many Useful Tables and numerous Fine Illustra- 
tions. Large, Square Octavo. 1633 pages. Third Edition now ready. 
Full Sheep, or Half Dark-Green Leather, $10.00; with Thumb Index, $11.00 
Half Russia, Thumb Index, $12.00 
The Student’s Medical Dictionary. Tenth Edition 
INCLUDING ALL THE WORDS AND PHRASES GENERALLY USED IN MEDICINE, WITH 
THEIR PROPER PRONUNCIATION AND DEFINITIONS, BASED ON RECENT MEDI- 
CAL literature. With Tables of the Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomains, 
Ptomains, etc., of the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Ganglia, and Plexuses; 
Mineral Springs of the U. S., etc. Small Octavo. 700 pages. 
Half Dark Leather, $3.25 ; Half Morocco, Thumb Index, $4.00 
4®“This edition has been completely rewritten, and is greatly enlarged 
and improved over former editions. 
“ We know of but one true way to test the value of a dictionary, and that is to use it. We 
have used tlie volume before us, as much as opportunity would permit, and in our search have 
never suffered disappointment. The definitions are lucid and concise, and are framed in the 
terms supplied by the latest authoritative literature, rather than by purely philological method. 
Obsolete words are omitted, and this has made the dimensions of the book convenient and com- 
pact. In making a dictionary, the author confesses that he has found out the labor consists in 
eliminating the useless, rather than adding the superfluous. The value of the work before us 
is increased by the large number of useful reference tables in anatomy, ptomains, micrococci, 
etc.”—The Physician and Surgeon, Ann Arbor. 
The Pocket Pronouncing Medical Lexicon. 
12,000 WORDS PRONOUNCED AND DEFINED. 
Double the Number in any Other Similar Book. Containing all the Words, 
their Definition and Pronunciation, that the Student generally comes in con- 
tact with; also elaborate Tables of the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Bacilli, 
etc., etc.; a Dose List in both English and Metric Systems, etc., arranged 
in a most convenient form for reference and memorizing. Thin 64mo. 
Full Limp Leather, Gilt Edges, $1.00; Thumb Index, $1.25 
. These books may be ordered through any bookseller, or upon receipt of 
price the publishers will deliver free to the purchaser’s address. Full descriptive 
circulars and sample pages sent free upon application. 
60,000 COPIES OF GOULD’S DICTIONARIES HAVE BEEN SOLD. All prices are net. No discount can be allowed retail purchasers 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO.’S 
jyjedical and Scientific publications, 
No. 1012 Walnut St., Philadelphia. 
ACTON. The Functions and Disorders of the Reproductive Organs in Childhood, 
Youth, Adult Age and Advanced Life, considered in their Physiological, Social 
p and Moral Relations. By Wm. Acton, m.d., m.r.c.s. 8th Edition. Cloth, $1.75 
ALLEN, HARLAN. HARTE, VAN HARLINGEN. . Local Therapeutics. 
A Handbook of Local Therapeutics, being a practical description of all those 
agents used in the local treatment of diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose, Throat, 
Mouth, Skin, Vagina, Rectum, etc., such as Ointments, Plasters, Powders, 
» Lotions, Inhalations, Suppositories, Bougies, Tampons, and the proper methods of 
I preparing and applying them. By Harrison Allen, m.d., Laryngologist to the 
Rush Hospital for Consumption; late Surgeon to the Philadelphia and St. 
Joseph’s Hospitals. George C. Harlan, m.d., late Professor of Diseases of the 
Eye in the Philadelphia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in Medicine; 
r Surgeon to the Wills Eye Hospital, and Eye and Ear Department of the 
Pennsylvania Hospital. Richard H. Harte, m.d., Surgeon to the Episcopal 
and St. Mary’s Hospital; Ass’t Surg. University Hospital; and Arthur Van 
Harlingen, m.d., Professor of Diseases of the Skin in the Philadelphia Poly- 
! clinic and College for Graduates in Medicine ; late Clinical Lecturer on Derma- 
p tologv in Jefferson Medical College; Dermatologist to the Howard Hospital. In 
One Handsome Compact Volume. Cloth,$3.00; Sheep, 54.00; Half Russia, $5.00 
ALLEN. Commercial Organic Analysis. A Treatise on the Modes of Assaying 
the Various Organic Chemicals and Products employed in the Arts, Manufactures, 
Medicine, etc., with Concise Methods for the Detection of Impurities, Adultera- 
f tions, etc. Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged. By Alfred Allen, f.c.s. 
Vol. I. Alcohols, Ethers, Vegetable Acids, Starch, etc. Out of l\int. 
Vol. II. Fixed Oils and Fats, Hydrocarbons and Mineral Oils, Phenols and 
their Derivatives, Coloring Matters, etc. Out of Print. 
Vol. Ill—Part I. Acid Derivatives of Phenols, Aromatic Acids, Tannins, 
• Dyes, and Coloring Matters. 8vo. Out of Print. 
Vol. Ill—Part II. The Amines, Pyridine and its Hydrozines and Derivatives. 
The Antipyretics, etc. Vegetable Alkaloids, Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, etc. 8vo. 
Cloth, #4.50 
Vol. Ill—Part III. Vegetable Alkaloids, Non-Basic Vegetable Bitter Princi- 
f pies. Animal Bases, Animal Acids, Cyanogen Compounds, etc. Cloth, #4.50 
Vol. Ill—Part IV. The Proteids and Albuminoid Compounds. In Press. 
. Chemical Analysis of Albuminous and Diabetic Urine. Illus. Cloth, $2.25 
ARLT. Diseases of the Eye. Clinical Studies on Diseases of the Eye. Including the 
Conjunctiva, Cornea and Sclerotic, Iris and Ciliary Body. By Dr. Ferd. Ritter 
* von Arlt, University of Vienna. Authorized Translation by Lyman Ware, 
m.d., Surgeon to the Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary, Chicago. 
Illustrated. 8vo. Cloth, $1.25 
ARMATAGE. The Veterinarian’s Pocket Remembrancer: being Concise 
p Directions for the Treatment of Urgent or Rare Cases, embracing Semeiology, 
Diagnosis, Prognosis, Surgery, Treatment, etc. By George Armatage, m.r.C.v.s. 
Second Edition. 321T10. Boards, $1.00 
Veterinary Anatomy and Physiology. By Wm. R. Ballou, m.d., 
r Prof, of Equine Anatomy, New York College of Veterinary Surgeons, Physician 
to Bellevue Dispensary, and Lecturer on Genito-Urinary Surgery, New Yoik 
Polyclinic, etc. With 29 Graphic Illustrations, nmo. No. 12 ? Quiz-Compend? 
Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved, for the addition of Notes, $1.25 
BAR. Antiseptic Midwifery. The Principles of Antiseptic Methods Applied to 
1 Obstetric Practice. By Dr. Paul Bar, Obstetrician to, formerly Interne in, the 
Maternity Hospital, Paris. Authorized Translation by Henry D. Fry, m.d., 
with an Appendix by the author. Octavo. Cloth, $1.00 6 
P. BLA RISTON, SON CO.’S 
BARRETT. Dental Surgery for General Practitioners and Students of Medicine 
and Dentistry. Extraction of Teeth, etc. By A. W. Barrett, m.d. Thirty 1 
Edition. 86 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
BARTLEY. Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Fourth Edition. A Text- 
book for Medical and Pharmaceutical Students. By E. H. Bartley, m.d., Pro- 
fessor of Chemistry and Toxicology at the Long Island College Hospital; Deag 
and Professor of Chemistry, Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; President of the 
American Society of Public Analysts; Chief Chemist, Board of Health, of; 
Brooklyn, N. Y. Revised and Enlarged. With Illustrations. Glossary and 
Complete Index. i2mo. 711 pages. Cloth, $2.75; Leather, $3.25 
BEALE. On Slight Ailments; their Nature and Treatment. By Lionel S. Beali? 
m.d., f.r.s., Professor of Practice, King‘s Medical College, London. Second 
Edition. Enlarged and Illustrated. 8vo. Cloth, $1.25 
The Use of the Microscope in Practical Medicine. For Students and 
Practitioners, with full directions for examining the various secretions, etc... 
in the Microscope. Fourth Edition. 500 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $6.50 
How to Work with the Microscope. A Complete Manual of Microscopical 
Manipulation, containing a full description of many new processes of 
investigation, with directions for examining objects under the highest 
powers, and for taking photographs of microscopic objects. Fifth 
Containing over 400 Illustrations, many of them colored. 8vo. Cloth, $6.50 
One Hundred Urinary Deposits, on eight sheets, for the Hospital, Labora- 
tory, or Surgery. New Edition. 4to. Paper, $2.co 
BEASLEY’S Book of Prescriptions. Containing over 3100 Prescriptions, collected 
from the Practice of the most Eminent Physicians and Surgeons—English 
French, and American; a Compendious History of the Materia Medica, Lists of1 
the Doses of all Officinal and Established Preparations, and an Index of Diseases 
and their Remedies. By Henry Beasley. Seventh Edition. Cloth, $2.00 
Druggists’ General Receipt Book. Comprising a copious Veterinary 
lary; Recipes in Patent and Proprietary Medicines, Druggists’ Nostrums, 
etc.; Perfumery and Cosmetics ; Beverages, Dietetic Articles and Condi- 
ments; Trade Chemicals, Scientific Processes, and an Appendix of Useful 
Tables. Tenth Edition. Revised. Just Ready. Cloth, $2.00 
Pocket Formulary and Synopsis of the British and Foreign 
Comprising Standard and Approved Formulae for the Preparations and' 
Compounds Employed in Medical Practice. Eleventh Edition. Cloth, $2.00 
BEEVOR. Diseases of the Nervous System and Their Treatment. By Chas. 
Edward Beevor, m.d., f.r.c.p., Physician to the National Hospital for Para- 
lyzed and Epileptic ; Formerly Assistant Physician University College Hospital 
London. i2mo. Nearly Ready. 
BIDDLE’S Materia Medica and Therapeutics. Including Dose List, Dietary fot: 
the Sick, Table of Parasites, and Memoranda of New Remedies. By Profi 
John B. Biddle, m.d., Late Prof, of Materia Medica in Jefferson Medical College. 
Philadelphia. Thirteenth Edition, thoroughly revised in accordance with 
U. S. P., by Clement Biddle, m.d., Assistant Surgeon, U. S. Navy. With 64 
Illustrations and a Clinical Index. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $5.00 
BIGELOW. Plain Talks on Medical Electricity and Batteries, with a Thera- 
peutic Index and a Glossary. Prepared for Practitioners and Students of Medi* 
cine. By Horatio R. Bigelow, m.d., Fellow of the British Gynaecological 
Society; of the American Electro-Therapeutic Association; Member American 
Medical Association, etc. 43 Illus., and a Glossary. 2d Ed. 121110. Cloth, <5i.oq MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBL1CA TIONS. 
7 
BLACK. Micro-Organisms. The Formation of Poisons. A Biological study ot 
the Germ Theory of Disease. By G. V. Black, m.d., d.d.s. Cloth, .75 
BLACKBURN. Autopsies. A Manual of Autopsies, Designed for the use of Hos- 
pitals for the Insane and other Public Institutions. By I. W. Blackburn, m.d., 
Pathologist to the Government Hospital for the Insane, Washington, D. C. With 
ten Full-page Plates and four other Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
BLODGETT’S Dental Pathology. By Albert N. Blodgett, m.d., Late Prof, of 
Pathology and Therapeutics, Boston Dental Coll. 33 Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
BLOXAM. Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. With Experiments. By 
Charles L. Bloxam. Edited by J. M. Thompson, Professor of Chemistry in 
King’s College, London, and A. G. Bloxam, Head of the Chemistry Depart- 
ment, Goldsmiths’ Institute, London. Eighth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 
281 Engravings, 20 of which are new. 8vo. Cloth, $4.25 ; Leather, $5.25 
BRACKEN. Outlines of Materia Medica and Pharmacology. By H. M. 
Bracken, Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics and of Clinical 
Medicine, University of Minnesota. Cloth, $2.75 
BROCKBANK. On Gall-Stones or Cholelithiasis. By Edward Mansfield 
Brockbank, M.d., m.r.c.p., London, Late Resident Medical Officer, Manchester 
Royal Infirmary, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $2.25 
BROWN. Elementary Physiology for Nurses. By Miss Florence Haig Brown, 
Late in Charge Nurse Department, St. Thomas’ Hospital, London. With many 
Illustrations. Cloth, .75 
BRUBAKER. Physiology. A Compend of Physiology, specially adapted for the 
use of Students and Physicians. By A. P. Brubaker, m.d., Demonstrator of 
Physiology at Jefferson Medical College, Prof, of Physiology, Penn’a College of 
Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. Eighth Edition. Revised, Enlarged, and Illus- 
trated. No. 4, ?Quiz-Compend? Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 ; Interleaved, $1.25 
BULKLEY. The Skin in Health and Disease. By L. Duncan Bulkley, m.d., 
Attending Physician at the New York Hospital. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 
BURNET. Foods and Dietaries. A Manual of Clinical Dietetics. By R. W. 
Burnet, m.d., m.r.c.p., Physician to the Great Northern Central Hospital. 
With Appendix on Predigested Foods and Invalid Cookery. Full directions as 
to hours of taking nourishment, quantity, etc., are given. Second Edition. 
i2mo. • Cloth, $1.50 
BURNETT. Hearing, and How to Keep It. By Chas. H. Burnett, m.d., Prof, 
of Diseases of the Ear at the Philadelphia Polyclinic. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 
BUXTON. On Anesthetics. A Manual. By Dudley Wilmot Buxton, m.r.c.s., 
m.r.c.p., Ass’t to Prof, of Med., and Administrator of Anesthetics, University 
College Hospital, London. Second Edition, Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
BYFORD. Manual of Gynecology. A Practical Student’s Book. By Henry T. 
Byford, m.d., Professor of Gynecology and Clinical Gynecology in the College 
of Physicians and Surgeons of Chicago; Professor of Clinical Gynecology, 
Women’s Medical School of Northwestern University, and in Post-Graduate 
Medical School of Chicago, etc. Second Edition, Enlarged. With 300 Illustra- 
tions, many of which are from original drawings. i2mo. 500 pages. 
Cloth, $3.00 
BYFORD. Diseases of Women. The Practice of Medicine and Surgery, as 
applied to the Diseases and Accidents Incident to Women. By W. H. Byford, 
a.m., m.d., and Henry T. Byford, m.d. Fourth Edition. Revised. 306 Illus- 
trations. Octavo. Cloth, $2.00; Leather, $2.50 
CAIRD AND CATHCART. Surgical Handbook. By F. M. Catrd, f.r.c.S., and 
C. W. Cathcart, f.r.C.s. Fifth Edition, Revised. 188 Illustrations. i2mo. 
278 pages. Full Red Morocco, Gilt Edges, and Round Corners, #2.50 8 
P. BLA KIS TON, SON CO.'S 
CALDWELL. Chemical Analysis. Elements of Qualitative and Quantitative 
Chemical Analysis. By G. C. Caldwell, ils., Ph.d., Professor of Agricultural 
and Analytical Chemistry in Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, etc. Third 
Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Octavo. Cloth, $1.50 
CAMERON. Oils and Varnishes. A Practical Handbook, by James Cameron, 
f.i.c. With Illustrations, Formulae, Tables, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $2.25 
Soap and Candles. A New Handbook for Manufacturers, Chemists, Ana-*' 
lysts, etc. 54 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
CAMPBELL. Outlines for Dissection. To be Used in Connection with Morris’s 
Anatomy. By W. A. Campbell, m.d., Demonstrator of Anatomy, University 
of Michigan. Octavo. Cloth, $i.oofs 
CANFIELD. Hygiene of the Sick-Room. A book for Nurses and others. Being 
a Brief Consideration of Asepsis, Antisepsis, Disinfection, Bacteriology, Immu- 
nity, Heating and Ventilation, and kindred subjects, for the use of Nurses and 
other Intelligent Women. By William Buckingham Canfield, a.m., m.d., 
Lecturer on Clinical Medicine and Chief of Chest Clinic, University of Mary-i-*, 
land, Physician to Bay View Hospital and Union Protestant Infirmary, Balti- 
more. 121110. Cloth, $1.25 
CARPENTER. The Microscope and Its Revelations. By W. B. Carpenter, 
m.d., f.r.s. Seventh Edition. By Rev. Dr. Dallinger, f. r. s. Revised and 
Enlarged, with 800 Illustrations and many Lithographs. Octavo. 1100 Pages.>. 
Cloth, $5.50 
CAUTLEY. Feeding of Infants and Young Children by Natural and Arti- 
ficial Methods. By Edmund Cautley, m.d., Physician to the Belgrave Hospital 
for Children, London. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
Synopsis of Contents.—Introductory. The Mother of the Child. Physiologi-"* 
cal Processes Involved in Lactation. Physiological Chemistry of Infantile Dietetics. 1 
Management of Breast Feeding. Characters and Composition of Human Milk. 
Alterations in the Composition of Human Milk. Contra-Indications to Breast Feed- 
ing; the Methods of Weaning. Characters and Composition of Cow’s Milk; the 
Milk Supply; Milk from One Cow; Tyrotoxicon. Comparison of Cow’s Milk with ** 
Human Milk; the Preparation from Cow’s Milk of a Fluid Resembling Human 
Milk. Management of Artificial Feeding. Micro-Organisms in Milk and the Meth- 
ods to be Employed for Their Destruction. Effects of Heat and Attendants on the 
Curdling of Milk. Subsidiary Methods of Preparing the Milk of Cows and Other 
Animals for the Use of Infants. Proprietary Foods. Diet after Weaning and in 
Early Childhood. Wet-Nurses; the Transmission of Disease by Breast Milk. Feed- 
ing and Management of Premature Infants ; the Methods of Gavage and Lavage. 
The Growth of Infants and Children. Preparation of Foods Suitable for Infants 
and Children ; Directions Suitable for the Mothers of Hospital Out-Patients. 
CAZEAUX and TARNIER’S Midwifery. With Appendix, by Munde. The* 
Theory and Practice of Obstetrics, including the Diseases of Pregnancy and 
Parturition, Obstetrical Operations, etc. By P. Cazeaux. Remodeled and re- 
arranged, with revisions and additions, by S. Tarnier.m.d. Eighth American, 
from the Eighth French and First Italian Edition. Edited by Robert J. Hess, 
m.d., Physician to the Northern Dispensary, Phila., etc., with an Appendix by r 
Paul F. Mund£, m.d., Professor of Gynecology at the New York Polyclinic. 
Illustrated by Chromo-Lithographs, Lithographs, and other Full-page Plates 
and numerous Wood Engravings. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50; Full Leather, $5.50 
CHARTERIS. Practice of Medicine. The Student’s Guide. By M. Charteris, # 
m.d., Professor of Therapeutics and Materia Medica, Glasgow University, etc. 
Sixth Edition, with Therapeutical Index and many Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00 
CLEVELAND’S Pocket Medical Dictionary. Bv C. H. Cleveland, m.d. Thirty- 
third Edition. Very small pocket size. Cloth, .50; Tucks with Pocket, .75 
CLOWES AND COLEMAN. Elementary Qualitative Analysis. Adapted for ’ 
Use in the Laboratories of Schools and Colleges. By Frank Clowes, d.sc., 
Professor of Chemistry, University College, Nottingham, and J. Bernard Cole- 
man, Demonstrator of Chemistry, Nottingham, England. Illus. Cloth, $1.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 
9 
COBLENTZ. Manual of Pharmacy. A Text-Book for Students. By Virgil 
Coblentz, a.m., ph.g., ph.d., Professor of Theory and Practice of Pharmacy; 
Director of Pharmaceutical Laboratory, College of Pharmacy of the City of 
New York. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 437 Illustrations. Octavo. 
572 pages. Cloth, $3.50; Sheep, #4.50; Half Russia, $5.50 
COHEN. The Throat and Voice. By J. Solis-Cohen, m.d. Illus. i2mo. Cloth, .40 
COLLIE, On Fevers. A Practical Treatise on Fevers, Their History, Etiology, 
Diagnosis, Prognosis, and Treatment. By Alexander Collie, m.d., m.r.c.p., 
Lond., Medical Officer of the Homerton and of the London Fever Hospitals. 
With Colored Plates. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
COOPER. Syphilis. By Alfred Cooper, f.r.c.s., Senior Surgeon to St. Mark’s 
Hospital; late Surgeon to the London Lock Hospital, etc. Edited by Edward 
Cotterell, f.r.c.s., Surgeon London Lock Hospital, etc. Second Edition. 
Enlarged and Illustrated with 20 Full-Page Plates containing many handsome 
Colored Figures. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 
COPLIN and BEVAN. Practical Hygiene. By W. M. L. Coplin, m.d., Adjunct 
Professor of Hygiene, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, and D. Bevan, 
m.d., Ass’t Department of Hygiene, Jefferson Medical College; Bacteriologist, 
St. Agnes’ Hospital, Philadelphia, with an Introduction by Prof. H. A. Hare, 
and articles on Plumbing, Ventilation, etc., by Mr. W. P. Lockington, Editor of 
the Architectural Era. 138 Illustrations, some of which are in colors. 8vo. 
Cloth, $3.25 ; Sheep, $4.25 ; Half Russia, $5.25 
CROCKER. Diseases of the Skin. Their Description, Pathology, Diagnosis, and 
Treatment, with special reference to the Skin Eruptions of Children. By H. 
Radcliffe Crocker, m.d., Physician to the Dept, of Skin Diseases, University 
College Hospital, London. 92 Illustrations. Second Edition. Enlarged. 987 
pages. Octavo. Cloth, $4.50; Sheep, $5.50; Half Russia, $6.50 
CUFF. Lectures on Medicine to Nurses. By Herbert Edmund Cuff, m.d., Late 
Ass’t Medical Officer, Stockwell Fever Hospital, England. With 25 Illustrations. 
Cloth, $1.00 
CULLINGWORTH. A Manual of Nursing, Medical and Surgical. By Charles 
J. Cullingworth, m.d., Physician to St. Thomas’ Hospital, London. Third 
Revised Edition. With Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 
A Manual for Monthly Nurses. Third Edition. 321110. Cloth, .40 
DALBY. Diseases and Injuries of the Ear. By Sir William B. Dalby, m.d., 
Aural Surgeon to St. George’s Hospital, London. Illustrated. Fourth Edition. 
With 38 Wood Engravings and 8 Colored Plates. Cloth, $2.50 
DAVIS. A Manual of Obstetrics. Being a complete manual for Physicians and 
Students. By Edward P. Davis, m.d., Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of 
Infancy in the Philadelphia Polyclinic, Clinical Lecturer on Obstetrics, Jeffer- 
son Medical College; Professor of Diseases of Children in Woman’s Medical 
College, etc. Second Edition, Revised. With 16 Colored and other Lithograph 
Plates and 134 other Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, #2.00 
DAVIS. Essentials of Materia Medica and Prescription Writing. By J. 
Aubrey Davis, m.d., Ass’t Dem. of Obstetrics and Quiz Master in Materia 
Medica, University of Pennsylvania; Ass’t Physician, Home for Crippled Chil- 
dren, Philadelphia. i2mo. #1.50 
DAY. On Headaches. The Nature, Causes, and Treatment of Headaches. By 
Wm. H. Day, m.d. Fourth Edition. Illustrated. 8vo. Cloth, $1.00 10 
P. BLAKISTON, SON CO.’S 
DEAVER. Appendicitis. Its History, Anatomy, Etiology, Pathology, Symptoms, 
Diagnosis, Prognosis, Treatment, Complications, and Sequelae. By John B. 
Deaver, m.d., Assistant Professor of Applied Anatomy, University of Pennsyl- 
vania; Surgeon to the German Hospital, to the Children’s Hospital, and to the 
Philadelphia Hospital; Consulting Surgeon to St. Agnes’, St. Timothy’s, and 
Germantown Hospitals, etc. A Systematic Treatise, with Colored Illustrations of 
Methods of Procedure in Operating and Plates of Typical Pathological Condi- 
tions drawn specially for this work. 32 Full-Page Plates. 8vo. Cloth, $3.50 
Surgical Anatomy. A Treatise upon Surgical Anatomy and the Anatomy 
of Surgery. Illustrated by upward of 200 Original Pictures drawn by 
special artists from dissections made for the purpose. Octavo. In Press. 
DOMVILLE. Manual for Nurses and others engaged in attending to the sick. By 
Ed. J. Domville, m.d. Eighth Edition. Revised. With Recipes for Sick- 
room Cookery, etc. l2mo. Cloth, 75 
DUCKWORTH. On Gout. Illustrated. A treatise on Gout. By Sir Dyce 
Duckworth, m.d. (Edin.), f.r.c.p., Physician to, and Lecturer on Clinical 
Medicine at, St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London. With Chromo-lithograohs 
and Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, 56.00 
DUHRSSEN. A Manual of Gynecological Practice. By Dr. A. Duhrssen, 
Privat-docent in Midwifery and Gynecology in the University of Berlin. Trans- 
lated from the Fourth German Edition and Edited by John W. Taylor, f.r.c.s., 
Surgeon to the Birmingham and Midlands Hospital for Women ; Vice-President 
of the British Gynecological Society; and Frederick Edge, m.d., m.r.c.p., 
f.r.c.s., Surgeon to the Wolverhampton and District Hospital for Women. With 
105 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, 51.50 
DULLES. What to Do First In Accidents and Poisoning. By C. W. Dulles, m.d. 
Fifth Edition, Enlarged, with new Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth. 51.00 
FICK. Diseases of the Eye and Ophthalmoscopy. A Handbook for Physicians 
and Students. By Dr. Eugen Fick, University of Zurich. Authorized Transla- 
tion by A. B. Hale, m.d., Ophthalmic Surgeon, United Hebrew Charities; Con- 
sulting Ophthalmic Surgeon, Charity Hospital, Chicago; late Vol. Assistant, 
Imperial Eye Clinic, University of Kiel. With a Glossary and 158 Illustrations, 
many of which are in colors. Octavo. 
Cloth, 54-5o; Sheep, 55-5°; Half Russia, 56.50 
FIELD. Evacuant Medication—Cathartics and Emetics. By Henry M. Field, 
m.d., Professor of Therapeutics, Dartmouth Medical College, Corporate Mem- 
ber Gynaecological Society of Boston, etc. i2mo. 288 pp. Cloth, 51.75 
FILLEBROWN. A Text-Book of Operative Dentistry. Written by invitation 
of the National Association of Dental Faculties. By Thomas Fillebrown, m.d., 
d.m.d., Professor of Operative Dentistry in the Dental School of Harvard Uni- 
versity; Member of the American Dental Assoc., etc. Illus. 8vo. Clo., 52.25 
FLAGG. Plastics and Plastic Fillings, as pertaining to the filling of all Cavities 
of Decay in Teeth below medium in structure, and to difficult and inaccessible 
cavities in teeth of all grades of structure. By J. Foster Flagg, d.d.s., Professor 
of Dental Pathology in Philadelphia Dental College. Fourth Revised Edition. 
With many Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, 54.00 
FOWLER’S Dictionary of Practical Medicine. By Various Writers. An Ency- 
clopedia of Medicine. Edited by James Kingston Fowler, m.a., m.d., f.r.c.p.. 
Senior Asst. Physician to, and Lecturer on Pathological Anatomy at, the Mid- 
dlesex Hospital, London. 8vo. Cloth, 53.00; Half Morocco, 54.00 
FOX. W ater, %A ir and Food. Sanitary Examinations of Water, Air and Food. 
By Cornelius B. Fox, m.d. 110 Engravings. 2d Ed., Revised. Cloth, 53.50 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLIC A TIONS. 
11 
FULLERTON. Obstetric Nursing. By Anna M. Fullerton, m.d., Demon- 
strator of Obstetrics in the Woman’s Medical College; Physician in charge 
of, and Obstetrician and Gynecologist to, the Woman’s Hospital, Philadelphia, 
etc. 40 Illustrations. Fourth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. i2mo. Cloth, $i.co 
Nursing in Abdominal Surgery and Diseases of Women. Comprising the 
Regular Course of Instruction at the Training School of the Woman’s 
Hospital, Philadelphia. Second Ed. 70 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 
GARDNER. The Brewer, Distiller and Wine Manufacturer. A Handbook for 
all Interested in the Manufacture and Trade of Alcohol and Its Compounds. 
Edited by John Gardner, f.c.s. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.50 
Bleaching, Dyeing, and Calico Printing. With Formulae. Illustrated. $1.50 
GARROD. On Rheumatism. A Treatise on Rheumatism and Rheumatic Arthritis. 
By Archibald Edward Garrod, m.a. (Oxon.), m.d., m.r.c.s. (Eng.), Asst. 
Physician, West London Hospital. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 
GILLIAM’S Pathology. The Essentials of Pathology; a Handbook for Students. 
By D. Tod Gilliam, m.d., Professor of Physiology, Starling Medical College, 
Columbus, O. With 47 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 
GOODALL and WASHBOURN. A Manual of Infectious Diseases. By 
Edward W. Goodall, m.d. (London), Medical Superintendent Easton (Fever) 
Hospital, Homerton, London, etc., and J. W. Washbourn, f.r.c.p., Assistant 
Physician to Guy’s Hospital and Physician to the London Fever Hospital. 
Illustrated with Charts, Diagrams, and Full-Page Plates. Cloth, $3.00 
GORGAS’S Dental Medicine. A Manual of Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 
By Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, m.d., d.d.s., Professor of the Principles of Dental 
Science, Dental Surgery and Dental Mechanism in the Dental Dep. of the Univ. 
of Maryland. Fifth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 8vo. 
Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $5.00; Half Russia, $6.00 
GOULD. The Illustrated Dictionary of Medicine, Biology, and Allied Sciences. 
Being an Exhaustive Lexicon of Medicine ana those Sciences Collateral to it: 
Biology (Zoology and Botany), Chemistry, Dentistry, Pharmacology, Microscopy, 
etc. By George M. Gould, m.d., Formerly Editor of The Medical News ; 
President, 1893-94, American Academy of Medicine, etc. With many Useful 
Tables and numerous Fine Illustrations. Large, Square Octavo. 1633 pages. 
Third Edition now Ready. Full Sheep, or Half Dark-Green Leather, $10.00; 
With Thumb Index, $11.00; Half Russia, Thumb Index, $12.00 
The Student’s Medical Dictionary. Tenth Edition. Enlarged. Including 
all the Words and Phrases generally used in Medicine, with their proper 
Pronunciation and Definitions, based on Recent Medical Literature. With 
Tables of the Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomains, Ptomains, etc., of the Arteries, 
Muscles, Nerves, Ganglia and Plexuses; Mineral Springs of U. S., etc. Re- 
written, Enlarged, and set from new Type. Small octavo, 700 pages. 
Half Dark Leather, $3.25; Half Morocco, Thumb Index, $4.co 
The Pocket Pronouncing Medical Lexicon. (12,000 Medical Words 
Pronounced and Defined.) A Student’s Pronouncing Medical Lexicon. 
Containing all the Words, their Definition and Pronunciation, that the 
Student generally comes in contact with; also elaborate Tables of the 
Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Bacilli, etc., etc.; a Dose List in both English 
and Metric System, etc., arranged in a most convenient form for reference 
and memorizing. Thin 64010. (6 x inches.) 
Full Limp Leather, Gilt Edges, $1.00; Thumb Index, $1.25 
*** Sample pages and descriptive circulars sent free upon application. See page 4. 
Borderland Studies. Miscellaneous Addresses and Essays Pertaining to Medi- 
cine and the Medical Profession, and Their Relations to General Science 
and Thought. By George M. Gould, m.d. 350 pages. 12010. Cloth, $2.00 
Compend of Diseases of the Eye and Refraction. Including Treatment 
and Operations, with a Section on Local Therapeutics. By George M. 
Gould, m d., and W. L. Pyle, m.d. With Formulae, Glossary, and several 
Tables. 111 Illustrations, several of which are Colored. Being No. 8 
? Quiz- Compend? Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for Notes, $1.25 12 
P. BLAKISTON, SON 6- CO.’S 
GRIFFITH’S Graphic Clinical Chart Designed by J. P. Crozer Griffith, 
m.d., Instructor in Clinical Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania. Printed 
in three colors. Sample copies free. Put up in loose packages of 50, .50 
Price to Hospitals, 500 copies, $4.00; 1000 copies, $7.50. With name of Hos- 
pital printed on, 50 cents extra. 
GROVES AND THORP. Chemical Technology. A new and Complete Work. 
The Application of Chemistry to the Arts and Manufactures. Edited by 
Charles E. Groves, f.r.s., and Wm. Thorp, b.sc., f.i.c., assisted by many 
experts. In about eight volumes, with numerous illustrations. Each volume 
sold separately. 
Vol. I. Fuel and Its Applications. 607 Illustrations and 4 Plates. Octavo. 
Cloth, $5.00; Half Morocco, $6.50 
Vol. II. Lighting. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $4 00; Half Morocco, #5.50 
Vol. III. Lighting—Continued. In Press. 
GOWERS. Manual of Diseases of the Nervous System. A Complete Text-book. 
By William R. Gowers, m.d., f.r.s., Physician to National Hospital for the 
Paralyzed and Epileptic; Consulting Physician, University College Hospital; 
formerly Professor of Clinical Medicine, University College, etc. Second 
Edition. Revised, Enlarged and in many parts rewritten. With many new 
Illustrations. Two Volumes. Octavo. 
Vol. I. Diseases of the Nerves and Spinal Cord. 616 pages. 
Cloth, #3.00 ; Sheep, $4.00; Half Russia, $5.00 
Vol. II. Diseases of the Brain and Cranial Nerves; General and 
Functional Diseases. 1069 pages. 
Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $5.00; Half Russia, $6.00 
***This book has been translated into German, Italian, and Spanish. It is 
published in London, Milan, Bonn, Barcelona, and Philadelphia. 
Syphilis and the Nervous System. Being a revised reprint of the Lettso- 
mian Lectures for 1890, delivered before the Medical Society of London. 
i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
Diagnosis of Diseases of the Brain. 8vo. Second Ed. Illus. Cloth, $ 1.50 
Medical Ophthalmoscopy. A Manual and Atlas, with Colored Autotype and 
Lithographic Plates and Wood-cuts, comprising Original Illustrations of the 
changes of the Eye in Diseases of the Brain, Kidney, etc. Third Edition. 
Revised, with the assistance of R. Marcus Gunn, f.r.c.s., Surgeon, Royal 
London Ophthalmic Hospital, Moorfields. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00 
The Dynamics of Life. nmo. Cloth, .75 
Clinical Lectures. A new volume of Essays on the Diagnosis, Treatment, 
etc., of Diseases of the Nervous System. Cloth, $2.00 
Epilepsy and Other Chronic Convulsive Diseases. Second Edition. In Press 
HACKER. Antiseptic Treatment of Wounds, Introduction to the, according to 
the Method in Use at Professor Billroth’s Clinic, Vienna. By Dr. Victor R. v. 
Hacker, Assistant in the Clinic Billroth, Professor of Surgery, etc. Translated 
by Surgeon-Captain C. R. Kilkelly, m.b. i2mo. Cloth, .50 
HAIG. Causation of Disease by Uric Acid. A Contribution to the Pathology of 
High Arterial Tension, Headache, Epilepsy, Gout, Rheumatism, Diabetes, 
Bright’s Disease, etc. By Alex. Haig, m.a., m.d. (Oxon)., f.r.c.p., Physician to 
Metropolitan Hospital, London. Illustrated. Third Edition. Cloth, $3.00 
HALE. On the Management of Children in Health and Disease. Cloth, .50 
HALL. Compend of General Pathology and Morbid Anatomy. ByH.NEWBERY 
Hall, ph.g., m.d.,Professor of Pathology and Medical Chemistry; Post-Graduate 
Medical School; Surgeon to the Emergency Hospital, Chicago ; Chief Ear Clinic, 
Chicago Medical College, etc. With 91 Illustrations. No. ij ?Quiz-Compend ? 
Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for Notes, $1.25 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 
13 
HALL. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. By F. De Havilland Hall, m.d., 
f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Physician in charge Throat Department Westminster Hospital; 
Joint Lecturer on Principles and Practice of Medicine, Westminster Hospital 
Medical School, etc. Two Colored Plates and 59 Illus. nmo. Cloth, $2.50 
HANSELL and BELL. Clinical Ophthalmology, Illustrated. A Manual for 
Students and Physicians. By Howard F. Hansell, a.m., m.d., Lecturer on 
Ophthalmology in the Jefferson College Hospital, Philadelphia, etc., and James 
H. Bell, m.d., late Member Ophthalmic Staff, Jefferson College Hospital; 
Ophthalmic Surgeon, Southwestern Hospital, Phila. With Colored Plate of 
Normal Fundus and 120 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 
HARE. Mediastinal Disease. The Pathology, Clinical History and Diagnosis of 
Affections of the Mediastinum other than those of the Heart and Aorta. By H. A. 
Hare, m.d. (Univ. of Pa.), Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in 
Jefferson Medical College, Phila. 8vo. Illustrated by Six Plates. Cloth, $2.oc 
HARLAN. Eyesight, and How to Care for It. By George C. Harlan, m.d., 
Prof, of Diseases of the Eye, Philadelphia Polyclinic. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 
HARRIS’S Principles and Practice of Dentistry. Including Anatomy, Physi- 
ology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Dental Surgery and Mechanism. By Chapin A. 
Harris, m.d., d.d.s., late President of the Baltimore Dental College, Author of 
“ Dictionary of Medical Terminology and Dental Surgery.” Thirteenth Edition. 
Revised and Edited by Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a.m., m.d., d.d.s., Author of 
“ Dental Medicine;” Professor of the Principles of Dental Science, Dental 
Surgery, and Dental Mechanism in the University of Maryland. 1250 Illustra- 
tions. 1180 pages. 8vo. Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00; Half Russia, $8.00 
Dictionary of Dentistry. Fifth Edition, Revised. Including Definitions of 
such Words and Phrases of the Collateral Sciences as Pertain to the Art and 
Practice of Dentistry. Fifth Edition. Rewritten, Revised and Enlarged. 
By Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, m.d., d.d.s., Author of “Dental Medicine;” 
Editor of Harris’s “ Principles and Practice of Dentistry; ” Professor of 
Principles of Dental Science, Dental Surgery, ai d Prosthetic Dentistry in the 
University of Maryland. Octavo. Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50 
HARRIS and BEALE. Treatment of Pulmonary Consumption. By Vincent 
Dormer Harris, m.d. (Lond.), f.r.c.p., Physician to the city of London Hospi- 
tal for Diseases of the Chest; Examining Physician to the Royal National Hos- 
pital for Diseases of the Chest, Ventnor, etc., and E. Clifford Beale, m.a., 
m.b. (Cantab.), f.r.c.p., Physician to the City of London Hospital for Diseases 
of the Chest, and to the Great Northern Central Hospital, etc. A Practical 
Manual. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 
HARTRIDGE. Refraction. The Refraction of the Eye. A Manual for Students. 
By Gustavus Hartridge, f.r.c.s., Consulting Ophthalmic Surgeon to St. Bar- 
tholomew’s Hospital; Ass’t Surgeon to the Royal Westminster Ophthalmic Hos- 
pital, etc. 98 Illustrations and Test Types. Eighth Edition. Revised and 
Enlarged by the Author. Cloth, $1.50 
On The Ophthalmoscope. A Manual for Physicians and Students. Third 
Edition. With Colored Plates and many Wood-cuts. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 
HARTSHORNE. Our Homes. Their Situation, Construction, Drainage, etc. By 
Henry Hartshorne, m.d. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 
HATFIELD. Diseases of Children. By Marcus P. Hatfield, Professor of 
Diseases of Children, Chicago Medical College. With a Colored Plate. Second 
Edition. Being No. 14, ? Quiz-Compend ? Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 
Interleaved for the addition of notes, $1.25 14 
P. BLAPISTON, SON CO.'S 
HEATH. Minor Surgery and Bandaging. By Christopher Heath, f.r.c.s., 
Holme Professor of Clinical Surgery in University College, London. Tenth 
Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With 158 Illustrations, 62 Formulae, Diet 
List, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
Practical Anatomy. A Manual of Dissections. Eighth London Edition. 
300 Illustrations. Cloth, 54.25 
Injuries and Diseases of the Jaws. Fourth Edition. Edited by Henry 
Percy Dean, m.s., f.r.c.s., Assistant Surgeon London Hospital. With 
187 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, 54-5° 
Lectures on Certain Diseases of the Jaws, delivered at the Royal College of 
Surgeons of England, 1887. 64 Illustrations. 8vo. Boards, .50 
HELLER. Essentials of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Prescription Writ- 
ing. By Edwin A. Heller, m.d., Quiz-Master in Materia Medica and Phar- 
macy at the Medical Institute, University of Pennsylvania. i2ino. Cloth, #1.50 
HEMMETER. Diseases of the Stomach. Their Special Pathology, Diagnosis, 
and Treatment. With Sections on Anatomy, Analysis of Stomach Contents, 
Dietetics, Surgery of the Stomach, etc. By John C. Hemmeter, m.d., philos.d., 
Clinical Professor of Medicine at the Baltimore Medical College, Consultant to 
the Maryland General Hospital, etc. With Colored and other Illustrations. 
Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00; Half Russia, 58.00 
HENRY. Anaemia. A Practical Treatise. By Fred’k P. Henry, m.d., Physician 
to Episcopal Hospital, Philadelphia. Half Cloth, .50 
HOLDEN’S Anatomy. Sixth Edition. A Manual of the Dissections of the Human 
Body. By John Langton, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to, and Lecturer on Anatomy at, 
St. Bartholomew s Hospital. Carefully Revised by A. Hewson, m.d., Demonstra- 
tor of Anatomy, Jefferson Medical College, etc. 311 Illustrations. i2mo. 8co 
pages. Cloth, 52.50; Oil-cloth, 52.50; Leather, 53-oo 
Human Osteology. Comprising a Description of the Bones, with Colored 
Delineations of the Attachments of the Muscles. The General and Micro- 
scopical Structure of Bone and its Development. 7th Ed., carefully Revised. 
With Lithographic Plates and Numerous Illustrations. Cloth, 55.25 
Landmarks. Medical and Surgical. 4th Edition. 8vo. Cloth, 51.00 
HOLLAND. The Urine, the Gastric Contents, the Common Poisons and the 
Milk. Memoranda, Chemical and Microscopical, for Laboratory Use. By J. W. 
Holland, m.d., Professor of Medical Chemistry and Toxicology in Jefferson 
Medical College, of Philadelphia. Fifth Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated and 
Interleaved. i2mo. ' Cloth, 51.00 
HORSLEY. The Brain and Spinal Cord. The Structure and Functions of. Being 
the Fullerian Lectures on Physiology for 1891. By Victor A. Horsley, m.b., 
f.r.s., etc., Assistant Surgeon, University College Hospital, Professor of Pathology, 
University College, London, etc. With numerous Illustrations. Cloth, 52-5o 
HORWITZ’S Compend of Surgery, including Minor Surgery, Amputations, Frac- 
tures, Dislocations, Surgical Diseases, and the Latest Antiseptic Rules, etc., with 
Differential Diagnosis and Treatment. By Orville Horwitz, b.s., m.d., Pro- 
fessor of Genito-Urinary Diseases, late Demonstrator of Surgery, Jefferson Medi- 
cal College. Fifth Edition. Very much Enlarged and Rearranged. Over 300 
pages. 167 Illustrations and 98 Formulae. i2mo. No. 9 ? Quiz-Compend t Series. 
Cloth, .80. Interleaved for notes, 5I-25 
HOVELL. Diseases of the Ear and Naso-Pharynx. A Treatise including 
Anatomy and Physiology of the Organ, together with the treatment of the affec- 
tions of the Nose and Pharynx which conduce to aural disease. By T. Mark 
Hovell, f.r.c.s. (Edin.), m.r.c.S. (Eng.), Aural Surgeon to the London Hospital, 
to Hospital for Diseases of the Throat, and to British Hospital for Incurables, 
etc. 122 Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 
15 
HUGHES. Compend of the Practice of Medicine. Fifth Edition. Revised and 
Enlarged. By Daniel E. Hughes, m.d., Demonstrator of Clinical Medicine at 
Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. In two parts. Being Nos. 2 and 3, 
? Quiz- Compend ? Series. 
Part I.—Continued, Eruptive and Periodical Fevers, Diseases of the Stomach, 
Intestines, Peritoneum, Biliary Passages, Liver, Kidneys, etc., and General 
Diseases, etc. 
Part II.—Diseases of the Respiratory System, Circulatory System and Ner- 
vous System ; Diseases of the Blood, etc. 
Price of each Part, in Cloth, .80; interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 
Physicians’ Edition.—In one volume, including the above two parts, a sec- 
tion on Skin Diseases, and an index. Fifth revised, enlarged Edition. 
368 pages. Full Morocco, Gilt Edge, $2.25 
“ Carefully and systematically compiled.”—The London Lancet. 
HUMPHREY. A Manual for Nurses. Including general Anatomy and Physiology, 
management of the sick-room, etc. By Laurence Humphrey, m.a., m.b., 
m.r.c.s., Assistant Physician to, and Lecturer at, Addenbrook’s Hospital, Cam- 
bridge, England. Fifteenth Edition. i2mo. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.00 
HYSLOP’S MENTAL PHYSIOLOGY. Especially in its Relation to Mental Dis- 
orders. By Theo. B. Hyslop, m.d., Lecturer on Mental Diseases, St. Mary’s 
Hospital Medical School, London. With Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $4.25 
HUTCHINSON. The Nose and Throat. A Manual of the Diseases of the Nose 
and Throat, including the Nose, Naso-Pharynx, Pharynx and Larynx. By 
Procter S. Hutchinson, m.r.c.s., Ass’t Surgeon to the London Hospital for 
Diseases of the Throat. Illustrated by Lithograph Plates and 40 other Illus., 
many of which have been made from original drawings. i2mo. 2d Ed. In Press. 
IMPEY. A Handbook on Leprosy. By S. P. Impey, m.d., m.c., Late Chief and 
Medical Superintendent, Robben Island Leper and Lunatic Asylums, Cape Col- 
ony, South Africa. Illustrated by 37 Plates and a Map. Octavo. Cloth, $3.50 
JACOBSON. Operations of Surgery. By W. H. A. Jacobson, b.a. (Oxon.), 
f.rc.S., (Eng.); Ass’t Surgeon, Guy’s Hospital; Surgeon at Royal Hospital for 
Children and Women, etc. With over 200 Illust. Cloth, $3.00 ; Leather, 14.00 
Diseases of the Male Organs of Generation. 88 Illustrations. Cloth, $6.00 
JELLETT. The Practice of Midwifery. Embodying the Treatment adopted in 
the Rotunda Hospital, Dublin. By Henry Jellett, b.a., m.d., Assistant Master, 
Rotunda Hospital, with a Preface by W. J. Smyly, m.d., f.r.c.p.i., Late Master. 
With many Illustrations and an Appendix containing Statistics of the Hospital. 
i2mo. Cloth, $1.75 
JONES. Medical Electricity. A Practical Handbook for Students and Prac- 
titioners of Medicine. By H. Lewis Jones, m.a., m.d., m.r.c.p., Medical Officer 
in Charge Electrical Department, St. Bartholomew’s Hospital. Second Edition 
of Steavenson and Jones’ Medical Electricity. Revised and Enlarged. 112 Illus- 
trations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 
KENWOOD. Public Health Laboratory Work. By H. R. Kenwood, m.b., 
d.p.h., F.C.S., Instructor in Hygienic Laboratory, University College, late Assistant 
Examiner in Hygiene, Science and Art Department, South Kensington, London, 
etc. With 116 Illustrations and 3 Plates. Cloth, $2.00 
KIRKE’S Physiology. {14th Authorized Edition. i2tno. Dark Red Cloth.) 
A Handbook of Physiology. Fourteenth London Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 
By W. D. Halliburton, m.d., f.r.s., Professor of Physiology King’s College, 
London. Thoroughly Revised and in many parts Rewritten. 661 Illus., many 
of which are printed in Colors. 851 pages. i2mo. Cloth, $3.25 ; Leather, $4 00 
IMPORTANT NOTICE. This is the identical Fourteenth Edition of “ Kirke's Physiology,” 
as published in London by John Murray, the sole owner of the book. 
It is the only edition containing the revisions and additions of Dr. Halliburton, and the new and 
original illustrations included at his suggestion. It is the edition of which the London Lancet 
speaks in its issue of October 17, 1896, as follows : “ The book as now presented to the student may 
be regarded as a thoroughly reliable exposition of the present state of physiological science.” 16 
P. BLAKISTON, SON 6- CO.'S 
KLEEN. Handbook of Massage. By Emil Kleen, m.d., ph.d., Stockholm and 
Carlsbad. Authorized Translation from the Swedish, by Edward Mussey Hart- 
well, m.d., ph.d., Director of Physical Training in the Public Schools of Boston. 
With an Introduction by Dr. S. Weir Mitchell, of Philadelphia. Illustrated 
with a series of Photographs made specially by Dr. Kleen for the American 
Edition. 8vo. Cloth, $2.25 
LANDIS’ Compend of Obstetrics ; especially adapted to the Use of Students and 
Physicians. By Henry G. Landis, m.d. Fifth Edition. Revised by Wm. H. 
Wells, m.d., Ass’t Demonstrator of Clinical Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College; 
Member Obstetrical Society of Philadelphia, etc. Enlarged. With Many Illus- 
trations. No. 5 ? Quiz-Compend ? Series. 
Cloth, .80; interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 
LANDOIS. A Text-Book of Human Physiology ; including Histology and Micro- 
scopical Anatomy, with special reference to the requirements of Practical Medi- 
cine. By Dr. L. Landois, Professor of Physiology and Director of the Physio- 
logical Institute in the University of Greifswald. Fifth American, translated 
from the last German Edition, with additions, by Wm. Stirling, m.d., d.sc., 
Brackenbury Professor of Physiology and Histology in Owen’s College, and Pro- 
fessor in Victoria University, Manchester ; Examiner in Physiology in University 
of Oxford, England. With 845 Illustrations, many of which are printed in 
Colors. 8vo. In Press. 
LEE. The Microtomist’s Vade Mecum. Fourth Edition. A Handbook of 
Methods of Microscopic Anatomy. By Arthur Bolles Lee, formerly Ass’t in 
the Russian Laboratory of Zoology, at Villefranche-sur-Mer (Nice). 887 Articles. 
Enlarged and Revised, and in many portions greatly extended. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 
LEFFMANN’S Compend of Medical Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. In- 
cluding Urine Analysis. By Henry Leffmann, m.d., Prof, of Chemistry and 
Metallurgy in the Penna. College of Dental Surgery and in the Wagner Free 
Institute of Science, Philadelphia. No. 10 f Quiz-Compend ? Series. Fourth 
Edition. Rewritten. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 
The Coal-Tar Colors, with Special Reference to their Injurious Qualities and 
the Restrictions of their Use. A Translation of Theodore Weyl’s Mono- 
graph. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
Progressive Exercises in Practical Chemistry. A Laboratory Handbook. 
Illustrated. Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged. i2mo. Cloth, gi.oo 
Examination of Water for Sanitary and Technical Purposes. Third Edition. 
Enlarged. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
Analysis of Milk and Milk Products. Arranged to suit the needs of Analyt- 
ical Chemists, Dairymen, and Milk Inspectors. Second Edition, Revised 
and Enlarged, with Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
Handbook of Structural Formulae for the Use of Students, containing 180 
Structural and Stereo-chemic Formulae. i2mo. Interleaved. Cloth, $1.00 
LEGG on the Urine. Practical Guide to the Examination of Urine. By J. 
Wickham Legg, m.d. Seventh Edition, Enlarged. Edited and Revised by H. 
Lewis Jones, m.a., m.d., m.r.c.p. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
LEWEB.S. On the Diseases of Women. A Practical Treatise. By Dr. A. H. 
N. Lewers, Assistant Obstetric Physician to the London Hospital; and Phy- 
sician to Out-patients, Queen Charlotte’s Lying-in Hospital; Examiner in Mid- 
wifery and Diseases of Women to the Society of Apothecaries of London. With 
146 Engravings. New Edition, Revised. Preparing. 
LEWIS (BEVAN). Mental Diseases. A text-book having special reference to the| 
Pathological aspects of Insanity. By Bevan Lewis, l.r.c.p., m.r.c.s., Medi- 
cal Director, West Riding Asylum, Wakefield, England. 18 Lithographic Plates 
and other Illustrations. Second Edition. 8vo. In Press. 
LINCOLN. School and Industrial Hygiene. By D. F. Lincoln, m.d. Cloth, .40 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 
LIZARS (JOHN). On Tobacco. The Use and Abuse of Tobacco. Cloth, .40 
LONGLEY’S Pocket Medical Dictionary for Students and Physicians. Giving 
the Correct Definition and Pronunciation of all Words and Terms in General 
Use in Medicine and the Collateral Sciences, with an Appendix, containing 
Poisons and their Antidotes, Abbreviations Used in Prescriptions, and a Metric 
Scale of Doses. By Elias Longley. Cloth, .75 ; Tucks and Pocket, #1.00 
MACALISTER’S Human Anatomy. 800 Illustrations. A New Text-book for 
Students and Practitioners. Systematic and Topographical, including the 
Embryology, Histology and Morphology of Man. With special reference to the 
requirements of Practical Surgery and Medicine. By Alex. Macalister, m.d., 
f.r.s., Professor of Anatomy in the University of Cambridge, England; Examiner 
in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, University of London; formerly Professor 
of Anatomy and Surgery, University of Dublin. With 816 Illustrations, 400 of 
which are original. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00; Leather, $6.co 
MACDONALD’S Microscopical Examinations of Water and Air. With an Ap- 
pendix on the Microscopical Examination of Air. By J. D. Macdonald, m.d. 
25 Lithographic Plates, Reference Tables, etc. Second Ed. 8vo. Cloth, $2.50 
MACKENZIE. The Pharmacopoeia of the London Hospital for Diseases of 
the Throat. By Sir Morell Mackenzie, m.d. Fifth Edition. Revised and 
Improved by F. G. Harvey, Surgeon to the Hospital. Cloth, $1.00 
MACNAMARA. On the Eye. A Manual. By C. Macnamara, m.d. Fifth 
Edition, Carefully Revised; with Additions and Numerous Colored Plates, Dia- 
grams of Eye, Wood-cuts, and Test Types. Demi 8vo.. Cloth, $y.$o 
MACREADY. A Treatise on Ruptures. By Jonathan F. C. H. Macready, 
F.K.C.S., Surgeon to the Great Northern Central Hospital; to the City of London 
Hospital for Diseases of the Chest; to the City of London Truss Society, etc. 
With 24 full-page Plates and numerous Wood-Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 
MANN. Forensic Medicine and Toxicology. A Text-Book by J. Dixon Mann, 
m.d., f.r.c.p., Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology in Owens Col- 
lege, Manchester; Examiner in Forensic Medicine in University of London, etc. 
Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $6.50 
MANN’S Manual of Psychological Medicine and Allied Nervous Diseases. Their 
Diagnosis, Pathology, Prognosis and Treatment, including their Medico-Legal 
Aspects ; with chapter on Expert Testimony, and an abstract of the laws relating 
to the Insane in all the States of the Union. By Edward C. Mann, m.d. 
With Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $3.00 
MARSHALL. The Woman’s Medical College of Pennsylvania. An Historical 
Outline. By Clara Marshall, m.d., Dean of the College. Octavo. 
Cloth, $1.50 
MARSHALL’S Physiological Diagrams, Life Size, Colored. Eleven Life-size 
Diagrams (each 7 feet by 3 feet 7 inches). Designed for Demonstration before 
the Class. By John Marshall, f.r.s., f.r.c.s., Professor of Anatomy to the 
Royal Academy; Professor of Surgery, University College, London, etc. 
In Sheets Unmounted, $40.00 
Backed with Muslin and Mounted on Rollers, $60.00 
Ditto, Spring Rollers, in Handsome Walnut Wall Map Case (Send for 
Special Circular), .......... $100.00 
Single Plates, Sheets, $5.00; Mounted, $7.50; Explanatory Key, 50 cents. 
No. 1—The Skeleton and Ligaments. No. 2—The Muscles and Joints, with 
Animal Mechanics. No. 3—The Viscera in Position. The Structure of the Lungs. 
No. 4—The Heart and Principal Blood-vessels. No. 5—The Lymphatics or Absorb- 
ents. No. 6—The Digestive Organs. No. 7—The Brain and Nerves. Nos. 8 and 9— 
The Organs of the Senses. Nos. 10 and 11—The Microscopic Structure of the 
Textures and Organs. (Send for Special Circular.) 18 
P. BLA RISTON, SON CO.’S 
MASON’S Compend of Electricity, and its Medical and Surgical Uses. By 
Charles F. Mason, m.d., Assistant Surgeon U. S. Army. With an Intro- 
duction by Charles H. May, m.d., Instructor in the New York Polyclinic. 
Numerous Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 
MAXWELL. Terminologia Medica Polyglotta. By Dr. Theodore Maxwell, 
assisted by others in various countries. 8vo. Cloth, $3.00 
The object of this work is to assist the medical men of any nationality in reading medical literature written 
in a language not their own. Each term is usually given in seven languages, viz. : English, French, German, 
Italian, Spanish, Russian and Latin. 
MAYLARD. The Surgery of the Alimentary Canal. By Alfred Ernest 
Maylard, m.b., B.s., Senior Surgeon to the Victoria Infirmary, Glasgow. With 
27 Full-Page Plates and 117 other Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $7.50 
MAYS’ Theine in the Treatment of Neuralgia. By Thomas J. Mays, m.d. 
i6mo. ]/x bound, .50 
McBRIDE. Diseases of the Throat, Nose and Ear. A Clinical Manual tor Stu- 
dents and Practitioners. By P. McBride, m.d., f.r.c.p. (Edin.), Surgeon to the 
Ear and Throat Department of the Royal Infirmary; Lecturer on Diseases of 
Throat and Ear, Edinburgh School of Medicine, etc. With Colored Illustrations 
from Original Drawings. 2d Edition. Octavo. Handsome Cloth, Gilt top, $6.00 
McNEILL. The Prevention of Epidemics and the Construction and Man- 
agement of Isolation Hospitals. By Dr. Roger McNeill, Medical Officer of 
Health for the County of Argyll. With numerous Plans and other Illustrations. 
Octavo. Cloth, $3.50 
MEIGS. Milk Analysis and Infant Feeding. A Treatise on the Examination of 
Human and Cows’ Milk, Cream, Condensed Milk, etc., and Directions as to the 
Diet of Young Infants. By Arthur V. Meigs, m.d. i2mo. Cloth, .50 
MEMMINGER. Diagnosis by the Urine. The Practical Examination of Urine, 
with Special Reference to Diagnosis. By Allard Memminger, m.d., Professor 
of Chemistry and of Hygiene in the Medical College of the State of S. C.; Visiting 
Physician in the City Hospital of Charleston, etc. 23 Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
MONEY. On Children. Treatment of Disease in Children, including the Outlines 
of Diagnosis and the Chief Pathological Differences between Children and 
Adults. By Angel Money, m.d., m.r.c.p., Ass’t Physician to the Hospital for 
Sick Children, Great Ormond St., London. 2d Edition. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 
MORRIS. Text-Book of Anatomy. 791 Illustrations, many in Colors. A com- 
plete Text-book. Edited by Henry Morris, f.r.c.s., Surg. to, and Lect. on 
Anatomy at, Middlesex Hospital, assisted by J. Bland Sutton, f.r c.s., J. H. 
Davies-Colley, f.r.c.s., Wm. J. Walsham, f.r.c.s., H. St. John Brooks, m.d., 
R. Marcus Gunn, f.r.c.s., Arthur Hensman, f.r.c.s., Frederick Treves, 
f.r.c.s., William Anderson, f.r.c.s., and Prof. W. H. A. Jacobson. One 
Handsome Octavo Volume, with 791 Illustrations, 214 of which are printed in 
colors. Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7x0; Half Russia, $8.00 
“Taken as a whole, we have no hesitation in according very high praise to this work. It 
will rank, we believe, with the leading Anatomies. The illustrations are handsome and the 
printing is good.”—Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. 
“ The work as a whole is filled with practical ideas, and the salient points of the subject 
are properly emphasized. The surgeon will be particularly edified by the section on the topo- 
graphical anatomy, which is full to repletion of excellent and useful illustrations.”—The Medical 
Record, New York. 
Handsome circular, with sample pages and colored illustrations, and list of 
schools where it has been recommended, will be sent free to any address. MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 
MORTON on Refraction of the Eye. Its Diagnosis and the Correction of its Errors. 
With Chapter on Keratoscopy, and Test Types. By A. Morton, m.b. Sixth 
Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Cloth, $1.00 
MOITLLIN. Surgery. Third Edition, by Hamilton. A Complete Text-book. 
By C. W. Mansell Moullin, m.a., m.d. (Oxon.), f.r.c.s., Surgeon and Lec- 
turer on Physiology to the London Hospital; formerly Radcliffe Traveling 
Fellow and Fellow of Pembroke College, Oxford. Third American Edition. 
Revised and edited by John B. Hamilton, m.d., ll.d., Professor of the Principles 
of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Rush Medical College, Chicago ; Professor of 
Surgery, Chicago Polyclinic ; Surgeon, formerly Supervising Surgeon-General, 
U. S. Marine Hospital Service; Surgeon to Presbyterian Hospital; Consulting 
Surgeon to St. Joseph’s Hospital and Central Free Dispensary, Chicago, etc. 
600 Illustrations, over 200 of which are original, and many of which are printed 
in Colors. Royal Octavo. 1250 pages. 
Handsomely bound in Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00; Half Russia, $8.00 
“ The aim to make this valuable treatise practical by giving special attention to questions of 
treatment has been admirably carried out. Many a reader will consult the work with a feeling 
of satisfaction that his wants have been understood, and that they have been intelligently met. 
He will not look in vain for details, without proper attention to which he well knows that the 
highest success is impossible.”—The American Journal of Medical Sciences. 
Handsome circular, with sample pages.and colored illustrations, will be sent to 
any address upon application. 
Enlargement of the Prostate. Its Treatment and Radical Cure. Illus- 
trated. Octavo. Cloth, $1.50 
MTJRRELL. Massotherapeutics. Massage as a Mode of Treatment. By Wm, 
Murrell, m.d., f.r.c.p., Lecturer on Pharmacology and Therapeutics at West- 
minster Hospital. Fifth Edition. Revised. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
What To Do in Cases of Poisoning. Seventh Edition, Enlarged and Re- 
vised. 641T10. Cloth, $1.00 
MUTER. Practical and Analytical Chemistry. By John Muter, f.r.s., f.c.s., 
etc. Fourth Edition. Revised, to meet the requirements of American Medical 
Colleges, by Claude C. Hamilton, m.d., Professor of Analytical Chemistry 
in University Med. Col. and Kansas City Col. of Pharmacy. 51 Illus. Cloth, $1.25 
NAPHEYS’ Modern Therapeutics. Ninth Revised Edition, Enlarged and Im- 
proved. In Two Handsome Volumes. Edited by Allen J. Smith, m.d., Pro- 
fessor of Pathology, University of Texas, Galveston, late Ass’t Demonstrator of 
Morbid Anatomy and Pathological Histology, Lecturer on Urinology, University 
of Pennsylvania; and J. Aubrey Davis, m.d., Ass’t Demonstrator of Obstetrics, 
University of Pennsylvania; Ass’t Physician to Home for Crippled Children, etc. 
Vol. I.—General Medicine and Diseases of Children. 
Handsome Cloth binding, $4.00 
Vol. II.-—General Surgery, Obstetrics, and Diseases of Women. 
Handsome Cloth binding, $4.00 
NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY Publications. Three to Six Volumes published 
each year. List of Volumes upon application. Per annum, $8.00 
NOTTER and FIRTH. The Theory and Practice of Hygiene. A Complete 
Treatise by J. Lane Notter, m.a., m.d., f.C.S., Fellow and Member of Council 
of the Sanitary Institute of Great Britain ; Professor of Hygiene, Army Medical 
School; Examiner in Hygiene, University of Cambridge, etc., and R. H. Firth, 
f.r.c.s., Assistant Professor of Hygiene, Army Medical School, Netly. Illustrated 
by 10 Lithographic Plates and 135 other Illustrations, and including many Useful 
Tables. Octavo. 1034 pages. Cloth, $7.00 
*** This volume is based upon Parkes’ Practical Hygiene, which will not be pub- 
lished hereafter. 
19 20 
P. BLAKISTON SON CO.'S 
OBERSTEINER. The Anatomy of the Central Nervous Organs. A Guide to the 
study of their structure in Health and Disease. By Professor H. Obersteiner, 
of the University of Vienna. Translated and Edited by Alex. Hill, m.a., m.d., 
Master of Downing College, Cambridge. 198 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $5.50 
OETTEL. Practical Exercises in Electro-Chemistry. Authorized Translation 
by Edgar F. Smith, m.a., Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania. 
Illustrated. in Press. 
Introduction to Electro-Chemical Experiments. Illustrated. By same 
Author and Translator. In Press. 
OHLEMANN. Ocular Therapeutics for Physicians and Students. By M. Ohle- 
mann, m.d. Translated and Edited by Charles A. Oliver, a.m., m.d., Attend- 
ing Surgeon to Wills Eye Hospital, Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Philadelphia and 
to the Presbyterian Hospitals, Fellow of the College of Physicians of Phila- 
delphia, etc. In Press. 
OPHTHALMIC REVIEW. A Monthly Record of Ophthalmic Science. Published 
in London. Sample Numbers, 25 cents. Per annum, $3.00 
ORMEROD. Diseases of Nervous System, Student’s Guide to. By J. A. Ormerod, 
m.d. (Oxon.), f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Mem. Path., Clin., Ophth., and Neurol. Societies, 
Physician to National Hospital for Paralyzed and Epileptic and to City of London 
Hospital for Diseases of the Chest, Dem. of Morbid Anatomy, St. Bartholo- 
mew’s Hospital, etc. With 66 Wood Engravings. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
OSGOOD. The Winter and Its Dangers. By Hamilton Osgood, m.d. Cloth, .40 
OSLER. Cerebral Palsies of Children. A Clinical Study. By William Osler, 
m.d., f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Professor of Medicine, Johns Hopkins University, etc. 
8vo. Cloth, $2.00 
Chorea and Choreiform Affections. 8vo. Cloth, $2.00 
OSTROM. Massage and the Original Swedish Movements. Their Application 
to Various Diseases of the Body. A Manual for Students, Nurses and Physicians. 
By Kurre W. Ostrom, from the Royal University of Upsala, Sweden; Instructor 
in Massage and Swedish Movements in the Hospital of the University of 
Pennsylvania, and in the Philadelphia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in 
Medicine, etc. Third Edition. Enlarged. Illustrated by 94 Wood Engrav- 
ings, many of which were drawn especially for this purpose. i2mo. Cloth, f 1.00 
PACKARD’S Sea Air and Sea Bathing. By John H. Packard, m.d. Cloth, .40 
PAGE. Railroad Injuries. With Special Reference to those of the Back and 
Nervous System. By Herbert Page, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to St. Mary’s Hospital, 
and Lecturer on Surgery at its Medical School. Octavo. Cloth, $2.25 
PARKES’ Practical Hygiene. By Edward A. Parkes, m.d. Superseded by 
“ Notter and Firth ” Treatise on Hygiene. See previous page. 
PARKES. Hygiene and Public Health. A Practical Manual. By Louis C. 
Parkes, m.d., d.p.h. London Hospital; Assistant Professor of Hygiene and 
Public Health at University College, etc. Fifth Edition, Enlarged and Revised. 
80 Illustrations. i2mo. In Press. 
The Elements of Health. An Introduction to the Study of Hygiene. 
Illustrated. Cloth, $1.25 
PARRISH’S Alcoholic Inebriety. From a Medical Standpoint, with Illustrative 
Cases from the Clinical Records of the Author. By Joseph Parrish, m.d., 
President of the Amer. Assoc, for Cure of Inebriates. Cloth, $1.00 
PHILLIPS. Spectacles and Eyeglasses, Their Prescription and Adjustment. By 
R. J. Phillips, m.d., Instructor on Diseases of the Eye, Philadelphia Polyclinic, 
Ophthalmic Surgeon, Presbyterian Hospital. Second Edition, Revised and 
Enlarged. 49 Illustrations. l2mo. Cloth, $1.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 
21 
PHYSICIAN’S VISITING LIST. Published Annually. Forty-sixth Year (1897) 
of its Publication. 
Hereafter all styles will contain the interleaf or special memoranda page, except 
the Monthly Edition, and the sizes for 75 and ico Patients will come in two volumes 
only. The Sale of this Visiting List increased over ten per cent, in 1896. 
REGULAR EDITION. 
For 25 Patients weekly. Tucks, pocket and pencil, Gilt Edges, $1.00 
50 “ “ “ “ “ “ " 1.25 
50 “ “ 2 vols. 
Jan. to June 
July to Dec. 
Jan. to June 
July to Dec. 
“ “ “ “ 2.00 
75 “ “ 2 vols. 
Jan. to June 
July to Dec. 
“ “ “ “ 2.00 
IOO “ “ 2 vols. 
“ 2.25 
Perpetual Edition, without Dates and with Special Memorandum Pages. 
For 25 Patients, interleaved, tucks, pocket and pencil, . . . . $1.25 
50 “ . .... 1.50 
Monthly Edition, without Dates. Can be commenced at any time and used 
until full. Requires only one writing of patient’s name for the whole month. 
Plain binding, without Flap or Pencil, .75. Leather cover, Pocket and Pencil, $1.00 
EXTRA Pencils will be sent, postpaid, for 25 cents per half dozen. 
ftaT* This List combines the several essential qualities of strength, compactness, 
durability and convenience. It is made in all sizes and styles to meet the wants of all 
physicians. It is not an elaborate, complicated system of keeping accounts, but a 
plain, simple record, that may be kept with the least expenditure of time and trouble— 
hence its popularity. A special circular, descriptive of contents will be sent upon 
application. 
PEREIRA’S Prescription Book. Containing Lists of Terms, Phrases, Contrac- 
tions and Abbreviations used in Prescriptions, Explanatory Notes, Grammatical 
Construction of Prescriptions, Rules for the Pronunciation of Pharmaceutical 
Terms. By Jonathan Pereira, m.d. Sixteenth Edition. Cloth, .75; Tucks $1.00 
POTTER. A Handbook of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Therapeutics, in- 
cluding the Action of Medicines, Special Therapeutics of Disease, Official and 
Practical Pharmacy, and Minute Directions for Prescription Writing, etc. In- 
cluding over 600 Prescriptions and Formulae. By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.a., 
m.d., m.r.c.p. (Lond.), Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine and 
Clinical Medicine in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, San Francisco; 
late A. A. Surgeon U. S. Army. Sixth Edition, Revised and Enlarged by 100 
Pages. 8vo. With Thumb Index in each copy. 
Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50; Half Russia $6.50 
Compend of Anatomy, including Visceral Anatomy. Fifth Edition. Re- 
vised, and greatly Enlarged. With 16 Lithographed Plates and 117 other 
Illustrations. Being No. / ? Quiz- Compend ? Series. 
Cloth, .80; Interleaved for taking Notes, $ 1.25 
Compend of Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Prescription Writing, 
with special reference to the Physiological Action of Drugs. Sixth Revised 
and Improved Edition, with Index, based upon U. S. P. 1890. Being No. 
6 ? Quiz-Compend? Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25 
Speech and Its Defects. Considered Physiologically, Pathologically and 
Remedially; being the Lea Prize Thesis of Jefferson Medical College, 1882. 
Revised and Corrected. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
POWELL. Diseases of the Lungs and Pleurae, Including Consumption. By 
R. Douglas Powell, m.d., f.r.c.p.. Physician to the Middlesex Hospital, and 
Consulting Physician to the Hospital for Consumption and Diseases of the Chest 
at Brompton. Fourth Edition. With Colored Plates and Wood Engravings. 
8vo. Cloth, #4.00 22 
P. BLAKISTON, SON CO.'S 
POWER. Surgical Diseases of Children and their Treatment by Modern 
Methods. By D’Arcy Power, m.a., f.r.c.s. (Eng.), Demonstrator of Operative 
Surgery, St. Bartholomew’s Hospital; Surgeon to the Victoria Hospital for 
Children. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 
PRESTON. Hysteria and Certain Allied Conditions. Their Nature and Treat- 
ment. With special reference to the application of Hypnotism, the Rest Cure, 
Massage, Ellectro-therapy, etc. By George J. Preston, m.d., Professor of 
Diseases of the Nervous System, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Balti- 
more; Visiting Physician to the City Hospital; Consulting Neurologist to Bay 
View Asylum, the Hebrew Hospital; Member American Neurological Associa- 
tion, etc. With Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
Synopsis of Contents.—Historical. The Nature of Hysteria; Etiology and 
Pathology. Symptomatology. Disturbances of Motion: Tremor, Contractuie, Par- 
alysis. Convulsive Attacks : Major and Minor Attacks. Hystero-Epilepsy. The 
Mental Condition in Hysteria. Visceral and Vasomotor Disturbances. Diagnosis. 
Treatment: Electro-Therapy, The Rest Cure, Hypnotism, Surgical Interference in 
the Treatment of Hysteria. 
PRITCHARD. Handbook of Diseases of the Ear. By Urban Pritchard, 
m.d., f.r.c.s., Professor of Aural Surgery, King’s College, London, Aural Sur- 
geon to King’s College Hospital, Senior Surgeon to the Royal Ear Hospital, etc. 
Third Edition, Enlarged. Many Illustrations and Formulae. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 
PROCTOR’S Practical Pharmacy. Lectures on Practical Pharmacy. With Wood 
Engravings and 32 Lithographic Fac-simile Prescriptions. By Barnard S. 
Proctor. Third Edition. Revised and with elaborate Tables of Chemical 
Solubilities, etc. Cloth, $3x0 
REESE’S Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology. A Text-book for Medical and 
Legal Practitioners and Students. By John J. Reese, m.d., Editor of Taylor’s 
Jurisprudence, Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medical Jurisprudence, 
including Toxicology, in the University of Pennsylvania Medical Department. 
Fourth Edition. Revised by Henry Leffmann, m.d., Pathological Chemist, 
Jefferson Medical College Hospital, etc. i2mo. 624 pages. 
Cloth, $3.00; Leather, $3.50 
“ To the student of medical jurisprudence and toxicology it is invaluable, as it is concise, 
clear, and thorough in every respect.”—The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. 
REEVES. Medical Microscopy. Illustrated. A Handbook for Physicians and 
Students, including Chapters on Bacteriology, Neoplasms, Urinary Examination, 
etc. By James E. Reeves, m.d., Ex-Piesident American Public Health Associa- 
tion, Member Association American Physicians, etc. Numerous Illustrations, 
some of which are printed in colors. i2mo. Handsome Cloth, $2.50 
REEVES. Bodily Deformities and their Treatment. A Handbook of Practical 
Orthopaedics. By H. A. Reeves, m.d., Senior Ass’t Surgeon to the London Hos- 
pital, Surgeon to the Royal Orthopaedic Hospital. 228 Illustrations. Cloth, #1.75 
REGIS. Mental Medicine. A Practical Manual. By Dr. E. Regis, formerly 
Chief of Clinique of Mental Diseases, Faculty of Medicine of Paris ; Physician 
of the Maison de Sante de Castel d’Andorte ; Professor of Mental Diseases, 
Faculty of Medicine, Bordeaux, etc. With a Preface by M. Benjamin Ball, 
Clinical Professor of Mental Diseases, Faculty of Medicine, Paris. Authorized 
Translation from the Second Edition by H. M. Bannister, m.d., late Senior 
Assistant Physician, Illinois Eastern Hospital for the Insane, etc. With an In- 
troduction by the Author. i2mo. 692 pages. Cloth, $2 00 
RICHARDSON. Long Life, and How to Reach It. By J. G. Richardson, Prof, 
of Hygiene, University of Pennsylvania. Cloth, .40 
RICHARDSON’S Mechanical Dentistry. A Practical Treatise on Mechanical 
Dentistry. By Joseph Richardson, d.d.s. Seventh Edition. Thoroughly 
Revised and in many parts Rewritten by Dr. Geo. W. Warren, Chief of the 
Clinical Staff, Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. With 691 
Illustrations, many of which are from original Wood Engravings. Octavo. 
675 pages. Cloth, $5.00; Leather, $6.00; Half Russia, $7.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 
23 
RICHTER’S Inorganic Chemistry. A Text-book for Students. By Prof. Victor 
von Richter, University of Breslau. Fourth American, from Sixth German 
Edition. Authorized Translation by Edgar F. Smith, m.a., ph.d., Prof, of 
Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania. Member of the Chemical Societies of 
Berlin and Paris. 89 Illustrations and a Colored Plate. i2mo. Cloth, $1.75 
Organic Chemistry. The Chemistry of the Carbon Compounds. Third 
American Edition, translated from the Last German by Edgar F. Smith, 
m.a., ph.d., Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania. Illustrated. 
i2mo. Preparing. 
ROBERTS. Practice of Medicine. The Theory and Practice of Medicine. By 
P'rederick Roberts, m.d., Professor of Therapeutics at University College, 
London. Ninth Edition, with Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50 
ROBERTS. Fractures of the Radius. A Clinical, Pathological, and Experimental 
Study. By John B. Roberts, M.D., Professor of Anatomy and Surgery in the 
Philadelphia Polyclinic, etc. 33 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $i.co 
ROBINSON. Latin Grammar of Pharmacy and Medicine. By D. H. Robinson, 
ph.d., Professor of Latin Language and Literature, University of Kansas. Intro- 
duction by L. E. Sayre, ph.g., Professor of Pharmacy in, and Dean of the Dept, 
of Pharmacy, University of Kansas. i2mo. Second Edition. Revised with 
the help of Prof. L. E. Sayre, of University of Kansas, and Dr. Charles Rice, 
of the College of Pharmacy of the city of New York. Cloth, $1.75 
ST. CLAIR. Medical Latin. Designed expressly for the Elementary Training 
of Medical Students. By W. T. St. Clair, Instructor in Latin in the Kentucky 
School of Medicine and in the Louisvilie Male High School. 121110. Cloth, $1.00 
SANSOM. Diseases of The Heart. The Diagnosis and Pathology of Diseases of 
the Heart and Thoracic Aorta. By A. Ernest Sansom, m.d., f.r.c.p., Physician 
to the London Hospital, etc. With Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, £6.00 
SAYRE. Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy. An Introduction 
to the Study of the Vegetable Kingdom and the Vegetable and Animal Drugs. 
Comprising the Botanical and Physical Characteristics, Source, Constituents, and 
Pharmacopceial Preparations. With Chapters on Synthetic Organic Remedies, 
Insects Injurious to Drugs, and Pharmacal Botany. By L. E. Sayre, ph.g., 
Professor of Pharmacy and Materia Medica in the University of Kansas, Mem- 
ber of the Committee of Revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1890. A Glossary 
and 543 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $5.00; Half Russia, #6.00 
SCHAMBERG. Compend of Diseases of the Skin. By Jay F. Schamberg, 
Instructor in Skin Diseases, Philadelphia Polyclinic ; Quiz-Master at University 
of Pennsylvania. Illustrated. Cloth, .80. Interleaved, $1.25 
SCHULTZE. Obstetrical Diagrams. Being a Series of 20 Colored Lithograph 
Charts, imperial map size, of Pregnancy and Midwifery, with accompanying 
explanatory (German) text, illustrated by wood-cuts. By Dr. B. S. Schultze, 
Professor of Obstetrics, University of Jena. Second Revised Edition. 
Price, in Sheets, $26.00; Mounted on Rollers, Muslin Backs, $36.00 
SCOVILLE. The Art of Compounding. A Text-book for Students and a Refer- 
ence Book for Pharmacists. By Wilbur L. Scoville, ph.g., Professor of Ap- 
plied Pharmacy and Director of the Pharmaceutical Laboratory in the Massa- 
chusetts College of Pharmacy. Cloth, $2.50; Sheep, $3.50; Half Russia, $4.50 
SEWELL. Dental Surgery, including Special Anatomy and Surgery. By Henry 
Sewell, m.r.c.s., l.d.s., President Odontological Society of Great Britain. 3d 
Edition, greatly enlarged, with about 200 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00 
SHAWE. Notes for Visiting Nurses, and all those interested in the working and 
organization of District, Visiting, or Parochial Nurse Societies. By Rosalind 
Gillette Shawe, District Nurse for the Brooklyn Red Cross Society. With an 
Appendix explaining the organization and working of various Visiting and Dis- 
trict Nurse Societies, by Helen C. Jenks, of Philadelphia. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 24 
P. BLAKISTON, SON <S- CO.'S 
SMITH. Abdominal Surgery. Being a Systematic Description of all the Princi- 
pal Operations. By J. Greig Smith, m.a., f.r.s.e., Surg. to British Royal In- 
firmary ; Lecturer on Surgery, Bristol Medical School; Late Examiner in Surgery, 
University of Aberdeen, etc. 224 Illustrations. Fifth Edition. Enlarged and 
Thoroughly Revised. 2 Volumes. Octavo. Cloth, $10.00 
SMITH. Electro-Chemical Analysis. By Edgar F. Smith, Professor of Chem- 
istry, University of Pennsylvania. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 28 
Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 
SMITH AND KELLER. Experiments. Arranged for Students in General Chem- 
istry. By Edgar F. Smith, Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania, 
and Dr. H. F. Keller, Professor of Chemistry, Philadelphia High School. Third 
Edition. 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth, .60 
STAMMER. Chemical Problems, with Explanations and Answers. By Karl 
Stammer. Translated from the Second German Edition, by Prof. W. S. Hos- 
kinson, A.M., Wittenberg College, Springfield, Ohio. i2mo. Cloth. .50 
STARLING. Elements of Human Physiology. By Ernest H. Starling, m.d. 
Lond., m.r.c.p., Joint Lecturer on Physiology at Guy’s Hospital, London, 
etc. With 100 Illustrations. i2mo. 437 pages. Cloth, $1.00 
STARR. The Digestive Organs in Childhood. Second Edition. The Diseases 
of the Digestive Organs in Infancy and Childhood. With Chapters on the 
Investigation of Disease and the Management of Children. By Louis Starr, 
m.d., late Clinical Prof, of Diseases of Children in the Hospital of the University 
of Penn’a; Physician to the Children’s Hospital, Phila. Second Edition. 
Revised and Enlarged. Illustrated by two Colored Lithograph Plates and 
numerous Wood Engravings. Crown Octavo. Cloth, $2.00 
The Hygiene of the Nursery, including the General Regimen and Feed- 
ing of Infants and Children, and the Domestic Management of the Ordinary 
Emergencies of Early Life, Massage, etc. Sixth Edition. Enlarged. 25 
Illustrations. i2mo. 280 pages. Cloth, $1.00 
STEARNS. Lectures on Mental Diseases. By Henry Putnam Stearns, m.d., 
Physician Superintendent at the Hartford Retreat, Lecturer on Mental Diseases 
in Yale University, Member of the American Medico-Psychological Ass’n, Hon- 
orary Member of the Boston Medico-Pyschological Society. With a Digest of 
Laws of the Various States Relating to Care of Insane. Illustrated. 
Cloth, $2.75 ; Sheep, $3.25 
STEVENSON AND MURPHY. A Treatise on Hygiene. By Various Authors. 
Edited by Thomas Stevenson, m.d., f.r.c.p., Lecturer on Chemistry and Medi- 
cal Jurisprudence at Guy’s Hospital, London, etc., and Shirley F. Murphy, 
Medical Officer of Health to the County of London. In Three Octavo Volumes. 
Vol. I. With Plates and Wood Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 
Vol. II. With Plates and Wood Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 
Vol. III. Sanitary Law. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 
*** Special Circular upon applicatio?i. 
STEWART’S Compend of Pharmacy. Based upon “Remington’s Text-Book of 
Pharmacy.” By F. E. Stewart, m.d., ph.g.,Quiz-Master in Chem. and Theoreti- 
cal Pharmacy, Phila. College of Pharmacy; Lect. in Pharmacology, Jefferson 
Medical College. Fifth Ed. Revised in accordance with U. S. P., 1890. Com- 
plete tables of Metric and English Weights and Measures. ? Quiz- Compend ? 
Series. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for the addition of notes, $1.25 
STIRLING. Outlines of Practical Physiology. Including Chemical and Experi- 
mental Physiology, with Special Reference to Practical Medicine. By W. Stir- 
ling, m.d., Sc.D., Professor of Physiology and Histology, Owens College, Victoria 
University, Manchester. Examiner in Physiology, Universities of Edinburgh 
and London. Third Edition. 289 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00 
Outlines of Practical Histology. 368 Illustrations. Second Edition. Re- 
vised and Enlarged with new Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBL1CA 710NS. 
25 
STOHR. Text-Book of Histology, Including the Microscopical Technique. 
By Dr. Philipp Stohr, University of Zurich. Authorized Translation by 
Emma L. Billstein, m.d., Demonstrator of Histology and Embryology, 
Woman’s Medical College of Pennsylvania. Edited, with Additions, by Dr. 
Alfred Schaper, Demonstrator of Histology and Embryology, Harvard 
Medical School, Boston. 268 Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $3.00 
STRAHAN. Extra-.Uterine Pregnancy. The Diagnosis and Treatment of Extra- 
Uterine Pregnancy. Being the Jenks Prize Essay of the College of Physicians 
of Philadelphia. By John Strahan, m.d. (Univ. of Ireland), late Res. Surgeon 
Belfast Union Infirmary and Fever Hospital. Octavo. Cloth, .75 
SUTTON’S Volumetric Analysis. A Systematic Handbook for the Quantitative 
Estimation of Chemical Substances by Measure, Applied to Liquids, Solids and 
Gases. Adapted to the Requirements of Pure Chemical Research, Pathological 
Chemistry, Pharmacy, Metallurgy, Photography, etc., and for the Valuation of 
Substances Used in Commerce, Agriculture, and the Arts. By Francis Sutton, 
f.c.S. Seventh Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with 112 Illustrations. 8vo. 
Cloth, $4.50 
SWAIN. Surgical Emergencies, together with the Emergencies Attendant on 
Parturition and the Treatment of Poisoning. A Manual for the Use of Student, 
Practitioner, and Head Nurse. By William Paul Swain, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to 
the South Devon and East Cornwall Hospital, England. Fifth Edition. i2mo. 
149 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.75 
SWANZY. Diseases of the Eye and their Treatment. A Handbook for Physi- 
cians and Students. By Henry R. Swanzy, a.m., m.b., f.r.c.s.i., Surgeon to 
the National Eye and Ear Infirmary ; Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Adelaide Hos- 
pital, Dublin. Sixth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. 158 Illus- 
trations, one Plain Plate, and a Zephyr Test Card. i2mo. Cloth, #3x0 
“ Is without doubt the most satisfactory manual we have upon diseases of the eye. It occu- 
pies the middle ground between the students’ manuals, which are too brief and concise, and the 
encyclopedic treatises, which are too extended and detailed to be of special use to the general 
practitioner.”—Chicago Medical Recorder. 
SYMONDS. Manual of Chemistry, for Medical Students. By Brandreth 
Symonds, a.m., m.d., Ass’t Physician Rbosevelt Hospital, Out-Patient Department; 
Attending Physician Northwestern Dispensary, New York. Second Edition. 
i2mo.* Cloth, $2.00 
TAFT’S Operative Dentistry. A Practical Treatise on Operative Dentistry. By 
Jonathan Taft, d.d.s. Fifth Revised and Enlarged Edition. Over 100 Illus- 
trations. 8vo. Preparing. 
Index of Dental Periodical Literature. 8vo. Cloth, $2.00 
TALBOT. Irregularities of the Teeth, and Their Treatment. By Eugene S. 
Talbot, m.d., Professor of Dental Surgery Woman’s Medical College, and 
Lecturer on Dental Pathology in Rush Medical College, Chicago. Second Edi- 
tion, Revised and Enlarged by about 100 pages. Octavo. 234 Illustrations 
(169 of which are original). 261 pages. Cloth, #3.00 
TANNER’S Memoranda of Poisons and their Antidotes and Tests. By Thos. 
Hawkes Tanner, m.d., f.r.c.p. 7th American, from the Last London Edition. 
Revised by John J. Reese, m.d., Professor Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi- 
cology in the University of Pennsylvania. i2mo. Cloth, .75 
TAYLOR. Practice of Medicine. A Manual. By Frederick Taylor, m.d., 
Physician to, and Lecturer on Medicine at, Guy’s Hospital, London ; Physician to 
Evelina Hospital for Sick Children, and Examiner in Materia Medica and Phar- 
maceutical Chemistry, University of London. Cloth, $2.00; Sheep, $2.50 P. BLAKISTON, SON &• CO.’S 
TAYLOR AND WELLS. Diseases of Children. A Manual for Students and 
Physicians. By John Madison Taylor, a.b., m.d., Professor of Diseases of 
Children, Philadelphia Polyclinic; Assistant Physician to the Children’s Hospi- 
tal and to the Orthopedic Hospital; Consulting Physician to the Elwyn and the 
Vineland Training Schools for Feeble-Minded Children ; Neurologist to the 
Howard Hospital, etc.; and William H. Wells, m.d., Adjunct-Professor of 
Obstetrics and Diseases of Infancy in the Philadelphia Polyclinic ; late Assistant 
.Demonstrator of Clinical Obstetrics and Diseases of Infancy in Jefferson Medi- 
cal College. With Illustrations. In Press. 
Proposed Contents and Arrangement.—I. Clinical Investigation. II and 
III. Hygiene and Diet. IV. Care of Children of Feeble Resistance, including Sys- 
tematic Developmental Methods. V. Diseases Occurring At or Near Birth. VI. 
Acute Infectious Diseases. VII. General Diseases, Tuberculosis, Syphilis, Malaria, 
Rachitis, Rheumatism, etc. VIII. Diseases of Digestive Organs, including Parasites. 
IX. Diseases of the Liver, Cecum, and Appendix. X. Diseases of the Peritoneum, 
Intestinal Malformations and Obstructions. XI. Diseases of the Respiratory Organs. 
XII. Diseases of the Heart. XIII. Diseases of the Blood and Blood-making Organs. 
XIV. Nervous Diseases (including Diabetes). XV. Diseases of the Nose, Pharynx, 
and Naso-Pharynx. XVI. Genito-Urinary Diseases. XVII. Diseases of Degeneracy, 
Thyroid Thymus Glands, Dwarfs and Dwarfing, Cretins, Leprosv, Idiocy, Feeble- 
mindedness, and Insanity, etc. XVIII. Diseases of the Skin. XIX. Injuries and 
Shock. XX. Emergencies—Medical and Surgical. XXI. Diseases of the Bones and 
Joints. XXII. Curvatures of the Spine. XXIII. Pott’s Disease. XXIV. Tumors. 
TEMPERATURE Charts for Recording Temperature, Respiration, Pulse, Day of 
Disease, Date, Age, Sex, Occupation, Name, etc. Put up in pads; each .50 
THOMPSON. Urinary Organs. Diseases of the Urinary Organs. Containing 32 
Lectures. By Sir Henry Thompson, f.r.c.S., Emeritus Professor of Clinical Sur- 
gery in University College. Eighth London Edition. 121 Illustrations. Octavo. 
470 pages. Cloth, $3.00 
THORBURN. Surgery of the Spinal Cord. A Contribution to the study of. By 
William Thorburn, b.sc., m.d. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00 
THORINGTON. Retinoscopy (The Shadow Test) in the Determination of 
Refraction at One Metre Distance with the Plane Mirror. By James Thoring- 
ton, m.d., Adjunct Professor of Diseases of the Eye in the Philadelphia Poly- 
clinic ; Ophthalmologist to the Vineland Training School and to the M. E. 
Orphanage; Lecturer on the Anatomy, Physiology, and Care of the Eyes in the 
Philadelphia Manual Training Schools, etc. With 24 Illustrations, many of 
which are Original. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
THORNTON. The Surgery of the Kidneys. By John Knowsi.ey Thornton, 
m.b. (Edin.). With 19 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.50 
TOMES’ Dental Anatomy. A Manual of Dental Anatomy, Human and Compara- 
tive. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. 235 Illustrations. 4th Ed. i2mo. Cloth, $3.50 
Dental Surgery. A System of Dental Surgery. By John Tomes, f.r.s. 
Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. With 
292 Illustrations. i2mo. 772 pages. Cloth, $4.00 
TREVES. German-English Medical Dictionary. By Frederick Treves, f.r.c.s., 
assisted by Dr. Hugo Lang, b.a. (Munich). i2mo. y2 Russia, $3.25 
Physical Education, Its Effects, Value, Methods, etc. Cloth, .75 
TUKE. Dictionary of Psychological Medicine. Giving the Definition, Ety- 
mology, and Synonyms of the Terms used in Medical Psychology, with the 
Symptoms, Pathology, and Treatment of the recognized forms of Mental Dis- 
orders, together with the Law of Lunacy in Great Britain and Ireland. Edited by 
D. Hack Tuke, m.d.,ll.d., Examiner in Mental Physiology in the University 
of London. Two Volumes. Octavo. 1477 pages. Cloth, #10.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 
27 
TURNBULL’S Artificial Anaesthesia. The Advantages and Accidents of Artifi- 
cial Anaesthesia ; Its Employment in the Treatment of Disease ; Modes of Ad- 
ministration ; Considering their Relative Risks; Tests of Purity ; Treatment of 
Asphyxia; Spasms of the Glottis; Syncope, etc. By Laurence Turnbull, m.d., 
ph.g., Aural Surgeon to Jefferson College Hospital, etc. Fourth Edition, Re- 
vised and Enlarged. 54 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 
TUSON. Veterinary Pharmacopoeia, including the outlines of Materia Medica 
and Therapeutics. By Richard V. Tuson, late Professor at the Royal Veter- 
inary College. Fifth Edition. Revised and Edited by James Bayne, f.c.s., 
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology at the Royal Veterinary College. i2mo. 
Cloth, $2.25 
TUSSEY. High Altitude Treatment for Consumption. The Principles or 
Guides for a Better Selection or Classification of Consumptives Amenable to 
High Altitude Treatment, and to the Selection of Patients who may be More 
Successfully Treated in the Environment to which They were Accustomed 
Previous to Their Illness. By A. Edgar Tussey, m.d., Adjunct Professor of 
Diseases of the Chest in the Philadelphia Polyclinic and School for Graduates 
in Medicine, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 
TYSON. The Practice of Medicine. A Text-Book for Physicians and Students, 
with Special Reference to Diagnosis and Treatment. By James Tyson, m.d., 
Professor of Clinical Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania, Physician to 
the University and to the Philadelphia Hospitals, etc. Illustrated. 8vo. Just 
Ready. Cloth, $5.50; Leather, $6.50; Half Russia, $7.50 
“ Few teachers in the country can claim a longer apprenticeship in the laboratory and at 
the bedside, none a more intimate acquaintance with students, since in one capacity or another 
he has been associated with the University of Pennsylvania and the Philadelphia Hospital for 
nearly thirty years. Moreover, he entered medicine through the portal of pathology, a decided 
advantage in the writer of a text book. . . . The typography is decidedly above works of 
this class issued from our publishing houses. There is no American Practice of the same attrac- 
tive appearance. The print is unusually sharp and clear, and the quality of the paper particu- 
larly good. . . . It is a piece of good, honest work, carefully conceived and conscientiously 
carried out.”—University Medical Magazine. 
*#* Sample Pages and Illustrations Sent Free upon Application. 
Guide to the Examination of Urine. Ninth Edition. For the Use of 
Physicians and Students. With Colored Plate and Numerous Illustrations 
Engraved on Wood. Ninth Edition. Revised. i2mo. 276pages. Cloth, $1.25 
*** A French translation of this book has just appeared in Paris. 
Handbook of Physical Diagnosis. Illustrated. 2d Ed. nmo. Cloth, 51.25 
Bright’s Disease and Diabetes. With Especial Reference to Pathology and 
Therapeutics. Including a Section on Retinitis in Bright’s Disease. With 
Colored Plates and many Wood Engravings. New Edition. In Preparation. 
Cell Doctrine. Its History and Present State. Second Edition. Cloth, 51.50 
UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 1890. Seventh Decennial Revision. 
Cloth, 52.50 (Postpaid, 52.77); Sheep, 53.00 (Postpaid, 53.27); Interleaved, 
54.00 (Postpaid, 54-50); printed on one side of page only. Unbound, 53-5° (Post- 
paid, 53.90). 
Select Tables from the U. S. P. (1890). Being Nine of the Most Important 
and Useful Tables, printed on Separate Sheets. Carefully put up in Patent 
Envelope. .25 
VAN HARLINGEN on Skin Diseases. A Practical Manual of Diagnosis and 
Treatment with special reference to Differential Diagnosis. By Arthur Van 
Harlingen, m.d., Professor of Diseases of the Skin in the Philadelphia Poly- 
clinic ; Clinical Lecturer on Dermatology at Jefferson Medical College. Third 
Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With Formulae and Illustrations, several being 
in Colors. 580 pages. Cloth, 52-75 28 
P. BLAKISTON, SON &• CO.'S 
VAN NUYS on The Urine. Chemical Analysis of Healthy and Diseased Urine, 
Qualitative and Quantitative. By T. C. Van Nuys, Professor of Chemistry 
Indiana University. 39 Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $1.00 
VIRCHOW’S Post-mortem Examinations. A Description and Explanation of the 
Method of Performing them in the Dead-House of the Berlin Charite Hospital, 
with especial reference to Medico-legal Practice. By Prof. Virchow. Trans- 
lated by Dr. T. P. Smith. Illustrated. Third Edition, with Additions. Cloth, .75 
VOSWINKEL. Surgical Nursing. A Manual for Nurses. By Bertha M. Vos- 
winkel, Graduate Episcopal Hospital, Philadelphia; Nurse in Charge Children’s 
Hospital, Columbus, O. 111 Illustrations, nmo. 168 pages. Cloth, $1.00 
WALKER. Students’ Aid in Ophthalmology. By Gertrude A. Walker, 
A. m.d., Clinical Instructor in Diseases of the Eye at Woman’s Medical 
College of Pennsylvania. 40 Illustrations and Colored Plate. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 
WALSHAM. Manual of Practical Surgery. For Students and Physicians. By 
Wm. J. Walsham, m.d., f.r.c.s., Ass't Surg. to, and Dem. of Practical Surg. in, 
St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, Surg. to Metropolitan Free Hospital, London. 
Fifth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. With 380 Engravings. 815 pages. 
Cloth, $2.00 ; Leather, $2.50 
WARING. Practical Therapeutics. A Manual for Physicians and Students. By 
Edward J. Waring, m.d. Fourth Edition. Revised, Rewritten, and Rearranged. 
Crown Octavo. Cloth, $2.00; Leather, $3.00 
WARREN. Compend Dental Pathology and Dental Medicine. Containing all 
the most noteworthy points of interest to the Dental Student and a Chapter 
on Emergencies. By Geo. W. Warren, d.d.s., Clinical Chief, Penn’a College 
of Dental Surgery, Phila. Second Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated. Being No. 
13 ? Quiz-Compend t Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 
Interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 
Dental Prosthesis and Metallurgy. 129 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.25 
WATSON on Amputations of the Extremities and Their Complications. By 
B. A. Watson, m.d. 250 Illustrations. Cloth, $5.50 
Concussions. An Experimental Study of Lesions arising from Severe Con- 
cussions. 8vo. Paper cover, $ 1.00 
WATTS’ Inorganic Chemistry. (Being the 14th Edition of Fowne’s Inorganic 
Chemistry.) By Henry Watts, f.r.s. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
Organic Chemistry. Second Edition. (Being the 13th Edition of Fowne’s 
Organic Chemistry.) Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
WELLS. Compend of Gynecology. By Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demon- 
strator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia; Fellow of the 
College of Physicians of Philadelphia. 150 Illustrations. ?Quiz-Compend? Series 
No. 7. i2mo. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for Notes, $1.25 
WESTLAND. The Wife and Mother. A Handbook for Mothers. By A. 
Westland, m.d., late Resident Physician, Aberdeen Royal Infirmary. Clo. $1.50 
WETHERED. Medical Microscopy. A Guide to the Use of the Microscope in 
Practical Medicine. By Frank J. Wethered, m.d., m.r.c.p., Demonstrator of 
Practical Medicine, Middlesex Hospital Medical School; Assistant Physician, 
late Pathologist, City of London Hospital for Diseases of Chest, etc. With 100 
Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
WEYL. Sanitary Relations of the Coal-Tar Colors. By Theodore Weyl. 
Authorized Translation by Henry Leffmann, m.d., ph.d. i2mo. 154 pages. 
Cloth, $1.25 
WHITACRE. Laboratory Text-Book of Pathology. By Horace J. Whitacre, 
m.d., Demonstrator of Pathology, Medical College of Ohio, Cincinnati. Illus- 
tnitcd Itx Press 
WHITE. The Mouth and Teeth. By J. W. White, m.d., d.d.s. Cloth, .40 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 
29 
WHITE AND WILCOX. Materia Medica, Pharmacy, Pharmacology, and 
Therapeutics. A Handbook for Students. By W. Hale White, m.d., f.k.c.p., 
etc., Physician to and Lecturer on Materia Medica, Guy’s Hospital; Examiner in 
Materia Medica, Royal College of Physicians, London, etc. Third American 
Edition. Revised by Reynold W. Wilcox, m.a., m.d., ll.d., Professor of Clin- 
ical Medicine and Therapeutics at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School 
and Hospital; Visiting Physician St. Mark’s Hospital; Assistant Visiting Physi- 
cian Bellevue Hospital. Third Edition, thoroughly Revised. i2mo. 
Cloth, $2.75; Leather, $3.25 
WILSON. Handbook of Hygiene and Sanitary Science. Bv George Wilson, 
m.a., M.D., f.r.s.e., Medical Officer of Health for Mid-Warwickshire, England. 
With Illustrations. Eighth Edition. 121110. Preparing. 
WILSON. The Summer and its Diseases. By James C. Wilson, m.d., Prof, of the 
Practice of Med. and Clinical Medicine, Jefferson Med. Coll., Phila. Cloth, .40 
WILSON. System of Human Anatomy. 1 ith Revised Edition. Edited by Henry 
Edward Clark, m.d., m.r.c.s. 492 Illustrations, 26 Colored Plates, and a 
Glossary of Terms. Thick i2mo. Cloth, $5.00 
WINCKEL. Diseases .of Women. Third Edition. Including the Dis- 
eases of the Bladder and Urethra. By Dr. F. Winckel, Professor of 
Gynecology and Director of the Royal University Clinic for Women in Munich. 
Translated by special authority of Author and Publisher, under the Supervision 
of, and with an Introduction by, Theophilus Parvin, m.d., Professor of 
Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children in Jefferson Medical Col- 
lege, Philadelphia. With 152 Engravings on Wood, most of which are original. 
3d Edition, Revised and Enlarged. hi Preparation. 
Text-Book of Obstetrics; Including the Pathology and Therapeutics of the 
Puerperal State. Authorized Translation by J. Clifton Edgar, a.m., m.d., 
Adjunct Professor to the Chair of Obstetrics, Medical Department, University 
City of New York. With nearly 200 Handsome Illus., the majority of which 
are original with this work. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00; Leather, $6.00 
WINDLE. Surface Anatomy and Landmarks. By B. C. A. Windle, d.sc.,m.d., 
Professor of Anatomy in Mason College, Birmingham, etc. Second Edition, 
Revised by T. Manners Smith, m.r.c.s., with Colored and other Illustrations. 
i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 
WO AXES. Deafness, Giddiness, and Noises in the Head. By Edward 
Woakes, m.d., Senior Aural Surgeon, London Hospital; assisted by Claud 
Woakes, m.r.c.s., Assistant Surgeon to the London Throat Hospital. Fourth 
Edition. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 
WOAKES. Post-Nasal Catarrh and Diseases of the Nose, causing Deafness. By 
Edward Woakes, m.d., Senior Aural Surgeon to the London Hospital for 
Diseases of the Throat and Chest. 26 Illustrations. Cloth, $i.co 
WOOD. Brain Work and Overwork. By Prof. H. C. Wood, Clinical Professor 
of Nervous Diseases, University of Pennsylvania. i2mo. Cloth, .40 
WOODY. Essentials of Chemistry and Urinalysis. By Sam E. Woody, a.m., 
m.d., Professor of Chemistry and Public Hygiene, and Clinical Lecturer on 
Diseases of Children, in the Kentucky School of Medicine. Fourth Edition. 
Illustrated. i2mo. In Press. 
WYTHE. Dose and Symptom Book. The Physician’s Pocket Dose and Symptom 
Book. Containing the Doses and Uses of all the Principal Articles of the 
Materia Medica, and Officinal Preparations. By Joseph H. Wythe, a.m., m.d. 
17th Edition, Revised. Cloth, .75; Leather, with Tucks and Pocket, $1.00 
YEO. Manual of Physiology. Sixth Edition. A Text-book for Students of 
Medicine. By Gerald F. Yeo., m.d., f.r.c.s., Professor of Physiology in King’s 
College, London. Sixth Edition; revised and enlarged by the author. With 
254 Wood Engravings and a Glossary. Crown Octavo. 
Cloth, $2.50; Leather, #3.00 From the Southern Clinic. 
“ We know of no series of books issued by any house that so fully meets our approval as these 
? Quiz-Compends ?. They are well arranged, full, and concise, and are really the best line of text- 
books that could be found for either student or practitioner.” 
BLAKISTON’S ?QUIZ=COMPENDS? 
The Best Series of Manuals for the Use of Students. 
Price of each, Cloth, .80. Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25. 
These Compends are based on the most popular text-books and the lectures of promi- 
nent professors, and are kept constantly revised, so that they may thoroughly represent the 
present state of the subjects upon which they treat. The authors have had large experience as 
Quiz-Masters and attaches of colleges, and are well acquainted with the wants of students. They 
are arranged in the most approved form, thorough and concise, containing over 600 fine illustra- 
tions, inserted wherever they could be used to advantage. Can be used by students of any 
college, and contain information nowhere else collected in such a condensed, practical shape. 
ILLUSTRATED CIRCULAR FREE. 
No. i. HUMAN ANATOMY. Fifth Revised and Enlarged Edition. Including Vis- 
ceral Anatomy. Can be used with either Morris’s or Gray’s Anatomy. 117 Illustrations 
and 16 Lithographic Plates of Nerves and Arteries, with Explanatory Tables, etc. By 
Samuel O. L. Potter, m.d., Professor of the Practice of Medicine, College of Physicians 
and Surgeons, San Francisco; late A. A. Surgeon, U. S. Army. 
No. 2. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Parti, Fifth Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and 
Improved. By Dan’i, E. Hughes, m.d., Physician-in Chief, Philadelphia Hospital, late 
Demonstrator of Clinical Medicine, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 
No. 3. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Part II. Fifth Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and 
Improved. Same author as No. 2. 
No. 4. PHYSIOLOGY. Eighth Edition, with new Illustrations and a table of Physio- 
logical Constants. Enlarged and Revised. By A. P. Brubaker, m.d., Professor of 
Physiology and General Pathology in the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery; Demon- 
strator of Physiology, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 
No. 5. OBSTETRICS. Fifth Edition. By Henry G. Landis, m.d. Revised and Edited 
by Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, 
Philadelphia. Enlarged. 47 Illustrations. 
No. 6. MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS, AND PRESCRIPTION 
WRITING. Sixth Revised Edition (U. S. P. 1890). By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.d., 
Professor of the Practice of Medicine, College of Physicians and Surgeons, San Francisco. 
No. 7. GYNECOLOGY. A New Book. By Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demon- 
strator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 150 Illustrations. 
No. 8. DISEASES OF THE EYE AND REFRACTION. A New Book. Includ- 
ing Treatment and Surgery and a Section on Local Therapeutics. By George M. Gould, 
m.d., and W. L. Pyle, m.d. With Formulae, Glossary, several useful Tables, and 111 
Illustrations, several of which are colored. 
No. 9. SURGERY, Minor Surgery, and Bandaging. Fifth Edition, Enlarged and Im- 
proved. By Orville Horwitz, b.s., m.d., Clinical Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery 
and Venereal Diseases in Jefferson Medical College; Surgeon to Philadelphia Hospital, etc. 
With 98 Formulae and 71 Illustrations. 
No. 10. MEDICAL CHEMISTRY. Fourth Edition. Including Urinalysis, Animal 
Chemistry, Chemistry of Milk, Blood, Tissues, the Secretions, etc. By Henry Lefemann, 
m.d., Professor of Chemistry in Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery and in the 
Woman’s Medical College, Philadelphia. 
No. 11. PHARMACY. Fifth Edition. Based upon Prof. Remington’s Text-Book of Phar- 
macy. By F. E. Stewart, m.d., ph.g., late Quiz-Master in Pharmacy and Chemistry, 
Philadelphia College of Pharmacy; Lecturer at Jefferson Medical College. 
No. 12. VETERINARY ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Illustrated. By 
Wm. R. Ballou, m.d., Professor of Equine Anatomy at New York College of Veterinary 
Surgeons; Physician to Bellevue Dispensary, etc. With 29 graphic Illustrations. 
No. 13. DENTAL PATHOLOGY AND DENTAL MEDICINE. Second Edition, 
Illustrated. Containing all the most noteworthy points of interest to the Dental Student and 
a Section on Emergencies. By Geo. W. Warren, d.d.s., Chief of Clinical Staff, Pennsyl- 
vania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. 
No. 14. DISEASES OF CHILDREN. Colored Plate. By Marcus P. Hatfield, 
Professor of Diseases of Children, Chicago Medical College. Second Edition, Enlarged. 
No. 15. GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND MORBID ANATOMY. 91 Illustra- 
tions. By II. Newberry Hall, ph.g., m.d., Professor of Pathology and Medical Chem- 
istry, Chicago Post-Graduate Medical School. 
No. 16. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. By Jay F. Schamberg, m.d., Instructor at 
Philadelphia Polyclinic. 
Price, each, strongly bound in cloth, .80. Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25. Standard Medical Books 
RECENTLY PUBLISHED. 
Special Circulars and Sample Pages upon Application. 
Practice. The Practice of Medicine, with special reference to Treatment. By 
James Tyson, m.d., Professor of Clinical Medicine in the University 
of Pennsylvania, etc. With 90 Illustrations, a number of which are 
in colors, and two full-page Colored Plates. 8vo. 
Cloth, $5.50; Leather, $6.50; Half Russia, $7.50 
Therapeutics. A Handbook of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Therapeu= 
” * tics, including the Action of Medicines, Special Therapeutics, 
Pharmacology, etc. Including over 600 Prescriptions and 
Formulae. By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.a., m.d., m.r.c.p. 
(Lond.), Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine, 
College of Physicians and Surgeons, San Francisco; late 
A. A. Surgeon U. S. Army. Sixth Edition. Revised and 
Enlarged. 900 pages. 8vo. With Thumb Index in each 
copy. Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50 ; Half Russia, $6.50 
Sureerv. A Complete Text=Book of Surgery. By C. W. MansellMoullin, 
® * m.a., m.d. (Oxon.), F.R.c.s., Surgeon and Lecturer on Physiology to the 
London Hospital; formerly Radcliffe Traveling Fellow and Fellow of 
Pembroke College, Oxford. Third American Edition. Revised and 
Edited by John B. Hamilton, m.d., ll.d., Professor of the Principles 
of Surgery, Chicago Polyclinic; Surgeon, formerly Supervising Sur- 
geon-General, U. S. Marine Hospital Service; Surgeon to Presbyterian 
Hospital; Consulting Surgeon to St. Joseph’s Hospital and Central 
Free Dispensary, Chicago, etc. 628 Illustrations, over 200 of which 
are Original, and many of which are printed in Colors. 8vo, 
Cloth, $6.00 ; Leather, $7.00 ; Half Russia, $8.00 
Anatomv* A Text=Book of Human Anatomy. By Henry Morris, m.d., 
J * f.r.c.s. 791 Illustrations (214 of which are colored). Recom- 
mended in 70 American Medical Schools. 8vo. 
Cloth, $6.00 ; Leather, $7.00 ; Half Russia, $8.00 
Onhthalmoloffv Diseases of the Eye and Ophthalmoscopy. By Dr. 
• ” ®* * Eugen Fick, University of Zurich. Authorized Transla- 
tion by Albert B. Hale, m.d., Consulting Ophthalmic 
Surgeon to the Charity Hospital, Chicago, etc., with a 
Glossary and 158 Illustrations, many of which are printed 
in Colors. 8vo. 
Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50; Half Russia, $6.50 
NerVOUS Manual of Diseases of the Nervous System. A Complete Text- 
Book. By William R. Gowers, m.d., f.r.s., Prof. Clinical 
Diseases. Medicine, University College, London. Physician to National Hos- 
pital for the Paralyzed and Epileptic. Second Edition. Revised, 
Enlarged, and in many parts rewritten. With many new Illustra- 
tions. Two volumes. Octavo. 
Vol. I. Diseases of the Nerves and Spinal Cord. 8vo. 
Cloth, #3.00 ; Leather, $4.00; Half Russia, $5.00 
Vol. II. Diseases of the Brain and Cranial Nerves ; General and 
Functional Diseases. 8vo. 
Cloth, $4.00; Leather, $5.00; Half Russia, $6.00 Published Annually for 47 Years. 
The Physician s Visiting List! 
(LINDSAV & BLAKISTON’S.) * 
Special Improved Edition for 1898. 
In order to improve and simplify this Visiting List we have done away with the* w« 
styles hitherto known as the “ 25 and 50 Patients plain.” We have allowed more spaa 
for writing the names, and added to the special memoranda page a column for th 
“Amount” of the weekly visits and a column for the “Ledger Page.” To do this with 
out increasing the bulk or the price, we have condensed the reading matter in the fftm 
of the book and rearranged and simplified the memoranda pages, etc., at the back. 
The Lists for 75 Patients and 100 Patients will also have special memoranda page a; 
above, and hereafter will come in two volumes only, dated January to June, and Julv t( 
December. While this makes a book better suited to the pocket, the chief advantage i; 
that it does away with the risk of losing the accounts of a whole year should the boolj 
be mislaid. 
The changes and improvements made in 1896 met with such geneva; 
favor that the sale increased more than ten per cent, over the previous 
year. 
CONTENTS. 
PRELIMINARY MATTER.—Calendar, 1896-1897—Table of Signs, to be used in keeping 
The Metric or French Decimal System of Weights and Measures—Table for Converting Apothecaries! 
Weights and Measures into Grams—Dose Table, giving the doses of official and unofficial drugs in both! 
the English and Metric Systems—Asphyxia and Apnea—Complete Table for Calculating the Peric oil 
Utero-Gestation—Comparison of Thermometers. 1 
VISITING LIST.—Ruled and dated pages for 25,50, 75, and 100 patients per day or week, with blank page 
opposite each on which is an amount column, column for ledger page, and space for special memoranda. 
SPECIAL RECORDS for Obstetric Engagements, Deaths, Births, etc., with special pages for Addressee, 
of Patients, Nurses, etc., Accounts Due, Cash Account, and General Memoranda. 
SIZES AND PRICES. 
REGULAR EDITION, as Described Above. 
For 25 Patients weekly, with Special Memoranda Page, $1 oo< 
50 “ “ “ “ “ is; 
BOUND IN STRONG LEATHER COVERS, WITH POCKET AND PENCIL. 
50 “ “ “ “ “ 2 VOls. 
January to June 
July to December 
75 “ “ “ “ “ 2 vols. 
January to June 
July to December 
2 0>j 
2 *£>d 
IOO “ “ “ “ “ 2 vols. 
January to June 
July to December 
2 25| 
PERPETUAL EDITION, without Dates. 
No. 1. Containing space for over 1300 names, with blank page opposite each Visiting List page. 
Bound in Red Leather cover, with Pocket and Pencil, 25! 
No. 2. Same as No. 1. Containing space for 2600 names, with blank page opposite, 1 SO 
MONTHLY EDITION, without Dates. 
No. 1. Bound, Seal leather, without Flap or Pencil, gilt edges, * 
No. 2. Bound, Seal leather, with Tucks, Pencil, etc., gilt edges, 1 ix 
All these prices are net. No discount can be allowed retail purchasers. 
Circular and sample pages upon application. 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia.